diff options
| author | Darwin Huang <huangdarwin@chromium.org> | 2020-12-29 19:16:24 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Michael Brüning <michael.bruning@qt.io> | 2021-04-06 11:13:08 +0000 |
| commit | 54668112ebdc2e4f3656661bc190efdb66b5f4d5 (patch) | |
| tree | a5819ca987f5013f1a3f7a999699c4b893ebf6f8 | |
| parent | 7535d5daca7e7db5da5ae4266bc8690d674ffbc0 (diff) | |
| download | qtwebengine-chromium-54668112ebdc2e4f3656661bc190efdb66b5f4d5.tar.gz | |
[Backport] Security bug 1161048
Partial manual backport (library update) of patch originally reviewed on
https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/c/chromium/src/+/2600334:
Roll src/third_party/sqlite/src/ 0324bd3ef..d9581878f (171 commits)
https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/deps/sqlite.git/+log/0324bd3ef1af..d9581878fcf8
$ git log 0324bd3ef..d9581878f --date=short --no-merges --format='%ad %ae %s'
2020-12-22 huangdarwin Fix SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC builds by moving declaration of sqlite3ExpandSubquery out of "ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC" block.
2020-12-22 huangdarwin Amalgamations for release 3.34.0
2020-12-01 drh Version 3.34.0
2020-11-30 Dan Kennedy Update the tea/win/makefile.vc file that ships as part of the autoconf package to use "sqlite3" instead of "tclsqlite3" for the installed dll filename.
2020-11-30 drh Do not reuse the obsolete SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET value for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT. Give SEEK_COUNT its own unique value. This avoids incompatibility with legacy test code.
2020-11-27 Dan Kennedy Fix a compiler warning in fts5_aux.c.
2020-11-27 Dan Kennedy Add missing cast to fts5 bm25() code.
2020-11-27 Dan Kennedy Remove a redundant "if( rc==SQLITE_OK )" from the fts5 bm25() code.
2020-11-27 Dan Kennedy Move an "if( rc==SQLITE_OK )" to outside a loop body in the fts5 bm25() code.
2020-11-27 Dan Kennedy Fix a case in the FTS5 integrity check where a corrupt database could cause a buffer overread.
2020-11-26 Dan Kennedy Update mkunicode.tcl to match the change erroneously made to machine generated file fts5_unicode2.c in [b7b7bde9].
2020-11-25 drh Update a requirement mark in the e_expr.test script.
2020-11-25 drh Fix harmless compiler warnings about unused function parameters.
2020-11-25 drh Fix a potential NULL pointer dereference in the geopoly_overlap() routine of the GeoPoly extension.
2020-11-25 drh Fix the shell1.test test script so that it works on windows.
2020-11-25 drh Change the -init option to the command-line shell to honor the -bail option. Also change it to report an error if the filename mentioned cannot be opened.
2020-11-24 drh Fix a typo in the sqlite3_txn_state() documentation.
2020-11-24 drh Add the new sqlite3_txn_state() interface to the set of routines accessible by run-time loadables extensions.
2020-11-24 drh Fix a harmless typo in a comment.
2020-11-24 dan Fix a bug in OOM handling code introduced by [6a28713d].
2020-11-24 dan Ensure that super-journal and other journal filenames passed by SQLite to an sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() implementation may be safely passed to sqlite3_uri_parameter() and similar functions.
2020-11-24 drh Remove the VERSION_NUMBER macro from configure.ac as it has been unused since 2009 check-in [7f4810747b086498]. See also [forum:/forumpost/bb2c634fcd|forum post bb2c634fcd].
2020-11-23 drh Syntactic changes to work around a bug in gcov 9.3.0. No changes to the generated code for release builds.
2020-11-23 drh In os_unix.c, put ALWAYS() on unreachable branches associated with pathname normalization.
2020-11-23 dan Fix a test script problem causing crash8.test to fail when run with leak-sanitizer.
2020-11-23 drh Allow "substring()" as an alias for "substr()" for compatibility with other SQL engines.
2020-11-20 dan Add file doc/vdbesort-memory.md, containing notes on the way vdbesort.c uses heap memory.
2020-11-19 drh More test case changes so that shared-cache mode tests all work with normalized database names.
2020-11-19 drh Fix the tkt3793 test case so that work even when filenames are normalized.
2020-11-18 drh Improvements to the mechanism that attempts to report SQLITE_CORRUPT if pread() says that the underlying filesystem is corrupt.
2020-11-18 dan Update cksumvfs.c so that if SQLITE_AMALGAMATION is defined, SQLITE_CKSUMVFS_STATIC is implied.
2020-11-18 dan Add test infrastructure for cksumvfs. And update cksumvfs so that it works in concert with version 2 VFSs. No changes to core SQLite.
2020-11-18 dan Fix a problem causing sqlite3_carray_bind() to return an undefined value.
2020-11-18 dan Update test code to fix a problem with SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUAL_TABLE builds.
2020-11-18 drh On unix, for certain error codes of read()/pread() return SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS instead of SQLITE_IOERR_READ. And then convert this error into SQLITE_CORRUPT prior to returning back to the application.
2020-11-17 drh Claw back most of the performance lost in the previous commit.
2020-11-17 dan Fix trivial memory leaks in the shell and sqldiff programs.
2020-11-17 dan Fix test file busy2.test so that it works with the "inmemory_journal" permutation.
2020-11-17 drh Add a single-argument form to the CARRAY table-valued function, with content bound using the sqlite3_carray_bind() interface that is included with the extension.
2020-11-16 drh Enhance the unix VFS so that it removes extra "/", "/./" and "/../" from the database filename.
2020-11-14 drh Modify UPDATE so that two-pass updates on a rowid table use an ephemeral table to store rowids rather than a RowSet. This uses less memory, though it is slower.
2020-11-12 drh Improved diagnostics output with ".wheretrace 0x800". No changes to non-debug builds.
2020-11-11 drh Fix a typo in a comment. No changes to code.
2020-11-08 drh Use NEVER and ALWAYS macros to confirm that the return value from sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely() is never NULL in some of its use cases.
2020-11-06 drh Add ALWAYS() to conditionals associated with SHM locking that are always true.
2020-11-05 drh Suppress errors associated with TEMP triggers that reference objects in non-TEMP databases. This is a continuation of the fix for ticket #3810 shown in check-in [ba1afc040171810d] from [/timeline?c=trunk:200908061743|2009-08-06], based on a bug report in [forum:/forumpost/157dc791df|forum post 157dc791df]
2020-11-05 drh Remove unused variable from speedtest1.c
2020-11-02 drh Fix an another OSS-Fuzz discovered assertion fault due to ALTER TABLE and strange triggers.
2020-10-31 drh Add the -tabs command-line option to the CLI.
2020-10-31 dan Update the ALTER TABLE command to correctly handle UPDATE ... FROM statements within trigger programs.
(...)
2020-09-15 drh Do not invoke usleep() for more than 999999 microseconds.
2020-09-11 dan Catch fts5 index corruption caused by issuing 'delete' commands with incorrect data earlier in some cases. Also fix a couple of test script problems.
2020-09-10 drh Try again to fix the typo in the sqlite3_txn_state() documentation.
2020-09-10 drh Fix typo in the documentation for the new sqlite3_txn_state() interface.
2020-09-10 drh If an amalgamation is created using SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT, ensure that it can still be compiled without that option by setting the SQLITE_UDL_CAPABLE_PARSER flag in the preamble.
2020-09-07 dan Fix another (harmless in practice) tsan error in shared-cache mode.
2020-09-06 drh Remove an artifical limitation on the length of columns in the "box" output mode of the command-line shell.
2020-09-05 drh Fix a bug in Fossil that might cause it to crash if there is a multi-terminal token with a space following the "|" separator. This does not affect SQLite.
2020-09-04 dan Fix a tsan error that could occur when using shared-cache mode.
2020-09-04 dan Ensure that the busy-handler count is reset at the end of each sqlite3_file_control() and sqlite3_prepare() (and _v2() and _v3()).
2020-09-01 mistachkin Fix harmless compiler warning.
2020-09-01 drh In the Lemon output, add a prefix comment that explains that the output file is automatically generated and shows the name of the source file.
2020-09-01 drh Lemon updates: (1) include the #defines for all tokens in the generated C file, so that the C-file can be stand-alone. (2) If the grammar begins with a %include {...} directive on line one, make that directive the header for the generated C file. (3) Enhance the lemon.html documentation.
2020-09-01 drh Improvements to the IN-early-out optimization so that it works more efficiently when there are two or more indexed IN clauses on a single table.
2020-09-01 drh Fix a harmless compiler warning.
2020-08-31 drh New test-control that returns the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked() on the main database and then resets the counter. This only works for SQLITE_DEBUG builds.
2020-08-31 drh Fix the documentation for the OP_IdxGT family of opcodes to show that the P5 operand is not used.
2020-08-29 dan Fix a sanitizer warning in zipfile.c.
2020-08-28 dan Fix handling of an xShmLock(SHARED, UNLOCK) call when the caller does not hold any lock on the specified slot, but another connection in the same process holds an EXCLUSIVE.
2020-08-28 dan Modify the unixShmLock() function to avoid iterating through the (possibly large) set of connections to the same database file.
2020-08-28 mistachkin Add the miscellaneous 'series' extension to the shell.
2020-08-28 drh Update Lemon documentation. Patches from sgbeal.
2020-08-28 drh Fix a couple of unreachable branches.
2020-08-28 dan Add fts5 test to confirm that for a table with columns a, b, c and d, "{a b}" and "-{c d}" are handled similarly.
2020-08-27 drh Remove a (harmless) redundant variable from the CLI implementation.
2020-08-27 drh Include the original text of the CHECK constraint in the error message for anonymous CHECK constraints.
2020-08-27 drh Apple the same fix for ticket [9eda2697f5cc1aba] to text-to-integer conversions that was done for floating point conversions by check-in [1c76f1d8ec0937a2].
2020-08-27 dan Do not attempt to run test script analyze3.test as part of the "prepare" permutation.
2020-08-26 drh Enhance the ".databases" command in the CLI so that it shows the result of sqlite3_db_readonly() and sqlite3_txn_state() for each database file.
2020-08-26 drh If the argument to the ".read" command in the CLI begins with "|" then run the remainder of the argument as a command and read input from the output of that command.
2020-08-25 drh Add support for the sqlite3_txn_state() interface.
2020-08-24 drh Reduce the N in the logN term for the sorting cost associated with computing DISTINCT by B-Tree by half, under the assumption that the DISTINCT will eliminate about half the rows of output. This is really a wild guess. But we do not have any better way of estimating what the row-count reduction due to DISTINCT will actually be.
2020-08-24 dan Correctly handle expressions like "x IS (not) true/false" within the rhs of IN() expressions. Fix for [f3ff1472].
2020-08-20 dan Fix a crash that could occur in SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH=0 builds when processing SQL containing syntax errors.
2020-08-20 dan Avoid a buffer overrun in test code that could occur if certain test functions were passed a hex-string containing an odd number of digits.
2020-08-19 drh Try to make SQLite easier to compiler for Mac Catalyst. See [https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/803387a1c5|forum post 803387a1c5].
2020-08-19 drh Do not skip over TK_IF_NULL_ROW operators when bypassing TK_COLLATE operators. Fix to check-in [ac31edd3eeafcef4] which was itself a fix for ticket [45f4bf4eb4ffd788].
2020-08-19 dan Update releasetest_data.tcl so that the "Fast-One" configuration runs bigmmap.test as part of release testing.
2020-08-19 dan Fix a problem in test file bigmmap.test.
2020-08-17 drh Fix the -quote option on the CLI to set the correct column separator.
2020-08-16 drh Optimization to sqlite3BeginWriteOperation().
2020-08-15 drh Optimization of the sqlite3SrcListDelete() routine.
2020-08-15 drh Remove more unnecessary sqlite3GetVdbe() calls, replacing them with assert()s.
2020-08-15 drh Avoid unnecessary calls to the sqlite3GetVdbe() routine. Add assert() statements to prove each call is unnecessary.
2020-08-15 drh Omit the unnecessary not-NULL check on the upper bound of a forward index range scan. The subsequent OP_IdxGT will always catch the NULL. Similarly, omit the not-NULL check on the lower bound of a reverse index range scan, as the SeekLE opcode will disallow the NULL.
2020-08-14 drh Update the version number to 3.34.0 for the next development cycle.
2020-08-14 drh Optimizations to the logic that converts main table accesses into equivalent index accesses. Code is now slightly smaller and faster than trunk.
2020-08-14 drh For UPDATE and DELETE, use OP_DeferredSeek always. If the seek must later be resolved, add the OP_FinishSeek opcode after all WHERE clause terms have been processed. This obviates the need for the WHERE_SEEK_TABLE and WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE flags to sqlite3WhereBegin() and the ensuing complication, and it allows the covering index optimization to be used further into WHERE clause processing.
2020-08-14 drh Experimental change to try to get some DELETE operations to access values using the index rather than the main table, so as to avoid unnecessary main table seeks.
2020-08-14 dan Fix an inconsequential memory leak in sqldiff. Update the "Sanitize" case in wapptest.tcl to use -fsanitize=address,undefined, and to run more tests.
Created with:
roll-dep src/third_party/sqlite/src
Bug: 1161048
Change-Id: Ieb8f0154930d6cc0597b5aee9444678cf021035b
Reviewed-by: Chris Mumford <cmumford@google.com>
Commit-Queue: Darwin Huang <huangdarwin@chromium.org>
Cr-Commit-Position: refs/heads/master@{#839609}
Reviewed-by: Jüri Valdmann <juri.valdmann@qt.io>
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/OWNERS | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/README.chromium | 334 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h | 637 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c | 21950 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h | 1449 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite3.h | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite_shell_icu_helper.cc | 2 |
7 files changed, 13126 insertions, 11253 deletions
diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/OWNERS b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/OWNERS index 674b26214c0..578d82212d8 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/OWNERS +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/OWNERS @@ -4,6 +4,3 @@ huangdarwin@chromium.org # Secondary: cmumford@google.com pwnall@chromium.org - -# TEAM: storage-dev@chromium.org -# COMPONENT: Internals>Storage diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/README.chromium b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/README.chromium index 792e165a43d..4ae58cf99eb 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/README.chromium +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/README.chromium @@ -1,334 +1,14 @@ Name: sqlite URL: https://sqlite.org/ -Version: 3.31.1 +Version: 3.34.0 +CPEPrefix: cpe:/a:sqlite:sqlite:3.34.0 Included In Release: Yes Security Critical: Yes License: Public domain -1) Managing differences between SQLite core and Chromium's version. -2) Making changes to Chromium SQLite. -3) Import new release of SQLite. -4) Running SQLite's test suite within the Chromium checkout. +Chromium maintains a mirror of the official SQLite Git repository at +https://chromium.googlesource.com/chromium/deps/sqlite. Generally the stock +upstream release branch is used, but occasionally unreleased upstream bug +fixes are backported to the release branch. ---- - -1) Managing differences between SQLite core and Chromium's version. - -Chromium maintains some differences WRT SQLite, for reasons beyond this -document's remit. Some differences are bugs we have found and fixed (and -hopefully upstreamed), some are fixes we've backported from a later version of -SQLite, and some our local changes unlikely to ever be upstreamed. New versions -of SQLite are imported every year or two, at which point the changes need to be -reviewed for continued applicability, and sometimes adjusted to reflect upstream -code changes. - -To this end, the repository contains a reference copy of the SQLite source code -as of the last import, plus a series of patches which can be applied to -re-create the current trunk code. These patches are generated and processed by -git, with the intention of re-creating a commit series so that importers can use -their regular revision-control knowledge to manage import merges. - -The directory structure is as follows. Files common to all third_party projects -(BUILD.GN, OWNERS, LICENSE) are omitted. - -* sqlite-src-*/ - Upstream source code, without any modifications. The number - after src- is a release version or a snapshot number (which is - a commit time). See https://www.sqlite.org/cgi/src/timeline -* patches/ - Our patches to the currently used release, formatted by git using - the UNIX mailbox format. The patches can be applied with git am, - and created with git format-patch. -* patched/ - The currently used source code, with our patches applied. -* amalgamation/ - The supported method of using SQLite is via an amalgamation - build, which merges all the code in one .c file and one .h - file. See https://www.sqlite.org/amalgamation.html -* amalgamation/config.h - Linux build configuration -* scripts/ - Scripts that generate the files in the amalgamation -* sqlite.h - The header used by the rest of Chromium to include SQLite. This - forwards to amalgamation/sqlite3.h -* fuzz/ - Google OSS-Fuzz (ClusterFuzz) testing for Chromium's SQLite build - ---- - -2) Making changes to Chromium SQLite. - -third_party/sqlite/patched is the patched source from SQLite. This is used to -generate the amalgamation, a concatenation of all of the files into a giant -sqlite3.c. To prototype, edit in patched/, then call - ./scripts/generate_amalgamation.sh -to regenerate sqlite3.c. The code in patched/ is much easier to edit, and the -SQLite test framework can easily be run. During development it may be -convenient to modify BUILD.gn based on patched/main.mk to just pull in the -patched/ files rather than sqlite3.c. - -Once your patch is complete, squash it down into a reasonable CL, then -re-generate the patches. This is a truncated version of the import flow. The -following is written like a shell script to allow copy/paste to a shell, ignore -comments and change the obvious lines. These instructions should work on Linux -or OSX. They may assume a modern version of git. - -# The steps below are easier if done in the SQLite directory. -cd third_party/sqlite - -# Must match the version in //third_party/sqlite/sqlite-src-xxxxxxx. -# This is SQLite's version number, and uses upstream's convention. -export BASE=3310100 -export GNU_SED=sed # OSX: "brew install gnu-sed", then use "gsed" here. - -#### Create a reference branch. -git new-branch sqlite-base -git rm -rf patched -cp -r sqlite-src-${BASE}/ patched -# Clean up trailing whitespace and CRLF so any patches look clean. -find patched/ -type f -not -iname "*.db" -not -iname "*.eps" \ - -not -iname "*.ico" -not -iname "*.jpg" -not -iname "*.pfx" \ - -not -iname "*.png" -not -iname "*.tiff" -not -iname "*.vsix" \ - -exec ${GNU_SED} --in-place 's/[[:space:]]\+$//' {} \+ -git add patched/ -git clean -i -d -x patched # Make sure no file is git-ignored. -git commit -m "Squash: Reset SQLite patched/ to sqlite-src-${BASE}." -# This branch will not build. It will be used for rebasing, then deleted. - -#### Create a reference branch with patches applied. -git new-branch --upstream-current sqlite-dev -git am --keep-non-patch --ignore-space-change patches/*.patch -git diff origin/master patched/ -# This branch should be identical to master. - -#### Develop and validate the change, or cherry-pick it from a dev branch. -# The goal is to have a set of reasonably-independent CLs which can be -# understood separately, so that future importers can sensibly determine how to -# handle conflicts. So use git-rebase and slipstream fixups back into existing -# patches, or add a new patch. -./scripts/generate_amalgamation.sh -git cl format amalgamation/rename_exports.h -cd ../.. -ninja -C out/Default -# Check that extract_sqlite_api.py added chrome_ to all exported symbols. -# Only "_fini" and "_init" should be unprefixed. -nm -B out/Default/libchromium_sqlite3.so | cut -c 18- | sort | grep '^T' -out/Default/sql_unittests -third_party/blink/tools/run_web_tests.py -t Default storage/websql/ -cd third_party/sqlite - -#### Create the review. -# Rebuild the patch set. -git rm patches/* -git format-patch --output-directory=patches --zero-commit \ - sqlite-base..sqlite-dev - -### Document and link any backported patches to the upstream repository URL -### and crbug. -# Under the *.patch's added by this change, the below information should be -# added between the "Subject: *" line and the first "---" line. For an example, -# please reference https://crrev.com/c/1480822/2/third_party/sqlite/patches/0008-Adjustments-to-the-page-cache-to-try-to-avoid-harmle.patch. -# -# This backports https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/XXX -# -# Bug: XXX - -### Commit and create CL -git add amalgamation/ -git add patches/ -git commit -m "Squash: regenerate amalgamation and patches." -git branch --set-upstream-to=origin/master -git cl upload --squash - ---- - -3) Import a new SQLite release. - -Importing a new SQLite involves merging our local changes with SQLite's changes. -Like any other merge, this may involve modifying some commits and dropping -others. The basic idea below is to generate git branches to work with: - -* sqlite-new-upstream - new release code archived in a separate directory -* sqlite-old-base - current release without patches -* sqlite-old - current release with patches mapped to git commits -* sqlite-new-base - new release without patches -* sqlite-new - new release with patches mapped to git commits -* sqlite-new-cl - new release in one git commit, for git cl upload - -We will upload sqlite-new-upstream as a massive (800k LOC+) CL that cannot -possibly be reviewed, but is generated in an automated fashion. We will then -squash sqlite-new to sqlite-new-upstream and obtain one CL that only contains -diffs. The second CL is still large, but it's a fraction of the first -(automated) CL. - -# The steps below are easier if done in the SQLite directory. -cd third_party/sqlite - -# The numbers below are SQLite version numbers, and use upstream's convention -# for tagging release binaries and source zipballs. -export OLD=3310100 -export NEW=3320000 -export GNU_SED=sed # OSX: "brew install gnu-sed", then use "gsed" here. -export YEAR=2020 - -#### Download and unpack the new SQLite release. -git new-branch sqlite-new-upstream -# URL from "Alternative Source Code Formats" at https://sqlite.org/download.html -curl https://sqlite.org/${YEAR}/sqlite-src-${NEW}.zip > upstream.zip -mkdir sqlite-src-${NEW} -unzip ./upstream.zip -d sqlite-src-${NEW} -rm ./upstream.zip -mv sqlite-src-${NEW}/sqlite-*/* sqlite-src-${NEW}/ -rm -r sqlite-src-${NEW}/sqlite-*/.fossil-settings -rmdir sqlite-src-${NEW}/sqlite-*/ -rm -r sqlite-src-${NEW}/compat -xdg-open sqlite-src-${NEW} # Make sure everything looks right. - -#### Add the new release code in a separate CL, for code review sanity. -git add sqlite-src-${NEW} # Committing the code as downloaded, on purpose. -git clean -i -d -x sqlite-src-${NEW} # Make sure no file is git-ignored. -git commit -m "sqlite: Add code for release ${NEW}" -git cl upload # Have the new code in a separate CL. - -#### Create a branch for the old SQLite release's upstream version. -git new-branch sqlite-old-base -git rm -rf patched -cp -r sqlite-src-${OLD}/ patched -# Clean up trailing whitespace and CRLF so any patches look clean. -find patched/ -type f -not -iname "*.db" -not -iname "*.eps" \ - -not -iname "*.ico" -not -iname "*.jpg" -not -iname "*.pfx" \ - -not -iname "*.png" -not -iname "*.tiff" -not -iname "*.vsix" \ - -exec ${GNU_SED} --in-place 's/[[:space:]]\+$//' {} \+ -git add patched/ -git clean -i -d -x patched # Make sure no file is git-ignored. -git commit -m "Squash: Reset SQLite patched/ to sqlite-src-${OLD}." -# This branch will not build. It will be used for rebasing, then deleted. - -#### Create a branch for our old SQLite code, with patches mapped to commits. -git new-branch --upstream-current sqlite-old -git am --keep-non-patch --ignore-space-change patches/*.patch -git diff origin/master patched/ -# This branch should be identical to master. - -#### Create a branch for the new SQLite release's upstream version. -git checkout sqlite-old-base -git new-branch --upstream-current sqlite-new-base -git rm -rf patched -git checkout sqlite-new-upstream -- sqlite-src-${NEW}/ -git mv sqlite-src-${NEW}/ patched -# Clean up trailing whitespace and CRLF so any patches look clean. -find patched/ -type f -not -iname "*.db" -not -iname "*.eps" \ - -not -iname "*.ico" -not -iname "*.jpg" -not -iname "*.pfx" \ - -not -iname "*.png" -not -iname "*.tiff" -not -iname "*.vsix" \ - -exec ${GNU_SED} --in-place 's/[[:space:]]\+$//' {} \+ -git add patched/ -git clean -i -d -x patched # Make sure no file is git-ignored. -git commit -m "Squash: Reset SQLite patched/ to sqlite-src-${NEW}." -# This branch will not build. It will be used for rebasing, then deleted. - -#### Create a branch for updating our patches. -git checkout sqlite-old -git new-branch --upstream-current sqlite-new -# Rebase our patches, which are mapped to separate commits, onto the new -# release. There will be merge conflicts that must be fixed. This is the -# interesting part of the work. -git rebase sqlite-new-base - -#### Finally, create the branch that we'll upload. -git new-branch --upstream-current sqlite-new-cl -./scripts/generate_amalgamation.sh -git cl format amalgamation/rename_exports.h - -#### Copy any new entries to the seed-corpus for dbfuzz2. -# We use a set of seed databases for fuzzing SQLite's resilience to database -# corruption. Sometimes, new seed databases are added upstream. -# Find any files of the pattern patched/test/dbfuzz2-seed*.db, and copy them to -# the fuzz/db_corpus directory. -cp --no-clobber patched/test/dbfuzz2-seed*.db fuzz/db_corpus - -#### Validate the upgrade. -# The goal is to have a set of reasonably-independent CLs which can be -# understood separately, so that future importers can sensibly determine how to -# handle conflicts. So use git-rebase and slipstream fixups back into their -# original CL until everything builds and works. -cd ../.. -autoninja -C out/Default -# Check that extract_sqlite_api.py added chrome_ to all exported symbols. -# Only "_fini" and "_init" should be unprefixed. -nm -B out/Default/libchromium_sqlite3.so | cut -c 18- | sort | grep '^T' -out/Default/sql_unittests -third_party/blink/tools/run_web_tests.py -t Default storage/websql/ -cd third_party/sqlite - -#### Create the review. -# Rebuild the patch set. -git rm patches/* -git format-patch --output-directory=patches --zero-commit \ - sqlite-new-base..sqlite-new -git add amalgamation/ -git add patches/ -git commit -m "Squash: regenerate amalgamation and patches." -git branch --set-upstream-to=origin/master -git cl upload --squash -# Example commit message (https://crrev.com/c/1699400): -# sqlite: Upgrade from 3.28.0 to 3.29.0 -# -# sqlite 3.29.0 update changes: -# https://www.sqlite.org/releaselog/3_29_0.html -# -# Bug: 983713 - -#### Drop the old version of SQLite. -git new-branch sqlite-rm-old -git rm -r sqlite-src-${OLD} -git commit -m "sqlite: Remove source code for old release ${OLD}." -git cl upload - -### Update README.chromium to reference the new sqlite version number. -# Update: -# (1) the header's "Version" -# (2) `export OLD` and `export NEW` values. - --------------------------------------------- - -4) Running SQLite's test suite within the Chromium checkout. - -TODO(pwnall): This hasn't been tried out for at least a year. - -Prerequisites: The test suite requires tcl-dev and libicu-dev. Install those on -Ubuntu like: - sudo apt-get install tcl8.6-dev libicu-dev -On macOS, I use Homebrew: - brew install icu4c tcl-tk - export PATH="$(brew --prefix icu4c)/bin:$(brew --prefix tcl-tk)/bin:$PATH" - -Run the commands in scripts/generate_amalgamation.sh, but replace the "make" -command with "make test". - -make test > /tmp/test.log -egrep 'errors out of' /tmp/test.log -# Show broken tests: -egrep 'Failures on these tests:' /tmp/test.log -# Broken tests will also show lines ending in "..." instead of "... Ok". - -In version 3.10.2 on OSX 10.11.2, I see: - 6 errors out of 139819 tests -The failed tests are: - pager4-1.3 pager4-1.4 pager4-1.5 pager4-1.9 pager4-1.10 pager4-1.11 -This is due to the change in os_unix.c fileHasMoved() to support WebDatabase. -Commenting out the early return allows them to succeed. - -In version 3.10.2 on Ubuntu 14.04.3 I see: - 9 errors out of 140309 tests -The failed tests are: - oserror-1.1.1 oserror-1.1.2 oserror-1.1.3 - pager4-1.3 pager4-1.4 pager4-1.5 pager4-1.9 pager4-1.10 pager4-1.11 -The oserror tests fail because there are too many fds available, and can be -fixed by running "ulimit -n 1024" before the test. The pager4 tests are failing -for the same reason as for OSX. - --- - -NOTE(pwnall): On Ubuntu it is possible to run the tests in a tmpfs something -like: - -TMPFS=/dev/shm/sqlite_build -BUILD=$PWD -mkdir $TMPFS -(cd $TMPFS ; $BUILD/testfixture $BUILD/../test/veryquick.test >/tmp/test.log) - -This is faster, but it is plausible that different things are being tested than -real-world use. +The official upstream SQLite Git mirror is at https://github.com/sqlite/sqlite. diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h index ca23c4fb4a6..cd7e4ad3e79 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h @@ -7,334 +7,335 @@ #ifndef THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION_RENAME_EXPORTS_H_ #define THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION_RENAME_EXPORTS_H_ -#define sqlite3_activate_cerod chrome_sqlite3_activate_cerod // Lines 5954-5956 -#define sqlite3_aggregate_context chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_context // Line 5515 -#define sqlite3_aggregate_count chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_count // Line 5290 -#define sqlite3_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_auto_extension // Line 6653 -#define sqlite3_backup_finish chrome_sqlite3_backup_finish // Line 8680 -#define sqlite3_backup_init chrome_sqlite3_backup_init // Lines 8673-8678 -#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount chrome_sqlite3_backup_pagecount // Line 8682 -#define sqlite3_backup_remaining chrome_sqlite3_backup_remaining // Line 8681 -#define sqlite3_backup_step chrome_sqlite3_backup_step // Line 8679 -#define sqlite3_bind_blob chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob // Line 4394 -#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob64 // Lines 4395-4396 -#define sqlite3_bind_double chrome_sqlite3_bind_double // Line 4397 -#define sqlite3_bind_int chrome_sqlite3_bind_int // Line 4398 -#define sqlite3_bind_int64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_int64 // Line 4399 -#define sqlite3_bind_null chrome_sqlite3_bind_null // Line 4400 -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count // Line 4429 -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index // Line 4475 -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name // Line 4457 -#define sqlite3_bind_pointer chrome_sqlite3_bind_pointer // Line 4406 -#define sqlite3_bind_text chrome_sqlite3_bind_text // Line 4401 -#define sqlite3_bind_text16 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text16 // Line 4402 -#define sqlite3_bind_text64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text64 // Lines 4403-4404 -#define sqlite3_bind_value chrome_sqlite3_bind_value // Line 4405 -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob // Line 4407 -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 // Line 4408 -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes chrome_sqlite3_blob_bytes // Line 7231 -#define sqlite3_blob_close chrome_sqlite3_blob_close // Line 7215 -#define sqlite3_blob_open chrome_sqlite3_blob_open // Lines 7159-7167 -#define sqlite3_blob_read chrome_sqlite3_blob_read // Line 7260 -#define sqlite3_blob_reopen chrome_sqlite3_blob_reopen // Line 7192 -#define sqlite3_blob_write chrome_sqlite3_blob_write // Line 7302 -#define sqlite3_busy_handler chrome_sqlite3_busy_handler // Line 2656 -#define sqlite3_busy_timeout chrome_sqlite3_busy_timeout // Line 2679 -#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension // Line 6665 -#define sqlite3_changes chrome_sqlite3_changes // Line 2485 -#define sqlite3_clear_bindings chrome_sqlite3_clear_bindings // Line 4485 +#define sqlite3_activate_cerod chrome_sqlite3_activate_cerod // Lines 5957-5959 +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_context // Line 5518 +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count chrome_sqlite3_aggregate_count // Line 5293 +#define sqlite3_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_auto_extension // Line 6707 +#define sqlite3_backup_finish chrome_sqlite3_backup_finish // Line 8739 +#define sqlite3_backup_init chrome_sqlite3_backup_init // Lines 8732-8737 +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount chrome_sqlite3_backup_pagecount // Line 8741 +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining chrome_sqlite3_backup_remaining // Line 8740 +#define sqlite3_backup_step chrome_sqlite3_backup_step // Line 8738 +#define sqlite3_bind_blob chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob // Line 4397 +#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_blob64 // Lines 4398-4399 +#define sqlite3_bind_double chrome_sqlite3_bind_double // Line 4400 +#define sqlite3_bind_int chrome_sqlite3_bind_int // Line 4401 +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_int64 // Line 4402 +#define sqlite3_bind_null chrome_sqlite3_bind_null // Line 4403 +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count // Line 4432 +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index // Line 4478 +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name chrome_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name // Line 4460 +#define sqlite3_bind_pointer chrome_sqlite3_bind_pointer // Line 4409 +#define sqlite3_bind_text chrome_sqlite3_bind_text // Line 4404 +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text16 // Line 4405 +#define sqlite3_bind_text64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_text64 // Lines 4406-4407 +#define sqlite3_bind_value chrome_sqlite3_bind_value // Line 4408 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob // Line 4410 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 // Line 4411 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes chrome_sqlite3_blob_bytes // Line 7285 +#define sqlite3_blob_close chrome_sqlite3_blob_close // Line 7269 +#define sqlite3_blob_open chrome_sqlite3_blob_open // Lines 7213-7221 +#define sqlite3_blob_read chrome_sqlite3_blob_read // Line 7314 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen chrome_sqlite3_blob_reopen // Line 7246 +#define sqlite3_blob_write chrome_sqlite3_blob_write // Line 7356 +#define sqlite3_busy_handler chrome_sqlite3_busy_handler // Line 2659 +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout chrome_sqlite3_busy_timeout // Line 2682 +#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension // Line 6719 +#define sqlite3_changes chrome_sqlite3_changes // Line 2488 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings chrome_sqlite3_clear_bindings // Line 4488 #define sqlite3_close chrome_sqlite3_close // Line 330 #define sqlite3_close_v2 chrome_sqlite3_close_v2 // Line 331 -#define sqlite3_collation_needed chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed // Lines 5938-5942 -#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed16 // Lines 5943-5947 -#define sqlite3_column_blob chrome_sqlite3_column_blob // Line 4961 -#define sqlite3_column_bytes chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes // Line 4968 -#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes16 // Line 4969 -#define sqlite3_column_count chrome_sqlite3_column_count // Line 4501 -#define sqlite3_column_database_name chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name // Line 4575 -#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name16 // Line 4576 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype // Line 4612 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype16 // Line 4613 -#define sqlite3_column_double chrome_sqlite3_column_double // Line 4962 -#define sqlite3_column_int chrome_sqlite3_column_int // Line 4963 -#define sqlite3_column_int64 chrome_sqlite3_column_int64 // Line 4964 -#define sqlite3_column_name chrome_sqlite3_column_name // Line 4530 -#define sqlite3_column_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_name16 // Line 4531 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name // Line 4579 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name16 // Line 4580 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name // Line 4577 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name16 // Line 4578 -#define sqlite3_column_text chrome_sqlite3_column_text // Line 4965 -#define sqlite3_column_text16 chrome_sqlite3_column_text16 // Line 4966 -#define sqlite3_column_type chrome_sqlite3_column_type // Line 4970 -#define sqlite3_column_value chrome_sqlite3_column_value // Line 4967 -#define sqlite3_commit_hook chrome_sqlite3_commit_hook // Line 6250 +#define sqlite3_collation_needed chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed // Lines 5941-5945 +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 chrome_sqlite3_collation_needed16 // Lines 5946-5950 +#define sqlite3_column_blob chrome_sqlite3_column_blob // Line 4964 +#define sqlite3_column_bytes chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes // Line 4971 +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_column_bytes16 // Line 4972 +#define sqlite3_column_count chrome_sqlite3_column_count // Line 4504 +#define sqlite3_column_database_name chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name // Line 4578 +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_database_name16 // Line 4579 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype // Line 4615 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 chrome_sqlite3_column_decltype16 // Line 4616 +#define sqlite3_column_double chrome_sqlite3_column_double // Line 4965 +#define sqlite3_column_int chrome_sqlite3_column_int // Line 4966 +#define sqlite3_column_int64 chrome_sqlite3_column_int64 // Line 4967 +#define sqlite3_column_name chrome_sqlite3_column_name // Line 4533 +#define sqlite3_column_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_name16 // Line 4534 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name // Line 4582 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_origin_name16 // Line 4583 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name // Line 4580 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 chrome_sqlite3_column_table_name16 // Line 4581 +#define sqlite3_column_text chrome_sqlite3_column_text // Line 4968 +#define sqlite3_column_text16 chrome_sqlite3_column_text16 // Line 4969 +#define sqlite3_column_type chrome_sqlite3_column_type // Line 4973 +#define sqlite3_column_value chrome_sqlite3_column_value // Line 4970 +#define sqlite3_commit_hook chrome_sqlite3_commit_hook // Line 6304 #define sqlite3_compileoption_get chrome_sqlite3_compileoption_get // Line 191 #define sqlite3_compileoption_used chrome_sqlite3_compileoption_used // Line 190 -#define sqlite3_complete chrome_sqlite3_complete // Line 2594 -#define sqlite3_complete16 chrome_sqlite3_complete16 // Line 2595 -#define sqlite3_config chrome_sqlite3_config // Line 1578 -#define sqlite3_context_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_context_db_handle // Line 5542 -#define sqlite3_create_collation chrome_sqlite3_create_collation // Lines 5888-5894 -#define sqlite3_create_collation16 chrome_sqlite3_create_collation16 // Lines 5903-5909 -#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_collation_v2 // Lines 5895-5902 -#define sqlite3_create_filename chrome_sqlite3_create_filename // Lines 3703-3709 -#define sqlite3_create_function chrome_sqlite3_create_function // Lines 5152-5161 -#define sqlite3_create_function16 chrome_sqlite3_create_function16 // Lines 5162-5171 -#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_function_v2 // Lines 5172-5182 -#define sqlite3_create_module chrome_sqlite3_create_module // Lines 6945-6950 -#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_module_v2 // Lines 6951-6957 -#define sqlite3_create_window_function chrome_sqlite3_create_window_function // Lines 5183-5194 -#define sqlite3_data_count chrome_sqlite3_data_count // Line 4718 -#define sqlite3_data_directory chrome_sqlite3_data_directory // Line 6071 -#define sqlite3_database_file_object chrome_sqlite3_database_file_object // Line 3656 -#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush chrome_sqlite3_db_cacheflush // Line 9370 -#define sqlite3_db_config chrome_sqlite3_db_config // Line 1597 -#define sqlite3_db_filename chrome_sqlite3_db_filename // Line 6175 -#define sqlite3_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_db_handle // Line 6143 -#define sqlite3_db_mutex chrome_sqlite3_db_mutex // Line 7606 -#define sqlite3_db_readonly chrome_sqlite3_db_readonly // Line 6185 -#define sqlite3_db_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_db_release_memory // Line 6377 -#define sqlite3_db_status chrome_sqlite3_db_status // Line 8030 -#define sqlite3_declare_vtab chrome_sqlite3_declare_vtab // Line 7031 -#define sqlite3_deserialize chrome_sqlite3_deserialize // Lines 9764-9771 -#define sqlite3_drop_modules chrome_sqlite3_drop_modules // Lines 6971-6974 -#define sqlite3_enable_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_enable_load_extension // Line 6615 -#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache chrome_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache // Line 6347 -#define sqlite3_errcode chrome_sqlite3_errcode // Line 3764 -#define sqlite3_errmsg chrome_sqlite3_errmsg // Line 3766 -#define sqlite3_errmsg16 chrome_sqlite3_errmsg16 // Line 3767 -#define sqlite3_errstr chrome_sqlite3_errstr // Line 3768 +#define sqlite3_complete chrome_sqlite3_complete // Line 2597 +#define sqlite3_complete16 chrome_sqlite3_complete16 // Line 2598 +#define sqlite3_config chrome_sqlite3_config // Line 1582 +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_context_db_handle // Line 5545 +#define sqlite3_create_collation chrome_sqlite3_create_collation // Lines 5891-5897 +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 chrome_sqlite3_create_collation16 // Lines 5906-5912 +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_collation_v2 // Lines 5898-5905 +#define sqlite3_create_filename chrome_sqlite3_create_filename // Lines 3706-3712 +#define sqlite3_create_function chrome_sqlite3_create_function // Lines 5155-5164 +#define sqlite3_create_function16 chrome_sqlite3_create_function16 // Lines 5165-5174 +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_function_v2 // Lines 5175-5185 +#define sqlite3_create_module chrome_sqlite3_create_module // Lines 6999-7004 +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 chrome_sqlite3_create_module_v2 // Lines 7005-7011 +#define sqlite3_create_window_function chrome_sqlite3_create_window_function // Lines 5186-5197 +#define sqlite3_data_count chrome_sqlite3_data_count // Line 4721 +#define sqlite3_data_directory chrome_sqlite3_data_directory // Line 6074 +#define sqlite3_database_file_object chrome_sqlite3_database_file_object // Line 3659 +#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush chrome_sqlite3_db_cacheflush // Line 9437 +#define sqlite3_db_config chrome_sqlite3_db_config // Line 1601 +#define sqlite3_db_filename chrome_sqlite3_db_filename // Line 6178 +#define sqlite3_db_handle chrome_sqlite3_db_handle // Line 6146 +#define sqlite3_db_mutex chrome_sqlite3_db_mutex // Line 7664 +#define sqlite3_db_readonly chrome_sqlite3_db_readonly // Line 6188 +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_db_release_memory // Line 6431 +#define sqlite3_db_status chrome_sqlite3_db_status // Line 8089 +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab chrome_sqlite3_declare_vtab // Line 7085 +#define sqlite3_deserialize chrome_sqlite3_deserialize // Lines 9833-9840 +#define sqlite3_drop_modules chrome_sqlite3_drop_modules // Lines 7025-7028 +#define sqlite3_enable_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_enable_load_extension // Line 6669 +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache chrome_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache // Line 6401 +#define sqlite3_errcode chrome_sqlite3_errcode // Line 3767 +#define sqlite3_errmsg chrome_sqlite3_errmsg // Line 3769 +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 chrome_sqlite3_errmsg16 // Line 3770 +#define sqlite3_errstr chrome_sqlite3_errstr // Line 3771 #define sqlite3_exec chrome_sqlite3_exec // Lines 402-408 -#define sqlite3_expanded_sql chrome_sqlite3_expanded_sql // Line 4130 -#define sqlite3_expired chrome_sqlite3_expired // Line 5291 -#define sqlite3_extended_errcode chrome_sqlite3_extended_errcode // Line 3765 -#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes chrome_sqlite3_extended_result_codes // Line 2355 -#define sqlite3_file_control chrome_sqlite3_file_control // Line 7649 -#define sqlite3_filename_database chrome_sqlite3_filename_database // Line 3635 -#define sqlite3_filename_journal chrome_sqlite3_filename_journal // Line 3636 -#define sqlite3_filename_wal chrome_sqlite3_filename_wal // Line 3637 -#define sqlite3_finalize chrome_sqlite3_finalize // Line 4998 -#define sqlite3_free chrome_sqlite3_free // Line 2888 -#define sqlite3_free_filename chrome_sqlite3_free_filename // Line 3710 -#define sqlite3_free_table chrome_sqlite3_free_table // Line 2762 -#define sqlite3_get_autocommit chrome_sqlite3_get_autocommit // Line 6130 -#define sqlite3_get_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_get_auxdata // Line 5601 -#define sqlite3_get_table chrome_sqlite3_get_table // Lines 2754-2761 -#define sqlite3_global_recover chrome_sqlite3_global_recover // Line 5293 -#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 // Line 6444 -#define sqlite3_initialize chrome_sqlite3_initialize // Line 1542 -#define sqlite3_interrupt chrome_sqlite3_interrupt // Line 2559 -#define sqlite3_keyword_check chrome_sqlite3_keyword_check // Line 7760 -#define sqlite3_keyword_count chrome_sqlite3_keyword_count // Line 7758 -#define sqlite3_keyword_name chrome_sqlite3_keyword_name // Line 7759 -#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid // Line 2417 +#define sqlite3_expanded_sql chrome_sqlite3_expanded_sql // Line 4133 +#define sqlite3_expired chrome_sqlite3_expired // Line 5294 +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode chrome_sqlite3_extended_errcode // Line 3768 +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes chrome_sqlite3_extended_result_codes // Line 2358 +#define sqlite3_file_control chrome_sqlite3_file_control // Line 7707 +#define sqlite3_filename_database chrome_sqlite3_filename_database // Line 3638 +#define sqlite3_filename_journal chrome_sqlite3_filename_journal // Line 3639 +#define sqlite3_filename_wal chrome_sqlite3_filename_wal // Line 3640 +#define sqlite3_finalize chrome_sqlite3_finalize // Line 5001 +#define sqlite3_free chrome_sqlite3_free // Line 2891 +#define sqlite3_free_filename chrome_sqlite3_free_filename // Line 3713 +#define sqlite3_free_table chrome_sqlite3_free_table // Line 2765 +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit chrome_sqlite3_get_autocommit // Line 6133 +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_get_auxdata // Line 5604 +#define sqlite3_get_table chrome_sqlite3_get_table // Lines 2757-2764 +#define sqlite3_global_recover chrome_sqlite3_global_recover // Line 5296 +#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 // Line 6498 +#define sqlite3_initialize chrome_sqlite3_initialize // Line 1546 +#define sqlite3_interrupt chrome_sqlite3_interrupt // Line 2562 +#define sqlite3_keyword_check chrome_sqlite3_keyword_check // Line 7819 +#define sqlite3_keyword_count chrome_sqlite3_keyword_count // Line 7817 +#define sqlite3_keyword_name chrome_sqlite3_keyword_name // Line 7818 +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid // Line 2420 #define sqlite3_libversion chrome_sqlite3_libversion // Line 163 #define sqlite3_libversion_number chrome_sqlite3_libversion_number // Line 165 -#define sqlite3_limit chrome_sqlite3_limit // Line 3836 -#define sqlite3_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_load_extension // Lines 6583-6588 -#define sqlite3_log chrome_sqlite3_log // Line 8878 -#define sqlite3_malloc chrome_sqlite3_malloc // Line 2884 -#define sqlite3_malloc64 chrome_sqlite3_malloc64 // Line 2885 -#define sqlite3_memory_alarm chrome_sqlite3_memory_alarm // Lines 5295-5296 -#define sqlite3_memory_highwater chrome_sqlite3_memory_highwater // Line 2915 -#define sqlite3_memory_used chrome_sqlite3_memory_used // Line 2914 -#define sqlite3_mprintf chrome_sqlite3_mprintf // Line 2804 -#define sqlite3_msize chrome_sqlite3_msize // Line 2889 -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc chrome_sqlite3_mutex_alloc // Line 7451 -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter chrome_sqlite3_mutex_enter // Line 7453 -#define sqlite3_mutex_free chrome_sqlite3_mutex_free // Line 7452 -#define sqlite3_mutex_held chrome_sqlite3_mutex_held // Line 7565 -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave chrome_sqlite3_mutex_leave // Line 7455 -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld chrome_sqlite3_mutex_notheld // Line 7566 -#define sqlite3_mutex_try chrome_sqlite3_mutex_try // Line 7454 -#define sqlite3_next_stmt chrome_sqlite3_next_stmt // Line 6201 -#define sqlite3_normalized_sql chrome_sqlite3_normalized_sql // Line 4131 -#define sqlite3_open chrome_sqlite3_open // Lines 3522-3525 -#define sqlite3_open16 chrome_sqlite3_open16 // Lines 3526-3529 -#define sqlite3_open_v2 chrome_sqlite3_open_v2 // Lines 3530-3535 -#define sqlite3_os_end chrome_sqlite3_os_end // Line 1545 -#define sqlite3_os_init chrome_sqlite3_os_init // Line 1544 -#define sqlite3_overload_function chrome_sqlite3_overload_function // Line 7050 -#define sqlite3_prepare chrome_sqlite3_prepare // Lines 4046-4052 -#define sqlite3_prepare16 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16 // Lines 4068-4074 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v2 // Lines 4075-4081 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v3 // Lines 4082-4089 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v2 // Lines 4053-4059 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v3 // Lines 4060-4067 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_count chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_count // Line 9469 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_depth chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_depth // Line 9470 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_hook chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_hook // Lines 9455-9467 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_new chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_new // Line 9471 -#define sqlite3_preupdate_old chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_old // Line 9468 -#define sqlite3_profile chrome_sqlite3_profile // Lines 3139-3140 -#define sqlite3_progress_handler chrome_sqlite3_progress_handler // Line 3267 -#define sqlite3_randomness chrome_sqlite3_randomness // Line 2938 -#define sqlite3_realloc chrome_sqlite3_realloc // Line 2886 -#define sqlite3_realloc64 chrome_sqlite3_realloc64 // Line 2887 -#define sqlite3_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_release_memory // Line 6363 -#define sqlite3_reset chrome_sqlite3_reset // Line 5025 -#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_reset_auto_extension // Line 6673 -#define sqlite3_result_blob chrome_sqlite3_result_blob // Line 5769 -#define sqlite3_result_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_blob64 // Lines 5770-5771 -#define sqlite3_result_double chrome_sqlite3_result_double // Line 5772 -#define sqlite3_result_error chrome_sqlite3_result_error // Line 5773 -#define sqlite3_result_error16 chrome_sqlite3_result_error16 // Line 5774 -#define sqlite3_result_error_code chrome_sqlite3_result_error_code // Line 5777 -#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem chrome_sqlite3_result_error_nomem // Line 5776 -#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig chrome_sqlite3_result_error_toobig // Line 5775 -#define sqlite3_result_int chrome_sqlite3_result_int // Line 5778 -#define sqlite3_result_int64 chrome_sqlite3_result_int64 // Line 5779 -#define sqlite3_result_null chrome_sqlite3_result_null // Line 5780 -#define sqlite3_result_pointer chrome_sqlite3_result_pointer // Line 5788 -#define sqlite3_result_subtype chrome_sqlite3_result_subtype // Line 5805 -#define sqlite3_result_text chrome_sqlite3_result_text // Line 5781 -#define sqlite3_result_text16 chrome_sqlite3_result_text16 // Line 5784 -#define sqlite3_result_text16be chrome_sqlite3_result_text16be // Line 5786 -#define sqlite3_result_text16le chrome_sqlite3_result_text16le // Line 5785 -#define sqlite3_result_text64 chrome_sqlite3_result_text64 // Lines 5782-5783 -#define sqlite3_result_value chrome_sqlite3_result_value // Line 5787 -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob // Line 5789 -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 // Line 5790 -#define sqlite3_rollback_hook chrome_sqlite3_rollback_hook // Line 6251 -#define sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback chrome_sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback // Lines 9851-9856 -#define sqlite3_rtree_query_callback chrome_sqlite3_rtree_query_callback // Lines 9877-9883 -#define sqlite3_serialize chrome_sqlite3_serialize // Lines 9712-9717 -#define sqlite3_set_authorizer chrome_sqlite3_set_authorizer // Lines 3029-3033 -#define sqlite3_set_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_set_auxdata // Line 5602 -#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid // Line 2427 -#define sqlite3_shutdown chrome_sqlite3_shutdown // Line 1543 -#define sqlite3_sleep chrome_sqlite3_sleep // Line 5976 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_cmp chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_cmp // Lines 9646-9649 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_free chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_free // Line 9619 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_get chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_get // Lines 9553-9557 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_open chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_open // Lines 9602-9606 -#define sqlite3_snapshot_recover chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_recover // Line 9674 -#define sqlite3_snprintf chrome_sqlite3_snprintf // Line 2806 -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit // Line 6455 -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 // Line 6443 +#define sqlite3_limit chrome_sqlite3_limit // Line 3839 +#define sqlite3_load_extension chrome_sqlite3_load_extension // Lines 6637-6642 +#define sqlite3_log chrome_sqlite3_log // Line 8937 +#define sqlite3_malloc chrome_sqlite3_malloc // Line 2887 +#define sqlite3_malloc64 chrome_sqlite3_malloc64 // Line 2888 +#define sqlite3_memory_alarm chrome_sqlite3_memory_alarm // Lines 5298-5299 +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater chrome_sqlite3_memory_highwater // Line 2918 +#define sqlite3_memory_used chrome_sqlite3_memory_used // Line 2917 +#define sqlite3_mprintf chrome_sqlite3_mprintf // Line 2807 +#define sqlite3_msize chrome_sqlite3_msize // Line 2892 +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc chrome_sqlite3_mutex_alloc // Line 7505 +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter chrome_sqlite3_mutex_enter // Line 7507 +#define sqlite3_mutex_free chrome_sqlite3_mutex_free // Line 7506 +#define sqlite3_mutex_held chrome_sqlite3_mutex_held // Line 7619 +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave chrome_sqlite3_mutex_leave // Line 7509 +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld chrome_sqlite3_mutex_notheld // Line 7620 +#define sqlite3_mutex_try chrome_sqlite3_mutex_try // Line 7508 +#define sqlite3_next_stmt chrome_sqlite3_next_stmt // Line 6255 +#define sqlite3_normalized_sql chrome_sqlite3_normalized_sql // Line 4134 +#define sqlite3_open chrome_sqlite3_open // Lines 3525-3528 +#define sqlite3_open16 chrome_sqlite3_open16 // Lines 3529-3532 +#define sqlite3_open_v2 chrome_sqlite3_open_v2 // Lines 3533-3538 +#define sqlite3_os_end chrome_sqlite3_os_end // Line 1549 +#define sqlite3_os_init chrome_sqlite3_os_init // Line 1548 +#define sqlite3_overload_function chrome_sqlite3_overload_function // Line 7104 +#define sqlite3_prepare chrome_sqlite3_prepare // Lines 4049-4055 +#define sqlite3_prepare16 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16 // Lines 4071-4077 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v2 // Lines 4078-4084 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare16_v3 // Lines 4085-4092 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v2 // Lines 4056-4062 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 chrome_sqlite3_prepare_v3 // Lines 4063-4070 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_count chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_count // Line 9537 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_depth chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_depth // Line 9538 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_hook chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_hook // Lines 9523-9535 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_new chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_new // Line 9539 +#define sqlite3_preupdate_old chrome_sqlite3_preupdate_old // Line 9536 +#define sqlite3_profile chrome_sqlite3_profile // Lines 3142-3143 +#define sqlite3_progress_handler chrome_sqlite3_progress_handler // Line 3270 +#define sqlite3_randomness chrome_sqlite3_randomness // Line 2941 +#define sqlite3_realloc chrome_sqlite3_realloc // Line 2889 +#define sqlite3_realloc64 chrome_sqlite3_realloc64 // Line 2890 +#define sqlite3_release_memory chrome_sqlite3_release_memory // Line 6417 +#define sqlite3_reset chrome_sqlite3_reset // Line 5028 +#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension chrome_sqlite3_reset_auto_extension // Line 6727 +#define sqlite3_result_blob chrome_sqlite3_result_blob // Line 5772 +#define sqlite3_result_blob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_blob64 // Lines 5773-5774 +#define sqlite3_result_double chrome_sqlite3_result_double // Line 5775 +#define sqlite3_result_error chrome_sqlite3_result_error // Line 5776 +#define sqlite3_result_error16 chrome_sqlite3_result_error16 // Line 5777 +#define sqlite3_result_error_code chrome_sqlite3_result_error_code // Line 5780 +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem chrome_sqlite3_result_error_nomem // Line 5779 +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig chrome_sqlite3_result_error_toobig // Line 5778 +#define sqlite3_result_int chrome_sqlite3_result_int // Line 5781 +#define sqlite3_result_int64 chrome_sqlite3_result_int64 // Line 5782 +#define sqlite3_result_null chrome_sqlite3_result_null // Line 5783 +#define sqlite3_result_pointer chrome_sqlite3_result_pointer // Line 5791 +#define sqlite3_result_subtype chrome_sqlite3_result_subtype // Line 5808 +#define sqlite3_result_text chrome_sqlite3_result_text // Line 5784 +#define sqlite3_result_text16 chrome_sqlite3_result_text16 // Line 5787 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be chrome_sqlite3_result_text16be // Line 5789 +#define sqlite3_result_text16le chrome_sqlite3_result_text16le // Line 5788 +#define sqlite3_result_text64 chrome_sqlite3_result_text64 // Lines 5785-5786 +#define sqlite3_result_value chrome_sqlite3_result_value // Line 5790 +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob // Line 5792 +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 chrome_sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 // Line 5793 +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook chrome_sqlite3_rollback_hook // Line 6305 +#define sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback chrome_sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback // Lines 9920-9925 +#define sqlite3_rtree_query_callback chrome_sqlite3_rtree_query_callback // Lines 9946-9952 +#define sqlite3_serialize chrome_sqlite3_serialize // Lines 9781-9786 +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer chrome_sqlite3_set_authorizer // Lines 3032-3036 +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata chrome_sqlite3_set_auxdata // Line 5605 +#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid chrome_sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid // Line 2430 +#define sqlite3_shutdown chrome_sqlite3_shutdown // Line 1547 +#define sqlite3_sleep chrome_sqlite3_sleep // Line 5979 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_cmp chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_cmp // Lines 9715-9718 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_free chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_free // Line 9688 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_get chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_get // Lines 9622-9626 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_open chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_open // Lines 9671-9675 +#define sqlite3_snapshot_recover chrome_sqlite3_snapshot_recover // Line 9743 +#define sqlite3_snprintf chrome_sqlite3_snprintf // Line 2809 +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit // Line 6509 +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 chrome_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 // Line 6497 #define sqlite3_sourceid chrome_sqlite3_sourceid // Line 164 -#define sqlite3_sql chrome_sqlite3_sql // Line 4129 -#define sqlite3_status chrome_sqlite3_status // Line 7920 -#define sqlite3_status64 chrome_sqlite3_status64 // Lines 7921-7926 -#define sqlite3_step chrome_sqlite3_step // Line 4697 -#define sqlite3_stmt_busy chrome_sqlite3_stmt_busy // Line 4200 -#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain chrome_sqlite3_stmt_isexplain // Line 4179 -#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly chrome_sqlite3_stmt_readonly // Line 4167 -#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus // Lines 9322-9327 -#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset // Line 9338 -#define sqlite3_stmt_status chrome_sqlite3_stmt_status // Line 8183 -#define sqlite3_str_append chrome_sqlite3_str_append // Line 7856 -#define sqlite3_str_appendall chrome_sqlite3_str_appendall // Line 7857 -#define sqlite3_str_appendchar chrome_sqlite3_str_appendchar // Line 7858 -#define sqlite3_str_appendf chrome_sqlite3_str_appendf // Line 7854 -#define sqlite3_str_errcode chrome_sqlite3_str_errcode // Line 7890 -#define sqlite3_str_finish chrome_sqlite3_str_finish // Line 7820 -#define sqlite3_str_length chrome_sqlite3_str_length // Line 7891 -#define sqlite3_str_new chrome_sqlite3_str_new // Line 7805 -#define sqlite3_str_reset chrome_sqlite3_str_reset // Line 7859 -#define sqlite3_str_value chrome_sqlite3_str_value // Line 7892 -#define sqlite3_str_vappendf chrome_sqlite3_str_vappendf // Line 7855 -#define sqlite3_strglob chrome_sqlite3_strglob // Line 8832 -#define sqlite3_stricmp chrome_sqlite3_stricmp // Line 8814 -#define sqlite3_strlike chrome_sqlite3_strlike // Line 8855 -#define sqlite3_strnicmp chrome_sqlite3_strnicmp // Line 8815 -#define sqlite3_system_errno chrome_sqlite3_system_errno // Line 9484 -#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata chrome_sqlite3_table_column_metadata // Lines 6527-6537 -#define sqlite3_temp_directory chrome_sqlite3_temp_directory // Line 6034 -#define sqlite3_test_control chrome_sqlite3_test_control // Line 7668 -#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup chrome_sqlite3_thread_cleanup // Line 5294 +#define sqlite3_sql chrome_sqlite3_sql // Line 4132 +#define sqlite3_status chrome_sqlite3_status // Line 7979 +#define sqlite3_status64 chrome_sqlite3_status64 // Lines 7980-7985 +#define sqlite3_step chrome_sqlite3_step // Line 4700 +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy chrome_sqlite3_stmt_busy // Line 4203 +#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain chrome_sqlite3_stmt_isexplain // Line 4182 +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly chrome_sqlite3_stmt_readonly // Line 4170 +#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus // Lines 9388-9393 +#define sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset chrome_sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset // Line 9404 +#define sqlite3_stmt_status chrome_sqlite3_stmt_status // Line 8242 +#define sqlite3_str_append chrome_sqlite3_str_append // Line 7915 +#define sqlite3_str_appendall chrome_sqlite3_str_appendall // Line 7916 +#define sqlite3_str_appendchar chrome_sqlite3_str_appendchar // Line 7917 +#define sqlite3_str_appendf chrome_sqlite3_str_appendf // Line 7913 +#define sqlite3_str_errcode chrome_sqlite3_str_errcode // Line 7949 +#define sqlite3_str_finish chrome_sqlite3_str_finish // Line 7879 +#define sqlite3_str_length chrome_sqlite3_str_length // Line 7950 +#define sqlite3_str_new chrome_sqlite3_str_new // Line 7864 +#define sqlite3_str_reset chrome_sqlite3_str_reset // Line 7918 +#define sqlite3_str_value chrome_sqlite3_str_value // Line 7951 +#define sqlite3_str_vappendf chrome_sqlite3_str_vappendf // Line 7914 +#define sqlite3_strglob chrome_sqlite3_strglob // Line 8891 +#define sqlite3_stricmp chrome_sqlite3_stricmp // Line 8873 +#define sqlite3_strlike chrome_sqlite3_strlike // Line 8914 +#define sqlite3_strnicmp chrome_sqlite3_strnicmp // Line 8874 +#define sqlite3_system_errno chrome_sqlite3_system_errno // Line 9553 +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata chrome_sqlite3_table_column_metadata // Lines 6581-6591 +#define sqlite3_temp_directory chrome_sqlite3_temp_directory // Line 6037 +#define sqlite3_test_control chrome_sqlite3_test_control // Line 7726 +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup chrome_sqlite3_thread_cleanup // Line 5297 #define sqlite3_threadsafe chrome_sqlite3_threadsafe // Line 233 -#define sqlite3_total_changes chrome_sqlite3_total_changes // Line 2522 -#define sqlite3_trace chrome_sqlite3_trace // Lines 3137-3138 -#define sqlite3_trace_v2 chrome_sqlite3_trace_v2 // Lines 3228-3233 -#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings chrome_sqlite3_transfer_bindings // Line 5292 -#define sqlite3_unlock_notify chrome_sqlite3_unlock_notify // Lines 8799-8803 -#define sqlite3_update_hook chrome_sqlite3_update_hook // Lines 6302-6306 -#define sqlite3_uri_boolean chrome_sqlite3_uri_boolean // Line 3604 -#define sqlite3_uri_int64 chrome_sqlite3_uri_int64 // Line 3605 -#define sqlite3_uri_key chrome_sqlite3_uri_key // Line 3606 -#define sqlite3_uri_parameter chrome_sqlite3_uri_parameter // Line 3603 -#define sqlite3_user_data chrome_sqlite3_user_data // Line 5530 -#define sqlite3_value_blob chrome_sqlite3_value_blob // Line 5427 -#define sqlite3_value_bytes chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes // Line 5436 -#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes16 // Line 5437 -#define sqlite3_value_double chrome_sqlite3_value_double // Line 5428 -#define sqlite3_value_dup chrome_sqlite3_value_dup // Line 5469 -#define sqlite3_value_free chrome_sqlite3_value_free // Line 5470 -#define sqlite3_value_frombind chrome_sqlite3_value_frombind // Line 5441 -#define sqlite3_value_int chrome_sqlite3_value_int // Line 5429 -#define sqlite3_value_int64 chrome_sqlite3_value_int64 // Line 5430 -#define sqlite3_value_nochange chrome_sqlite3_value_nochange // Line 5440 -#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type chrome_sqlite3_value_numeric_type // Line 5439 -#define sqlite3_value_pointer chrome_sqlite3_value_pointer // Line 5431 -#define sqlite3_value_subtype chrome_sqlite3_value_subtype // Line 5453 -#define sqlite3_value_text chrome_sqlite3_value_text // Line 5432 -#define sqlite3_value_text16 chrome_sqlite3_value_text16 // Line 5433 -#define sqlite3_value_text16be chrome_sqlite3_value_text16be // Line 5435 -#define sqlite3_value_text16le chrome_sqlite3_value_text16le // Line 5434 -#define sqlite3_value_type chrome_sqlite3_value_type // Line 5438 +#define sqlite3_total_changes chrome_sqlite3_total_changes // Line 2525 +#define sqlite3_trace chrome_sqlite3_trace // Lines 3140-3141 +#define sqlite3_trace_v2 chrome_sqlite3_trace_v2 // Lines 3231-3236 +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings chrome_sqlite3_transfer_bindings // Line 5295 +#define sqlite3_txn_state chrome_sqlite3_txn_state // Line 6206 +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify chrome_sqlite3_unlock_notify // Lines 8858-8862 +#define sqlite3_update_hook chrome_sqlite3_update_hook // Lines 6356-6360 +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean chrome_sqlite3_uri_boolean // Line 3607 +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 chrome_sqlite3_uri_int64 // Line 3608 +#define sqlite3_uri_key chrome_sqlite3_uri_key // Line 3609 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter chrome_sqlite3_uri_parameter // Line 3606 +#define sqlite3_user_data chrome_sqlite3_user_data // Line 5533 +#define sqlite3_value_blob chrome_sqlite3_value_blob // Line 5430 +#define sqlite3_value_bytes chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes // Line 5439 +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 chrome_sqlite3_value_bytes16 // Line 5440 +#define sqlite3_value_double chrome_sqlite3_value_double // Line 5431 +#define sqlite3_value_dup chrome_sqlite3_value_dup // Line 5472 +#define sqlite3_value_free chrome_sqlite3_value_free // Line 5473 +#define sqlite3_value_frombind chrome_sqlite3_value_frombind // Line 5444 +#define sqlite3_value_int chrome_sqlite3_value_int // Line 5432 +#define sqlite3_value_int64 chrome_sqlite3_value_int64 // Line 5433 +#define sqlite3_value_nochange chrome_sqlite3_value_nochange // Line 5443 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type chrome_sqlite3_value_numeric_type // Line 5442 +#define sqlite3_value_pointer chrome_sqlite3_value_pointer // Line 5434 +#define sqlite3_value_subtype chrome_sqlite3_value_subtype // Line 5456 +#define sqlite3_value_text chrome_sqlite3_value_text // Line 5435 +#define sqlite3_value_text16 chrome_sqlite3_value_text16 // Line 5436 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be chrome_sqlite3_value_text16be // Line 5438 +#define sqlite3_value_text16le chrome_sqlite3_value_text16le // Line 5437 +#define sqlite3_value_type chrome_sqlite3_value_type // Line 5441 #define sqlite3_version chrome_sqlite3_version // Line 162 -#define sqlite3_vfs_find chrome_sqlite3_vfs_find // Line 7333 -#define sqlite3_vfs_register chrome_sqlite3_vfs_register // Line 7334 -#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister chrome_sqlite3_vfs_unregister // Line 7335 -#define sqlite3_vmprintf chrome_sqlite3_vmprintf // Line 2805 -#define sqlite3_vsnprintf chrome_sqlite3_vsnprintf // Line 2807 -#define sqlite3_vtab_collation chrome_sqlite3_vtab_collation // Line 9217 -#define sqlite3_vtab_config chrome_sqlite3_vtab_config // Line 9105 -#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange chrome_sqlite3_vtab_nochange // Line 9202 -#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict chrome_sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict // Line 9183 -#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint // Line 8949 -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint // Line 8971 -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 // Lines 9065-9071 -#define sqlite3_wal_hook chrome_sqlite3_wal_hook // Lines 8914-8918 -#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory // Lines 6092-6095 -#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 // Line 6097 -#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 // Line 6096 -#define sqlite3changegroup_add chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add // Line 10864 -#define sqlite3changegroup_add_strm chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add_strm // Lines 11526-11529 -#define sqlite3changegroup_delete chrome_sqlite3changegroup_delete // Line 10901 -#define sqlite3changegroup_new chrome_sqlite3changegroup_new // Line 10786 -#define sqlite3changegroup_output chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output // Lines 10891-10895 -#define sqlite3changegroup_output_strm chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output_strm // Lines 11530-11533 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply // Lines 11061-11075 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_strm // Lines 11459-11473 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 // Lines 11076-11092 -#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm // Lines 11474-11490 -#define sqlite3changeset_concat chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat // Lines 10732-10739 -#define sqlite3changeset_concat_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat_strm // Lines 11491-11498 -#define sqlite3changeset_conflict chrome_sqlite3changeset_conflict // Lines 10618-10622 -#define sqlite3changeset_finalize chrome_sqlite3changeset_finalize // Line 10671 -#define sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts chrome_sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts // Lines 10635-10638 -#define sqlite3changeset_invert chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert // Lines 10701-10704 -#define sqlite3changeset_invert_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert_strm // Lines 11499-11504 -#define sqlite3changeset_new chrome_sqlite3changeset_new // Lines 10590-10594 -#define sqlite3changeset_next chrome_sqlite3changeset_next // Line 10462 -#define sqlite3changeset_old chrome_sqlite3changeset_old // Lines 10556-10560 -#define sqlite3changeset_op chrome_sqlite3changeset_op // Lines 10491-10497 -#define sqlite3changeset_pk chrome_sqlite3changeset_pk // Lines 10525-10529 -#define sqlite3changeset_start chrome_sqlite3changeset_start // Lines 10413-10417 -#define sqlite3changeset_start_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_strm // Lines 11505-11509 -#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2 chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2 // Lines 10418-10423 -#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm // Lines 11510-11515 -#define sqlite3rebaser_configure chrome_sqlite3rebaser_configure // Lines 11334-11337 -#define sqlite3rebaser_create chrome_sqlite3rebaser_create // Line 11323 -#define sqlite3rebaser_delete chrome_sqlite3rebaser_delete // Line 11367 -#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase // Lines 11353-11357 -#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm // Lines 11534-11540 -#define sqlite3session_attach chrome_sqlite3session_attach // Lines 10120-10123 -#define sqlite3session_changeset chrome_sqlite3session_changeset // Lines 10249-10253 -#define sqlite3session_changeset_strm chrome_sqlite3session_changeset_strm // Lines 11516-11520 -#define sqlite3session_config chrome_sqlite3session_config // Line 11575 -#define sqlite3session_create chrome_sqlite3session_create // Lines 9990-9994 -#define sqlite3session_delete chrome_sqlite3session_delete // Line 10009 -#define sqlite3session_diff chrome_sqlite3session_diff // Lines 10312-10317 -#define sqlite3session_enable chrome_sqlite3session_enable // Line 10030 -#define sqlite3session_indirect chrome_sqlite3session_indirect // Line 10060 -#define sqlite3session_isempty chrome_sqlite3session_isempty // Line 10370 -#define sqlite3session_patchset chrome_sqlite3session_patchset // Lines 10349-10353 -#define sqlite3session_patchset_strm chrome_sqlite3session_patchset_strm // Lines 11521-11525 -#define sqlite3session_table_filter chrome_sqlite3session_table_filter // Lines 10135-10142 +#define sqlite3_vfs_find chrome_sqlite3_vfs_find // Line 7387 +#define sqlite3_vfs_register chrome_sqlite3_vfs_register // Line 7388 +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister chrome_sqlite3_vfs_unregister // Line 7389 +#define sqlite3_vmprintf chrome_sqlite3_vmprintf // Line 2808 +#define sqlite3_vsnprintf chrome_sqlite3_vsnprintf // Line 2810 +#define sqlite3_vtab_collation chrome_sqlite3_vtab_collation // Line 9283 +#define sqlite3_vtab_config chrome_sqlite3_vtab_config // Line 9164 +#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange chrome_sqlite3_vtab_nochange // Line 9268 +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict chrome_sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict // Line 9242 +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint // Line 9008 +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint // Line 9030 +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 chrome_sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 // Lines 9124-9130 +#define sqlite3_wal_hook chrome_sqlite3_wal_hook // Lines 8973-8977 +#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory // Lines 6095-6098 +#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory16 // Line 6100 +#define sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 chrome_sqlite3_win32_set_directory8 // Line 6099 +#define sqlite3changegroup_add chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add // Line 10933 +#define sqlite3changegroup_add_strm chrome_sqlite3changegroup_add_strm // Lines 11595-11598 +#define sqlite3changegroup_delete chrome_sqlite3changegroup_delete // Line 10970 +#define sqlite3changegroup_new chrome_sqlite3changegroup_new // Line 10855 +#define sqlite3changegroup_output chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output // Lines 10960-10964 +#define sqlite3changegroup_output_strm chrome_sqlite3changegroup_output_strm // Lines 11599-11602 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply // Lines 11130-11144 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_strm // Lines 11528-11542 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 // Lines 11145-11161 +#define sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm // Lines 11543-11559 +#define sqlite3changeset_concat chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat // Lines 10801-10808 +#define sqlite3changeset_concat_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_concat_strm // Lines 11560-11567 +#define sqlite3changeset_conflict chrome_sqlite3changeset_conflict // Lines 10687-10691 +#define sqlite3changeset_finalize chrome_sqlite3changeset_finalize // Line 10740 +#define sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts chrome_sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts // Lines 10704-10707 +#define sqlite3changeset_invert chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert // Lines 10770-10773 +#define sqlite3changeset_invert_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_invert_strm // Lines 11568-11573 +#define sqlite3changeset_new chrome_sqlite3changeset_new // Lines 10659-10663 +#define sqlite3changeset_next chrome_sqlite3changeset_next // Line 10531 +#define sqlite3changeset_old chrome_sqlite3changeset_old // Lines 10625-10629 +#define sqlite3changeset_op chrome_sqlite3changeset_op // Lines 10560-10566 +#define sqlite3changeset_pk chrome_sqlite3changeset_pk // Lines 10594-10598 +#define sqlite3changeset_start chrome_sqlite3changeset_start // Lines 10482-10486 +#define sqlite3changeset_start_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_strm // Lines 11574-11578 +#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2 chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2 // Lines 10487-10492 +#define sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm chrome_sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm // Lines 11579-11584 +#define sqlite3rebaser_configure chrome_sqlite3rebaser_configure // Lines 11403-11406 +#define sqlite3rebaser_create chrome_sqlite3rebaser_create // Line 11392 +#define sqlite3rebaser_delete chrome_sqlite3rebaser_delete // Line 11436 +#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase // Lines 11422-11426 +#define sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm chrome_sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm // Lines 11603-11609 +#define sqlite3session_attach chrome_sqlite3session_attach // Lines 10189-10192 +#define sqlite3session_changeset chrome_sqlite3session_changeset // Lines 10318-10322 +#define sqlite3session_changeset_strm chrome_sqlite3session_changeset_strm // Lines 11585-11589 +#define sqlite3session_config chrome_sqlite3session_config // Line 11644 +#define sqlite3session_create chrome_sqlite3session_create // Lines 10059-10063 +#define sqlite3session_delete chrome_sqlite3session_delete // Line 10078 +#define sqlite3session_diff chrome_sqlite3session_diff // Lines 10381-10386 +#define sqlite3session_enable chrome_sqlite3session_enable // Line 10099 +#define sqlite3session_indirect chrome_sqlite3session_indirect // Line 10129 +#define sqlite3session_isempty chrome_sqlite3session_isempty // Line 10439 +#define sqlite3session_patchset chrome_sqlite3session_patchset // Lines 10418-10422 +#define sqlite3session_patchset_strm chrome_sqlite3session_patchset_strm // Lines 11590-11594 +#define sqlite3session_table_filter chrome_sqlite3session_table_filter // Lines 10204-10211 #endif // THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION_RENAME_EXPORTS_H_ diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c index 0200f99f70e..6b4a7899d33 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.32.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** version 3.34.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #define CTIMEOPT_VAL2(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt) /* -** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should ** be sorted A-Z. ** ** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ */ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { -/* -** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl +/* +** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ #if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID "32BIT_ROWID", @@ -774,8 +774,8 @@ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { #if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC "ZERO_MALLOC", #endif -/* -** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl +/* +** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ }; @@ -825,10 +825,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){ ** ** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread ** that would be harmless and undetectable -** if it did occur. +** if it did occur. ** ** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual -** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the +** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the ** asterisks and the comment text. */ @@ -1000,6 +1000,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){ #endif /* +** Macro to disable warnings about missing "break" at the end of a "case". +*/ +#if GCC_VERSION>=7000000 +# define deliberate_fall_through __attribute__((fallthrough)); +#else +# define deliberate_fall_through +#endif + +/* ** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its ** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW ** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header @@ -1147,7 +1156,7 @@ extern "C" { ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** -** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), ** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management ** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to @@ -1162,8 +1171,8 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.32.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3032001 +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.34.0" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3034000 #define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-12-01 16:14:00 b7738010bc8ef02ba84820368e557306390a33c38adaa5c7703154bae3edalt1" /* @@ -1190,8 +1199,8 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built ** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters ** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ @@ -1206,20 +1215,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and @@ -1243,7 +1252,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -1300,14 +1309,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; # ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -# else +# else typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; # endif #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) @@ -1339,7 +1348,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** resources are deallocated. ** ** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all -** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated ** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared @@ -1383,7 +1392,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -1423,7 +1432,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** @@ -1543,6 +1552,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS (SQLITE_IOERR | (33<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) @@ -1603,7 +1613,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -1612,6 +1622,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ /* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ + /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics @@ -1708,7 +1721,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -1730,7 +1743,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] @@ -1880,7 +1893,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and @@ -1903,24 +1916,24 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and ** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place ** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with ** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced ** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite ** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately ** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal ** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic @@ -1968,13 +1981,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with @@ -1993,7 +2006,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** upper-most shim only. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of @@ -2004,7 +2017,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal ** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op @@ -2044,7 +2057,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The ** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. ** @@ -2088,7 +2101,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by ** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for -** this opcode. +** this opcode. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then @@ -2105,7 +2118,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. ** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were ** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. @@ -2117,7 +2130,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. ** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode ** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. @@ -2126,8 +2139,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS -** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to -** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. ** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains ** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed ** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. @@ -2285,14 +2298,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** @@ -2306,7 +2319,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] ** </ul>)^ ** @@ -2334,10 +2347,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite @@ -2361,7 +2374,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of ** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK ** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate -** whether or not the file is accessible. +** whether or not the file is accessible. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer @@ -2381,16 +2394,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden @@ -2437,7 +2450,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. + ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; @@ -2481,7 +2494,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** </ul> ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given on the corresponding lock. +** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED @@ -2626,7 +2639,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** @@ -2644,7 +2657,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -2674,7 +2687,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, @@ -2684,7 +2697,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** -** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite @@ -2732,7 +2745,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.</dd> ** @@ -2767,7 +2780,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. ** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -2818,7 +2831,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool ** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page -** cache implementation. +** cache implementation. ** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page ** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to @@ -2846,7 +2859,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** additional cache line. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> -** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer ** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs ** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled @@ -2901,7 +2914,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies ** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> @@ -2915,7 +2928,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite ** global [error log]. ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. @@ -3024,7 +3037,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL ** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which -** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. ** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) ** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. ** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held @@ -3046,7 +3059,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference ** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded ** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default -** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a ** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. ** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. @@ -3074,7 +3087,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ @@ -3109,7 +3122,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> -** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. @@ -3127,7 +3140,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] @@ -3204,11 +3217,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** until after the database connection closes. ** </dd> ** -** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt> -** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a -** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no -** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint ** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to ** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation ** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the @@ -3227,7 +3240,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With ** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as ** was used during testing in the lab. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled @@ -3235,15 +3248,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt> -** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not ** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This ** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this ** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - ** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, ** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. -** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written -** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if -** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt> @@ -3257,7 +3270,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any ** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep ** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before -** the reset. +** the reset. ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); ** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); @@ -3269,7 +3282,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt> ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the ** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive -** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to ** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled ** features include but are not limited to the following: ** <ul> @@ -3284,7 +3297,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the ** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent ** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to ** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an ** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema @@ -3322,14 +3335,13 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td> ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to -** assume that database schemas (the contents of the [sqlite_master] tables) -** are untainted by malicious content. +** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content. ** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite ** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm ** including: ** <ul> ** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, -** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, ** partial indexes, or generated columns ** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. ** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views @@ -3350,7 +3362,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, ** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions ** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there -** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible +** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible ** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little ** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the ** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version @@ -3408,8 +3420,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of ** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] ** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not -** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred -** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns ** zero. ** ** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database @@ -3419,15 +3431,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as ** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory ** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid -** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to ** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid -** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original -** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning ** control to the user. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will -** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is -** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a @@ -3460,7 +3472,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to -** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R ** without inserting a row into the database. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); @@ -3476,37 +3488,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); ** returned by this function. ** ** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are -** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], ** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. -** -** Changes to a view that are intercepted by -** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value -** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or -** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real ** tables are counted. ** ** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is ** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the ** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback ** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: -** +** ** <ul> ** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by -** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program ** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ -** -** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE -** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() -** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include -** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() ** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ ** </ul> -** +** ** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used -** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it ** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. -** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger -** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the ** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection @@ -3532,10 +3544,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as ** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement ** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). -** +** ** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the ** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are -** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers ** are not counted. ** ** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number @@ -3544,7 +3556,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** To detect changes against a database file from other database ** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. -** +** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. @@ -3586,7 +3598,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are @@ -3618,7 +3630,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -3663,7 +3675,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** to the application instead of invoking the +** to the application instead of invoking the ** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and @@ -3688,7 +3700,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, ** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ @@ -3806,7 +3818,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from -** the standard library printf() +** the standard library printf() ** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). ** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. ** @@ -4002,7 +4014,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter @@ -4055,7 +4067,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** @@ -4203,7 +4215,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each ** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the ** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which -** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment ** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute ** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] ** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking @@ -4219,7 +4231,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt> ** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared -** statement generates a single row of result. +** statement generates a single row of result. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the ** X argument is unused. ** @@ -4246,10 +4258,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of ** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. ** -** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides ** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). ** -** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by ** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently ** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback ** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. @@ -4281,8 +4293,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress ** handler is disabled. @@ -4309,7 +4321,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -4428,17 +4440,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] @@ -4458,13 +4470,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", ** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is -** an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is ** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads ** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for @@ -4474,7 +4486,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting @@ -4500,7 +4512,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** property on a database file that does in fact change can result ** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. ** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. -** +** ** </ul> ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an @@ -4512,36 +4524,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results -** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> -** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> -** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> ** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" ** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. ** </table> ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. @@ -4577,7 +4589,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations], -** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** ** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to @@ -4595,7 +4607,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph) ** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P -** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. @@ -4604,7 +4616,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any -** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or ** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query @@ -4622,7 +4634,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain ** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and ** so forth. -** +** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed @@ -4679,14 +4691,14 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*); ** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal ** ** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is -** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then +** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then ** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file] ** object that represents the main database file. ** ** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations ** only. It is not a general-purpose interface. ** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that -** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the +** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the ** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits ** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use ** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable @@ -4709,7 +4721,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()], ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()], ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()], -** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()], ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()]. @@ -4733,7 +4745,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); ** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other ** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from ** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap -** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be +** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be ** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means ** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y, ** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be @@ -4752,12 +4764,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*); ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with ** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface ** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that ** API call. ** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** @@ -4814,7 +4826,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); ** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. ** ** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The -** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object ** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a ** prepared statement before it can be run. ** @@ -4844,7 +4856,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. @@ -4852,7 +4864,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. @@ -4957,7 +4969,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner ** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and ** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] -** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will ** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using ** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts ** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to @@ -5064,12 +5076,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** </li> ** ** <li> -** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. @@ -5178,8 +5190,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** @@ -5193,10 +5205,10 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since ** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and @@ -5222,18 +5234,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned ** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -5252,7 +5264,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The -** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new ** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not @@ -5260,7 +5272,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, @@ -5349,7 +5361,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM ** the byte order is the native byte order of the host ** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in -** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ ** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode ** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters ** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. @@ -5366,7 +5378,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then ** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. @@ -5528,7 +5540,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the ** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not ** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement @@ -5710,7 +5722,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], ** sqlite3_step() began @@ -5801,7 +5813,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result -** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an ** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. ** <tr><td> <td> <td> ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB @@ -5849,7 +5861,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which ** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. ** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no -** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. ** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() ** is undefined, though harmless. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() @@ -5877,7 +5889,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of @@ -5896,7 +5908,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. ** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface -** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** is normally only useful within the implementation of ** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within ** top-level application code. ** @@ -6071,8 +6083,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding -** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being ** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() ** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions @@ -6086,7 +6098,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** @@ -6101,7 +6113,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes ** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the ** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or ** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] @@ -6128,7 +6140,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for ** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be ** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of -** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL ** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. ** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of ** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters @@ -6149,21 +6161,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** -** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue ** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to ** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal ** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in -** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be ** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate ** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation -** of aggregate window functions are +** of aggregate window functions are ** [user-defined window functions|available here]. ** ** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or ** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for -** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function -** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection -** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is ** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application ** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). @@ -6176,7 +6188,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. @@ -6248,7 +6260,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Flags ** -** These constants may be ORed together with the +** These constants may be ORed together with the ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument ** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. @@ -6264,10 +6276,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them ** out of inner loops. ** </dd> -** +** ** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd> ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked -** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in ** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], ** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended @@ -6320,7 +6332,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid ** these functions, we will not explain what they do. @@ -6388,11 +6400,11 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** -** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized ** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] ** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), ** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, -** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the @@ -6515,7 +6527,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates ** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to @@ -6528,7 +6540,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory ** allocate error occurs. ** @@ -6537,10 +6549,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no ** pointless memory allocations occur. ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -6590,7 +6602,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** metadata associated with the pattern string. ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function. @@ -6616,10 +6628,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** SQL statement)^, or ** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same ** parameter)^, or -** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory ** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul> ** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the @@ -6792,7 +6804,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an ** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it -** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that ** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an ** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. ** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor @@ -6834,8 +6846,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of -** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with -** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits ** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; ** higher order bits are discarded. ** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase @@ -6882,7 +6894,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating ** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating @@ -6913,36 +6925,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** -** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); @@ -6975,19 +6987,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -7043,7 +7055,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -7100,7 +7112,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -7224,6 +7236,57 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* +** CAPI3REF: Determine the transaction state of a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) interface returns the current +** [transaction state] of schema S in database connection D. ^If S is NULL, +** then the highest transaction state of any schema on database connection D +** is returned. Transaction states are (in order of lowest to highest): +** <ol> +** <li value="0"> SQLITE_TXN_NONE +** <li value="1"> SQLITE_TXN_READ +** <li value="2"> SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +** </ol> +** ^If the S argument to sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) is not the name of +** a valid schema, then -1 is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_txn_state(sqlite3*,const char *zSchema); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Allowed return values from [sqlite3_txn_state()] +** KEYWORDS: {transaction state} +** +** These constants define the current transaction state of a database file. +** ^The [sqlite3_txn_state(D,S)] interface returns one of these +** constants in order to describe the transaction state of schema S +** in [database connection] D. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_TXN_NONE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_NONE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_NONE state means that no transaction is currently +** pending.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_READ]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_READ</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_READ state means that the database is currently +** in a read transaction. Content has been read from the database file +** but nothing in the database file has changed. The transaction state +** will advanced to SQLITE_TXN_WRITE if any changes occur and there are +** no other conflicting concurrent write transactions. The transaction +** state will revert to SQLITE_TXN_NONE following a [ROLLBACK] or +** [COMMIT].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_WRITE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_WRITE state means that the database is currently +** in a write transaction. Content has been written to the database file +** but has not yet committed. The transaction state will change to +** to SQLITE_TXN_NONE at the next [ROLLBACK] or [COMMIT].</dd> +*/ +#define SQLITE_TXN_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_TXN_READ 1 +#define SQLITE_TXN_WRITE 2 + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** @@ -7313,7 +7376,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^ ** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook @@ -7339,7 +7402,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -7353,7 +7416,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). ** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** @@ -7374,8 +7437,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. ** ** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 -** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, -** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. ** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a @@ -7428,7 +7491,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of @@ -7544,7 +7607,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table ** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no @@ -7610,7 +7673,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** -** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this ** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface ** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] @@ -7697,7 +7760,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] -** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization ** routines. */ @@ -7732,8 +7795,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent @@ -7772,7 +7835,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); @@ -7822,7 +7885,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column ** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also ** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression -** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to ** non-zero. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information @@ -7849,17 +7912,17 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular ** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar -** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) ** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a ** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. ** ** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that ** will be returned by the strategy. ** -** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a ** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - ** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite -** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. ** ** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then ** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as @@ -7872,14 +7935,14 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. ** ** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). ** If a virtual table extension is -** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting -** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely ** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should ** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a ** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field -** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). ** It may therefore only be used if ** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to ** 3009000. @@ -7919,7 +7982,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags ** -** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the ** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of ** these bits. */ @@ -7959,7 +8022,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through @@ -8074,7 +8137,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -8125,7 +8188,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** </pre>)^ ** -** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but ** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is ** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. ** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP @@ -8138,28 +8201,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored ** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error ** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided -** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] ** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. ** ** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: ** <ul> -** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, ** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, ** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, ** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not ** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, -** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE ** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, -** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, ** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is ** being opened for read/write access)^. ** </ul> ** -** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the ** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using @@ -8185,7 +8248,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a ** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually @@ -8235,7 +8298,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed -** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the ** handle is still closed.)^ ** ** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if @@ -8245,10 +8308,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** ** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an -** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine -** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to ** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function -** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the ** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); @@ -8257,7 +8320,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -8308,9 +8371,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), @@ -8319,9 +8382,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the -** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined -** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less ** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an @@ -8415,7 +8478,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG @@ -8473,7 +8536,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable ** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was @@ -8617,7 +8680,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ @@ -8632,11 +8695,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 + + /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -8663,7 +8730,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly -** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the ** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into @@ -8745,12 +8812,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL 27 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED 28 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS 29 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 29 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT 30 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 30 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking ** -** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords ** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine ** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, ** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. @@ -8822,14 +8890,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes ** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by -** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a ** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory ** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will -** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from -** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for ** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value ** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter @@ -8865,9 +8933,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained ** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. ** -** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and ** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] -** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of ** [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S @@ -8884,7 +8952,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction -** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. ** ** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact ** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a @@ -8986,7 +9054,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> @@ -8995,11 +9063,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -9012,7 +9080,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> @@ -9025,7 +9093,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>No longer used.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> -** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. ** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ ** </dl> @@ -9047,12 +9115,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** @@ -9087,7 +9155,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> -** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** @@ -9112,7 +9180,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a ** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap @@ -9127,7 +9195,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. @@ -9142,13 +9210,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** @@ -9206,7 +9274,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement @@ -9233,7 +9301,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> @@ -9251,14 +9319,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been -** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to ** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt> @@ -9318,15 +9386,15 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a +** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an @@ -9339,19 +9407,19 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** @@ -9370,7 +9438,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying @@ -9383,7 +9451,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** @@ -9398,12 +9466,12 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** +** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. @@ -9442,8 +9510,8 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] @@ -9483,7 +9551,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); @@ -9528,7 +9596,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** @@ -9539,36 +9607,36 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: ** <ol> ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the -** backup, -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. ** </ol>)^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** -** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if -** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the ** destination database. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is @@ -9580,14 +9648,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages @@ -9609,8 +9677,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -9618,15 +9686,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -9635,18 +9703,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -9686,8 +9754,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] @@ -9698,11 +9766,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -9727,8 +9795,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -9736,14 +9804,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] @@ -9757,15 +9825,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -9778,7 +9846,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -9791,12 +9859,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -9819,7 +9887,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -9832,7 +9900,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -9923,8 +9991,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked @@ -9943,7 +10011,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the @@ -9951,7 +10019,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); @@ -9964,7 +10032,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** @@ -9994,7 +10062,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the ** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be ** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to ** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition @@ -10020,10 +10088,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> -** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames ** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] -** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. ** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished ** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** @@ -10037,9 +10105,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> ** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition -** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the ** [busy-handler callback]) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures ** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. ** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new ** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. @@ -10061,31 +10129,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** ** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the ** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be ** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and ** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock ** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to ** [database connection] db. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL @@ -10145,7 +10213,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} ** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} ** ** These macros define the various options to the @@ -10168,20 +10236,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. ** </dd> ** @@ -10225,10 +10293,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); ** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE ** ** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] -** method of a [virtual table], then it returns true if and only if the +** method of a [virtual table], then it might return true if the ** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the -** column value will not change. Applications might use this to substitute -** a return value that is less expensive to compute and that the corresponding +** column value will not change. The virtual table implementation can use +** this hint as permission to substitute a return value that is less +** expensive to compute and that the corresponding ** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. ** ** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that @@ -10237,6 +10306,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); ** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. ** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the ** same column in the [xUpdate] method. +** +** The sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine is an optimization. Virtual table +** implementations should continue to give a correct answer even if the +** sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface were to always return false. In the +** current implementation, the sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface does always +** returns false for the enhanced [UPDATE FROM] statement. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); @@ -10244,12 +10319,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] -** method of a [virtual table]. +** method of a [virtual table]. ** ** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the ** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be ** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer ** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding ** constraint. */ @@ -10363,7 +10438,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ void *pOut /* Result written here */ -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters @@ -10378,18 +10453,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the ** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty -** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out ** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an ** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database ** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] ** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and ** any [attached] databases. ** -** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages -** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained ** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked ** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then ** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages @@ -10410,6 +10486,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. @@ -10427,7 +10504,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the ** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to -** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1. +** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1. ** ** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to ** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. @@ -10436,21 +10513,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** kind of update operation that is about to occur. ** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** database within the database connection that is being modified. This -** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or ** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached ** databases.)^ ** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** table that is being modified. ** ** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth -** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the ** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, -** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth ** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the ** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted ** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback ** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for -** INSERT operations on rowid tables. +** DELETE operations on rowid tables. ** ** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], ** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces @@ -10484,7 +10561,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate ** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete -** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level ** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level ** triggers; and so forth. ** @@ -10512,13 +10589,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error ** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. ** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be ** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such -** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); @@ -10556,12 +10634,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly ** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. ** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when -** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. ** ** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of ** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is ** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined -** in this case. +** in this case. ** ** <ul> ** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. @@ -10573,13 +10651,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** ** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal ** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means -** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal ** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction ** must be written to it first. ** </ul> ** ** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the -** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, ** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to @@ -10599,38 +10677,38 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( ** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** -** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read -** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of -** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to -** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the -** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK ** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. ** -** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in ** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there ** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle ** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed -** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or ** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. ** ** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified -** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case ** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. ** -** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is ** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same ** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT ** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an ** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the -** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the ** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. ** ** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the ** database connection D does not know that the database file for ** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know ** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior -** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] ** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ ** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened ** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) @@ -10662,17 +10740,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages -** of two valid snapshot handles. +** of two valid snapshot handles. ** -** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database -** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. ** ** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the ** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the ** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the ** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database -** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the -** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function ** is undefined. ** ** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older @@ -10737,7 +10815,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const c ** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has ** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same ** values of D and S. -** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy ** of the database exists. ** @@ -10774,7 +10852,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( /* ** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database ** -** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the ** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then ** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained ** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of @@ -10793,7 +10871,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( ** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup ** operation. ** -** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the ** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then ** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. ** @@ -10908,7 +10986,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { }; /* -** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be ** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) @@ -10923,7 +11001,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( /* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the ** argument to scored geometry callback registered using ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** @@ -11018,7 +11096,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; ** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a ** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is ** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for -** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting ** either of these things are undefined. ** ** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in @@ -11036,13 +11114,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** -** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** Delete a session object previously allocated using ** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the ** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module ** function are undefined. ** ** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they -** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); @@ -11060,10 +11138,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** the eventual changesets. ** ** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value -** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a ** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if ** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); @@ -11078,7 +11156,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** <ul> ** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is ** made, or -** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action ** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. ** </ul> ** @@ -11090,10 +11168,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the ** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag ** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value -** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the ** indirect flag for the specified session object. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if ** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); @@ -11103,20 +11181,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach -** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes -** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See ** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. ** ** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables -** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by -** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for ** the new tables are also recorded. ** ** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly -** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the ** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY ** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. -** +** ** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor ** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, ** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. @@ -11124,29 +11202,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored ** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error ** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** ** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3> ** -** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to ** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: ** <pre> -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) ** </pre> ** -** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are -** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes ** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such ** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or ** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be ** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** concat() and similar. ** -** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the ** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 ** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), -** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset ** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a ** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application ** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. @@ -11165,10 +11243,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( ** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows ** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called -** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. -** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is ** attached, xFilter will not be called again. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( @@ -11184,9 +11262,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the -** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, -** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset ** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning ** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to ** zero and return an SQLite error code. @@ -11201,7 +11279,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it ** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. ** -** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or ** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, ** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this ** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in @@ -11254,14 +11332,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** <ul> ** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried ** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT -** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change ** is added to the changeset. ** -** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is ** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is ** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been -** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to -** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE ** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching ** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original ** values, no change is added to the changeset. @@ -11269,7 +11347,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** ** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later ** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete -** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a ** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is ** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of ** a DELETE and an INSERT. @@ -11278,10 +11356,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. ** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row ** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row -** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while ** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the ** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. -** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and ** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the ** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. */ @@ -11302,7 +11380,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** an error). ** ** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) -** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains ** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. ** A table is considered compatible if it: ** @@ -11318,25 +11396,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. ** ** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be -** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") -** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session ** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: ** ** <ul> -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features ** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the -** session. +** session. ** </ul> ** ** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed -** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to -** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be ** identical. ** ** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the @@ -11344,7 +11422,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** ** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -11363,19 +11441,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( ** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: ** ** <ul> -** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The ** original values of other fields are omitted. -** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from ** UPDATE records. ** </ul> ** -** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all -** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, ** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the -** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** -** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset ** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work ** in the same way as for changesets. @@ -11394,22 +11472,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( /* ** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. ** -** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by -** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or ** more changes have been recorded, return zero. ** ** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling ** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a -** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in -** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values ** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is -** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a ** changeset containing zero changes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* -** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. @@ -11417,7 +11495,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an ** SQLite error code is returned. ** -** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset ** iterator created by this function: ** ** <ul> @@ -11434,12 +11512,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** ** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the ** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or -** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset -** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when -** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by -** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited -** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change -** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit ** another change for table X. ** ** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent @@ -11490,12 +11568,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( ** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances ** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If ** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call -** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. ** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. ** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error -** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); @@ -11513,14 +11591,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a ** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table ** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either -** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the -** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is ** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If ** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change ** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect -** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of -** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the ** type of change that the iterator currently points to. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an @@ -11574,7 +11652,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -11584,9 +11662,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and -** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this ** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -11605,7 +11683,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -11615,12 +11693,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and ** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include -** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and -** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that -** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete ** triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -11647,7 +11725,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the ** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback ** and returns SQLITE_OK. ** @@ -11691,7 +11769,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** call has no effect. ** ** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() -** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding ** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): @@ -11703,7 +11781,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** } ** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); ** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ -** // An error has occurred +** // An error has occurred ** } ** </pre> */ @@ -11731,7 +11809,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() -** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful ** call to this function. ** ** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid @@ -11745,11 +11823,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( /* ** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects ** -** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a ** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying -** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** changeset A followed by changeset B. ** -** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** This function combines the two input changesets using an ** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the ** following code fragment: ** @@ -11781,7 +11859,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( /* ** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle ** -** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more ** [changesets] or [patchsets] */ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; @@ -11797,7 +11875,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** ** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with ** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller -** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to ** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code ** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** @@ -11809,7 +11887,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object ** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). ** -** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained ** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). ** ** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). @@ -11818,7 +11896,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to ** new() and delete(), and in any order. ** -** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and ** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming ** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). */ @@ -11829,7 +11907,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size -** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. ** ** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function ** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if @@ -11856,7 +11934,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> -** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the ** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the ** existing change and then updated according to the new change. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> @@ -11867,17 +11945,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> -** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended -** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once ** by the existing change and then again by the new change. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> ** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the ** changegroup. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> ** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the -** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing ** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the -** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same ** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new @@ -11922,7 +12000,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pDa ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output ** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK -** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a ** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a ** call to sqlite3_free(). @@ -11944,7 +12022,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** ** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to ** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in -** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. ** ** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter ** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one @@ -11955,16 +12033,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to ** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. ** -** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function -** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is ** considered compatible if all of the following are true: ** ** <ul> -** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as ** recorded in the changeset. ** </ul> ** @@ -11973,11 +12051,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most ** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. ** -** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made -** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE -** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler -** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be -** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for ** each type of change is below. ** ** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results @@ -11985,23 +12063,23 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** argument are undefined. ** ** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one -** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned ** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler ** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and -** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different ** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value ** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to -** the documentation for the three +** the documentation for the three ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> -** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values -** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in ** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. ** ** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of @@ -12030,22 +12108,22 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default ** values. ** -** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already ** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler -** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** function is invoked with the second argument set to ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. ** ** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint -** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is ** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. -** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because -** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** ** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> -** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values ** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values ** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. ** @@ -12061,12 +12139,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] ** passed as the second argument. ** -** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. -** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after ** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned -** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** </dl> ** ** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the @@ -12077,12 +12155,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. ** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to ** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is -** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an ** SQLite error code returned. ** ** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and ** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() -** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the ** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer @@ -12143,7 +12221,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully ** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag ** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the -** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, ** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> @@ -12154,7 +12232,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler ** ** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. @@ -12163,32 +12241,32 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument ** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required -** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other -** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the ** expected "before" values. -** +** ** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching ** primary key. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second ** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the ** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> ** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict -** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result ** in duplicate primary key values. -** +** ** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching ** primary key. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> ** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the -** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict ** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument ** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler ** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the @@ -12198,12 +12276,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function ** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle ** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> -** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. -** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is ** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. ** @@ -12215,7 +12293,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler ** ** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. @@ -12223,13 +12301,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> ** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The -** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module ** continues to the next change in the changeset. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> ** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict ** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this -** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the ** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. ** ** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict @@ -12242,7 +12320,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> -** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back ** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. ** </dl> */ @@ -12250,20 +12328,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that ** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a ** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based -** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and -** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state ** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict ** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". -** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict ** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts -** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. ** ** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an ** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": @@ -12282,7 +12360,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** ** <dl> ** <dt>Local INSERT<dd> -** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict ** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased ** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add ** nothing to the rebased changeset. @@ -12306,12 +12384,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote ** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied ** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by -** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would ** be updated, the change is omitted. ** </dl> ** -** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes -** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote ** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset ** is rebased: ** @@ -12324,10 +12402,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** of the OMIT resolutions. ** </ul> ** -** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are -** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the -** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single -** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for ** OMIT. ** ** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first @@ -12335,7 +12413,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: ** ** <ol> -** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling ** sqlite3rebaser_create(). ** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). @@ -12356,8 +12434,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; ** ** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to ** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error -** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) -** to NULL. +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); @@ -12371,9 +12449,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( - sqlite3_rebaser*, + sqlite3_rebaser*, int nRebase, const void *pRebase -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset @@ -12383,7 +12461,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( ** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy ** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the ** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) -** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and ** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) @@ -12391,8 +12469,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser*, - int nIn, const void *pIn, - int *pnOut, void **ppOut + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut ); /* @@ -12403,30 +12481,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( ** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation ** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. ** -** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the ** corresponding non-streaming API functions: ** ** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> ** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] ** </table> ** ** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input -** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. -** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning -** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). -** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a ** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the ** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. ** @@ -12448,12 +12526,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** </pre> ** ** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first -** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second -** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no -** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data -** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied -** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) -** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite ** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns ** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function ** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. @@ -12461,7 +12539,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be ** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the ** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters -** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions ** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. ** ** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) @@ -12491,7 +12569,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy ** of the xOutput error code to the application. ** -** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third ** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, ** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. */ @@ -12562,12 +12640,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, - int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( @@ -12582,16 +12660,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( ** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs ** of the application. ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked ** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the ** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions -** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. ** ** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one -** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The ** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and ** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first ** parameter. @@ -12641,7 +12719,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and @@ -12685,19 +12763,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): -** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return -** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): @@ -12711,7 +12789,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table @@ -12738,8 +12816,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: @@ -12754,7 +12832,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. @@ -12770,11 +12848,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to -** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each -** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument -** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. -** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the @@ -12789,14 +12867,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** -** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for -** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked -** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is @@ -12815,7 +12893,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** -** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared @@ -12835,7 +12913,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient -** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; @@ -12853,8 +12931,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** @@ -12878,16 +12956,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either -** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), -** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with -** "detail=column" tables. +** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. @@ -12901,7 +12979,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ @@ -12930,15 +13008,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; -/* +/* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** -** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer -** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: @@ -12949,16 +13027,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object -** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** -** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should -** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: @@ -12967,7 +13045,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: -** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). @@ -12981,8 +13059,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed -** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** ** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as @@ -12990,10 +13068,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same -** on a columnsize=0 database. +** on a columnsize=0 database. ** </ul> ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must @@ -13005,10 +13083,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should -** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** -** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then @@ -13022,7 +13100,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a -** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match @@ -13042,34 +13120,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term ** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the -** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term -** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each ** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the -** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query -** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** ** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer -** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be -** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. ** </ol> @@ -13090,11 +13168,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token -** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** -** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the @@ -13106,18 +13184,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** -** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, -** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require -** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** @@ -13131,10 +13209,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ - const char *pText, int nText, + const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ @@ -13231,7 +13309,7 @@ struct fts5_api { ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** +** ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ @@ -13279,14 +13357,10 @@ struct fts5_api { #endif /* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. A value of 0 means that there is no limit. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH # define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 @@ -13366,10 +13440,10 @@ struct fts5_api { ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at ** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback ** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE @@ -13428,7 +13502,7 @@ struct fts5_api { ** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. ** ** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all ** may be executed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH @@ -13451,10 +13525,10 @@ struct fts5_api { ** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few ** places. The following macros try to make this explicit. */ -#ifndef __has_feature -# define __has_feature(x) 0 /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */ +#ifndef __has_extension +# define __has_extension(x) 0 /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */ #endif -#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_feature(c_atomic) +#if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_extension(c_atomic) # define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) # define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) #else @@ -13861,7 +13935,7 @@ typedef struct HashElem HashElem; ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage ** the hash table. @@ -13876,7 +13950,7 @@ struct Hash { } *ht; }; -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really @@ -14212,7 +14286,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); #endif /* -** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and +** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and ** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another. ** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both. */ @@ -14434,6 +14508,7 @@ typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; ** compilers. */ #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define LARGEST_UINT64 (0xffffffff|(((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) /* @@ -14511,6 +14586,16 @@ typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; #else # define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0 #endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1 +# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \ + if(sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace&(K)) \ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\ + sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0 +#endif /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler @@ -14529,22 +14614,24 @@ struct BusyHandler { }; /* -** Name of the master database table. The master database table -** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all -** user tables and indices. +** Name of table that holds the database schema. */ -#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" -#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" +#define DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_master" +#define DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_temp_master" +#define ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_schema" +#define ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE "sqlite_temp_schema" + /* -** The root-page of the master database table. +** The root-page of the schema table. */ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 +#define SCHEMA_ROOT 1 /* -** The name of the schema table. +** The name of the schema table. The name is different for TEMP. */ -#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) \ + ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE:DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE) /* ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in @@ -14565,7 +14652,7 @@ struct BusyHandler { ** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC ** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ -#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3OomFault) /* ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does @@ -14705,6 +14792,253 @@ typedef int VList; ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. */ +/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H +#define SQLITE_PAGER_H + +/* +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#endif + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef u32 Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a super-journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeSuperJournal() in pager.c +** for details. +*/ +#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +** +** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY) +** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and +** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break. +*/ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ + +/* +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet(). +*/ +#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ +#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ + +/* +** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync +** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync +** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill +*/ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. +*/ + +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs*, + Pager **ppPager, + const char*, + int, + int, + int, + void(*)(DbPage*) +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); + +/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, Pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); + +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*); + +/* Operations on page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); + +/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zSuper, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager); +# endif +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); + +/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); + +/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); + void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */ + +/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ /* @@ -14780,30 +15114,38 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,Pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, Pgno*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTxnState(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); + SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); #endif + +/* Savepoints are named, nestable SQL transactions mostly implemented */ +/* in vdbe.c and pager.c See https://sqlite.org/lang_savepoint.html */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); +/* "Checkpoint" only refers to WAL. See https://sqlite.org/wal.html#ckpt */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); @@ -14835,7 +15177,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); /* ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned ** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an ** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: ** @@ -14906,7 +15248,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); #define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ #define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ -/* +/* ** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor(). ** ** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write @@ -14934,7 +15276,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ + Pgno iTable, /* Index of root page */ int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ @@ -14974,7 +15316,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); ** The nMem field might be zero, indicating that no decomposition is available. ** ** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as -** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. +** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. ** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes ** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry. ** The aMem,nMem fields are uninitialized for table btrees. @@ -14993,7 +15335,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); ** ** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The ** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing -** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more +** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more ** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to ** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing. */ @@ -15025,7 +15367,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(sqlite3*,Btree*,int*aRoot,int nRoot,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(sqlite3*,Btree*,Pgno*aRoot,int nRoot,int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor*); @@ -15040,6 +15382,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3BtreeSeekCount(Btree*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeSeekCount(X) 0 +#endif + #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); #endif @@ -15068,7 +15416,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*); #else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) # define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) @@ -15162,7 +15510,7 @@ struct VdbeOp { Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ - int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ + u32 *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ Table *pTab; /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS @@ -15242,7 +15590,7 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define P5_ConstraintFK 4 /* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the ** number of columns of data returned by the statement. */ #define COLNAME_NAME 0 @@ -15393,64 +15741,65 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; #define OP_OpenPseudo 115 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ #define OP_Close 116 #define OP_ColumnsUsed 117 -#define OP_SeekHit 118 /* synopsis: seekHit=P2 */ -#define OP_Sequence 119 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ -#define OP_NewRowid 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ -#define OP_Insert 121 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ -#define OP_Delete 122 -#define OP_ResetCount 123 -#define OP_SorterCompare 124 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ -#define OP_SorterData 125 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ -#define OP_RowData 126 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ -#define OP_Rowid 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ -#define OP_NullRow 128 -#define OP_SeekEnd 129 -#define OP_IdxInsert 130 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ -#define OP_SorterInsert 131 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ -#define OP_IdxDelete 132 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ -#define OP_DeferredSeek 133 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */ -#define OP_IdxRowid 134 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ -#define OP_FinishSeek 135 -#define OP_Destroy 136 -#define OP_Clear 137 -#define OP_ResetSorter 138 -#define OP_CreateBtree 139 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 */ +#define OP_SeekScan 118 /* synopsis: Scan-ahead up to P1 rows */ +#define OP_SeekHit 119 /* synopsis: set P2<=seekHit<=P3 */ +#define OP_Sequence 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ +#define OP_NewRowid 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Insert 122 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Delete 123 +#define OP_ResetCount 124 +#define OP_SorterCompare 125 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterData 126 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_RowData 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 128 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NullRow 129 +#define OP_SeekEnd 130 +#define OP_IdxInsert 131 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_SorterInsert 132 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 133 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_DeferredSeek 134 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 135 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_FinishSeek 136 +#define OP_Destroy 137 +#define OP_Clear 138 +#define OP_ResetSorter 139 #define OP_Real 140 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ -#define OP_SqlExec 141 -#define OP_ParseSchema 142 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 143 -#define OP_DropTable 144 -#define OP_DropIndex 145 -#define OP_DropTrigger 146 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 147 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 148 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ -#define OP_Param 149 -#define OP_FkCounter 150 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ -#define OP_MemMax 151 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ -#define OP_OffsetLimit 152 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */ -#define OP_AggInverse 153 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) */ -#define OP_AggStep 154 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ -#define OP_AggStep1 155 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ -#define OP_AggValue 156 /* synopsis: r[P3]=value N=P2 */ -#define OP_AggFinal 157 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ -#define OP_Expire 158 -#define OP_CursorLock 159 -#define OP_CursorUnlock 160 -#define OP_TableLock 161 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ -#define OP_VBegin 162 -#define OP_VCreate 163 -#define OP_VDestroy 164 -#define OP_VOpen 165 -#define OP_VColumn 166 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ -#define OP_VRename 167 -#define OP_Pagecount 168 -#define OP_MaxPgcnt 169 -#define OP_Trace 170 -#define OP_CursorHint 171 -#define OP_ReleaseReg 172 /* synopsis: release r[P1@P2] mask P3 */ -#define OP_Noop 173 -#define OP_Explain 174 -#define OP_Abortable 175 +#define OP_CreateBtree 141 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 */ +#define OP_SqlExec 142 +#define OP_ParseSchema 143 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 144 +#define OP_DropTable 145 +#define OP_DropIndex 146 +#define OP_DropTrigger 147 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 148 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 149 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Param 150 +#define OP_FkCounter 151 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_MemMax 152 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_OffsetLimit 153 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */ +#define OP_AggInverse 154 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggStep 155 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggStep1 156 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggValue 157 /* synopsis: r[P3]=value N=P2 */ +#define OP_AggFinal 158 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_Expire 159 +#define OP_CursorLock 160 +#define OP_CursorUnlock 161 +#define OP_TableLock 162 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 163 +#define OP_VCreate 164 +#define OP_VDestroy 165 +#define OP_VOpen 166 +#define OP_VColumn 167 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VRename 168 +#define OP_Pagecount 169 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 170 +#define OP_Trace 171 +#define OP_CursorHint 172 +#define OP_ReleaseReg 173 /* synopsis: release r[P1@P2] mask P3 */ +#define OP_Noop 174 +#define OP_Explain 175 +#define OP_Abortable 176 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in ** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c @@ -15477,15 +15826,15 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; /* 88 */ 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\ /* 96 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x00, 0x12, 0x10,\ /* 104 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ -/* 120 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ -/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00,\ -/* 136 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 144 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04,\ -/* 152 */ 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 120 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 128 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ +/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 144 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00,\ +/* 152 */ 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 160 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 168 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -} +/* 168 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 176 */ 0x00,} /* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows ** the value of the largest JUMP opcode. The smaller the maximum @@ -15727,253 +16076,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, VdbeOp*); /************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H -#define SQLITE_PAGER_H - -/* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the -** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 -#endif - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef u32 Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c -** for details. -*/ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. -** -** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY) -** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and -** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break. -*/ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ - -/* -** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet(). -*/ -#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ -#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ - -/* -** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() -** -** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): -** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync -** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync -** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill -*/ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */ -#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ -#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ - -/* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. -*/ - -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs*, - Pager **ppPager, - const char*, - int, - int, - int, - void(*)(DbPage*) -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); - -/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); - -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*); - -/* Operations on page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); - -/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager*, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager); -# endif -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager*, sqlite3*); -#else -# define sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(y,z) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3PagerWalDb(x,y) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); -#endif - -/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); - -/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); - -/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); - void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */ - -/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ /************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ /* @@ -15988,7 +16090,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. +** subsystem. */ #ifndef _PCACHE_H_ @@ -16014,7 +16116,7 @@ struct PgHdr { u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are + ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are ** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules. ** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency. */ @@ -16067,7 +16169,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); /* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. +** Reference counted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); @@ -16111,7 +16213,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the ** library is built. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); @@ -16286,10 +16388,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" ** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid @@ -16330,9 +16432,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** UnlockFile(). ** ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. ** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking @@ -16351,7 +16453,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and ** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having @@ -16367,7 +16469,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. ** ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible @@ -16391,8 +16493,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); @@ -16418,8 +16520,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); @@ -16437,7 +16539,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); @@ -16507,9 +16609,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); */ #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) @@ -16813,7 +16915,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + Pgno newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ @@ -16828,7 +16930,10 @@ struct sqlite3 { int nVDestroy; /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */ int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* Trace function */ + union { + void (*xLegacy)(void*,const char*); /* Legacy trace function */ + int (*xV2)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* V2 Trace function */ + } trace; void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ @@ -16890,7 +16995,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MAIN ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. ** ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to @@ -16932,7 +17037,7 @@ struct sqlite3 { ** SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ** SQLITE_CacheSpill == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL */ -#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000001 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000001 /* OK to update SQLITE_SCHEMA */ #define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00000002 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ #define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000004 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ #define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ @@ -17127,7 +17232,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor { #define INLINEFUNC_coalesce 0 #define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row 1 #define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr 2 -#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3 +#define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare 3 #define INLINEFUNC_affinity 4 #define INLINEFUNC_iif 5 #define INLINEFUNC_unlikely 99 /* Default case */ @@ -17172,7 +17277,7 @@ struct FuncDestructor { ** PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION ** except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags. iArg is -** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an +** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an ** arbitrary non-NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used. ** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) @@ -17452,7 +17557,7 @@ struct Table { char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ /* ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */ + Pgno tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */ u32 nTabRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ u32 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */ @@ -17506,6 +17611,7 @@ struct Table { #define TF_OOOHidden 0x0400 /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */ #define TF_HasNotNull 0x0800 /* Contains NOT NULL constraints */ #define TF_Shadow 0x1000 /* True for a shadow table */ +#define TF_HasStat4 0x2000 /* STAT4 info available for this table */ /* ** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is @@ -17726,7 +17832,7 @@ struct UnpackedRecord { ** element. ** ** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to -** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master +** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_schema ** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances ** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is ** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page @@ -17745,7 +17851,7 @@ struct Index { const char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ ExprList *aColExpr; /* Column expressions */ - int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ + Pgno tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ @@ -17850,23 +17956,25 @@ struct AggInfo { ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + Expr *pCExpr; /* The original expression */ int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ - int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ - int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + i16 iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + i16 iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ } *aCol; int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to ** aggregate functions */ struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + Expr *pFExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ } *aFunc; int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ + u32 selId; /* Select to which this AggInfo belongs */ + AggInfo *pNext; /* Next in list of them all */ }; /* @@ -18032,7 +18140,7 @@ struct Expr { #define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ #define EP_Win 0x008000 /* Contains window functions */ #define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ - /* 0x020000 // available for reuse */ +#define EP_IfNullRow 0x020000 /* The TK_IF_NULL_ROW opcode */ #define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ #define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */ #define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */ @@ -18045,7 +18153,7 @@ struct Expr { #define EP_Static 0x8000000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ #define EP_IsTrue 0x10000000 /* Always has boolean value of TRUE */ #define EP_IsFalse 0x20000000 /* Always has boolean value of FALSE */ -#define EP_FromDDL 0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_master */ +#define EP_FromDDL 0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_schema */ /* 0x80000000 // Available */ /* @@ -18225,7 +18333,7 @@ struct SrcList { unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */ unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */ - unsigned fromDDL :1; /* Comes from sqlite_master */ + unsigned fromDDL :1; /* Comes from sqlite_schema */ } fg; int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ @@ -18270,9 +18378,9 @@ struct SrcList { #define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0080 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ #define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0100 /* All output needs to be distinct */ #define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP 0x0200 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */ -#define WHERE_SEEK_TABLE 0x0400 /* Do not defer seeks on main table */ + /* 0x0400 not currently used */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT 0x0800 /* ORDERBY+LIMIT on the inner loop */ -#define WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE 0x1000 /* Do not defer seeks if unique */ + /* 0x1000 not currently used */ /* 0x2000 not currently used */ #define WHERE_USE_LIMIT 0x4000 /* Use the LIMIT in cost estimates */ /* 0x8000 not currently used */ @@ -18346,7 +18454,7 @@ struct NameContext { #define NC_HasWin 0x08000 /* One or more window functions seen */ #define NC_IsDDL 0x10000 /* Resolving names in a CREATE statement */ #define NC_InAggFunc 0x20000 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ -#define NC_FromDDL 0x40000 /* SQL text comes from sqlite_master */ +#define NC_FromDDL 0x40000 /* SQL text comes from sqlite_schema */ /* ** An instance of the following object describes a single ON CONFLICT @@ -18357,7 +18465,7 @@ struct NameContext { ** conflict-target clause.) The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional ** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes. ** -** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. +** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. ** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING. The ** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the ** WHERE clause is omitted. @@ -18449,6 +18557,8 @@ struct Select { #define SF_WhereBegin 0x0080000 /* Really a WhereBegin() call. Debug Only */ #define SF_WinRewrite 0x0100000 /* Window function rewrite accomplished */ #define SF_View 0x0200000 /* SELECT statement is a view */ +#define SF_NoopOrderBy 0x0400000 /* ORDER BY is ignored for this query */ +#define SF_UpdateFrom 0x0800000 /* Statement is an UPDATE...FROM */ /* ** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined @@ -18467,9 +18577,6 @@ struct Select { ** statements within triggers whose only purpose is ** the side-effects of functions. ** -** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that -** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause. -** ** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow ** opcode) for each row in the result set. ** @@ -18513,18 +18620,31 @@ struct Select { ** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if ** the same record has never been stored before. The ** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores. +** +** SRT_Upfrom Store results in the temporary table already opened by +** pDest->iSDParm. If (pDest->iSDParm<0), then the temp +** table is an intkey table - in this case the first +** column returned by the SELECT is used as the integer +** key. If (pDest->iSDParm>0), then the table is an index +** table. (pDest->iSDParm) is the number of key columns in +** each index record in this case. */ #define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ #define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ #define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ #define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ -#define SRT_Fifo 5 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ -#define SRT_DistFifo 6 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ +#define SRT_DistFifo 5 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ +#define SRT_DistQueue 6 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ + +/* The DISTINCT clause is ignored for all of the above. Not that +** IgnorableDistinct() implies IgnorableOrderby() */ +#define IgnorableDistinct(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) + #define SRT_Queue 7 /* Store result in an queue */ -#define SRT_DistQueue 8 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ +#define SRT_Fifo 8 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ /* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ -#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) +#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Fifo) #define SRT_Output 9 /* Output each row of result */ #define SRT_Mem 10 /* Store result in a memory cell */ @@ -18532,14 +18652,16 @@ struct Select { #define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ #define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */ #define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ +#define SRT_Upfrom 15 /* Store result as data with rowid */ /* ** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of ** a SELECT statement. */ struct SelectDest { - u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */ + u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. One of SRT_* above. */ int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ + int iSDParm2; /* A second parameter for the eDest disposal method */ int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */ int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */ char *zAffSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ @@ -18665,6 +18787,7 @@ struct Parse { Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ Parse *pParentParse; /* Parent parser if this parser is nested */ + AggInfo *pAggList; /* List of all AggInfo objects */ int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateBtree opcode on CREATE TABLE */ u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ @@ -18694,9 +18817,7 @@ struct Parse { ynVar nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ -#if !(defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE)) u8 eParseMode; /* PARSE_MODE_XXX constant */ -#endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ #endif @@ -18884,6 +19005,7 @@ struct TriggerStep { Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */ char *zTarget; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ + SrcList *pFrom; /* FROM clause for UPDATE statement (if any) */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE */ IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ @@ -18939,6 +19061,7 @@ typedef struct { int rc; /* Result code stored here */ u32 mInitFlags; /* Flags controlling error messages */ u32 nInitRow; /* Number of rows processed */ + Pgno mxPage; /* Maximum page number. 0 for no limit. */ } InitData; /* @@ -19176,7 +19299,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowCompare(Parse*, Window*, Window*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep(Parse*, Select*, WhereInfo*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate(Parse*, Window*, Window*, FuncDef*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p); @@ -19469,7 +19591,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*,char); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*,char); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(Parse *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(Index*, i16); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS @@ -19488,7 +19610,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*, const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*,const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddGenerated(Parse*,Expr*,Token*); @@ -19552,6 +19674,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse*, IdList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendList(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p1, SrcList *p2); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); @@ -19570,7 +19693,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectReset(Parse*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); @@ -19631,6 +19753,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(Walker*,Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx); @@ -19721,13 +19844,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*, SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Parse*,Token*, IdList*, Select*,u8,Upsert*, const char*,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8, - const char*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*, + Expr*, u8, const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Parse*,Token*, Expr*, const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(Parse*, TriggerStep*); # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0) #else @@ -19741,6 +19865,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Tab # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1 # define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 +# define sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(A,B) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); @@ -19769,8 +19894,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double,sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Int64ToText(i64,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char*, u32*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); @@ -19890,14 +20017,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions; +SQLITE_API extern u32 sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; #endif -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt; #endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, Pgno, Pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); @@ -19908,6 +20036,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchEName( const struct ExprList_item*, @@ -19955,10 +20084,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), FuncDestructor *pDestructor ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*); @@ -20011,7 +20140,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, Pgno, u8, const char *); #else #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) #endif @@ -20318,7 +20447,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt); /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding -** lower-case character. +** lower-case character. ** ** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not ** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables @@ -20385,7 +20514,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { ** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] ** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. ** -** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an +** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an ** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any ** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is ** part of an identifier is 0x46. @@ -20450,7 +20579,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { #if !defined(SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN) # define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 #else -# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +# if !SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN # error "Compile-time disabling of covering index scan using the\ -DSQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN=0 option is deprecated.\ Contact SQLite developers if this is a problem for you, and\ @@ -20473,7 +20602,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { ** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this ** setting.) */ -#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL +#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL # define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024) #endif @@ -20603,12 +20732,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt = 0; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; #endif +/* +** Flags for select tracing and the ".selecttrace" macro of the CLI +*/ +SQLITE_API u32 sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace = 0; + /* #include "opcodes.h" */ /* ** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is ** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained ** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in -** the vdbe.c file. +** the vdbe.c file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; @@ -20725,10 +20859,10 @@ struct VdbeCursor { Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */ Bool useRandomRowid:1; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the table is not BTREE_UNORDERED */ - Bool seekHit:1; /* See the OP_SeekHit and OP_IfNoHope opcodes */ + u16 seekHit; /* See the OP_SeekHit and OP_IfNoHope opcodes */ Btree *pBtx; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ - int *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */ + u32 *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */ /* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of @@ -20780,7 +20914,7 @@ struct VdbeCursor { ** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type ** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as ** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific -** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, +** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, ** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, ** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program ** began executing. @@ -20877,7 +21011,7 @@ struct sqlite3_value { ** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. ** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main ** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also -** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real +** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real ** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. */ #define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL (or a pointer) */ @@ -20938,7 +21072,7 @@ struct sqlite3_value { #endif /* -** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function +** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function ** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance ** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM ** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed @@ -21098,7 +21232,7 @@ struct Vdbe { #define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0x5606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ /* -** Structure used to store the context required by the +** Structure used to store the context required by the ** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions. */ struct PreUpdate { @@ -21113,7 +21247,7 @@ struct PreUpdate { i64 iKey1; /* First key value passed to hook */ i64 iKey2; /* Second key value passed to hook */ Mem *aNew; /* Array of new.* values */ - Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */ + Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */ Index *pPk; /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */ }; @@ -21124,7 +21258,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3VdbeFinishMoveto(VdbeCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, u32*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8); @@ -21219,7 +21353,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(Vdbe*); # define sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(V) #endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) @@ -21501,7 +21635,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( break; } - /* + /* ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. @@ -21545,7 +21679,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( HashElem *p; nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( - pSchema->tblHash.count + pSchema->tblHash.count + pSchema->trigHash.count + pSchema->idxHash.count + pSchema->fkeyHash.count @@ -21595,12 +21729,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( /* ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all - ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set + ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set ** to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL: op = SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1; - /* Fall through into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{ @@ -21654,7 +21788,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. +** functions for SQLite. ** ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. @@ -21663,7 +21797,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( ** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers. The ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon ** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. +** calendar system. ** ** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 ** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 @@ -22011,7 +22145,7 @@ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){ ** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD +** DDDD.DD ** now ** ** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional @@ -22021,8 +22155,8 @@ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){ ** as there is a year and date. */ static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, + sqlite3_context *context, + const char *zDate, DateTime *p ){ double r; @@ -22043,7 +22177,7 @@ static int parseDateOrTime( ** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value ** for DateTime.iJD. ** -** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with +** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with ** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it. */ #define INT_464269060799999 ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff) @@ -22125,14 +22259,14 @@ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* ** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available -** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to -** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the +** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to +** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the ** order of the parameters is reversed. ** ** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. ** ** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() -** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides +** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides ** localtime_s(). */ #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \ @@ -22159,7 +22293,7 @@ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S struct tm *pX; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); pX = localtime(t); @@ -22188,7 +22322,7 @@ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ /* ** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC ** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, -** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. +** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. ** ** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value ** is undefined in this case. @@ -22515,9 +22649,9 @@ static int parseModifier( ** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. */ static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p ){ int i, n; @@ -22756,8 +22890,8 @@ static void strftimeFunc( case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; case 's': { - sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", - (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); + i64 iS = (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); + sqlite3Int64ToText(iS, &z[j]); j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } @@ -22855,10 +22989,10 @@ static void currentTimeFunc( #if HAVE_GMTIME_R pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); #else - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)); pTm = gmtime(&t); if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)); #endif if( pTm ){ strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); @@ -23162,7 +23296,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufO }else{ return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); } - + } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); @@ -23249,7 +23383,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ if( rc ) return 0; #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ @@ -23264,7 +23398,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ ** Unlink a VFS from the linked list */ static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)) ); if( pVfs==0 ){ /* No-op */ }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ @@ -23295,7 +23429,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); vfsUnlink(pVfs); if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ @@ -23319,7 +23453,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); vfsUnlink(pVfs); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); @@ -23340,17 +23474,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" +** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" ** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory -** and returns 0). +** and returns 0). ** ** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite ** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually ** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily -** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this -** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The -** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure +** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this +** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The +** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure ** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. */ @@ -23552,7 +23686,7 @@ static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; #else /* if not __APPLE__ */ /* -** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. +** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. ** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. */ #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) @@ -23732,7 +23866,7 @@ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); }else{ - /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, + /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap"); @@ -23856,7 +23990,7 @@ struct MemBlockHdr { ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static struct { - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ @@ -23867,7 +24001,7 @@ static struct { */ struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - + /* ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. */ @@ -23880,7 +24014,7 @@ static struct { int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - /* + /* ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. */ @@ -23939,7 +24073,7 @@ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due - ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure + ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure ** they haven't been overwritten. */ while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); @@ -24068,7 +24202,7 @@ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ p = (void*)pInt; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return p; + return p; } /* @@ -24078,7 +24212,7 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || mem.mutex!=0 ); pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pBt = (void**)pHdr; @@ -24104,15 +24238,15 @@ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is +** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the +** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find ** the error. */ @@ -24155,7 +24289,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ ** Set the "type" of an allocation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ - if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); @@ -24174,7 +24308,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ int rc = 1; - if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ @@ -24196,7 +24330,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ int rc = 1; - if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree==sqlite3MemFree ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ @@ -24246,7 +24380,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ } /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -24263,7 +24397,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ char *z = (char*)pHdr; z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", + fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ fflush(out); @@ -24276,7 +24410,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){ if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){ - fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", + fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]); } } @@ -24317,12 +24451,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations -** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. @@ -24353,8 +24487,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ #define N_HASH 61 /* -** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or -** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are +** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or +** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are ** a header that is not returned to the user. ** ** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or @@ -24377,10 +24511,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ ** ** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The ** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes. -** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] +** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] ** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks. ** -** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked +** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked ** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into ** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk. */ @@ -24416,28 +24550,28 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global { ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback. */ int alarmBusy; - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - + /* ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen. */ - u32 mnMaster; + u32 mnKeyBlk; /* - ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk. Most new allocations - ** occur off of this chunk. szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks) - ** of the current master. iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk. - ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[]. + ** iKeyBlk is the index of the key chunk. Most new allocations + ** occur off of this chunk. szKeyBlk is the size (in Mem3Blocks) + ** of the current key chunk. iKeyBlk is 0 if there is no key chunk. + ** The key chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[]. */ - u32 iMaster; - u32 szMaster; + u32 iKeyBlk; + u32 szKeyBlk; /* - ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size + ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger ** chunks. */ @@ -24468,7 +24602,7 @@ static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ } /* -** Unlink the chunk at index i from +** Unlink the chunk at index i from ** whatever list is currently a member of. */ static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){ @@ -24552,8 +24686,8 @@ static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ /* -** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its -** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the +** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its +** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the ** user portion of the chunk. */ static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ @@ -24570,34 +24704,34 @@ static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ } /* -** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. -** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk +** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iKeyBlk free chunk. +** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the key chunk ** is not large enough, return 0. */ -static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ +static void *memsys3FromKeyBlk(u32 nBlock){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); - if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ - /* Use the entire master */ - void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); - mem3.iMaster = 0; - mem3.szMaster = 0; - mem3.mnMaster = 0; + assert( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ); + if( nBlock>=mem3.szKeyBlk-1 ){ + /* Use the entire key chunk */ + void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iKeyBlk, mem3.szKeyBlk); + mem3.iKeyBlk = 0; + mem3.szKeyBlk = 0; + mem3.mnKeyBlk = 0; return p; }else{ - /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ + /* Split the key block. Return the tail. */ u32 newi, x; - newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; - assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + newi = mem3.iKeyBlk + mem3.szKeyBlk - nBlock; + assert( newi > mem3.iKeyBlk+1 ); + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; - mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; - mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ - mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; + mem3.szKeyBlk -= nBlock; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk; + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x; + if( mem3.szKeyBlk < mem3.mnKeyBlk ){ + mem3.mnKeyBlk = mem3.szKeyBlk; } return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; } @@ -24606,18 +24740,18 @@ static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ /* ** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size ** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either -** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. +** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. ** ** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries -** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. +** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. ** -** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces -** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for -** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be +** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iKeyBlk, it replaces +** the current mem3.iKeyBlk with the new larger chunk. In order for +** this mem3.iKeyBlk replacement to work, the key chunk must be ** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of -** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master +** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the key ** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly -** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. +** changed) key chunk once this routine has finished. */ static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; @@ -24644,9 +24778,9 @@ static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ }else{ size /= 4; } - if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ - mem3.iMaster = i; - mem3.szMaster = size; + if( size>mem3.szKeyBlk ){ + mem3.iKeyBlk = i; + mem3.szKeyBlk = size; } } } @@ -24695,26 +24829,26 @@ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ /* STEP 2: ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end - ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. + ** of the key chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. */ - if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + if( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromKeyBlk(nBlock); } - /* STEP 3: + /* STEP 3: ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free - ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. + ** chunks. Recompute the key chunk as the largest free chunk. ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off - ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very + ** of the end of the key chunk. This step happens very ** rarely (we hope!) */ for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); - if( mem3.iMaster ){ - memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); - mem3.iMaster = 0; - mem3.szMaster = 0; + if( mem3.iKeyBlk ){ + memsys3Link(mem3.iKeyBlk); + mem3.iKeyBlk = 0; + mem3.szKeyBlk = 0; } for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]); @@ -24722,10 +24856,10 @@ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){ memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]); } - if( mem3.szMaster ){ - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); - if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + if( mem3.szKeyBlk ){ + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk); + if( mem3.szKeyBlk>=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromKeyBlk(nBlock); } } } @@ -24755,23 +24889,23 @@ static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; memsys3Link(i); - /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ - if( mem3.iMaster ){ - while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ - size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - mem3.iMaster -= size; - mem3.szMaster += size; - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + /* Try to expand the key using the newly freed chunk */ + if( mem3.iKeyBlk ){ + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ + size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + mem3.iKeyBlk -= size; + mem3.szKeyBlk += size; + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk); + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk; } - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); - mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk); + mem3.szKeyBlk += mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szKeyBlk*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iKeyBlk+mem3.szKeyBlk-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szKeyBlk; } } } @@ -24809,7 +24943,7 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ memsys3Enter(); p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys3Leave(); - return (void*)p; + return (void*)p; } /* @@ -24867,11 +25001,11 @@ static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){ mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap; mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2; - /* Initialize the master block. */ - mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool; - mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; - mem3.iMaster = 1; - mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2; + /* Initialize the key block. */ + mem3.szKeyBlk = mem3.nPool; + mem3.mnKeyBlk = mem3.szKeyBlk; + mem3.iKeyBlk = 1; + mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szKeyBlk<<2) + 2; mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool; mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1; @@ -24890,7 +25024,7 @@ static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -24931,7 +25065,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); }else{ fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, - i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); + i==mem3.iKeyBlk ? " **key**" : ""); } } for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){ @@ -24941,7 +25075,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } - fprintf(out, "\n"); + fprintf(out, "\n"); } for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue; @@ -24950,11 +25084,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } - fprintf(out, "\n"); + fprintf(out, "\n"); } - fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); - fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); - fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); + fprintf(out, "key=%d\n", mem3.iKeyBlk); + fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szKeyBlk*8); + fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnKeyBlk*8); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); if( out==stdout ){ fflush(stdout); @@ -24967,7 +25101,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ } /* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in @@ -25007,12 +25141,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations -** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. @@ -25032,12 +25166,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ ** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions ** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for ** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. -** +** ** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum ** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M ** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let ** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson -** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to +** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to ** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: ** ** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 @@ -25048,7 +25182,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only when +** This version of the memory allocator is used only when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 @@ -25093,7 +25227,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */ int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */ u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */ - + /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ @@ -25112,7 +25246,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */ u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */ #endif - + /* ** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of ** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2. @@ -25288,7 +25422,7 @@ static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ u32 size, iLogsize; int iBlock; - /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in + /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool. */ iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); @@ -25357,7 +25491,7 @@ static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){ p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys5Leave(); } - return (void*)p; + return (void*)p; } /* @@ -25370,14 +25504,14 @@ static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior!=0 ); memsys5Enter(); memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys5Leave(); + memsys5Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from -** being called with pPrior==0. +** being called with pPrior==0. ** ** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to ** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power @@ -25510,7 +25644,7 @@ static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ @@ -25552,7 +25686,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ #endif /* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods ** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. */ @@ -25607,7 +25741,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; /* ** This block (enclosed by SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) contains ** the implementation of a wrapper around the system default mutex -** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()). +** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()). ** ** Most calls are passed directly through to the underlying default ** mutex implementation. Except, if a mutex is configured by calling @@ -25618,7 +25752,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; ** apps that usually use SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD mode. */ -/* +/* ** Type for all mutexes used when SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS ** is defined. Variable CheckMutex.mutex is a pointer to the real mutex ** allocated by the system mutex implementation. Variable iType is usually set @@ -25635,9 +25769,9 @@ struct CheckMutex { #define SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION (-1) -/* +/* ** Pointer to real mutex methods object used by the CheckMutex -** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit(). +** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit(). */ static SQLITE_WSD const sqlite3_mutex_methods *pGlobalMutexMethods; @@ -25653,13 +25787,13 @@ static int checkMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ -static int checkMutexInit(void){ +static int checkMutexInit(void){ pGlobalMutexMethods = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } -static int checkMutexEnd(void){ +static int checkMutexEnd(void){ pGlobalMutexMethods = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -25733,7 +25867,7 @@ static void checkMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( SQLITE_OK==pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex) ){ return; } - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "illegal multi-threaded access to database connection" ); } @@ -25792,11 +25926,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** Initialize the mutex system. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not - ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to + ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. */ @@ -25908,7 +26042,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously -** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex +** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex ** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument ** this function is a no-op. */ @@ -25977,9 +26111,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ */ static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ +static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); - return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; + return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; } static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } @@ -26044,7 +26178,7 @@ static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. */ static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1]; @@ -26222,7 +26356,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex { ** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to ** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is ** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a +** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a ** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are ** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines ** will not always work correctly on HPUX. @@ -26270,7 +26404,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG @@ -26304,7 +26438,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ @@ -26415,7 +26549,7 @@ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. @@ -26458,7 +26592,7 @@ static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. @@ -26671,7 +26805,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -27016,7 +27150,7 @@ static int winMutexEnd(void){ ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG @@ -27460,7 +27594,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ } /* -** Trigger the alarm +** Trigger the alarm */ static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return; @@ -27580,11 +27714,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } static int lookasideMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE return p<db->lookaside.pMiddle ? db->lookaside.szTrue : LOOKASIDE_SMALL; #else return db->lookaside.szTrue; -#endif +#endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( p!=0 ); @@ -27721,12 +27855,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){ if( nOld==nNew ){ pNew = pOld; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_int64 nUsed; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes); nDiff = nNew - nOld; - if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= + if( nDiff>0 && (nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)) >= mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); + if( mem0.hardLimit>0 && nUsed >= mem0.hardLimit - nDiff ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + return 0; + } } pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT @@ -27768,7 +27907,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){ /* ** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){ void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( p ){ @@ -27798,13 +27937,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbMallocRawFinish(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ assert( db!=0 ); p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, (db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP); return p; } /* -** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap. +** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap. ** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in ** the connection pointer. ** @@ -27840,7 +27979,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ if( !db->lookaside.bDisable ){ - db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; + db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; }else if( db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } @@ -27944,9 +28083,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ } /* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These ** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the ** ThreadData structure. */ @@ -27966,11 +28105,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){ char *zNew; assert( db!=0 ); - if( z==0 ){ - return 0; - } + assert( z!=0 || n==0 ); assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1); + zNew = z ? sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1) : 0; if( zNew ){ memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n); zNew[n] = 0; @@ -28035,35 +28172,38 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error +** Take actions at the end of an API call to deal with error codes. */ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3OomClear(db); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM); - return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiHandleError(sqlite3 *db, int rc){ + if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomClear(db); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return rc & db->errMask; } /* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. ** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or ** sqlite3_realloc. ** ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this ** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. ** ** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value ** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here. - ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed + ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). */ assert( db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - return apiOomError(db); + if( db->mallocFailed || rc ){ + return apiHandleError(db, rc); } return rc & db->errMask; } @@ -28072,7 +28212,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ /* ** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. +** the public domain. ** ************************************************************************** ** @@ -28314,7 +28454,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from + /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from ** malloc(). This precondition is required by the mprintf("%z...") ** optimization. */ assert( pAccum->nChar>0 || (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 ); @@ -28479,11 +28619,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( case etPOINTER: flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64) ? 2 : sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0; - /* Fall through into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case etORDINAL: - case etRADIX: + case etRADIX: cThousand = 0; - /* Fall through into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case etDECIMAL: if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ i64 v; @@ -28499,11 +28639,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( v = va_arg(ap,int); } if( v<0 ){ - if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; - }else{ - longvalue = -v; - } + testcase( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ); + testcase( v==(-1) ); + longvalue = ~v; + longvalue++; prefix = '-'; }else{ longvalue = v; @@ -29239,7 +29378,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; StrAccum acc; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zFormat==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; @@ -29398,7 +29537,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ ** ** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines. ** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and -** analysis. +** analysis. ** ** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling ** with SQLITE_DEBUG. @@ -29537,7 +29676,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSrcList(TreeView *pView, const SrcList *pSrc) sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " DDL"); } sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); - sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1); + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pSrc->nSrc-1); if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0); } @@ -29557,7 +29696,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 m if( p==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT"); return; - } + } pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); if( p->pWith ){ sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1); @@ -29965,11 +30104,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m pWin = ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ? pExpr->y.pWin : 0; #else pWin = 0; -#endif +#endif } if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ - sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s iAgg=%d agg=%p", + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q%s agg=%d[%d]/%p", pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken, zFlgs, + pExpr->pAggInfo ? pExpr->pAggInfo->selId : 0, pExpr->iAgg, pExpr->pAggInfo); }else if( pExpr->op2!=0 ){ const char *zOp2; @@ -30002,7 +30142,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m break; } case TK_SELECT: { - sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags); + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "subquery-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); break; } @@ -30047,7 +30187,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 m ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to ** read the rowid field. */ - sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); break; } @@ -30369,13 +30509,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->xTask = xTask; p->pIn = pIn; - /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a + /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that - ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically + ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically ** for testing purposes. */ if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ rc = 1; - }else{ + }else{ rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn); } if( rc ){ @@ -30457,9 +30597,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( *ppThread = 0; p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; - /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a + /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that - ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically + ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing ** purposes. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ @@ -30588,7 +30728,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, +** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. ** ** Notes on UTF-8: @@ -30749,7 +30889,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( /* ** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is ** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). -*/ +*/ /* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 @@ -30776,13 +30916,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desired { StrAccum acc; char zBuf[1000]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc); fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); } #endif - /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then + /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled ** differently from the others. */ @@ -30921,9 +31061,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desired *z = 0; assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); - c = pMem->flags; + c = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(pMem->flags&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype)); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype)); + pMem->flags = c; pMem->enc = desiredEnc; pMem->z = (char*)zOut; pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; @@ -30934,7 +31074,7 @@ translate_out: { StrAccum acc; char zBuf[1000]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, &acc); fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); } @@ -30945,7 +31085,7 @@ translate_out: #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the +** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the ** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and ** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any ** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. @@ -30968,7 +31108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; } } - + if( bom ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -30988,7 +31128,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ ** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, ** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) ** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the -** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to +** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to ** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ @@ -31008,7 +31148,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ return r; } -/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. +/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. ** Hence it is only available in debug builds. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -31070,7 +31210,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ int c; unsigned char const *z = zIn; int n = 0; - + if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE ) z++; while( n<nChar ){ c = z[0]; @@ -31078,7 +31218,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ if( c>=0xd8 && c<0xdc && z[0]>=0xdc && z[0]<0xe0 ) z += 2; n++; } - return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn) + return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn) - (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE); } @@ -31150,7 +31290,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ /* ** Calls to sqlite3FaultSim() are used to simulate a failure during testing, -** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let +** or to bypass normal error detection during testing in order to let ** execute proceed futher downstream. ** ** In deployment, sqlite3FaultSim() *always* return SQLITE_OK (0). The @@ -31199,7 +31339,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ } /* -** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column +** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column ** has no declared type. ** ** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on @@ -31482,7 +31622,7 @@ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){ if( E==0 ) break; x *= x; } - return r; + return r; #endif } @@ -31499,7 +31639,7 @@ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){ ** 1 => The input string is a pure integer ** 2 or more => The input has a decimal point or eNNN clause ** 0 or less => The input string is not a valid number -** -1 => Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which +** -1 => Not a valid number, but has a valid prefix which ** includes a decimal point and/or an eNNN clause ** ** Valid numbers are in one of these formats: @@ -31600,7 +31740,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 en eValid = 0; eType++; - /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The + /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The ** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer ** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */ if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/ @@ -31713,6 +31853,30 @@ do_atof_calc: #endif /* +** Render an signed 64-bit integer as text. Store the result in zOut[]. +** +** The caller must ensure that zOut[] is at least 21 bytes in size. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Int64ToText(i64 v, char *zOut){ + int i; + u64 x; + char zTemp[22]; + if( v<0 ){ + x = (v==SMALLEST_INT64) ? ((u64)1)<<63 : (u64)-v; + }else{ + x = v; + } + i = sizeof(zTemp)-2; + zTemp[sizeof(zTemp)-1] = 0; + do{ + zTemp[i--] = (x%10) + '0'; + x = x/10; + }while( x ); + if( v<0 ) zTemp[i--] = '-'; + memcpy(zOut, &zTemp[i+1], sizeof(zTemp)-1-i); +} + +/* ** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation ** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive ** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. @@ -31774,6 +31938,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc incr = 1; }else{ incr = 2; + length &= ~1; assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){} nonNum = i<length; @@ -31952,11 +32117,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ int x = 0; - if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); + sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); return x; } /* +** Try to convert z into an unsigned 32-bit integer. Return true on +** success and false if there is an error. +** +** Only decimal notation is accepted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char *z, u32 *pI){ + u64 v = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){ + v = v*10 + z[i] - '0'; + if( v>4294967296LL ){ *pI = 0; return 0; } + } + if( i==0 || z[i]!=0 ){ *pI = 0; return 0; } + *pI = (u32)v; + return 1; +} + +/* ** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: ** ** KEY: @@ -31996,7 +32179,7 @@ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ v >>= 7; } return 9; - } + } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); @@ -32196,8 +32379,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ ** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned ** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. ** -** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the -** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as +** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the +** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ @@ -32258,8 +32441,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ u64 v64; u8 n; - p -= 2; - n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p-2, &v64); assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ *v = 0xffffffff; @@ -32415,7 +32597,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ ** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid". */ static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API call with %s database connection pointer", zType ); @@ -32489,7 +32671,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; } *pA += iB; - return 0; + return 0; #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ @@ -32530,7 +32712,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ } /* -** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or +** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or ** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ @@ -32570,11 +32752,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ } #endif -/* +/* ** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is ** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic ** value. -** +** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ static const unsigned char x[] = { @@ -32688,8 +32870,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ ** Conceptually: ** ** struct VList { -** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots -** int nUsed; // Number of used slots +** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots +** int nUsed; // Number of used slots ** struct VListEntry { ** int iValue; // Value for this entry ** int nSlot; // Slots used by this entry @@ -32698,7 +32880,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ ** } ** ** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the -** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an +** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an ** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the ** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers. */ @@ -32889,7 +33071,7 @@ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the - ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of + ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which @@ -32941,7 +33123,7 @@ static HashElem *findElementWithHash( if( pHash ) *pHash = h; while( count-- ){ assert( elem!=0 ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; @@ -32959,7 +33141,7 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash( ){ struct _ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; + elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } @@ -33173,64 +33355,65 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ /* 115 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"), /* 116 */ "Close" OpHelp(""), /* 117 */ "ColumnsUsed" OpHelp(""), - /* 118 */ "SeekHit" OpHelp("seekHit=P2"), - /* 119 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"), - /* 120 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), - /* 121 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), - /* 122 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), - /* 123 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), - /* 124 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), - /* 125 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), - /* 126 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), - /* 127 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), - /* 128 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), - /* 129 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""), - /* 130 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), - /* 131 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), - /* 132 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), - /* 133 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"), - /* 134 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), - /* 135 */ "FinishSeek" OpHelp(""), - /* 136 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), - /* 137 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), - /* 138 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""), - /* 139 */ "CreateBtree" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"), + /* 118 */ "SeekScan" OpHelp("Scan-ahead up to P1 rows"), + /* 119 */ "SeekHit" OpHelp("set P2<=seekHit<=P3"), + /* 120 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"), + /* 121 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 122 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), + /* 123 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), + /* 124 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), + /* 125 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), + /* 126 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 127 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 128 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 129 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), + /* 130 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""), + /* 131 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 132 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 133 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), + /* 134 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"), + /* 135 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 136 */ "FinishSeek" OpHelp(""), + /* 137 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 138 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), + /* 139 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""), /* 140 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), - /* 141 */ "SqlExec" OpHelp(""), - /* 142 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), - /* 143 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), - /* 144 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), - /* 145 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), - /* 146 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), - /* 147 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), - /* 148 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), - /* 149 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), - /* 150 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), - /* 151 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), - /* 152 */ "OffsetLimit" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"), - /* 153 */ "AggInverse" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5])"), - /* 154 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), - /* 155 */ "AggStep1" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), - /* 156 */ "AggValue" OpHelp("r[P3]=value N=P2"), - /* 157 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), - /* 158 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), - /* 159 */ "CursorLock" OpHelp(""), - /* 160 */ "CursorUnlock" OpHelp(""), - /* 161 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), - /* 162 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), - /* 163 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), - /* 164 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), - /* 165 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), - /* 166 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), - /* 167 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), - /* 168 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), - /* 169 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), - /* 170 */ "Trace" OpHelp(""), - /* 171 */ "CursorHint" OpHelp(""), - /* 172 */ "ReleaseReg" OpHelp("release r[P1@P2] mask P3"), - /* 173 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), - /* 174 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), - /* 175 */ "Abortable" OpHelp(""), + /* 141 */ "CreateBtree" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"), + /* 142 */ "SqlExec" OpHelp(""), + /* 143 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), + /* 144 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), + /* 145 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), + /* 146 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), + /* 147 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), + /* 148 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), + /* 149 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), + /* 150 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), + /* 151 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), + /* 152 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), + /* 153 */ "OffsetLimit" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"), + /* 154 */ "AggInverse" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 155 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 156 */ "AggStep1" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 157 */ "AggValue" OpHelp("r[P3]=value N=P2"), + /* 158 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), + /* 159 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), + /* 160 */ "CursorLock" OpHelp(""), + /* 161 */ "CursorUnlock" OpHelp(""), + /* 162 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), + /* 163 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), + /* 164 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), + /* 165 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 166 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 167 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), + /* 168 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), + /* 169 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), + /* 170 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), + /* 171 */ "Trace" OpHelp(""), + /* 172 */ "CursorHint" OpHelp(""), + /* 173 */ "ReleaseReg" OpHelp("release r[P1@P2] mask P3"), + /* 174 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), + /* 175 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), + /* 176 */ "Abortable" OpHelp(""), }; return azName[i]; } @@ -33301,7 +33484,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ ** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE ** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic ** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem -** where the database is located. +** where the database is located. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) @@ -33362,7 +33545,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ # if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \ (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000)) # if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \ - && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0)) + && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0))\ + && (!defined(TARGET_OS_MACCATALYST) || (TARGET_OS_MACCATALYST==0)) # undef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID # define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1 # else @@ -33427,7 +33611,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ #define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid() /* -** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not +** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not ** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK */ #define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) @@ -33495,7 +33679,7 @@ struct unixFile { ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the - ** one described by ticket #3584. + ** one described by ticket #3584. */ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ @@ -33504,7 +33688,7 @@ struct unixFile { #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that + /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. */ char aPadding[32]; @@ -33635,7 +33819,7 @@ static pid_t randomnessPid = 0; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -33847,7 +34031,7 @@ static struct unix_syscall { #ifdef __DJGPP__ { "fstat", 0, 0 }, #define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 -#else +#else { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, #define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) #endif @@ -34085,7 +34269,7 @@ static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){ /* ** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid -** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for +** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for ** standard input, output, and error. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR @@ -34124,7 +34308,7 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){ } if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; osClose(fd); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); fd = -1; if( osOpen("/dev/null", O_RDONLY, m)<0 ) break; @@ -34132,9 +34316,9 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){ if( fd>=0 ){ if( m!=0 ){ struct stat statbuf; - if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 + if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 && statbuf.st_size==0 - && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m + && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m ){ osFchmod(fd, m); } @@ -34149,11 +34333,11 @@ static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){ /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and -** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be +** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be ** shared by multiple threads. ** -** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex -** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** unixEnterMutex() @@ -34275,7 +34459,7 @@ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ int rc; #ifdef __ANDROID__ - /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if + /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any ** such attempts. */ @@ -34291,32 +34475,32 @@ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ ** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something ** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is ** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY -** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into +** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into ** SQLITE_IOERR -** +** ** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, ** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. */ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { - assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || + assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ); switch (posixError) { - case EACCES: + case EACCES: case EAGAIN: case ETIMEDOUT: case EBUSY: case EINTR: - case ENOLCK: - /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support + case ENOLCK: + /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ return SQLITE_BUSY; - - case EPERM: + + case EPERM: return SQLITE_PERM; - - default: + + default: return sqliteIOErr; } } @@ -34331,7 +34515,7 @@ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { ** ** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a ** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains -** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. +** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. ** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to ** zero. ** @@ -34347,7 +34531,7 @@ struct vxworksFileId { }; #if OS_VXWORKS -/* +/* ** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this ** variable: */ @@ -34419,7 +34603,7 @@ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ */ unixEnterMutex(); for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ - if( pCandidate->nName==n + if( pCandidate->nName==n && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); @@ -34512,7 +34696,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. ** ** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a +** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a ** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between ** a locked and an unlocked state. ** @@ -34545,7 +34729,7 @@ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ ** ** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads ** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with -** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection +** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection ** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections ** do not move across threads. */ @@ -34562,7 +34746,7 @@ struct unixFileId { /* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that ** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See ** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c) - ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number. + ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number. ** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes, ** but that should not be a big deal. */ /* WAS: ino_t ino; */ @@ -34650,7 +34834,7 @@ int unixFileMutexNotheld(unixFile *pFile){ ** strerror_r(). ** ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that -** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that ** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, ** if any. @@ -34668,7 +34852,7 @@ static int unixLogErrorAtLine( /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). - */ + */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) char aErr[80]; memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); @@ -34676,18 +34860,18 @@ static int unixLogErrorAtLine( /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that - ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer - ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. - ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of + ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer + ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. + ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. ** ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a - ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available + ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available ** could lead to a segfault though. */ #if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) - zErr = + zErr = # endif strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); @@ -34738,7 +34922,7 @@ static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){ /* ** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. -*/ +*/ static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p; @@ -34893,7 +35077,7 @@ static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ #else struct stat buf; return pFile->pInode!=0 && - (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 + (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); #endif } @@ -34974,7 +35158,7 @@ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ } } #endif - + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); @@ -34982,6 +35166,9 @@ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ return rc; } +/* Forward declaration*/ +static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + /* ** Set a posix-advisory-lock. ** @@ -35011,7 +35198,7 @@ static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock( ** generic posix, however, there is no such API. So we simply try the ** lock once every millisecond until either the timeout expires, or until ** the lock is obtained. */ - usleep(1000); + unixSleep(0,1000); rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock); tm--; } @@ -35021,7 +35208,7 @@ static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock( /* -** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is +** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is ** described by pLock. ** ** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock @@ -35113,7 +35300,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ ** ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. + ** 'reserved byte'. ** ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock @@ -35127,7 +35314,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. + ** database. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; @@ -35168,7 +35355,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -35179,7 +35366,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); @@ -35197,7 +35384,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ */ lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) ){ lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK); @@ -35236,7 +35423,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* This could happen with a network mount */ tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } if( rc ){ @@ -35278,7 +35465,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ } } } - + #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when @@ -35307,7 +35494,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ end_lock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } @@ -35332,11 +35519,11 @@ static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** +** ** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED ** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then -** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works -** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to +** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works +** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to ** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. */ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ @@ -35374,7 +35561,7 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade - ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a + ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: ** 1: [WWWWW] ** 2: [....W] @@ -35390,7 +35577,7 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ if( handleNFSUnlock ){ int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; - + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; @@ -35432,11 +35619,11 @@ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another - ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this + ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning - ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes - ** an assert to fail). */ + ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes + ** an assert to fail). */ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); goto end_unlock; @@ -35512,7 +35699,7 @@ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); #endif /* -** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation +** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation ** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file ** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile ** structure to 0. @@ -35575,13 +35762,14 @@ static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ if( pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed + ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed ** when the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); rc = closeUnixFile(id); unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; @@ -35675,7 +35863,7 @@ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0; OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); @@ -35729,7 +35917,7 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { #endif return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* grab an exclusive lock */ rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); if( rc<0 ){ @@ -35744,8 +35932,8 @@ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { } } return rc; - } - + } + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; @@ -35769,7 +35957,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -35782,7 +35970,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); @@ -35794,7 +35982,7 @@ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } - return rc; + return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -35841,7 +36029,7 @@ static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ #else # define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) #endif - + /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified @@ -35853,16 +36041,16 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); - + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* attempt to get the lock */ @@ -35873,7 +36061,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ if ( lrc ) { int tErrno = errno; /* unlock failed with an error */ - lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); rc = lrc; } @@ -35881,7 +36069,7 @@ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int tErrno = errno; reserved = 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); rc = lrc; @@ -35935,15 +36123,15 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { assert( pFile ); - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* grab an exclusive lock */ - + if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { int tErrno = errno; /* didn't get, must be busy */ @@ -35955,7 +36143,7 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ @@ -35975,23 +36163,23 @@ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { */ static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - + assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* no, really, unlock. */ if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS @@ -36042,14 +36230,14 @@ static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; @@ -36108,14 +36296,14 @@ static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto sem_end_lock; } - + /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -36145,18 +36333,18 @@ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* no, really unlock. */ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { int rc, tErrno = errno; @@ -36164,7 +36352,7 @@ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } - return rc; + return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; @@ -36230,7 +36418,7 @@ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 /* ** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an ** AFP filesystem. -** +** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. */ static int afpSetLock( @@ -36242,14 +36430,14 @@ static int afpSetLock( ){ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; int err; - + pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; pb.startEndFlag = 0; pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; + pb.length = length; pb.fd = pFile->h; - - OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", + + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), offset, length)); err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); @@ -36284,9 +36472,9 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; afpLockingContext *context; - + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - + assert( pFile ); context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; if( context->reserved ){ @@ -36298,12 +36486,12 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } - + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* lock the RESERVED byte */ - int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore ** the original state */ @@ -36316,10 +36504,10 @@ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ rc=lrc; } } - + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - + *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } @@ -36353,7 +36541,7 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - + assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), @@ -36377,7 +36565,7 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ pInode = pFile->pInode; @@ -36386,18 +36574,18 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto afp_end_lock; } - + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); @@ -36407,12 +36595,12 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ pInode->nLock++; goto afp_end_lock; } - + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) ){ int failed; @@ -36422,30 +36610,30 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ goto afp_end_lock; } } - + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; long lk, mask; - + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); - + mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); + lk = random(); pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno); rc = lrc1; @@ -36480,34 +36668,34 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ } if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to + + /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock */ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is ** a critical I/O error */ - rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : + rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; goto afp_end_lock; - } + } }else{ - rc = failed; + rc = failed; } } if( failed ){ rc = failed; } } - + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; @@ -36515,10 +36703,10 @@ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } - + afp_end_lock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } @@ -36557,7 +36745,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - + #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the @@ -36572,7 +36760,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif - + if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ @@ -36585,11 +36773,11 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - } + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - if( !rc ){ - context->reserved = 0; + if( !rc ){ + context->reserved = 0; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ @@ -36622,7 +36810,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { if( pInode->nLock==0 ) closePendingFds(pFile); } } - + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; @@ -36631,7 +36819,7 @@ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { } /* -** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context +** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context */ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -36689,7 +36877,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* ** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. +** is available. ** ********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -36697,7 +36885,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /****************************************************************************** **************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** ** -** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the +** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the ** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking ** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per ** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes @@ -36705,7 +36893,7 @@ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ */ /* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt +** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt ** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. ** ** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also @@ -36767,8 +36955,8 @@ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ ** wrong. */ static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, + sqlite3_file *id, + void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ @@ -36778,12 +36966,12 @@ static int unixRead( assert( offset>=0 ); assert( amt>0 ); - /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp + /* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ #if 0 assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif @@ -36808,7 +36996,24 @@ static int unixRead( if( got==amt ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else if( got<0 ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ + /* pFile->lastErrno has been set by seekAndRead(). + ** Usually we return SQLITE_IOERR_READ here, though for some + ** kinds of errors we return SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS. The + ** SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS will be converted into SQLITE_CORRUPT + ** prior to returning to the application by the sqlite3ApiExit() + ** routine. + */ + switch( pFile->lastErrno ){ + case ERANGE: + case EIO: +#ifdef ENXIO + case ENXIO: +#endif +#ifdef EDEVERR + case EDEVERR: +#endif + return SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS; + } return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; }else{ storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ @@ -36821,7 +37026,7 @@ static int unixRead( /* ** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to ** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from -** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, +** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, ** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than ** nBuf). */ @@ -36881,22 +37086,22 @@ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, + sqlite3_file *id, + const void *pBuf, int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset + sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int wrote = 0; assert( id ); assert( amt>0 ); - /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp + /* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ #if 0 assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif @@ -36938,7 +37143,7 @@ static int unixWrite( } } #endif - + while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){ amt -= wrote; offset += wrote; @@ -37004,8 +37209,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; ** ** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. ** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content -** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is -** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, +** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is +** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, ** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the ** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() ** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the @@ -37019,7 +37224,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ int rc; /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as - ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering + ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC @@ -37033,7 +37238,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #endif - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and + /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure ** gets called with the correct arguments. */ @@ -37059,11 +37264,11 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ rc = 1; } /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local + ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid + ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync + ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. + ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. */ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); @@ -37073,7 +37278,7 @@ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync */ rc = fsync(fd); -#else +#else rc = fdatasync(fd); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ @@ -37234,7 +37439,7 @@ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will - ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. + ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. */ if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){ pFile->mmapSize = nByte; @@ -37280,8 +37485,8 @@ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #endif -/* -** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT +/* +** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT ** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size ** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already ** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. @@ -37290,7 +37495,7 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ - + if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } @@ -37299,8 +37504,8 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE - /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() - ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, + /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() + ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ int err; do{ @@ -37308,7 +37513,7 @@ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ }while( err==EINTR ); if( err && err!=EINVAL ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; #else - /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a + /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly. @@ -37489,9 +37694,9 @@ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ /* ** If pFd->sectorSize is non-zero when this function is called, it is a -** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and -** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system -** characteristics. +** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and +** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system +** characteristics. ** ** There are two versions of this function. One for QNX and one for all ** other systems. @@ -37525,7 +37730,7 @@ static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFd){ static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFile){ if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ struct statvfs fsInfo; - + /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; @@ -37634,7 +37839,7 @@ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ /* ** Return the system page size. ** -** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. +** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. ** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). */ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ @@ -37652,7 +37857,7 @@ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* -** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. +** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. ** ** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread ** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance @@ -37672,7 +37877,7 @@ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ ** nRef ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: -** +** ** hShm ** zFilename ** @@ -37692,6 +37897,7 @@ struct unixShmNode { char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ + int aLock[SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK]; /* # shared locks on slot, -1==excl lock */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ @@ -37806,7 +38012,7 @@ static int unixShmSystemLock( } #endif - return rc; + return rc; } /* @@ -37862,7 +38068,7 @@ static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){ ** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** -** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 +** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 ** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return ** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1. */ @@ -37873,7 +38079,7 @@ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){ /* Use F_GETLK to determine the locks other processes are holding ** on the DMS byte. If it indicates that another process is holding ** a SHARED lock, then this process may also take a SHARED lock - ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file. + ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file. ** ** Or, if no other process is holding any lock, then this process ** is the first to open it. In this case take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the @@ -37921,20 +38127,20 @@ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){ } /* -** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. +** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. ** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. ** ** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory ** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database ** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file ** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped -** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". +** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". ** ** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an ** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory ** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions ** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same -** database to end up using different files for shared memory - +** database to end up using different files for shared memory - ** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting ** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage ** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" @@ -38004,7 +38210,7 @@ static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); zShm = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); #else @@ -38079,22 +38285,22 @@ shm_open_err: } /* -** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the -** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions -** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a -** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If -** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by -** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes -** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int unixShmMap( @@ -38149,7 +38355,7 @@ static int unixShmMap( rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; goto shmpage_out; } - + if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. @@ -38198,7 +38404,7 @@ static int unixShmMap( void *pMem; if( pShmNode->hShm>=0 ){ pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, - pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, + pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->hShm, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion ); if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ @@ -38233,6 +38439,38 @@ shmpage_out: } /* +** Check that the pShmNode->aLock[] array comports with the locking bitmasks +** held by each client. Return true if it does, or false otherwise. This +** is to be used in an assert(). e.g. +** +** assert( assertLockingArrayOk(pShmNode) ); +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int assertLockingArrayOk(unixShmNode *pShmNode){ + unixShm *pX; + int aLock[SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK]; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->pShmMutex) ); + + memset(aLock, 0, sizeof(aLock)); + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK; i++){ + if( pX->exclMask & (1<<i) ){ + assert( aLock[i]==0 ); + aLock[i] = -1; + }else if( pX->sharedMask & (1<<i) ){ + assert( aLock[i]>=0 ); + aLock[i]++; + } + } + } + + assert( 0==memcmp(pShmNode->aLock, aLock, sizeof(aLock)) ); + return (memcmp(pShmNode->aLock, aLock, sizeof(aLock))==0); +} +#endif + +/* ** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. ** ** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little @@ -38248,10 +38486,10 @@ static int unixShmLock( ){ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ - unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + int *aLock = pShmNode->aLock; assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); @@ -38274,7 +38512,10 @@ static int unixShmLock( ** ** In other words, if this is a blocking lock, none of the locks that ** occur later in the above list than the lock being obtained may be - ** held. */ + ** held. + ** + ** It is not permitted to block on the RECOVER lock. + */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT assert( (flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) || pDbFd->iBusyTimeout==0 || ( (ofst!=2) /* not RECOVER */ @@ -38287,78 +38528,76 @@ static int unixShmLock( mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst); assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->pShmMutex); + assert( assertLockingArrayOk(pShmNode) ); if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ - u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ - - /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX==p ) continue; - assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); - allMask |= pX->sharedMask; - } + if( (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask) & mask ){ + int ii; + int bUnlock = 1; - /* Unlock the system-level locks */ - if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } + for(ii=ofst; ii<ofst+n; ii++){ + if( aLock[ii]>((p->sharedMask & (1<<ii)) ? 1 : 0) ){ + bUnlock = 0; + } + } - /* Undo the local locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->exclMask &= ~mask; - p->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ - u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + if( bUnlock ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(&aLock[ofst], 0, sizeof(int)*n); + } + }else if( ALWAYS(p->sharedMask & (1<<ofst)) ){ + assert( n==1 && aLock[ofst]>1 ); + aLock[ofst]--; + } - /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. - ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return - ** SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; } - allShared |= pX->sharedMask; } - - /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + assert( n==1 ); + assert( (p->exclMask & (1<<ofst))==0 ); + if( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ){ + if( aLock[ofst]<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( aLock[ofst]==0 ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; } - } - /* Get the local shared locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->sharedMask |= mask; + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + aLock[ofst]++; + } } }else{ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this - ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. */ + int ii; + for(ii=ofst; ii<ofst+n; ii++){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + if( ALWAYS((p->exclMask & (1<<ii))==0) && aLock[ii] ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } } - - /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful - ** also mark the local connection as being locked. - */ + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also update the in-memory values. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); p->exclMask |= mask; + for(ii=ofst; ii<ofst+n; ii++){ + aLock[ii] = -1; + } } } } + assert( assertLockingArrayOk(pShmNode) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->pShmMutex); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", p->id, osGetpid(0), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); @@ -38366,7 +38605,7 @@ static int unixShmLock( } /* -** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. @@ -38376,15 +38615,15 @@ static void unixShmBarrier( ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ - assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock - || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd) + assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock + || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd) ); unixEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ unixLeaveMutex(); } /* -** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. ** ** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this @@ -38458,7 +38697,7 @@ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ } /* -** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file +** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file ** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. ** ** If successful, this function sets the following variables: @@ -38550,14 +38789,14 @@ static void unixRemapfile( /* ** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file -** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if -** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still +** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if +** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still ** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. ** -** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of -** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the +** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of +** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the ** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the -** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured +** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured ** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not @@ -38598,7 +38837,7 @@ static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nMap){ ** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final ** value of *pp is undefined in this case. ** -** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually +** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually ** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). */ static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ @@ -38623,13 +38862,13 @@ static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ } /* -** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a +** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a ** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second ** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding -** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. +** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. ** -** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called -** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping +** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called +** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping ** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. */ static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ @@ -38637,7 +38876,7 @@ static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); - /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding + /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); @@ -38845,8 +39084,8 @@ IOMETHODS( #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** @@ -38888,8 +39127,8 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( } /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". - ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, - ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. + ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, + ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; @@ -38905,7 +39144,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( return &dotlockIoMethods; } } -static const sqlite3_io_methods +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ @@ -38941,7 +39180,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl( return &semIoMethods; } } -static const sqlite3_io_methods +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl; #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ @@ -39069,14 +39308,14 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } - unixLeaveMutex(); + unixLeaveMutex(); } } #endif else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext + ** the dotlockLockingContext */ char *zLockFile; int nFilename; @@ -39114,7 +39353,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif - + storeLastErrno(pNew, 0); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -39127,7 +39366,7 @@ static int fillInUnixFile( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); }else{ - pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; + pId->pMethods = pLockingStyle; OpenCounter(+1); verifyDbFile(pNew); } @@ -39178,7 +39417,7 @@ static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. + ** function failing. */ zBuf[0] = 0; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); @@ -39207,8 +39446,8 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); #endif /* -** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database -** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname +** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database +** file (not a journal or super-journal file) identified by pathname ** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second ** argument to this function. ** @@ -39216,7 +39455,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); ** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some ** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. ** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment -** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for +** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for ** further details. Also, ticket #4018. ** ** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no @@ -39227,8 +39466,8 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), - ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better - ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure + ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better + ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure ** feature. */ #if !OS_VXWORKS struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ @@ -39270,7 +39509,7 @@ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ } /* -** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. +** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. */ static int getFileMode( const char *zFile, /* File name */ @@ -39294,16 +39533,16 @@ static int getFileMode( ** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions ** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned ** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is -** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. ** ** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become ** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. -** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then -** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the -** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever -** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions +** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then +** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the +** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever +** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions ** as the associated database file. ** ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the @@ -39335,14 +39574,14 @@ static int findCreateFileMode( ** "<path to db>-journalNN" ** "<path to db>-walNN" ** - ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are + ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. */ - nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; + nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ /* In normal operation, the journal file name will always contain ** a '-' character. However in 8+3 filename mode, or if a corrupt - ** rollback journal specifies a master journal with a goofy name, then + ** rollback journal specifies a super-journal with a goofy name, then ** the '-' might be missing. */ if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK; nDb--; @@ -39368,7 +39607,7 @@ static int findCreateFileMode( /* ** Open the file zPath. -** +** ** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this ** one: ** @@ -39379,13 +39618,13 @@ static int findCreateFileMode( ** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: ** ** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) +** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) ** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) ** ** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If ** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for +** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new +** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for ** OpenExclusive(). */ static int unixOpen( @@ -39415,13 +39654,13 @@ static int unixOpen( struct statfs fsInfo; #endif - /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open + /* If creating a super- or main-file journal, this function will open ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. */ int isNewJrnl = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); @@ -39431,9 +39670,9 @@ static int unixOpen( char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; const char *zName = zPath; - /* Check the following statements are true: + /* Check the following statements are true: ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. @@ -39443,17 +39682,17 @@ static int unixOpen( assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and super-journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); @@ -39502,7 +39741,7 @@ static int unixOpen( /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as - ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the + ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; @@ -39567,7 +39806,7 @@ static int unixOpen( if( p->pPreallocatedUnused ){ p->pPreallocatedUnused->fd = fd; - p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags = + p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags = flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); } @@ -39589,7 +39828,7 @@ static int unixOpen( p->openFlags = openFlags; } #endif - + #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ storeLastErrno(p, errno); @@ -39620,7 +39859,7 @@ static int unixOpen( char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); int useProxy = 0; - /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means + /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ if( envforce!=NULL ){ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; @@ -39632,9 +39871,9 @@ static int unixOpen( if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile - ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, - ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op + /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile + ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, + ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op */ unixClose(pFile); return rc; @@ -39644,9 +39883,9 @@ static int unixOpen( } } #endif - - assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/' - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + + assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/' + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); @@ -39735,7 +39974,26 @@ static int unixAccess( } /* +** If the last component of the pathname in z[0]..z[j-1] is something +** other than ".." then back it out and return true. If the last +** component is empty or if it is ".." then return false. +*/ +static int unixBackupDir(const char *z, int *pJ){ + int j = *pJ; + int i; + if( j<=0 ) return 0; + for(i=j-1; ALWAYS(i>0) && z[i-1]!='/'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && i==j-2 && z[i+1]=='.' ) return 0; + *pJ = i-1; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Convert a relative pathname into a full pathname. Also +** simplify the pathname as follows: ** +** Remove all instances of /./ +** Remove all isntances of /X/../ for any X */ static int mkFullPathname( const char *zPath, /* Input path */ @@ -39744,6 +40002,7 @@ static int mkFullPathname( ){ int nPath = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath); int iOff = 0; + int i, j; if( zPath[0]!='/' ){ if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-2)==0 ){ return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); @@ -39758,15 +40017,50 @@ static int mkFullPathname( return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-iOff, &zOut[iOff], "%s", zPath); + + /* Remove duplicate '/' characters. Except, two // at the beginning + ** of a pathname is allowed since this is important on windows. */ + for(i=j=1; zOut[i]; i++){ + zOut[j++] = zOut[i]; + while( zOut[i]=='/' && zOut[i+1]=='/' ) i++; + } + zOut[j] = 0; + + assert( zOut[0]=='/' ); + for(i=j=0; zOut[i]; i++){ + if( zOut[i]=='/' ){ + /* Skip over internal "/." directory components */ + if( zOut[i+1]=='.' && zOut[i+2]=='/' ){ + i += 1; + continue; + } + + /* If this is a "/.." directory component then back out the + ** previous term of the directory if it is something other than "..". + */ + if( zOut[i+1]=='.' + && zOut[i+2]=='.' + && zOut[i+3]=='/' + && unixBackupDir(zOut, &j) + ){ + i += 2; + continue; + } + } + if( ALWAYS(j>=0) ) zOut[j] = zOut[i]; + j++; + } + if( NEVER(j==0) ) zOut[j++] = '/'; + zOut[j] = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path ** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. +** zPath. ** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes +** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes ** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to ** this buffer before returning. */ @@ -39885,7 +40179,7 @@ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ unixLeaveMutex(); } static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ - /* + /* ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we @@ -39895,7 +40189,7 @@ static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that - ** x points to. + ** x points to. ** ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the @@ -39938,7 +40232,7 @@ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ ** tests repeatable. */ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); - randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); + randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) { int fd, got; @@ -39978,7 +40272,8 @@ static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return microseconds; #elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP - usleep(microseconds); + if( microseconds>=1000000 ) sleep(microseconds/1000000); + if( microseconds%1000000 ) usleep(microseconds%1000000); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return microseconds; #else @@ -40005,7 +40300,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1 ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** -** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date +** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date ** cannot be found. */ static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ @@ -40112,7 +40407,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking ** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a ** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file -** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. +** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. ** ** ** Using proxy locks @@ -40138,19 +40433,19 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the ** database file. For example: ** -** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" +** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" ** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") ** ** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not ** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via ** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another -** connection or process). +** connection or process). ** ** ** How proxy locking works ** ----------------------- ** -** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: +** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: ** ** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host ** at a time @@ -40177,11 +40472,11 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). ** ** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is -** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. +** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. ** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where ** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. -** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until -** the connection to the database is closed. +** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until +** the connection to the database is closed. ** ** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need ** to be created the first time they are used. @@ -40195,7 +40490,7 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are ** named automatically using the same logic as ** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" -** +** ** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG ** ** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file @@ -40210,8 +40505,8 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ ** ** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the ** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. -** -** +** +** ** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, ** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will ** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 @@ -40221,12 +40516,12 @@ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ */ /* -** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX +** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* -** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote +** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote ** and local proxy files in it */ typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; @@ -40242,10 +40537,10 @@ struct proxyLockingContext { sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ }; -/* -** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, +/* +** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, ** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length -** file path. +** file path. */ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ int len; @@ -40262,7 +40557,7 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ lPath, errno, osGetpid(0))); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } - len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); + len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); } # else len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); @@ -40272,7 +40567,7 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); } - + /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){ @@ -40285,14 +40580,14 @@ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath */ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ int i, len; char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; int start = 0; - + assert(lockPath!=NULL); /* try to create all the intermediate directories */ len = (int)strlen(lockPath); @@ -40300,7 +40595,7 @@ static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){ if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ - if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') + if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ buf[i]='\0'; if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ @@ -40377,13 +40672,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( switch (terrno) { case EACCES: return SQLITE_PERM; - case EIO: + case EIO: return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ default: return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } - + pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -40397,13 +40692,13 @@ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( pUnused->fd = fd; pUnused->flags = openFlags; pNew->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused; - + rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppFile = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } -end_create_proxy: +end_create_proxy: robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(pNew); sqlite3_free(pUnused); @@ -40422,7 +40717,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); #endif -/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN +/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN ** bytes of writable memory. */ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ @@ -40448,7 +40743,7 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); } #endif - + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -40459,14 +40754,14 @@ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ #define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) #define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) -/* -** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves +/* +** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves ** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the -** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is +** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is ** closed. Returns zero if successful. */ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; @@ -40480,7 +40775,7 @@ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); - if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || + if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); goto end_breaklock; @@ -40522,24 +40817,24 @@ end_breaklock: return rc; } -/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the +/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the ** host id matches. */ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nTries = 0; struct timespec conchModTime; - + memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); do { rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); nTries ++; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If the lock failed (busy): - * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. - * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait + * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. + * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait * 10 sec and try again * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. */ @@ -40548,20 +40843,20 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } - + if( nTries==1 ){ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; - usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ - continue; + unixSleep(0,500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ + continue; } assert( nTries>1 ); - if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || + if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } - - if( nTries==2 ){ + + if( nTries==2 ){ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( len<0 ){ @@ -40577,10 +40872,10 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ return SQLITE_BUSY; } - usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ - continue; + unixSleep(0,10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ + continue; } - + assert( nTries==3 ); if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -40593,19 +40888,19 @@ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ } } } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); - + return rc; } -/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if -** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL -** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the -** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically +/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if +** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL +** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the +** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically ** and written to the conch file. */ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ @@ -40621,7 +40916,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ int readLen = 0; int tryOldLockPath = 0; int forceNewLockPath = 0; - + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); @@ -40642,21 +40937,21 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; goto end_takeconch; - }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || + }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ - /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new - ** conch file. + /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new + ** conch file. */ createConch = 1; } /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch - ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll - ** retry with a new auto-generated path + ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll + ** retry with a new auto-generated path */ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ - hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, + hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ @@ -40665,7 +40960,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ */ if( hostIdMatch ){ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); - + if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; } @@ -40681,23 +40976,23 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) ){ /* conch host and lock path match */ - goto end_takeconch; + goto end_takeconch; } } - + /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_takeconch; } - + /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); tempLockPath = lockPath; /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ } - + /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big ** stick. @@ -40708,7 +41003,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { + } else { rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } }else{ @@ -40717,7 +41012,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int writeSize = 0; - + writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ @@ -40730,8 +41025,8 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0); - /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a - ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database + /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a + ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ struct stat buf; @@ -40755,14 +41050,14 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } }else{ int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", + fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", err, code, strerror(code)); #endif } } } conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - + end_takeconch: OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ @@ -40785,7 +41080,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path - ** so try again via auto-naming + ** so try again via auto-naming */ forceNewLockPath = 1; tryOldLockPath = 0; @@ -40805,7 +41100,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->conchHeld = 1; - + if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ afpLockingContext *afpCtx; afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; @@ -40817,7 +41112,7 @@ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); return rc; - } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - + } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ } } @@ -40833,7 +41128,7 @@ static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); @@ -40861,13 +41156,13 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to - ** the name of the original database file. */ + ** the name of the original database file. */ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8); if( conchPath==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); - + /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ @@ -40890,7 +41185,7 @@ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ /* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches -** the local lock file path +** the local lock file path */ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; @@ -40899,7 +41194,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; - } + } /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || @@ -40917,7 +41212,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { sqlite3_free(oldPath); pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); } - + return rc; } @@ -40931,7 +41226,7 @@ static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ #if defined(__APPLE__) if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field + /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field ** of the struct */ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, @@ -40952,9 +41247,9 @@ static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ } /* -** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking +** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking ** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields -** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and +** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and ** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: ** ->lockingContext ** ->pMethod @@ -40964,7 +41259,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ char *lockPath=NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } @@ -40974,7 +41269,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { }else{ lockPath=(char *)path; } - + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); @@ -41008,7 +41303,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { rc = SQLITE_OK; } } - } + } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); } @@ -41020,7 +41315,7 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, + /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. */ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; @@ -41028,12 +41323,12 @@ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; }else{ - if( pCtx->conchFile ){ + if( pCtx->conchFile ){ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3_free(pCtx); } OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, @@ -41071,7 +41366,7 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ if( isProxyStyle ){ /* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if - ** the journal mode is WAL mode. + ** the journal mode is WAL mode. */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; }else{ @@ -41081,9 +41376,9 @@ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ }else{ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; if( isProxyStyle ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") + if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ @@ -41208,7 +41503,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( lockProxy ){ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); if( rc ) return rc; @@ -41245,7 +41540,7 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { ** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. ** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also ** restricted to MacOSX. -** +** ** ******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ @@ -41263,8 +41558,8 @@ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { ** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they ** should not be used. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - /* +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ + /* ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because @@ -41280,7 +41575,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ ** ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little - ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the + ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for ** that filesystem time. */ @@ -41353,7 +41648,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); } unixBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* @@ -41363,11 +41658,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ ** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. ** This routine is a no-op for unix. */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ unixBigLock = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } - + #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ /************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ @@ -41491,7 +41786,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -42862,17 +43157,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){ int rc; - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; ) /* The main static mutex */ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; ) /* The memsys static mutex */ - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); ) MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem); winMemAssertMagic(); if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){ /* ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on - ** the heap. Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently + ** the heap. Also, since both the main and memsys locks are currently ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should ** be able to even access the heap. Attempt to destroy and recreate our ** isolated Win32 native heap now. @@ -42895,7 +43190,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ @@ -46595,7 +46890,7 @@ static int winOpen( #ifndef NDEBUG int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); @@ -46616,17 +46911,17 @@ static int winOpen( assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and super-journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); @@ -46698,7 +46993,11 @@ static int winOpen( dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; } - dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; + if( 0==sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "exclusive", 0) ){ + dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; + }else{ + dwShareMode = 0; + } if( isDelete ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE @@ -46838,14 +47137,14 @@ static int winOpen( } sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - pFile->pMethod = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod; + id->pMethods = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod; pFile->pVfs = pVfs; pFile->h = h; if( isReadonly ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; } if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) - && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) + && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; } @@ -47807,7 +48106,7 @@ static sqlite3_vfs memdb_vfs = { 1024, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "memdb", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ + 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ memdbOpen, /* xOpen */ 0, /* memdbDelete, */ /* xDelete */ memdbAccess, /* xAccess */ @@ -47832,7 +48131,7 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods memdb_io_methods = { memdbSync, /* xSync */ memdbFileSize, /* xFileSize */ memdbLock, /* xLock */ - memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ + memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ 0, /* memdbCheckReservedLock, */ /* xCheckReservedLock */ memdbFileControl, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* memdbSectorSize,*/ /* xSectorSize */ @@ -47851,11 +48150,14 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods memdb_io_methods = { ** Close an memdb-file. ** ** The pData pointer is owned by the application, so there is nothing -** to free. +** to free. Unless the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE flag is set, +** in which case we own the pData pointer and need to free it. */ static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; - if( p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE ) sqlite3_free(p->aData); + if( p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE ){ + sqlite3_free(p->aData); + } return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -47863,9 +48165,9 @@ static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ ** Read data from an memdb-file. */ static int memdbRead( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; @@ -47933,7 +48235,7 @@ static int memdbWrite( static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; if( NEVER(size>p->sz) ) return SQLITE_FULL; - p->sz = size; + p->sz = size; return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -47958,7 +48260,7 @@ static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ */ static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; - if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED + if( eLock>SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED && (p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY)!=0 ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; @@ -48016,7 +48318,7 @@ static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ ** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an memdb-file. */ static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | + return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE | SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL; @@ -48064,12 +48366,12 @@ static int memdbOpen( p->mFlags = SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE | SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE; assert( pOutFlags!=0 ); /* True because flags==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB */ *pOutFlags = flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; - p->base.pMethods = &memdb_io_methods; + pFile->pMethods = &memdb_io_methods; p->szMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMemdbSize; return SQLITE_OK; } -#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, master journals, and WAL +#if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, super-journals, and WAL ** files, none of which exist in memdb. So this routine is never used */ /* ** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, @@ -48088,9 +48390,9 @@ static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ ** With memdb, no files ever exist on disk. So always return false. */ static int memdbAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, int *pResOut ){ *pResOut = 0; @@ -48103,9 +48405,9 @@ static int memdbAccess( ** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes. */ static int memdbFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nOut, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nOut, char *zOut ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); @@ -48121,7 +48423,7 @@ static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ /* ** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable -** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated +** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated ** with dynamic libraries. */ static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ @@ -48143,7 +48445,7 @@ static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ } /* -** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of +** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of ** random data. */ static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ @@ -48151,7 +48453,7 @@ static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ } /* -** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds +** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds ** actually slept. */ static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ @@ -48257,7 +48559,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( }else{ memset(pTo, 0, szPage); } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } } } @@ -48296,10 +48598,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( if( iDb<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto end_deserialize; - } + } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH x AS %Q", zSchema); - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } if( rc ) goto end_deserialize; db->init.iDb = (u8)iDb; db->init.reopenMemdb = 1; @@ -48314,6 +48620,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ p->aData = pData; + pData = 0; p->sz = szDb; p->szAlloc = szBuf; p->szMax = szBuf; @@ -48326,11 +48633,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( end_deserialize: sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( pData && (mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pData); + } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } -/* +/* ** This routine is called when the extension is loaded. ** Register the new VFS. */ @@ -48369,8 +48679,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ ** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. ** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. ** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most -** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, -** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs +** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, +** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs ** to handle both cases well. ** ** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. @@ -48391,13 +48701,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ /* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ #define BITVEC_SZ 512 -/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how +/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how ** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ #define BITVEC_USIZE \ (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) -/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. -** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. +/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. +** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. ** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve ** performance. */ #define BITVEC_TELEM u8 @@ -48410,12 +48720,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ /* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ #define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) -/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before +/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before ** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ #define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) /* Hashing function for the aHash representation. -** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier -** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided +** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier +** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided ** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ #define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) @@ -48461,7 +48771,7 @@ struct Bitvec { /* ** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, -** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if +** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if ** malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ @@ -48717,7 +49027,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ break; } case 3: - case 4: + case 4: default: { nx = 2; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); @@ -48797,7 +49107,7 @@ bitvec_end: ** ** The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty ** page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject -** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. +** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. ** Therefore, pSynced is maintained so that it *almost* always points ** to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a ** clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one @@ -48838,7 +49148,7 @@ struct PCache { sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower; PgHdr *pPg; unsigned char *a; - + if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return; if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return; N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache); @@ -48930,12 +49240,12 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); - + /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; } - + if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; }else{ @@ -48945,7 +49255,7 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; }else{ - /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. + /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might ** otherwise have to. */ @@ -48974,11 +49284,11 @@ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ p->pDirty = pPage; /* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set - ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an + ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC - ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer + ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway. */ - if( !p->pSynced + if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ ){ p->pSynced = pPage; @@ -49019,7 +49329,7 @@ static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ /*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** ** -** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these +** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these ** functions are threadsafe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ @@ -49046,8 +49356,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } /* ** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object -** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. -** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by +** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. +** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by ** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). ** ** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page. The first @@ -49159,7 +49469,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch( /* ** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new ** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache -** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to +** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to ** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress ** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to ** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on @@ -49176,17 +49486,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0; if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){ - /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a + /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other + ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other ** unreferenced dirty page. ** ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization. */ - for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; - pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; + pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev ); pCache->pSynced = pPg; @@ -49196,7 +49506,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( if( pPg ){ int rc; #ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", pPg->pgno, pgno, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), @@ -49381,7 +49691,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ } /* -** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. +** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; @@ -49444,7 +49754,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); } -/* +/* ** Discard the contents of the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ @@ -49535,7 +49845,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){ return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); } -/* +/* ** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache. ** ** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the @@ -49552,7 +49862,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ return p->nRef; } -/* +/* ** Return the total number of pages in the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ @@ -49594,7 +49904,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){ p->szSpill = mxPage; } res = numberOfCachePages(p); - if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; + if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; return res; } @@ -49625,7 +49935,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache *pCache){ } #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ -/* +/* ** Return true if there are one or more dirty pages in the cache. Else false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(PCache *pCache){ @@ -49714,7 +50024,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHd ** ** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth) ** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local -** bulk allocation can be adjusted using +** bulk allocation can be adjusted using ** ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N). ** @@ -49739,16 +50049,16 @@ typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; typedef struct PGroup PGroup; /* -** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following +** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following ** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of -** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure +** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure ** in memory. ** ** Note: Variables isBulkLocal and isAnchor were once type "u8". That works, -** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since +** but causes a 2-byte gap in the structure for most architectures (since ** pointers must be either 4 or 8-byte aligned). As this structure is located ** in memory directly after the associated page data, if the database is -** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and +** corrupt, code at the b-tree layer may overread the page buffer and ** read part of this structure before the corruption is detected. This ** can cause a valgrind error if the unitialized gap is accessed. Using u16 ** ensures there is no such gap, and therefore no bytes of unitialized memory @@ -49773,7 +50083,7 @@ struct PgHdr1 { #define PAGE_IS_PINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext==0) #define PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext!=0) -/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set +/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set ** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned ** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of ** the following object. @@ -49809,13 +50119,13 @@ struct PGroup { ** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which ** is an instance of this object. ** -** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as +** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as ** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. */ struct PCache1 { /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable ** flag (bPurgeable) and the pnPurgeable pointer are all set when the - ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be + ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. */ @@ -49863,7 +50173,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { */ int isInit; /* True if initialized */ int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */ - int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ + int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ @@ -49904,7 +50214,7 @@ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { /* -** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is +** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is ** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE ** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large ** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. @@ -49974,8 +50284,8 @@ static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){ /* ** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer -** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no -** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls +** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no +** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls ** back to sqlite3Malloc(). ** ** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables @@ -50082,7 +50392,7 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache, int benignMalloc){ }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This - ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that + ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that ** this mutex is not held. */ assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 ); assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp ); @@ -50223,7 +50533,7 @@ static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ } /* -** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the +** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the ** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup ** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. ** @@ -50248,7 +50558,7 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ /* -** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table +** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table ** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. ** Also free the page if freePage is true. ** @@ -50291,8 +50601,8 @@ static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){ } /* -** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) -** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this +** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) +** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this ** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. ** ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. @@ -50324,7 +50634,7 @@ static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( PgHdr1 **pp; PgHdr1 *pPage; assert( h<pCache->nHash ); - pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ pCache->nPage--; @@ -50363,7 +50673,7 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ ** ** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have ** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using - ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL ** pBuf argument. ** ** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1) @@ -50398,7 +50708,7 @@ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. -** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does +** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does ** not need to be freed. */ static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ @@ -50461,7 +50771,7 @@ static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. ** ** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. */ @@ -50480,7 +50790,7 @@ static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. ** ** Free up as much memory as possible. */ @@ -50499,7 +50809,7 @@ static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. */ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ int n; @@ -50520,8 +50830,8 @@ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ ** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( - PCache1 *pCache, - unsigned int iKey, + PCache1 *pCache, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ unsigned int nPinned; @@ -50563,8 +50873,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( } } - /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, - ** attempt to allocate a new one. + /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, + ** attempt to allocate a new one. */ if( !pPage ){ pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1); @@ -50589,13 +50899,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. ** ** Fetch a page by key value. ** ** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on ** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new -** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 +** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 ** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. ** ** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory @@ -50606,7 +50916,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, ** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). ** -** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a +** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a ** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. ** ** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is @@ -50620,13 +50930,13 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of +** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of ** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or ** ** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked ** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: ** -** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already +** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is @@ -50638,7 +50948,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** ** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right ** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and -** proceed to step 5. +** proceed to step 5. ** ** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. ** @@ -50648,8 +50958,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( ** invokes the appropriate routine. */ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; @@ -50678,8 +50988,8 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( } #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; @@ -50693,8 +51003,8 @@ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( } #endif static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -50724,18 +51034,18 @@ static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( ** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). */ static void pcache1Unpin( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, + sqlite3_pcache *p, + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, int reuseUnlikely ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already + /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already ** part of the PGroup LRU list. */ assert( pPage->pLruNext==0 ); @@ -50756,7 +51066,7 @@ static void pcache1Unpin( } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. */ static void pcache1Rekey( sqlite3_pcache *p, @@ -50767,7 +51077,7 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PgHdr1 **pp; - unsigned int h; + unsigned int h; assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); @@ -50792,7 +51102,7 @@ static void pcache1Rekey( } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. ** ** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to ** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number @@ -50809,7 +51119,7 @@ static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ } /* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. ** ** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). */ @@ -50875,7 +51185,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){ ** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. ** ** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number +** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number ** of bytes of memory released. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ @@ -50966,7 +51276,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( ** extracts the least value from the RowSet. ** ** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is -** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an +** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an ** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed ** until DESTROY. ** @@ -51014,7 +51324,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( ** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The ** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list. */ -struct RowSetEntry { +struct RowSetEntry { i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ @@ -51166,7 +51476,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ /* ** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. ** -** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are +** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are ** assumed to each already be in sorted order. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( @@ -51203,7 +51513,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( /* ** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of ** increasing v. -*/ +*/ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){ unsigned int i; struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40]; @@ -51276,7 +51586,7 @@ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */ - return 0; + return 0; } if( iDepth>1 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated. A valid tree @@ -51446,7 +51756,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** +** ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file @@ -51469,8 +51779,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging -** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to +** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging +** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to ** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. */ @@ -51509,8 +51819,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 #define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 -/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. -** There is one object of this type for each pager. +/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. +** There is one object of this type for each pager. */ typedef struct Wal Wal; @@ -51521,7 +51831,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, sqlite3*, int sync_flags, int, u8 /* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); -/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A +/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A ** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database ** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and ** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes @@ -51556,7 +51866,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); /* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); -/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ +/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ sqlite3 *db, /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */ @@ -51584,7 +51894,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); /* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); @@ -51631,60 +51941,60 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalDb(Wal *pWal, sqlite3 *db); ** ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if ** one or more of the following are true about the page: -** +** ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and ** synced. -** +** ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. -** +** ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in ** the database file at the start of the transaction. -** +** ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the ** following are true: -** +** ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. -** +** ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence ** number consists of a single page change. -** +** ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current ** transaction. -** +** ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. -** +** ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the ** first 100 bytes of the database file. -** +** ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. -** -** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file -** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. -** +** +** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file +** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted. +** ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence ** of the database. -** +** ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, -** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the +** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. -** +** ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will ** invoke it.) -** +** ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same @@ -51717,7 +52027,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ /* ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. +** to print out file-descriptors. ** ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file @@ -51738,7 +52048,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** | | | ** | V | ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR -** | | ^ +** | | ^ ** | V | ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| ** | | | @@ -51750,7 +52060,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: -** +** ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] ** @@ -51762,7 +52072,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] -** +** ** ** OPEN: ** @@ -51776,9 +52086,9 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** READER: ** -** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in +** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently -** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is +** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is ** open. The database size is known in this state. ** ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when @@ -51788,28 +52098,28 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN ** is via the ERROR state (see below). -** +** ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read +** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables ** may not be trusted at this point. ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. -** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that +** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. ** ** WRITER_LOCKED: ** ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction -** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks -** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual +** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks +** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. ** -** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with +** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when -** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened -** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while -** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database +** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened +** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while +** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database ** file. ** ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. @@ -51817,7 +52127,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. ** ** * A write transaction is active. -** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater +** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater ** lock is held on the database file. ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully @@ -51836,7 +52146,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. ** @@ -51849,7 +52159,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** and synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly ** written to disk). @@ -51861,8 +52171,8 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply -** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is -** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper +** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is +** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. ** ** * A write transaction is active. @@ -51870,19 +52180,19 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need -** to rollback the transaction. +** to rollback the transaction. ** ** ERROR: ** ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including -** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it -** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, +** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it +** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. ** ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers ** cannot. ** -** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, +** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might @@ -51892,13 +52202,13 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** instead of READER following such an error. ** ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager -** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all +** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to -** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the +** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning -** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered +** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered ** from the error. ** ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: @@ -51914,21 +52224,21 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** memory. ** ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree -** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition +** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. ** ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a -** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent +** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent ** state. ** ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. -** +** ** ** Notes: ** @@ -51938,7 +52248,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has -** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are +** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". ** ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). @@ -51952,7 +52262,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define PAGER_ERROR 6 /* -** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the +** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by @@ -51967,20 +52277,20 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. ** -** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may +** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. ** ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves -** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file +** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part ** of hot-journal detection. ** -** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED -** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may +** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED +** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active @@ -51991,18 +52301,18 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition -** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK +** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. ** -** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in +** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in ** PAGER_OPEN state. */ #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) /* -** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method +** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. @@ -52018,7 +52328,7 @@ int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ ** ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while -** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset +** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). @@ -52068,44 +52378,44 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** ** changeCountDone ** -** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter -** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is -** not updated more often than necessary. +** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter +** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is +** not updated more often than necessary. ** -** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which +** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. -** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is +** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. ** -** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection +** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction ** committed. ** -** setMaster +** setSuper ** ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may -** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the +** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the ** journal file before it is synced to disk. ** -** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects -** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is +** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects +** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. -** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is +** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If -** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized -** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were +** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized +** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. ** -** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized +** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the -** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any +** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. ** ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the -** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag +** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). ** ** doNotSpill @@ -52121,12 +52431,12 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF ** case is a user preference. -** +** ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync -** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. +** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. ** ** subjInMemory ** @@ -52134,16 +52444,16 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. ** -** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new +** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new ** write-transaction is opened. ** ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize ** ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for -** OPEN and ERROR). +** OPEN and ERROR). ** -** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be +** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in @@ -52154,10 +52464,10 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. -** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), +** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), ** dbSize is updated. ** -** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states +** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before @@ -52166,12 +52476,12 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made -** to write or truncate the database file on disk. +** to write or truncate the database file on disk. ** -** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress -** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, -** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates -** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), +** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress +** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, +** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates +** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case @@ -52182,20 +52492,20 @@ struct PagerSavepoint { ** dbHintSize ** ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to -** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. +** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. ** ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the -** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for +** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for ** details. ** ** errCode ** ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It -** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode -** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX +** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode +** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX ** sub-codes. ** ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags @@ -52237,7 +52547,7 @@ struct Pager { u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ - u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ + u8 setSuper; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */ u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ @@ -52296,7 +52606,7 @@ struct Pager { /* ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains -** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS +** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). */ #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 @@ -52354,7 +52664,7 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) /* -** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same +** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). */ #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) @@ -52382,11 +52692,6 @@ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { #endif /* -** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). -*/ -#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 - -/* ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. ** @@ -52434,7 +52739,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK #endif -#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Usage: ** @@ -52463,25 +52768,25 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); - /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". + /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. */ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); - /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since - ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter - ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing - ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may - ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It - ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR + /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since + ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter + ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing + ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may + ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It + ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR ** state. */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); assert( p->noSync ); - assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); @@ -52515,7 +52820,7 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); - assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: @@ -52528,9 +52833,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ ** to journal_mode=wal. */ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); } assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); @@ -52542,9 +52847,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); @@ -52554,9 +52859,9 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); break; @@ -52575,7 +52880,7 @@ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ } #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This @@ -52723,7 +53028,7 @@ static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. ** ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of +** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. */ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ @@ -52747,11 +53052,11 @@ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ /* ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the -** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. +** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. ** -** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation ** of this. */ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ @@ -52778,7 +53083,7 @@ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal ** to the page size. ** -** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal +** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. ** ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() @@ -52869,73 +53174,73 @@ static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ /* ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the -** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied -** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format -** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. +** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the +** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied +** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format +** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file. ** -** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by +** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is -** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal -** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a -** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name +** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal +** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a +** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name ** were present in the journal. ** -** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal -** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A -** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master -** journal file name. +** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal +** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A +** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the +** super-journal file name. ** -** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present -** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. +** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present +** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite ** error code is returned. */ -static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ +static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){ int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ + u32 len; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */ i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - zMaster[0] = '\0'; + zSuper[0] = '\0'; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) || szJ<16 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) - || len>=nMaster + || len>=nSuper || len>szJ-16 - || len==0 + || len==0 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len)) ){ return rc; } - /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ + /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */ for(u=0; u<len; u++){ - cksum -= zMaster[u]; + cksum -= zSuper[u]; } if( cksum ){ /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors - ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means + ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) - ** master-journal filename. + ** super-journal filename. */ len = 0; } - zMaster[len] = '\0'; - zMaster[len+1] = '\0'; - + zSuper[len] = '\0'; + zSuper[len+1] = '\0'; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately -** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector +** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately +** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. ** ** i.e for a sector size of 512: @@ -52946,7 +53251,7 @@ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ ** 512 512 ** 100 512 ** 2000 2048 -** +** */ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ i64 offset = 0; @@ -52968,12 +53273,12 @@ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ ** ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, -** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, -** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately +** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, +** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately ** after writing or truncating it. ** ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and -** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the +** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does ** not need to be synced following this operation. @@ -52999,8 +53304,8 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); } - /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock - ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for + /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock + ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need ** to sync the file following this operation. @@ -53028,7 +53333,7 @@ static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. -** +** ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. */ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ @@ -53044,8 +53349,8 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } - /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created - ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the + /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created + ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. */ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ @@ -53056,10 +53361,10 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - /* + /* ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, + ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number ** of records (see syncJournal()). ** @@ -53078,7 +53383,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); @@ -53086,7 +53391,7 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); } - /* The random check-hash initializer */ + /* The random check-hash initializer */ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); /* The initial database size */ @@ -53105,23 +53410,23 @@ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); - /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the - ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the - ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next + /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the + ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the + ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). ** - ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can + ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, - ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of + ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what - ** is done. + ** is done. ** - ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the + ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required ** to populate the entire journal header sector. - */ + */ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); @@ -53219,29 +53524,29 @@ static int readJournalHdr( /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power - ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their + ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their ** respective compile time maximum limits. */ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE - || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 + || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 ){ - /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is - ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have - ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading + /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is + ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have + ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading ** the journal file here. */ return SQLITE_DONE; } - /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. - ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within + /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. + ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. */ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by + /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value @@ -53256,50 +53561,50 @@ static int readJournalHdr( /* -** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager -** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last +** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager +** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before ** anything is written. The format is: ** ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. -** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. -** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). -** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. +** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8. +** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). +** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum. ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. ** -** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master -** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. +** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal +** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. ** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), +** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), ** this call is a no-op. */ -static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ +static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ int rc; /* Return code */ - int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ + int nSuper; /* Length of string zSuper */ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ - u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ + u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */ - assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - if( !zMaster - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + if( !zSuper + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } - pPager->setMaster = 1; + pPager->setSuper = 1; assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); - /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ - for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ - cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; + /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */ + for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){ + cksum += zSuper[nSuper]; } /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing - ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to + ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to ** the journal has already been synced. */ if( pPager->fullSync ){ @@ -53307,30 +53612,30 @@ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ } iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If + /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. */ if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) + || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4))) + || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper))) + || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum))) || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, - iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) + iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8))) ){ return rc; } - pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); + pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20); - /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical - ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name - ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is + /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical + ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name + ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file - ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine - ** whether or not the journal is hot. + ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine + ** whether or not the journal is hot. ** - ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal + ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal ** file to the required size. - */ + */ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff ){ @@ -53375,7 +53680,7 @@ static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint +** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. */ @@ -53404,8 +53709,8 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is ** closed (if it is open). ** -** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the -** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to +** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the +** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction @@ -53413,9 +53718,9 @@ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ */ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER - || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN - || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER + || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); @@ -53486,23 +53791,23 @@ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ pPager->journalOff = 0; pPager->journalHdr = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->setSuper = 0; } /* ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. -** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second -** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The -** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. +** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second +** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The +** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. ** ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. ** -** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding +** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache +** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if @@ -53550,27 +53855,27 @@ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ } /* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by -** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called +** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by +** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a ** database transaction. -** +** ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. ** ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. ** -** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal -** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a +** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal +** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: ** ** journalMode==MEMORY -** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an +** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an ** in-memory journal. ** ** journalMode==TRUNCATE @@ -53590,19 +53895,19 @@ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. ** ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. -** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is +** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the -** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the +** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is ** returned. */ -static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ +static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ @@ -53614,9 +53919,9 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** - ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE + ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a - ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER + ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); @@ -53626,7 +53931,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ } releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ @@ -53654,7 +53959,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) ){ - rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); + rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile); pPager->journalOff = 0; }else{ /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if @@ -53664,9 +53969,9 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ */ int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( bDelete ){ @@ -53699,8 +54004,8 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in - ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE + /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in + ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE ** lock held on the database file. */ rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); @@ -53708,7 +54013,7 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. - ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction + ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum ** required size. */ @@ -53721,31 +54026,31 @@ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) ){ rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->setSuper = 0; return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); } /* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. +** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the +** database file. ** -** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt +** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock -** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this -** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next -** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) +** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this +** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next +** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) ** will roll it back. ** ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or -** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause +** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. */ @@ -53766,10 +54071,10 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes -** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the +** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. ** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the +** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. @@ -53777,8 +54082,8 @@ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an ** incompatible journal file format. ** -** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely -** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. +** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely +** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. @@ -53799,7 +54104,7 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. ** -** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does +** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does ** not. ** ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file @@ -53819,7 +54124,7 @@ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in ** two circumstances: -** +** ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. @@ -53854,7 +54159,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); - /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction + /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback @@ -53920,7 +54225,7 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( ** assert()able. ** ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the - ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked + ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty ** if the pager is in OPEN state. @@ -53984,18 +54289,18 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential - ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it - ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be - ** current. + ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it + ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be + ** current. ** ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite - ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen + ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). ** ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing - ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty - ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as + ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty + ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. */ assert( isSavepnt ); @@ -54035,157 +54340,161 @@ static int pager_playback_one_page( } /* -** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal -** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. -** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, +** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal +** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back. +** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file, ** and does so if it is. ** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not +** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not ** available for use within this function. ** -** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names -** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 -** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a -** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal +** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names +** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 +** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a +** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: ** ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" ** -** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child +** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child ** journals have been rolled back. ** -** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into +** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For ** each child journal, it checks if: ** ** * if the child journal exists, and if so -** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal -** file zMaster +** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal +** file zSuper ** ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if -** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from +** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). ** ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load -** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be -** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page +** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be +** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page ** size. */ -static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ +static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ + sqlite3_file *pSuper; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */ sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ - char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ - i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ + char *zSuperJournal = 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */ + i64 nSuperJournal; /* Size of super-journal file */ char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ - char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ - int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ + char *zSuperPtr; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */ + char *zFree = 0; /* Free this buffer */ + int nSuperPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */ - /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. - ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. + /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors. + ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading. */ - pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); - pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pMaster ){ + pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); + if( !pSuper ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pJournal = 0; }else{ - const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); + const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0); + pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile); } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain - ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master - ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. + /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from + ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain + ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal + ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals. */ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; + nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2); + if( !zFree ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; - goto delmaster_out; - } - zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; - zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0; - - zJournal = zMasterJournal; - while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ + goto delsuper_out; + } + zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0; + zSuperJournal = &zFree[4]; + zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2]; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; + zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0; + zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0; + + zJournal = zSuperJournal; + while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){ int exists; rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto delmaster_out; + goto delsuper_out; } if( exists ){ - /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. - ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If - ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. - ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a - ** MASTER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal + /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists. + ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If + ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file. + ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a + ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object(). */ int c; - int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); + int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto delmaster_out; + goto delsuper_out; } - rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); + rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr); sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto delmaster_out; + goto delsuper_out; } - c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; + c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0; if( c ){ - /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ - goto delmaster_out; + /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */ + goto delsuper_out; } } zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); } - - sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); -delmaster_out: - sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); - if( pMaster ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); + sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); + +delsuper_out: + sqlite3_free(zFree); + if( pSuper ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); - sqlite3_free(pMaster); + sqlite3_free(pSuper); } return rc; } /* -** This function is used to change the actual size of the database +** This function is used to change the actual size of the database ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). ** ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either -** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size -** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). +** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size +** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. ** -** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than -** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if -** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it -** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to +** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than +** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if +** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it +** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to ** the end of the new file instead. ** ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying @@ -54195,9 +54504,9 @@ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) ){ i64 currentSize, newSize; int szPage = pPager->pageSize; @@ -54241,9 +54550,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ /* ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method -** of the open database file. The sector size will be used -** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and -** master journal pointers within created journal files. +** of the open database file. The sector size will be used +** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and +** super-journal pointers within created journal files. ** ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. ** @@ -54265,7 +54574,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); if( pPager->tempFile - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 ){ /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file @@ -54279,15 +54588,15 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. +** the state it was in before we started making changes. ** -** The journal file format is as follows: +** The journal file format is as follows: ** ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the ** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the +** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the ** sanity checksum. ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the ** database to during a rollback. @@ -54316,7 +54625,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. +** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. ** ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled @@ -54328,7 +54637,7 @@ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ ** and an error code is returned. ** ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal -** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is +** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is @@ -54342,7 +54651,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ - char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ + char *zSuper = 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */ int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; @@ -54356,8 +54665,8 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ goto end_playback; } - /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. - ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not + /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present. + ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be ** played back. ** @@ -54367,21 +54676,21 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value ** for pageSize. */ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace; + rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); } - zMaster = 0; + zSuper = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ goto end_playback; } pPager->journalOff = 0; needPagerReset = isHot; - /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or - ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error - ** occurs. + /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or + ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error + ** occurs. */ while( 1 ){ /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are @@ -54390,7 +54699,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. */ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } @@ -54418,7 +54727,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional - ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages + ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages ** should be computed based on the journal file size. */ if( nRec==0 && !isHot && @@ -54437,7 +54746,7 @@ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ pPager->dbSize = mxPg; } - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the + /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the ** database file and/or page cache. */ for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ @@ -54487,10 +54796,10 @@ end_playback: sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); #endif - /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or - ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but - ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter - ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive + /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or + ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but + ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter + ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just @@ -54499,8 +54808,12 @@ end_playback: pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); + /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory. + ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in + ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before + ** the filename. */ + zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4]; + rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK @@ -54509,14 +54822,16 @@ end_playback: rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ - /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, - ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){ + /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success, + ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal. */ - rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); + assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] ); + memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4); + rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( isHot && nPlayback ){ @@ -54535,7 +54850,7 @@ end_playback: /* ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of -** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into +** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database ** file before this function is called. ** @@ -54624,15 +54939,15 @@ static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* -** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been +** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. -** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument +** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. ** ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the -** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, +** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ @@ -54658,7 +54973,7 @@ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one - ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore + ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, ** the backups must be restarted. */ @@ -54675,7 +54990,7 @@ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already - ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the + ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the ** following: ** ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or @@ -54697,11 +55012,11 @@ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have -** changed. +** changed. ** ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. -*/ +*/ static int pagerWalFrames( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ @@ -54742,7 +55057,7 @@ static int pagerWalFrames( pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, + rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ @@ -54857,9 +55172,9 @@ static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. ** ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this -** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete -** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition -** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some +** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete +** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition +** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some ** other connection. */ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ @@ -54895,21 +55210,21 @@ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ /* ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback -** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when -** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction +** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when +** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction ** savepoint. ** -** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is +** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, ** performed in the order specified: ** ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte -** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to +** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. ** ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played -** back starting from the journal header immediately following +** back starting from the journal header immediately following ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. ** ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting @@ -54925,7 +55240,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. ** ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable -** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint +** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. */ @@ -54946,7 +55261,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ } } - /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint + /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint ** being reverted was opened. */ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; @@ -54999,7 +55314,7 @@ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the ** pager_playback() function for additional information. */ - if( nJRec==0 + if( nJRec==0 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); @@ -55175,7 +55490,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. +** testing and analysis only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; @@ -55184,8 +55499,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; /* ** Open a temporary file. ** -** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically +** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. ** ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified @@ -55217,9 +55532,9 @@ static int pagerOpentemp( /* ** Set the busy handler function. ** -** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns +** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, -** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE +** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: @@ -55231,7 +55546,7 @@ static int pagerOpentemp( ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes ** -** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is +** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. */ @@ -55250,16 +55565,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( } /* -** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size +** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size ** is passed in *pPageSize. ** ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it -** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. +** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). ** ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: ** -** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power +** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and ** ** * there are no outstanding page references, and @@ -55269,14 +55584,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( ** ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. ** -** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() -** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. +** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() +** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this -** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, +** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ @@ -55286,7 +55601,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. ** - ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in + ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. @@ -55295,8 +55610,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nR u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize + && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 + && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize ){ char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ i64 nByte = 0; @@ -55352,13 +55667,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. +** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. ** ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){ if( mxPage>0 ){ pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; } @@ -55396,11 +55711,11 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ /* ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. +** that pDest points to. ** ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is -** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this +** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. ** @@ -55433,7 +55748,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned cha ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. ** -** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then +** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then ** this is considered a 1 page file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ @@ -55448,19 +55763,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). ** -** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke -** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat -** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to +** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke +** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat +** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to ** obtain the lock succeeds. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state +** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state ** variable to locktype before returning. */ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ int rc; /* Return code */ - /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is + /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). @@ -55477,10 +55792,10 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ } /* -** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the +** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: ** -** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the +** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the ** current database image, in pages, OR ** ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not @@ -55493,9 +55808,9 @@ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either -** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and +** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the -** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that +** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that ** this circumstance cannot arise. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -55511,9 +55826,9 @@ static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ #endif /* -** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This -** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It -** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the +** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This +** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It +** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. ** ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. @@ -55528,11 +55843,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, - ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint + ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only - ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the - ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), + ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the + ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call ** is no longer correct. */ } @@ -55544,12 +55859,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows ** that the entire journal file has been synced. ** -** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures +** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal ** content as this process. ** -** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, ** an SQLite error code. */ static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ @@ -55565,7 +55880,7 @@ static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* -** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. +** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set @@ -55581,7 +55896,7 @@ static int pagerAcquireMapPage( PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ ){ PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ - + if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; @@ -55615,7 +55930,7 @@ static int pagerAcquireMapPage( #endif /* -** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an +** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). */ static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ @@ -55675,7 +55990,7 @@ static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ ** result in a coredump. ** ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback +** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned ** to the caller. */ @@ -55692,7 +56007,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ { u8 *a = 0; assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); - if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) + if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) ){ a = pTmp; @@ -55706,8 +56021,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ pager_unlock(pPager); }else{ /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. - ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal - ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs + ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal + ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. ** ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager @@ -55758,7 +56073,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. ** ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. -** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the +** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: ** ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need @@ -55770,7 +56085,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. ** -** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then +** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then ** journal file is synced. ** ** Or, in pseudo-code: @@ -55779,11 +56094,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); ** <update nRec field> -** } +** } ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); ** } ** -** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every +** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. */ @@ -55811,10 +56126,10 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the - ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure - ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes - ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its - ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the + ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure + ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes + ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its + ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. @@ -55824,7 +56139,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. ** ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this - ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used + ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of ** the potential journal header. */ @@ -55851,7 +56166,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** it as a candidate for rollback. ** ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible + ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written ** and never needs to be updated. @@ -55871,7 +56186,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -55888,8 +56203,8 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ } } - /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just - ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on + /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just + ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on ** all pages. */ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); @@ -55909,9 +56224,9 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. -** +** ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file -** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is +** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is ** written out. ** ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, @@ -55926,7 +56241,7 @@ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in ** the database file. ** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. */ @@ -55952,7 +56267,7 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ ** file size will be. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) ){ @@ -55974,7 +56289,7 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ */ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ - char *pData; /* Data to write */ + char *pData; /* Data to write */ assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); @@ -55985,8 +56300,8 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match - ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this - ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. + ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this + ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); @@ -56014,18 +56329,18 @@ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ } /* -** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this +** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this ** function is a no-op. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An -** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() +** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An +** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() ** fails. */ static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE - | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE + const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ @@ -56037,13 +56352,13 @@ static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. +** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. ** ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs ** for all open savepoints before returning. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO -** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or +** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint ** bitvec. */ @@ -56056,9 +56371,9 @@ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) - || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) - || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) + || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) + || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); rc = openSubJournal(pPager); @@ -56095,14 +56410,14 @@ static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory -** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is +** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page -** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first +** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first ** argument. ** ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the -** journal file. +** journal file. ** ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the @@ -56127,7 +56442,7 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. ** ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could - ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it + ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() @@ -56148,26 +56463,26 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ pPg->pDirty = 0; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ - rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); + rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); } }else{ - + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); } #endif - + /* Sync the journal file if required. */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); } - + /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); @@ -56181,7 +56496,7 @@ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } - return pager_error(pPager, rc); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* @@ -56212,8 +56527,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted -** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then -** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. +** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then +** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. ** ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated @@ -56227,13 +56542,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ ** of the PAGER_* flags. ** ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter -** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. +** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. ** -** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened +** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM -** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or +** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( @@ -56332,7 +56647,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( } /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the - ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal + ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: ** ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) @@ -56510,7 +56825,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. ** ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. - */ + */ act_like_temp_file: tempFile = 1; pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ @@ -56519,7 +56834,7 @@ act_like_temp_file: readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); } - /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of + /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -56559,10 +56874,10 @@ act_like_temp_file: /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; @@ -56620,7 +56935,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){ /* ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in -** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that +** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal ** file exists if the following criteria are met: ** @@ -56635,14 +56950,14 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){ ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK ** is returned. ** -** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename -** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file +** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename +** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() -** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and -** will not roll it back. +** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and +** will not roll it back. ** -** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and +** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error @@ -56670,7 +56985,7 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the - ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() + ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when @@ -56703,7 +57018,7 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. - ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, + ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, ** it can be ignored. */ if( !jrnlOpen ){ @@ -56753,7 +57068,7 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, -** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal +** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. @@ -56764,8 +57079,8 @@ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal ** file. ** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ @@ -56773,7 +57088,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either - ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in + ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in ** exclusive access mode. */ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); @@ -56811,12 +57126,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the + ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the ** hot-journal back. - ** + ** ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any - ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to - ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock + ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to + ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock ** on the database file. ** ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is @@ -56826,17 +57141,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } - - /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the - ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because - ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open - ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access - ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist + + /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the + ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because + ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open + ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access + ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). ** - ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some - ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before - ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it + ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some + ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before + ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */ @@ -56857,7 +57172,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ } } } - + /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with @@ -56882,8 +57197,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be - ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for - ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). + ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for + ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). ** ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition @@ -56891,7 +57206,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible - ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page + ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page ** references. */ pager_error(pPager, rc); @@ -56916,8 +57231,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be + ** + ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that ** it can be neglected. */ @@ -56984,7 +57299,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. -*/ +*/ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ @@ -56994,7 +57309,7 @@ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ /* ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a -** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is +** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending @@ -57004,22 +57319,22 @@ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled ** -** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. +** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing ** object with no outstanding references. ** -** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the -** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is +** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the +** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. ** -** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if -** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the -** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no -** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the -** page is initialized to all zeros. +** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if +** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the +** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no +** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the +** page is initialized to all zeros. ** ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: @@ -57085,18 +57400,18 @@ static int getPageNormal( if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of ** the page. Return without further ado. */ - assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; return SQLITE_OK; }else{ - /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to + /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to ** be initialized. But first some error checks: ** - ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 + ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page */ - if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto pager_acquire_err; } @@ -57111,9 +57426,9 @@ static int getPageNormal( } if( noContent ){ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. - ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a - ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure - ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set + ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a + ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure + ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set ** a bit in a bit vector. */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); @@ -57163,7 +57478,7 @@ static int getPageMMap( /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY - ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a + ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a ** temporary or in-memory database. */ const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) @@ -57192,7 +57507,7 @@ static int getPageMMap( } if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ void *pData = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, + rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ @@ -57248,12 +57563,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet( /* ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. +** or 0 if the page is not in cache. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error +** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error ** has ever happened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ @@ -57306,24 +57621,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ /* ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. -** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database +** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database ** file when this routine is called. ** ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal -** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being -** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used +** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being +** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. ** ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the -** already open file. +** already open file. ** ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. */ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ @@ -57333,7 +57648,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - + /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in ** an error state. */ @@ -57344,7 +57659,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - + /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ @@ -57360,7 +57675,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); } - + /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when ** it was originally opened. */ rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); @@ -57372,16 +57687,16 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); } - - - /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open + + + /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open ** the sub-journal if necessary. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ pPager->nRec = 0; pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->setSuper = 0; pPager->journalHdr = 0; rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); } @@ -57399,12 +57714,12 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a +** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. ** ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least -** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking +** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking ** functions need be called. ** ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened @@ -57412,7 +57727,7 @@ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required -** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, +** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, ** or using a temporary file otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ @@ -57460,9 +57775,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory ** ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. - ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint - ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database - ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in + ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint + ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database + ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in ** WAL mode. */ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; @@ -57516,11 +57831,11 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, + IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; @@ -57535,9 +57850,9 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the +** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into -** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the +** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. */ @@ -57545,7 +57860,7 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already + /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. ** It is never called in the ERROR state. */ @@ -57562,7 +57877,7 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. ** - ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. + ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. @@ -57607,7 +57922,7 @@ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. */ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; - + /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, ** then write the page into the statement journal. */ @@ -57691,7 +58006,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ } } - /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages + /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them @@ -57714,9 +58029,9 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before -** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value -** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless +** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before +** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value +** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this @@ -57767,13 +58082,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so ** that it does not get written to disk. ** -** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large +** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large ** DELETE operations. ** ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if -** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need -** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the +** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need +** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the ** current transaction is rolled back. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ @@ -57789,17 +58104,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ } /* -** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file -** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at +** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file +** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. ** ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. -** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an +** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an ** unconditional update of the change counters. ** -** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling +** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current ** transaction is committed. @@ -57807,7 +58122,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly -** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the +** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. */ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ @@ -57846,7 +58161,7 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not - ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in + ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -57893,9 +58208,9 @@ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; + void *pArg = (void*)zSuper; rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ @@ -57907,22 +58222,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ /* ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in -** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on +** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. ** ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is +** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is ** returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = pPager->errCode; assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ @@ -57933,24 +58248,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name -** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual -** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master -** journal (a single database transaction). +** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name +** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual +** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no +** super-journal (a single database transaction). ** ** This routine ensures that: ** ** * The database file change-counter is updated, ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), -** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, +** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and -** * the database file synced. +** * the database file synced. ** -** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize -** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or -** delete the master journal file if specified). +** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize +** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or +** delete the super-journal file if specified). ** -** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value +** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. ** ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself @@ -57960,7 +58275,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ + const char *zSuper, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */ int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ @@ -57978,8 +58293,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; - PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", - pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); + PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n", + pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize)); /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; @@ -58018,7 +58333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; - int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ + int bBatch = zSuper==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) && !pPager->noSync && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); @@ -58029,11 +58344,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization - ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the - ** runtime criteria to use the operation: + ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the + ** runtime criteria to use the operation: ** ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and + ** blocks of size page-size, and ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. ** @@ -58043,7 +58358,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect - ** mode. + ** mode. ** ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter @@ -58052,19 +58367,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( */ if( bBatch==0 ){ PgHdr *pPg; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); - if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) - && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) + if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd) + && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) ){ - /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The - ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 - ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 - ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write + /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The + ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 + ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 + ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. */ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); @@ -58077,7 +58392,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( } #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE - if( zMaster ){ + if( zSuper ){ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; assert( bBatch==0 ); @@ -58086,24 +58401,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master - ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, - ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. + + /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a + ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file, + ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op. */ - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); + rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - + /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. - ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not + ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. ** ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive - ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is + ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant - ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. + ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. */ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; @@ -58144,7 +58459,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( } sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use + /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the @@ -58156,10 +58471,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; } - + /* Finally, sync the database file. */ if( !noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper); } IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) } @@ -58176,12 +58491,12 @@ commit_phase_one_exit: /* ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and -** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system +** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. ** -** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, -** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used +** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, +** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is ** irrevocably committed. ** @@ -58207,15 +58522,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. ** - ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal + ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made - ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal + ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need ** to drop any locks either. */ - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - && pPager->exclusiveMode + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ){ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); @@ -58224,12 +58539,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ } PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1); return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* -** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the +** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR ** state if an error occurs. @@ -58239,14 +58554,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ ** ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: ** -** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and +** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction ** was opened, and ** ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot ** rollback at any point in the future. ** -** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the +** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the ** rollback is successful. ** ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the @@ -58259,7 +58574,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If - ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not + ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); @@ -58269,13 +58584,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ int rc2; rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); + rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ int eState = pPager->eState; rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error + /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. */ @@ -58290,7 +58605,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT - || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR + || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); @@ -58364,8 +58679,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ ** it was added later. ** ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the -** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the -** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before +** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the +** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before ** returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ @@ -58401,7 +58716,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. ** -** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error +** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -58416,7 +58731,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a + ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. */ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( @@ -58464,7 +58779,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ /* ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. -** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently +** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently ** created savepoint. ** ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. @@ -58472,29 +58787,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. ** -** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter +** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current -** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling +** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate -** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the -** contents of the database to its original state. +** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the +** contents of the database to its original state. ** -** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint +** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, -** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a +** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = pPager->errCode; - + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif @@ -58507,7 +58822,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this - ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated + ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. */ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); @@ -58516,7 +58831,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ } pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; - /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate + /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ @@ -58538,14 +58853,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); } - + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS - /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled + /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ - else if( - pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + else if( + pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; @@ -58630,8 +58945,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ ** transaction is active). ** ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being -** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction -** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page +** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction +** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error @@ -58659,7 +58974,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest - ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the + ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: ** ** BEGIN; @@ -58682,7 +58997,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i return rc; } - PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", + PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) @@ -58690,7 +59005,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. ** ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that - ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno + ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. */ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ @@ -58701,8 +59016,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained + ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for + ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained ** for the page moved there. */ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; @@ -58737,9 +59052,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i } if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be + /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the + ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag. @@ -58770,9 +59085,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, i #endif /* -** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page -** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's -** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to +** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page +** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's +** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to ** the value passed as the third parameter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ @@ -58790,7 +59105,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ } /* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space +** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space ** allocated along with the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ @@ -58799,7 +59114,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ /* ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. ** @@ -58847,8 +59162,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and @@ -59033,7 +59348,7 @@ static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the + /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } @@ -59042,7 +59357,7 @@ static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ } /* -** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in +** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. @@ -59053,8 +59368,8 @@ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use - ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory + /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use + ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL ** file, to make sure this is safe. */ @@ -59062,7 +59377,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); } - /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, + /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -59084,7 +59399,7 @@ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is ** not modified in either case. ** @@ -59126,7 +59441,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. ** -** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an +** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. @@ -59152,7 +59467,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); } } - + /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. */ @@ -59172,7 +59487,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT /* ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode, -** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object +** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function. ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. */ @@ -59185,7 +59500,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){ } /* -** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if +** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if ** blocking locks are required. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ @@ -59210,11 +59525,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppS /* ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a -** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it +** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen( - Pager *pPager, + Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -59227,7 +59542,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen( } /* -** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this +** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this ** is not a WAL database, return an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ @@ -59244,7 +59559,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then -** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still +** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if @@ -59304,7 +59619,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in +** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in ** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. ** ** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT @@ -59313,7 +59628,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the ** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing ** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that -** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record +** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record ** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is ** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a ** "checkpoint". @@ -59339,11 +59654,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each ** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes -** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned +** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned ** integer values, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) @@ -59369,7 +59684,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as ** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The ** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: -** +** ** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: ** s0 += x[i] + s1; ** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; @@ -59377,7 +59692,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights ** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element -** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit +** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit ** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. ** ** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the @@ -59410,19 +59725,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database ** content simultaneously. ** -** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but +** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but ** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the ** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the ** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, ** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate ** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the ** search for frames of a particular page. -** +** ** WAL-INDEX FORMAT ** ** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations ** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because -** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL +** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL ** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to ** share memory. ** @@ -59440,28 +59755,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** byte order of the host computer. ** ** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given -** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the +** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the ** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return ** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. ** ** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or -** more index blocks. +** more index blocks. ** ** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL ** in the mxFrame field. ** -** Each index block except for the first contains information on +** Each index block except for the first contains information on ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and ** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the ** wal-index. ** ** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the -** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table +** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table ** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. ** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE -** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the +** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the ** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the ** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block ** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in @@ -59482,8 +59797,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** ** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. ** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the -** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash -** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions +** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash +** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions ** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an ** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same ** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in @@ -59502,12 +59817,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot ** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was ** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, -** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let +** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let ** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, ** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists ** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the ** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the -** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references +** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references ** page P. ** ** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the @@ -59532,7 +59847,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ ** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table ** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the ** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted -** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. +** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. ** ** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries ** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed @@ -59560,7 +59875,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; ** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not ** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. ** -** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the +** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the ** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not ** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite ** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. @@ -59607,7 +59922,7 @@ typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; ** ** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. ** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was -** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. +** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. */ struct WalIndexHdr { u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ @@ -59649,7 +59964,7 @@ struct WalIndexHdr { ** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader ** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than ** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) -** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is +** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is ** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder ** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding ** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content @@ -59669,7 +59984,7 @@ struct WalIndexHdr { ** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything ** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers ** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will -** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore +** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore ** the WAL. ** ** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, @@ -59711,14 +60026,14 @@ struct WalCkptInfo { ** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. ** ** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL -** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit -** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting +** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit +** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting ** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. */ #define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 /* -** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, +** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, ** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned ** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. */ @@ -59770,7 +60085,7 @@ struct Wal { ** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. */ #define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 -#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 +#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 #define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 /* @@ -59789,7 +60104,7 @@ typedef u16 ht_slot; /* ** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through ** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames -** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the +** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the ** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with ** the largest index). ** @@ -59802,7 +60117,7 @@ typedef u16 ht_slot; ** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). */ struct WalIterator { - int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ + u32 iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ struct WalSegment { int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ @@ -59825,7 +60140,7 @@ struct WalIterator { #define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ #define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ -/* +/* ** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a ** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete ** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. @@ -59879,12 +60194,14 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walIndexPageRealloc( pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, + rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] ); assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 ); testcase( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iPage>0 && sqlite3FaultSim(600) ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){ pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -59936,7 +60253,7 @@ static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ ) /* -** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in +** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in ** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or ** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). ** @@ -60027,11 +60344,11 @@ static SQLITE_NO_TSAN void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ /* ** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer -** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of +** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of ** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) @@ -60082,7 +60399,7 @@ static int walDecodeFrame( assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header - ** match the salt values in the wal-header. + ** match the salt values in the wal-header. */ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ return 0; @@ -60096,15 +60413,15 @@ static int walDecodeFrame( } /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, - ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, - ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 + ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, + ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 ** bytes of this frame-header. */ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) - || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) + if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) + || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) ){ /* Checksum failed. */ return 0; @@ -60139,7 +60456,7 @@ static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ } } #endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ - + /* ** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. @@ -60208,15 +60525,15 @@ struct WalHashLoc { u32 iZero; /* One less than the frame number of first indexed*/ }; -/* +/* ** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on ** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages ** numbered starting from 0. ** ** Set output variable pLoc->aHash to point to the start of the hash table -** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame +** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame ** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a -** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number +** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number ** (pLoc->iZero+N) in the log. ** ** Finally, set pLoc->aPgno so that pLoc->aPgno[1] is the page number of the @@ -60248,7 +60565,7 @@ static int walHashGet( /* ** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table ** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame -** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages +** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages ** are numbered starting from 0. */ static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ @@ -60259,6 +60576,7 @@ static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) ); + assert( iHash>=0 ); return iHash; } @@ -60299,7 +60617,7 @@ static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; - /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing + /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.(1) */ @@ -60318,9 +60636,9 @@ static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ sLoc.aHash[i] = 0; } } - + /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with - ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ nByte = (int)((char *)sLoc.aHash - (char *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1]); memset((void *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); @@ -60363,9 +60681,9 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ idx = iFrame - sLoc.iZero; assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); - + /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the - ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. + ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. */ if( idx==1 ){ int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&sLoc.aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] @@ -60375,8 +60693,8 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after - ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). - ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from + ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). + ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. */ if( sLoc.aPgno[idx] ){ @@ -60390,7 +60708,7 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } sLoc.aPgno[idx] = iPage; - sLoc.aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; + AtomicStore(&sLoc.aHash[iKey], (ht_slot)idx); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals @@ -60428,7 +60746,7 @@ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ /* -** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. +** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. ** ** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the ** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything @@ -60455,12 +60773,6 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal->writeLock ); iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock); - } - } if( rc ){ return rc; } @@ -60476,15 +60788,16 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ + u32 *aPrivate = 0; /* Heap copy of *-shm hash being populated */ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ - int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ - i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ + u32 iPg; /* Current 32KB wal-index page */ + u32 iLastFrame; /* Last frame in wal, based on nSize alone */ /* Read in the WAL header. */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); @@ -60493,16 +60806,16 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ } /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than - ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid + ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole ** WAL file. */ magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); - if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC - || szPage&(szPage-1) - || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || szPage<512 + if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC + || szPage&(szPage-1) + || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || szPage<512 ){ goto finished; } @@ -60512,7 +60825,7 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ - walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, + walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum ); if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) @@ -60531,38 +60844,82 @@ static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame); + aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame + WALINDEX_PGSZ); if( !aFrame ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto recovery_error; } aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; + aPrivate = (u32*)&aData[szPage]; /* Read all frames from the log file. */ - iFrame = 0; - for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ - u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ - - /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ - iFrame++; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); - if( !isValid ) break; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + iLastFrame = (nSize - WAL_HDRSIZE) / szFrame; + for(iPg=0; iPg<=(u32)walFramePage(iLastFrame); iPg++){ + u32 *aShare; + u32 iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ + u32 iLast = MIN(iLastFrame, HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+iPg*HASHTABLE_NPAGE); + u32 iFirst = 1 + (iPg==0?0:HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+(iPg-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE); + u32 nHdr, nHdr32; + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iPg, (volatile u32**)&aShare); + if( rc ) break; + pWal->apWiData[iPg] = aPrivate; + + for(iFrame=iFirst; iFrame<=iLast; iFrame++){ + i64 iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage); + u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ - /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ - if( nTruncate ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); + if( !isValid ) break; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) break; + + /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ + if( nTruncate ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + } + } + pWal->apWiData[iPg] = aShare; + nHdr = (iPg==0 ? WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE : 0); + nHdr32 = nHdr / sizeof(u32); +#ifndef SQLITE_SAFER_WALINDEX_RECOVERY + /* Memcpy() should work fine here, on all reasonable implementations. + ** Technically, memcpy() might change the destination to some + ** intermediate value before setting to the final value, and that might + ** cause a concurrent reader to malfunction. Memcpy() is allowed to + ** do that, according to the spec, but no memcpy() implementation that + ** we know of actually does that, which is why we say that memcpy() + ** is safe for this. Memcpy() is certainly a lot faster. + */ + memcpy(&aShare[nHdr32], &aPrivate[nHdr32], WALINDEX_PGSZ-nHdr); +#else + /* In the event that some platform is found for which memcpy() + ** changes the destination to some intermediate value before + ** setting the final value, this alternative copy routine is + ** provided. + */ + { + int i; + for(i=nHdr32; i<WALINDEX_PGSZ/sizeof(u32); i++){ + if( aShare[i]!=aPrivate[i] ){ + /* Atomic memory operations are not required here because if + ** the value needs to be changed, that means it is not being + ** accessed concurrently. */ + aShare[i] = aPrivate[i]; + } + } } +#endif + if( iFrame<=iLast ) break; } sqlite3_free(aFrame); @@ -60576,16 +60933,27 @@ finished: pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is - ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and - ** checkpointers. + /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is + ** currently holding locks that exclude all other writers and + ** checkpointers. Then set the values of read-mark slots 1 through N. */ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); pInfo->nBackfill = 0; pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; - for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( i==1 && pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + }else{ + pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + } + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + } /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance @@ -60603,7 +60971,6 @@ finished: recovery_error: WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); return rc; } @@ -60623,8 +60990,8 @@ static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ } } -/* -** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must +/* +** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must ** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points ** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. ** @@ -60634,7 +61001,7 @@ static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ ** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the ** system would be badly broken. ** -** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and +** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and ** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. */ @@ -60798,7 +61165,7 @@ static void walMerge( ht_slot logpage; Pgno dbpage; - if( (iLeft<nLeft) + if( (iLeft<nLeft) && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]]) ){ logpage = aLeft[iLeft++]; @@ -60896,7 +61263,7 @@ static void walMergesort( #endif } -/* +/* ** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). */ static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ @@ -60904,7 +61271,7 @@ static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ } /* -** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all +** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all ** pages in the WAL following frame nBackfill in ascending order. Frames ** nBackfill or earlier may be included - excluding them is an optimization ** only. The caller must hold the checkpoint lock. @@ -60933,7 +61300,7 @@ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; - nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); @@ -60970,7 +61337,7 @@ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ } aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[sLoc.iZero]; sLoc.iZero++; - + for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){ aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j; } @@ -60994,8 +61361,8 @@ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT /* ** Attempt to enable blocking locks. Blocking locks are enabled only if (a) -** they are supported by the VFS, and (b) the database handle is configured -** with a busy-timeout. Return 1 if blocking locks are successfully enabled, +** they are supported by the VFS, and (b) the database handle is configured +** with a busy-timeout. Return 1 if blocking locks are successfully enabled, ** or 0 otherwise. */ static int walEnableBlocking(Wal *pWal){ @@ -61024,7 +61391,7 @@ static void walDisableBlocking(Wal *pWal){ /* ** If parameter bLock is true, attempt to enable blocking locks, take ** the WRITER lock, and then disable blocking locks. If blocking locks -** cannot be enabled, no attempt to obtain the WRITER lock is made. Return +** cannot be enabled, no attempt to obtain the WRITER lock is made. Return ** an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. It is not ** an error if blocking locks can not be enabled. ** @@ -61121,8 +61488,8 @@ static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ ** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by ** writing frames into the start of the log file. ** -** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the -** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. +** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the +** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. ** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()). */ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ @@ -61150,8 +61517,8 @@ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ ** that a concurrent reader might be using. ** ** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when -** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if -** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background +** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if +** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background ** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. ** ** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and @@ -61164,7 +61531,7 @@ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ ** database file. ** ** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. -** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. +** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. ** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase ** its value.) ** @@ -61251,10 +61618,18 @@ static int walCheckpoint( sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START, 0); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){ - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); + if( (nSize+65536+(i64)pWal->hdr.mxFrame*szPage)<nReq ){ + /* If the size of the final database is larger than the current + ** database plus the amount of data in the wal file, plus the + ** maximum size of the pending-byte page (65536 bytes), then + ** must be corruption somewhere. */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT,&nReq); + } } - } + } /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ @@ -61305,8 +61680,8 @@ static int walCheckpoint( } /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the - ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block - ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that + ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block + ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ @@ -61330,7 +61705,7 @@ static int walCheckpoint( ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though, ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of - ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the + ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */ walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); @@ -61392,7 +61767,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; } - rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -61479,7 +61854,7 @@ static SQLITE_NO_TSAN int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ return 1; /* Dirty read */ - } + } if( h1.isInit==0 ){ return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ } @@ -61515,7 +61890,7 @@ static SQLITE_NO_TSAN int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged ** to 0. ** -** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. +** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ @@ -61523,7 +61898,7 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ - /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the + /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. */ assert( pChanged ); @@ -61555,7 +61930,7 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually - ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently + ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently ** being modified by another thread or process. */ badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); @@ -61630,15 +62005,15 @@ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** ** The *-wal file has been read and an appropriate wal-index has been ** constructed in pWal->apWiData[] using heap memory instead of shared -** memory. +** memory. ** ** If this function returns SQLITE_OK, then the read transaction has -** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged) +** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged) ** is set to true before returning if the caller should discard the -** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns -** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and -** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the -** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file). +** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns +** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and +** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the +** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file). ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ @@ -61749,8 +62124,8 @@ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** the caller. */ aSaveCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aSaveCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage); - iOffset+szFrame<=szWal; + for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage); + iOffset+szFrame<=szWal; iOffset+=szFrame ){ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ @@ -61798,10 +62173,10 @@ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** ** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable ** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely -** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() -** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the -** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication -** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be +** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() +** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the +** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication +** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be ** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already ** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. ** @@ -61816,7 +62191,7 @@ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ ** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that ** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. ** -** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on +** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on ** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is ** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) ** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not @@ -61854,16 +62229,16 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ ** ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the - ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But + ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get - ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, + ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. ** ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th - ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, + ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds. ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds. */ @@ -61894,9 +62269,9 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The - ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS - ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the - ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region + ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS + ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the + ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. */ rc = WAL_RETRY; @@ -61937,7 +62312,7 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from ** happening, this is usually correct. ** - ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log + ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before @@ -62019,9 +62394,9 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they ** can be safely read directly from the database file. ** - ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of + ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still - ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the + ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint @@ -62049,15 +62424,15 @@ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* -** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted +** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted ** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop -** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1), +** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1), ** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database ** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the ** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file. ** -** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page -** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which +** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page +** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which ** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted ** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame ** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same @@ -62153,13 +62528,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ bChanged = 1; } - /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running + /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the - ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint - ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but - ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate + ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint + ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but + ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that - ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock + ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted. */ (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal); rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); @@ -62220,7 +62595,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ /* A client using a non-current snapshot may not ignore any frames ** from the start of the wal file. This is because, for a system ** where (minFrame < iSnapshot < maxFrame), a checkpointer may - ** have omitted to checkpoint a frame earlier than minFrame in + ** have omitted to checkpoint a frame earlier than minFrame in ** the file because there exists a frame after iSnapshot that ** is the same database page. */ pWal->minFrame = 1; @@ -62276,8 +62651,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early - ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, - ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the + ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, + ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the ** WAL were empty. */ if( iLast==0 || (pWal->readLock==0 && pWal->bShmUnreliable==0) ){ @@ -62290,9 +62665,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). ** ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() - ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash - ** table). This means the value just read from the hash - ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the + ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash + ** table). This means the value just read from the hash + ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume @@ -62300,13 +62675,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( ** opened remain unmodified. ** ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner - ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required + ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: ** - ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): + ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. ** - ** (iFrame<=iLast): + ** (iFrame<=iLast): ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash ** table after the current read-transaction had started. */ @@ -62382,7 +62757,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); } -/* +/* ** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ @@ -62393,7 +62768,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ } -/* +/* ** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. ** ** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call @@ -62481,18 +62856,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *p if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; Pgno iFrame; - + /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it - ** was in before the client began writing to the database. + ** was in before the client began writing to the database. */ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; - ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; + for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; + ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; iFrame++ ){ /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number - ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and + ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) ** is false). @@ -62510,10 +62885,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *p return rc; } -/* -** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 -** values. This function populates the array with values required to -** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current +/* +** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 +** values. This function populates the array with values required to +** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current ** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ @@ -62524,7 +62899,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } -/* +/* ** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by ** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array ** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated @@ -62726,7 +63101,7 @@ static int walRewriteChecksums(Wal *pWal, u32 iLast){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock ** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). */ @@ -62793,7 +63168,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); - + pWal->szPage = szPage; pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; @@ -62835,7 +63210,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( /* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by ** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and - ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that + ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that ** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed. */ if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){ u32 iWrite = 0; @@ -62919,7 +63294,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; } - /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the + /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. @@ -62958,7 +63333,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( return rc; } -/* +/* ** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and ** related interfaces. ** @@ -63000,7 +63375,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( sqlite3WalDb(pWal, db); (void)walEnableBlocking(pWal); - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and @@ -63063,7 +63438,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( } if( isChanged ){ - /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was + /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that @@ -63114,7 +63489,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ ** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive ** lock on the main database file. ** -** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into +** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into ** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must ** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the ** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this @@ -63131,8 +63506,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); - /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a - ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot + /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a + ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. @@ -63163,10 +63538,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); @@ -63202,13 +63577,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapsho /* Try to open on pSnapshot when the next read-transaction starts */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen( - Wal *pWal, + Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ){ pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot; } -/* +/* ** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if ** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot. */ @@ -63228,7 +63603,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(sqlite3_snapshot *p1, sqlite3_snapshot *p2){ /* ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. ** This function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then -** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still +** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if @@ -63335,16 +63710,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){ ** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And ** so forth. ** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the +** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the ** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. ** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate +** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate ** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The ** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A ** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database ** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus ** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each +** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each ** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other ** information such as the size of key and data. ** @@ -63474,7 +63849,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){ ** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. ** ** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each +** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each ** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and ** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer ** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. @@ -63547,7 +63922,7 @@ typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; ** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The ** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so ** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read +** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read ** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools ** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. */ @@ -63610,7 +63985,7 @@ struct MemPage { /* ** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor +** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor ** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed ** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when ** a btree handle is closed. @@ -63634,7 +64009,7 @@ struct BtLock { ** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to ** this structure. ** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be +** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be ** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection ** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object ** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the @@ -63642,7 +64017,7 @@ struct BtLock { ** the BtShared object. ** ** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors +** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors ** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those ** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and ** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. @@ -63659,6 +64034,9 @@ struct Btree { u32 iDataVersion; /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */ Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u64 nSeek; /* Calls to sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked() */ +#endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ #endif @@ -63670,14 +64048,28 @@ struct Btree { ** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users ** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, ** but any number may have active read transactions. +** +** These values must match SQLITE_TXN_NONE, SQLITE_TXN_READ, and +** SQLITE_TXN_WRITE */ #define TRANS_NONE 0 #define TRANS_READ 1 #define TRANS_WRITE 2 +#if TRANS_NONE!=SQLITE_TXN_NONE +# error wrong numeric code for no-transaction +#endif +#if TRANS_READ!=SQLITE_TXN_READ +# error wrong numeric code for read-transaction +#endif +#if TRANS_WRITE!=SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +# error wrong numeric code for write-transaction +#endif + + /* ** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** +** ** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two ** or more database connections. When two or more connections are ** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own @@ -63687,7 +64079,7 @@ struct Btree { ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex ** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field +** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN mutex. The pPager field ** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. ** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and ** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. @@ -63795,7 +64187,7 @@ struct CellInfo { ** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. +** found at self->pBt->mutex. ** ** skipNext meaning: ** The meaning of skipNext depends on the value of eState: @@ -63852,7 +64244,7 @@ struct BtCursor { ** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. ** ** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) +** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) ** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been ** called. ** @@ -63865,9 +64257,9 @@ struct BtCursor { ** operation should be a no-op. ** ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been +** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been ** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in +** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in ** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to ** seek the cursor to the saved position. ** @@ -63884,13 +64276,13 @@ struct BtCursor { #define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 #define CURSOR_FAULT 4 -/* +/* ** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. */ # define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) /* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a +** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a ** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable ** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the ** page number to look up in the pointer map. @@ -63925,10 +64317,10 @@ struct BtCursor { ** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not ** used in this case. ** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number +** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number ** is not used in this case. ** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of ** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that ** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. ** @@ -63950,13 +64342,13 @@ struct BtCursor { */ #define btreeIntegrity(p) \ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); /* ** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine ** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro +** within an expression that is an argument to another macro ** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. ** So, this macro is defined instead. */ @@ -63973,8 +64365,8 @@ struct BtCursor { ** ** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in ** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in -** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to -** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which +** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to +** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which ** indicate corruption). */ typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; @@ -63985,9 +64377,10 @@ struct IntegrityCk { Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ - int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ + int bOomFault; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */ - int v1, v2; /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */ + Pgno v1; /* Value for first %u substitution in zPfx */ + int v2; /* Value for second %d substitution in zPfx */ StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ u32 *heap; /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection running the check */ @@ -64291,10 +64684,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. +** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. ** -** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required -** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not +** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required +** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not ** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -64364,7 +64757,7 @@ int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ /* -** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not +** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not ** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: ** ** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); @@ -64379,10 +64772,10 @@ int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ /* ** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation ** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for +** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for ** test builds. ** -** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. +** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; @@ -64414,7 +64807,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. + ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. */ #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK @@ -64425,6 +64818,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return and reset the seek counter for a Btree object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3BtreeSeekCount(Btree *pBt){ + u64 n = pBt->nSeek; + pBt->nSeek = 0; + return n; +} +#endif + /* ** Implementation of the SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE() macro. Takes a single ** (MemPage*) as an argument. The (MemPage*) must not be NULL. @@ -64459,15 +64863,15 @@ int corruptPageError(int lineno, MemPage *p){ /* **** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** ** -** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the +** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the ** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. ** -** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via +** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via ** Btree connection pBtree: ** ** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); ** -** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the +** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the ** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of ** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, ** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine @@ -64489,7 +64893,7 @@ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( BtLock *pLock; /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading - ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. + ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. ** Return true immediately. */ if( (pBtree->sharable==0) @@ -64513,29 +64917,31 @@ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( ** table. */ if( isIndex ){ HashElem *p; + int bSeen = 0; for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ - if( iTab ){ + if( bSeen ){ /* Two or more indexes share the same root page. There must ** be imposter tables. So just return true. The assert is not ** useful in that case. */ return 1; } iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; + bSeen = 1; } } }else{ iTab = iRoot; } - /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a + /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree + if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) - && pLock->eLock>=eLockType + && pLock->eLock>=eLockType ){ return 1; } @@ -64568,7 +64974,7 @@ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ BtCursor *p; for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot + if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot && p->pBtree!=pBtree && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){ @@ -64580,7 +64986,7 @@ static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ #endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* -** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock +** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock ** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return ** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling ** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. @@ -64593,14 +64999,14 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( p->db!=0 ); assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); - + /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there + ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. */ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - + /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ if( !p->sharable ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -64615,7 +65021,7 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ } for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) + /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) ** statement is a simplification of: ** ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) @@ -64642,7 +65048,7 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or +** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or ** WRITE_LOCK. ** ** This function assumes the following: @@ -64654,7 +65060,7 @@ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ ** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has ** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM ** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. */ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ @@ -64668,11 +65074,11 @@ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained - ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master + ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_schema ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it + /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ assert( p->sharable ); assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); @@ -64717,7 +65123,7 @@ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ ** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to ** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. ** -** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write +** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write ** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag ** may be incorrectly cleared. */ @@ -64749,7 +65155,7 @@ static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ pBt->pWriter = 0; pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its + /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case @@ -64795,7 +65201,7 @@ static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ } /* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current -** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database +** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database ** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like ** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a ** a connection that has already closed. This routine is used inside assert() @@ -64866,8 +65272,8 @@ static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf +** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called +** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf ** page. ** ** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure @@ -64893,7 +65299,7 @@ static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( ** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible ** to restore the database to its original configuration. ** -** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is +** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is ** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is ** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, ** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already @@ -64954,13 +65360,13 @@ static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ ** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry ** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This ** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and -** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error +** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** ** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key ** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to -** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is -** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing +** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is +** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing ** the key. */ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -64976,8 +65382,8 @@ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ /* For an index btree, save the complete key content. It is possible ** that the current key is corrupt. In that case, it is possible that ** the sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() function may overread the buffer by - ** up to the size of 1 varint plus 1 8-byte value when the cursor - ** position is restored. Hence the 17 bytes of padding allocated + ** up to the size of 1 varint plus 1 8-byte value when the cursor + ** position is restored. Hence the 17 bytes of padding allocated ** below. */ void *pKey; pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); @@ -64999,11 +65405,11 @@ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ } /* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey +** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey ** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. ** ** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) -** prior to calling this routine. +** prior to calling this routine. */ static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; @@ -65042,7 +65448,7 @@ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*); ** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the ** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert(). ** -** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such +** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such ** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor() ** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in ** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set. @@ -65142,9 +65548,9 @@ moveto_done: /* ** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the +** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the ** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each +** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each ** saveCursorPosition(). */ static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -65212,7 +65618,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void){ /* ** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it ** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or -** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). +** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). ** ** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left ** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor @@ -65277,7 +65683,7 @@ static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ if( pgno<2 ) return 0; nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; + ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ ret++; } @@ -65304,7 +65710,7 @@ static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ if( *pRC ) return; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ + /* The super-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); @@ -65623,7 +66029,7 @@ static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ } pIter++; if( pPage->intKey ){ - /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length + /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte ** past the end of the key value. */ pEnd = &pIter[9]; @@ -65748,7 +66154,7 @@ static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage, int nMaxFrag){ /* This block handles pages with two or fewer free blocks and nMaxFrag ** or fewer fragmented bytes. In this case it is faster to move the ** two (or one) blocks of cells using memmove() and add the required - ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to + ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to ** reconstruct the entire page. */ if( (int)data[hdr+7]<=nMaxFrag ){ int iFree = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); @@ -65926,7 +66332,7 @@ static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */ int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ - + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); @@ -66034,7 +66440,7 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ assert( iStart<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the + /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted. */ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; @@ -66053,7 +66459,7 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 ); - + /* At this point: ** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none ** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk @@ -66064,13 +66470,13 @@ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd; if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]); - if( NEVER(iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize) ){ + if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } iSize = iEnd - iStart; iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]); } - + /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr. @@ -66217,7 +66623,7 @@ static int btreeComputeFreeSpace(MemPage *pPage){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } while( 1 ){ if( pc>iCellLast ){ @@ -66256,7 +66662,7 @@ static int btreeComputeFreeSpace(MemPage *pPage){ /* ** Do additional sanity check after btreeInitPage() if -** PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON +** PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeCellSizeCheck(MemPage *pPage){ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ @@ -66294,7 +66700,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeCellSizeCheck(MemPage *pPage){ ** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return +** not contain a well-formed database page, then return ** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not ** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that ** we failed to detect any corruption. @@ -66399,7 +66805,7 @@ static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; } assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); - return pPage; + return pPage; } /* @@ -66450,12 +66856,11 @@ static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ ** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). */ static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( (pBt->nPage & 0x80000000)==0 || CORRUPT_DB ); return pBt->nPage; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - return btreePagecount(p->pBt) & 0x7fffffff; + return btreePagecount(p->pBt); } /* @@ -66622,11 +67027,11 @@ static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ /* ** Open a database file. -** +** ** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL ** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might ** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. -** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted +** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted ** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. ** ** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created @@ -66659,7 +67064,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or + /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or ** false for a file-based database. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB @@ -66733,7 +67138,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); #endif for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ @@ -66782,7 +67187,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - + pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); if( pBt==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -66801,7 +67206,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( pBt->db = db; sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); p->pBt = pBt; - + pBt->pCursor = 0; pBt->pPage1 = 0; if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; @@ -66845,14 +67250,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - + #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. */ pBt->nRef = 1; if( p->sharable ){ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN);) if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ @@ -66917,7 +67322,7 @@ btree_open_out: ** do not change the pager-cache size. */ if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(p, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); } pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager); @@ -66941,13 +67346,13 @@ btree_open_out: */ static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; ) BtShared *pList; int removed = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx); pBt->nRef--; if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ @@ -66966,7 +67371,7 @@ static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ } removed = 1; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx); return removed; #else return 1; @@ -66974,7 +67379,7 @@ static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ } /* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of +** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of ** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child ** pointer. */ @@ -66989,7 +67394,7 @@ static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it - ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized + ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. ** @@ -67042,7 +67447,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans + ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans ** up the shared-btree. */ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); @@ -67148,7 +67553,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( /* ** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY +** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY ** without changing anything. ** ** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page @@ -67207,7 +67612,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ ** held. ** ** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is -** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the +** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the ** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() ** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the ** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. @@ -67243,8 +67648,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(Btree *p){ ** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. ** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, Pgno mxPage){ + Pgno n; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); @@ -67287,7 +67692,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ /* ** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' ** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is +** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is ** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ @@ -67311,7 +67716,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ } /* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is +** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is ** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ @@ -67343,9 +67748,9 @@ static void setDefaultSyncFlag(BtShared *pBt, u8 safety_level){ Db *pDb; if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){ while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; } - if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 - && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level - && pDb!=&db->aDb[1] + if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 + && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level + && pDb!=&db->aDb[1] ){ pDb->safety_level = safety_level; sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, @@ -67368,7 +67773,7 @@ static int newDatabase(BtShared*); ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a ** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. +** is returned if we run out of memory. */ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ @@ -67385,7 +67790,7 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. + ** a valid database file. */ nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, (int*)&nPageFile); @@ -67423,7 +67828,7 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ } /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed - ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then + ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer @@ -67464,8 +67869,8 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */ if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 - || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || pageSize<=256 + || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || pageSize<=256 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } @@ -67473,7 +67878,7 @@ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of - ** each page to reserve for extensions. + ** each page to reserve for extensions. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 @@ -67563,7 +67968,7 @@ static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ int r = 0; for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) - && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; + && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; } return r; } @@ -67572,7 +67977,7 @@ static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ /* ** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle ** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which +** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which ** has the effect of releasing the read lock. ** ** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. @@ -67656,8 +68061,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ ** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the ** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. ** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines +** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any +** changes to the database. None of the following routines ** will work unless a transaction is started first: ** ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() @@ -67671,7 +68076,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ ** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention ** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler ** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is +** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is ** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. ** ** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has @@ -67699,8 +68104,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers } assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); - if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase) - && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pPager)==0 + if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase) + && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pPager)==0 ){ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_READ_ONLY; } @@ -67714,7 +68119,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE { sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction + /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ @@ -67739,10 +68144,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers } #endif - /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on - ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock + /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on + ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, SCHEMA_ROOT, READ_LOCK); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; @@ -67763,7 +68168,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database + ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. */ @@ -67784,7 +68189,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers } } } - + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ (void)sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(pPager, 0); unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); @@ -67823,7 +68228,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVers /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing - ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely + ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction ** rollback occurs within the transaction. */ @@ -67898,7 +68303,7 @@ static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ ** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to ** be modified, as follows: ** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child +** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child ** page of pPage. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow @@ -67946,9 +68351,9 @@ static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ } } } - + if( i==nCell ){ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || + if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } @@ -67960,11 +68365,11 @@ static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ /* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the +** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the ** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. ** ** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that -** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno +** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that ** page. */ @@ -67981,14 +68386,14 @@ static int relocatePage( Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; int rc; - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || + assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); if( iDbPage<3 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", + TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -68047,19 +68452,19 @@ static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); /* ** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return -** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in -** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error +** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in +** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error ** occurs, return some other error code. ** -** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so +** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so ** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. ** ** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain ** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. ** -** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the -** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE -** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit +** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the +** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE +** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit ** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. */ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ @@ -68090,7 +68495,7 @@ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ if( bCommit==0 ){ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't + ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. */ Pgno iFreePg; @@ -68134,7 +68539,7 @@ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ releasePage(pFreePg); }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); assert( iFreePg<iLastPg ); - + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit); releasePage(pLastPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -68155,7 +68560,7 @@ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ /* ** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database -** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected +** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected ** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. */ static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ @@ -68182,7 +68587,7 @@ static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ ** ** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. +** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ int rc; @@ -68197,7 +68602,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); - if( nOrig<nFin ){ + if( nOrig<nFin || nFree>=nOrig ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else if( nFree>0 ){ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); @@ -68222,7 +68627,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ ** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. ** ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. +** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. ** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc ** pages are in use. */ @@ -68294,18 +68699,18 @@ static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ ** ** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. ** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file +** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zSuperJrnl points to +** the name of a super-journal file that should be written into the +** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no super-journal file ** (single database transaction). ** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been +** When this is called, the super-journal should already have been ** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. ** ** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit ** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zSuperJrnl){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; @@ -68322,7 +68727,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage); } #endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zSuperJrnl, 0); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; @@ -68347,8 +68752,8 @@ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; }else{ - /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the - ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count + /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the + ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() ** call below will unlock the pager. */ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ @@ -68359,7 +68764,7 @@ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ } } - /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the + /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); @@ -68380,12 +68785,12 @@ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ ** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and ** drop locks. ** -** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to +** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to ** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and ** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument -** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file -** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed -** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this +** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file +** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed +** (by deleting a super-journal file) and the caller will ignore this ** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, ** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write ** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have @@ -68400,7 +68805,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); btreeIntegrity(p); - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees + /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. */ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ @@ -68449,15 +68854,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ ** ** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly ** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only -** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue -** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are +** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue +** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are ** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being ** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root ** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making ** it unsafe for read cursors to continue. ** -** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while -** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, +** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while +** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, ** including all read-cursors are tripped. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while @@ -68563,8 +68968,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){ /* ** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically +** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction +** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically ** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. ** ** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements @@ -68601,11 +69006,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ /* ** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value +** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value ** of op. ** ** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the ** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different ** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the ** transaction remains open. @@ -68630,7 +69035,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ rc = newDatabase(pBt); btreeSetNPage(pBt, pBt->pPage1); - /* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when + /* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when ** the transaction was started. Otherwise, it must be at least 1. */ assert( CORRUPT_DB || pBt->nPage>0 ); } @@ -68668,10 +69073,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ ** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that ** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index ** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by -** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine +** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine ** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table ** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE -** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can +** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can ** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00). ** ** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the @@ -68683,7 +69088,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ */ static int btreeCursor( Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + Pgno iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ @@ -68692,14 +69097,14 @@ static int btreeCursor( BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 - || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR - || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) + assert( wrFlag==0 + || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR + || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) ); - /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable - ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, - ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with + /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable + ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, + ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with ** this lock. The iTable<1 term disables the check for corrupt schemas. */ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) || iTable<1 ); @@ -68726,7 +69131,7 @@ static int btreeCursor( /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; + pCur->pgnoRoot = iTable; pCur->iPage = -1; pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; pCur->pBtree = p; @@ -68736,7 +69141,7 @@ static int btreeCursor( /* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such ** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */ for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){ + if( pX->pgnoRoot==iTable ){ pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; } @@ -68748,7 +69153,7 @@ static int btreeCursor( } static int btreeCursorWithLock( Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + Pgno iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ @@ -68761,7 +69166,7 @@ static int btreeCursorWithLock( } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + Pgno iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ @@ -68956,15 +69361,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(BtCursor *pCur){ /* ** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the +** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the ** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. +** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. ** ** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: ** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. +** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is +** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked +** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. ** ** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding ** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that @@ -68988,9 +69393,9 @@ static int getOverflowPage( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page + ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in + ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns + ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. */ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ @@ -69078,8 +69483,8 @@ static int copyPayload( ** ** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages ** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate -** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). -** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset +** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). +** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset ** more efficient. ** ** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be @@ -69095,7 +69500,7 @@ static int accessPayload( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ + unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ ){ unsigned char *aPayload; @@ -69186,6 +69591,7 @@ static int accessPayload( assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ); while( nextPage ){ /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ + if( nextPage > pBt->nPage ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0 || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -69218,12 +69624,12 @@ static int accessPayload( #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ /* If all the following are true: ** - ** 1) this is a read operation, and + ** 1) this is a read operation, and ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and ** 3) there are no dirty pages in the page-cache ** 4) the database is file-backed, and ** 5) the page is not in the WAL file - ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer + ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer ** ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds @@ -69331,7 +69737,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 am #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the +** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the ** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of ** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for ** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available @@ -69423,7 +69829,7 @@ static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function +** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function ** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th ** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of ** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of @@ -69440,7 +69846,7 @@ static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ } } #else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) +# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) #endif /* @@ -69458,8 +69864,8 @@ static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); assert( pCur->pPage ); assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], pCur->pPage->pgno ); testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); @@ -69476,19 +69882,19 @@ static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ ** ** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point ** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a -** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a +** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a ** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. ** -** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to +** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to ** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise, ** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root ** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID. ** ** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the -** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected +** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected ** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not ** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, -** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo +** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo ** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index ** b-tree). */ @@ -69539,19 +69945,19 @@ static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, - ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. + ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. - ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted - ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table + ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted + ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table ** (or the freelist). */ assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pCur->pPage); } -skip_init: +skip_init: pCur->ix = 0; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); @@ -69651,14 +70057,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; - + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point + /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ int ii; for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){ @@ -69689,10 +70095,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ return rc; } -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key +/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key ** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. ** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey +** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey ** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey ** is ignored. ** @@ -69702,7 +70108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ ** before or after the key. ** ** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is +** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is ** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into ** *pRes is as follows: ** @@ -69717,7 +70123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ ** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. ** ** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there -** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey. +** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ @@ -69770,11 +70176,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( } } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pCur->pBtree->nSeek++; /* Performance measurement during testing */ +#endif + if( pIdxKey ){ xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey); pIdxKey->errCode = 0; - assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 - || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 + assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 + || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 ); }else{ @@ -69858,9 +70268,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte - ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing - ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is - ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first + ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing + ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is + ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first ** 2 bytes of the cell. */ nCell = pCell[0]; @@ -69870,10 +70280,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( ** b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); - }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) + }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record + /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); @@ -69881,10 +70291,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the - ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. + ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. ** ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read - ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 + ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in ** case this happens. */ void *pCellKey; @@ -69916,7 +70326,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); sqlite3_free(pCellKey); } - assert( + assert( (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0) && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed) ); @@ -69980,7 +70390,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ /* ** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is -** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently +** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently ** available. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -70004,7 +70414,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){ } /* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. +** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. ** Return value: ** ** SQLITE_OK success @@ -70046,7 +70456,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur){ pPage = pCur->pPage; idx = ++pCur->ix; - if( !pPage->isInit ){ + if( !pPage->isInit || sqlite3FaultSim(412) ){ /* The only known way for this to happen is for there to be a ** recursive SQL function that does a DELETE operation as part of a ** SELECT which deletes content out from under an active cursor @@ -70057,7 +70467,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx + /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the @@ -70209,7 +70619,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int flags){ ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates ** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error. ** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to +** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to ** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an ** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, ** which in turn can make database access faster. @@ -70251,7 +70661,7 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( Pgno iTrunk; u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */ - + /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. @@ -70314,8 +70724,8 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */ k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly + /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. + ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly ** allocated page */ assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); @@ -70332,8 +70742,8 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList - && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) + }else if( searchList + && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) ){ /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. @@ -70356,13 +70766,13 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); } }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains + /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk ** page in this case. */ MemPage *pNewTrunk; Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ + if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; } @@ -70432,8 +70842,8 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( goto end_allocate_page; } testcase( iPage==mxPage ); - if( !searchList - || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) + if( !searchList + || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) ){ int noContent; *pPgno = iPage; @@ -70474,7 +70884,7 @@ static int allocateBtreePage( ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal ** the current page content before overwriting it. ** - ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal + ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the @@ -70531,12 +70941,12 @@ end_allocate_page: } /* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. +** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. ** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. ** ** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. +** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object +** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. ** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. ** ** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, @@ -70544,7 +70954,7 @@ end_allocate_page: */ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ + Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ int rc; /* Return Code */ @@ -70601,6 +71011,10 @@ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + if( iTrunk>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto freepage_out; + } rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto freepage_out; @@ -70648,7 +71062,7 @@ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the + ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. */ @@ -70709,15 +71123,15 @@ static int clearCell( assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; nOvfl = (pInfo->nPayload - pInfo->nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( nOvfl>0 || + assert( nOvfl>0 || (CORRUPT_DB && (pInfo->nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize) ); while( nOvfl-- ){ Pgno iNext = 0; MemPage *pOvfl = 0; if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the + /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an + ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the ** file the database must be corrupt. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } @@ -70729,11 +71143,11 @@ static int clearCell( if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 ){ - /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference + /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. - ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it - ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. - ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as + ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it + ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. + ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this @@ -70804,7 +71218,7 @@ static int fillInCell( pSrc = pX->pKey; nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload); } - + /* Fill in the payload */ pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ @@ -70895,8 +71309,8 @@ static int fillInCell( if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ do{ pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + } while( + PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); } #endif @@ -70904,9 +71318,9 @@ static int fillInCell( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. + ** for that page now. ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry + ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the @@ -71005,8 +71419,8 @@ static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ ** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if ** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry ** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that +** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. +** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that ** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. ** ** *pRC must be SQLITE_OK when this routine is called. @@ -71231,16 +71645,16 @@ static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ } /* -** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The +** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The ** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function ** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell ** array. ** ** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This -** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any +** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any ** such cells before overwriting the page data. ** -** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the +** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. */ static int rebuildPage( @@ -71323,7 +71737,7 @@ static int rebuildPage( ** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure ** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array. ** -** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the +** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the ** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended, ** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area ** before returning. @@ -71593,12 +72007,12 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - + if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* dbfuzz001.test */ assert( pPage->nFree>=0 ); assert( pParent->nFree>=0 ); - /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of + /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. */ @@ -71629,7 +72043,7 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell; /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the + ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. @@ -71643,14 +72057,14 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pNew, pCell, &rc); } } - + /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the ** largest key on pPage). ** - ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most - ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the + ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most + ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length @@ -71671,7 +72085,7 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - + /* Release the reference to the new page. */ releasePage(pNew); } @@ -71683,7 +72097,7 @@ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ #if 0 /* ** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. -** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible +** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible ** for setting pointer-map entries. */ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ @@ -71698,7 +72112,7 @@ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){ CellInfo info; u8 *z; - + z = findCell(pPage, j); pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info); if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){ @@ -71723,7 +72137,7 @@ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ #endif /* -** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored +** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored ** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then ** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the ** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained @@ -71731,11 +72145,11 @@ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ ** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. ** ** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the -** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. +** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. ** ** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). ** -** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by +** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by ** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of ** which are called often under normal circumstances. */ @@ -71748,20 +72162,20 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); int rc; int iData; - - + + assert( pFrom->isInit ); assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); - + /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); - + /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under - ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized + ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized ** page pFrom. */ pTo->isInit = 0; @@ -71771,7 +72185,7 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ *pRC = rc; return; } - + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. */ @@ -71786,13 +72200,13 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ ** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the ** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the ** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one -** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page +** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page ** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page ** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings ** participate in the balancing. ** -** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by -** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. +** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by +** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. ** ** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page ** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen @@ -71803,7 +72217,7 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ ** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so ** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this ** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct -** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). +** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). ** ** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database ** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should @@ -71818,7 +72232,7 @@ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ ** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large ** enough for all overflow cells. ** -** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns +** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int balance_nonroot( @@ -71865,7 +72279,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if - ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with + ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). */ @@ -71877,11 +72291,11 @@ static int balance_nonroot( } assert( pParent->nFree>=0 ); - /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent - ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on - ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, + /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent + ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on + ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. + ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. ** ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any @@ -71893,7 +72307,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( nxDiv = 0; }else{ assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); - if( iParentIdx==0 ){ + if( iParentIdx==0 ){ nxDiv = 0; }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; @@ -71939,7 +72353,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use - ** later on. + ** later on. ** ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. @@ -72105,7 +72519,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells. ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. + ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell. ** ** Values computed by this block: @@ -72115,7 +72529,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to ** the right of the i-th sibling page. ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** + ** */ usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; for(i=k=0; i<nOld; i++, k++){ @@ -72269,15 +72683,15 @@ static int balance_nonroot( } /* - ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. + ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan - ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn + ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly. ** - ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more + ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem. ** - ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster + ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster ** for large insertions and deletions. */ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ @@ -72286,7 +72700,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( for(j=0; j<i; j++){ if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){ /* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains - ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. + ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. ** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but ** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager ** cache with two separate objects associated with the same @@ -72332,14 +72746,14 @@ static int balance_nonroot( put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer - ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was + ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */ if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){ MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1]; memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4); } - /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with + /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell() ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are: @@ -72350,9 +72764,9 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated ** with the cell. ** - ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry - ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be - ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been + ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry + ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be + ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been ** populated, not here. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ @@ -72377,7 +72791,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( } /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it - ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), + ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So, ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or @@ -72413,9 +72827,9 @@ static int balance_nonroot( if( !pNew->leaf ){ memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of + /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, + ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider + ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of ** the sibling-page assembled above only. */ CellInfo info; @@ -72428,9 +72842,9 @@ static int balance_nonroot( pCell -= 4; /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this + ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to + ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. ** ** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" @@ -72522,8 +72936,8 @@ static int balance_nonroot( ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. ** - ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() - ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages + ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() + ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. ** ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being @@ -72534,7 +72948,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0], -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( apNew[0]->nFree == + assert( apNew[0]->nFree == (get2byteNotZero(&apNew[0]->aData[5]) - apNew[0]->cellOffset - apNew[0]->nCell*2) || rc!=SQLITE_OK @@ -72564,7 +72978,7 @@ static int balance_nonroot( #if 0 if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){ /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that - ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while + ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); @@ -72594,15 +73008,15 @@ balance_cleanup: ** ** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root ** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root -** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child +** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child ** pointer pointing to the new page. ** -** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages +** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages ** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The ** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root ** page is also updated. ** -** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child +** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child ** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required ** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, ** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. @@ -72616,7 +73030,7 @@ static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new + /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. */ @@ -72681,7 +73095,7 @@ static int anotherValidCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ /* ** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in ** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing +** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing ** routine. Balancing routines are: ** ** balance_quick() @@ -72710,7 +73124,7 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. - */ + */ assert( balance_deeper_called==0 ); VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ ); rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); @@ -72744,17 +73158,17 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this - ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent + ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] - ** buffer. + ** buffer. ** ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. */ - assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); + assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ ); rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); }else @@ -72765,15 +73179,15 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop ** will balance the parent page to correct this. - ** + ** ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells - ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. + ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a - ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() + ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by - ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been + ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). */ @@ -72781,9 +73195,9 @@ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD); if( pFree ){ - /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used + /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are - ** now stored either on real database pages or within the + ** now stored either on real database pages or within the ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } @@ -72902,7 +73316,7 @@ static int btreeOverwriteCell(BtCursor *pCur, const BtreePayload *pX){ if( rc ) return rc; iOffset += ovflPageSize; }while( iOffset<nTotal ); - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -72918,7 +73332,7 @@ static int btreeOverwriteCell(BtCursor *pCur, const BtreePayload *pX){ ** hold the content of the row. ** ** For an index btree (used for indexes and WITHOUT ROWID tables), the -** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The +** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The ** pX.pData,nData,nZero fields must be zero. ** ** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to @@ -72976,8 +73390,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( ** ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer - ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the - ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the + ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the + ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important @@ -72990,11 +73404,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ assert( pX->pKey==0 ); - /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob + /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, 0); - /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing + /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -73031,7 +73445,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( }else{ /* This is an index or a WITHOUT ROWID table */ - /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing + /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */ assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || loc==0 ); @@ -73075,7 +73489,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( } } - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -73083,7 +73497,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( assert( pPage->intKey || pX->nKey>=0 ); assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); if( pPage->nFree<0 ){ - rc = btreeComputeFreeSpace(pPage); + if( pCur->eState>CURSOR_INVALID ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = btreeComputeFreeSpace(pPage); + } if( rc ) return rc; } @@ -73112,14 +73530,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &info); testcase( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload + if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload && (!ISAUTOVACUUM || szNew<pPage->minLocal) ){ /* Overwrite the old cell with the new if they are the same size. ** We could also try to do this if the old cell is smaller, then add ** the leftover space to the free list. But experiments show that ** doing that is no faster then skipping this optimization and just - ** calling dropCell() and insertCell(). + ** calling dropCell() and insertCell(). ** ** This optimization cannot be used on an autovacuum database if the ** new entry uses overflow pages, as the insertCell() call below is @@ -73147,7 +73565,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() + /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey ** variables. @@ -73174,7 +73592,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( rc = balance(pCur); /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. + ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ pCur->pPage->nOverflow = 0; @@ -73201,7 +73619,7 @@ end_insert: } /* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. +** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. ** ** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then ** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete. @@ -73219,12 +73637,12 @@ end_insert: */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ - int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ + int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ CellInfo info; /* Size of the cell being deleted */ int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */ u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */ @@ -73251,14 +73669,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor - ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before - ** returning. + ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before + ** returning. ** ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */ if( bPreserve ){ - if( !pPage->leaf + if( !pPage->leaf || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3) || pPage->nCell==1 /* See dbfuzz001.test for a test case */ ){ @@ -73353,7 +73771,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, - ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as + ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as ** well. */ rc = balance(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ @@ -73401,7 +73819,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ ** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys ** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices */ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ +static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, Pgno *piTable, int createTabFlags){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; MemPage *pRoot; Pgno pgnoRoot; @@ -73434,6 +73852,9 @@ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); + if( pgnoRoot>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } pgnoRoot++; /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the @@ -73443,8 +73864,7 @@ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pgnoRoot++; } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB ); - testcase( pgnoRoot<3 ); + assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens @@ -73507,7 +73927,7 @@ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ } }else{ pRoot = pPageMove; - } + } /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); @@ -73541,10 +73961,10 @@ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; + *piTable = pgnoRoot; return SQLITE_OK; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, Pgno *piTable, int flags){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); @@ -73660,12 +74080,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ ** cursors on the table. ** ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page +** root page in the database file, then the last root page ** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by ** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page ** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all ** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the +** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the ** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before ** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. ** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of @@ -73703,7 +74123,7 @@ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. + ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. */ freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); @@ -73712,7 +74132,7 @@ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ } }else{ /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the + ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the ** gap left by the deleted root-page. */ MemPage *pMove; @@ -73754,7 +74174,7 @@ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ releasePage(pPage); } #endif - return rc; + return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ int rc; @@ -73773,7 +74193,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ ** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] ** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] ** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** +** ** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema ** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of ** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. @@ -73790,7 +74210,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, SCHEMA_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); assert( pBt->pPage1 ); assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); @@ -73843,7 +74263,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ ** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the ** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. ** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database ** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. */ @@ -73858,13 +74278,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ } /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). + ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ){ int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then + /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter ** accordingly. */ @@ -73873,7 +74293,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ nEntry += pPage->nCell; } - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it + /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell @@ -73897,7 +74317,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ pPage = pCur->pPage; } - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently + /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). */ iIdx = pCur->ix; @@ -73943,7 +74363,7 @@ static void checkAppendMsg( sqlite3_str_vappendf(&pCheck->errMsg, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + pCheck->bOomFault = 1; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ @@ -73992,7 +74412,7 @@ static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to +** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to ** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message ** to pCheck. */ @@ -74008,14 +74428,14 @@ static void checkPtrmap( rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->bOomFault = 1; checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); return; } if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", + "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); } } @@ -74028,7 +74448,7 @@ static void checkPtrmap( static void checkList( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ + Pgno iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ u32 N /* Expected number of pages in the list */ ){ int i; @@ -74110,7 +74530,7 @@ static void checkList( ** property. ** ** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32 -** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. +** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. ** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the ** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range. */ @@ -74140,7 +74560,7 @@ static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ aHeap[j] = x; i = j; } - return 1; + return 1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK @@ -74148,7 +74568,7 @@ static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ ** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return ** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages ** return 1, and so forth. -** +** ** These checks are done: ** ** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap @@ -74160,7 +74580,7 @@ static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ */ static int checkTreePage( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ + Pgno iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ i64 *piMinKey, /* Write minimum integer primary key here */ i64 maxKey /* Error if integer primary key greater than this */ ){ @@ -74196,9 +74616,9 @@ static int checkTreePage( usableSize = pBt->usableSize; if( iPage==0 ) return 0; if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0; - pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: "; + pCheck->zPfx = "Page %u: "; pCheck->v1 = iPage; - if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ + if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); goto end_of_check; @@ -74223,7 +74643,7 @@ static int checkTreePage( hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Set up for cell analysis */ - pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: "; + pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %u cell %d: "; contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ @@ -74243,7 +74663,7 @@ static int checkTreePage( pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: "; + pCheck->zPfx = "On page %u at right child: "; checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); } #endif @@ -74346,7 +74766,7 @@ static int checkTreePage( ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no - ** freeblocks on the page. + ** freeblocks on the page. */ i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); while( i>0 ){ @@ -74366,13 +74786,13 @@ static int checkTreePage( assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeComputeFreeSpace() */ i = j; } - /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or + /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag. - ** + ** ** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address. ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start - ** of cell content. + ** of cell content. ** ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares ** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an @@ -74384,7 +74804,7 @@ static int checkTreePage( while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){ if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage); + "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %u", x>>16, iPage); break; }else{ nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1; @@ -74399,7 +74819,7 @@ static int checkTreePage( */ if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", + "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %u", nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage); } } @@ -74427,11 +74847,20 @@ end_of_check: ** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from ** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is ** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. +** +** If the first entry in aRoot[] is 0, that indicates that the list of +** root pages is incomplete. This is a "partial integrity-check". This +** happens when performing an integrity check on a single table. The +** zero is skipped, of course. But in addition, the freelist checks +** and the checks to make sure every page is referenced are also skipped, +** since obviously it is not possible to know which pages are covered by +** the unverified btrees. Except, if aRoot[1] is 1, then the freelist +** checks are still performed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection that is running the check */ Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ + Pgno *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ @@ -74441,7 +74870,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; u64 savedDbFlags = pBt->db->flags; char zErr[100]; + int bPartial = 0; /* True if not checking all btrees */ + int bCkFreelist = 1; /* True to scan the freelist */ VVA_ONLY( int nRef ); + assert( nRoot>0 ); + + /* aRoot[0]==0 means this is a partial check */ + if( aRoot[0]==0 ){ + assert( nRoot>1 ); + bPartial = 1; + if( aRoot[1]!=1 ) bCkFreelist = 0; + } sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); @@ -74453,7 +74892,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; sCheck.nErr = 0; - sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; + sCheck.bOomFault = 0; sCheck.zPfx = 0; sCheck.v1 = 0; sCheck.v2 = 0; @@ -74467,12 +74906,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1); if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){ - sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; + sCheck.bOomFault = 1; goto integrity_ck_cleanup; } sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); if( sCheck.heap==0 ){ - sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; + sCheck.bOomFault = 1; goto integrity_ck_cleanup; } @@ -74481,29 +74920,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( /* Check the integrity of the freelist */ - sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: "; - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36])); - sCheck.zPfx = 0; + if( bCkFreelist ){ + sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: "; + checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), + get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36])); + sCheck.zPfx = 0; + } /* Check all the tables. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - int mx = 0; - int mxInHdr; - for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot; i++) if( mx<aRoot[i] ) mx = aRoot[i]; - mxInHdr = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[52]); - if( mx!=mxInHdr ){ + if( !bPartial ){ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno mx = 0; + Pgno mxInHdr; + for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot; i++) if( mx<aRoot[i] ) mx = aRoot[i]; + mxInHdr = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[52]); + if( mx!=mxInHdr ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, + "max rootpage (%d) disagrees with header (%d)", + mx, mxInHdr + ); + } + }else if( get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[64])!=0 ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, - "max rootpage (%d) disagrees with header (%d)", - mx, mxInHdr + "incremental_vacuum enabled with a max rootpage of zero" ); } - }else if( get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[64])!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, - "incremental_vacuum enabled with a max rootpage of zero" - ); } #endif testcase( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ); @@ -74512,7 +74955,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( i64 notUsed; if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ + if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 && !bPartial ){ checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); } #endif @@ -74522,24 +74965,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ + if( !bPartial ){ + for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); - } + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); + } #else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain + ** references to pointer-map pages. + */ + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); + } + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); + } #endif + } } /* Clean up and report errors. @@ -74547,7 +74992,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( integrity_ck_cleanup: sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap); sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef); - if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ + if( sCheck.bOomFault ){ sqlite3_str_reset(&sCheck.errMsg); sCheck.nErr++; } @@ -74586,18 +75031,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ } /* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. +** Return one of SQLITE_TXN_NONE, SQLITE_TXN_READ, or SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +** to describe the current transaction state of Btree p. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTxnState(Btree *p){ assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); + return p ? p->inTrans : 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. ** -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open ** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. @@ -74619,14 +75065,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int * #endif /* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. +** Return true if there is currently a backup running on Btree p. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; -} - SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ assert( p ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); @@ -74636,20 +75076,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ /* ** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with ** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with +** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with ** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. ** ** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent +** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent ** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. +** of memory returned. ** ** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been ** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been ** allocated, it is returned as normal. ** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the +** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the +** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the ** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() ** on the memory, the btree layer does that. */ @@ -74665,15 +75105,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void } /* -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the -** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared +** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the +** sqlite_schema table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, SCHEMA_ROOT, READ_LOCK); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; @@ -74707,11 +75147,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. +** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an +** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. ** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. ** -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to +** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to ** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with ** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, ** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. @@ -74742,7 +75182,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - /* Check some assumptions: + /* Check some assumptions: ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), @@ -74761,7 +75201,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); } -/* +/* ** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ @@ -74771,14 +75211,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ #endif /* -** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and +** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and ** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database ** header to iVersion. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ - + assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the @@ -74836,7 +75276,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ /* ** Return the number of connections to the BtShared object accessed by -** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches +** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches ** this is always 1. For shared caches it may be 1 or greater. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){ @@ -74858,7 +75298,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() ** API functions and the related features. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ @@ -74895,15 +75335,15 @@ struct sqlite3_backup { ** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup ** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: ** -** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and +** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and ** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database -** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared +** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared ** structure, in that order. ** ** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are ** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in ** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex -** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always +** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always ** be held when either of these functions are invoked. ** ** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and @@ -74924,8 +75364,8 @@ struct sqlite3_backup { ** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return ** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. ** -** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this -** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an +** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this +** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an ** error message to pErrorDb. */ static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ @@ -74968,11 +75408,11 @@ static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ /* ** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the ** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there -** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error +** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error ** message in database handle db. */ static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(p)!=SQLITE_TXN_NONE ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "destination database is in use"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } @@ -75038,13 +75478,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( p->iNext = 1; p->isAttached = 0; - if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest - || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK + if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest + || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination - ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb - ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup + ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb + ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup ** structure. */ sqlite3_free(p); p = 0; @@ -75060,7 +75500,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( } /* -** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is +** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is ** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors ** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. */ @@ -75069,8 +75509,8 @@ static int isFatalError(int rc){ } /* -** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for -** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the +** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for +** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the ** destination database. */ static int backupOnePage( @@ -75094,13 +75534,13 @@ static int backupOnePage( assert( zSrcData ); /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the - ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. + ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. */ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source + /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset ** of the destination page. */ @@ -75119,7 +75559,7 @@ static int backupOnePage( ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked + ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. */ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); @@ -75139,7 +75579,7 @@ static int backupOnePage( ** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then ** this function is a no-op. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error ** code if an error occurs. */ static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ @@ -75203,7 +75643,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed ** before this function exits. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_TXN_NONE==sqlite3BtreeTxnState(p->pSrc) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0, 0); bCloseTrans = 1; } @@ -75221,7 +75661,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2, - (int*)&p->iDestSchema)) + (int*)&p->iDestSchema)) ){ p->bDestLocked = 1; } @@ -75234,7 +75674,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } - + /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. */ @@ -75261,7 +75701,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ attachBackupObject(p); } } - + /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in ** the case where the source and destination databases have the @@ -75287,12 +75727,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ int nDestTruncate; /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination ** database. The complication here is that the destination page - ** size may be different to the source page size. + ** size may be different to the source page size. ** - ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, + ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call - ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the + ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed ** by the file truncation. @@ -75316,7 +75756,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ ** ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and ** - ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the + ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be ** copied into the destination database. */ @@ -75328,7 +75768,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ i64 iEnd; assert( pFile ); - assert( nDestTruncate==0 + assert( nDestTruncate==0 || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || ( nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest @@ -75338,7 +75778,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure - ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the + ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the ** journal file. */ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage); for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){ @@ -75358,8 +75798,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); for( - iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; - rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; + iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=pgszSrc ){ PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0; @@ -75383,7 +75823,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0); } - + /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0)) @@ -75392,7 +75832,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ } } } - + /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as @@ -75404,7 +75844,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); } - + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } @@ -75486,7 +75926,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ } /* -** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most +** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most ** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ @@ -75501,7 +75941,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ /* ** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been +** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been ** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the ** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs ** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is @@ -75544,7 +75984,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, con ** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer ** detects that the database has been modified by an external database ** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still +** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still ** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. ** ** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object @@ -75564,8 +76004,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ ** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction ** must be active for both files. ** -** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything -** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the +** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything +** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the ** transaction is committed before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ @@ -75575,7 +76015,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pTo)==SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ); pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo)); if( pFd->pMethods ){ i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); @@ -75597,9 +76037,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to - ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes + ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement - ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE + ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE ** or an error code. */ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); @@ -75611,7 +76051,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest)); } - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pTo)!=SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ); copy_finished: sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); @@ -75654,7 +76094,7 @@ copy_finished: ** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ - /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0. + /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0. ** Mem.xDel might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear. */ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 ); @@ -75709,7 +76149,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ ** (4) A static string or blob */ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){ - assert( + assert( ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + @@ -75727,16 +76167,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ static void vdbeMemRenderNum(int sz, char *zBuf, Mem *p){ StrAccum acc; assert( p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_IntReal) ); - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sz, 0); + assert( sz>22 ); if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%lld", p->u.i); - }else if( p->flags & MEM_IntReal ){ - sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%!.15g", (double)p->u.i); +#if GCC_VERSION>=7000000 + /* Work-around for GCC bug + ** https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=96270 */ + i64 x; + assert( (p->flags&MEM_Int)*2==sizeof(x) ); + memcpy(&x, (char*)&p->u, (p->flags&MEM_Int)*2); + sqlite3Int64ToText(x, zBuf); +#else + sqlite3Int64ToText(p->u.i, zBuf); +#endif }else{ - sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%!.15g", p->u.r); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sz, 0); + sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%!.15g", + (p->flags & MEM_IntReal)!=0 ? (double)p->u.i : p->u.r); + assert( acc.zText==zBuf && acc.mxAlloc<=0 ); + zBuf[acc.nChar] = 0; /* Fast version of sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc) */ } - assert( acc.zText==zBuf && acc.mxAlloc<=0 ); - zBuf[acc.nChar] = 0; /* Fast version of sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc) */ } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -76077,7 +76526,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ ** This routine calls the xValue method for that function and stores ** the results in memory cell pMem. ** -** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK +** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK ** otherwise. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC @@ -76250,7 +76699,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ /* ** Return 1 if pMem represents true, and return 0 if pMem represents false. -** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL. +** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem *pMem, int ifNull){ testcase( pMem->flags & MEM_IntReal ); @@ -76441,7 +76890,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); } /* @@ -76562,7 +77011,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ } return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } - return 0; + return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -76592,7 +77041,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ ** same. */ mFlags = pMem->flags & pX->flags & pX->mScopyFlags; assert( (mFlags&(MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal))==0 || pMem->u.i==pX->u.i ); - + /* pMem is the register that is changing. But also mark pX as ** undefined so that we can quickly detect the shallow-copy error */ pX->flags = MEM_Undefined; @@ -76668,8 +77117,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ ** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. ** ** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel -** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the -** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the +** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the +** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the ** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the ** pointer copied. ** @@ -76821,7 +77270,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset( assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ); - /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() + /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); pMem->z = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available); @@ -76913,7 +77362,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to +** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to ** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details. */ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { @@ -76928,9 +77377,9 @@ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { ** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated ** by calling sqlite3ValueNew(). ** -** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is +** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is ** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not -** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that +** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that ** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to ** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array. */ @@ -76944,7 +77393,7 @@ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ int i; /* Counter variable */ int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */ - + nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)); pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( pRec ){ @@ -76965,7 +77414,7 @@ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ if( pRec==0 ) return 0; p->ppRec[0] = pRec; } - + pRec->nField = p->iVal+1; return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal]; } @@ -76984,11 +77433,11 @@ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ ** * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set, ** ** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no -** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value +** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value ** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK. ** ** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning. -** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding +** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding ** enc. ** ** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK @@ -77019,7 +77468,7 @@ static int valueFromFunction( if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr; pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0); assert( pFunc ); - if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 + if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 || (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) ){ return SQLITE_OK; @@ -77167,7 +77616,7 @@ static int valueFromExpr( } }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ - if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx) + if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx) && pVal!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); @@ -77316,8 +77765,8 @@ static int stat4ValueFromExpr( } /* -** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord -** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored +** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord +** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored ** in the sqlite_stat4 table. ** ** A single call to this function populates zero or more fields of the @@ -77328,14 +77777,14 @@ static int stat4ValueFromExpr( ** ** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or ** -** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value +** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value ** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value). ** ** Or, if pExpr is a TK_VECTOR, one field is populated for each of the ** vector components that match either of the two latter criteria listed ** above. ** -** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the +** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the ** corresponding column within index pIdx is applied to it. Before ** this function returns, output parameter *pnExtract is set to the ** number of values appended to the record. @@ -77386,9 +77835,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue( /* ** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods -** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. +** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. ** -** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return +** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return ** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs ** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error ** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal @@ -77408,7 +77857,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr( ** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new ** sqlite3_value object is allocated. ** -** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for +** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for ** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column( @@ -77532,7 +77981,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating -** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) +** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ @@ -77667,13 +78116,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ } /* -** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger +** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger ** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal ** to 1024/sizeof(Op). ** ** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain -** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be +** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain +** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be ** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). */ static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){ @@ -77681,7 +78130,7 @@ static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){ Parse *p = v->pParse; /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force - ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for + ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for ** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used ** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal @@ -77997,6 +78446,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ int j; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); + sqlite3MayAbort(p->pParse); } /* @@ -78120,19 +78570,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe *p){ /* ** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes -** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may +** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may ** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: ** ** Op *pOp; ** VdbeOpIter sIter; ** ** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); -** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* +** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* ** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ ** // Do something with pOp ** } ** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); -** +** */ typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; struct VdbeOpIter { @@ -78165,7 +78615,7 @@ static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ p->iSub++; p->iAddr = 0; } - + if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); int j; @@ -78199,7 +78649,7 @@ static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ ** * OP_VCreate ** * OP_VRename ** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) -** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine +** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine ** (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...) ** ** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an @@ -78222,11 +78672,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ int opcode = pOp->opcode; - if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename + if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename || opcode==OP_VDestroy || opcode==OP_VCreate - || (opcode==OP_ParseSchema && pOp->p4.z==0) - || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) + || opcode==OP_ParseSchema + || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) && ((pOp->p1)!=SQLITE_OK && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) ){ hasAbort = 1; @@ -78235,7 +78685,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_INTKEY ) hasCreateTable = 1; if( mayAbort ){ /* hasCreateIndex may also be set for some DELETE statements that use - ** OP_Clear. So this routine may end up returning true in the case + ** OP_Clear. So this routine may end up returning true in the case ** where a "DELETE FROM tbl" has a statement-journal but does not ** require one. This is not so bad - it is an inefficiency, not a bug. */ if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_BLOBKEY ) hasCreateIndex = 1; @@ -78330,7 +78780,7 @@ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Transaction: { if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0; - /* fall thru */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case OP_AutoCommit: case OP_Savepoint: { @@ -78351,7 +78801,7 @@ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; /* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump - ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a + ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a ** known address */ assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); break; @@ -78360,7 +78810,7 @@ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; /* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump - ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a + ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a ** known address */ assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); break; @@ -78377,6 +78827,7 @@ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ n = pOp[-1].p1; if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; /* Fall through into the default case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } #endif default: { @@ -78458,12 +78909,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(Vdbe *p, int onError){ /* ** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with ** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility -** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the +** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the ** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. ** ** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned -** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and -** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the +** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and +** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the ** returned program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ @@ -78537,7 +78988,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList( SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( Vdbe *p, /* VM to add scanstatus() to */ int addrExplain, /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ - int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */ + int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */ int addrVisit, /* Address of rows visited counter */ LogEst nEst, /* Estimated number of output rows */ const char *zName /* Name of table or index being scanned */ @@ -78683,8 +79134,8 @@ static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ /* ** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the -** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain -** nOp entries. +** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain +** nOp entries. */ static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ if( aOp ){ @@ -78693,7 +79144,7 @@ static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ if( pOp->p4type <= P4_FREE_IF_LE ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); -#endif +#endif } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, aOp); } @@ -78788,7 +79239,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters( ** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the ** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. -** +** ** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points ** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of ** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. @@ -78849,7 +79300,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int } /* -** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction +** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction ** to the value defined by the arguments. This is a high-speed ** version of sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(). ** @@ -78939,7 +79390,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){ ** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode ** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. ** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning -** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from +** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from ** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, ** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and ** by running with Valgrind. @@ -79042,7 +79493,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayComment( sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", v1); }else if( pCtx->argc>1 ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d..%d", v1, v1+pCtx->argc-1); - }else{ + }else if( x.accError==0 ){ assert( x.nChar>2 ); x.nChar -= 2; ii++; @@ -79166,9 +79617,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(sqlite3 *db, Op *pOp){ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : ""; if( strcmp(zColl, "BINARY")==0 ) zColl = "B"; - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s%s", - (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ? "-" : "", - (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)? "N." : "", + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s%s", + (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ? "-" : "", + (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)? "N." : "", zColl); } sqlite3_str_append(&x, ")", 1); @@ -79234,12 +79685,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeDisplayP4(sqlite3 *db, Op *pOp){ } #endif case P4_INTARRAY: { - int i; - int *ai = pOp->p4.ai; - int n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the + u32 i; + u32 *ai = pOp->p4.ai; + u32 n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the ** count of the number of elements to follow */ for(i=1; i<=n; i++){ - sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%c%d", (i==1 ? '[' : ','), ai[i]); + sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%c%u", (i==1 ? '[' : ','), ai[i]); } sqlite3_str_append(&x, "]", 1); break; @@ -79295,13 +79746,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then ** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables -** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle +** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle ** associated with the VM. ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this ** function is a no-op. ** -** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared +** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared ** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask ** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of ** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not @@ -79369,8 +79820,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, VdbeOp *pOp){ /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the ** information from the vdbe.c source text */ - fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, - sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, + fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, + sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4 ? zP4 : "", pOp->p5, zCom ? zCom : "" ); @@ -79414,15 +79865,15 @@ static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() - ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is + ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources. ** - ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to - ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 - ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if + ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to + ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 + ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps - ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table - ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() + ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table + ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction. */ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg ); @@ -79567,7 +80018,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode( Op *pOp = aOp + i; if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead ) break; if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite && (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG)==0 ) break; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx ) break; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx ) break; }else #endif { @@ -79676,7 +80127,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, pOp->p1); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+1, pOp->p2); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+2, pOp->p3); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+3, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem+3, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); p->nResColumn = 4; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem+0, i); @@ -79848,11 +80299,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ ** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such ** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter. ** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more -** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). +** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). ** ** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine. ** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready -** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to +** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to ** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects ** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the ** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be @@ -79884,7 +80335,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( nMem = pParse->nMem; nCursor = pParse->nTab; nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; - + /* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can ** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate ** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater. @@ -79931,10 +80382,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( p->expired = 0; /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two - ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the + ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second - ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation. + ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation. ** ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from ** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly @@ -79983,7 +80434,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( } /* -** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor +** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor ** happens to hold. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ @@ -80065,7 +80516,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ /* ** Close all cursors. ** -** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory +** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory ** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain ** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to ** open cursors. @@ -80151,43 +80602,43 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( ** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle ** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a ** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine -** takes care of the master journal trickery. +** takes care of the super-journal trickery. */ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ int i; int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction ** that are candidates for a two-phase commit using a - ** master-journal */ + ** super-journal */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int needXcommit = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply - ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. + /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply + ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to - ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is + ** be done before determining whether a super-journal file is ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database ** to the transaction. */ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p); /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and - ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not - ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than - ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal + ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not + ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than + ** one database file has an open write transaction, a super-journal ** file is required for an atomic commit. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - /* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)==SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ){ + /* Whether or not a database might need a super-journal depends upon ** its journal mode (among other things). This matrix determines which - ** journal modes use a master journal and which do not */ + ** journal modes use a super-journal and which do not */ static const u8 aMJNeeded[] = { /* DELETE */ 1, /* PERSIST */ 1, @@ -80203,7 +80654,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF && aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)] && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pPager)==0 - ){ + ){ assert( i!=1 ); nTrans++; } @@ -80225,11 +80676,11 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the - ** master-journal. + ** super-journal. ** ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length - ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In - ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the + ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In + ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the ** simple case then too. */ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) @@ -80242,7 +80693,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ } } - /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. + /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. @@ -80259,125 +80710,125 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ } /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. - ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is + ** This requires a super-journal file to ensure the transaction is ** committed atomically. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO else{ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ + char *zSuper = 0; /* File-name for the super-journal */ char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); - sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; + sqlite3_file *pSuperJrnl = 0; i64 offset = 0; int res; int retryCount = 0; int nMainFile; - /* Select a master journal file name */ + /* Select a super-journal file name */ nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); - zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.4c%s%.16c", 0,zMainFile,0); - if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; - zMaster += 4; + zSuper = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.4c%s%.16c", 0,zMainFile,0); + if( zSuper==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + zSuper += 4; do { u32 iRandom; if( retryCount ){ if( retryCount>100 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zSuper); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); break; }else if( retryCount==1 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zSuper); } } retryCount++; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); - sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", + sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zSuper[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff); - /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must + /* The antipenultimate character of the super-journal name must ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */ - assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' ); - sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + assert( zSuper[sqlite3Strlen30(zSuper)-3]=='9' ); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zSuper); + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Open the master journal. */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, + /* Open the super-journal. */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zSuper, &pSuperJrnl, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL, 0 ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4); return rc; } - + /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new - ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close - ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files - ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll + ** super-journal file. If an error occurs at this point close + ** and delete the super-journal file. All the individual journal files + ** still have 'null' as the super-journal pointer, so they will roll ** back independently if a failure occurs. */ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)==SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ){ char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); if( zFile==0 ){ continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ } assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSuperJrnl, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1,offset); offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSuperJrnl); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4); return rc; } } } - /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device + /* Sync the super-journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device ** flag is set this is not required. */ - if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) - && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) + if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pSuperJrnl)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) + && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pSuperJrnl, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSuperJrnl); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4); return rc; } /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call - ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If - ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. + ** sets the super-journal pointer in each individual journal. If + ** an error occurs here, do not delete the super-journal file. ** ** If the error occurs during the first call to ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the - ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, - ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal + ** super-journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, + ** in case the super-journal file name was written into the journal ** file before the failure occurred. */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zSuper); } } - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSuperJrnl); assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4); return rc; } - /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After + /* Delete the super-journal file. This commits the transaction. After ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual ** transaction files are deleted. */ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster-4); - zMaster = 0; + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSuper-4); + zSuper = 0; if( rc ){ return rc; } @@ -80391,7 +80842,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ */ disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); @@ -80407,7 +80858,7 @@ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable ** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are ** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. @@ -80443,10 +80894,10 @@ static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ ** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, ** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement -** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the +** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the ** statement transaction is committed. ** -** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. +** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. ** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ @@ -80459,7 +80910,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ assert( db->nStatement>0 ); assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); - for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ @@ -80486,8 +80937,8 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ } } - /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the - ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when + /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the + ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when ** the statement transaction was opened. */ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; @@ -80504,20 +80955,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ /* -** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database -** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be +** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database +** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be ** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint ** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** -** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns +** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns ** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY ** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; - if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) - || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) + if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) + || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; @@ -80547,7 +80998,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the - ** execution of this virtual machine. + ** execution of this virtual machine. ** ** If any of the following errors occur: ** @@ -80585,16 +81036,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; if( isSpecialError ){ - /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, - ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint - ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a + /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, + ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint + ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a ** consistent state. ** ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform - ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error + ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function - ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore + ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore ** the pager to a consistent state. */ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ @@ -80616,16 +81067,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer - ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer + ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. ** - ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled - ** above has occurred. + ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled + ** above has occurred. */ - if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) - && db->autoCommit - && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) + if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) + && db->autoCommit + && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); @@ -80635,10 +81086,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; - }else{ - /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful + }else{ + /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign - ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit + ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit ** is required. */ rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); } @@ -80672,7 +81123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ p->nChange = 0; } } - + /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement @@ -80693,9 +81144,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ p->nChange = 0; } } - + /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction - ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. + ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. */ if( p->changeCntOn ){ if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ @@ -80726,7 +81177,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ } /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held - ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() + ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. */ if( db->autoCommit ){ @@ -80748,7 +81199,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ /* ** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed -** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be +** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be ** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). ** ** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just @@ -80773,7 +81224,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG /* -** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, +** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, ** invoke it. */ static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){ @@ -80824,7 +81275,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ */ if( p->pc>=0 ){ vdbeInvokeSqllog(p); - sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + if( db->pErr || p->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + }else{ + db->errCode = p->rc; + } if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call @@ -80837,15 +81292,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ /* Reset register contents and reclaim error message memory. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and + /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); if( p->aMem ){ for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined ); } #endif - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; + if( p->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } p->pResultSet = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->nWrite = 0; @@ -80889,7 +81346,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RESET; return p->rc & db->errMask; } - + /* ** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is ** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. @@ -80910,8 +81367,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ ** the first argument. ** ** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is -** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user -** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of +** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user +** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of ** VM pVdbe, and only then if: ** ** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting @@ -81077,11 +81534,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){ ** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has ** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, u32 *piCol){ VdbeCursor *p = *pp; assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || p->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ); if( p->deferredMoveto ){ - int iMap; + u32 iMap; if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 && !p->nullRow ){ *pp = p->pAltCursor; *piCol = iMap - 1; @@ -81214,7 +81671,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format, u32 *pLen){ ** The sizes for serial types less than 128 */ static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = { - /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */ + /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */ /* 0 */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, /* 10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, /* 20 */ 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, @@ -81237,19 +81694,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ if( serial_type>=128 ){ return (serial_type-12)/2; }else{ - assert( serial_type<12 + assert( serial_type<12 || sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 ); return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){ assert( serial_type<128 ); - return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; + return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; } /* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the +** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating +** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the ** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. ** ** For most architectures, this is a no-op. @@ -81271,7 +81728,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){ ** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely ** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank ** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full +** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full ** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the ** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point ** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, @@ -81301,7 +81758,7 @@ static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ #endif /* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into +** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into ** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. ** Return the number of bytes written. ** @@ -81312,7 +81769,7 @@ static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ ** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number ** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only ** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ u32 len; @@ -81366,7 +81823,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ ** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate ** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer ** is avoided. -*/ +*/ static u32 serialGet( const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ @@ -81450,7 +81907,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf); -#ifdef __HP_cc +#ifdef __HP_cc /* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */ if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL; #endif @@ -81502,7 +81959,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( ** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within ** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably ** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should -** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the +** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the ** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL ** before returning. ** @@ -81524,10 +81981,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( } /* -** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the +** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the ** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the ** contents of the decoded record. -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ @@ -81535,7 +81992,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ ){ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; - u32 d; + u32 d; u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ u32 szHdr; @@ -81561,7 +82018,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( } if( d>(u32)nKey && u ){ assert( CORRUPT_DB ); - /* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using + /* In a corrupt record entry, the last pMem might have been set up using ** uninitialized memory. Overwrite its value with NULL, to prevent ** warnings from MSAN. */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem-1); @@ -81605,13 +82062,13 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. - ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing + ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. */ /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ - + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT; d1 = szHdr1; @@ -81632,7 +82089,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case. */ if( d1+(u64)serial_type1+2>(u64)nKey1 - && d1+(u64)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u64)nKey1 + && d1+(u64)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u64)nKey1 ){ break; } @@ -81648,7 +82105,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( if( rc!=0 ){ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) - && ((mem1.flags & MEM_Null) || (pPKey2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null)) + && ((mem1.flags & MEM_Null) || (pPKey2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null)) ){ rc = -rc; } @@ -81694,7 +82151,7 @@ debugCompareEnd: ** incorrectly. */ static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( - int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ + int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */ ){ int nField = 0; @@ -81720,7 +82177,7 @@ static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( /* ** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values ** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero -** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than +** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than ** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". */ static int vdbeCompareMemString( @@ -81809,9 +82266,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem static int sqlite3IntFloatCompare(i64 i, double r){ if( sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)>8 ){ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = (LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)i; + testcase( x<r ); + testcase( x>r ); + testcase( x==r ); if( x<r ) return -1; - if( x>r ) return +1; - return 0; + if( x>r ) return +1; /*NO_TEST*/ /* work around bugs in gcov */ + return 0; /*NO_TEST*/ /* work around bugs in gcov */ }else{ i64 y; double s; @@ -81844,7 +82304,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C f2 = pMem2->flags; combined_flags = f1|f2; assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem1) && !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem2) ); - + /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values ** are NULL, return 0. */ @@ -81907,7 +82367,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C } assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed ); - assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || + assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if @@ -81922,7 +82382,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ } - + /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2); } @@ -81930,7 +82390,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const C /* ** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that -** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive +** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive ** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value ** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes ** and returns the value. @@ -81972,7 +82432,7 @@ static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ /* ** This function compares the two table rows or index records ** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero -** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or +** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or ** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob ** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 ** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from @@ -81981,12 +82441,12 @@ static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ ** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already ** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. ** -** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all -** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is +** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all +** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is ** returned. ** -** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to -** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, +** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to +** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, ** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the ** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db). */ @@ -82020,13 +82480,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( d1 = szHdr1; i = 0; } - if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ + if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return 0; /* Corruption */ } VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortFlags!=0 ); assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>0 ); @@ -82063,7 +82523,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; if( serial_type>=10 ){ /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than - ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future + ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing ** them to numberic values are. */ rc = +1; @@ -82111,7 +82571,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( }else{ int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); - if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; + if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; } } } @@ -82180,8 +82640,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc ** value. */ - assert( CORRUPT_DB - || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) + assert( CORRUPT_DB + || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ); pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; @@ -82196,8 +82656,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( /* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() -** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the ** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single ** byte (i.e. is less than 128). ** @@ -82252,7 +82712,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } - case 8: + case 8: lhs = 0; break; case 9: @@ -82260,11 +82720,11 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( break; /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running - ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch + ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated - ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other - ** compilers might be similar. */ + ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other + ** compilers might be similar. */ case 0: case 7: return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); @@ -82278,7 +82738,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( }else if( v<lhs ){ res = pPKey2->r2; }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ - /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing + /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing ** fields. */ res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); }else{ @@ -82293,9 +82753,9 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( } /* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() ** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field -** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint +** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint ** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. */ static int vdbeRecordCompareString( @@ -82314,7 +82774,7 @@ static int vdbeRecordCompareString( } if( serial_type<12 ){ res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ - }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ + }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ }else{ int nCmp; @@ -82366,7 +82826,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() - ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the + ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to @@ -82424,7 +82884,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so - ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits + ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); @@ -82489,7 +82949,7 @@ idx_rowid_corruption: ** ** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it ** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry -** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes +** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes ** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( @@ -82525,7 +82985,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( /* ** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. +** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); @@ -82582,7 +83042,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(Vdbe *v){ /* ** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound -** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return +** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return ** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* ** constants) to the value before returning it. ** @@ -82674,7 +83134,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* -** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated +** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated ** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord ** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree(). ** @@ -82728,7 +83188,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook( } } - assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol + assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol || (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1) ); @@ -82837,7 +83297,7 @@ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void invokeProfileCallback(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ } #endif if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE ){ - db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE, db->pTraceArg, p, (void*)&iElapse); + db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE, db->pTraceArg, p, (void*)&iElapse); } p->startTime = 0; } @@ -83119,7 +83579,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){ sqlite3ValueFree(pOld); } - + /**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* ** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify @@ -83160,9 +83620,9 @@ static int invokeValueDestructor( return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( n>=0 ); @@ -83170,8 +83630,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, sqlite3_uint64 n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ @@ -83230,8 +83690,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context *pCtx, unsigned int eSubt pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ @@ -83239,8 +83699,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, sqlite3_uint64 n, void (*xDel)(void *), unsigned char enc @@ -83256,27 +83716,27 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); @@ -83306,7 +83766,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode; #endif if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } } @@ -83315,7 +83775,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } @@ -83332,7 +83792,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** a MEM_IntReal value. See the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL ** test-control. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Int ){ pCtx->pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Int; @@ -83343,7 +83803,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ /* -** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It +** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It ** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. */ static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -83372,7 +83832,7 @@ static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ ** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. ** ** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() -** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a +** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a ** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the ** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. */ @@ -83386,15 +83846,15 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. - ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, + ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by ** definition. ** ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written - ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE + ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the - ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the + ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. */ @@ -83419,6 +83879,13 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ if( p->pc<0 && p->expired ){ p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ){ + /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an + ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the + ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + } goto end_of_step; } if( p->pc<0 ){ @@ -83430,7 +83897,7 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ AtomicStore(&db->u1.isInterrupted, 0); } - assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 + assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0) ); @@ -83474,35 +83941,27 @@ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE && (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ){ + /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an + ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the + ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); } } db->errCode = rc; if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 ) rc = p->rc; } end_of_step: - /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be - ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy - ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only - ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc - ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() - ** were called on statement p. - */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR + /* There are only a limited number of result codes allowed from the + ** statements prepared using the legacy sqlite3_prepare() interface */ + assert( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 + || rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR || (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE ); - assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW - && rc!=SQLITE_DONE - && (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 - ){ - /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an - ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the - ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. - */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); - } return (rc&db->errMask); } @@ -83528,15 +83987,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int savedPc = v->pc; rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. - ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded - ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message + /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. + ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded + ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement - ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is + ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). */ - const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); @@ -83698,9 +84157,9 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ ** access code. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - int iArg, - void *pAux, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int iArg, + void *pAux, void (*xDelete)(void*) ){ AuxData *pAuxData; @@ -83742,7 +84201,7 @@ failed: #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been +** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been ** called. ** ** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is @@ -83787,9 +84246,9 @@ static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){ ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ - static const Mem nullMem + static const Mem nullMem #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) - __attribute__((aligned(8))) + __attribute__((aligned(8))) #endif = { /* .u = */ {0}, @@ -83835,9 +84294,9 @@ static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ } /* -** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a +** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a ** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the -** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If +** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If ** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result ** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. ** @@ -83876,8 +84335,8 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const void *val; val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might - ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() - ** expression. + ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() + ** expression. */ columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; @@ -84078,11 +84537,11 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ /******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** -** +** ** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. */ /* -** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the +** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the ** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is ** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. ** @@ -84101,7 +84560,7 @@ static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } @@ -84116,7 +84575,7 @@ static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ pVar->flags = MEM_Null; p->db->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then + /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57496-20354 If the specific value bound to a host @@ -84172,10 +84631,10 @@ static int bindText( ** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -84184,10 +84643,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - sqlite3_uint64 nData, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + sqlite3_uint64 nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); @@ -84247,20 +84706,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer( } return rc; } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - int nData, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - sqlite3_uint64 nData, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + sqlite3_uint64 nData, void (*xDel)(void*), unsigned char enc ){ @@ -84274,10 +84733,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); @@ -84341,7 +84800,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite3_uint6 /* ** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. -** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. +** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; @@ -84486,7 +84945,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; u32 v; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( !pStmt + if( !pStmt || (op!=SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED && (op<0||op>=ArraySize(pVdbe->aCounter))) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -84565,8 +85024,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ ** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered. */ static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, - int nKey, + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, + int nKey, const void *pKey ){ UnpackedRecord *pRet; /* Return value */ @@ -84658,7 +85117,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *db){ ** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made ** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a ** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently -** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a +** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a ** top-level trigger etc.). ** ** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL @@ -84867,8 +85326,8 @@ static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ /* ** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory ** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the -** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to -** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, +** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to +** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, ** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended ** to each line of text. ** @@ -84906,7 +85365,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ db = p->db; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ while( *zRawSql ){ @@ -84974,7 +85433,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; } } -#endif +#endif sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z); #ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT if( nOut<pVar->n ){ @@ -85167,7 +85626,7 @@ static void test_trace_breakpoint(int pc, Op *pOp, Vdbe *v){ ** ** In other words, if M is 2, then I is either 0 (for fall-through) or ** 1 (for when the branch is taken). If M is 3, the I is 0 for an -** ordinary fall-through, I is 1 if the branch was taken, and I is 2 +** ordinary fall-through, I is 1 if the branch was taken, and I is 2 ** if the result of comparison is NULL. For M=3, I=2 the jump may or ** may not be taken, depending on the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL flags in p5. ** When M is 4, that means that an OP_Jump is being run. I is 0, 1, or 2 @@ -85261,7 +85720,7 @@ static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */ ){ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory - ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a + ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: ** @@ -85282,14 +85741,14 @@ static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( int nByte; VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; - nByte = - ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + + nByte = + ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + (eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0); assert( iCur>=0 && iCur<p->nCursor ); if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ /* Before calling sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(), ensure the isEphemeral flag - ** is clear. Otherwise, if this is an ephemeral cursor created by + ** is clear. Otherwise, if this is an ephemeral cursor created by ** OP_OpenDup, the cursor will not be closed and will still be part ** of a BtShared.pCursor list. */ if( p->apCsr[iCur]->pBtx==0 ) p->apCsr[iCur]->isEphemeral = 0; @@ -85369,7 +85828,7 @@ static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){ ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: ** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: ** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: -** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a +** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a ** floating-point representation if an integer representation ** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is ** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because @@ -85400,7 +85859,7 @@ static void applyAffinity( }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string - ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if + ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if ** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those ** CPU cycles. */ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ @@ -85432,12 +85891,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ } /* -** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, +** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, ** not the internal Mem* type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( - sqlite3_value *pVal, - u8 affinity, + sqlite3_value *pVal, + u8 affinity, u8 enc ){ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); @@ -85472,7 +85931,7 @@ static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){ /* ** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or -** none. +** none. ** ** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags. ** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately. @@ -85615,8 +86074,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRegisterDump(Vdbe *v){ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ @@ -85675,7 +86134,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRegisterDump(Vdbe *v){ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } - + #elif !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) && (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ @@ -85716,9 +86175,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } /* ** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It ** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to -** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the +** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the ** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. -** +** ** Usage: ** ** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); @@ -85758,7 +86217,7 @@ static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){ /* ** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can. -** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). +** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ @@ -85776,9 +86235,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last comparison */ - unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */ + u64 nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - unsigned nProgressLimit; /* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */ + u64 nProgressLimit; /* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */ #endif Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ @@ -85798,7 +86257,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps ); nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps - (iPrior % db->nProgressOps); }else{ - nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff; + nProgressLimit = LARGEST_UINT64; } #endif if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ @@ -85807,6 +86266,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( goto no_mem; } assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); + testcase( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 ); p->iCurrentTime = 0; assert( p->explain==0 ); @@ -85863,7 +86324,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( test_trace_breakpoint((int)(pOp - aOp),pOp,p); } #endif - + /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens ** if we have a special test build. @@ -85917,7 +86378,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) pOrigOp = pOp; #endif - + switch( pOp->opcode ){ /***************************************************************************** @@ -85958,7 +86419,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( /* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * ** ** An unconditional jump to address P2. -** The next instruction executed will be +** The next instruction executed will be ** the one at index P2 from the beginning of ** the program. ** @@ -85988,7 +86449,7 @@ jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt: /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev, ** OP_VNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called - ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. + ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. ** ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean. ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this @@ -86008,13 +86469,13 @@ check_for_interrupt: assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 ); nProgressLimit += db->nProgressOps; if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){ - nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff; + nProgressLimit = LARGEST_UINT64; rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } } #endif - + break; } @@ -86136,6 +86597,7 @@ case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ #endif if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } /* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5 @@ -86149,7 +86611,7 @@ case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ ** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback ** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, ** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the -** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. +** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. ** ** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. ** @@ -86184,7 +86646,7 @@ case OP_Halt: { sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ - /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program + /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified @@ -86272,7 +86734,7 @@ case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */ /* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' ** -** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed +** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed ** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time. During ** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored ** as the P1 parameter. @@ -86306,8 +86768,9 @@ case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */ pOp->opcode = OP_String; assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } - + /* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) ** @@ -86571,8 +87034,8 @@ case OP_ResultRow: { goto abort_due_to_error; } - /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then - ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows + /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then + ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. ** @@ -86617,7 +87080,7 @@ case OP_ResultRow: { if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_ROW ){ - db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_ROW, db->pTraceArg, p, 0); + db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_ROW, db->pTraceArg, p, 0); } @@ -86725,15 +87188,15 @@ case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] ** ** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in -** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is +** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in +** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is ** NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] ** -** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by -** register P1 and store the result in register P3. +** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by +** register P1 and store the result in register P3. ** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL. ** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. */ @@ -86928,7 +87391,7 @@ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ /* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 -** +** ** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. ** The result is always an integer. ** @@ -86943,7 +87406,7 @@ case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ } /* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * -** +** ** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value ** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer ** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 @@ -86995,7 +87458,7 @@ case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ ** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2. -** +** ** <ul> ** <li> P2=='A' → BLOB ** <li> P2=='B' → TEXT @@ -87033,14 +87496,14 @@ case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */ ** store the result of comparison in register P2. ** ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made ** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the ** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric ** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored ** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause ** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. ** -** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, +** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, ** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is ** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values ** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in @@ -87079,18 +87542,18 @@ case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */ ** the result of comparison (0 or 1 or NULL) into register P2. ** ** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or -** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL +** reg(P3) is NULL then the take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL. ** ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made ** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the ** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric ** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored ** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause ** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. ** -** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, +** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, ** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is ** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values ** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in @@ -87179,7 +87642,7 @@ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Str ){ if( (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0); - assert( flags3==pIn3->flags ); + testcase( flags3==pIn3->flags ); flags3 = pIn3->flags; } if( (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_IntReal|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ @@ -87313,7 +87776,7 @@ case OP_ElseNotEq: { /* same as TK_ESCAPE, jump */ ** instruction. The permutation is stored in the P4 operand. ** ** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has -** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should +** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should ** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare. ** ** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array @@ -87353,10 +87816,10 @@ case OP_Compare: { int p1; int p2; const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int idx; + u32 idx; CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ - int *aPermute; /* The permutation */ + u32 *aPermute; /* The permutation */ if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ){ aPermute = 0; @@ -87376,7 +87839,7 @@ case OP_Compare: { #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( aPermute ){ int k, mx = 0; - for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k]; + for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>(u32)mx ) mx = aPermute[k]; assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); }else{ @@ -87385,7 +87848,7 @@ case OP_Compare: { } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ for(i=0; i<n; i++){ - idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i; + idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : (u32)i; assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]); @@ -87395,7 +87858,7 @@ case OP_Compare: { bRev = (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC); iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl); if( iCompare ){ - if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) + if( (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) && ((aMem[p1+idx].flags & MEM_Null) || (aMem[p2+idx].flags & MEM_Null)) ){ iCompare = -iCompare; @@ -87475,13 +87938,13 @@ case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ ** IS NOT FALSE operators. ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store that -** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is +** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then the P3 is stored in register P2. Invert the answer if P4 ** is 1. ** ** The logic is summarized like this: ** -** <ul> +** <ul> ** <li> If P3==0 and P4==0 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS TRUE ** <li> If P3==1 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS FALSE ** <li> If P3==0 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT TRUE @@ -87501,7 +87964,7 @@ case OP_IsTrue: { /* in1, out2 */ ** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the -** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is +** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. */ case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ @@ -87616,7 +88079,7 @@ case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ /* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. */ case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; @@ -87681,7 +88144,7 @@ case OP_Offset: { /* out3 */ ** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using ** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional ** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column -** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) +** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) ** values in the record, extract a NULL. ** ** The value extracted is stored in register P3. @@ -87696,7 +88159,7 @@ case OP_Offset: { /* out3 */ ** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof(). */ case OP_Column: { - int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ + u32 p2; /* column number to retrieve */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ @@ -87714,10 +88177,10 @@ case OP_Column: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); - p2 = pOp->p2; + p2 = (u32)pOp->p2; /* If the cursor cache is stale (meaning it is not currently point at - ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary + ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary ** B-Tree seek. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; @@ -87726,7 +88189,7 @@ case OP_Column: { pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pDest); assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( p2<pC->nField ); + assert( p2<(u32)pC->nField ); aOffset = pC->aOffset; assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB ); assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow ); @@ -87811,7 +88274,7 @@ case OP_Column: { */ if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try - ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field + ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field */ if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){ /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */ @@ -87823,7 +88286,7 @@ case OP_Column: { }else{ zData = pC->aRow; } - + /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */ op_column_read_header: i = pC->nHdrParsed; @@ -87841,7 +88304,7 @@ case OP_Column: { offset64 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t); } aOffset[++i] = (u32)(offset64 & 0xffffffff); - }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr ); + }while( (u32)i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr ); /* The record is corrupt if any of the following are true: ** (1) the bytes of the header extend past the declared header size @@ -87931,7 +88394,7 @@ case OP_Column: { ** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and ** 3. if the content length is zero. ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading - ** content from disk. + ** content from disk. ** ** Although sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() may read at most 8 bytes from the ** buffer passed to it, debugging function VdbeMemPrettyPrint() may @@ -88025,6 +88488,17 @@ case OP_Affinity: { ** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. ** ** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity BLOB. +** +** The meaning of P5 depends on whether or not the SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM +** compile-time option is enabled: +** +** * If SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM is enabled, then the P5 is the index +** of the right-most table that can be null-trimmed. +** +** * If SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM is omitted, then P5 has the value +** OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC if the OP_MakeRecord opcode is allowed to +** accept no-change records with serial_type 10. This value is +** only used inside an assert() and does not affect the end result. */ case OP_MakeRecord: { Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ @@ -88047,13 +88521,13 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { ** like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | + ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 ** and so forth. ** - ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the + ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning ** of the record to data0. @@ -88143,7 +88617,9 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { ** Give such values a special internal-use-only serial-type of 10 ** so that they can be passed through to xUpdate and have ** a true sqlite3_value_nochange(). */ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM assert( pOp->p5==OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC || CORRUPT_DB ); +#endif pRec->uTemp = 10; }else{ pRec->uTemp = 0; @@ -88242,7 +88718,7 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { } nByte = nHdr+nData; - /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store + /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used). @@ -88295,12 +88771,12 @@ case OP_MakeRecord: { /* Opcode: Count P1 P2 p3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=count() ** -** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index +** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index ** opened by cursor P1 in register P2. ** ** If P3==0, then an exact count is obtained, which involves visiting ** every btree page of the table. But if P3 is non-zero, an estimate -** is returned based on the current cursor position. +** is returned based on the current cursor position. */ case OP_Count: { /* out2 */ i64 nEntry; @@ -88342,7 +88818,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { zName = pOp->p4.z; /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open - ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. + ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. */ assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); @@ -88352,7 +88828,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ - /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write + /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress"); @@ -88376,7 +88852,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { if( pNew ){ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1); - + /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special ** "transaction savepoint". */ if( db->autoCommit ){ @@ -88400,7 +88876,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an ** an error is returned to the user. */ for( - pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; + pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName); pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext ){ @@ -88410,7 +88886,7 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are + /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are ** active write statements. */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - " @@ -88419,8 +88895,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { }else{ /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, - ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction - ** is committed. + ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction + ** is committed. */ int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ @@ -88468,8 +88944,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { } } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - - /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all + + /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){ pTmp = db->pSavepoint; @@ -88478,8 +88954,8 @@ case OP_Savepoint: { db->nSavepoint--; } - /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on - ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred + /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on + ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored ** when the savepoint was created. */ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ @@ -88533,7 +89009,7 @@ case OP_AutoCommit: { db->autoCommit = 1; }else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing - ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. + ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - " "SQL statements in progress"); @@ -88562,7 +89038,7 @@ case OP_AutoCommit: { (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); - + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto abort_due_to_error; } @@ -88573,9 +89049,10 @@ case OP_AutoCommit: { ** ** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already ** active. -** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a +** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a ** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction. -** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. +** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. If P2 is 2 or more +** then an exclusive transaction is started. ** ** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is ** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the @@ -88609,6 +89086,7 @@ case OP_Transaction: { assert( p->bIsReader ); assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<=2 ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){ @@ -88632,12 +89110,12 @@ case OP_Transaction: { if( p->usesStmtJournal && pOp->p2 - && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) + && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)==SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ); if( p->iStatement==0 ){ assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); - db->nStatement++; + db->nStatement++; p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; } @@ -88665,7 +89143,7 @@ case OP_Transaction: { */ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); - /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie + /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do ** not reload the schema from the database file. ** @@ -88675,7 +89153,7 @@ case OP_Transaction: { ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself - ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within + ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within ** a v-table method. */ if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ @@ -88719,15 +89197,20 @@ case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2 */ break; } -/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * +/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** ** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1. ** P2==1 is the schema version. P2==2 is the database format. -** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache -** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the +** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache +** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the ** database file used to store temporary tables. ** ** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. +** +** If P2 is the SCHEMA_VERSION cookie (cookie number 1) then the internal +** schema version is set to P3-P5. The "PRAGMA schema_version=N" statement +** has P5 set to 1, so that the internal schema version will be different +** from the database schema version, resulting in a schema reset. */ case OP_SetCookie: { Db *pDb; @@ -88744,7 +89227,7 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3; + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3 - pOp->p5; db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ /* Record changes in the file format */ @@ -88764,8 +89247,8 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 ** ** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is -** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. -** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for +** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. +** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for ** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached ** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 ** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. @@ -88779,10 +89262,10 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** </ul> ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the -** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating -** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating +** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a ** number of columns no less than the value of P4. ** @@ -88818,10 +89301,10 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { ** OPFLAG_P2ISREG bit is set in P5 - see below). ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the -** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating -** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating +** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a ** number of columns no less than the value of P4. ** @@ -88847,7 +89330,7 @@ case OP_SetCookie: { case OP_ReopenIdx: { int nField; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int p2; + u32 p2; int iDb; int wrFlag; Btree *pX; @@ -88878,7 +89361,7 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: nField = 0; pKeyInfo = 0; - p2 = pOp->p2; + p2 = (u32)pOp->p2; iDb = pOp->p3; assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); @@ -88897,7 +89380,7 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: } if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){ assert( p2>0 ); - assert( p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( p2<=(u32)(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ); pIn2 = &aMem[p2]; assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); @@ -88934,7 +89417,7 @@ case OP_OpenWrite: /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has - ** since moved into the btree layer. */ + ** since moved into the btree layer. */ pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; open_cursor_set_hints: @@ -88982,11 +89465,11 @@ case OP_OpenDup: { } -/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 +/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 ** ** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. -** The cursor is always opened read/write even if +** The cursor is always opened read/write even if ** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral ** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. ** @@ -89002,6 +89485,10 @@ case OP_OpenDup: { ** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of ** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are ** added automatically. +** +** If P3 is positive, then reg[P3] is modified slightly so that it +** can be used as zero-length data for OP_Insert. This is an optimization +** that avoids an extra OP_Blob opcode to initialize that register. */ /* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 @@ -89011,12 +89498,12 @@ case OP_OpenDup: { ** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient ** indices in joins. */ -case OP_OpenAutoindex: +case OP_OpenAutoindex: case OP_OpenEphemeral: { VdbeCursor *pCx; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - static const int vfsFlags = + static const int vfsFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | @@ -89024,6 +89511,15 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); + if( pOp->p3>0 ){ + /* Make register reg[P3] into a value that can be used as the data + ** form sqlite3BtreeInsert() where the length of the data is zero. */ + assert( pOp->p2==0 ); /* Only used when number of columns is zero */ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenEphemeral ); + assert( aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Null ); + aMem[pOp->p3].n = 0; + aMem[pOp->p3].z = ""; + } pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; if( pCx && pCx->pBtx ){ /* If the ephermeral table is already open, erase all existing content @@ -89036,7 +89532,7 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE); if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCx->isEphemeral = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx, + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx, BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -89050,10 +89546,10 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { */ if( (pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, (int*)&pCx->pgnoRoot, - BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, &pCx->pgnoRoot, + BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCx->pgnoRoot==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); + assert( pCx->pgnoRoot==SCHEMA_ROOT+1 ); assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, pCx->pgnoRoot, BTREE_WRCSR, @@ -89061,8 +89557,8 @@ case OP_OpenEphemeral: { } pCx->isTable = 0; }else{ - pCx->pgnoRoot = MASTER_ROOT; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR, + pCx->pgnoRoot = SCHEMA_ROOT; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, SCHEMA_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR, 0, pCx->uc.pCursor); pCx->isTable = 1; } @@ -89122,7 +89618,7 @@ case OP_SequenceTest: { ** ** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single ** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory -** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the +** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the ** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. ** ** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single @@ -89187,13 +89683,13 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { /* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this @@ -89201,7 +89697,7 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { ** else it will cause a jump to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, ** this opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. ** The IdxGT opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the -** IdxGT opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The +** IdxGT opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The ** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flags is a hint to the btree layer to say that this ** is an equality search. ** @@ -89214,13 +89710,13 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { /* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, @@ -89229,16 +89725,16 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ -/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * +/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, @@ -89250,13 +89746,13 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { /* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, @@ -89268,7 +89764,7 @@ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { ** else it will cause a jump to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, ** this opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. ** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the -** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The +** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. The ** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flags is a hint to the btree layer to say that this ** is an equality search. ** @@ -89466,22 +89962,172 @@ seek_not_found: break; } -/* Opcode: SeekHit P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: seekHit=P2 + +/* Opcode: SeekScan P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: Scan-ahead up to P1 rows +** +** This opcode is a prefix opcode to OP_SeekGE. In other words, this +** opcode must be immediately followed by OP_SeekGE. This constraint is +** checked by assert() statements. +** +** This opcode uses the P1 through P4 operands of the subsequent +** OP_SeekGE. In the text that follows, the operands of the subsequent +** OP_SeekGE opcode are denoted as SeekOP.P1 through SeekOP.P4. Only +** the P1 and P2 operands of this opcode are also used, and are called +** This.P1 and This.P2. +** +** This opcode helps to optimize IN operators on a multi-column index +** where the IN operator is on the later terms of the index by avoiding +** unnecessary seeks on the btree, substituting steps to the next row +** of the b-tree instead. A correct answer is obtained if this opcode +** is omitted or is a no-op. +** +** The SeekGE.P3 and SeekGE.P4 operands identify an unpacked key which +** is the desired entry that we want the cursor SeekGE.P1 to be pointing +** to. Call this SeekGE.P4/P5 row the "target". +** +** If the SeekGE.P1 cursor is not currently pointing to a valid row, +** then this opcode is a no-op and control passes through into the OP_SeekGE. ** -** Set the seekHit flag on cursor P1 to the value in P2. -* The seekHit flag is used by the IfNoHope opcode. +** If the SeekGE.P1 cursor is pointing to a valid row, then that row +** might be the target row, or it might be near and slightly before the +** target row. This opcode attempts to position the cursor on the target +** row by, perhaps by invoking sqlite3BtreeStep() on the cursor +** between 0 and This.P1 times. ** -** P1 must be a valid b-tree cursor. P2 must be a boolean value, -** either 0 or 1. +** There are three possible outcomes from this opcode:<ol> +** +** <li> If after This.P1 steps, the cursor is still point to a place that +** is earlier in the btree than the target row, +** then fall through into the subsquence OP_SeekGE opcode. +** +** <li> If the cursor is successfully moved to the target row by 0 or more +** sqlite3BtreeNext() calls, then jump to This.P2, which will land just +** past the OP_IdxGT opcode that follows the OP_SeekGE. +** +** <li> If the cursor ends up past the target row (indicating the the target +** row does not exist in the btree) then jump to SeekOP.P2. +** </ol> +*/ +case OP_SeekScan: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + int nStep; + UnpackedRecord r; + + assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_SeekGE ); + + /* pOp->p2 points to the first instruction past the OP_IdxGT that + ** follows the OP_SeekGE. */ + assert( pOp->p2>=(int)(pOp-aOp)+2 ); + assert( aOp[pOp->p2-1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + assert( pOp[1].p1==aOp[pOp->p2-1].p1 ); + assert( pOp[1].p2==aOp[pOp->p2-1].p2 ); + assert( pOp[1].p3==aOp[pOp->p2-1].p3 ); + + assert( pOp->p1>0 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp[1].p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( !pC->isTable ); + if( !sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(pC->uc.pCursor) ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + printf("... cursor not valid - fall through\n"); + } +#endif + break; + } + nStep = pOp->p1; + assert( nStep>=1 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp[1].p4.i; + r.default_rc = 0; + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp[1].p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { + int i; + for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++){ + assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp[1].p3+i, &aMem[pOp[1].p3+i]); + } + } +#endif + res = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + while(1){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( res>0 ){ + seekscan_search_fail: +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + printf("... %d steps and then skip\n", pOp->p1 - nStep); + } +#endif + VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); + pOp++; + goto jump_to_p2; + } + if( res==0 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + printf("... %d steps and then success\n", pOp->p1 - nStep); + } +#endif + VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); + goto jump_to_p2; + break; + } + if( nStep<=0 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + printf("... fall through after %d steps\n", pOp->p1); + } +#endif + VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); + break; + } + nStep--; + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->uc.pCursor, 0); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto seekscan_search_fail; + }else{ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + } + + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: SeekHit P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: set P2<=seekHit<=P3 +** +** Increase or decrease the seekHit value for cursor P1, if necessary, +** so that it is no less than P2 and no greater than P3. +** +** The seekHit integer represents the maximum of terms in an index for which +** there is known to be at least one match. If the seekHit value is smaller +** than the total number of equality terms in an index lookup, then the +** OP_IfNoHope opcode might run to see if the IN loop can be abandoned +** early, thus saving work. This is part of the IN-early-out optimization. +** +** P1 must be a valid b-tree cursor. */ case OP_SeekHit: { VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p2==0 || pOp->p2==1 ); - pC->seekHit = pOp->p2 & 1; + assert( pOp->p3>=pOp->p2 ); + if( pC->seekHit<pOp->p2 ){ + pC->seekHit = pOp->p2; + }else if( pC->seekHit>pOp->p3 ){ + pC->seekHit = pOp->p3; + } break; } @@ -89522,9 +90168,9 @@ case OP_IfNotOpen: { /* jump */ ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. -** +** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 +** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 ** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control ** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the ** matching entry. @@ -89539,16 +90185,20 @@ case OP_IfNotOpen: { /* jump */ ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** Register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked -** record. +** record. Cursor P1 is an index btree. P2 is a jump destination. +** In other words, the operands to this opcode are the same as the +** operands to OP_NotFound and OP_IdxGT. ** -** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the seekHit flag is set on P1, then -** this opcode is a no-op. But if the seekHit flag of P1 is clear, then -** check to see if there is any entry in P1 that matches the -** prefix identified by P3 and P4. If no entry matches the prefix, -** jump to P2. Otherwise fall through. +** This opcode is an optimization attempt only. If this opcode always +** falls through, the correct answer is still obtained, but extra works +** is performed. ** -** This opcode behaves like OP_NotFound if the seekHit -** flag is clear and it behaves like OP_Noop if the seekHit flag is set. +** A value of N in the seekHit flag of cursor P1 means that there exists +** a key P3:N that will match some record in the index. We want to know +** if it is possible for a record P3:P4 to match some record in the +** index. If it is not possible, we can skips some work. So if seekHit +** is less than P4, attempt to find out if a match is possible by running +** OP_NotFound. ** ** This opcode is used in IN clause processing for a multi-column key. ** If an IN clause is attached to an element of the key other than the @@ -89568,7 +90218,7 @@ case OP_IfNotOpen: { /* jump */ ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. -** +** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the ** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the @@ -89590,8 +90240,9 @@ case OP_IfNoHope: { /* jump, in3 */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); - if( pC->seekHit ) break; + if( pC->seekHit>=pOp->p4.i ) break; /* Fall through into OP_NotFound */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ @@ -89671,6 +90322,7 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ }else{ VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2); if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNoHope ) pC->seekHit = pOp->p4.i; } break; } @@ -89680,9 +90332,9 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ ** ** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer ** keys). If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not -** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. +** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. ** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain -** a record with rowid P3 then +** a record with rowid P3 then ** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next ** instruction. ** @@ -89705,7 +90357,7 @@ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ ** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer ** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with ** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an -** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then +** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then ** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next ** instruction. ** @@ -89746,6 +90398,7 @@ case OP_SeekRowid: { /* jump, in3 */ goto notExistsWithKey; } /* Fall through into OP_NotExists */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case OP_NotExists: /* jump, in3 */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekRowid ); @@ -89788,7 +90441,7 @@ notExistsWithKey: ** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. ** Write the sequence number into register P2. ** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this -** instruction. +** instruction. */ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); @@ -89808,9 +90461,9 @@ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */ ** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written ** written to register P2. ** -** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds +** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds ** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are -** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, +** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, ** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' ** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the ** AUTOINCREMENT feature. @@ -89959,8 +90612,8 @@ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2 */ ** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to ** the update hook. ** -** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is -** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked +** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is +** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked ** following a successful insert. ** ** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically @@ -90026,7 +90679,7 @@ case OP_Insert: { if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = x.nKey; - assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + assert( (pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 || pData->n==0 ); x.pData = pData->z; x.nData = pData->n; seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0); @@ -90062,7 +90715,7 @@ case OP_Insert: { ** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous ** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then ** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case -** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If +** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If ** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be ** left in an undefined state. ** @@ -90078,11 +90731,11 @@ case OP_Insert: { ** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with ** multiple rows. ** -** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either +** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either ** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must -** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in -** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is -** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, +** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in +** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is +** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, ** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2. ** ** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address @@ -90121,7 +90774,7 @@ case OP_Delete: { /* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to ** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy ** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was - ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set + ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set ** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */ if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){ assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); @@ -90139,20 +90792,20 @@ case OP_Delete: { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */ if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){ - assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) - || HasRowid(pTab)==0 - || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) + assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) + || HasRowid(pTab)==0 + || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) ); sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, - (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, + (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget, pOp->p3 ); } if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break; #endif - - /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ + + /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 ); assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ); assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE ); @@ -90205,7 +90858,7 @@ case OP_ResetCount: { ** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 ** ** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the -** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that +** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that ** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields ** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared. ** @@ -90263,10 +90916,10 @@ case OP_SorterData: { /* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=data ** -** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at +** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at ** which cursor P1 is currently pointing. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row. @@ -90314,10 +90967,6 @@ case OP_RowData: { */ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); -#if 0 /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; -#endif n = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr); if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ @@ -90419,7 +91068,7 @@ case OP_NullRow: { */ /* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * ** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 ** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through @@ -90521,13 +91170,14 @@ case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ #endif p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++; /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } /* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * ** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2. -** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following +** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following ** instruction. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, @@ -90697,7 +91347,7 @@ next_tail: ** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However, ** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior ** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent -** to P2. +** to P2. ** ** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction ** for tables is OP_Insert. @@ -90723,7 +91373,7 @@ case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3; x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i; rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x, - (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), + (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) ); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); @@ -90761,7 +91411,7 @@ case OP_SorterInsert: { /* in2 */ ** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] ** ** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form -** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the +** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the ** index opened by cursor P1. ** ** If P5 is not zero, then raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX error @@ -90818,8 +91468,8 @@ case OP_IdxDelete: { ** ** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing ** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i) -** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is -** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i +** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is +** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i ** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect ** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to ** seek and read cursor P3. @@ -90888,7 +91538,7 @@ case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2 */ } /* Opcode: FinishSeek P1 * * * * -** +** ** If cursor P1 was previously moved via OP_DeferredSeek, complete that ** seek operation now, without further delay. If the cursor seek has ** already occurred, this instruction is a no-op. @@ -90905,32 +91555,32 @@ case OP_FinishSeek: { break; } -/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID ** fields at the end. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value ** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ -/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID ** fields at the end. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value ** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ -/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against ** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ** ROWID on the P1 index. @@ -90938,10 +91588,10 @@ case OP_FinishSeek: { ** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. ** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ -/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against ** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ** ROWID on the P1 index. @@ -90964,7 +91614,6 @@ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; @@ -90985,8 +91634,31 @@ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ } } #endif - res = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res); + + /* Inlined version of sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare() */ + { + i64 nCellKey = 0; + BtCursor *pCur; + Mem m; + + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCur = pC->uc.pCursor; + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); + /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way + ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ + if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(pCur, (u32)nCellKey, &m); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(m.n, m.z, &r, 0); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + } + /* End of inlined sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare() */ + assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) ); if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); @@ -90996,7 +91668,7 @@ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ res++; } VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( res>0 ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } @@ -91015,15 +91687,15 @@ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ ** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former ** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - ** is stored in register P2. If no page movement was required (because the -** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a -** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero +** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a +** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero ** is stored in register P2. ** ** This opcode throws an error if there are any active reader VMs when -** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with -** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM -** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM -** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum +** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with +** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM +** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM +** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum ** and non-autovacuum modes. ** ** See also: Clear @@ -91072,8 +91744,8 @@ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */ ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an -** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change -** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change +** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is ** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** @@ -91081,13 +91753,13 @@ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */ */ case OP_Clear: { int nChange; - + sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); nChange = 0; assert( p->readOnly==0 ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( - db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) + db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, (u32)pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) ); if( pOp->p3 ){ p->nChange += nChange; @@ -91111,7 +91783,7 @@ case OP_Clear: { */ case OP_ResetSorter: { VdbeCursor *pC; - + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); @@ -91136,7 +91808,7 @@ case OP_ResetSorter: { ** The root page number of the new b-tree is stored in register P2. */ case OP_CreateBtree: { /* out2 */ - int pgno; + Pgno pgno; Db *pDb; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); @@ -91169,7 +91841,7 @@ case OP_SqlExec: { /* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * ** -** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 +** Read and parse all entries from the schema table of database P1 ** that match the WHERE clause P4. If P4 is a NULL pointer, then the ** entire schema for P1 is reparsed. ** @@ -91178,12 +91850,12 @@ case OP_SqlExec: { */ case OP_ParseSchema: { int iDb; - const char *zMaster; + const char *zSchema; char *zSql; InitData initData; /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes - ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking + ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking ** sqlite3InitCallback(). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -91206,14 +91878,15 @@ case OP_ParseSchema: { }else #endif { - zMaster = MASTER_NAME; + zSchema = DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE; initData.db = db; initData.iDb = iDb; initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; initData.mInitFlags = 0; + initData.mxPage = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT*FROM\"%w\".%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z); + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zSchema, pOp->p4.z); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ @@ -91227,7 +91900,7 @@ case OP_ParseSchema: { if( rc==SQLITE_OK && initData.nInitRow==0 ){ /* The OP_ParseSchema opcode with a non-NULL P4 argument should parse ** at least one SQL statement. Any less than that indicates that - ** the sqlite_master table is corrupt. */ + ** the sqlite_schema table is corrupt. */ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, zSql); @@ -91241,7 +91914,7 @@ case OP_ParseSchema: { } goto abort_due_to_error; } - break; + break; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) @@ -91255,7 +91928,7 @@ case OP_LoadAnalysis: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - break; + break; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ @@ -91263,7 +91936,7 @@ case OP_LoadAnalysis: { ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table -** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep ** the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ @@ -91291,7 +91964,7 @@ case OP_DropIndex: { ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger -** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep ** the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ @@ -91311,7 +91984,7 @@ case OP_DropTrigger: { ** ** The register P3 contains one less than the maximum number of allowed errors. ** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. -** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are +** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are ** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. ** ** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers @@ -91324,7 +91997,7 @@ case OP_DropTrigger: { */ case OP_IntegrityCk: { int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ - int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ + Pgno *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ char *z; /* Text of the error report */ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ @@ -91333,7 +92006,7 @@ case OP_IntegrityCk: { nRoot = pOp->p2; aRoot = pOp->p4.ai; assert( nRoot>0 ); - assert( aRoot[0]==nRoot ); + assert( aRoot[0]==(Pgno)nRoot ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); @@ -91391,7 +92064,7 @@ case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pIn1) ); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3RowSetNext((RowSet*)pIn1->z, &val)==0 ){ /* The boolean index is empty */ @@ -91463,13 +92136,13 @@ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ /* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** -** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). +** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). ** -** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory -** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 -** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE -** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address -** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the +** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory +** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 +** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE +** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address +** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the ** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. ** ** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. @@ -91489,17 +92162,17 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); - - /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is + + /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). - ** - ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is - ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one - ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different + ** + ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is + ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one + ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a - ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token + ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token ** variable. */ if( pOp->p5 ){ t = pProgram->token; @@ -91515,10 +92188,10 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute - ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt + ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ){ - /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the + /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. @@ -91566,7 +92239,7 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ }else{ pFrame = (VdbeFrame*)pRt->z; assert( pRt->xDel==sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel ); - assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem + assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem || (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) ); assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc ); @@ -91610,10 +92283,10 @@ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ /* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * ** -** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the -** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory -** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames -** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* +** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the +** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory +** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames +** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* ** and old.* values. ** ** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding @@ -91625,7 +92298,7 @@ case OP_Param: { /* out2 */ Mem *pIn; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pFrame = p->pFrame; - pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; + pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); break; } @@ -91637,8 +92310,8 @@ case OP_Param: { /* out2 */ ** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 ** ** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). -** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented -** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the +** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented +** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the ** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). */ case OP_FkCounter: { @@ -91656,7 +92329,7 @@ case OP_FkCounter: { ** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 ** ** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. -** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next +** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter @@ -91682,7 +92355,7 @@ case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ ** ** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is ** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed -** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of +** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of ** its current value and the value in register P2. ** ** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially @@ -91742,7 +92415,7 @@ case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ ** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1]. ** ** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT -** and r[P2] is set to -1. +** and r[P2] is set to -1. ** ** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3]. */ @@ -91774,7 +92447,7 @@ case OP_OffsetLimit: { /* in1, out2, in3 */ ** ** Register P1 must contain an integer. If the content of register P1 is ** initially greater than zero, then decrement the value in register P1. -** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2. +** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2. ** If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged and fall through. */ case OP_IfNotZero: { /* jump, in1 */ @@ -91808,7 +92481,7 @@ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xStep function for an aggregate. -** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the +** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** @@ -91819,7 +92492,7 @@ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xInverse function for an aggregate. -** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the +** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** @@ -91830,7 +92503,7 @@ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xStep (if P1==0) or xInverse (if P1!=0) function for an -** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the +** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** @@ -91873,6 +92546,7 @@ case OP_AggStep: { pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep1; /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case OP_AggStep1: { int i; @@ -91946,7 +92620,7 @@ case OP_AggStep1: { ** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 ** ** P1 is the memory location that is the accumulator for an aggregate -** or window function. Execute the finalizer function +** or window function. Execute the finalizer function ** for an aggregate and store the result in P1. ** ** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and @@ -91985,7 +92659,7 @@ case OP_AggFinal: { { rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); } - + if( rc ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); goto abort_due_to_error; @@ -92031,9 +92705,9 @@ case OP_Checkpoint: { } for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); - } + } break; -}; +}; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA @@ -92059,9 +92733,9 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); eNew = pOp->p3; - assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL @@ -92080,7 +92754,7 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database - ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory + ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory */ if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ @@ -92100,12 +92774,12 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ ); goto abort_due_to_error; }else{ - + if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call - ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log - ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file - ** after a successful return. + ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log + ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file + ** after a successful return. */ rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -92116,11 +92790,11 @@ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ ** as an intermediate */ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); } - + /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)!=SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); } @@ -92191,7 +92865,7 @@ case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ ** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically ** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2()) ** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA. -** +** ** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, ** then only the currently executing statement is expired. ** @@ -92246,7 +92920,7 @@ case OP_CursorUnlock: { ** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 ** ** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when -** the shared-cache feature is enabled. +** the shared-cache feature is enabled. ** ** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database ** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or @@ -92260,7 +92934,7 @@ case OP_CursorUnlock: { case OP_TableLock: { u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){ - int p1 = pOp->p1; + int p1 = pOp->p1; assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) ); assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); @@ -92280,7 +92954,7 @@ case OP_TableLock: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * ** -** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the +** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the ** xBegin method for that table. ** ** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from @@ -92300,7 +92974,7 @@ case OP_VBegin: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * * ** -** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database +** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database ** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table. */ case OP_VCreate: { @@ -92536,7 +93210,7 @@ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during - ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that + ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. */ @@ -92564,7 +93238,7 @@ case OP_VRename: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; int isLegacy; - + isLegacy = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyAlter); db->flags |= SQLITE_LegacyAlter; pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; @@ -92594,23 +93268,23 @@ case OP_VRename: { ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values -** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate -** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the +** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate +** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the ** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. ** ** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. ** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) -** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no -** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new -** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new -** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are +** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no +** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new +** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new +** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are ** the values of columns in the new row. ** ** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of ** a row to delete. ** ** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call -** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() +** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() ** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. ** ** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to @@ -92625,7 +93299,7 @@ case OP_VUpdate: { Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; - assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback + assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); @@ -92720,7 +93394,7 @@ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ ** The result of the function is stored ** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the @@ -92739,7 +93413,7 @@ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ ** The result of the function is stored ** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the @@ -92862,18 +93536,17 @@ case OP_Init: { /* jump */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY ){ - void (*x)(void*,const char*) = (void(*)(void*,const char*))db->xTrace; char *z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace); - x(db->pTraceArg, z); + db->trace.xLegacy(db->pTraceArg, z); sqlite3_free(z); }else #endif if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ char *z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", zTrace); - (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, z); + (void)db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); }else{ - (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, zTrace); + (void)db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, zTrace); } } #ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE @@ -93061,7 +93734,11 @@ default: { /* This is really OP_Noop, OP_Explain */ ** an error of some kind. */ abort_due_to_error: - if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } assert( rc ); if( p->zErrMsg==0 && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); @@ -93069,7 +93746,7 @@ abort_due_to_error: p->rc = rc; sqlite3SystemError(db, rc); testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", + sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); @@ -93086,7 +93763,7 @@ vdbe_return: while( nVmStep>=nProgressLimit && db->xProgress!=0 ){ nProgressLimit += db->nProgressOps; if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){ - nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff; + nProgressLimit = LARGEST_UINT64; rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } @@ -93094,8 +93771,8 @@ vdbe_return: #endif p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 - || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 + || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 ); return rc; @@ -93120,9 +93797,7 @@ no_mem: */ abort_due_to_interrupt: assert( AtomicLoad(&db->u1.isInterrupted) ); - rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } @@ -93179,7 +93854,7 @@ struct Incrblob { ** sqlite3DbFree(). ** ** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will +** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ @@ -93187,7 +93862,7 @@ static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; - /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. + /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. ** This is done directly as a performance optimization */ v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int; @@ -93331,7 +94006,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( } /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the - ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. + ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. */ if( wrFlag ){ const char *zFault = 0; @@ -93340,7 +94015,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent - ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this + ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this ** case. */ FKey *pFKey; for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ @@ -93374,8 +94049,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(&sParse); assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); if( pBlob->pStmt ){ - - /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified + + /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, @@ -93383,11 +94058,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( ** ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and - ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and + ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and ** blob_bytes() functions. ** ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, - ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the + ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the ** transaction. */ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); @@ -93404,7 +94079,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); VdbeOp *aOp; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); @@ -93412,7 +94087,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ assert( aOp!=0 ); @@ -93428,17 +94103,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ #endif - /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 + /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite; aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum; - aOp[1].p3 = iDb; + aOp[1].p3 = iDb; /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to ** think that the table has one more column than it really ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means - ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type + ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type ** and offset cache without causing any IO. */ aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32; @@ -93451,7 +94126,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, &sParse); } } - + pBlob->iCol = iCol; pBlob->db = db; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); @@ -93502,10 +94177,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ ** Perform a read or write operation on a blob */ static int blobReadWrite( - sqlite3_blob *pBlob, - void *z, - int n, - int iOffset, + sqlite3_blob *pBlob, + void *z, + int n, + int iOffset, int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) ){ int rc; @@ -93535,14 +94210,14 @@ static int blobReadWrite( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ - /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, - ** invoke it here. - ** + /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, + ** invoke it here. + ** ** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this ** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably - ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values - ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an - ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the + ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values + ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an + ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the ** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually ** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column ** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module @@ -93602,8 +94277,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ ** ** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not ** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the -** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all -** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) +** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all +** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ @@ -93697,7 +94372,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** is like Close() followed by Init() only ** much faster. ** -** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can +** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can ** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and ** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e. ** @@ -93705,16 +94380,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** for each record: Write() ** Rewind() ** Rowkey()/Compare() -** Next() +** Next() ** Close() ** ** Algorithm: ** -** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held +** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held ** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds ** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using ** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required -** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records +** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records ** directly from main memory. ** ** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the @@ -93724,10 +94399,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example ** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA. ** -** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing +** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing ** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the -** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to -** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by +** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to +** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by ** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes. ** ** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated @@ -93744,7 +94419,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling ** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0. ** -** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a +** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a ** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted ** PMAs within temporary files on disk. ** @@ -93756,16 +94431,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ ** ** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is ** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has -** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread +** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread ** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds ** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on. ** -** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used +** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used ** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA. ** -** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when -** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. -** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on +** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when +** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. +** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on ** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and ** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality. @@ -93780,7 +94455,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ -/* +/* ** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various ** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance ** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode. @@ -93809,7 +94484,7 @@ typedef struct SorterList SorterList; /* In-memory list of records */ typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */ /* -** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data +** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data ** stored in the file. */ struct SorterFile { @@ -93849,17 +94524,17 @@ struct SorterList { ** the MergeEngine.nTree variable. ** ** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing -** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of +** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of ** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the -** aTree element is set to the index of it. +** aTree element is set to the index of it. ** ** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any ** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF ** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. ** -** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described +** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described ** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders -** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that +** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that ** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. ** ** Example: @@ -93875,7 +94550,7 @@ struct SorterList { ** ** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } ** -** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by +** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by ** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will ** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is ** "Eggplant": @@ -93916,8 +94591,8 @@ struct MergeEngine { ** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in ** as part of comparison operations. ** -** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, -** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for +** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, +** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for ** two purposes: ** ** 1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to @@ -93948,7 +94623,7 @@ struct SortSubtask { /* -** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each +** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each ** sorter cursor created by the VDBE. ** ** mxKeysize: @@ -94004,21 +94679,21 @@ struct PmaReader { }; /* -** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored +** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored ** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to ** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through ** multiple PMAs simultaneously. ** -** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and -** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). +** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and +** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). ** -** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] -** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in -** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from -** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the -** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off -** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of -** sorted record data from pMerger. +** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] +** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in +** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from +** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the +** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off +** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of +** sorted record data from pMerger. ** ** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the ** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges @@ -94029,7 +94704,7 @@ struct PmaReader { ** ** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its ** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning -** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a +** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a ** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single ** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with ** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out @@ -94141,7 +94816,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReadBlob( assert( p->aBuffer ); - /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next + /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; @@ -94162,11 +94837,11 @@ static int vdbePmaReadBlob( assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; + nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; if( nByte<=nAvail ){ /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this - ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a + ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */ *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf]; p->iReadOff += nByte; @@ -94245,7 +94920,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){ /* ** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the -** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted +** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted ** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use ** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL. ** @@ -94266,7 +94941,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){ /* ** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to -** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK +** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static int vdbePmaReaderSeek( @@ -94356,11 +95031,11 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){ /* ** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile -** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function -** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the +** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function +** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the ** PMA is empty). ** -** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file +** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file ** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint. */ static int vdbePmaReaderInit( @@ -94393,7 +95068,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderInit( /* ** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been -** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of +** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of ** key2. */ static int vdbeSorterCompareTail( @@ -94411,7 +95086,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterCompareTail( } /* -** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, +** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, ** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences ** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison. ** @@ -94557,7 +95232,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterCompareInt( ** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField ** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX ** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in -** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part +** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part ** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never ** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small ** performance boost. @@ -94612,13 +95287,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit( if( pSorter==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[0].pBt; pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz); memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo); pKeyInfo->db = 0; if( nField && nWorker==0 ){ pKeyInfo->nKeyField = nField; } - pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); + pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1; pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(nWorker - 1); pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1); @@ -94654,7 +95332,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit( } } - if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13 + if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13 && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl) && (pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[0] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL)==0 ){ @@ -94679,7 +95357,7 @@ static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ } /* -** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All +** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All ** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning. */ static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){ @@ -94778,7 +95456,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterCreateThread( } /* -** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create +** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create ** level-0 PMAs. */ static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){ @@ -94787,10 +95465,10 @@ static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){ /* This function is always called by the main user thread. ** - ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, + ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race - ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join + ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */ for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; @@ -94962,8 +95640,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile( } /* -** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord -** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or +** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord +** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or ** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise. */ static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){ @@ -95026,14 +95704,14 @@ static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){ if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){ return vdbeSorterCompareInt; }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){ - return vdbeSorterCompareText; + return vdbeSorterCompareText; } return vdbeSorterCompare; } /* -** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return -** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if +** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if ** an error occurs. */ static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ @@ -95078,8 +95756,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ } pList->pList = p; - assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK - || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM + assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK + || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode; } @@ -95120,8 +95798,8 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); p->iBufEnd += nCopy; if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ - p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, - &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart ); p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; @@ -95136,7 +95814,7 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ /* ** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object. ** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined. -** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not +** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not ** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. ** ** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the @@ -95145,8 +95823,8 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ int rc; if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ - p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, - &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart ); } @@ -95158,11 +95836,11 @@ static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ } /* -** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return +** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return ** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ - int nByte; + int nByte; u8 aByte[10]; nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte); @@ -95170,7 +95848,7 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ /* ** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0 -** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if +** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** The format of a PMA is: @@ -95178,8 +95856,8 @@ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ ** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content ** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). ** -** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. -** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the +** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. +** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the ** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. */ static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ @@ -95188,7 +95866,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. + /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */ i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof; #endif @@ -95341,7 +96019,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */ int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1); - /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. + /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. ** Or will be, anyhow. */ pSorter->bUsePMA = 1; @@ -95351,7 +96029,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running, ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy, ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1) - ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final + ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final ** sub-task uses the main thread. */ for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){ int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker; @@ -95432,14 +96110,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory. - ** + ** ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true: ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * cache-size), or ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. */ nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord); @@ -95578,11 +96256,11 @@ static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){ ** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the ** beginning. ** -** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading -** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. +** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading +** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. ** -** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the -** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap +** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the +** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap ** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not ** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread ** to populate the new aFile[1]. @@ -95722,7 +96400,7 @@ static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare( #define INCRINIT_TASK 1 #define INCRINIT_ROOT 2 -/* +/* ** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and ** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when ** building a merge tree. @@ -95731,7 +96409,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode); /* ** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this -** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the +** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the ** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion. ** ** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge @@ -95741,8 +96419,8 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode); ** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at ** its first key. ** -** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use -** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data +** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use +** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data ** to pMerger. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. @@ -95797,19 +96475,19 @@ static int vdbeMergeEngineInit( ** object at (pReadr->pIncr). ** ** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders -** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then -** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to +** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then +** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to ** the first key in its range. ** ** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed ** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a -** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are +** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are ** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to ** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point ** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do -** that. +** that. ** -** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately +** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately ** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has ** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since ** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will @@ -95865,12 +96543,12 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){ /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object, - ** then this function is already running in background thread - ** pIncr->pTask->thread. + ** then this function is already running in background thread + ** pIncr->pTask->thread. ** - ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the + ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the ** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return - ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the + ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the ** first results are ready from this merger object anyway. */ assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK ); @@ -95887,7 +96565,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* -** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in +** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in ** background threads. */ static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){ @@ -95905,8 +96583,8 @@ static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){ ** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes ** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to ** this routine to initialize the incremental merge. -** -** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), +** +** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), ** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(). ** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called ** using the current thread. @@ -95936,7 +96614,7 @@ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ ** to NULL and return an SQLite error code. ** ** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the -** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is +** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is ** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last ** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of ** *piOffset is undefined. @@ -96046,12 +96724,12 @@ static int vdbeSorterAddToTree( /* ** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter ** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp -** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that +** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that ** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the ** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an -** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value ** of *ppOut is undefined. */ static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild( @@ -96063,8 +96741,8 @@ static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild( int iTask; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 - /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level - ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly + /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level + ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly ** one PmaReader per sub-task. */ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 ); if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){ @@ -96173,7 +96851,7 @@ static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ } for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){ /* Check that: - ** + ** ** a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the ** right task, and ** b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run @@ -96236,7 +96914,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ return rc; } - /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() + /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards. ** So the list is never empty at this point. */ @@ -96248,7 +96926,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind"); - /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to + /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */ assert( pSorter->pReader==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -96302,7 +96980,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ } /* -** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the +** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the ** current key. */ static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( @@ -96473,7 +97151,7 @@ static int bytecodevtabConnect( "p4 TEXT," "p5 INT," "comment TEXT," - "subprog TEXT," + "subprog TEXT," "stmt HIDDEN" ");", @@ -96483,7 +97161,7 @@ static int bytecodevtabConnect( "schema TEXT," "name TEXT," "wr INT," - "subprog TEXT," + "subprog TEXT," "stmt HIDDEN" ");" }; @@ -96569,7 +97247,7 @@ static int bytecodevtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ pCur->zSchema = 0; } rc = sqlite3VdbeNextOpcode( - (Vdbe*)pCur->pStmt, + (Vdbe*)pCur->pStmt, pCur->showSubprograms ? &pCur->sub : 0, pTab->bTablesUsed, &pCur->iRowid, @@ -96611,7 +97289,7 @@ static int bytecodevtabColumn( Schema *pSchema; HashElem *k; int iDb = pOp->p3; - int iRoot = pOp->p2; + Pgno iRoot = (Pgno)pOp->p2; sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pCur->zSchema = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; @@ -96716,7 +97394,7 @@ static int bytecodevtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ ** idxNum==1 means show only the main bytecode and omit subprograms. */ static int bytecodevtabFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -96785,7 +97463,7 @@ static int bytecodevtabBestIndex( } /* -** This following structure defines all the methods for the +** This following structure defines all the methods for the ** virtual table. */ static sqlite3_module bytecodevtabModule = { @@ -96934,7 +97612,7 @@ static int memjrnlRead( assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 ); if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; + for(pChunk=p->pFirst; ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst; pChunk=pChunk->pNext ){ @@ -96969,7 +97647,7 @@ static void memjrnlFreeChunks(MemJournal *p){ for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){ pNext = pIter->pNext; sqlite3_free(pIter); - } + } p->pFirst = 0; } @@ -97041,7 +97719,7 @@ static int memjrnlWrite( ** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when ** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the ** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the - ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ + ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 ); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) @@ -97092,7 +97770,7 @@ static int memjrnlWrite( ** ** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it ** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size, -** ignore +** ignore */ static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; @@ -97119,8 +97797,8 @@ static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ /* ** Sync the file. ** -** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, -** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. +** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, +** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. */ static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags); @@ -97161,11 +97839,11 @@ static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { 0 /* xUnfetch */ }; -/* -** Open a journal file. +/* +** Open a journal file. ** -** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter -** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and +** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter +** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and ** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then ** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a ** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory @@ -97198,7 +97876,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( assert( MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE==fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize) ); } - p->pMethod = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; + pJfd->pMethods = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; p->nSpill = nSpill; p->flags = flags; p->zJournal = zName; @@ -97216,15 +97894,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) /* -** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an +** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an ** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve -** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying +** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying ** file has not yet been created, create it now. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; MemJournal *p = (MemJournal*)pJfd; - if( p->pMethod==&MemJournalMethods && ( + if( pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods && ( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE p->nSpill>0 #else @@ -97252,7 +97930,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p){ return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; } -/* +/* ** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs ** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. */ @@ -97411,7 +98089,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the ** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select ** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery -** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return +** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return ** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ @@ -97433,12 +98111,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ } } return WRC_Continue; -} +} /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. ** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and -** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. +** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. ** ** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before ** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() @@ -97491,8 +98169,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect) ** ** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees ** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every ** subquery in the parser tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ @@ -97530,6 +98208,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* +** Magic table number to mean the EXCLUDED table in an UPSERT statement. +*/ +#define EXCLUDED_TABLE_NUMBER 2 + +/* ** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function ** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node. ** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an @@ -97596,7 +98279,7 @@ static void resolveAlias( pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); } - /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This + /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the @@ -97702,7 +98385,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr *pExpr){ pExTab = pExpr->y.pTab; assert( pExTab!=0 ); if( (pExTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated)!=0 - && (pExTab->aCol[n].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)!=0 + && (pExTab->aCol[n].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)!=0 ){ testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pExTab->nCol==BMS ); @@ -97717,7 +98400,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr *pExpr){ /* ** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr ** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes ** are made to pExpr: ** @@ -97847,7 +98530,7 @@ static int lookupName( for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){ if( pCol->hName==hCol && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match - ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a + ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a ** USING clause, then skip this match. */ if( cnt==1 ){ @@ -97875,7 +98558,7 @@ static int lookupName( } /* if( pSrcList ) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT) - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference. Or ** maybe it is an excluded.* from an upsert. */ @@ -97899,12 +98582,12 @@ static int lookupName( Upsert *pUpsert = pNC->uNC.pUpsert; if( pUpsert && sqlite3StrICmp("excluded",zTab)==0 ){ pTab = pUpsert->pUpsertSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr->iTable = 2; + pExpr->iTable = EXCLUDED_TABLE_NUMBER; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */ - if( pTab ){ + if( pTab ){ int iCol; u8 hCol = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol); pSchema = pTab->pSchema; @@ -97924,14 +98607,15 @@ static int lookupName( if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){ cnt++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT - if( pExpr->iTable==2 ){ + if( pExpr->iTable==EXCLUDED_TABLE_NUMBER ){ testcase( iCol==(-1) ); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pExpr->iColumn = iCol; pExpr->y.pTab = pTab; eNewExprOp = TK_COLUMN; }else{ - pExpr->iTable = pNC->uNC.pUpsert->regData + iCol; + pExpr->iTable = pNC->uNC.pUpsert->regData + + sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, iCol); eNewExprOp = TK_REGISTER; ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias); } @@ -98032,7 +98716,7 @@ static int lookupName( } goto lookupname_end; } - } + } } /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either @@ -98187,7 +98871,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSr ** ** static void notValid( ** Parse *pParse, // Leave error message here -** NameContext *pNC, // The name context +** NameContext *pNC, // The name context ** const char *zMsg, // Type of error ** int validMask, // Set of contexts for which prohibited ** Expr *pExpr // Invalidate this expression on error @@ -98263,33 +98947,30 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ #endif switch( pExpr->op ){ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY - ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. + ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements, and by + ** UPDATE ... FROM statement processing. */ case TK_ROW: { SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); + assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc>=1 ); pItem = pSrcList->a; - assert( HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && pItem->pTab->pSelect==0 ); pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; pExpr->y.pTab = pItem->pTab; pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; + pExpr->iColumn--; pExpr->affExpr = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; break; } -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) - && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* A column name: ID ** Or table name and column name: ID.ID ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID ** ** The TK_ID and TK_OUT cases are combined so that there will only - ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line + ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line ** lookupName() for a size reduction and performance increase. */ case TK_ID: @@ -98378,7 +99059,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */ /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */ pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120; - } + } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { @@ -98440,11 +99121,11 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ || (pDef->xValue && pDef->xInverse && pDef->xSFunc && pDef->xFinalize) ); if( pDef && pDef->xValue==0 && pWin ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%.*s() may not be used as a window function", nId, zId ); pNC->nErr++; - }else if( + }else if( (is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0) || (is_agg && (pDef->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) && !pWin) || (is_agg && pWin && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowWin)==0) @@ -98480,8 +99161,8 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC else if( is_agg==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "FILTER may not be used with non-aggregate %.*s()", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "FILTER may not be used with non-aggregate %.*s()", nId, zId ); pNC->nErr++; @@ -98543,7 +99224,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ pNC->ncFlags |= savedAllowFlags; } /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function + ** type of the function */ return WRC_Prune; } @@ -98585,7 +99266,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); /* Handle special cases of "x IS TRUE", "x IS FALSE", "x IS NOT TRUE", ** and "x IS NOT FALSE". */ - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_ID ){ + if( pRight && (pRight->op==TK_ID || pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE) ){ int rc = resolveExprStep(pWalker, pRight); if( rc==WRC_Abort ) return WRC_Abort; if( pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ){ @@ -98594,7 +99275,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ return WRC_Continue; } } - /* Fall thru */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case TK_BETWEEN: case TK_EQ: @@ -98628,7 +99309,7 @@ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); } - break; + break; } } return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; @@ -98739,7 +99420,7 @@ static void resolveOutOfRangeError( int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); } @@ -98794,6 +99475,7 @@ static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( Expr *pE, *pDup; if( pItem->done ) continue; pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pItem->pExpr); + if( NEVER(pE==0) ) continue; if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); @@ -98803,7 +99485,7 @@ static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); if( iCol==0 ){ /* Now test if expression pE matches one of the values returned - ** by pSelect. In the usual case this is done by duplicating the + ** by pSelect. In the usual case this is done by duplicating the ** expression, resolving any symbols in it, and then comparing ** it against each expression returned by the SELECT statement. ** Once the comparisons are finished, the duplicate expression @@ -98973,6 +99655,7 @@ static int resolveOrderGroupBy( for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pE); + if( NEVER(pE2==0) ) continue; if( zType[0]!='G' ){ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2); if( iCol>0 ){ @@ -99027,7 +99710,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - + assert( p!=0 ); if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ @@ -99081,7 +99764,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; p->pOrderBy = 0; } - + /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries */ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ @@ -99108,19 +99791,19 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); } } - + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to ** resolve the result-set expression list. */ sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin; sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin; - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); @@ -99131,14 +99814,14 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ }else{ sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; } - + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. */ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); return WRC_Abort; } - + /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by @@ -99157,19 +99840,19 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc - && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) + && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in - ** outer queries + ** outer queries */ sNC.pNext = 0; sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin; - /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from + /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from ** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term ** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value. ** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result @@ -99199,13 +99882,13 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ return WRC_Abort; } sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin; - - /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure + + /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. */ if( pGroupBy ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; - + if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } @@ -99260,7 +99943,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions ** are seen. ** -** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the +** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the ** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where ** ** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or @@ -99292,7 +99975,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; ** -** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is +** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is ** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. ** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is ** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. @@ -99302,7 +99985,7 @@ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number ** if errors is returned. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ ){ @@ -99341,7 +100024,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( ** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression ** list rather than a single expression. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be analyzed. */ ){ @@ -99499,7 +100182,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table *pTab, int iCol){ ** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. ** ** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the ** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, ** indicating no affinity for the expression. ** @@ -99513,14 +100196,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table *pTab, int iCol){ */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(const Expr *pExpr){ int op; - while( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); + while( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip|EP_IfNullRow) ){ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE + || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW + || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_IF_NULL_ROW) ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; assert( pExpr!=0 ); } op = pExpr->op; if( op==TK_SELECT ){ assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); + assert( pExpr->x.pSelect!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); } if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; @@ -99581,9 +100269,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, con */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } + } return pExpr; } @@ -99600,10 +100288,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(Expr *pExpr){ assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; }else{ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } - } + } return pExpr; } @@ -99659,12 +100347,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr){ Expr *pNext = p->pRight; /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); - if( p->x.pList!=0 + if( p->x.pList!=0 && !db->mallocFailed && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){ int i; - for(i=0; i<p->x.pList->nExpr; i++){ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<p->x.pList->nExpr); i++){ if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){ pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; break; @@ -99677,7 +100365,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr){ break; } } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ pColl = 0; } return pColl; @@ -99797,8 +100485,8 @@ static u8 binaryCompareP5( ** it is not considered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - const Expr *pLeft, + Parse *pParse, + const Expr *pLeft, const Expr *pRight ){ CollSeq *pColl; @@ -99876,7 +100564,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR +** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR ** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression ** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For ** any other type of expression, return 1. @@ -99926,7 +100614,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr *pVector, int i){ ** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute ** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector. ** -** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0). +** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0). ** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup(). ** ** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for @@ -99982,7 +100670,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField( /* ** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate -** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the +** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the ** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array ** of registers in which the result is stored). ** @@ -100004,10 +100692,10 @@ static int exprCodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** the register number of a register that contains the value of ** element iField of the vector. ** -** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have +** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have ** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this ** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers -** containing the results of the sub-select. +** containing the results of the sub-select. ** ** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field ** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of @@ -100073,10 +100761,10 @@ static void codeVectorCompare( sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); return; } - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE - || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT - || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT - || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE + || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT + || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT + || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE ); assert( pExpr->op==op || (pExpr->op==TK_IS && op==TK_EQ) || (pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT && op==TK_NE) ); @@ -100092,7 +100780,7 @@ static void codeVectorCompare( for(i=0; 1 /*Loop exits by "break"*/; i++){ int regFree1 = 0, regFree2 = 0; - Expr *pL, *pR; + Expr *pL, *pR; int r1, r2; assert( i>=0 && i<nLeft ); r1 = exprVectorRegister(pParse, pLeft, i, regLeft, &pL, ®Free1); @@ -100138,7 +100826,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -100183,10 +100871,10 @@ static void heightOfSelect(Select *pSelect, int *pnHeight){ } /* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or ** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other ** referenced Expr plus one. ** ** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags, @@ -100211,7 +100899,7 @@ static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ ** leave an error in pParse. ** ** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into -** Expr.flags. +** Expr.flags. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ if( pParse->nErr ) return; @@ -100231,9 +100919,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ #else /* ABOVE: Height enforcement enabled. BELOW: Height enforcement off */ /* ** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into -** Expr.flags. +** Expr.flags. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ + if( pParse->nErr ) return; if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList); } @@ -100300,7 +100989,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 pNew->nHeight = 1; -#endif +#endif } return pNew; } @@ -100407,7 +101096,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ return pRight; }else if( pRight==0 ){ return pLeft; - }else if( (ExprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || ExprAlwaysFalse(pRight)) + }else if( (ExprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || ExprAlwaysFalse(pRight)) && !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); @@ -100472,7 +101161,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprFunctionUsable( /* Functions prohibited in triggers and views if: ** (1) tagged with SQLITE_DIRECTONLY ** (2) not tagged with SQLITE_INNOCUOUS (which means it - ** is tagged with SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE) and + ** is tagged with SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE) and ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA is off (meaning ** that the schema is possibly tainted). */ @@ -100483,7 +101172,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprFunctionUsable( /* ** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. +** in the original SQL statement. ** ** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential ** variable number. @@ -100621,7 +101310,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ } /* -** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure +** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure ** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. */ @@ -100636,14 +101325,14 @@ static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ ** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in ** how much of the tree is measured. ** -** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure +** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure ** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token ** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components ** *************************************************************************** ** -** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: -** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and +** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: +** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and ** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. ** The return values is always one of: ** @@ -100670,7 +101359,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); - if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN + if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC || ExprHasProperty(p, EP_WinFunc) #endif @@ -100678,7 +101367,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; }else{ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); assert( !ExprHasVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ @@ -100692,7 +101381,7 @@ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy +** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy ** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that ** string is defined.) */ @@ -100705,16 +101394,16 @@ static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the +** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a ** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** ** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct ** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. ** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes -** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft -** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes +** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft +** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or ** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). */ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ @@ -100729,8 +101418,8 @@ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ } /* -** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer -** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough +** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer +** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough ** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken ** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, ** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the @@ -100776,7 +101465,7 @@ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ }else{ u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p); memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); - if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){ + if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){ memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); } } @@ -100840,7 +101529,7 @@ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ } /* -** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second +** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second ** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned ** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. */ @@ -100906,7 +101595,7 @@ static void gatherSelectWindows(Select *p){ ** without effecting the originals. ** ** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded ** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. ** ** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. @@ -100936,9 +101625,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags) Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; Expr *pNewExpr; pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); - if( pOldExpr + if( pOldExpr && pOldExpr->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN - && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0 + && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0 ){ assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 || i>0 ); if( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 ){ @@ -100965,7 +101654,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags) /* ** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for ** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes ** called with a NULL argument. */ @@ -100998,7 +101687,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ } pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex; if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ - pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = + pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags); } pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; @@ -101115,7 +101804,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( pList->nExpr = 0; }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ ExprList *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, sizeof(*pList)+(2*(sqlite3_int64)pList->nExpr-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0])); if( pNew==0 ){ goto no_mem; @@ -101129,7 +101818,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( pItem->pExpr = pExpr; return pList; -no_mem: +no_mem: /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); @@ -101162,8 +101851,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector( if( NEVER(pColumns==0) ) goto vector_append_error; if( pExpr==0 ) goto vector_append_error; - /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that - ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT, + /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that + ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT, ** wildcards ("*") in the result set of the SELECT must be expanded before ** we can do the size check, so defer the size check until code generation. */ @@ -101191,7 +101880,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector( Expr *pFirst = pList->a[iFirst].pExpr; assert( pFirst!=0 ); assert( pFirst->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ); - + /* Store the SELECT statement in pRight so it will be deleted when ** sqlite3ExprListDelete() is called */ pFirst->pRight = pExpr; @@ -101217,13 +101906,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList *p, int iSortOrder, int assert( p->nExpr>0 ); assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC==0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 ); - assert( iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED - || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC - || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC + assert( iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED + || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC + || iSortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); - assert( eNulls==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED - || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_ASC - || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_DESC + assert( eNulls==SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED + || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_ASC + || eNulls==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; @@ -101457,10 +102146,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(Expr *pExpr){ ** ** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating DEFAULT ** expressions in a CREATE TABLE statement. The Walker.eCode value is 5 -** when parsing an existing schema out of the sqlite_master table and 4 +** when parsing an existing schema out of the sqlite_schema table and 4 ** when processing a new CREATE TABLE statement. A bound parameter raises ** an error for new statements, but is silently converted -** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that +** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_schema tables that ** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions ** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a ** malformed schema error. @@ -101495,7 +102184,7 @@ static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(pExpr) ){ return WRC_Prune; } - /* Fall thru */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case TK_COLUMN: case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_AGG_COLUMN: @@ -101509,18 +102198,20 @@ static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){ return WRC_Continue; } - /* Fall through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case TK_IF_NULL_ROW: case TK_REGISTER: + case TK_DOT: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_DOT ); pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; case TK_VARIABLE: if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){ /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out - ** of the sqlite_master table */ + ** of the sqlite_schema table */ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){ /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from @@ -101528,7 +102219,7 @@ static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } - /* Fall through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through default: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */ @@ -101618,7 +102309,7 @@ static int exprNodeIsConstantOrGroupBy(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* ** Walk the expression tree passed as the first argument. Return non-zero -** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms +** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms ** in pGroupBy that sort with the BINARY collation sequence. ** ** This routine is used to determine if a term of the HAVING clause can @@ -101648,17 +102339,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, ExprLi /* ** Walk an expression tree for the DEFAULT field of a column definition -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. Return non-zero if the expression is +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. Return non-zero if the expression is ** acceptable for use as a DEFAULT. That is to say, return non-zero if ** the expression is constant or a function call with constant arguments. ** Return and 0 if there are any variables. ** -** isInit is true when parsing from sqlite_master. isInit is false when +** isInit is true when parsing from sqlite_schema. isInit is false when ** processing a new CREATE TABLE statement. When isInit is true, parameters ** (such as ? or $abc) in the expression are converted into NULL. When ** isInit is false, parameters raise an error. Parameters should not be ** allowed in a CREATE TABLE statement, but some legacy versions of SQLite -** allowed it, so we need to support it when reading sqlite_master for +** allowed it, so we need to support it when reading sqlite_schema for ** backwards compatibility. ** ** If isInit is true, set EP_FromDDL on every TK_FUNCTION node. @@ -101732,7 +102423,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ ** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. ** ** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex -** to tell return TRUE. +** to tell return TRUE. ** ** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes ** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive @@ -101820,7 +102511,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ } /* -** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement +** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement ** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return ** a pointer to the SELECT statement. If pX is not a SELECT statement, ** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient @@ -101886,7 +102577,7 @@ static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the +** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the ** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant. */ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ @@ -101945,9 +102636,9 @@ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ ** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to ** a UNIQUE constraint or index. ** -** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used -** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must -** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an +** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must +** be used unless <columns> is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an ** index can be found with the specified <columns> as its left-most. ** ** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and @@ -101959,7 +102650,7 @@ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ ** ** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function ** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator -** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and +** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and ** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at ** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written ** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a @@ -101999,9 +102690,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0; - /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters + /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters ** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether - ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due + ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due ** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible, ** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing. */ if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ @@ -102016,12 +102707,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( } /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to - ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new ** ephemeral table. */ if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ Table *pTab; /* Table <table>. */ - i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ + int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; int nExpr = pEList->nExpr; @@ -102032,6 +102723,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); @@ -102051,7 +102743,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( int affinity_ok = 1; int i; - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each ** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table ** on the RHS of the IN operator. If it not, it is not possible to ** use any index of the RHS table. */ @@ -102096,14 +102788,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( continue; /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */ } } - + colUsed = 0; /* Columns of index used so far */ for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){ Expr *pLhs = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pX->pLeft, i); Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr; CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs); int j; - + assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr ); for(j=0; j<nExpr; j++){ if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue; @@ -102119,7 +102811,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( colUsed |= mCol; if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j; } - + assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ); if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){ /* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */ @@ -102131,11 +102823,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; - + if( prRhsHasNull ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK i64 mask = (1<<nExpr)-1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iTab, 0, 0, (u8*)&mask, P4_INT64); #endif *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem; @@ -102197,8 +102889,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This -** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing +** Argument pExpr is an (?, ?...) IN(...) expression. This +** function allocates and returns a nul-terminated string containing ** the affinities to be used for each column of the comparison. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the returned @@ -102231,11 +102923,11 @@ static char *exprINAffinity(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error +** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error ** message of the form: ** ** "sub-select returns N columns - expected M" -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){ if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d"; @@ -102246,7 +102938,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpec /* ** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where -** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine +** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine ** loads the Parse object with a message of the form: ** ** "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1" @@ -102254,7 +102946,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpec ** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector: ** ** "row value misused" -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ @@ -102317,7 +103009,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN( if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && pParse->iSelfTab==0 ){ /* Reuse of the RHS is allowed */ /* If this routine has already been coded, but the previous code - ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine. + ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine. */ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn) ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -102471,7 +103163,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN( ** ** The pExpr parameter is the SELECT or EXISTS operator to be coded. ** -** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT, +** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT, ** the result is stored in a contiguous array of registers and the ** return value is the register of the left-most result column. ** Return 0 if an error occurs. @@ -102522,7 +103214,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } - + /* For a SELECT, generate code to put the values for all columns of ** the first row into an array of registers and return the index of ** the first register. @@ -102530,7 +103222,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) ** into a register and return that register number. ** - ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any + ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any ** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1. */ ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sSCALAR SUBQUERY %d", @@ -102587,9 +103279,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the -** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of -** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not +** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the +** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of +** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not ** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){ @@ -102614,18 +103306,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){ ** x IN (SELECT ...) ** x IN (value, value, ...) ** -** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The +** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The ** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a ** subquery. If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must ** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS. If the RHS is -** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. +** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. ** ** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS. -** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The -** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be +** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The +** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be ** determined due to NULLs. ** -** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not ** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS ** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained ** within the RHS then fall through. @@ -102654,7 +103346,7 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( int destStep6 = 0; /* Start of code for Step 6 */ int addrTruthOp; /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */ int destNotNull; /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */ int iTab = 0; /* Index to use */ u8 okConstFactor = pParse->okConstFactor; @@ -102681,7 +103373,7 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( aiMap, &iTab); assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH - || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC + || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and @@ -102693,8 +103385,8 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( } #endif - /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a - ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting + /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". If the LHS is a + ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting ** at r1. ** ** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector @@ -102824,7 +103516,7 @@ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( } /* Step 5. If we do not care about the difference between NULL and - ** FALSE, then just return false. + ** FALSE, then just return false. */ if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); @@ -102885,7 +103577,7 @@ sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error: ** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point ** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the ** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look ** like the continuation of the number. */ @@ -103046,7 +103738,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( /* ** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg. +** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg. ** ** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine ** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. @@ -103083,6 +103775,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int n */ static void exprToRegister(Expr *pExpr, int iReg){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pExpr); + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; p->op2 = p->op; p->op = TK_REGISTER; p->iTable = iReg; @@ -103177,7 +103870,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, &caseExpr, target); } - default: { + default: { /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value ** of the first argument. */ @@ -103193,7 +103886,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( case INLINEFUNC_expr_compare: { /* Compare two expressions using sqlite3ExprCompare() */ assert( nFarg==2 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pFarg->a[0].pExpr, pFarg->a[1].pExpr,-1), target); break; @@ -103202,7 +103895,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( case INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr: { /* Compare two expressions using sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr() */ assert( nFarg==2 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse,pFarg->a[0].pExpr, pFarg->a[1].pExpr,-1), target); break; @@ -103214,7 +103907,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( assert( nFarg==2 ); pA1 = pFarg->a[1].pExpr; if( pA1->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(pFarg->a[0].pExpr,pA1->iTable), target); }else{ @@ -103233,7 +103926,7 @@ static int exprCodeInlineFunction( char aff; assert( nFarg==1 ); aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, (aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ? "none" : azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]); break; } @@ -103265,10 +103958,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target) int p5 = 0; assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( v==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return 0; - } + assert( v!=0 ); expr_code_doover: if( pExpr==0 ){ @@ -103302,6 +103992,7 @@ expr_code_doover: return target; } /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case TK_COLUMN: { int iTab = pExpr->iTable; @@ -103501,7 +104192,7 @@ expr_code_doover: case TK_BITOR: case TK_SLASH: case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: case TK_CONCAT: { assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); @@ -103672,7 +104363,7 @@ expr_code_doover: assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); - pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = + pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); } } @@ -103691,7 +104382,7 @@ expr_code_doover: ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". */ @@ -103702,7 +104393,7 @@ expr_code_doover: } #endif if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC @@ -103734,7 +104425,9 @@ expr_code_doover: int nCol; testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); - if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){ + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + }else if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){ sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, nCol, 1); }else{ return sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); @@ -103785,7 +104478,7 @@ expr_code_doover: return target; } case TK_SPAN: - case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_COLLATE: case TK_UPLUS: { pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; goto expr_code_doover; /* 2018-04-28: Prevent deep recursion. OSSFuzz. */ @@ -103801,7 +104494,7 @@ expr_code_doover: ** ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) - ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 @@ -103815,11 +104508,11 @@ expr_code_doover: ** ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a - ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b */ Table *pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, iCol); assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); @@ -103959,7 +104652,7 @@ expr_code_doover: } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { - assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback + assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Abort || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Fail || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Ignore @@ -104002,8 +104695,8 @@ expr_code_doover: ** the end of the prepared statement in the initialization section. ** ** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the -** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to -** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression +** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to +** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression ** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions might ** code to the same register, if they do not contain function calls and hence ** are factored out into the initialization section at the end of the @@ -104070,6 +104763,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ int r2; pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pExpr); if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) + && ALWAYS(pExpr!=0) && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ @@ -104098,9 +104792,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ assert( pExpr==0 || !ExprHasVVAProperty(pExpr,EP_Immutable) ); assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ + if( pParse->pVdbe==0 ) return; + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); + if( inReg!=target ){ u8 op; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Subquery) ){ op = OP_Copy; @@ -104217,7 +104912,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( ** ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** -** The above is equivalent to +** The above is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** @@ -104364,7 +105059,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; - /* Fall thru */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: @@ -104434,7 +105129,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* @@ -104540,7 +105235,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; - /* Fall thru */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: @@ -104594,7 +105289,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int } #endif default: { - default_expr: + default_expr: if( ExprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); }else if( ExprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ @@ -104644,7 +105339,7 @@ static int exprCompareVariable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pVar, Expr *pExpr){ int res = 0; int iVar; sqlite3_value *pL, *pR = 0; - + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pR); if( pR ){ iVar = pVar->iColumn; @@ -104686,9 +105381,9 @@ static int exprCompareVariable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pVar, Expr *pExpr){ ** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. ** ** If pParse is not NULL then TK_VARIABLE terms in pA with bindings in -** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The +** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The ** pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for each variable referenced. -** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in +** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in ** Argument pParse should normally be NULL. If it is not NULL and pA or ** pB causes a return value of 2. */ @@ -104762,7 +105457,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse *pParse, Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTa /* ** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical, 1 -** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to +** if they are certainly different, or 2 if it is not possible to ** determine if they are identical or not. ** ** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed @@ -104849,16 +105544,16 @@ static int exprImpliesNotNull( case TK_MINUS: case TK_BITOR: case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: seenNot = 1; - /* Fall thru */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case TK_STAR: case TK_REM: case TK_BITAND: case TK_SLASH: { if( exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pRight, pNN, iTab, seenNot) ) return 1; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case TK_SPAN: case TK_COLLATE: @@ -104895,9 +105590,9 @@ static int exprImpliesNotNull( ** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has ** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. ** -** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are +** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are ** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is -** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse +** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse ** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables. ** ** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance @@ -105007,6 +105702,7 @@ static int impliesNotNullRow(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ){ return WRC_Prune; } + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } default: return WRC_Continue; @@ -105069,7 +105765,7 @@ struct IdxCover { }; /* -** Check to see if there are references to columns in table +** Check to see if there are references to columns in table ** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index ** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx. */ @@ -105113,23 +105809,38 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex( /* ** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker -** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an +** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an ** aggregate function, in order to implement the ** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. */ struct SrcCount { SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ + int iSrcInner; /* Smallest cursor number in this context */ int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ }; /* +** xSelect callback for sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(). If this is the first +** SELECT with a FROM clause encountered during this iteration, set +** SrcCount.iSrcInner to the cursor number of the leftmost object in +** the FROM cause. +*/ +static int selectSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSel){ + struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; + if( p->iSrcInner==0x7FFFFFFF && ALWAYS(pSel->pSrc) && pSel->pSrc->nSrc ){ + pWalker->u.pSrcCount->iSrcInner = pSel->pSrc->a[0].iCursor; + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* ** Count the number of references to columns. */ static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* There was once a NEVER() on the second term on the grounds that - ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() was always called before - ** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the TK_COLUMNs have not yet + ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() was always called before + ** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the TK_COLUMNs have not yet ** been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. But this is no longer true due ** to window functions - sqlite3WindowRewrite() may now indirectly call ** FunctionUsesThisSrc() when creating a new sub-select. */ @@ -105143,7 +105854,7 @@ static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } if( i<nSrc ){ p->nThis++; - }else if( nSrc==0 || pExpr->iTable<pSrc->a[0].iCursor ){ + }else if( pExpr->iTable<p->iSrcInner ){ /* In a well-formed parse tree (no name resolution errors), ** TK_COLUMN nodes with smaller Expr.iTable values are in an ** outer context. Those are the only ones to count as "other" */ @@ -105165,9 +105876,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; - w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; + w.xSelectCallback = selectSrcCount; w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; + cnt.iSrcInner = (pSrcList&&pSrcList->nSrc)?pSrcList->a[0].iCursor:0x7FFFFFFF; cnt.nThis = 0; cnt.nOther = 0; sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); @@ -105180,6 +105892,64 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ } /* +** This is a Walker expression node callback. +** +** For Expr nodes that contain pAggInfo pointers, make sure the AggInfo +** object that is referenced does not refer directly to the Expr. If +** it does, make a copy. This is done because the pExpr argument is +** subject to change. +** +** The copy is stored on pParse->pConstExpr with a register number of 0. +** This will cause the expression to be deleted automatically when the +** Parse object is destroyed, but the zero register number means that it +** will not generate any code in the preamble. +*/ +static int agginfoPersistExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced)) + && pExpr->pAggInfo!=0 + ){ + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + int iAgg = pExpr->iAgg; + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + assert( iAgg>=0 && iAgg<pAggInfo->nColumn ); + if( pAggInfo->aCol[iAgg].pCExpr==pExpr ){ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + pAggInfo->aCol[iAgg].pCExpr = pExpr; + pParse->pConstExpr = + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pParse->pConstExpr, pExpr); + } + } + }else{ + assert( iAgg>=0 && iAgg<pAggInfo->nFunc ); + if( pAggInfo->aFunc[iAgg].pFExpr==pExpr ){ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + pAggInfo->aFunc[iAgg].pFExpr = pExpr; + pParse->pConstExpr = + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pParse->pConstExpr, pExpr); + } + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Initialize a Walker object so that will persist AggInfo entries referenced +** by the tree that is walked. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(Walker *pWalker, Parse *pParse){ + memset(pWalker, 0, sizeof(*pWalker)); + pWalker->pParse = pParse; + pWalker->xExprCallback = agginfoPersistExprCb; + pWalker->xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; +} + +/* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of ** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ @@ -105193,7 +105963,7 @@ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ &i ); return i; -} +} /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of @@ -105202,14 +105972,14 @@ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, + db, pInfo->aFunc, sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), &pInfo->nFunc, &i ); return i; -} +} /* ** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to @@ -105238,7 +106008,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. ** ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there ** is not an entry there already. @@ -105252,7 +106022,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } } if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 ){ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; pCol->pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; @@ -105260,7 +106030,7 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; + pCol->pCExpr = pExpr; if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ int j, n; ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; @@ -105298,12 +106068,12 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure */ struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pItem->pFExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ break; } } @@ -105315,11 +106085,11 @@ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( i>=0 ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + pItem->pFExpr = pExpr; pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - pExpr->u.zToken, + pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; @@ -105501,7 +106271,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse *pParse, int iFirst, int iLast){ ** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. */ static int isAlterableTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) + if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Shadow)!=0 && sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(pParse->db) @@ -105522,24 +106292,24 @@ static int isAlterableTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ ** objects unusable. */ static void renameTestSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb, int bTemp){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "SELECT 1 " - "FROM \"%w\".%s " + "FROM \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, %d)=NULL ", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zDb, zDb, bTemp ); if( bTemp==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "SELECT 1 " - "FROM temp.%s " + "FROM temp." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1)=NULL ", - MASTER_NAME, zDb + zDb ); } } @@ -105558,8 +106328,8 @@ static void renameReloadSchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ } /* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ @@ -105569,7 +106339,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ @@ -105577,7 +106347,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ u32 savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */ - savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; + savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); @@ -105599,7 +106369,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(db, pTab, zName) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); goto exit_rename_table; } @@ -105642,7 +106412,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. Then modify the schema cookie ** (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the schema). Call sqlite3MayAbort(), - ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the + ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the ** nested SQL may raise an exception. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ){ @@ -105656,18 +106426,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( /* Rewrite all CREATE TABLE, INDEX, TRIGGER or VIEW statements in ** the schema to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, %d) " "WHERE (type!='index' OR tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase)" "AND name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" - , zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, zTabName, zName, (iDb==1), zTabName + , zDb, zDb, zTabName, zName, (iDb==1), zTabName ); - /* Update the tbl_name and name columns of the sqlite_master table + /* Update the tbl_name and name columns of the sqlite_schema table ** as required. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " + "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET " "tbl_name = %Q, " "name = CASE " "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " @@ -105676,14 +106446,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " "ELSE name END " "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, - zName, zName, zName, + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, + zName, zName, zName, nTabName, zTabName ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update ** it with the new table name. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ @@ -105694,11 +106464,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( #endif /* If the table being renamed is not itself part of the temp database, - ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database + ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database ** as required. */ if( iDb!=1 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE sqlite_temp_schema SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, 1), " "tbl_name = " "CASE WHEN tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " @@ -105803,7 +106573,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ return; } if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 ){ - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking ** for an SQL NULL default below. */ @@ -105853,11 +106623,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ *zEnd-- = '\0'; } db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin; - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET " "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + zDb, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, zTab ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); @@ -105886,14 +106656,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ /* ** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument ** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. ** ** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure ** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point ** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c ** after parsing is finished. ** ** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete @@ -106033,7 +106803,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn( if( SQLITE_OK!=isAlterableTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; if( SQLITE_OK!=isRealTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; - /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */ + /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */ iSchema = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iSchema>=0 ); zDb = db->aDb[iSchema].zDbSName; @@ -106059,29 +106829,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn( /* Do the rename operation using a recursive UPDATE statement that ** uses the sqlite_rename_column() SQL function to compute the new - ** CREATE statement text for the sqlite_master table. + ** CREATE statement text for the sqlite_schema table. */ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); zNew = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pNew); if( !zNew ) goto exit_rename_column; assert( pNew->n>0 ); bQuote = sqlite3Isquote(pNew->z[0]); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\"." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, %d) " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X' " " AND (type != 'index' OR tbl_name = %Q)" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'", - zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zDb, zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote, iSchema==1, pTab->zName ); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE temp.%s SET " + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE temp." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, 1) " "WHERE type IN ('trigger', 'view')", - MASTER_NAME, zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote ); @@ -106128,7 +106897,7 @@ struct RenameCtx { RenameToken *pList; /* List of tokens to overwrite */ int nList; /* Number of tokens in pList */ int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */ const char *zOld; /* Old column name */ }; @@ -106136,14 +106905,14 @@ struct RenameCtx { /* ** This function is only for debugging. It performs two tasks: ** -** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the +** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the ** rename-token list. ** ** 2. Dereferences each pointer in the rename-token list. ** ** The second is most effective when debugging under valgrind or -** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer -** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking +** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer +** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking ** tool. ** ** The point of this is to prevent comparisons of invalid pointer values. @@ -106306,7 +107075,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the +** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the ** rename list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList){ @@ -106380,13 +107149,13 @@ static int renameColumnSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ */ static int renameColumnExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; - if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER - && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER + && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol && pWalker->pParse->pTriggerTab==p->pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); - }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN - && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol && p->pTab==pExpr->y.pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); @@ -106425,7 +107194,7 @@ static RenameToken *renameColumnTokenNext(RenameCtx *pCtx){ ** adds context to the error message and then stores it in pCtx. */ static void renameColumnParseError( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int bPost, sqlite3_value *pType, sqlite3_value *pObject, @@ -106435,7 +107204,7 @@ static void renameColumnParseError( const char *zN = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pObject); char *zErr; - zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s", + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s", zT, zN, (bPost ? " after rename" : ""), pParse->zErrMsg ); @@ -106445,14 +107214,14 @@ static void renameColumnParseError( /* ** For each name in the the expression-list pEList (i.e. each -** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the +** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the ** corresponding rename-token from Parse object pParse and add it ** to the RenameCtx pCtx. */ static void renameColumnElistNames( - Parse *pParse, - RenameCtx *pCtx, - ExprList *pEList, + Parse *pParse, + RenameCtx *pCtx, + ExprList *pEList, const char *zOld ){ if( pEList ){ @@ -106470,14 +107239,14 @@ static void renameColumnElistNames( } /* -** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName) -** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token +** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName) +** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token ** from Parse object pParse and add it to the RenameCtx pCtx. */ static void renameColumnIdlistNames( - Parse *pParse, - RenameCtx *pCtx, - IdList *pIdList, + Parse *pParse, + RenameCtx *pCtx, + IdList *pIdList, const char *zOld ){ if( pIdList ){ @@ -106520,8 +107289,8 @@ static int renameParseSql( assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); p->zErrMsg = zErr; if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } @@ -106566,8 +107335,8 @@ static int renameEditSql( char *zOut; int nQuot; - /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the - ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original + /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the + ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original ** ALTER TABLE statement was quoted (bQuote==1), then set zNew to ** point to zQuot so that all substitutions are made using the ** quoted version of the new column name. */ @@ -106607,7 +107376,7 @@ static int renameEditSql( iOff = pBest->t.z - zSql; if( pBest->t.n!=nReplace ){ - memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n], + memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n], nOut - (iOff + pBest->t.n) ); nOut += nReplace - pBest->t.n; @@ -106629,11 +107398,11 @@ static int renameEditSql( /* ** Resolve all symbols in the trigger at pParse->pNewTrigger, assuming -** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if +** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and leave an error ** message in the Parse object. */ -static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ +static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Trigger *pNew = pParse->pNewTrigger; TriggerStep *pStep; @@ -106643,7 +107412,7 @@ static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; assert( pNew->pTabSchema ); - pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table, + pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table, db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pTabSchema)].zDbSName ); pParse->eTriggerOp = pNew->op; @@ -106664,17 +107433,30 @@ static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ if( pParse->nErr ) rc = pParse->rc; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep->zTarget ){ - Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); - if( pTarget==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTarget)) ){ - SrcList sSrc; - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = pStep->zTarget; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTarget; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - if( pStep->pWhere ){ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep); + if( pSrc ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *p = &pSrc->a[i]; + p->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( p->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3ExpandSubquery(pParse, p); + assert( i>0 ); + assert( pStep->pFrom->a[i-1].pSelect ); + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pStep->pFrom->a[i-1].pSelect, 0); + }else{ + p->pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, p); + if( p->pTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + p->pTab->nTabRef++; + rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p->pTab); + } + } + } + sNC.pSrcList = pSrc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep->pWhere ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pStep->pWhere); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -106684,7 +107466,7 @@ static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ if( pStep->pUpsert ){ Upsert *pUpsert = pStep->pUpsert; assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = &sSrc; + pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = pSrc; sNC.uNC.pUpsert = pUpsert; sNC.ncFlags = NC_UUpsert; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); @@ -106701,6 +107483,9 @@ static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ sNC.ncFlags = 0; } sNC.pSrcList = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } @@ -106729,6 +107514,12 @@ static void renameWalkTrigger(Walker *pWalker, Trigger *pTrigger){ sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertWhere); sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); } + if( pStep->pFrom ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pStep->pFrom->nSrc; i++){ + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pStep->pFrom->a[i].pSelect); + } + } } } @@ -106887,11 +107678,11 @@ static void renameColumnFunc( }else{ /* A trigger */ TriggerStep *pStep; - rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, (bTemp ? 0 : zDb)); + rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; for(pStep=sParse.pNewTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ - if( pStep->zTarget ){ + if( pStep->zTarget ){ Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); if( pTarget==pTab ){ if( pStep->pUpsert ){ @@ -106935,7 +107726,7 @@ renameColumnFunc_done: } /* -** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE". +** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE". */ static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; @@ -106946,7 +107737,7 @@ static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE". +** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE". */ static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ int i; @@ -106972,7 +107763,7 @@ static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ /* ** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code ** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition -** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the ** parent table. It is passed three arguments: ** ** 0: The database containing the table being renamed. @@ -107083,14 +107874,14 @@ static void renameTableFunc( else{ Trigger *pTrigger = sParse.pNewTrigger; TriggerStep *pStep; - if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld) + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld) && sCtx.pTab->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewTrigger->table); } if( isLegacy==0 ){ - rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb); + rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ renameWalkTrigger(&sWalker, pTrigger); for(pStep=pTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ @@ -107177,7 +107968,7 @@ static void renameTableTest( else if( sParse.pNewTrigger ){ if( isLegacy==0 ){ - rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb); + rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i1 = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, sParse.pNewTrigger->pTabSchema); @@ -107245,7 +108036,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 through 3.29.0 when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 ** is a superset of sqlite_stat2 and is also now deprecated. The -** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only +** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only ** available when compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite ** versions 3.8.1 and later. STAT4 is the only variant that is still ** supported. @@ -107264,7 +108055,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same ** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average ** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two -** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in +** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in ** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For ** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If ** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. @@ -107274,7 +108065,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the ** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that ** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. -** +** ** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat ** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of ** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. @@ -107332,9 +108123,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ ** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first ** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the ** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. -** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries +** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries ** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the -** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the +** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the ** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the ** sample. ** @@ -107401,7 +108192,7 @@ static void openStatTable( sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Db *pDb; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; + u32 aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 const int nToOpen = OptimizationEnabled(db,SQLITE_Stat4) ? 2 : 1; @@ -107423,18 +108214,18 @@ static void openStatTable( aCreateTbl[i] = 0; if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zDbSName))==0 ){ if( i<nToOpen ){ - /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a - ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage - ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols ); - aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; + aRoot[i] = (u32)pParse->regRoot; aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; } }else{ - /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the ** entire contents of the table. */ aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; @@ -107450,7 +108241,7 @@ static void openStatTable( #endif }else{ /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, (int)aRoot[i], iDb); } } } @@ -107458,7 +108249,7 @@ static void openStatTable( /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ for(i=0; i<nToOpen; i++){ assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, (int)aRoot[i], iDb, 3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]); VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName)); } @@ -107492,7 +108283,7 @@ struct StatSample { int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */ u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */ #endif -}; +}; struct StatAccum { sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */ tRowcnt nEst; /* Estimated number of rows */ @@ -107596,7 +108387,7 @@ static void statAccumDestructor(void *pOld){ ** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1) ** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk. ** C: Estimated number of rows in the index -** L: A limit on the number of rows to scan, or 0 for no-limit +** L: A limit on the number of rows to scan, or 0 for no-limit ** ** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a ** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the @@ -107607,7 +108398,7 @@ static void statAccumDestructor(void *pOld){ ** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the ** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case. ** -** This routine allocates the StatAccum object in heap memory. The return +** This routine allocates the StatAccum object in heap memory. The return ** value is a pointer to the StatAccum object. The datatype of the ** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the StatAccum ** object. @@ -107638,7 +108429,7 @@ static void statInit( assert( nKeyCol>0 ); /* Allocate the space required for the StatAccum object */ - n = sizeof(*p) + n = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* StatAccum.anEq */ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp; /* StatAccum.anDLt */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 @@ -107675,7 +108466,7 @@ static void statInit( p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(p->nEst/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - + /* Set up the StatAccum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ p->a = (struct StatSample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; @@ -107686,7 +108477,7 @@ static void statInit( p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); } assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); - + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ p->aBest[i].iCol = i; } @@ -107713,19 +108504,19 @@ static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for -** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and +** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for +** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and ** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this ** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. ** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected ** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. ** ** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of -** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. */ static int sampleIsBetterPost( - StatAccum *pAccum, - StatSample *pNew, + StatAccum *pAccum, + StatSample *pNew, StatSample *pOld ){ int nCol = pAccum->nCol; @@ -107745,11 +108536,11 @@ static int sampleIsBetterPost( ** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. ** ** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of -** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. */ static int sampleIsBetter( - StatAccum *pAccum, - StatSample *pNew, + StatAccum *pAccum, + StatSample *pNew, StatSample *pOld ){ tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; @@ -107787,7 +108578,7 @@ static void sampleInsert(StatAccum *p, StatSample *pNew, int nEqZero){ StatSample *pUpgrade = 0; assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); - /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column + /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority @@ -107829,7 +108620,7 @@ static void sampleInsert(StatAccum *p, StatSample *pNew, int nEqZero){ /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would ** be out of order. */ - assert( p->nSample==0 + assert( p->nSample==0 || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); /* Insert the new sample */ @@ -108036,9 +108827,9 @@ static void statGet( /* STAT4 has a parameter on this routine. */ int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); assert( argc==2 ); - assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT - || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT + || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT ); assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || p->mxSample ); if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) @@ -108049,20 +108840,20 @@ static void statGet( /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 ** table for this index. ** - ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing - ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of - ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list + ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing + ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of + ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of ** the number of rows matched by a equality query on the index using ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, - ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is + ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: ** ** * the index contains 100 rows, ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. ** - ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of + ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: ** ** I = (K+D-1)/D @@ -108076,7 +108867,7 @@ static void statGet( return; } - sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", + sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", p->nSkipAhead ? (u64)p->nEst : (u64)p->nRow); z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){ @@ -108113,7 +108904,7 @@ static void statGet( case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; default: { - aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; + aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; p->iGet++; break; } @@ -108166,6 +108957,30 @@ static void callStatGet(Parse *pParse, int regStat, int iParam, int regOut){ &statGetFuncdef, 0); } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* Add a comment to the most recent VDBE opcode that is the name +** of the k-th column of the pIdx index. +*/ +static void analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName( + Vdbe *v, /* Prepared statement under construction */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index whose column is being loaded */ + int k /* Which column index */ +){ + int i; /* Index of column in the table */ + assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn ); + i = pIdx->aiColumn[k]; + if( NEVER(i==XN_ROWID) ){ + VdbeComment((v,"%s.rowid",pIdx->zName)); + }else if( i==XN_EXPR ){ + VdbeComment((v,"%s.expr(%d)",pIdx->zName, k)); + }else{ + VdbeComment((v,"%s.%s", pIdx->zName, pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName)); + } +} +#else +# define analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(a,b,c) +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + /* ** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with ** a single table. @@ -108198,7 +109013,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK - Table *pStat1 = 0; + Table *pStat1 = 0; #endif pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); @@ -108237,7 +109052,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( } #endif - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at ** this time though. */ @@ -108303,9 +109118,9 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( ** end_of_scan: */ - /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate + /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required - ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of + ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest); @@ -108316,7 +109131,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: - ** + ** ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns), ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk @@ -108373,7 +109188,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL - ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip + ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip ** subsequent distinctness tests. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -108382,16 +109197,16 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.column(%d)", pIdx->zName, i)); - aGotoChng[i] = + analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(v,pIdx,i); + aGotoChng[i] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest); - - + + /* ** chng_addr_0: ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) @@ -108403,12 +109218,12 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.column(%d)", pIdx->zName, i)); + analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(v,pIdx,i); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest); sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng); } - + /* ** chng_addr_N: ** regRowid = idx(rowid) // STAT4 only @@ -108429,7 +109244,7 @@ static void analyzeOneTable( k = sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); assert( k>=0 && k<pIdx->nColumn ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.column(%d)", pIdx->zName, i)); + analyzeVdbeCommentIndexWithColumnName(v,pIdx,k); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); @@ -108727,7 +109542,7 @@ static void decodeIntArray( /* ** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. +** sqlite_stat1 table. ** ** argv[0] = name of the table ** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) @@ -108765,7 +109580,7 @@ static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0; int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate + /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */ if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){ @@ -108822,7 +109637,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* ** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently -** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. +** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. */ static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ if( pIdx ){ @@ -108858,12 +109673,12 @@ static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow; /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that - ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of - ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value + ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of + ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */ for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){ if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1) - || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] + || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){ sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; nSum100 += 100; @@ -108963,6 +109778,7 @@ static int loadStatTbl( } pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat4; for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){ pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; @@ -108990,7 +109806,7 @@ static int loadStatTbl( if( zIndex==0 ) continue; pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); if( pIdx==0 ) continue; - /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from + /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ @@ -109025,7 +109841,7 @@ static int loadStatTbl( } /* -** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into +** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into ** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. */ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ @@ -109034,7 +109850,7 @@ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ rc = loadStatTbl(db, - "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", zDb ); @@ -109050,11 +109866,11 @@ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ ** Index.aSample[] arrays. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR -** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined -** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is ** read from it. ** -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the ** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is ** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 ** table (if it is present) before returning. @@ -109092,7 +109908,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ sInfo.db = db; sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; @@ -109258,7 +110074,7 @@ static void attachFunc( ** * Specified database name already being used. */ if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] ); goto attach_error; @@ -109270,7 +110086,7 @@ static void attachFunc( goto attach_error; } } - + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema ** hash tables. */ @@ -109285,7 +110101,7 @@ static void attachFunc( db->aDb = aNew; pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may ** or may not be initialized. @@ -109314,7 +110130,7 @@ static void attachFunc( if( !pNew->pSchema ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else if( pNew->pSchema->file_format && pNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } @@ -109336,7 +110152,7 @@ static void attachFunc( sqlite3_free_filename( zPath ); /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the ** way we found it. */ @@ -109380,7 +110196,7 @@ static void attachFunc( } goto attach_error; } - + return; attach_error: @@ -109429,7 +110245,9 @@ static void detachFunc( sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); goto detach_error; } - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pDb->pBt)!=SQLITE_TXN_NONE + || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) + ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); goto detach_error; } @@ -109479,7 +110297,7 @@ static void codeAttach( memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sName.pParse = pParse; - if( + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) @@ -109519,7 +110337,7 @@ static void codeAttach( */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); } - + attach_end: sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); @@ -109735,6 +110553,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ return 1; } + if( pStep->pFrom && sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pStep->pFrom) ){ + return 1; + } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT if( pStep->pUpsert ){ Upsert *pUp = pStep->pUpsert; @@ -109887,10 +110708,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( /* ** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. ** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. ** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN ** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, ** then generate an error. */ @@ -110007,7 +110828,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, + AuthContext *pContext, const char *zContext ){ assert( pParse ); @@ -110064,13 +110885,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ */ struct TableLock { int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ + Pgno iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ const char *zLockName; /* Name of the table */ }; /* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. ** ** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. ** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. @@ -110082,11 +110903,11 @@ struct TableLock { SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ + Pgno iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + Parse *pToplevel; int i; int nBytes; TableLock *p; @@ -110094,6 +110915,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( if( iDb==1 ) return; if( !sqlite3BtreeSharable(pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ) return; + pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ @@ -110123,10 +110945,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( */ static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - - pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ + Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( pVdbe!=0 ); for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){ TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; @@ -110178,7 +110998,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** vdbe program */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); @@ -110200,7 +111020,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie ** on each used database. */ - if( db->mallocFailed==0 + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr) ){ int iDb, i; @@ -110230,8 +111050,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ pParse->nVtabLock = 0; #endif - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the ** shared-cache feature is enabled. */ codeTableLocks(pParse); @@ -110240,12 +111060,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ */ sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); - /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ + /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops. + ** + ** The pConstExpr list might also contain expressions that we simply + ** want to keep around until the Parse object is deleted. Such + ** expressions have iConstExprReg==0. Do not generate code for + ** those expressions, of course. + */ if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; pParse->okConstFactor = 0; for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); + int iReg = pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg; + if( iReg>0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, iReg); + } } } @@ -110277,7 +111106,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ ** outermost parser. ** ** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use +** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against the schema table. Use ** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ @@ -110359,9 +111188,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha } } p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, zName); - if( p==0 && i==1 && sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)==0 ){ - /* All temp.sqlite_master to be an alias for sqlite_temp_master */ - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash, TEMP_MASTER_NAME); + if( p==0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + if( i==1 ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 + ){ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash, + DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE); + } + }else{ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 ){ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, + DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE); + } + } } }else{ /* Match against TEMP first */ @@ -110376,6 +111217,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const cha p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash, zName); if( p ) break; } + if( p==0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 ){ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[0].pSchema->tblHash, DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE); + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName+7, &ALT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE[7])==0 ){ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->tblHash, + DFLT_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE); + } + } } return p; } @@ -110401,7 +111250,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 && SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return 0; @@ -110451,7 +111300,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( ** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, u32 flags, struct SrcList_item *p ){ @@ -110467,7 +111316,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( } /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes ** a particular index given the name of that index ** and the name of the database that contains the index. ** Return NULL if not found. @@ -110655,10 +111504,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ ** ** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink ** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with ** the table. ** -** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object +** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object ** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use ** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the ** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory @@ -110670,7 +111519,7 @@ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use - ** lookaside, this number should not change. + ** lookaside, this number should not change. ** ** If malloc has already failed, it may be that it failed while allocating ** a Table object that was going to be marked ephemeral. So do not check @@ -110687,7 +111536,7 @@ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema || (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) ); if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){ - char *zName = pIndex->zName; + char *zName = pIndex->zName; TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0 ); @@ -110767,13 +111616,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ } /* -** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for +** Open the sqlite_schema table stored in database number iDb for ** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, MASTER_NAME); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, SCHEMA_ROOT, 1, DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, SCHEMA_ROOT, iDb, 5); if( p->nTab==0 ){ p->nTab = 1; } @@ -110802,7 +111651,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ /* ** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or ** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db ** does not exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ @@ -110818,7 +111667,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** +** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** @@ -110881,7 +111730,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WritableSchema(sqlite3 *db){ ** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace ** is reserved for internal use. ** -** When parsing the sqlite_master table, this routine also checks to +** When parsing the sqlite_schema table, this routine also checks to ** make sure the "type", "name", and "tbl_name" columns are consistent ** with the SQL. */ @@ -110892,7 +111741,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName( const char *zTblName /* Parent table name for triggers and indexes */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( sqlite3WritableSchema(db) || db->init.imposterTable ){ + if( sqlite3WritableSchema(db) + || db->init.imposterTable + || !sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks + ){ /* Skip these error checks for writable_schema=ON */ return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -110901,10 +111753,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName( || sqlite3_stricmp(zName, db->init.azInit[1]) || sqlite3_stricmp(zTblName, db->init.azInit[2]) ){ - if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); /* corruptSchema() will supply the error */ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); /* corruptSchema() will supply the error */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; } }else{ if( (pParse->nested==0 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7)) @@ -110971,7 +111821,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(Table *pTab, i16 iCol){ ** The storage column number (0,1,2,....) is the index of the value ** as it appears in the record on disk. Or, if the input column is ** the N-th virtual column (zero-based) then the storage number is -** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N. +** the number of non-virtual columns in the table plus N. ** ** The true column number is the index (0,1,2,...) of the column in ** the CREATE TABLE statement. @@ -111053,7 +111903,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ if( db->init.busy && db->init.newTnum==1 ){ - /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_master or sqlite_temp_master schema */ + /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_schema or sqlite_temp_schema schema */ iDb = db->init.iDb; zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); pName = pName1; @@ -111062,7 +111912,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) return; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); return; @@ -111159,10 +112009,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( #endif /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead + ** the schema table. Note in particular that we must go ahead ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated ** now. */ @@ -111180,7 +112030,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( } #endif - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, ** set them now. */ reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; @@ -111195,7 +112045,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, ENC(db)); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. + /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_schema table. ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). ** @@ -111213,7 +112063,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, reg2, BTREE_INTKEY); } - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); @@ -111291,7 +112141,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName, Token *pType){ pCol->zName = z; pCol->hName = sqlite3StrIHash(z); sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol); - + if( pType->n==0 ){ /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity ** 'BLOB' with a default size of 4 bytes. */ @@ -111347,11 +112197,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ ** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the ** associated affinity type. ** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the ** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is ** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. ** ** Substring | Affinity @@ -111490,7 +112340,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue( /* ** Backwards Compatibility Hack: -** +** ** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in ** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example: ** @@ -111524,11 +112374,11 @@ static void makeColumnPartOfPrimaryKey(Parse *pParse, Column *pCol){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "generated columns cannot be part of the PRIMARY KEY"); } -#endif +#endif } /* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names ** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the ** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. ** @@ -111558,7 +112408,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( int nTerm; if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit; if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); goto primary_key_exit; } @@ -111621,8 +112471,10 @@ primary_key_exit: ** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pCheckExpr, /* The check expression */ + const char *zStart, /* Opening "(" */ + const char *zEnd /* Closing ")" */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; @@ -111633,6 +112485,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); + }else{ + Token t; + for(zStart++; sqlite3Isspace(zStart[0]); zStart++){} + while( sqlite3Isspace(zEnd[-1]) ){ zEnd--; } + t.z = zStart; + t.n = (int)(zEnd - t.z); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &t, 1); } }else #endif @@ -111651,7 +112510,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ sqlite3 *db; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || IN_RENAME_OBJECT ) return; i = p->nCol-1; db = pParse->db; zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); @@ -111661,7 +112520,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ Index *pIdx; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - + /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>", ** then an index may have been created on this column before the ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. @@ -111752,7 +112611,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (int)(1+(unsigned)db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie)); } @@ -111773,13 +112632,13 @@ static int identLength(const char *z){ } /* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second ** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at ** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the ** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, ** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer ** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** +** ** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric ** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, ** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, @@ -111823,7 +112682,7 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; } n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ + if( n<50 ){ zSep = ""; zSep2 = ","; zEnd = ")"; @@ -111864,10 +112723,10 @@ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); k += len; @@ -111886,12 +112745,15 @@ static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ int nByte; if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); - nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; + nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(LogEst) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); pIdx->azColl = (const char**)zExtra; zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiRowLogEst, sizeof(LogEst)*(pIdx->nKeyCol+1)); + pIdx->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*N; memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; @@ -111970,7 +112832,7 @@ static int isDupColumn(Index *pIdx, int nKey, Index *pPk, int iCol){ assert( j!=XN_ROWID && j!=XN_EXPR ); for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){ assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 || j>=0 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], pPk->azColl[iCol])==0 ){ return 1; @@ -112021,11 +112883,11 @@ static void recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(Index *pIdx){ ** Changes include: ** ** (1) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. -** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY +** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY ** into BTREE_BLOBKEY. -** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry +** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_schema table entry ** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now -** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. +** identified by the sqlite_schema table entry of the table itself. ** (4) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the ** schema to the rootpage from the main table. ** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object @@ -112066,13 +112928,13 @@ static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ } /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally - ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. + ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. */ if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ ExprList *pList; Token ipkToken; sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0)); if( pList==0 ) return; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ @@ -112112,13 +112974,13 @@ static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ if( !db->init.imposterTable ) pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; nPk = pPk->nColumn = pPk->nKeyCol; - /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master + /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_schema ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading ** a database schema). */ if( v && pPk->tnum>0 ){ assert( db->init.busy==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, (int)pPk->tnum, OP_Goto); } /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ @@ -112260,15 +113122,15 @@ static void markExprListImmutable(ExprList *pList){ ** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have ** occurred. ** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless +** An entry for the table is made in the schema table on disk, unless ** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has +** it means we are reading the sqlite_schema table because we just +** connected to the database or because the sqlite_schema table has ** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** the sqlite_schema table. We do not want to create it again. ** ** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a +** was called to create a table generated from a ** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of ** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. */ @@ -112296,12 +113158,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( } /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. + ** "sqlite_schema" or "sqlite_temp_schema" table on the disk. ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) ** - ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master + ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_schema ** table itself. So mark it read-only. */ if( db->init.busy ){ @@ -112388,7 +113250,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( } /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. + ** in the schema table of the database. ** ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary ** file instead of into the main database file. @@ -112405,7 +113267,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); - /* + /* ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. */ if( p->pSelect==0 ){ @@ -112484,20 +113346,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z ); } - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** schema table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, + "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE + " SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q" + " WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zType, p->zName, p->zName, @@ -112625,7 +113487,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; sEnd.n = 1; - /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ + /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the schema table */ sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); create_view_fail: @@ -112685,7 +113547,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. ** But the following test is still important as it does come up ** in the following: - ** + ** ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; @@ -112706,10 +113568,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ assert( pTable->pSelect ); pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); if( pSel ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE u8 eParseMode = pParse->eParseMode; pParse->eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL; -#endif n = pParse->nTab; sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); pTable->nCol = -1; @@ -112733,9 +113593,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ ** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for ** a VIEW it holds the list of column names. */ - sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pParse->nErr==0 && pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr ){ @@ -112757,9 +113617,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); EnableLookaside; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE pParse->eParseMode = eParseMode; -#endif } else { nErr++; } @@ -112770,7 +113628,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ pTable->nCol = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; + return nErr; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ @@ -112806,7 +113664,7 @@ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ ** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. ** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might ** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match ** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices ** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. ** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with @@ -112814,7 +113672,7 @@ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ ** in order to be certain that we got the right one. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo){ HashElem *pElem; Hash *pHash; Db *pDb; @@ -112840,10 +113698,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iT /* ** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema +** Also write code to modify the sqlite_schema table and internal schema ** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst ** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ +*/ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); @@ -112853,30 +113711,31 @@ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to + ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_schema table to ** reflect this. ** ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER ** token for additional information. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE + " SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, iTable, r1, r1); #endif sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } /* ** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions +** Code to update the sqlite_schema tables and internal schema definitions ** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer ** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). */ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the ** following were coded: @@ -112886,22 +113745,22 @@ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ ** OP_Destroy 5 0 ** ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit ** a free-list page. */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; + Pgno iTab = pTab->tnum; + Pgno iDestroyed = 0; while( 1 ){ Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; + Pgno iLargest = 0; if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){ iLargest = iTab; } for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; + Pgno iIdx = pIdx->tnum; assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){ iLargest = iIdx; @@ -112962,12 +113821,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, in #endif /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or - ** sqlite_temp_master if required. + ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_schema and/or + ** sqlite_temp_schema if required. */ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; @@ -112987,16 +113846,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, in } #endif - /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes + /* Drop all entries in the schema table that refer to the + ** table. The program name loops through the schema table and deletes ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another ** database. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE + " WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zDbSName, pTab->zName); if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ destroyTable(pParse, pTab); } @@ -113132,7 +113992,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, } #endif - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table + /* Generate code to remove the table from the schema table ** on disk. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); @@ -113236,8 +114096,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( } } if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", pFromCol->a[i].zEName); goto fk_end; } @@ -113263,7 +114123,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey ); if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ @@ -113323,7 +114183,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ + Pgno tnum; /* Root page of index */ int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ @@ -113344,7 +114204,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) return; if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - tnum = memRootPage; + tnum = (Pgno)memRootPage; }else{ tnum = pIndex->tnum; } @@ -113369,7 +114229,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, (int)tnum, iDb, (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); @@ -113388,7 +114248,7 @@ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ ** user function that throws an exception when it is evaluated. But the ** overhead of adding a statement journal to a CREATE INDEX statement is ** very small (since most of the pages written do not contain content that - ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call + ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call ** sqlite3MayAbort() for all CREATE INDEX statements. */ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); @@ -113461,7 +114321,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ if( pList->a[i].bNulls ){ u8 sf = pList->a[i].sortFlags; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s", (sf==0 || sf==3) ? "FIRST" : "LAST" ); return 1; @@ -113472,8 +114332,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ } /* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will ** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a ** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable ** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is @@ -113481,7 +114341,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ ** ** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this ** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. +** to the table currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ @@ -113531,7 +114391,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( */ if( pTblName!=0 ){ - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db ** before looking up the table. */ @@ -113563,7 +114423,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; @@ -113580,16 +114440,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && db->init.busy==0 && pTblName!=0 #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0 #endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_SQLITE_MASTER_INDEX - && sqlite3StrICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"master")!=0 -#endif - ){ + ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; } @@ -113608,10 +114465,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( /* ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. + ** index or table with the same name. ** ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and + ** sqlite_schema table (because some other process changed the schema) and ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or ** index, then we will continue to process this index. ** @@ -113706,8 +114563,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( } } - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. */ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; @@ -113825,7 +114682,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; assert( x>=0 ); if( isDupColumn(pIndex, pIndex->nKeyCol, pPk, j) ){ - pIndex->nColumn--; + pIndex->nColumn--; }else{ testcase( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn,pIndex->nKeyCol,x) ); pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; @@ -113844,7 +114701,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( /* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark ** it as a covering index */ - assert( HasRowid(pTab) + assert( HasRowid(pTab) || pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 ); recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pIndex); if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){ @@ -113900,13 +114757,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. */ if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); } if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ @@ -113927,7 +114784,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. + ** in-memory database structures. */ assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); if( db->init.busy ){ @@ -113942,7 +114799,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( goto exit_create_index; } } - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, pIndex->zName, pIndex); if( p ){ assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ @@ -113955,8 +114812,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for - ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with - ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master + ** the index in the sqlite_schema table and populate the index with + ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_schema ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. ** @@ -113976,12 +114833,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before - ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in - ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a - ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In + ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in + ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a + ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */ - pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); + pIndex->tnum = (Pgno)sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, iMem, BTREE_BLOBKEY); /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into @@ -114000,11 +114857,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( zStmt = 0; } - /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index + /* Add an entry in sqlite_schema for this index */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, iMem, @@ -114023,7 +114880,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 1); } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, (int)pIndex->tnum); } } if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ @@ -114080,21 +114937,33 @@ exit_create_index: ** are based on typical values found in actual indices. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ - LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; + /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ + static const LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; + LogEst x; int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); int i; /* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */ assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 ); - /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated + /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated ** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table - ** for a partial index. But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */ - a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; - if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) a[0] -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); - if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); + ** for a partial index. + ** + ** 2020-05-27: If some of the stat data is coming from the sqlite_stat1 + ** table but other parts we are having to guess at, then do not let the + ** estimated number of rows in the table be less than 1000 (LogEst 99). + ** Failure to do this can cause the indexes for which we do not have + ** stat1 data to be ignored by the query planner. + */ + x = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; + assert( 99==sqlite3LogEst(1000) ); + if( x<99 ){ + pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst = x = 99; + } + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) x -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + a[0] = x; /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ @@ -114157,13 +115026,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists } #endif - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the schema table */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName + "DELETE FROM %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pIndex->zName ); sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); @@ -114373,7 +115242,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( ** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase ** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. ** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. ** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, ** or with NULL if no database is specified. ** @@ -114445,7 +115314,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( pList ){ for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) continue; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); @@ -114462,15 +115331,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; if( pList==0 ) return; for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); + if( pItem->zDatabase ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pItem->zDatabase); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); + if( pItem->zAlias ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pItem->zAlias); if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->u1.zIndexedBy); if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg); sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + if( pItem->pSelect ) sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); + if( pItem->pOn ) sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); + if( pItem->pUsing ) sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pList); } @@ -114504,7 +115373,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( struct SrcList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") ); goto append_from_error; @@ -114539,7 +115408,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( } /* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added ** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ @@ -114552,7 +115421,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pI assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1; }else{ @@ -114563,6 +115432,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pI } /* +** Append the contents of SrcList p2 to SrcList p1 and return the resulting +** SrcList. Or, if an error occurs, return NULL. In all cases, p1 and p2 +** are deleted by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendList(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p1, SrcList *p2){ + assert( p1 && p1->nSrc==1 ); + if( p2 ){ + SrcList *pNew = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(pParse, p1, p2->nSrc, 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, p2); + }else{ + p1 = pNew; + memcpy(&p1->a[1], p2->a, p2->nSrc*sizeof(struct SrcList_item)); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p2); + } + } + return p1; +} + +/* ** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a ** table-valued-function. */ @@ -114622,7 +115511,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ if( !v ) return; if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + int eTxnType; + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) ){ + eTxnType = 0; /* Read txn */ + }else if( type==TK_EXCLUSIVE ){ + eTxnType = 2; /* Exclusive txn */ + }else{ + eTxnType = 1; /* Write txn */ + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, eTxnType); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); } } @@ -114642,7 +115540,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse *pParse, int eType){ assert( pParse->db!=0 ); assert( eType==TK_COMMIT || eType==TK_END || eType==TK_ROLLBACK ); isRollback = eType==TK_ROLLBACK; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, isRollback ? "ROLLBACK" : "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ return; } @@ -114654,7 +115552,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse *pParse, int eType){ /* ** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); @@ -114681,7 +115579,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ int rc; Btree *pBt; - static const int flags = + static const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | @@ -114711,13 +115609,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ ** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated ** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb ); - assert( pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); +static void sqlite3CodeVerifySchemaAtToplevel(Parse *pToplevel, int iDb){ + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pToplevel->db->nDb ); + assert( pToplevel->db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, iDb, 0) ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pToplevel->db, iDb, 0) ); if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){ DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb); if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ @@ -114725,9 +115621,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ } } } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchemaAtToplevel(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse), iDb); +} + /* -** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each ** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ @@ -114756,7 +115656,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb) */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchemaAtToplevel(pToplevel, iDb); DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb); pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement; } @@ -114773,9 +115673,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; } -/* +/* ** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is -** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to ** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make ** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. ** @@ -114784,7 +115684,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ ** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes ** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm ** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency -** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in ** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective ** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen ** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. @@ -114807,7 +115707,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + Vdbe *v; + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT || pParse->nested ); if( onError==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); @@ -114829,7 +115731,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( StrAccum errMsg; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); if( pIdx->aColExpr ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName); @@ -114845,8 +115747,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( } } zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, - IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); } @@ -114858,7 +115760,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ - Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ + Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ ){ char *zMsg; int rc; @@ -115052,9 +115954,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -/* -** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a -** WITH clause. +/* +** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a +** WITH clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ @@ -115123,7 +116025,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ /************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ /* -** 2005 May 23 +** 2005 May 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -115196,7 +116098,7 @@ static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ ** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. ** ** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, ** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different ** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. */ @@ -115250,7 +116152,7 @@ static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl); - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added ** to the hash table). */ @@ -115306,7 +116208,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc){ assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); db->enc = enc; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all - ** strings is BINARY. + ** strings is BINARY. */ db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0); } @@ -115315,8 +116217,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc){ ** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback ** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the ** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding ** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. ** ** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database @@ -115400,7 +116302,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ ** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that ** takes a variable number of arguments. ** -** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function +** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function ** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive ** match score for any ** @@ -115494,8 +116396,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs( } } } - - + + /* ** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag @@ -115556,7 +116458,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ + */ if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ bestScore = 0; h = SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]], nName); @@ -115575,7 +116477,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a ** new entry to the hash table and return it. */ - if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && + if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ FuncDef *pOther; u8 *z; @@ -115602,7 +116504,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( /* ** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the ** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents ** of the schema hash tables). ** @@ -115682,7 +116584,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ ** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains ** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, ** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and -** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table ** name is not found or if any other error occurs. ** ** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: @@ -115694,7 +116596,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; Table *pTab; - assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc>=1 ); pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); pItem->pTab = pTab; @@ -115714,8 +116616,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method ** has been provided ** -** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not -** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not +** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_schema), this call is not +** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not ** been specified ** ** 3) The table is a shadow table, the database connection is in @@ -115784,7 +116686,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); } - pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy, + pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy, SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); @@ -115833,11 +116735,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( return pWhere; } - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** ); */ @@ -115875,7 +116777,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( pSrc->a[0].pIBIndex = 0; /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0, + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0, pOrderBy,0,pLimit ); @@ -115931,7 +116833,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */ int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or ** subqueries in the WHERE clause */ - + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ @@ -115990,7 +116892,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb<db->nDb ); - rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ @@ -116026,7 +116928,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iTabCur ); iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; @@ -116058,7 +116960,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, - ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. ** ** The "rcauth==SQLITE_OK" terms is the @@ -116088,7 +116990,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ { - u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK|WHERE_SEEK_TABLE; + u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK; if( sNC.ncFlags & NC_VarSelect ) bComplex = 1; wcf |= (bComplex ? 0 : WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ @@ -116109,7 +117011,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); } - + /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete: @@ -116124,12 +117026,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ); assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ); if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ) sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - + if( sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(pWInfo) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_FinishSeek, iTabCur); + } + /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ if( memCnt ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); } - + /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ if( pPk ){ for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ @@ -116142,7 +117047,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( iKey = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, -1, iKey); } - + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the @@ -116158,6 +117063,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); + addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); }else{ if( pPk ){ /* Add the PK key for this row to the temporary table */ @@ -116171,19 +117077,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( nKey = 1; /* OP_DeferredSeek always uses a single rowid */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); } - } - - /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the - ** end of the WHERE loop */ - if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ - addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - }else{ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } - - /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the - ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF ** triggers. */ if( !isView ){ @@ -116200,7 +117099,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, iAddrOnce); } } - + /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the ** where-clause loop above. */ @@ -116223,8 +117122,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); VdbeCoverage(v); assert( nKey==1 ); - } - + } + /* Delete the row */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ @@ -116247,7 +117146,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]); } - + /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); @@ -116258,7 +117157,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( }else{ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); - } + } } /* End non-truncate path */ /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the @@ -116269,7 +117168,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } - /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ @@ -116283,7 +117182,7 @@ delete_from_cleanup: sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); #endif @@ -116328,7 +117227,7 @@ delete_from_cleanup: ** and nPk before reading from it. ** ** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part -** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if +** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if ** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as ** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete ** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the @@ -116364,7 +117263,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); - /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); @@ -116374,7 +117273,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); } - + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ @@ -116391,7 +117290,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( iOld = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ @@ -116405,11 +117304,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); - /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the + /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved ** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was ** pointing to. @@ -116426,21 +117325,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( } /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that - ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) + ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0); } /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to - ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). + ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). ** ** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should ** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should ** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that - ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the + ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the ** pre-update-hook is. - */ + */ if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ u8 p5 = 0; sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek); @@ -116460,16 +117359,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just deleted. */ + ** to the row just deleted. */ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE - ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); @@ -116554,7 +117453,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( ** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share ** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already ** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. -** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK +** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK ** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or ** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. */ @@ -116577,7 +117476,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1; - sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, + sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; pPrior = 0; /* Ticket a9efb42811fa41ee 2019-11-02; @@ -116608,10 +117507,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( } if( regOut ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); - if( pIdx->pTable->pSelect ){ - const char *zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT); - } } sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); return regBase; @@ -116773,7 +117668,7 @@ static void lengthFunc( ** Implementation of the abs() function. ** ** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of -** the numeric argument X. +** the numeric argument X. */ static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ assert( argc==1 ); @@ -116790,7 +117685,7 @@ static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ return; } iVal = -iVal; - } + } sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); break; } @@ -117042,7 +117937,7 @@ static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ */ if( r<-4503599627370496.0 || r>+4503599627370496.0 ){ /* The value has no fractional part so there is nothing to round */ - }else if( n==0 ){ + }else if( n==0 ){ r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+(r<0?-0.5:+0.5))); }else{ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r); @@ -117135,7 +118030,7 @@ static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ #define noopFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */ /* -** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. +** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. */ static void randomFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -117146,11 +118041,11 @@ static void randomFunc( UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); if( r<0 ){ - /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 + /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative - ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the + ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. */ @@ -117188,8 +118083,8 @@ static void randomBlob( ** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. */ static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); @@ -117297,7 +118192,7 @@ static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; ** it the last character in the list. ** ** Like matching rules: -** +** ** '%' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters ** *** '_' Matches any one character @@ -117320,7 +118215,7 @@ static int patternCompare( u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */ u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */ const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */ - + while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){ if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */ /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there @@ -117476,8 +118371,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; ** the GLOB operator. */ static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA, *zB; @@ -117516,7 +118411,7 @@ static void likeFunc( const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); if( zEsc==0 ) return; if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } @@ -117629,8 +118524,8 @@ static void compileoptionusedFunc( #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. -** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options ** used to build SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS @@ -117654,7 +118549,7 @@ static void compileoptiongetFunc( ** digits. */ static const char hexdigits[] = { '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' }; /* @@ -117689,7 +118584,7 @@ static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); if( zText ){ int i; for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){ @@ -117738,7 +118633,7 @@ static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ /* ** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value -** for the first character of the input string. +** for the first character of the input string. */ static void unicodeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -117894,7 +118789,7 @@ static void replaceFunc( if( zOut==0 ){ return; } - loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; + loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; cntExpand = 0; for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){ if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){ @@ -118050,7 +118945,7 @@ static void unknownFunc( ** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. ** ** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the -** soundex encoding of the string X. +** soundex encoding of the string X. */ static void soundexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -118139,7 +119034,7 @@ static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; struct SumCtx { double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ @@ -118253,13 +119148,13 @@ static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff || p->bInverse || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); #endif -} +} static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); @@ -118276,7 +119171,7 @@ static void countInverse(sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ p->bInverse = 1; #endif } -} +} #else # define countInverse 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ @@ -118285,8 +119180,8 @@ static void countInverse(sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ ** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. */ static void minmaxStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; @@ -118418,8 +119313,8 @@ static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, sqlite3_free); } } @@ -118433,7 +119328,7 @@ static void groupConcatValue(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ + }else{ const char *zText = sqlite3_str_value(pAccum); sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } @@ -118481,7 +119376,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive) ** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If ** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function ** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and the -** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a +** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a ** LIKE-style function then return FALSE. ** ** The expression "a LIKE b ESCAPE c" is only considered a valid LIKE @@ -118627,18 +119522,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substring, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substring, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), WAGGREGATE(sum, 1,0,0, sumStep, sumFinalize, sumFinalize, sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(total, 1,0,0, sumStep,totalFinalize,totalFinalize,sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(avg, 1,0,0, sumStep, avgFinalize, avgFinalize, sumInverse, 0), - WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep, + WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep, countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ), - WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep, + WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep, countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, 0 ), - WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, + WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), - WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, + WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), - + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), @@ -118706,25 +119603,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. ** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current -** statement transaction rolled back. If a -** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken -** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the +** statement transaction rolled back. If a +** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken +** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the ** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. ** ** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated -** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a -** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed +** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a +** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed ** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each ** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from ** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is ** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is ** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: ** -** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, +** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, ** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, ** or which row it is not satisfied for. ** -** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the +** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the ** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. ** ** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler @@ -118736,26 +119633,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the ** constraint counter. ** -** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, +** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, ** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new ** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row ** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). ** ** DELETE operations: ** -** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, -** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the -** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, +** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, +** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the +** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, ** decrement the counter. ** -** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search -** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row +** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search +** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row ** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. ** ** UPDATE operations: ** ** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only -** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually +** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually ** modified (values must be compared at runtime). ** ** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. @@ -118764,10 +119661,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict ** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. ** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception -** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new +** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new ** row is inserted. ** -** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference +** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference ** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement ** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate ** constraint counter is greater than zero, @@ -118778,7 +119675,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such ** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. ** -** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a +** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a ** table be handled? ** ** @@ -118789,7 +119686,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation ** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original ** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were -** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be +** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be ** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before ** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE ** generation code to query for this information are: @@ -118826,13 +119723,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ /* ** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent ** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. -** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, -** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. +** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, +** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. +** +** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY +** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx +** is set to point to the unique index. ** -** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY -** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx -** is set to point to the unique index. -** ** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint ** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. ** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where @@ -118855,8 +119752,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ ** PRIMARY KEY, or ** ** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table -** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in +** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table +** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in ** the child table. ** ** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded @@ -118880,9 +119777,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); assert( pParse ); - /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it - ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx - ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. ** ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). @@ -118891,7 +119788,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( if( nCol==1 ){ /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: ** - ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY. @@ -118908,14 +119805,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( } for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ if( zKey==0 ){ - /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to - ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be ** identified by the test. */ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ if( aiCol ){ @@ -118973,15 +119870,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( } /* -** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the -** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed ** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row ** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the ** new row. ** ** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the -** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into -** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no ** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be ** found in the parent table: ** @@ -118995,7 +119892,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( ** ** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". */ static void fkLookupParent( @@ -119017,15 +119914,15 @@ static void fkLookupParent( sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, (!pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite) ? OE_Abort : OE_Ignore); /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. ** - ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If - ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ if( nIncr<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); @@ -119042,17 +119939,17 @@ static void fkLookupParent( ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pFKey->pFrom,aiCol[0])+1+regData, regTemp); iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not @@ -119061,7 +119958,7 @@ static void fkLookupParent( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); } - + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); @@ -119072,21 +119969,21 @@ static void fkLookupParent( int nCol = pFKey->nCol; int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pFKey->pFrom, aiCol[i])+1+regData, regTemp+i); } - + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. + ** increment the constraint-counter. ** - ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match + ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that ** none of the child key values are). @@ -119110,19 +120007,19 @@ static void fkLookupParent( } sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); } - + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); } } if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel - && !pParse->isMultiWrite + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of @@ -119200,7 +120097,7 @@ static Expr *exprTableColumn( /* ** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted -** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is ** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating ** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - ** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. @@ -119227,7 +120124,7 @@ static Expr *exprTableColumn( ** ** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". */ static void fkScanChildren( @@ -119270,7 +120167,7 @@ static void fkScanChildren( Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; @@ -119292,7 +120189,7 @@ static void fkScanChildren( ** ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the *parent* key is - ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to + ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to ** uniquely identify the current row, but the parent key is more convenient ** as the required values have already been loaded into registers ** by the caller. @@ -119364,7 +120261,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ } /* -** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the ** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure ** and all of its sub-components. ** @@ -119392,7 +120289,7 @@ static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ ** ** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or ** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is -** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK ** constraint violations in the database, ** ** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping @@ -119409,7 +120306,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTa assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* Not a view */ if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table - ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints ** when this statement is run. */ @@ -119426,10 +120323,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTa sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0, 0, 0); pParse->disableTriggers = 0; - /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement - ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. ** ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK @@ -119453,7 +120350,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTa /* ** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key ** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab -** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is ** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array ** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element ** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement @@ -119480,7 +120377,7 @@ static int fkChildIsModified( /* ** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key ** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab -** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is ** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array ** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element ** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement @@ -119490,9 +120387,9 @@ static int fkChildIsModified( ** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. */ static int fkParentIsModified( - Table *pTab, - FKey *p, - int *aChange, + Table *pTab, + FKey *p, + int *aChange, int bChngRowid ){ int i; @@ -119533,7 +120430,7 @@ static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ /* ** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of -** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint ** processing for the operation. ** ** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the @@ -119549,11 +120446,11 @@ static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ ** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before ** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention ** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted -** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ @@ -119585,16 +120482,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( int i; int bIgnore = 0; - if( aChange + if( aChange && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 - && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 + && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ continue; } - /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index - ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these - ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return ** early. */ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); @@ -119638,7 +120535,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( } assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ if( db->xAuth ){ @@ -119650,24 +120547,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( #endif } - /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate - ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns ** in the parent table. */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); pParse->nTab++; if( regOld!=0 ){ /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. - ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore); } if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){ /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot - ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. ** ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program - ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very + ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding ** this row to cause an FK violation. */ @@ -119688,8 +120585,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( continue; } - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix) @@ -119712,7 +120609,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; pItem->pTab->nTabRef++; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - + if( regNew!=0 ){ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); } @@ -119731,10 +120628,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( ** ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL - ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action - ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the + ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action + ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters - ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are + ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are ** omitted. */ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); @@ -119750,7 +120647,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( #define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( @@ -119780,17 +120677,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then ** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points ** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. -** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding ** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, ** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the ** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. ** ** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns -** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function ** returns zero. ** ** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if: @@ -119810,8 +120707,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( int eRet = 0; if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ if( !aChange ){ - /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the - ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any ** foreign key constraint. */ eRet = (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); }else{ @@ -119840,7 +120737,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( } /* -** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being ** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. ** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is ** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a @@ -119852,7 +120749,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( ** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers ** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). ** -** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in ** the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); @@ -119865,7 +120762,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( ** END; ** ** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It -** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by ** sqlite3FkDelete(). */ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( @@ -119921,7 +120818,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0) @@ -119935,20 +120832,20 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( */ if( pChanges ){ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)) ); pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhen, pEq); } - + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ Expr *pNew; if( action==OE_Cascade ){ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)); }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ @@ -119980,7 +120877,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( if( action==OE_Restrict ){ Token tFrom; - Expr *pRaise; + Expr *pRaise; tFrom.z = zFrom; tFrom.n = nFrom; @@ -119988,7 +120885,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( if( pRaise ){ pRaise->affExpr = OE_Abort; } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, &tFrom, 0), pWhere, @@ -120000,7 +120897,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ DisableLookaside; - pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */ @@ -120009,7 +120906,7 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1]; memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom); - + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); @@ -120035,13 +120932,14 @@ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( switch( action ){ case OE_Restrict: - pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; break; - case OE_Cascade: - if( !pChanges ){ - pStep->op = TK_DELETE; - break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; } + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through default: pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; } @@ -120067,9 +120965,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that - ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK - ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated ** trigger sub-program. */ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ @@ -120149,7 +121047,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* -** Generate code that will +** Generate code that will ** ** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then ** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. @@ -120166,9 +121064,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( ){ Vdbe *v; assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); + v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nNVCol); @@ -120185,7 +121084,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( /* ** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index -** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in ** the table, according to the affinity of the column: ** ** Character Column affinity @@ -120238,7 +121137,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ } pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; } - + return pIdx->zColAff; } @@ -120297,9 +121196,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ /* ** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can -** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can +** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. */ static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); @@ -120314,7 +121213,7 @@ static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ assert( pOp!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ Index *pIndex; - int tnum = pOp->p2; + Pgno tnum = pOp->p2; if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ return 1; } @@ -120519,7 +121418,7 @@ static int autoIncBegin( /* ** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the -** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ @@ -120548,7 +121447,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ /* 8 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 11, 0}, /* 9 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0}, /* 10 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, - /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} + /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} }; VdbeOp *aOp; pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; @@ -120900,7 +121799,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( regData = regRowid+1; /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and ** remember the column indices. ** ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column @@ -120933,7 +121832,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS if( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & (COLFLAG_STORED|COLFLAG_VIRTUAL) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot INSERT into generated column \"%s\"", pTab->aCol[j].zName); goto insert_cleanup; @@ -120988,7 +121887,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( ** the destination table (template 3). ** ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a ** temp table in the case of row triggers. */ if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ @@ -121024,7 +121923,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); } }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a ** single-row VALUES clause */ NameContext sNC; @@ -121043,7 +121942,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key + ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key ** column index in the original table definition. */ if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ @@ -121070,7 +121969,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_NOINSERT ) nHidden++; } if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); goto insert_cleanup; @@ -121079,7 +121978,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); goto insert_cleanup; } - + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 @@ -121228,7 +122127,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, k, iRegStore); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, k, iRegStore); }else if( pSelect ){ if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+k, iRegStore); @@ -121299,7 +122198,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( } /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); @@ -121382,7 +122281,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( ** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a ** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the ** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an - ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each + ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each ** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the ** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT ** functionality. */ @@ -121401,7 +122300,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( if( pTrigger ){ /* Code AFTER triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); } @@ -121437,7 +122336,7 @@ insert_end: } /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ @@ -121470,7 +122369,7 @@ insert_cleanup: #endif /* -** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for +** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for ** sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn() */ #define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN 0x01 /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */ @@ -121665,13 +122564,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( isUpdate = regOldData!=0; db = pParse->db; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ nCol = pTab->nCol; - + /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for - ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the + ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ @@ -121746,7 +122645,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( } case OE_Abort: sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - /* Fall through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case OE_Rollback: case OE_Fail: { char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, @@ -121819,7 +122718,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); }else{ char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zEName; - if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; + assert( zName!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-26383-51744 */ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, @@ -121974,7 +122873,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( switch( onError ){ default: { onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case OE_Rollback: case OE_Abort: @@ -121992,10 +122891,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. ** ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers - ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call - ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries - ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry - ** when it is inserted. + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. ** ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require @@ -122035,7 +122934,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT case OE_Update: { sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, 0, iDataCur); - /* Fall through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } #endif case OE_Ignore: { @@ -122123,7 +123022,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( #endif sqlite3VdbeReleaseRegisters(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, 0, 0); - /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection ** logic below can all be skipped. */ @@ -122134,7 +123033,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ){ + if( onError==OE_None ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ } @@ -122162,7 +123061,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( ** ** This is not possible for ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK builds, as the row ** must be explicitly deleted in order to ensure any pre-update hook - ** is invoked. */ + ** is invoked. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0) /* Condition 3 */ && pPk==pIdx /* Condition 2 */ @@ -122179,7 +123078,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); - addrConflictCk = + addrConflictCk = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -122209,7 +123108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( } } if( isUpdate ){ - /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID + /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually ** different from the old. ** @@ -122219,7 +123118,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; int op = OP_Ne; int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); - + for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; @@ -122229,7 +123128,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( op = OP_Eq; } x = sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(pTab, x); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); @@ -122256,7 +123155,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT case OE_Update: { sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, pIdx, iIdxCur+ix); - /* Fall through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } #endif case OE_Ignore: { @@ -122438,7 +123337,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( || update_flags==(OPFLAG_ISUPDATE|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION) ); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ @@ -122460,7 +123359,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( if( update_flags==0 ){ int r = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], r, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); @@ -122539,7 +123438,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( return 0; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; iDataCur = iBase++; @@ -122633,7 +123532,7 @@ static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ ** ** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; ** -** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. +** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. ** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves ** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. ** @@ -122744,7 +123643,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ } if( pSrc->tnum==pDest->tnum && pSrc->pSchema==pDest->pSchema ){ - testcase( pSrc!=pDest ); /* Possible due to bad sqlite_master.rootpage */ + testcase( pSrc!=pDest ); /* Possible due to bad sqlite_schema.rootpage */ return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ } if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ @@ -122768,8 +123667,8 @@ static int xferOptimization( Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS - if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 - && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 + && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN ){ return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */ } @@ -122786,7 +123685,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( ** ** Nevertheless, this is a useful notational shorthand to tell SQLite ** to do a bulk transfer all of the content from t1 over to t2. - ** + ** ** We could, in theory, disable this (except for internal use by the ** VACUUM command where it is actually needed). But why do that? It ** seems harmless enough, and provides a useful service. @@ -122820,7 +123719,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( if( (pDestCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 && i>0 ){ assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); - if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) + if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) || (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken, pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0) ){ @@ -122854,7 +123753,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. - ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] @@ -122901,7 +123800,7 @@ static int xferOptimization( ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields ** of index entries might need to change.) ** - ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization + ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization ** is unable to test uniqueness.) ** ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. @@ -122963,14 +123862,14 @@ static int xferOptimization( /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the - ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted + ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_SeekEnd is added before the - ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key + ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key ** should be inserted. This is faster. ** ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than - ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user + ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly ** sorted order. */ @@ -123079,7 +123978,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ if( !callbackIsInit ){ @@ -123188,7 +124087,7 @@ exec_out: ** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by ** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into ** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of ** sqlite3.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H @@ -123511,6 +124410,8 @@ struct sqlite3_api_routines { int,const char**); void (*free_filename)(char*); sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*); + /* Version 3.34.0 and later */ + int (*txn_state)(sqlite3*,const char*); }; /* @@ -123815,17 +124716,19 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)( #define sqlite3_create_filename sqlite3_api->create_filename #define sqlite3_free_filename sqlite3_api->free_filename #define sqlite3_database_file_object sqlite3_api->database_file_object +/* Version 3.34.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_txn_state sqlite3_api->txn_state #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) - /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable ** extension */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; #else - /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the ** application */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ @@ -124117,8 +125020,8 @@ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { sqlite3_memory_highwater, sqlite3_memory_used, #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, + 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, @@ -124297,6 +125200,8 @@ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { sqlite3_create_filename, sqlite3_free_filename, sqlite3_database_file_object, + /* Version 3.34.0 and later */ + sqlite3_txn_state, }; /* True if x is the directory separator character @@ -124315,7 +125220,7 @@ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. ** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with ** error message text. The calling function should free this memory ** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). */ @@ -124339,7 +125244,7 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ static const char *azEndings[] = { #if SQLITE_OS_WIN - "dll" + "dll" #elif defined(__APPLE__) "dylib" #else @@ -124379,7 +125284,7 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg); if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } @@ -124391,9 +125296,9 @@ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is - ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic + ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".", - ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib". + ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib". ** Examples: ** ** /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==> sqlite3_example_init @@ -124508,12 +125413,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ ** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded ** extensions. ** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN ** mutex must be held while accessing this list. */ typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { - u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ } sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; @@ -124550,7 +125455,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension( { u32 i; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); #endif wsdAutoextInit; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); @@ -124588,7 +125493,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension( void (*xInit)(void) ){ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); #endif int i; int n = 0; @@ -124615,7 +125520,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ #endif { #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); #endif wsdAutoextInit; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); @@ -124645,7 +125550,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ for(i=0; go; i++){ char *zErrmsg; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = 0; @@ -124700,7 +125605,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ ** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[] ** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in ** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name. -** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at +** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at ** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */ /************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/ /************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/ @@ -124773,57 +125678,57 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ */ static const char *const pragCName[] = { /* 0 */ "id", /* Used by: foreign_key_list */ - /* 1 */ "seq", - /* 2 */ "table", - /* 3 */ "from", - /* 4 */ "to", - /* 5 */ "on_update", - /* 6 */ "on_delete", - /* 7 */ "match", + /* 1 */ "seq", + /* 2 */ "table", + /* 3 */ "from", + /* 4 */ "to", + /* 5 */ "on_update", + /* 6 */ "on_delete", + /* 7 */ "match", /* 8 */ "cid", /* Used by: table_xinfo */ - /* 9 */ "name", - /* 10 */ "type", - /* 11 */ "notnull", - /* 12 */ "dflt_value", - /* 13 */ "pk", - /* 14 */ "hidden", + /* 9 */ "name", + /* 10 */ "type", + /* 11 */ "notnull", + /* 12 */ "dflt_value", + /* 13 */ "pk", + /* 14 */ "hidden", /* table_info reuses 8 */ /* 15 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_xinfo */ - /* 16 */ "cid", - /* 17 */ "name", - /* 18 */ "desc", - /* 19 */ "coll", - /* 20 */ "key", + /* 16 */ "cid", + /* 17 */ "name", + /* 18 */ "desc", + /* 19 */ "coll", + /* 20 */ "key", /* 21 */ "name", /* Used by: function_list */ - /* 22 */ "builtin", - /* 23 */ "type", - /* 24 */ "enc", - /* 25 */ "narg", - /* 26 */ "flags", + /* 22 */ "builtin", + /* 23 */ "type", + /* 24 */ "enc", + /* 25 */ "narg", + /* 26 */ "flags", /* 27 */ "tbl", /* Used by: stats */ - /* 28 */ "idx", - /* 29 */ "wdth", - /* 30 */ "hght", - /* 31 */ "flgs", + /* 28 */ "idx", + /* 29 */ "wdth", + /* 30 */ "hght", + /* 31 */ "flgs", /* 32 */ "seq", /* Used by: index_list */ - /* 33 */ "name", - /* 34 */ "unique", - /* 35 */ "origin", - /* 36 */ "partial", + /* 33 */ "name", + /* 34 */ "unique", + /* 35 */ "origin", + /* 36 */ "partial", /* 37 */ "table", /* Used by: foreign_key_check */ - /* 38 */ "rowid", - /* 39 */ "parent", - /* 40 */ "fkid", + /* 38 */ "rowid", + /* 39 */ "parent", + /* 40 */ "fkid", /* index_info reuses 15 */ /* 41 */ "seq", /* Used by: database_list */ - /* 42 */ "name", - /* 43 */ "file", + /* 42 */ "name", + /* 43 */ "file", /* 44 */ "busy", /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */ - /* 45 */ "log", + /* 45 */ "log", /* 46 */ "checkpointed", /* collation_list reuses 32 */ /* 47 */ "database", /* Used by: lock_status */ - /* 48 */ "status", + /* 48 */ "status", /* 49 */ "cache_size", /* Used by: default_cache_size */ /* module_list pragma_list reuses 9 */ /* 50 */ "timeout", /* Used by: busy_timeout */ @@ -124987,7 +125892,7 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) {/* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, - /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, /* ColNames: */ 37, 4, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif @@ -125358,7 +126263,7 @@ static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { /* ** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or +** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or ** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed ** if the omitFull parameter it 1. ** @@ -125417,7 +126322,7 @@ static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ /* ** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. ** -** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are +** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are ** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. */ static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ @@ -125457,7 +126362,9 @@ static int getTempStore(const char *z){ static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ + if( !db->autoCommit + || sqlite3BtreeTxnState(db->aDb[1].pBt)!=SQLITE_TXN_NONE + ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " "from within a transaction"); return SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -125569,7 +126476,7 @@ static const char *actionName(u8 action){ case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; - default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; assert( action==OE_None ); break; } return zName; @@ -125633,7 +126540,7 @@ static void pragmaFunclistLine( ){ for(; p; p=p->pNext){ const char *zType; - static const u32 mask = + static const u32 mask = SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC | SQLITE_DIRECTONLY | SQLITE_SUBTYPE | @@ -125652,7 +126559,7 @@ static void pragmaFunclistLine( && showInternFuncs==0 ){ continue; - } + } if( p->xValue!=0 ){ zType = "w"; }else if( p->xFinalize!=0 ){ @@ -125687,7 +126594,7 @@ static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v){ } /* -** Process a pragma statement. +** Process a pragma statement. ** ** Pragmas are of this form: ** @@ -125702,7 +126609,7 @@ static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v){ ** id and pId2 is any empty string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */ Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */ Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */ @@ -125730,8 +126637,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( iDb<0 ) return; pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. */ if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ return; @@ -125799,7 +126706,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } /* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */ - if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 + if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 && ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0) ){ setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma); @@ -125807,7 +126714,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){ - + #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size @@ -125923,7 +126830,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both ** forms return the current setting. ** @@ -125937,13 +126844,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( */ case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { int iReg; + i64 x = 0; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); iReg = ++pParse->nMem; if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, - sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); + if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight,&x)==0 ){ + if( x<0 ) x = 0; + else if( x>0xfffffffe ) x = 0xfffffffe; + }else{ + x = 0; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, (int)x); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); break; @@ -126084,7 +126997,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( */ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. @@ -126186,7 +127099,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, - (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : + (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0)); }else{ int size = 1; @@ -126360,7 +127273,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); char *proxy_file_path = NULL; sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &proxy_file_path); returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path); }else{ @@ -126368,10 +127281,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); int res; if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, zRight); } else { - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, NULL); } if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -126381,8 +127294,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } break; } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA @@ -126397,7 +127310,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1); }else{ if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); }else if( iDb!=1 ){ int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; @@ -126437,7 +127350,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; } - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. */ @@ -126464,15 +127377,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( */ case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ Table *pTab; + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, LOCATE_NOERR, zRight, zDb); if( pTab ){ - int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); int i, k; int nHidden = 0; Column *pCol; Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); pParse->nMem = 7; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){ int isHidden = 0; @@ -126680,7 +127592,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( pFK = pTab->pFKey; if( pFK ){ int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - int i = 0; + int i = 0; pParse->nMem = 8; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); while(pFK){ @@ -126729,7 +127641,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( regRow = ++pParse->nMem; k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); while( k ){ - int iTabDb; if( zRight ){ pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); k = 0; @@ -126738,23 +127649,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( k = sqliteHashNext(k); } if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; - iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iTabDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iTabDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName); for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); if( pParent==0 ) continue; pIdx = 0; - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iTabDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); if( x==0 ){ if( pIdx==0 ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iTabDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iTabDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); } }else{ @@ -126772,13 +127684,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( aiCols = 0; if( pParent ){ x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); - assert( x==0 ); + assert( x==0 || db->mallocFailed ); } addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); /* Generate code to read the child key values into registers - ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this - ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in + ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this + ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in ** this case. */ for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){ int iCol = aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom; @@ -126797,7 +127709,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( int jmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, i, jmp, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrOk); - assert( pFK->nCol==1 ); + assert( pFK->nCol==1 || db->mallocFailed ); } /* Generate code to report an FK violation to the caller. */ @@ -126843,13 +127755,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** ** Verify the integrity of the database. ** - ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of + ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption ** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes. Quick_check ** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN). + ** + ** The maximum nubmer of errors is 100 by default. A different default + ** can be specified using a numeric parameter N. + ** + ** Or, the parameter N can be the name of a table. In that case, only + ** the one table named is verified. The freelist is only verified if + ** the named table is "sqlite_schema" (or one of its aliases). + ** + ** All schemas are checked by default. To check just a single + ** schema, use the form: + ** + ** PRAGMA schema.integrity_check; */ case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { int i, j, addr, mxErr; + Table *pObjTab = 0; /* Check only this one table, if not NULL */ int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); @@ -126872,9 +127797,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( /* Set the maximum error count */ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; if( zRight ){ - sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr) ){ + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + }else{ + pObjTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, + iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : 0); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr-1, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ @@ -126903,15 +127832,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); /* Current table */ Index *pIdx; /* An index on pTab */ int nIdx; /* Number of indexes on pTab */ + if( pObjTab && pObjTab!=pTab ) continue; if( HasRowid(pTab) ) cnt++; for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ cnt++; } if( nIdx>mxIdx ) mxIdx = nIdx; } + if( cnt==0 ) continue; + if( pObjTab ) cnt++; aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(cnt+1)); if( aRoot==0 ) break; - for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + cnt = 0; + if( pObjTab ) aRoot[++cnt] = 0; + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); Index *pIdx; + if( pObjTab && pObjTab!=pTab ) continue; if( HasRowid(pTab) ) aRoot[++cnt] = pTab->tnum; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ aRoot[++cnt] = pIdx->tnum; @@ -126945,11 +127880,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( int r1 = -1; if( pTab->tnum<1 ) continue; /* Skip VIEWs or VIRTUAL TABLEs */ + if( pObjTab && pObjTab!=pTab ) continue; pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0, 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); /* reg[7] counts the number of entries in the table. - ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index + ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ @@ -126993,7 +127929,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0); } - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; @@ -127068,7 +128004,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } } - } + } } { static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); @@ -127110,7 +128046,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** + ** ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH @@ -127216,6 +128152,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( aOp[1].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p2 = iCookie; aOp[1].p3 = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + aOp[1].p5 = 1; }else{ /* Read the specified cookie value */ static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { @@ -127292,8 +128229,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( if( zRight ){ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); } - returnSingleInt(v, - db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + returnSingleInt(v, + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); } break; @@ -127333,7 +128270,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** 0x0002 Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit. On by default. ** See below for additional information. ** - ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance + ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance ** information from the current session in the ** database file so that it will be available to "optimize" ** pragmas run by future database connections. @@ -127344,7 +128281,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( ** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe. 0xfffe means perform all ** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new ** optimizations that have not yet been invented. If new optimizations are - ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default + ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default ** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger. ** ** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE @@ -127405,7 +128342,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( } if( szThreshold ){ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold); VdbeCoverage(v); } @@ -127539,7 +128476,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ zState = azLockName[j]; } @@ -127563,7 +128500,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( /* The following block is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. Its only ** purpose is to execute assert() statements to verify that if the ** PragFlg_NoColumns1 flag is set and the caller specified an argument - ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow + ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow ** instructions to the VM. */ if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){ sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v); @@ -127594,7 +128531,7 @@ struct PragmaVtabCursor { char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */ }; -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int pragmaVtabConnect( @@ -127656,7 +128593,7 @@ static int pragmaVtabConnect( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ @@ -127754,11 +128691,11 @@ static int pragmaVtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int pragmaVtabFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -127813,11 +128750,11 @@ static int pragmaVtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ } /* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from -** the PRAGMA. +** the PRAGMA. */ static int pragmaVtabColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; @@ -127830,7 +128767,7 @@ static int pragmaVtabColumn( return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){ @@ -128005,7 +128942,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char assert( db->init.busy ); db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[3]); + if( sqlite3GetUInt32(argv[3], &db->init.newTnum)==0 + || (db->init.newTnum>pData->mxPage && pData->mxPage>0) + ){ + if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], "invalid rootpage"); + } + } db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; db->init.azInit = argv; pStmt = 0; @@ -128038,12 +128981,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char */ Index *pIndex; pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[1], db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); - if( pIndex==0 - || sqlite3GetInt32(argv[3],&pIndex->tnum)==0 + if( pIndex==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], "orphan index"); + }else + if( sqlite3GetUInt32(argv[3],&pIndex->tnum)==0 || pIndex->tnum<2 + || pIndex->tnum>pData->mxPage || sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(pIndex) ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], pIndex?"invalid rootpage":"orphan index"); + if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], "invalid rootpage"); + } } } return 0; @@ -128067,7 +129015,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl char const *azArg[6]; int meta[5]; InitData initData; - const char *zMasterName; + const char *zSchemaTabName; int openedTransaction = 0; int mask = ((db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_EncodingFixed) | ~DBFLAG_EncodingFixed); @@ -128079,13 +129027,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl db->init.busy = 1; - /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_master or - ** sqlite_temp_master) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate + /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_schema or + ** sqlite_temp_schema) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate ** table name will be inserted automatically by the parser so we can just ** use the abbreviation "x" here. The parser will also automatically tag ** the schema table as read-only. */ azArg[0] = "table"; - azArg[1] = zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + azArg[1] = zSchemaTabName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); azArg[2] = azArg[1]; azArg[3] = "1"; azArg[4] = "CREATE TABLE x(type text,name text,tbl_name text," @@ -128097,6 +129045,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; initData.mInitFlags = mFlags; initData.nInitRow = 0; + initData.mxPage = 0; sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 5, (char **)azArg, 0); db->mDbFlags &= mask; if( initData.rc ){ @@ -128115,10 +129064,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl } /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed before this function returns. */ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pDb->pBt)==SQLITE_TXN_NONE ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); @@ -128219,11 +129168,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables */ assert( db->init.busy ); + initData.mxPage = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pDb->pBt); { char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT*FROM\"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName); + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zSchemaTabName); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { sqlite3_xauth xAuth; @@ -128249,11 +129199,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFl } if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_NoSchemaError)){ /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_NoSchemaError flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_schema table ** even when its contents have been corrupted. */ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); @@ -128288,12 +129238,12 @@ error_out: ** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. ** ** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ int i, rc; int commit_internal = !(db->mDbFlags&DBFLAG_SchemaChange); - + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) ); assert( db->init.busy==0 ); @@ -128358,9 +129308,9 @@ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ if( pBt==0 ) continue; /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)==SQLITE_TXN_NONE ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); @@ -128369,7 +129319,7 @@ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ openedTransaction = 1; } - /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); @@ -128394,17 +129344,18 @@ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ ** attached database is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; + int i = -32768; - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -32768. This happens when code in ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this ** function should never be used. ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much + ** We return -32768 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using + ** -32768 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds) and + ** -32768 will still fit into a 16-bit signed integer. */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( pSchema ){ @@ -128420,10 +129371,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ } /* +** Deallocate a single AggInfo object +*/ +static void agginfoFree(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *p){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aFunc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* ** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + AggInfo *pThis = pParse->pAggList; + while( pThis ){ + AggInfo *pNext = pThis->pNext; + agginfoFree(db, pThis); + pThis = pNext; + } sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); if( db ){ @@ -128482,8 +129448,8 @@ static int sqlite3Prepare( ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is ** holding them. ** ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, @@ -128607,6 +129573,7 @@ static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } @@ -128617,7 +129584,7 @@ static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( ** ** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has -** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error +** locked the sqlite3_schema table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error ** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ @@ -128718,7 +129685,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( ** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ @@ -128761,7 +129728,7 @@ static int sqlite3Prepare16( int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; @@ -128776,7 +129743,7 @@ static int sqlite3Prepare16( ** occurs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ @@ -128788,7 +129755,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ @@ -128800,7 +129767,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ @@ -128836,20 +129803,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* -** Trace output macros -*/ -#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED -/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0; -# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \ - if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K)) \ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\ - sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) -#endif - - -/* ** An instance of the following object is used to record information about ** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information ** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. @@ -128938,6 +129891,7 @@ static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; pDest->iSDParm = iParm; + pDest->iSDParm2 = 0; pDest->zAffSdst = 0; pDest->iSdst = 0; pDest->nSdst = 0; @@ -128959,9 +129913,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( u32 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ ){ - Select *pNew; + Select *pNew, *pAllocated; Select standin; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + pAllocated = pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); pNew = &standin; @@ -128995,12 +129949,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( #endif if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) { clearSelect(pParse->db, pNew, pNew!=&standin); - pNew = 0; + pAllocated = 0; }else{ assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); } - assert( pNew!=&standin ); - return pNew; + return pAllocated; } @@ -129012,21 +129965,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ } /* -** Delete all the substructure for p, but keep p allocated. Redefine -** p to be a single SELECT where every column of the result set has a -** value of NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectReset(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - if( ALWAYS(p) ){ - clearSelect(pParse->db, p, 0); - memset(&p->iLimit, 0, sizeof(Select) - offsetof(Select,iLimit)); - p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, - sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db,TK_NULL,0,0)); - p->pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(SrcList)); - } -} - -/* ** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. */ static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ @@ -129077,7 +130015,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *p for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ p = apAll[i]; for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){ - if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar + if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; break; @@ -129099,9 +130037,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *p sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); jointype = JT_INNER; } @@ -129114,15 +130052,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *p */ static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ int i; - for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + u8 h = sqlite3StrIHash(zCol); + Column *pCol; + for(pCol=pTab->aCol, i=0; i<pTab->nCol; pCol++, i++){ + if( pCol->hName==h && sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; } return -1; } /* ** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a -** table that has a column named zCol. +** table that has a column named zCol. ** ** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index ** of the matching column and return TRUE. @@ -129143,7 +130083,7 @@ static int tableAndColumnIndex( assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ for(i=0; i<N; i++){ iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol); - if( iCol>=0 + if( iCol>=0 && (bIgnoreHidden==0 || IsHiddenColumn(&pSrc->a[i].pTab->aCol[iCol])==0) ){ if( piTab ){ @@ -129163,7 +130103,7 @@ static int tableAndColumnIndex( ** ** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) ** -** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the ** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is ** column iColRight of tab2. */ @@ -129240,7 +130180,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ } sqlite3SetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; - } + } } /* Undo the work of sqlite3SetJoinExpr(). In the expression p, convert every @@ -129263,7 +130203,7 @@ static void unsetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ } unsetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; - } + } } /* @@ -129337,7 +130277,7 @@ static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ } /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is @@ -129458,7 +130398,7 @@ static void pushOntoSorter( ** case regData==regOrigData. ** (3) Some output columns are omitted from the sort record due to ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCE optimization, or due to the - ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the + ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the ** SortCtx.pDeferredRowLoad optimiation. In any of these cases ** regOrigData is 0 to prevent this routine from trying to copy ** values that might not yet exist. @@ -129496,7 +130436,7 @@ static void pushOntoSorter( pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq; if( bSeq ){ - addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); }else{ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor); } @@ -129530,10 +130470,10 @@ static void pushOntoSorter( /* At this point the values for the new sorter entry are stored ** in an array of registers. They need to be composed into a record ** and inserted into the sorter if either (a) there are currently - ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than + ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than ** the largest record currently in the sorter. If (b) is true and there ** are already LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter, delete the largest - ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more + ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more ** than LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter. ** ** If the new record does not need to be inserted into the sorter, @@ -129612,8 +130552,8 @@ static void codeDistinct( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES /* ** This function is called as part of inner-loop generation for a SELECT -** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It -** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference +** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It +** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference ** optimization should be used for. The sorter-reference optimization ** is used for SELECT queries like: ** @@ -129623,11 +130563,11 @@ static void codeDistinct( ** storing values read from that column in the sorter records, the PK of ** the row from table t1 is stored instead. Then, as records are extracted from ** the sorter to return to the user, the required value of bigblob is -** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this +** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this ** can be more efficient than storing them directly in the sorter records. ** -** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList -** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled. +** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList +** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled. ** Additionally, the pSort->aDefer[] array is populated with entries ** for all cursors required to evaluate all selected expressions. Finally. ** output variable (*ppExtra) is set to an expression list containing @@ -129696,7 +130636,7 @@ static void selectExprDefer( ** ** If srcTab is negative, then the p->pEList expressions ** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is -** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only +** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only ** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column. */ static void selectInnerLoop( @@ -129778,8 +130718,8 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( } if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){ /* For each expression in p->pEList that is a copy of an expression in - ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated - ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY + ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated + ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY ** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate. ** This allows the p->pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record, ** saving space and CPU cycles. */ @@ -129795,7 +130735,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( selectExprDefer(pParse, pSort, p->pEList, &pExtra); if( pExtra && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ /* If there are any extra PK columns to add to the sorter records, - ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral + ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral ** instruction to account for the larger records. This is only ** required if there are one or more WITHOUT ROWID tables with ** composite primary keys in the SortCtx.aDefer[] array. */ @@ -129825,8 +130765,9 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( testcase( eDest==SRT_Mem ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem - || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output ); + assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem + || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output + || eDest==SRT_Upfrom ); } sRowLoadInfo.regResult = regResult; sRowLoadInfo.ecelFlags = ecelFlags; @@ -129836,7 +130777,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( if( pExtra ) nResultCol += pExtra->nExpr; #endif if( p->iLimit - && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0 + && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0 && nPrefixReg>0 ){ assert( pSort!=0 ); @@ -129975,6 +130916,30 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( break; } + case SRT_Upfrom: { + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter( + pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg); + }else{ + int i2 = pDest->iSDParm2; + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + /* If the UPDATE FROM join is an aggregate that matches no rows, it + ** might still be trying to return one row, because that is what + ** aggregates do. Don't record that empty row in the output table. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regResult, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, + regResult+(i2<0), nResultCol-(i2<0), r1); + if( i2<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, regResult); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, i2); + } + } + break; + } + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this @@ -129991,7 +130956,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( }else{ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); @@ -129999,6 +130964,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( break; } + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. */ case SRT_Exists: { @@ -130008,7 +130974,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( } /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of ** memory cells and break out of the scan loop. */ case SRT_Mem: { @@ -130063,7 +131029,7 @@ static void selectInnerLoop( /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously ** added to the queue. */ - addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, + addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, regResult, nResultCol); VdbeCoverage(v); } @@ -130316,7 +131282,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nColumn+nRefKey); if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); @@ -130349,7 +131315,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCsr); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iKey++, regKey); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, regKey); }else{ int k; @@ -130406,8 +131372,19 @@ static void generateSortTail( break; } #endif + case SRT_Upfrom: { + int i2 = pDest->iSDParm2; + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord,regRow+(i2<0),nColumn-(i2<0),r1); + if( i2<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, regRow); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regRow, i2); + } + break; + } default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ @@ -130449,14 +131426,14 @@ static void generateSortTail( ** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The ** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression ** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is ** considered a column by this function. ** ** SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); ** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** +** ** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. ** ** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not @@ -130468,7 +131445,7 @@ static void generateSortTail( # define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B) #endif static const char *columnTypeImpl( - NameContext *pNC, + NameContext *pNC, #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA Expr *pExpr #else @@ -130511,19 +131488,19 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( if( pTab==0 ){ /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how - ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like ** the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; ** - ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even ** though it should really be "INTEGER". ** ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never - ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT ** branch below. */ break; @@ -130537,7 +131514,7 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( */ if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){ /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. */ NameContext sNC; @@ -130545,7 +131522,7 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol); + zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol); } }else{ /* A real table or a CTE table */ @@ -130589,13 +131566,13 @@ static const char *columnTypeImpl( sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); break; } #endif } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA if( pzOrigDb ){ assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; @@ -130631,7 +131608,7 @@ static void generateColumnTypes( const char *zOrigCol = 0; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this ** virtual machine is deleted. */ @@ -130783,6 +131760,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( char *zName; /* Column name */ int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ Hash ht; /* Hash table of column names */ + Table *pTab; sqlite3HashInit(&ht); if( pEList ){ @@ -130805,15 +131783,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */ }else{ Expr *pColExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pEList->a[i].pExpr); - while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ + while( ALWAYS(pColExpr!=0) && pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; assert( pColExpr!=0 ); } - if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && (pTab = pColExpr->y.pTab)!=0 ){ /* For columns use the column name name */ int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; - Table *pTab = pColExpr->y.pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"; }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ @@ -130866,7 +131842,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( /* ** Add type and collation information to a column list based on ** a SELECT statement. -** +** ** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). ** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This ** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. @@ -130974,9 +131950,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ ** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the ** pLimit expressions. pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions ** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then ** iLimit and iOffset are negative. ** ** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if @@ -131002,7 +131978,7 @@ static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ if( p->iLimit ) return; - /* + /* ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean @@ -131130,7 +132106,7 @@ static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ ** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows ** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be ** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. -** +** ** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in ** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without ** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. @@ -131151,6 +132127,7 @@ static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ + Select *pFirstRec; /* Left-most recursive term */ int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ @@ -131226,7 +132203,25 @@ static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ p->pOrderBy = 0; + /* Figure out how many elements of the compound SELECT are part of the + ** recursive query. Make sure no recursive elements use aggregate + ** functions. Mark the recursive elements as UNION ALL even if they + ** are really UNION because the distinctness will be enforced by the + ** iDistinct table. pFirstRec is left pointing to the left-most + ** recursive term of the CTE. + */ + pFirstRec = p; + for(pFirstRec=p; ALWAYS(pFirstRec!=0); pFirstRec=pFirstRec->pPrior){ + if( pFirstRec->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported"); + goto end_of_recursive_query; + } + pFirstRec->op = TK_ALL; + if( (pFirstRec->pPrior->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 ) break; + } + /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ + pSetup = pFirstRec->pPrior; pSetup->pNext = 0; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "SETUP")); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); @@ -131259,15 +132254,11 @@ static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported"); - }else{ - p->pPrior = 0; - ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RECURSIVE STEP")); - sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); - p->pPrior = pSetup; - } + pFirstRec->pPrior = 0; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RECURSIVE STEP")); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); + assert( pFirstRec->pPrior==0 ); + pFirstRec->pPrior = pSetup; /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); @@ -131337,13 +132328,23 @@ static int multiSelectValues( } /* +** Return true if the SELECT statement which is known to be the recursive +** part of a recursive CTE still has its anchor terms attached. If the +** anchor terms have already been removed, then return false. +*/ +static int hasAnchor(Select *p){ + while( p && (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)!=0 ){ p = p->pPrior; } + return p!=0; +} + +/* ** This routine is called to process a compound query form from ** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or ** INTERSECT ** ** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the ** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. ** ** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination ** of type eDest with parameter iParm. @@ -131421,7 +132422,7 @@ static int multiSelect( assert( p->pEList->nExpr==pPrior->pEList->nExpr ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)!=0 && hasAnchor(p) ){ generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); }else #endif @@ -131473,7 +132474,7 @@ static int multiSelect( p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); if( pPrior->pLimit && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit->pLeft, &nLimit) - && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) + && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) ){ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit); } @@ -131490,7 +132491,7 @@ static int multiSelect( Expr *pLimit; /* Saved values of p->nLimit */ int addr; SelectDest uniondest; - + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); priorOp = SRT_Union; @@ -131512,7 +132513,8 @@ static int multiSelect( findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); } - + + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left */ assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); @@ -131521,7 +132523,7 @@ static int multiSelect( if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } - + /* Code the current SELECT statement */ if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ @@ -131538,9 +132540,7 @@ static int multiSelect( selectOpName(p->op))); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; p->pOrderBy = 0; @@ -131551,7 +132551,7 @@ static int multiSelect( p->pLimit = pLimit; p->iLimit = 0; p->iOffset = 0; - + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form ** it is that we currently need. */ @@ -131580,7 +132580,7 @@ static int multiSelect( int addr; SelectDest intersectdest; int r1; - + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin ** by allocating the tables we will need. @@ -131588,13 +132588,13 @@ static int multiSelect( tab1 = pParse->nTab++; tab2 = pParse->nTab++; assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); - + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". */ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); @@ -131602,7 +132602,7 @@ static int multiSelect( if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } - + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); @@ -131623,7 +132623,7 @@ static int multiSelect( } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = pLimit; - + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary ** tables. */ @@ -131648,7 +132648,7 @@ static int multiSelect( break; } } - + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( p->pNext==0 ){ ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); @@ -131656,8 +132656,8 @@ static int multiSelect( #endif } if( pParse->nErr ) goto multi_select_end; - - /* Compute collating sequences used by + + /* Compute collating sequences used by ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. ** @@ -131763,7 +132763,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT */ if( regPrev ){ int addr1, addr2; @@ -131805,7 +132805,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( int r1; testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 ); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); @@ -131845,7 +132845,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. ** - ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to ** return the next row of result. */ @@ -131902,7 +132902,7 @@ static int generateOutputSubroutine( ** ** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. ** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which ** <operator> is used: ** ** @@ -131994,7 +132994,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ + u32 *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ @@ -132007,7 +133007,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause */ - op = p->op; + op = p->op; pPrior = p->pPrior; assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; @@ -132043,7 +133043,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct ** collation. */ - aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nOrderBy + 1)); + aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(u32)*(nOrderBy + 1)); if( aPermute ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; aPermute[0] = nOrderBy; @@ -132083,7 +133083,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( } } } - + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another */ p->pPrior = 0; @@ -132128,7 +133128,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on ** the right - the "B" select */ addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; @@ -132137,7 +133137,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( savedLimit = p->iLimit; savedOffset = p->iOffset; p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RIGHT")); sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); p->iLimit = savedLimit; @@ -132151,7 +133151,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); - + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B ** select as the next output row of the compound select. */ @@ -132168,7 +133168,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( */ if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; - }else{ + }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); @@ -132183,7 +133183,7 @@ static int multiSelectOrderBy( if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofB = addrEofA; if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - }else{ + }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -132278,13 +133278,13 @@ static void substSelect(SubstContext*, Select*, int); /* ** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to ** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column ** unchanged.) ** ** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery ** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the ** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary ** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table ** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ @@ -132319,7 +133319,7 @@ static Expr *substExpr( ifNullRow.op = TK_IF_NULL_ROW; ifNullRow.pLeft = pCopy; ifNullRow.iTable = pSubst->iNewTable; - ifNullRow.flags = EP_Skip; + ifNullRow.flags = EP_IfNullRow; pCopy = &ifNullRow; } testcase( ExprHasProperty(pCopy, EP_Subquery) ); @@ -132328,8 +133328,7 @@ static Expr *substExpr( ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_CanBeNull); } if( pNew && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_FromJoin) ){ - pNew->iRightJoinTable = pExpr->iRightJoinTable; - ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_FromJoin); + sqlite3SetJoinExpr(pNew, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); pExpr = pNew; @@ -132339,7 +133338,7 @@ static Expr *substExpr( if( pExpr ){ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pSubst->pParse, pExpr); - pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr, + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr, (pColl ? pColl->zName : "BINARY") ); } @@ -132461,7 +133460,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsUsed( ** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 ** ** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might ** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be ** avoided. ** @@ -132488,7 +133487,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsUsed( ** (4) The subquery can not be DISTINCT. ** ** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT -** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction ** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: @@ -132505,7 +133504,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsUsed( ** ** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we ** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original -** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query +** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query ** may not use LIMIT." ** ** (11) The subquery and the outer query may not both have ORDER BY clauses. @@ -132523,7 +133522,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsUsed( ** ** (16) If the outer query is aggregate, then the subquery may not ** use ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. ** ** (17) If the subquery is a compound select, then ** (17a) all compound operators must be a UNION ALL, and @@ -132550,7 +133549,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsUsed( ** syntax error and return a detailed message. ** ** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to +** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to ** columns of the sub-query. ** ** (19) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not @@ -132574,7 +133573,7 @@ static void recomputeColumnsUsed( ** recursive queries in multiSelect(). ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: -** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or +** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or ** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like: ** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily ** return the value X for which Y was maximal.) @@ -132608,11 +133607,12 @@ static int flattenSubquery( SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */ - int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */ + int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Walker w; /* Walker to persist agginfo data */ /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. */ @@ -132693,7 +133693,7 @@ static int flattenSubquery( else if( iFrom>0 && !isAgg ){ /* Setting isLeftJoin to -1 causes OP_IfNullRow opcodes to be generated for ** every reference to any result column from subquery in a join, even - ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow + ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow ** opcode. */ isLeftJoin = -1; } @@ -132756,13 +133756,13 @@ static int flattenSubquery( pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must ** be of the form: ** - ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> + ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> ** ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple ** select statements in the compound sub-query. @@ -132815,7 +133815,7 @@ static int flattenSubquery( if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause ** in the outer query. */ pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; @@ -132913,10 +133913,10 @@ static int flattenSubquery( memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); } pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype; - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** + ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; @@ -132926,7 +133926,7 @@ static int flattenSubquery( ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". */ - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + if( pSub->pOrderBy && (pParent->selFlags & SF_NoopOrderBy)==0 ){ /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values @@ -132950,7 +133950,13 @@ static int flattenSubquery( if( isLeftJoin>0 ){ sqlite3SetJoinExpr(pWhere, iNewParent); } - pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhere, pParent->pWhere); + if( pWhere ){ + if( pParent->pWhere ){ + pParent->pWhere = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, pWhere, pParent->pWhere); + }else{ + pParent->pWhere = pWhere; + } + } if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ SubstContext x; x.pParse = pParse; @@ -132960,12 +133966,12 @@ static int flattenSubquery( x.pEList = pSub->pEList; substSelect(&x, pParent, 0); } - + /* The flattened query is a compound if either the inner or the ** outer query is a compound. */ pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Compound; assert( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)==0 ); /* restriction (17b) */ - + /* ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; ** @@ -132987,10 +133993,12 @@ static int flattenSubquery( /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return ** success. */ + sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(&w, pParse); + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w,pSub1); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } @@ -133180,7 +134188,7 @@ static int propagateConstants( sqlite3DbFree(x.pParse->db, x.apExpr); nChng += x.nChng; } - }while( x.nChng ); + }while( x.nChng ); return nChng; } @@ -133231,8 +134239,8 @@ static int propagateConstants( ** But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery, ** then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed. ** -** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since -** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the +** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since +** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the ** window over which window functions are calculated). ** ** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause @@ -133247,11 +134255,14 @@ static int pushDownWhereTerms( ){ Expr *pNew; int nChng = 0; + Select *pSel; if( pWhere==0 ) return 0; if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* restriction (2) */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC - if( pSubq->pWin ) return 0; /* restriction (6) */ + for(pSel=pSubq; pSel; pSel=pSel->pPrior){ + if( pSel->pWin ) return 0; /* restriction (6) */ + } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -133260,7 +134271,7 @@ static int pushDownWhereTerms( ** in the future. */ { - Select *pX; + Select *pX; for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){ assert( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Recursive))==0 ); } @@ -133310,7 +134321,7 @@ static int pushDownWhereTerms( /* ** The pFunc is the only aggregate function in the query. Check to see -** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization. +** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization. ** ** If the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then set ** *ppMinMax to be an ORDER BY clause to be used for the optimization @@ -133357,7 +134368,7 @@ static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){ /* ** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This ** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl> @@ -133372,7 +134383,7 @@ static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ return 0; @@ -133393,8 +134404,8 @@ static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ /* ** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an ** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate ** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ @@ -133402,8 +134413,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pF Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy; Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); pIdx=pIdx->pNext ); if( !pIdx ){ @@ -133416,7 +134427,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pF return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with +** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with ** an alternative collating sequence. ** ** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... @@ -133451,6 +134462,14 @@ static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; a = p->pOrderBy->a; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + /* If iOrderByCol is already non-zero, then it has already been matched + ** to a result column of the SELECT statement. This occurs when the + ** SELECT is rewritten for window-functions processing and then passed + ** to sqlite3SelectPrep() and similar a second time. The rewriting done + ** by this function is not required in this case. */ + if( a[0].u.x.iOrderByCol ) return WRC_Continue; +#endif for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; } @@ -133503,9 +134522,9 @@ static int cannotBeFunction(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested -** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by -** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) +** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested +** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by +** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) ** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise ** return NULL. ** @@ -133540,7 +134559,7 @@ static struct Cte *searchWith( ** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this ** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it ** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when -** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT +** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT ** statement with which it is associated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ @@ -133554,7 +134573,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ } /* -** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by +** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by ** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, ** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive ** reference to the current CTE. @@ -133569,7 +134588,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ ** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int withExpand( - Walker *pWalker, + Walker *pWalker, struct SrcList_item *pFrom ){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; @@ -133588,8 +134607,10 @@ static int withExpand( ExprList *pEList; Select *pSel; Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ + Select *pRecTerm; /* Left-most recursive term */ int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ + int iRecTab = -1; /* Cursor for recursive table */ /* If pCte->zCteErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return @@ -133614,44 +134635,48 @@ static int withExpand( assert( pFrom->pSelect ); /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ - pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + pRecTerm = pSel = pFrom->pSelect; bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); - if( bMayRecursive ){ + while( bMayRecursive && pRecTerm->op==pSel->op ){ int i; - SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; + SrcList *pSrc = pRecTerm->pSrc; + assert( pRecTerm->pPrior!=0 ); for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 - && pItem->zName!=0 + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 + && pItem->zName!=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) - ){ + ){ pItem->pTab = pTab; - pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1; pTab->nTabRef++; - pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; + pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1; + if( pRecTerm->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pRecTerm->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; + if( iRecTab<0 ) iRecTab = pParse->nTab++; + pItem->iCursor = iRecTab; } } + if( (pRecTerm->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 ) break; + pRecTerm = pRecTerm->pPrior; } - /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ - if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg( - pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName - ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || - ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 )); - pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s"; pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; pParse->pWith = pWith; - if( bMayRecursive ){ - Select *pPrior = pSel->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pWith==0 ); - pPrior->pWith = pSel->pWith; - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pPrior); - pPrior->pWith = 0; + if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + assert( pRecTerm!=0 ); + assert( (pRecTerm->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 ); + assert( pRecTerm->pNext!=0 ); + assert( (pRecTerm->pNext->selFlags & SF_Recursive)!=0 ); + assert( pRecTerm->pWith==0 ); + pRecTerm->pWith = pSel->pWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pRecTerm); + pRecTerm->pWith = 0; }else{ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); } @@ -133689,12 +134714,12 @@ static int withExpand( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH +** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH ** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. ** ** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by ** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table -** names and other FROM clause elements. +** names and other FROM clause elements. */ static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; @@ -133746,7 +134771,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFr ** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every ** element of the FROM clause. ** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that ** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, ** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement ** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT @@ -133802,8 +134827,8 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab; assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 ); - if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue; - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + if( pFrom->pTab ) continue; + assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else @@ -133969,7 +134994,7 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ ** bit set. */ if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0 - && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) + && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ continue; } @@ -133979,7 +135004,7 @@ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0, 1) ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the ** table to the right of the join */ continue; } @@ -134191,7 +135216,7 @@ static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; if( nReg==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr ) return; + if( pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ @@ -134208,7 +135233,7 @@ static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){ if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + Expr *pE = pFunc->pFExpr; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " @@ -134232,8 +135257,8 @@ static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ int i; struct AggInfo_func *pF; for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + ExprList *pList = pF->pFExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pFExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); } @@ -134262,22 +135287,26 @@ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ int nArg; int addrNext = 0; int regAgg; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - assert( !IsWindowFunc(pF->pExpr) ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ - Expr *pFilter = pF->pExpr->y.pWin->pFilter; - if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator - && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) + ExprList *pList = pF->pFExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pFExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + assert( !IsWindowFunc(pF->pFExpr) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pF->pFExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + Expr *pFilter = pF->pFExpr->y.pWin->pFilter; + if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator + && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) + && regAcc ){ + /* If regAcc==0, there there exists some min() or max() function + ** without a FILTER clause that will ensure the magnet registers + ** are populated. */ if( regHit==0 ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; - /* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc==0), clear the + /* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc contains 0), clear the ** "magnet" register regHit so that the accumulator registers - ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the + ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the ** invocation of min() or max() altogether. Or, if this is not - ** the first row (regAcc==1), set the magnet register so that the - ** accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked and - ** indicates that they should be. */ + ** the first row (regAcc contains 1), set the magnet register so that + ** the accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked + ** and indicates that they should be. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regAcc, regHit); } addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); @@ -134292,7 +135321,7 @@ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ regAgg = 0; } if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - if( addrNext==0 ){ + if( addrNext==0 ){ addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); } testcase( nArg==0 ); /* Error condition */ @@ -134328,7 +135357,7 @@ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); } for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pCExpr, pC->iMem); } pAggInfo->directMode = 0; @@ -134363,10 +135392,10 @@ static void explainSimpleCount( /* ** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere(). ** -** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return +** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return ** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes. ** -** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the +** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the ** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE ** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression ** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1". @@ -134415,7 +135444,7 @@ static void havingToWhere(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ sWalker.u.pSelect = p; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, p->pHaving); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ + if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Move HAVING terms into WHERE:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } @@ -134448,7 +135477,7 @@ static struct SrcList_item *isSelfJoinView( continue; } if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pS1->pWhere, -1) - || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1) + || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1) ){ /* The view was modified by some other optimization such as ** pushDownWhereTerms() */ @@ -134537,7 +135566,7 @@ static int countOfViewOptimization(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Aggregate; #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After count-of-view optimization:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } @@ -134547,7 +135576,7 @@ static int countOfViewOptimization(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ #endif /* SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION */ /* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. ** ** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. ** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. @@ -134573,10 +135602,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo = 0; /* Aggregate information */ int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ ExprList *pMinMaxOrderBy = 0; /* Added ORDER BY for min/max queries */ @@ -134588,10 +135617,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( return 1; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n", pParse->addrExplain)); - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif @@ -134600,16 +135628,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || - pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); - /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does - ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ + if( IgnorableDistinct(pDest) ){ + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || + pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo ); + /* All of these destinations are also able to ignore the ORDER BY clause */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); p->pOrderBy = 0; p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + p->selFlags |= SF_NoopOrderBy; } sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ @@ -134617,12 +135644,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } assert( p->pEList!=0 ); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x104 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x104 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif + /* If the SF_UpdateFrom flag is set, then this function is being called + ** as part of populating the temp table for an UPDATE...FROM statement. + ** In this case, it is an error if the target object (pSrc->a[0]) name + ** or alias is duplicated within FROM clause (pSrc->a[1..n]). */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_UpdateFrom ){ + struct SrcList_item *p0 = &p->pSrc->a[0]; + for(i=1; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *p1 = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + if( p0->pTab==p1->pTab && 0==sqlite3_stricmp(p0->zAlias, p1->zAlias) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "target object/alias may not appear in FROM clause: %s", + p0->zAlias ? p0->zAlias : p0->pTab->zName + ); + goto select_end; + } + } + } + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ generateColumnNames(pParse, p); } @@ -134634,7 +135679,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( goto select_end; } #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( p->pWin && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x108)!=0 ){ + if( p->pWin && (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x108)!=0 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after window rewrite:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } @@ -134645,7 +135690,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - /* Try to various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength + /* Try to do various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength ** reduction of join operators) in the FROM clause up into the main query */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) @@ -134654,6 +135699,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + /* The expander should have already created transient Table objects + ** even for FROM clause elements such as subqueries that do not correspond + ** to a real table */ + assert( pTab!=0 ); + /* Convert LEFT JOIN into JOIN if there are terms of the right table ** of the LEFT JOIN used in the WHERE clause. */ @@ -134736,7 +135786,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n")); - if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ + if( (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif @@ -134755,7 +135805,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( && propagateConstants(pParse, p) ){ #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After constant propagation:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } @@ -134843,7 +135893,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0) ){ #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x100 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("After WHERE-clause push-down into subquery %d:\n", pSub->selId)); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); @@ -134873,7 +135923,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** set on each invocation. */ int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; - + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); @@ -134943,13 +135993,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif - /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: ** @@ -134959,12 +136009,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz ** - ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be - ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally - ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. */ - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC && p->pWin==0 @@ -134979,7 +136029,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } @@ -135045,7 +136095,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0) | (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC - Window *pWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object (or NULL) */ + Window *pWin = p->pWin; /* Main window object (or NULL) */ if( pWin ){ sqlite3WindowCodeInit(pParse, p); } @@ -135072,7 +136122,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } } - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral ** into an OP_Noop. */ @@ -135144,8 +136194,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66; /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are - ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause - ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out + ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause + ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the @@ -135155,8 +136205,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( int ii; /* The GROUP BY processing doesn't care whether rows are delivered in ** ASC or DESC order - only that each group is returned contiguously. - ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the - ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an + ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the + ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an ** order that makes the ORDER BY redundant. */ for(ii=0; ii<pGroupBy->nExpr; ii++){ u8 sortFlags = sSort.pOrderBy->a[ii].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; @@ -135178,14 +136228,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the ** SELECT statement. */ + pAggInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pAggInfo) ); + if( pAggInfo==0 ){ + goto select_end; + } + pAggInfo->pNext = pParse->pAggList; + pParse->pAggList = pAggInfo; + pAggInfo->selId = p->selId; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.uNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + sNC.uNC.pAggInfo = pAggInfo; VVA_ONLY( sNC.ncFlags = NC_UAggInfo; ) - sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pAggInfo->mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; + pAggInfo->nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0; + pAggInfo->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); if( pHaving ){ @@ -135198,14 +136255,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){ - minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy); + pAggInfo->nAccumulator = pAggInfo->nColumn; + if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){ + minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy); }else{ minMaxFlag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; } - for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr; + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFExpr; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc; sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pExpr->x.pList); @@ -135217,22 +136274,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( #endif sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; } - sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; + pAggInfo->mxReg = pParse->nMem; if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED - if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + if( sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x400 ){ int ii; - SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis %p:\n", &sAggInfo)); + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis %p:\n", pAggInfo)); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); - for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nColumn; ii++){ + for(ii=0; ii<pAggInfo->nColumn; ii++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-column[%d] iMem=%d\n", - ii, sAggInfo.aCol[ii].iMem); - sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, sAggInfo.aCol[ii].pExpr, 0); + ii, pAggInfo->aCol[ii].iMem); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pAggInfo->aCol[ii].pCExpr, 0); } - for(ii=0; ii<sAggInfo.nFunc; ii++){ + for(ii=0; ii<pAggInfo->nFunc; ii++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("agg-func[%d]: iMem=%d\n", - ii, sAggInfo.aFunc[ii].iMem); - sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, sAggInfo.aFunc[ii].pExpr, 0); + ii, pAggInfo->aFunc[ii].iMem); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pAggInfo->aFunc[ii].pFExpr, 0); } } #endif @@ -135255,12 +136312,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. + ** will be converted into a Noop. */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pGroupBy,0,sAggInfo.nColumn); - addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + pAggInfo->sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, + 0, pAggInfo->nColumn); + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + pAggInfo->sortingIdx, pAggInfo->nSortingColumn, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing @@ -135307,7 +136365,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( int nCol; int nGroupBy; - explainTempTable(pParse, + explainTempTable(pParse, (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); @@ -135315,8 +136373,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; nCol = nGroupBy; j = nGroupBy; - for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){ - if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){ + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){ + if( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){ nCol++; j++; } @@ -135324,8 +136382,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0); j = nGroupBy; - for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i]; + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[i]; if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){ int r1 = j + regBase; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, @@ -135335,16 +136393,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; + pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, addrEnd); VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + pAggInfo->useSortingIdx = 1; } /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort @@ -135352,9 +136410,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. ** ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. - ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ - if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) + if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) ){ sSort.pOrderBy = 0; @@ -135368,14 +136426,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( */ addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, sortOut, sortPTab); } for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){ if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); } } @@ -135405,14 +136463,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** the current row */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - updateAccumulator(pParse, iUseFlag, &sAggInfo); + updateAccumulator(pParse, iUseFlag, pAggInfo); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); /* End of the loop */ if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); @@ -135445,7 +136503,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, pAggInfo); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, @@ -135456,15 +136514,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + resetAccumulator(pParse, pAggInfo); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); - + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ else { Table *pTab; - if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ + if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, pAggInfo))!=0 ){ /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then ** the SQL statement is of the form: ** @@ -135483,7 +136541,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ - int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + Pgno iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); @@ -135494,7 +136552,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. */ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); @@ -135515,15 +136573,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( } /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, (int)iRoot, iDb, 1); if( pKeyInfo ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, pAggInfo->aFunc[0].iMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); }else{ int regAcc = 0; /* "populate accumulators" flag */ + int addrSkip; /* If there are accumulator registers but no min() or max() functions ** without FILTER clauses, allocate register regAcc. Register regAcc @@ -135532,14 +136591,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** that the accumulator registers are (a) updated only once if ** there are no min() or max functions or (b) always updated for the ** first row visited by the aggregate, so that they are updated at - ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max() + ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max() ** function visits zero rows. */ - if( sAggInfo.nAccumulator ){ - for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){ - if( ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ) continue; - if( sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ) break; + if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator ){ + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + continue; + } + if( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + break; + } } - if( i==sAggInfo.nFunc ){ + if( i==pAggInfo->nFunc ){ regAcc = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regAcc); } @@ -135550,7 +136613,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( ** of output. */ assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + resetAccumulator(pParse, pAggInfo); /* If this query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then ** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either @@ -135566,24 +136629,23 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( if( pWInfo==0 ){ goto select_end; } - updateAccumulator(pParse, regAcc, &sAggInfo); + updateAccumulator(pParse, regAcc, pAggInfo); if( regAcc ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regAcc); - if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); - VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", - (minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); + addrSkip = sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(pWInfo); + if( addrSkip!=sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo) ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrSkip); } sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, pAggInfo); } sSort.pOrderBy = 0; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - + } /* endif aggregate query */ if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ @@ -135613,11 +136675,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( */ select_end: sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy); - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pAggInfo && !db->mallocFailed ){ + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aCol[i].pCExpr; + assert( pExpr!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pExpr==0 ) continue; + assert( pExpr->pAggInfo==pAggInfo ); + assert( pExpr->iAgg==i ); + } + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[i].pFExpr; + assert( pExpr!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pExpr==0 ) continue; + assert( pExpr->pAggInfo==pAggInfo ); + assert( pExpr->iAgg==i ); + } + } +#endif + #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end processing\n")); - if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ + if( (sqlite3_unsupported_selecttrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif @@ -135738,7 +136817,7 @@ malloc_failed: ** at the conclusion of the call. ** ** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. ** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when ** the calling procedure is finished using it. */ @@ -135856,6 +136935,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerS sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pTmp->pUpsert); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTmp->pFrom); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp->zSpan); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); @@ -135863,7 +136943,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerS } /* -** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to ** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. ** ** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab @@ -135890,7 +136970,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema - && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) ){ pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); pList = pTrig; @@ -135958,7 +137038,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( ** ^^^^^^^^ ** ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database - ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER. + ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of the schema table */ if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); @@ -135986,22 +137066,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); if( !pTab ){ /* The table does not exist. */ - if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ - /* Ticket #3810. - ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are - ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table - ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the - ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the - ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an - ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. - */ - db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; - } - goto trigger_cleanup; + goto trigger_orphan_error; } if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); - goto trigger_cleanup; + goto trigger_orphan_error; } /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the @@ -136037,14 +137106,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( ** of triggers. */ if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; + goto trigger_orphan_error; } if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; + goto trigger_orphan_error; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION @@ -136104,6 +137173,23 @@ trigger_cleanup: }else{ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); } + return; + +trigger_orphan_error: + if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ + /* Ticket #3810. + ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are + ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table + ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the + ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the + ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an + ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. + ** + ** 2020-11-05 see also https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/157dc791df + */ + db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + } + goto trigger_cleanup; } /* @@ -136133,8 +137219,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( } sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName); sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); - if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) - || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) + if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) + || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) ){ goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } @@ -136148,21 +137234,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( #endif /* if we are not initializing, - ** build the sqlite_master entry + ** build the sqlite_schema entry */ if( !db->init.busy ){ Vdbe *v; char *z; - /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ + /* Make an entry in the sqlite_schema table */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); testcase( z==0 ); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, zName, + "INSERT INTO %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE + " VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zName, pTrig->table, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); @@ -136202,14 +137289,14 @@ static char *triggerSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){ int i; if( z ) for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ) z[i] = ' '; return z; -} +} /* ** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into ** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** ** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. +** body of a TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ @@ -136315,6 +137402,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ + SrcList *pFrom, ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ @@ -136329,16 +137417,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList; pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; + pTriggerStep->pFrom = pFrom; pEList = 0; pWhere = 0; + pFrom = 0; }else{ pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pFrom = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pFrom, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pFrom); return pTriggerStep; } @@ -136371,7 +137463,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( return pTriggerStep; } -/* +/* ** Recursively delete a Trigger structure */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ @@ -136385,7 +137477,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ } /* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. ** ** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies ** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the @@ -136440,7 +137532,7 @@ static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ /* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ Table *pTable; @@ -136469,8 +137561,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ */ if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTrigger->zName + "DELETE FROM %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pTrigger->zName ); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); @@ -136520,12 +137612,12 @@ static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zEName)>=0 ) return 1; } - return 0; + return 0; } /* ** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least -** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is ** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at ** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. */ @@ -136565,37 +137657,40 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( ** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it ** wants. */ -static SrcList *targetSrcList( +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3TriggerStepSrc( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - + SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ + char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget); pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); + assert( pSrc==0 || pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + assert( zName || pSrc==0 ); if( pSrc ){ - assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); - pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); - if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ - const char *zDb; - assert( iDb<db->nDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; - pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zDb); + Schema *pSchema = pStep->pTrig->pSchema; + pSrc->a[0].zName = zName; + if( pSchema!=db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + pSrc->a[0].pSchema = pSchema; + } + if( pStep->pFrom ){ + SrcList *pDup = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pStep->pFrom, 0); + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendList(pParse, pSrc, pDup); } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); } return pSrc; } /* -** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single ** trigger. */ static int codeTriggerProgram( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ ){ TriggerStep *pStep; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; @@ -136631,27 +137726,27 @@ static int codeTriggerProgram( switch( pStep->op ){ case TK_UPDATE: { - sqlite3Update(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + sqlite3Update(pParse, + sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), pParse->eOrconf, 0, 0, 0 ); break; } case TK_INSERT: { - sqlite3Insert(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), - sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + sqlite3Insert(pParse, + sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), pParse->eOrconf, sqlite3UpsertDup(db, pStep->pUpsert) ); break; } case TK_DELETE: { - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 0, 0 ); break; @@ -136664,7 +137759,7 @@ static int codeTriggerProgram( sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); break; } - } + } if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } @@ -136709,7 +137804,7 @@ static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ } /* -** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program ** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. */ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( @@ -136732,7 +137827,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( assert( pTop->pVdbe ); /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they - ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); if( !pPrg ) return 0; @@ -136746,7 +137841,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; - /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the ** trigger sub-program. */ pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); if( !pSubParse ) return 0; @@ -136762,7 +137857,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); if( v ){ - VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), @@ -136772,19 +137867,19 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( )); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( pTrigger->zName ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC ); } #endif /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false - ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) - && db->mallocFailed==0 + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pSubParse); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); @@ -136821,7 +137916,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( return pPrg; } - + /* ** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for ** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such @@ -136843,8 +137938,8 @@ static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ - for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; - pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); pPrg=pPrg->pNext ); @@ -136857,7 +137952,7 @@ static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( } /* -** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on ** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this ** function are the same as those described in the header function for ** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() @@ -136875,7 +137970,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ if( pPrg ){ int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); @@ -136904,7 +137999,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( ** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified ** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. ** -** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers ** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references ** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab ** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: @@ -136921,12 +138016,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( ** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab ** ** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will -** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or -** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). ** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers ** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an ** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg -** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through ** (reg+N+N+1) are. ** ** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the @@ -136958,12 +138053,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( p->op==op - && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); @@ -136972,9 +138067,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( } /* -** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. -** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the -** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information ** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire ** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. ** @@ -136984,7 +138079,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( ** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns ** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. ** -** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is ** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. ** ** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned @@ -137061,10 +138156,10 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( /* ** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the ** OP_Column to the default value, if any. ** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the ** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table ** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE ** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk @@ -137073,11 +138168,11 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( ** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value ** for the column and the P4 value is not required. ** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have ** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated ** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written -** into the sqlite_master table.) +** into the sqlite_schema table.) ** ** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for ** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() @@ -137097,7 +138192,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); assert( i<pTab->nCol ); - sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue); if( pValue ){ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM); @@ -137162,11 +138257,148 @@ static int indexWhereClauseMightChange( } /* +** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression of type TK_ROW with +** Expr.iColumn set to value (iCol+1). The resolver will modify the +** expression to be a TK_COLUMN reading column iCol of the first +** table in the source-list (pSrc->a[0]). +*/ +static Expr *exprRowColumn(Parse *pParse, int iCol){ + Expr *pRet = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0); + if( pRet ) pRet->iColumn = iCol+1; + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Assuming both the pLimit and pOrderBy parameters are NULL, this function +** generates VM code to run the query: +** +** SELECT <other-columns>, pChanges FROM pTabList WHERE pWhere +** +** and write the results to the ephemeral table already opened as cursor +** iEph. None of pChanges, pTabList or pWhere are modified or consumed by +** this function, they must be deleted by the caller. +** +** Or, if pLimit and pOrderBy are not NULL, and pTab is not a view: +** +** SELECT <other-columns>, pChanges FROM pTabList +** WHERE pWhere +** GROUP BY <other-columns> +** ORDER BY pOrderBy LIMIT pLimit +** +** If pTab is a view, the GROUP BY clause is omitted. +** +** Exactly how results are written to table iEph, and exactly what +** the <other-columns> in the query above are is determined by the type +** of table pTabList->a[0].pTab. +** +** If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then argument pPk must be its +** PRIMARY KEY. In this case <other-columns> are the primary key columns +** of the table, in order. The results of the query are written to ephemeral +** table iEph as index keys, using OP_IdxInsert. +** +** If the table is actually a view, then <other-columns> are all columns of +** the view. The results are written to the ephemeral table iEph as records +** with automatically assigned integer keys. +** +** If the table is a virtual or ordinary intkey table, then <other-columns> +** is its rowid. For a virtual table, the results are written to iEph as +** records with automatically assigned integer keys For intkey tables, the +** rowid value in <other-columns> is used as the integer key, and the +** remaining fields make up the table record. +*/ +static void updateFromSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int iEph, /* Cursor for open eph. table */ + Index *pPk, /* PK if table 0 is WITHOUT ROWID */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* List of expressions to return */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause for query */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause */ +){ + int i; + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSelect = 0; + ExprList *pList = 0; + ExprList *pGrp = 0; + Expr *pLimit2 = 0; + ExprList *pOrderBy2 = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Table *pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; + SrcList *pSrc; + Expr *pWhere2; + int eDest; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + if( pOrderBy && pLimit==0 ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on UPDATE"); + return; + } + pOrderBy2 = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOrderBy, 0); + pLimit2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLimit, 0); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pOrderBy); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pLimit); +#endif + + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pTabList, 0); + pWhere2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + + assert( pTabList->nSrc>1 ); + if( pSrc ){ + pSrc->a[0].iCursor = -1; + pSrc->a[0].pTab->nTabRef--; + pSrc->a[0].pTab = 0; + } + if( pPk ){ + for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ + Expr *pNew = exprRowColumn(pParse, pPk->aiColumn[i]); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + if( pLimit ){ + pGrp = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pGrp, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew, 0)); + } +#endif + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); + } + eDest = IsVirtual(pTab) ? SRT_Table : SRT_Upfrom; + }else if( pTab->pSelect ){ + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, exprRowColumn(pParse, i)); + } + eDest = SRT_Table; + }else{ + eDest = IsVirtual(pTab) ? SRT_Table : SRT_Upfrom; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ROW,0,0)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + if( pLimit ){ + pGrp = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ROW,0,0)); + } +#endif + } + if( ALWAYS(pChanges) ){ + for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[i].pExpr, 0) + ); + } + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pList, + pSrc, pWhere2, pGrp, 0, pOrderBy2, SF_UpdateFrom|SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit2 + ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, eDest, iEph); + dest.iSDParm2 = (pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : -1); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); +} + +/* ** Process an UPDATE statement. ** -** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; -** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ -* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere +** UPDATE OR IGNORE tbl SET a=b, c=d FROM tbl2... WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; +** \_______/ \_/ \______/ \_____/ \________________/ +** onError | pChanges | pWhere +** \_______________________/ +** pTabList */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ @@ -137181,7 +138413,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = 0; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ @@ -137200,6 +138432,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ + int iRowidExpr = -1; /* Index of "rowid=" (or IPK) assignment in pChanges */ AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ @@ -137223,6 +138456,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( i16 nPk = 0; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ int bFinishSeek = 1; /* The OP_FinishSeek opcode is needed */ + int nChangeFrom = 0; /* If there is a FROM, pChanges->nExpr, else 0 */ /* Register Allocations */ int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ @@ -137238,9 +138472,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto update_cleanup; } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - /* Locate the table which we want to update. + /* Locate the table which we want to update. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; @@ -137263,8 +138496,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( # define isView 0 #endif + /* If there was a FROM clause, set nChangeFrom to the number of expressions + ** in the change-list. Otherwise, set it to 0. There cannot be a FROM + ** clause if this function is being called to generate code for part of + ** an UPSERT statement. */ + nChangeFrom = (pTabList->nSrc>1) ? pChanges->nExpr : 0; + assert( nChangeFrom==0 || pUpsert==0 ); + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT - if( !isView ){ + if( !isView && nChangeFrom==0 ){ pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere( pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "UPDATE" ); @@ -137303,7 +138543,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; - /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. + /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. */ aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx+1) + nIdx+2 ); @@ -137333,7 +138573,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( */ chngRowid = chngPk = 0; for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ + /* If this is an UPDATE with a FROM clause, do not resolve expressions + ** here. The call to sqlite3Select() below will do that. */ + if( nChangeFrom==0 && sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ goto update_cleanup; } for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ @@ -137341,6 +138583,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ chngRowid = 1; pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + iRowidExpr = i; }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ chngPk = 1; } @@ -137348,7 +138591,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( else if( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){ testcase( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL ); testcase( pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_STORED ); - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot UPDATE generated column \"%s\"", pTab->aCol[j].zName); goto update_cleanup; @@ -137363,6 +138606,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( j = -1; chngRowid = 1; pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + iRowidExpr = i; }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zEName); pParse->checkSchema = 1; @@ -137390,11 +138634,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS /* Mark generated columns as changing if their generator expressions - ** reference any changing column. The actual aXRef[] value for + ** reference any changing column. The actual aXRef[] value for ** generated expressions is not used, other than to check to see that it ** is non-negative, so the value of aXRef[] for generated columns can be ** set to any non-negative number. We use 99999 so that the value is - ** obvious when looking at aXRef[] in a symbolic debugger. + ** obvious when looking at aXRef[] in a symbolic debugger. */ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){ int bProgress; @@ -137415,7 +138659,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } #endif - /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. + /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. ** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that ** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual ** table implementation makes all columns available). @@ -137454,7 +138698,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( } aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register storing the table record */ if( bReplace ){ - /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all + /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all ** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); } @@ -137492,8 +138736,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** an ephemeral table. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, + if( nChangeFrom==0 && isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iDataCur ); pOrderBy = 0; @@ -137504,7 +138748,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the ** WHERE clause. */ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + if( nChangeFrom==0 && sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ goto update_cleanup; } @@ -137531,117 +138775,143 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); } - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + if( nChangeFrom==0 && HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + iEph = pParse->nTab++; + addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, 0, regRowSet); }else{ - assert( pPk!=0 ); - nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + assert( pPk!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); + nPk = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 0; iPk = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPk; + pParse->nMem += nChangeFrom; regKey = ++pParse->nMem; if( pUpsert==0 ){ + int nEphCol = nPk + nChangeFrom + (isView ? pTab->nCol : 0); iEph = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1); - addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + if( pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1); + addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nEphCol); + if( pPk ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pPk); + if( pKeyInfo ){ + pKeyInfo->nAllField = nEphCol; + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + } + if( nChangeFrom ){ + updateFromSelect( + pParse, iEph, pPk, pChanges, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit + ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( isView ) iDataCur = iEph; +#endif + } } } - - if( pUpsert ){ - /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by - ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row - ** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the - ** row(s) to be updated. - */ - pWInfo = 0; - eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - bFinishSeek = 0; + + if( nChangeFrom ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF; + nKey = nPk; + regKey = iPk; }else{ - /* Begin the database scan. - ** - ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if - ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may - ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these - ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table - ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */ - flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE; - if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){ - flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW; - } - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - - /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not - ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being - ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like - ** the following could create an infinite loop: - ** - ** UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>? - ** - ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI - ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being - ** updated. */ - eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); - bFinishSeek = sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(pWInfo); - if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ - int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1]; - if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){ - eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF; + if( pUpsert ){ + /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by + ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row + ** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the + ** row(s) to be updated. + */ + pWInfo = 0; + eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + bFinishSeek = 0; + }else{ + /* Begin the database scan. + ** + ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if + ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may + ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these + ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table + ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */ + flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED; + if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){ + flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW; + } + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags,iIdxCur); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + + /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not + ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being + ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like + ** the following could create an infinite loop: + ** + ** UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>? + ** + ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI + ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being + ** updated. */ + eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + bFinishSeek = sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(pWInfo); + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1]; + if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){ + eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF; + } + assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) ); } - assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) ); } } - } - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF - ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes, - ** leave it in register regOldRowid. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); - if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ - /* We need to use regRowSet, so reallocate aRegIdx[nAllIdx] */ - aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); - } - }else{ - /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In - ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in - ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change - ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table - ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */ - for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ - assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, - pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i); - } - if( eOnePass ){ - if( addrOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); - nKey = nPk; - regKey = iPk; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF + ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes, + ** leave it in register regOldRowid. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ + aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iEph, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + }else{ + if( ALWAYS(addrOpen) ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); + } }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk); + /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In + ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in + ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change + ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table + ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */ + for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ + assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, + pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i); + } + if( eOnePass ){ + if( addrOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); + nKey = nPk; + regKey = iPk; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk); + } } } if( pUpsert==0 ){ - if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + if( nChangeFrom==0 && eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } - + if( !isView ){ int addrOnce = 0; - + /* Open every index that needs updating. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; } - + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } @@ -137651,7 +138921,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( sqlite3VdbeJumpHereOrPopInst(v, addrOnce); } } - + /* Top of the update loop */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){ @@ -137665,15 +138935,35 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0); - }else if( pPk ){ + }else if( pPk || nChangeFrom ){ labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); - VdbeCoverage(v); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( nChangeFrom ){ + if( !isView ){ + if( pPk ){ + for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, i, iPk+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( + v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, iPk, nPk + ); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iEph, regOldRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( + v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid + ); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey,0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } }else{ - labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet,labelBreak, - regOldRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iEph, regOldRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -137686,7 +138976,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** already populated. */ assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + assert( iRowidExpr>=0 ); + if( nChangeFrom==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, iRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); } @@ -137694,7 +138989,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** information is needed */ if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); - oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError ); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ @@ -137723,8 +139018,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The - ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from - ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. */ @@ -137739,9 +139034,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( }else{ j = aXRef[i]; if( j>=0 ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, k); + if( nChangeFrom ){ + int nOff = (isView ? pTab->nCol : nPk); + assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, nOff+j, k); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, k); + } }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ - /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed + /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. @@ -137768,46 +139069,48 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( */ if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); - /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this - ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are - ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated - ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the - ** documentation. - */ - if( pPk ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } + if( !isView ){ + /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated + ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the + ** documentation. + */ + if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound,iDataCur,labelContinue,regKey,nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue,regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } - /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop: - ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified - ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for - ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers - ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded. - ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the - ** BEFORE trigger runs. See test case trigger1-18.0 (added 2018-04-26) - ** for an example. - */ - for(i=0, k=regNew; i<pTab->nCol; i++, k++){ - if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){ - if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL ) k--; - }else if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, k); + /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop: + ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers + ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded. + ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the + ** BEFORE trigger runs. See test case trigger1-18.0 (added 2018-04-26) + ** for an example. + */ + for(i=0, k=regNew; i<pTab->nCol; i++, k++){ + if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED ){ + if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_VIRTUAL ) k--; + }else if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, k); + } } - } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){ - testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasVirtual ); - testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasStored ); - sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(pParse, regNew, pTab); + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasGenerated ){ + testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasVirtual ); + testcase( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasStored ); + sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(pParse, regNew, pTab); + } +#endif } -#endif } if( !isView ){ @@ -137850,7 +139153,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( ** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete ** to invoke the pre-update hook. ** - ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the + ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol ** is the column index supplied by the user. @@ -137877,29 +139180,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); } - + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, - OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), + pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, + OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), 0, 0 ); /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just updated. */ + ** to the row just updated. */ if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); } } - /* Increment the row counter + /* Increment the row counter */ if( regRowCount ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until @@ -137910,11 +139213,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( }else if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else if( pPk ){ + }else{ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); @@ -137942,7 +139243,7 @@ update_cleanup: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); #endif @@ -137962,8 +139263,8 @@ update_cleanup: /* ** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. ** -** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special -** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table +** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special +** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table ** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row. ** ** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains @@ -137995,7 +139296,7 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( int i; /* Loop counter */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - WhereInfo *pWInfo; + WhereInfo *pWInfo = 0; int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol; /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */ int regArg; /* First register in VUpdate arg array */ int regRec; /* Register in which to assemble record */ @@ -138013,74 +139314,115 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg); regArg = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += nArg; - regRec = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + if( pSrc->nSrc>1 ){ + Index *pPk = 0; + Expr *pRow; + ExprList *pList; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + if( pRowid ){ + pRow = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0); + }else{ + pRow = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ); + iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0]; + if( aXRef[iPk]>=0 ){ + pRow = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[iPk]].pExpr, 0); + }else{ + pRow = exprRowColumn(pParse, iPk); + } + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRow); - /* Start scanning the virtual table */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) return; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0) + ); + }else{ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, exprRowColumn(pParse, i)); + } + } - /* Populate the argument registers. */ - for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ - assert( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 ); - if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG);/* Enable sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */ + updateFromSelect(pParse, ephemTab, pPk, pList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF; + }else{ + regRec = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + + /* Start scanning the virtual table */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc,pWhere,0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) return; + + /* Populate the argument registers. */ + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + assert( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_GENERATED)==0 ); + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG);/* For sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */ + } } - } - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg); - if( pRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg); + if( pRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1); + } }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1); + Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index */ + i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ); + iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, iPk, regArg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg+2+iPk, regArg+1); } - }else{ - Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index */ - i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */ - pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - assert( pPk!=0 ); - assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ); - iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, iPk, regArg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg+2+iPk, regArg+1); - } - eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy); + eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy); - /* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */ - assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); + /* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */ + assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); - if( eOnePass ){ - /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded - ** above. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); - }else{ - /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into - ** the ephemeral table. */ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to - ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC); + if( eOnePass ){ + /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded + ** above. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + }else{ + /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into + ** the ephemeral table. */ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM) + /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to + ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC); #endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid); + } } if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ /* End the virtual table scan */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + if( pSrc->nSrc==1 ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v); - /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and + /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and ** invoke the VUpdate method. */ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i); @@ -138214,11 +139556,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget( rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); if( rc ) return rc; - /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */ + /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */ pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; pTarget = pUpsert->pUpsertTarget; iCursor = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; - if( HasRowid(pTab) + if( HasRowid(pTab) && pTarget->nExpr==1 && (pTerm = pTarget->a[0].pExpr)->op==TK_COLUMN && pTerm->iColumn==XN_ROWID @@ -138341,7 +139683,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate( sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); i = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iDataCur, 0, iPk, nPk); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0, "corrupt database", P4_STATIC); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, i); @@ -138410,7 +139752,7 @@ static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql,"SELECT",6)==0 ); /* The secondary SQL must be one of CREATE TABLE, CREATE INDEX, ** or INSERT. Historically there have been attacks that first - ** corrupt the sqlite_master.sql field with other kinds of statements + ** corrupt the sqlite_schema.sql field with other kinds of statements ** then run VACUUM to get those statements to execute at inappropriate ** times. */ if( zSubSql @@ -138552,7 +139894,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( zOut = ""; } - /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ saved_flags = db->flags; @@ -138641,14 +139983,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( */ db->init.iDb = nDb; /* force new CREATE statements into vacuum_db */ rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" + "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema" " WHERE type='table'AND name<>'sqlite_sequence'" " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0", zDbMain ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" + "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema" " WHERE type='index'", zDbMain ); @@ -138662,7 +140004,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.'||quote(name)" "||' SELECT*FROM\"%w\".'||quote(name)" - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_schema " "WHERE type='table'AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0", zDbMain ); @@ -138673,18 +140015,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries - ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. + ** from the schema table. */ rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, - "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master" - " SELECT*FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" + "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_schema" + " SELECT*FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema" " WHERE type IN('view','trigger')" " OR(type='table'AND rootpage=0)", zDbMain ); if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the + /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit @@ -138708,8 +140050,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ }; - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); - assert( pOut!=0 || 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); + assert( SQLITE_TXN_WRITE==sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pTemp) ); + assert( pOut!=0 || SQLITE_TXN_WRITE==sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pMain) ); /* Copy Btree meta values */ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){ @@ -138764,7 +140106,7 @@ end_of_vacuum: } /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] - ** array. */ + ** array. */ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); return rc; @@ -138793,7 +140135,7 @@ end_of_vacuum: /* ** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the ** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of -** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of ** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which ** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. */ @@ -138950,7 +140292,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ /* ** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. ** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. ** ** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, ** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. @@ -138962,7 +140304,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ /* ** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. -** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access ** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ @@ -138997,7 +140339,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ /* ** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the ** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated -** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. ** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with ** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. */ @@ -139006,8 +140348,8 @@ static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; p->pVTable = 0; - /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database - ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. @@ -139063,7 +140405,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ ** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** ** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all -** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the ** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The ** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** @@ -139076,7 +140418,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ ** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then ** the database handle mutex is held. ** -** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously ** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -139102,12 +140444,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ ** record. ** ** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer -** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable ** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. -** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database -** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the ** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures -** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated ** database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ @@ -139181,13 +140523,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the - ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). + ** sqlite_schema table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. */ if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); /* The database the table is being created in */ - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); } #endif @@ -139219,12 +140561,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ addArgumentToVtab(pParse); pParse->sArg.z = 0; if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being - ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then + ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_schema) then ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text - ** in the sqlite_master table. + ** in the sqlite_schema table. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ char *zStmt; @@ -139241,20 +140583,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ } zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** schema table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. ** ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an - ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab + ** entry in the sqlite_schema table tht was created for this vtab ** by sqlite3StartTable(). */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "UPDATE %Q." DFLT_SCHEMA_TABLE " " "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pTab->zName, pTab->zName, zStmt, @@ -139273,7 +140615,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg); } - /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory + /* If we are rereading the sqlite_schema table create the in-memory ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before @@ -139324,7 +140666,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ ** to this procedure. */ static int vtabCallConstructor( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab, Module *pMod, int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), @@ -139343,7 +140685,7 @@ static int vtabCallConstructor( /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */ for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){ if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName ); return SQLITE_LOCKED; @@ -139405,7 +140747,7 @@ static int vtabCallConstructor( int iCol; u16 oooHidden = 0; /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure - ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from ** the type string. */ @@ -139450,7 +140792,7 @@ static int vtabCallConstructor( /* ** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned ** and an error left in pParse. ** ** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. @@ -139521,7 +140863,7 @@ static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ /* ** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. ** ** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language ** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. @@ -139540,8 +140882,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. */ if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){ @@ -139594,7 +140936,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB; sParse.db = db; sParse.nQueryLoop = 1; - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && sParse.pNewTable && !db->mallocFailed && !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect @@ -139692,7 +141034,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab ** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is ** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. ** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ int i; @@ -139741,7 +141083,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ } /* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -139750,7 +141092,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -139772,7 +141114,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ @@ -139780,7 +141122,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ } if( !pVTab ){ return SQLITE_OK; - } + } pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; if( pModule->xBegin ){ @@ -139793,7 +141135,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ } } - /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ rc = growVTrans(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -139817,11 +141159,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ ** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. ** ** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with ** an open transaction is invoked. ** -** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, ** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this ** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, ** SQLITE_OK is returned. @@ -139870,7 +141212,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ ** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to ** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. ** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a ** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the ** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ @@ -139899,7 +141241,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function. ** @@ -140017,7 +141359,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab; if( pTab!=0 ){ /* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in + ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in ** the schema. */ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); @@ -140033,8 +141375,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ ** within an xUpdate method. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ - static const unsigned char aMap[] = { - SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE }; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -140046,7 +141388,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide ** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior ** of the virtual table being implemented. */ @@ -140273,7 +141615,7 @@ struct WhereLoop { /* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a ** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. -** See WhereOrSet for additional information +** See WhereOrSet for additional information */ struct WhereOrCost { Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ @@ -140325,7 +141667,7 @@ struct WherePath { ** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, ** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. ** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. ** The following identity holds: ** ** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm @@ -140380,9 +141722,11 @@ struct WhereTerm { u8 eMatchOp; /* Op for vtab MATCH/LIKE/GLOB/REGEXP terms */ int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ - int iField; /* Field in (?,?,?) IN (SELECT...) vector */ union { - int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ + struct { + int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ + int iField; /* Field in (?,?,?) IN (SELECT...) vector */ + } x; /* Opcode other than OP_OR or OP_AND */ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ } u; @@ -140483,8 +141827,8 @@ struct WhereAndInfo { ** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping ** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. ** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE ** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might ** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum ** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping @@ -140607,6 +141951,7 @@ struct WhereInfo { unsigned sorted :1; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ + int iEndWhere; /* End of the WHERE clause itself */ WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ WhereExprMod *pExprMods; /* Expression modifications */ Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ @@ -140735,6 +142080,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*, WhereC #define WHERE_PARTIALIDX 0x00020000 /* The automatic index is partial */ #define WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT 0x00040000 /* Perhaps quit IN loops early */ #define WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT 0x00080000 /* Column nEq of index is BIGNULL */ +#define WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN 0x00100000 /* Seek-scan optimization for IN */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_WHEREINT_H) */ @@ -140792,7 +142138,7 @@ static void explainAppendTerm( } /* -** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This ** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table ** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression. ** @@ -140833,7 +142179,7 @@ static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){ /* ** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN ** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was -** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode +** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode ** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel. ** ** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned. @@ -140916,7 +142262,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT); zRangeOp = "<"; } - sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE @@ -140945,11 +142291,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS /* ** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an -** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to -** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM +** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to +** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM ** clause that the scan reads data from. ** -** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an +** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an ** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( @@ -141005,7 +142351,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( ** ** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1 ** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of -** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be +** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be ** skipped. ** ** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent @@ -141037,7 +142383,7 @@ static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ /* ** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff -** to the n registers starting at base. +** to the n registers starting at base. ** ** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB and SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which ** are no-ops) at the beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries @@ -141074,7 +142420,7 @@ static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ } /* -** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is +** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is ** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression. ** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied ** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the @@ -141148,7 +142494,7 @@ static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms( for(i=iEq; i<pLoop->nLTerm; i++){ if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ - int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->iField - 1; + int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->u.x.iField - 1; if( pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr==0 ) continue; /* Duplicate PK column */ pRhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pRhs, pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr); pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0; @@ -141172,12 +142518,12 @@ static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms( } pSelect = pNew->x.pSelect; if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the - ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an - ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the + /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the + ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an + ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may - ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer - ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization, + ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer + ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization, ** it's easiest just to zero them here. */ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ @@ -141198,7 +142544,7 @@ static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms( /* ** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be +** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be ** coded. ** ** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index @@ -141291,6 +142637,9 @@ static int codeEqualityTerm( if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); } + if( iEq>0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN)==0 ){ + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT; + } i = pLevel->u.in.nIn; pLevel->u.in.nIn += nEq; @@ -141317,7 +142666,6 @@ static int codeEqualityTerm( if( iEq>0 ){ pIn->iBase = iReg - i; pIn->nPrefix = i; - pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT; }else{ pIn->nPrefix = 0; } @@ -141327,6 +142675,14 @@ static int codeEqualityTerm( pIn++; } } + testcase( iEq>0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ); + if( iEq>0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekHit, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0, iEq); + } }else{ pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; } @@ -141344,7 +142700,7 @@ static int codeEqualityTerm( ** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). ** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 ** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two ** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate ** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored ** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. @@ -141434,7 +142790,7 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ); VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j))); } - } + } /* Evaluate the equality constraints */ @@ -141443,7 +142799,7 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( int r1; pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; assert( pTerm!=0 ); - /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. + /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); @@ -141459,8 +142815,8 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ /* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value - ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The - ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the + ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The + ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the ** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value. */ if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } @@ -141487,7 +142843,7 @@ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS /* ** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint -** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then +** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then ** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast ** to a BLOB at appropriate times. ** @@ -141512,7 +142868,7 @@ static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup( assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 ); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); assert( pOp!=0 ); - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed ); pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */ pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */ @@ -141555,7 +142911,7 @@ static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* ** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause, ** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs -** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the +** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the ** expression is not suitable. ** ** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if @@ -141568,9 +142924,9 @@ static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END */ static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - if( pExpr->op==TK_IS - || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT - || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE + if( pExpr->op==TK_IS + || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT + || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; }else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ @@ -141591,10 +142947,10 @@ static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** that accesses any table other than the one identified by ** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following: ** -** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read +** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read ** the specified column into the new register, and ** -** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads +** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads ** from the newly populated register. ** ** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified @@ -141622,7 +142978,7 @@ static int codeCursorHintFixExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case. ** ** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER - ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a + ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a ** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */ rc = WRC_Prune; } @@ -141665,18 +143021,18 @@ static void codeCursorHint( if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue; - /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT + /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT ** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted - ** from the cursor-hint. + ** from the cursor-hint. ** - ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms + ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms ** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded. ** This is to address the following: ** ** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL; ** ** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its - ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is + ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is ** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing ** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the ** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect. @@ -141689,7 +143045,7 @@ static void codeCursorHint( */ if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor ){ sWalker.eCode = 0; @@ -141727,7 +143083,7 @@ static void codeCursorHint( if( pExpr!=0 ){ sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, (sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0, (const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR); } @@ -141739,7 +143095,7 @@ static void codeCursorHint( /* ** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains ** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This -** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the +** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the ** rowid stored in register iRowid. ** ** Normally, this is just: @@ -141749,8 +143105,8 @@ static void codeCursorHint( ** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and ** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek ** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers -** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open -** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the +** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open +** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the ** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column ** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0. */ @@ -141765,7 +143121,7 @@ static void codeDeferredSeek( assert( iIdxCur>0 ); assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 ); - + pWInfo->bDeferredSeek = 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur); if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) @@ -141773,7 +143129,7 @@ static void codeDeferredSeek( ){ int i; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - int *ai = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*(pTab->nCol+1)); + u32 *ai = (u32*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(u32)*(pTab->nCol+1)); if( ai ){ ai[0] = pTab->nCol; for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn-1; i++){ @@ -142113,6 +143469,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_DYNAMIC : P4_STATIC); VdbeCoverage(v); pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + /* An OOM inside of AddOp4(OP_VFilter) instruction above might have freed + ** the u.vtab.idxStr. NULL it out to prevent a use-after-free */ + if( db->mallocFailed ) pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->op = pWInfo->eOnePass ? OP_Noop : OP_VNext; pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); @@ -142144,7 +143503,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); } - /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if + /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if ** the IN constraint is not satisfied */ pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0); assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); @@ -142222,7 +143581,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ int op; /* Cursor seek operation */ - /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx */ const u8 aMoveOp[] = { @@ -142278,8 +143637,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1); - if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) - && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) + if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) + && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) ){ testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; }else{ @@ -142307,14 +143666,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ /* Case 4: A scan using an index. ** - ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed - ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the - ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all ** optimized: ** ** x=5 @@ -142335,7 +143694,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ + */ static const u8 aStartOp[] = { 0, 0, @@ -142371,20 +143730,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ int regBignull = 0; /* big-null flag register */ + int addrSeekScan = 0; /* Opcode of the OP_SeekScan, if any */ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip ); - /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end - ** of the range. + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. */ j = nEq; if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm); /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */ - assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || + assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 ); } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ @@ -142417,7 +143777,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); /* If the WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT flag is set, then index column nEq uses - ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS + ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS ** FIRST). In both cases separate ordered scans are made of those ** index entries for which the column is null and for those for which ** it is not. For an ASC sort, the non-NULL entries are scanned first. @@ -142439,7 +143799,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( } /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or - ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). */ if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) @@ -142484,7 +143844,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( } if( zStartAff ){ updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]); - } + } nConstraint += nBtm; testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){ @@ -142509,9 +143869,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** above has already left the cursor sitting on the correct row, ** so no further seeking is needed */ }else{ - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur); - } if( regBignull ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regBignull); VdbeComment((v, "NULL-scan pass ctr")); @@ -142519,6 +143876,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; assert( op!=0 ); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN)!=0 && op==OP_SeekGE ){ + assert( regBignull==0 ); + /* TUNING: The OP_SeekScan opcode seeks to reduce the number + ** of expensive seek operations by replacing a single seek with + ** 1 or more step operations. The question is, how many steps + ** should we try before giving up and going with a seek. The cost + ** of a seek is proportional to the logarithm of the of the number + ** of entries in the tree, so basing the number of steps to try + ** on the estimated number of rows in the btree seems like a good + ** guess. */ + addrSeekScan = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekScan, + (pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]+9)/10); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); @@ -142535,7 +143906,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( assert( bStopAtNull==startEq ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); op = aStartOp[(nConstraint>1)*4 + 2 + bRev]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint-startEq); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); @@ -142601,6 +143972,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); + if( addrSeekScan ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrSeekScan); } if( regBignull ){ /* During a NULL-scan, check to see if we have reached the end of @@ -142620,27 +143992,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); } - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur, 1); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT)!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur, nEq, nEq); } /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ - omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0; if( omitTable ){ /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) - || ( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE)!=0 - && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE || pLoop->nLTerm==0) ) - ){ - iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur); - } + codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur); }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); @@ -142659,7 +144021,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** to virtual columns in the table into references to (stored) columns ** of the index. ** - ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the + ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the ** expression may be evaluated after OP_NullRow has been executed on ** the cursor. In this case it is important to do the full evaluation, ** as the result of the expression may not be NULL, even if all table @@ -142673,7 +144035,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ whereIndexExprTrans(pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur, pWInfo); } - + /* If a partial index is driving the loop, try to eliminate WHERE clause ** terms from the query that must be true due to the WHERE clause of ** the partial index. @@ -142691,7 +144053,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** a LEFT JOIN: */ assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ); } - + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ pLevel->op = OP_Noop; @@ -142767,7 +144129,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ - u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */ Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; @@ -142801,15 +144162,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; } - /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. ** - ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps - ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the - ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if ** called on an uninitialized cursor. */ @@ -142834,7 +144195,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the - ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as + ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as ** indices. ** ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term @@ -142858,7 +144219,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( /* The extra 0x10000 bit on the opcode is masked off and does not ** become part of the new Expr.op. However, it does make the ** op==TK_AND comparison inside of sqlite3PExpr() false, and this - ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit + ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit ** optimization, which we do not want here. */ pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|0x10000, 0, pAndExpr); } @@ -142868,7 +144229,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. */ - wctrlFlags = WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE | (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MULTI-INDEX OR")); for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){ WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; @@ -142887,7 +144247,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "INDEX %d", ii+1)); WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n")); pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, - wctrlFlags, iCovCur); + WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE, iCovCur); assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); if( pSubWInfo ){ WhereLoop *pSubLoop; @@ -142929,9 +144289,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in - ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no - ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never - ** be tested for. */ + ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no + ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never + ** be tested for. */ if( iSet ){ jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); VdbeCoverage(v); @@ -142970,8 +144330,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous - ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set - ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will + ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set + ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will ** be available. */ pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; @@ -142985,6 +144345,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( }else{ pCov = 0; } + if( sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(pSubWInfo) ){ + pWInfo->bDeferredSeek = 1; + } /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); @@ -143043,7 +144406,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( ** ** iLoop==1: Code only expressions that are entirely covered by pIdx. ** iLoop==2: Code remaining expressions that do not contain correlated - ** sub-queries. + ** sub-queries. ** iLoop==3: Code all remaining expressions. ** ** An effort is made to skip unnecessary iterations of the loop. @@ -143068,7 +144431,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( if( (pTabItem->fg.jointype&JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pE,EP_FromJoin) ){ continue; } - + if( iLoop==1 && !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pE, pLevel->iTabCur, pIdx) ){ iNext = 2; continue; @@ -143137,11 +144500,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( #endif assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); - pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, + pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.x.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0); if( pAlt==0 ) continue; if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) + if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) && (pAlt->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) && (pAlt->pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr>1) ){ @@ -143157,7 +144520,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( } /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. */ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); @@ -143456,8 +144819,8 @@ static int isLikeOrGlob( ** 2019-06-14 https://sqlite.org/src/info/ce8717f0885af975 ** 2019-09-03 https://sqlite.org/src/info/0f0428096f17252a */ - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN - || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN + || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT || IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) /* Value might be numeric */ ){ int isNum; @@ -143492,7 +144855,7 @@ static int isLikeOrGlob( ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. - */ + */ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); @@ -143529,7 +144892,7 @@ static int isLikeOrGlob( ** 9. column IS NOT NULL SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL ** ** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table. If there -** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the +** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the ** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the ** right and the expression is on the left). Also set *peOp2 to the ** appropriate virtual table operator. The return value is 1 or 2 if there @@ -143692,7 +145055,7 @@ static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){ ** ** The following is NOT generated: ** -** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y +** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y */ static void whereCombineDisjuncts( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ @@ -143789,10 +145152,10 @@ static void whereCombineDisjuncts( ** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T ** ** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form -** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and +** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and ** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". ** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more -** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND ** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have ** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. ** @@ -143883,7 +145246,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( if( !db->mallocFailed ){ for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); - if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) || pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_AUX ){ b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); @@ -143986,14 +145349,14 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded - ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term ** and use its inversion. */ testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); continue; } - iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; + iColumn = pOrTerm->u.x.leftColumn; iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; break; @@ -144015,7 +145378,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR + }else if( pOrTerm->u.x.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft, pLeft, -1) )){ okToChngToIN = 0; @@ -144037,7 +145400,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( } /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies - ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. */ if( okToChngToIN ){ @@ -144050,7 +145413,7 @@ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); - assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); + assert( pOrTerm->u.x.leftColumn==iColumn ); pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; @@ -144182,8 +145545,8 @@ static int exprMightBeIndexed( Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */ int op /* The specific comparison operator */ ){ - /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a - ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing + /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a + ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing ** on the first element of the vector. */ assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE ); assert( TK_IS<TK_GE && TK_ISNULL<TK_GE && TK_IN<TK_GE ); @@ -144286,25 +145649,25 @@ static void exprAnalyze( Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; - if( pTerm->iField>0 ){ + if( pTerm->u.x.iField>0 ){ assert( op==TK_IN ); assert( pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR ); - pLeft = pLeft->x.pList->a[pTerm->iField-1].pExpr; + pLeft = pLeft->x.pList->a[pTerm->u.x.iField-1].pExpr; } if( exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, prereqLeft, aiCurCol, pLeft, op) ){ pTerm->leftCursor = aiCurCol[0]; - pTerm->u.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; + pTerm->u.x.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; } if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; - if( pRight + if( pRight && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, aiCurCol, pRight, op) ){ WhereTerm *pNew; Expr *pDup; u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ - assert( pTerm->iField==0 ); + assert( pTerm->u.x.iField==0 ); if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ int idxNew; pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); @@ -144330,7 +145693,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( } pNew->wtFlags |= exprCommute(pParse, pDup); pNew->leftCursor = aiCurCol[0]; - pNew->u.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; + pNew->u.x.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; @@ -144363,7 +145726,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( for(i=0; i<2; i++){ Expr *pNewExpr; int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0)); transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); @@ -144401,7 +145764,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing ** BLOBs. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND + if( pWC->op==TK_AND && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) ){ Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ @@ -144437,7 +145800,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( if( noCase ){ /* The point is to increment the last character before the first ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the - ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag */ @@ -144493,7 +145856,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0)); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pNewExpr ){ ExprSetProperty(pNewExpr, EP_FromJoin); @@ -144504,7 +145867,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->u.x.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_AUX; pNewTerm->eMatchOp = eOp2; markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); @@ -144524,11 +145887,11 @@ static void exprAnalyze( ** ** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation ** is not a sub-select. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND + if( pWC->op==TK_AND && (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS) && (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1 && sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft - && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 + && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0) ){ int i; @@ -144550,14 +145913,14 @@ static void exprAnalyze( /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object - ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) - ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within + ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) + ** expression). The WhereTerm.u.x.iField variable identifies the index within ** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents. ** ** This only works if the RHS is a simple SELECT (not a compound) that does ** not use window functions. */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND && pExpr->op==TK_IN && pTerm->iField==0 + if( pWC->op==TK_AND && pExpr->op==TK_IN && pTerm->u.x.iField==0 && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR && pExpr->x.pSelect->pPrior==0 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC @@ -144568,7 +145931,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( for(i=0; i<sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft); i++){ int idxNew; idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL); - pWC->a[idxNew].iField = i+1; + pWC->a[idxNew].u.x.iField = i+1; exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); } @@ -144603,7 +145966,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->u.x.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; @@ -144646,6 +146009,7 @@ static void exprAnalyze( SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pExpr); pWC->op = op; + assert( pE2!=0 || pExpr==0 ); if( pE2==0 ) return; if( pE2->op!=op ){ whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); @@ -144744,7 +146108,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprLis /* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. ** ** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the ** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new @@ -144763,7 +146127,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze( /* ** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into -** new WHERE clause terms. +** new WHERE clause terms. ** ** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against ** a HIDDEN column in the table. @@ -144796,7 +146160,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs( pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pColRef->iColumn = k++; pColRef->y.pTab = pTab; - pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, + pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0), 0); pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef, pRhs); if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ @@ -144869,8 +146233,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ } /* -** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. -** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. +** Return the number of ORDER BY terms that are satisfied by the +** WHERE clause. A return of 0 means that the output must be +** completely sorted. A return equal to the number of ORDER BY +** terms means that no sorting is needed at all. A return that +** is positive but less than the number of ORDER BY terms means that +** block sorting is required. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ return pWInfo->nOBSat; @@ -144894,7 +146262,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** be the continuation for the inner-most loop. ** ** It is always safe for this routine to return the continuation of the -** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result. +** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result. ** Returning the continuation the second inner loop is an optimization ** that might make the code run a little faster, but should not change ** the final answer. @@ -144902,7 +146270,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ WhereLevel *pInner; if( !pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop ){ - /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the + /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the ** continuation of the inner-most loop. */ return pWInfo->iContinue; } @@ -144933,7 +146301,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** operate directly on the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return ** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only ** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass -** optimization can be used on multiple +** optimization can be used on multiple ** ** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) ** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS @@ -145042,6 +146410,16 @@ static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ } /* +** If the right-hand branch of the expression is a TK_COLUMN, then return +** a pointer to the right-hand branch. Otherwise, return NULL. +*/ +static Expr *whereRightSubexprIsColumn(Expr *p){ + p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(p->pRight); + if( ALWAYS(p!=0) && p->op==TK_COLUMN ) return p; + return 0; +} + +/* ** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria ** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). ** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. @@ -145063,7 +146441,7 @@ static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ do{ for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur - && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn + && pTerm->u.x.leftColumn==iColumn && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR || sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft, pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0) @@ -145071,8 +146449,7 @@ static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ ){ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aiCur) - && (pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pTerm->pExpr->pRight))->op - ==TK_COLUMN + && (pX = whereRightSubexprIsColumn(pTerm->pExpr))!=0 ){ int j; for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j++){ @@ -145203,7 +146580,7 @@ static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( ** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by ** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. ** -** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. +** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. ** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx ** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur. ** @@ -145268,7 +146645,8 @@ static int findIndexCol( for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN + if( ALWAYS(p!=0) + && p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] && p->iTable==iBase ){ @@ -145316,22 +146694,23 @@ static int isDistinctRedundant( ){ Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; - int i; + int i; int iBase; /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of - ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT ** clause is redundant. */ if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; - /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. */ for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); + if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; } @@ -145377,7 +146756,7 @@ static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ ** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code. ** ** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column -** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine +** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine ** instead of via table lookup. ** ** If the iAutoidxCur is not zero, then any OP_Rowid instructions on @@ -145475,7 +146854,7 @@ static int termCanDriveIndex( char aff; if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0; - if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT) + if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS) ){ @@ -145485,8 +146864,8 @@ static int termCanDriveIndex( return 0; } if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; - if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; - aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; + if( pTerm->u.x.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; + aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.x.leftColumn].affinity; if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); return 1; @@ -145557,7 +146936,7 @@ static void constructAutomaticIndex( sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0)); } if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ - int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + int iCol = pTerm->u.x.leftColumn; Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); testcase( iCol==BMS ); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); @@ -145610,14 +146989,14 @@ static void constructAutomaticIndex( idxCols = 0; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ - int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + int iCol = pTerm->u.x.leftColumn; Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( iCol==BMS ); if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; idxCols |= cMask; - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.x.leftColumn; pColl = sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX); assert( pColl!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); /* TH3 collate01.800 */ pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY; @@ -145692,7 +147071,7 @@ static void constructAutomaticIndex( } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); @@ -145703,7 +147082,7 @@ end_auto_index_create: #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure ** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -145738,11 +147117,11 @@ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; - assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); + assert( pTerm->u.x.leftColumn>=(-1) ); nTerm++; } - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. */ @@ -145798,8 +147177,8 @@ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( ){ continue; } - assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); - pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + assert( pTerm->u.x.leftColumn>=(-1) ); + pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.x.leftColumn; pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; op = pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; @@ -145824,7 +147203,7 @@ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( assert( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_AUX) ); if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) - && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) + && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) ){ testcase( j!=i ); if( j<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << j); @@ -145896,8 +147275,8 @@ static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ ** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that ** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index ** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples -** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record -** pRec. +** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record +** pRec. */ static int whereKeyStats( Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ @@ -145933,38 +147312,38 @@ static int whereKeyStats( ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples ** in aSample is: ** - ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) - ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) - ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) - ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) + ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) + ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) + ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) + ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) ** aSample[4] = (c, 105) ** - ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the - ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, + ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the + ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, ** the code actually searches this set: ** - ** 0: (a) - ** 1: (a, 5) - ** 2: (a, 10) - ** 3: (a, 10) - ** 4: (b) - ** 5: (b, 5) - ** 6: (c) - ** 7: (c, 100) + ** 0: (a) + ** 1: (a, 5) + ** 2: (a, 10) + ** 3: (a, 10) + ** 4: (b) + ** 5: (b, 5) + ** 6: (c) + ** 7: (c, 100) ** 8: (c, 105) ** 9: (c, 105) ** ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the - ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on + ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc. ** ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields. ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or - ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, - ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it - ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it - ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, - ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not + ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, + ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it + ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it + ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, + ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not ** cause any problems. */ nField = pRec->nField; @@ -145978,7 +147357,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( iSamp = iTest / nField; if( iSamp>0 ){ /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp]. - ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) + ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */ for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){ if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break; @@ -146013,8 +147392,8 @@ static int whereKeyStats( assert( i<pIdx->nSample ); assert( iCol==nField-1 ); pRec->nField = nField; - assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) - || pParse->db->mallocFailed + assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); }else{ /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than @@ -146022,7 +147401,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */ assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 ); pRec->nField = iCol+1; - assert( i==pIdx->nSample + assert( i==pIdx->nSample || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); @@ -146050,7 +147429,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; }else{ - /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first + /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec ** is larger than all samples in the array. */ tRowcnt iUpper, iGap; @@ -146082,7 +147461,7 @@ static int whereKeyStats( /* ** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower -** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated +** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated ** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number ** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. ** @@ -146120,18 +147499,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCo #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -/* +/* ** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a ** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c); ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?; ** -** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows -** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate +** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows +** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate ** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based -** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple -** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with +** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple +** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with ** by the caller. ** ** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values @@ -146152,7 +147531,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCo ** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone ** is left as is. ** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( @@ -146170,7 +147549,7 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq); CollSeq *pColl; - + sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */ sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */ @@ -146202,7 +147581,7 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( nDiff = (nUpper - nLower); if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1; - /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the + /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows @@ -146249,7 +147628,7 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... ** -** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second +** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second ** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... @@ -146257,13 +147636,13 @@ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( ** then nEq is set to 0. ** ** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the -** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without -** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of +** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without +** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of ** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) ** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper. -** +** ** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be -** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. +** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. ** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of ** rows visited by a factor of 64. */ @@ -146291,7 +147670,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; - /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in + /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most @@ -146300,7 +147679,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even - ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and + ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used. ** ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows @@ -146324,7 +147703,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( iLower = 0; iUpper = p->nRowEst0; }else{ - /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must + /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); iLower = a[0]; @@ -146412,7 +147791,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to - ** match 1/64 of the index. */ + ** match 1/64 of the index. */ if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){ nNew -= 20; } @@ -146439,7 +147818,7 @@ static int whereRangeScanEst( ** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is ** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". ** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** @@ -146490,7 +147869,7 @@ static int whereEqualScanEst( WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n", p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1])); *pnRow = a[1]; - + return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ @@ -146503,7 +147882,7 @@ static int whereEqualScanEst( ** ** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) ** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** @@ -146562,9 +147941,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ) zType[3] = 'C'; if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}", - pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn); + pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.x.leftColumn); }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld", + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%llx", pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor); @@ -146578,8 +147957,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" prob=%-3d prereq=%llx,%llx", pTerm->truthProb, (u64)pTerm->prereqAll, (u64)pTerm->prereqRight); } - if( pTerm->iField ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" iField=%d", pTerm->iField); + if( pTerm->u.x.iField ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" iField=%d", pTerm->u.x.iField); } if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" iParent=%d", pTerm->iParent); @@ -146767,7 +148146,7 @@ static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** ** Conditions (2) and (3) mean that X is a "proper subset" of Y. ** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought -** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost +** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost ** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. Constraint (4) ** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might ** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. Constraint (5) @@ -146794,7 +148173,7 @@ static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( } if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ } - if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (pY->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ return 0; /* Constraint (5) */ } @@ -146821,7 +148200,7 @@ static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ - /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its + /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its ** subset p. */ WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1)); @@ -146867,7 +148246,7 @@ static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ - assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 + assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index @@ -146932,7 +148311,7 @@ static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( ** ** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we ** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the -** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following +** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following ** conditions are met: ** ** (1) They have the same iTab. @@ -146990,7 +148369,7 @@ static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ sqlite3WhereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } #endif - return SQLITE_OK; + return SQLITE_OK; }else{ p = *ppPrev; } @@ -147130,7 +148509,7 @@ static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce; } -/* +/* ** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison ** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This ** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used @@ -147159,7 +148538,7 @@ static int whereRangeVectorLen( nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq)); for(i=1; i<nCmp; i++){ - /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq) + /* Test if comparison i of pTerm is compatible with column (i+nEq) ** of the index. If not, exit the loop. */ char aff; /* Comparison affinity */ char idxaff = 0; /* Indexed columns affinity */ @@ -147176,9 +148555,9 @@ static int whereRangeVectorLen( ** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort ** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the ** leftmost index column. */ - if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN - || pLhs->iTable!=iCur - || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] + if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN + || pLhs->iTable!=iCur + || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] || pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq] ){ break; @@ -147207,15 +148586,15 @@ static int whereRangeVectorLen( #endif /* -** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the +** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the ** index pIndex. Try to match one more. ** -** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the -** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq -** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this +** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the +** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq +** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this ** function returns. ** -** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is +** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is ** a fake index used for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. */ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( @@ -147246,9 +148625,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( pNew = pBuilder->pNew; if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; - WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN %s.addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d, nSkip=%d\n", + WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN %s.addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d, nSkip=%d, rRun=%d\n", pProbe->pTable->zName,pProbe->zName, - pNew->u.btree.nEq, pNew->nSkip)); + pNew->u.btree.nEq, pNew->nSkip, pNew->rRun)); assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); @@ -147318,9 +148697,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; assert( nInMul==0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ); if( eOp & WO_IN ){ @@ -147342,12 +148721,12 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); } - if( pProbe->hasStat1 ){ + if( pProbe->hasStat1 && rLogSize>=10 ){ LogEst M, logK, safetyMargin; /* Let: ** N = the total number of rows in the table ** K = the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator - ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the + ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the ** to the left in the same index. If the IN operator is on ** the left-most index column, M==N. ** @@ -147361,7 +148740,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( ** a safety margin of 2 (LogEst: 10) that favors using the IN operator ** with the index, as using an index has better worst-case behavior. ** If we do not have real sqlite_stat1 data, always prefer to use - ** the index. + ** the index. Do not bother with this optimization on very small + ** tables (less than 2 rows) as it is pointless in that case. */ M = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq]; logK = estLog(nIn); @@ -147370,7 +148750,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( WHERETRACE(0x40, ("Scan preferred over IN operator on column %d of \"%s\" (%d<%d)\n", saved_nEq, pProbe->zName, M+logK+10, nIn+rLogSize)); - continue; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN; }else{ WHERETRACE(0x40, ("IN operator preferred on column %d of \"%s\" (%d>=%d)\n", @@ -147382,11 +148762,11 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]; pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq ); - if( iCol==XN_ROWID + if( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){ - if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull - || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) + if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull + || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) ){ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; }else{ @@ -147431,7 +148811,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the - ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all + ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); @@ -147452,8 +148832,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 tRowcnt nOut = 0; - if( nInMul==0 - && pProbe->nSample + if( nInMul==0 + && pProbe->nSample && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) @@ -147501,8 +148881,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( { pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ - /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a - ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows + /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a + ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows ** as (col=?). */ pNew->nOut += 10; } @@ -147555,12 +148935,12 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average - ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. + ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. ** ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of - ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. + ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly ** more expensive. */ assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); @@ -147616,6 +148996,7 @@ static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){ Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) continue; if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1; for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){ @@ -147655,7 +149036,7 @@ static int whereUsablePartialIndex( pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab) && (isLeft==0 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) + && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ){ return 1; } @@ -147677,18 +149058,18 @@ static int whereUsablePartialIndex( ** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index ** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index ** -** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative +** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative ** estimated average size of the index and table records. ** ** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited -** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on +** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on ** the index b-tree: ** ** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index ** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index ** -** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the -** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when +** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the +** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when ** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. ** ** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount @@ -147718,7 +149099,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ - + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; @@ -147812,9 +149193,9 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only + /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only ** consider index pProbe. */ - for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=(pSrc->pIBIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext), iSortIdx++ ){ int isLeft = (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; @@ -147838,6 +149219,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( pNew->nOut = rSize; pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); + /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); if( pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK ){ @@ -147846,8 +149228,23 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( /* Full table scan */ pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; - /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ + /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is 3.0*N. The 3.0 factor is an + ** extra cost designed to discourage the use of full table scans, + ** since index lookups have better worst-case performance if our + ** stat guesses are wrong. Reduce the 3.0 penalty slightly + ** (to 2.75) if we have valid STAT4 information for the table. + ** At 2.75, a full table scan is preferred over using an index on + ** a column with just two distinct values where each value has about + ** an equal number of appearances. Without STAT4 data, we still want + ** to use an index in that case, since the constraint might be for + ** the scarcer of the two values, and in that case an index lookup is + ** better. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + pNew->rRun = rSize + 16 - 2*((pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasStat4)!=0); +#else pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; +#endif ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); @@ -147867,6 +149264,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( if( b || !HasRowid(pTab) || pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pSrc->fg.isIndexedBy || ( m==0 && pProbe->bUnordered==0 && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow) @@ -147905,7 +149303,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddBtree( if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19; } } - + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup); } ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); @@ -147980,13 +149378,13 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtualOne( *pbIn = 0; pNew->prereq = mPrereq; - /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by + /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by ** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */ pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[pIdxCons->iTermOffset]; pIdxCons->usable = 0; - if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight && (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0 ){ pIdxCons->usable = 1; @@ -148140,8 +149538,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int ** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are ** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the ** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the -** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or -** CROSS JOIN. +** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or +** CROSS JOIN. ** ** For example, if the query were: ** @@ -148149,9 +149547,9 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int ** ** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6). ** -** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual -** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by -** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. +** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual +** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by +** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. ** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current ** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with ** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex. @@ -148180,7 +149578,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( pNew = pBuilder->pNew; pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); - p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, + p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, &mNoOmit); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pNew->rSetup = 0; @@ -148200,7 +149598,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( /* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0) - ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making + ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making ** any further calls to xBestIndex() since they will all return the same ** result (if the xBestIndex() implementation is sane). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 || bIn) ){ @@ -148223,7 +149621,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( } } - /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) + /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; @@ -148280,8 +149678,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( ** btrees or virtual tables. */ static int whereLoopAddOr( - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, - Bitmask mPrereq, + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Bitmask mPrereq, Bitmask mUnusable ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; @@ -148294,7 +149692,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; struct SrcList_item *pItem; - + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; pNew = pBuilder->pNew; @@ -148304,14 +149702,14 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 - && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 ){ WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; WhereTerm *pOrTerm; int once = 1; int i, j; - + sSubBuild = *pBuilder; sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; @@ -148332,7 +149730,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( } sCur.n = 0; #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED - WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm)); if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){ sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC); @@ -148380,8 +149778,8 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its - ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty - ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that + ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty + ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the ** following where there is an index on "y": ** @@ -148401,7 +149799,7 @@ static int whereLoopAddOr( } /* -** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables +** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables */ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; @@ -148414,7 +149812,6 @@ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; int rc = SQLITE_OK; WhereLoop *pNew; - u8 priorJointype = 0; /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ pNew = pBuilder->pNew; @@ -148425,12 +149822,13 @@ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ pNew->iTab = iTab; pBuilder->iPlanLimit += SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT_INCR; pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); - if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ + if( (pItem->fg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ /* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the ** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN. */ mPrereq = mPrior; + }else{ + mPrereq = 0; } - priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ struct SrcList_item *p; @@ -148468,17 +149866,17 @@ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ ** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th ** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY ** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: -** +** ** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied ** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied -** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. +** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. ** ** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as ** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that ** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY ** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long ** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT -** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the +** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the ** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. */ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( @@ -148528,7 +149926,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being - ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that + ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. ** @@ -148548,7 +149946,9 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( orderDistinctMask = 0; ready = 0; eqOpMask = WO_EQ | WO_IS | WO_ISNULL; - if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) eqOpMask |= WO_IN; + if( wctrlFlags & (WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX|WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN) ){ + eqOpMask |= WO_IN; + } for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){ if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; if( iLoop<nLoop ){ @@ -148575,16 +149975,18 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue; pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( NEVER(pOBExpr==0) ) continue; if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, ~ready, eqOpMask, 0); if( pTerm==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){ - /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT + /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT ** optimization, and then only if they are actually used ** by the query plan */ - assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ); + assert( wctrlFlags & + (WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT|WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ); for(j=0; j<pLoop->nLTerm && pTerm!=pLoop->aLTerm[j]; j++){} if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue; } @@ -148626,7 +150028,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){ u8 bOnce = 1; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */ - assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + assert( j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq || (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(j<pLoop->nSkip) ); if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){ @@ -148638,7 +150040,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( ** the loop need to be marked as not order-distinct because it can ** have repeated NULL rows. ** - ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) + ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) ** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column, ** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise, ** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be @@ -148651,7 +150053,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( testcase( isOrderDistinct ); isOrderDistinct = 0; } - continue; + continue; }else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){ /* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the ** j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq constraint above. Any equality other @@ -148692,7 +150094,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( } /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column - ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off + ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off */ isMatch = 0; for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){ @@ -148700,6 +150102,7 @@ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); + if( NEVER(pOBExpr==0) ) continue; if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; if( iColumn>=XN_ROWID ){ if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; @@ -148832,7 +150235,7 @@ static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ #endif /* -** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have +** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have ** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in ** order. */ @@ -148842,28 +150245,36 @@ static LogEst whereSortingCost( int nOrderBy, int nSorted ){ - /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is + /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is ** the number of rows to sort is: ** ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)). - ** - ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y - ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the + ** + ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y + ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the ** sorting cost to: ** ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X) ** ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale - ** below. */ + ** below. + */ LogEst rScale, rSortCost; assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; rSortCost = nRow + rScale + 16; /* Multiple by log(M) where M is the number of output rows. - ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller */ + ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller. Or if this sort is for + ** a DISTINCT operator, M will be the number of distinct output + ** rows, so fudge it downwards a bit. + */ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)!=0 && pWInfo->iLimit<nRow ){ nRow = pWInfo->iLimit; + }else if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT) ){ + /* TUNING: In the sort for a DISTINCT operator, assume that the DISTINCT + ** reduces the number of output rows by a factor of 2 */ + if( nRow>10 ) nRow -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); } rSortCost += estLog(nRow); return rSortCost; @@ -148941,7 +150352,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of - ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array + ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array ** index. */ aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX; memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy); @@ -148962,7 +150373,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to - ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, + ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */ aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy; } @@ -148992,7 +150403,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ continue; } - /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. + /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. ** Compute its cost */ rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted); @@ -149019,7 +150430,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n", - aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, + aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rUnsorted, rCost)); }else{ rCost = rUnsorted; @@ -149084,11 +150495,11 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** same set of loops and has the same isOrdered setting as the ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped. - ** + ** ** The conditional is an expanded vector comparison equivalent to: ** (pTo->rCost,pTo->nRow,pTo->rUnsorted) <= (rCost,nOut,rUnsorted) */ - if( pTo->rCost<rCost + if( pTo->rCost<rCost || (pTo->rCost==rCost && (pTo->nRow<nOut || (pTo->nRow==nOut && pTo->rUnsorted<=rUnsorted) @@ -149139,8 +150550,8 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow; for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){ - if( pTo->rCost>mxCost - || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) + if( pTo->rCost>mxCost + || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) ){ mxCost = pTo->rCost; mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted; @@ -149179,7 +150590,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace); return SQLITE_ERROR; } - + /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ pFrom = aFrom; for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){ @@ -149218,7 +150629,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; if( nLoop>0 ){ u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags; - if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 && (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ Bitmask m = 0; @@ -149232,13 +150643,18 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ } } } + }else if( nLoop + && pWInfo->nOBSat==1 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & (WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX))!=0 + ){ + pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1; } } if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0 ){ Bitmask revMask = 0; - int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, + int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask ); assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); @@ -149265,7 +150681,7 @@ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ ** times for the common case. ** ** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this -** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the +** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the ** general-purpose query planner. */ static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ @@ -149305,8 +150721,8 @@ static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ int opMask; assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) - || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 - || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) + || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) ) continue; opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ; for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){ @@ -149359,8 +150775,8 @@ static int exprNodeIsDeterministic(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL -** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are +** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL +** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are ** part of sub-select statements. */ static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ @@ -149373,7 +150789,7 @@ static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ return w.eCode; } - + #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* ** Display all WhereLoops in pWInfo @@ -149475,7 +150891,7 @@ static void showAllWhereLoops(WhereInfo *pWInfo, WhereClause *pWC){ ** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine ** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. ** -** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If +** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If ** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index ** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this ** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is @@ -149508,8 +150924,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || ( - (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 + (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 )); /* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ @@ -149532,7 +150948,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( } /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask + ** bits in a Bitmask */ testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ @@ -149540,7 +150956,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( return 0; } - /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. @@ -149572,7 +150988,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg; pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, + memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat)); memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel)); assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */ @@ -149592,7 +151008,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( initMaskSet(pMaskSet); sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); - + /* Special case: No FROM clause */ if( nTabList==0 ){ @@ -149632,14 +151048,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( } #endif } - + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */ sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; /* Special case: WHERE terms that do not refer to any tables in the join ** (constant expressions). Evaluate each such term, and jump over all the - ** generated code if the result is not true. + ** generated code if the result is not true. ** ** Do not do this if the expression contains non-deterministic functions ** that are not within a sub-select. This is not strictly required, but @@ -149705,7 +151121,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( ** loops will be built using the revised truthProb values. */ if( sWLB.bldFlags2 & SQLITE_BLDF2_2NDPASS ){ WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(pWInfo, sWLB.pWC); - WHERETRACE(0xffff, + WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("**** Redo all loop computations due to" " TERM_HIGHTRUTH changes ****\n")); while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ @@ -149718,7 +151134,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( } #endif WHERETRACE_ALL_LOOPS(pWInfo, sWLB.pWC); - + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ @@ -149765,7 +151181,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( ** 1) The query must not be an aggregate. ** 2) The table must be the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. ** 3) Either the query must be DISTINCT, or else the ON or USING clause - ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to + ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to ** at most a single row. ** 4) The table must not be referenced by any part of the query apart ** from its own USING or ON clause. @@ -149778,13 +151194,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( ** ** then table t2 can be omitted from the following: ** - ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1 + ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1 ** LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.ipk=t2.ipk) ** LEFT JOIN t3 ON (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) ** ** or from: ** - ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1 + ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1 ** LEFT JOIN t2 ** LEFT JOIN t3 ON (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) */ @@ -149919,7 +151335,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS ); - if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol<BMS && (pTab->tabFlags & (TF_HasGenerated|TF_WithoutRowid))==0 ){ @@ -149985,6 +151401,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_SKIPSCAN))==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_SEEKSCAN)==0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 && pWInfo->eDistinct!=WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){ @@ -150042,6 +151459,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( /* Done. */ VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); + pWInfo->iEndWhere = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); return pWInfo; /* Jump here if malloc fails */ @@ -150074,7 +151492,7 @@ whereBeginError: #endif /* -** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on ** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ @@ -150085,6 +151503,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ WhereLoop *pLoop; SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* Generate loop termination code. */ @@ -150145,7 +151564,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); if( pIn->eEndLoopOp!=OP_Noop ){ if( pIn->nPrefix ){ - assert( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ); + int bEarlyOut = + (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT)!=0; if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ /* For LEFT JOIN queries, cursor pIn->iCur may not have been ** opened yet. This occurs for WHERE clauses such as @@ -150155,13 +151576,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** return the null-row. So, if the cursor is not open yet, ** jump over the OP_Next or OP_Prev instruction about to ** be coded. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotOpen, pIn->iCur, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2 + - ((pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0) - ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotOpen, pIn->iCur, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2 + bEarlyOut); VdbeCoverage(v); } - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + if( bEarlyOut ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix); @@ -150198,8 +151617,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ assert( pLevel->iTabCur==pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iTabCur); } - if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) - || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) + || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); } @@ -150222,7 +151641,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){ int k, last; - VdbeOp *pOp; + VdbeOp *pOp, *pLastOp; Index *pIdx = 0; struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; @@ -150255,7 +151674,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); } if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 - && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 + && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); @@ -150267,7 +151686,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can ** yield a significant performance boost. - ** + ** ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes @@ -150280,20 +151699,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; } if( pIdx - && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable)) && !db->mallocFailed ){ - last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - k = pLevel->addrBody; + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ + last = iEnd; + }else{ + last = pWInfo->iEndWhere; + } + k = pLevel->addrBody + 1; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ printf("TRANSLATE opcodes in range %d..%d\n", k, last-1); } + /* Proof that the "+1" on the k value above is safe */ + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k - 1); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Column || pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Rowid || pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_IfNullRow || pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ); #endif pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); - for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){ - if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column + pLastOp = pOp + (last - k); + assert( pOp<pLastOp ); + do{ + if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ){ + /* no-op */ + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC || pOp->opcode==OP_Offset #endif @@ -150314,7 +151744,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); } - assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 || pWInfo->eOnePass ); }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; @@ -150324,7 +151754,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); } - } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + k++; +#endif + }while( (++pOp)<pLastOp ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ) printf("TRANSLATE complete\n"); #endif @@ -150390,12 +151823,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** (in this case max()) to process rows sorted in order of (c, d), which ** makes things easier for obvious reasons. More generally: ** -** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to +** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to ** the sub-query. ** ** * ORDER BY, LIMIT and OFFSET remain part of the parent query. ** -** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the +** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the ** select-list and ORDER BY expressions in the parent query are ** selected by the sub-query. For the purposes of the transformation, ** terminals are column references and aggregate functions. @@ -150404,14 +151837,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** the same window declaration (the OVER bit), then a single scan may ** be used to process more than one window function. For example: ** -** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), -** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), +** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) ** FROM t1; ** ** is transformed in the same way as the example above. However: ** -** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), -** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b) +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), +** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b) ** FROM t1; ** ** Must be transformed to: @@ -150464,15 +151897,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** first_value(expr) ** last_value(expr) ** nth_value(expr, N) -** -** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres. +** +** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres. ** Although the behaviour of aggregate window functions (functions that ** can be used as either aggregates or window funtions) allows them to ** be implemented using an API, built-in window functions are much more -** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value()) +** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value()) ** may only be implemented by caching the entire partition in memory. ** As such, some built-in window functions use the same API as aggregate -** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE +** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE ** instructions. Additionally, for those functions that use the API, the ** window frame is sometimes modified before the SELECT statement is ** rewritten. For example, regardless of the specified window frame, the @@ -150484,7 +151917,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** ** As well as some of the built-in window functions, aggregate window ** functions min() and max() are implemented using VDBE instructions if -** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than +** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than ** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING. */ @@ -150495,7 +151928,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void row_numberStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150523,10 +151956,10 @@ struct CallCount { ** Implementation of built-in window function dense_rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** -** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void dense_rankStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150558,7 +151991,7 @@ struct NthValueCtx { sqlite3_value *pValue; }; static void nth_valueStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150611,7 +152044,7 @@ static void nth_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ #define nth_valueValueFunc noopValueFunc static void first_valueStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150642,10 +152075,10 @@ static void first_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** Implementation of built-in window function rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** -** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void rankStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150676,7 +152109,7 @@ static void rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** GROUPS BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ static void percent_rankStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150689,7 +152122,7 @@ static void percent_rankStepFunc( } } static void percent_rankInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150721,7 +152154,7 @@ static void percent_rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ ** GROUPS BETWEEN 1 FOLLOWING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ static void cume_distStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150734,7 +152167,7 @@ static void cume_distStepFunc( } } static void cume_distInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150770,7 +152203,7 @@ struct NtileCtx { ** ROWS CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ static void ntileStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150790,7 +152223,7 @@ static void ntileStepFunc( } } static void ntileInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150836,7 +152269,7 @@ struct LastValueCtx { ** Implementation of last_value(). */ static void last_valueStepFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -150854,7 +152287,7 @@ static void last_valueStepFunc( } } static void last_valueInvFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ @@ -151007,7 +152440,7 @@ static Window *windowFind(Parse *pParse, Window *pList, const char *zName){ ** of this file), pWin is updated here. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, Window *pList, /* List of named windows for this SELECT */ Window *pWin, /* Window frame to update */ FuncDef *pFunc /* Window function definition */ @@ -151027,17 +152460,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( sqlite3WindowChain(pParse, pWin, pList); } if( (pWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE) - && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd) + && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd) && (pWin->pOrderBy==0 || pWin->pOrderBy->nExpr!=1) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RANGE with offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING requires one ORDER BY expression" ); }else if( pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pWin->pFilter ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "FILTER clause may only be used with aggregate window functions" ); }else{ @@ -151047,14 +152480,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( int eStart; int eEnd; } aUp[] = { - { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, - { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, - { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, - { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED }, - { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, }; int i; for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aUp); i++){ @@ -151092,7 +152525,7 @@ struct WindowRewrite { /* ** Callback function used by selectWindowRewriteEList(). If necessary, -** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates +** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates ** expression (*ppExpr) in place. */ static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ @@ -151133,7 +152566,7 @@ static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ } } } - /* Fall through. */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_COLUMN: { @@ -151153,6 +152586,7 @@ static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ p->pSub = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p->pSub, pDup); } if( p->pSub ){ + int f = pExpr->flags & EP_Collate; assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Static)==0 ); ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr); @@ -151163,6 +152597,7 @@ static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ pExpr->iColumn = (iCol<0 ? p->pSub->nExpr-1: iCol); pExpr->iTable = p->pWin->iEphCsr; pExpr->y.pTab = p->pTab; + pExpr->flags = f; } if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; break; @@ -151193,16 +152628,16 @@ static int selectWindowRewriteSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ ** ** * TK_COLUMN, ** * aggregate function, or -** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the +** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the ** Window list passed as the second argument (pWin). ** ** Append the node to output expression-list (*ppSub). And replace it -** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table +** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table ** pWin->iEphCsr, where N is the number of elements in (*ppSub) after ** appending the new one. */ static void selectWindowRewriteEList( - Parse *pParse, + Parse *pParse, Window *pWin, SrcList *pSrc, ExprList *pEList, /* Rewrite expressions in this list */ @@ -151285,7 +152720,7 @@ static int sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* ** If the SELECT statement passed as the second argument does not invoke -** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it +** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it ** rewrites the SELECT statement so that window function xStep functions ** are invoked in the correct order as described under "SELECT REWRITING" ** at the top of this file. @@ -151303,15 +152738,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ ExprList *pSort = 0; ExprList *pSublist = 0; /* Expression list for sub-query */ - Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object */ + Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Main window object */ Window *pWin; /* Window object iterator */ Table *pTab; + Walker w; + u32 selFlags = p->selFlags; pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTab==0 ){ return sqlite3ErrorToParser(db, SQLITE_NOMEM); } + sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(&w, pParse); + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); p->pSrc = 0; p->pWhere = 0; @@ -151345,8 +152784,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pOrderBy, pTab, &pSublist); pMWin->nBufferCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); - /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the - ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where + /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the + ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where ** boundaries for partitions and sets of peer rows lie. */ pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pPartition, 0); pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pOrderBy, 0); @@ -151377,11 +152816,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ /* If there is no ORDER BY or PARTITION BY clause, and the window ** function accepts zero arguments, and there are no other columns ** selected (e.g. "SELECT row_number() OVER () FROM t1"), it is possible - ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to - ** keep everything legal in this case. + ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to + ** keep everything legal in this case. */ if( pSublist==0 ){ - pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "0") ); } @@ -151389,10 +152828,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ pSub = sqlite3SelectNew( pParse, pSublist, pSrc, pWhere, pGroupBy, pHaving, pSort, 0, 0 ); + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,pSub, + ("New window-function subquery in FROM clause of (%u/%p)\n", + p->selId, p)); p->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); if( p->pSrc ){ Table *pTab2; - Walker w; p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect = pSub; sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); pSub->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; @@ -151426,7 +152867,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); sqlite3ErrorToParser(pParse->db, SQLITE_NOMEM); } - sqlite3SelectReset(pParse, p); } return rc; } @@ -151563,10 +153003,10 @@ windowAllocErr: ** equivalent nul-terminated string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAssemble( - Parse *pParse, - Window *pWin, - ExprList *pPartition, - ExprList *pOrderBy, + Parse *pParse, + Window *pWin, + ExprList *pPartition, + ExprList *pOrderBy, Token *pBase ){ if( pWin ){ @@ -151604,7 +153044,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowChain(Parse *pParse, Window *pWin, Window *pLis zErr = "frame specification"; } if( zErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot override %s of window: %s", zErr, pWin->zBase ); }else{ @@ -151840,7 +153280,7 @@ struct WindowCsrAndReg { }; /* -** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by +** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by ** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() and a pointer to it passed to the various helper ** routines. This is to reduce the number of arguments required by each ** helper function. @@ -151887,7 +153327,7 @@ struct WindowCsrAndReg { ** ** Each cursor (start, current and end) consists of a VDBE cursor ** (WindowCsrAndReg.csr) and an array of registers (starting at -** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values +** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values ** read from the corresponding cursor. ** ** Depending on the window-frame in question, all three cursors may not @@ -151931,8 +153371,8 @@ static void windowReadPeerValues( } /* -** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or -** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the +** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or +** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the ** linked list starting at pMWin. Or, for built-in window functions ** that do not use the standard function API, generate the required ** inline VM code. @@ -151981,7 +153421,7 @@ static void windowAggStep( regArg = reg; if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 - && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) + && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED) ){ int addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regArg); @@ -152016,7 +153456,7 @@ static void windowAggStep( VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTmp); } - + if( pWin->bExprArgs ){ int iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); VdbeOp *pOp, *pEnd; @@ -152038,7 +153478,7 @@ static void windowAggStep( pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pWin->pOwner->x.pList->a[0].pExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0,0,0, (const char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep, bInverse, regArg, pWin->regAccum); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); @@ -152071,7 +153511,7 @@ static void windowAggFinal(WindowCodeArg *p, int bFin){ for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 - && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) + && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); @@ -152227,7 +153667,7 @@ static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); - + if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,pMWin->iEphCsr,pWin->iArgCol+1,tmpReg); windowCheckValue(pParse, tmpReg, 2); @@ -152249,7 +153689,7 @@ static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int iEph = pMWin->iEphCsr; - + if( nArg<3 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); }else{ @@ -152266,7 +153706,7 @@ static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, tmpReg2, tmpReg, tmpReg); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg2); } - + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, lbl, tmpReg); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult); @@ -152312,7 +153752,7 @@ static int windowInitAccum(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ return regArg; } -/* +/* ** Return true if the current frame should be cached in the ephemeral table, ** even if there are no xInverse() calls required. */ @@ -152336,9 +153776,9 @@ static int windowCacheFrame(Window *pMWin){ ** regOld and regNew are each the first register in an array of size ** pOrderBy->nExpr. This function generates code to compare the two ** arrays of registers using the collation sequences and other comparison -** parameters specified by pOrderBy. +** parameters specified by pOrderBy. ** -** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to +** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to ** regOld and control falls through. Otherwise, if the contents of the arrays ** are equal, an OP_Goto is executed. The address of the OP_Goto is returned. */ @@ -152355,7 +153795,7 @@ static void windowIfNewPeer( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regOld, regNew, nVal); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1 ); VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); @@ -152389,7 +153829,7 @@ static void windowIfNewPeer( ** or subtraction is a a copy of csr1.peerVal. */ static void windowCodeRangeTest( - WindowCodeArg *p, + WindowCodeArg *p, int op, /* OP_Ge, OP_Gt, or OP_Le */ int csr1, /* Cursor number for cursor 1 */ int regVal, /* Register containing non-negative number */ @@ -152444,8 +153884,8 @@ static void windowCodeRangeTest( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, arith, regVal, reg1, reg1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGe); - /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to - ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of + /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to + ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of ** the usual smaller. The VDBE opcodes OP_Ge and so on do not handle this ** (and adding that capability causes a performance regression), so ** instead if the BIGNULL flag is set then cases where either reg1 or @@ -152460,23 +153900,23 @@ static void windowCodeRangeTest( ** if( op==OP_Le ) goto lbl; ** } ** - ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is + ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is ** not taken, control jumps over the comparison operator coded below this ** block. */ if( pOrderBy->a[0].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL ){ /* This block runs if reg1 contains a NULL. */ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, reg1); VdbeCoverage(v); switch( op ){ - case OP_Ge: - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl); + case OP_Ge: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl); break; - case OP_Gt: - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl); - VdbeCoverage(v); + case OP_Gt: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl); + VdbeCoverage(v); break; - case OP_Le: - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl); - VdbeCoverage(v); + case OP_Le: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl); + VdbeCoverage(v); break; default: assert( op==OP_Lt ); /* no-op */ break; } @@ -152509,7 +153949,7 @@ static void windowCodeRangeTest( /* ** Helper function for sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). Each call to this function -** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE +** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE ** operation. Refer to the header comment for sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for ** details. */ @@ -152568,8 +154008,8 @@ static int windowCodeOp( addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* If this is a (RANGE BETWEEN a FOLLOWING AND b FOLLOWING) or - ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the - ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the + ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the + ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the ** temporary table. It otherwise might, if (a>b). */ if( pMWin->eStart==pMWin->eEnd && regCountdown && pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE && op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE @@ -152702,11 +154142,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ } /* -** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression -** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater +** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression +** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater ** than zero. False otherwise. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed +** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed ** flag and returns zero. */ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ @@ -152722,11 +154162,11 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement +** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement ** passed as the second argument when this function is invoked. It generates -** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function +** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function ** and invoke the sub-routine at instruction addrGosub once for each row. -** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning. +** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning. ** ** This function handles several different types of window frames, which ** require slightly different processing. The following pseudo code is @@ -152741,17 +154181,17 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** Gosub flush ** } ** Insert new row into eph table. -** +** ** if( first row of partition ){ ** // Rewind three cursors, all open on the eph table. ** Rewind(csrEnd); ** Rewind(csrStart); ** Rewind(csrCurrent); -** +** ** regEnd = <expr2> // FOLLOWING expression ** regStart = <expr1> // PRECEDING expression ** }else{ -** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two +** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two ** // rows. The first row in the partition, which all three cursors ** // currently point to, and the following row. ** AGGSTEP @@ -152780,17 +154220,17 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** with arguments read from the current row of cursor csrEnd, then ** step cursor csrEnd forward one row (i.e. sqlite3BtreeNext()). ** -** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the -** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all +** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the +** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all ** aggregates. Then step cursor csrCurrent forward one row. ** -** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window +** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window ** functions with arguments read from the current row of cursor ** csrStart. Then step csrStart forward one row. ** ** There are two other ROWS window frames that are handled significantly ** differently from the above - "BETWEEN <expr> PRECEDING AND <expr> PRECEDING" -** and "BETWEEN <expr> FOLLOWING AND <expr> FOLLOWING". These are special +** and "BETWEEN <expr> FOLLOWING AND <expr> FOLLOWING". These are special ** cases because they change the order in which the three cursors (csrStart, ** csrCurrent and csrEnd) iterate through the ephemeral table. Cases that ** use UNBOUNDED or CURRENT ROW are much simpler variations on one of these @@ -152940,15 +154380,15 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** regEnd = <expr2> ** regStart = <expr1> ** }else if( new group ){ -** ... +** ... ** } ** } ** -** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or +** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or ** AGGINVERSE step processes the current row of the relevant cursor and ** all subsequent rows belonging to the same group. ** -** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the +** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the ** main loop runs once per group only. And RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP and AGGINVERSE ** deal in groups instead of rows. As for ROWS and GROUPS, there are three ** basic cases: @@ -152985,7 +154425,7 @@ static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ ** } ** } ** -** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY +** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY ** expression (there is only ever 1 for a RANGE that uses an <expr> FOLLOWING ** or <expr PRECEDING) read from cursor csr. ** @@ -153085,11 +154525,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( int regStart = 0; /* Value of <expr> PRECEDING */ int regEnd = 0; /* Value of <expr> FOLLOWING */ - assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT - || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED + assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED ); - assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT - || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING + assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ); assert( pMWin->eExclude==0 || pMWin->eExclude==TK_CURRENT || pMWin->eExclude==TK_GROUP || pMWin->eExclude==TK_TIES @@ -153111,9 +154551,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( s.end.csr = s.current.csr+3; /* Figure out when rows may be deleted from the ephemeral table. There - ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may + ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may ** be deleted as soon as they are no longer part of the window frame - ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row + ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row ** has been returned to the caller (WINDOW_RETURN_ROW), or they may ** be deleted after they enter the frame (WINDOW_AGGSTEP). */ switch( pMWin->eStart ){ @@ -153161,7 +154601,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( } /* If this is not a "ROWS BETWEEN ..." frame, then allocate arrays of - ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values) + ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values) ** for the main loop, and for each cursor (start, current and end). */ if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_ROWS ){ int nPeer = (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); @@ -153182,7 +154622,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regNew, nInput, regRecord); /* An input row has just been read into an array of registers starting - ** at regNew. If the window has a PARTITION clause, this block generates + ** at regNew. If the window has a PARTITION clause, this block generates ** VM code to check if the input row is the start of a new partition. ** If so, it does an OP_Gosub to an address to be filled in later. The ** address of the OP_Gosub is stored in local variable addrGosubFlush. */ @@ -153386,8 +154826,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( /************** End of window.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ +/* This file is automatically generated by Lemon from input grammar +** source file "parse.y". */ /* -** 2000-05-29 +** 2001-09-15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -153397,22 +154839,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. -** -** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses -** this template to construct a parser. The "lemon" program inserts text -** at each "%%" line. Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the -** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into -** the value of the %name directive from the grammar. Otherwise, the content -** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser -** source file. +** This file contains SQLite's SQL parser. ** -** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the -** input grammar file: +** The canonical source code to this file ("parse.y") is a Lemon grammar +** file that specifies the input grammar and actions to take while parsing. +** That input file is processed by Lemon to generate a C-language +** implementation of a parser for the given grammer. You might be reading +** this comment as part of the translated C-code. Edits should be made +** to the original parse.y sources. */ -/* #include <stdio.h> */ -/* #include <assert.h> */ -/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ @@ -153475,6 +154910,27 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ DisableLookaside; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) \ + && defined(SQLITE_UDL_CAPABLE_PARSER) +/* +** Issue an error message if an ORDER BY or LIMIT clause occurs on an +** UPDATE or DELETE statement. +*/ +static void updateDeleteLimitError( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pOrderBy, + Expr *pLimit +){ + if( pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error near \"ORDER BY\""); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error near \"LIMIT\""); + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT */ + /* ** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for @@ -153490,7 +154946,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ pLoop->pNext = pNext; pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && + if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 && cnt>mxSelect ){ @@ -153528,7 +154984,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 p->nHeight = 1; -#endif +#endif if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ return (Expr*)sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)p, &t); } @@ -153575,11 +155031,178 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ # error too many tokens in the grammar #endif /**************** End of %include directives **********************************/ -/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols -** in a format understandable to "makeheaders". This section is blank unless -** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option. -***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/ -/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/ +/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols. +***************** Begin token definitions *************************************/ +#ifndef TK_SEMI +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_BEGIN 2 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 3 +#define TK_DEFERRED 4 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 5 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 6 +#define TK_COMMIT 7 +#define TK_END 8 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 9 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 10 +#define TK_RELEASE 11 +#define TK_TO 12 +#define TK_TABLE 13 +#define TK_CREATE 14 +#define TK_IF 15 +#define TK_NOT 16 +#define TK_EXISTS 17 +#define TK_TEMP 18 +#define TK_LP 19 +#define TK_RP 20 +#define TK_AS 21 +#define TK_WITHOUT 22 +#define TK_COMMA 23 +#define TK_ABORT 24 +#define TK_ACTION 25 +#define TK_AFTER 26 +#define TK_ANALYZE 27 +#define TK_ASC 28 +#define TK_ATTACH 29 +#define TK_BEFORE 30 +#define TK_BY 31 +#define TK_CASCADE 32 +#define TK_CAST 33 +#define TK_CONFLICT 34 +#define TK_DATABASE 35 +#define TK_DESC 36 +#define TK_DETACH 37 +#define TK_EACH 38 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 39 +#define TK_FAIL 40 +#define TK_OR 41 +#define TK_AND 42 +#define TK_IS 43 +#define TK_MATCH 44 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 45 +#define TK_BETWEEN 46 +#define TK_IN 47 +#define TK_ISNULL 48 +#define TK_NOTNULL 49 +#define TK_NE 50 +#define TK_EQ 51 +#define TK_GT 52 +#define TK_LE 53 +#define TK_LT 54 +#define TK_GE 55 +#define TK_ESCAPE 56 +#define TK_ID 57 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 58 +#define TK_DO 59 +#define TK_FOR 60 +#define TK_IGNORE 61 +#define TK_INITIALLY 62 +#define TK_INSTEAD 63 +#define TK_NO 64 +#define TK_PLAN 65 +#define TK_QUERY 66 +#define TK_KEY 67 +#define TK_OF 68 +#define TK_OFFSET 69 +#define TK_PRAGMA 70 +#define TK_RAISE 71 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 72 +#define TK_REPLACE 73 +#define TK_RESTRICT 74 +#define TK_ROW 75 +#define TK_ROWS 76 +#define TK_TRIGGER 77 +#define TK_VACUUM 78 +#define TK_VIEW 79 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 80 +#define TK_WITH 81 +#define TK_NULLS 82 +#define TK_FIRST 83 +#define TK_LAST 84 +#define TK_GENERATED 85 +#define TK_ALWAYS 86 +#define TK_REINDEX 87 +#define TK_RENAME 88 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 89 +#define TK_ANY 90 +#define TK_BITAND 91 +#define TK_BITOR 92 +#define TK_LSHIFT 93 +#define TK_RSHIFT 94 +#define TK_PLUS 95 +#define TK_MINUS 96 +#define TK_STAR 97 +#define TK_SLASH 98 +#define TK_REM 99 +#define TK_CONCAT 100 +#define TK_COLLATE 101 +#define TK_BITNOT 102 +#define TK_ON 103 +#define TK_INDEXED 104 +#define TK_STRING 105 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 106 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 107 +#define TK_DEFAULT 108 +#define TK_NULL 109 +#define TK_PRIMARY 110 +#define TK_UNIQUE 111 +#define TK_CHECK 112 +#define TK_REFERENCES 113 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 114 +#define TK_INSERT 115 +#define TK_DELETE 116 +#define TK_UPDATE 117 +#define TK_SET 118 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 119 +#define TK_FOREIGN 120 +#define TK_DROP 121 +#define TK_UNION 122 +#define TK_ALL 123 +#define TK_EXCEPT 124 +#define TK_INTERSECT 125 +#define TK_SELECT 126 +#define TK_VALUES 127 +#define TK_DISTINCT 128 +#define TK_DOT 129 +#define TK_FROM 130 +#define TK_JOIN 131 +#define TK_USING 132 +#define TK_ORDER 133 +#define TK_GROUP 134 +#define TK_HAVING 135 +#define TK_LIMIT 136 +#define TK_WHERE 137 +#define TK_INTO 138 +#define TK_NOTHING 139 +#define TK_FLOAT 140 +#define TK_BLOB 141 +#define TK_INTEGER 142 +#define TK_VARIABLE 143 +#define TK_CASE 144 +#define TK_WHEN 145 +#define TK_THEN 146 +#define TK_ELSE 147 +#define TK_INDEX 148 +#define TK_ALTER 149 +#define TK_ADD 150 +#define TK_COLUMN 151 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 152 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 153 +#define TK_TRUEFALSE 154 +#define TK_ISNOT 155 +#define TK_FUNCTION 156 +#define TK_UMINUS 157 +#define TK_UPLUS 158 +#define TK_TRUTH 159 +#define TK_REGISTER 160 +#define TK_VECTOR 161 +#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN 162 +#define TK_IF_NULL_ROW 163 +#define TK_ASTERISK 164 +#define TK_SPAN 165 +#define TK_SPACE 166 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 167 +#endif +/**************** End token definitions ***************************************/ /* The next sections is a series of control #defines. ** various aspects of the generated parser. @@ -153604,7 +155227,7 @@ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ ** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. ** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. ** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. -** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal ** symbols. ** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. ** This is typically a union of many types, one of @@ -153671,18 +155294,18 @@ typedef union { #define sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH Parse *pParse=yypParser->pParse; #define sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE yypParser->pParse=pParse; #define YYFALLBACK 1 -#define YYNSTATE 496 +#define YYNSTATE 498 #define YYNRULE 344 #define YYNRULE_WITH_ACTION 285 #define YYNTOKEN 168 -#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 495 -#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 714 -#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1057 -#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1058 -#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1059 -#define YY_NO_ACTION 1060 -#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1061 -#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1404 +#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 497 +#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 716 +#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1059 +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1060 +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1061 +#define YY_NO_ACTION 1062 +#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1063 +#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1406 /************* End control #defines *******************************************/ #define YY_NLOOKAHEAD ((int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0]))) @@ -153702,7 +155325,7 @@ typedef union { /* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the ** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement ** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. +** action integer. ** ** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as ** follows @@ -153749,175 +155372,176 @@ typedef union { ** yy_default[] Default action for each state. ** *********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/ -#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1665) +#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1678) static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { - /* 0 */ 101, 98, 187, 101, 98, 187, 1366, 1128, 490, 1107, - /* 10 */ 172, 172, 460, 1090, 1100, 490, 355, 1128, 334, 1400, - /* 20 */ 341, 1327, 348, 343, 323, 234, 1371, 324, 845, 776, - /* 30 */ 58, 58, 414, 355, 12, 12, 846, 43, 43, 461, - /* 40 */ 85, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, - /* 50 */ 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 340, 1055, 108, 109, - /* 60 */ 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, + /* 0 */ 101, 98, 187, 101, 98, 187, 1368, 1130, 492, 1109, + /* 10 */ 172, 172, 462, 1092, 1102, 492, 357, 1130, 336, 1402, + /* 20 */ 343, 1329, 350, 345, 325, 234, 1373, 326, 847, 778, + /* 30 */ 58, 58, 416, 357, 12, 12, 848, 43, 43, 463, + /* 40 */ 85, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, + /* 50 */ 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 342, 1057, 108, 109, + /* 60 */ 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, /* 70 */ 107, 107, 107, 239, 239, 101, 98, 187, 101, 98, - /* 80 */ 187, 955, 101, 98, 187, 487, 110, 162, 327, 215, + /* 80 */ 187, 957, 101, 98, 187, 489, 110, 162, 329, 215, /* 90 */ 184, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, - /* 100 */ 102, 387, 387, 355, 107, 107, 107, 107, 105, 105, - /* 110 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 107, - /* 120 */ 107, 107, 107, 100, 147, 1012, 364, 1056, 108, 109, - /* 130 */ 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, + /* 100 */ 102, 389, 389, 357, 107, 107, 107, 107, 105, 105, + /* 110 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 107, + /* 120 */ 107, 107, 107, 100, 147, 1014, 366, 1058, 108, 109, + /* 130 */ 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, /* 140 */ 107, 107, 107, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, - /* 150 */ 103, 103, 102, 387, 68, 484, 484, 484, 105, 105, - /* 160 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 261, - /* 170 */ 481, 355, 1012, 1013, 1014, 91, 69, 89, 105, 105, - /* 180 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 405, - /* 190 */ 283, 994, 1398, 355, 269, 1398, 108, 109, 99, 1035, - /* 200 */ 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, - /* 210 */ 107, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 108, 109, - /* 220 */ 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, + /* 150 */ 103, 103, 102, 389, 68, 486, 486, 486, 105, 105, + /* 160 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 261, + /* 170 */ 483, 357, 1014, 1015, 1016, 91, 69, 89, 105, 105, + /* 180 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 407, + /* 190 */ 285, 996, 1400, 357, 269, 1400, 108, 109, 99, 1037, + /* 200 */ 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, + /* 210 */ 107, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 108, 109, + /* 220 */ 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, /* 230 */ 107, 107, 107, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, - /* 240 */ 103, 103, 102, 387, 405, 283, 105, 105, 105, 105, - /* 250 */ 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 103, 103, 103, - /* 260 */ 102, 387, 992, 355, 395, 102, 387, 297, 105, 105, - /* 270 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 874, - /* 280 */ 355, 395, 394, 488, 443, 801, 801, 147, 108, 109, - /* 290 */ 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, - /* 300 */ 107, 107, 107, 340, 993, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, - /* 310 */ 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, - /* 320 */ 308, 282, 207, 87, 295, 442, 439, 438, 310, 490, - /* 330 */ 307, 1012, 261, 481, 1093, 437, 112, 172, 105, 105, - /* 340 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 354, - /* 350 */ 395, 59, 59, 163, 1092, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, - /* 360 */ 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 364, 902, 902, 913, - /* 370 */ 916, 253, 355, 253, 1056, 129, 751, 364, 1012, 1013, - /* 380 */ 1014, 207, 1133, 1133, 442, 439, 438, 472, 290, 355, - /* 390 */ 293, 1012, 267, 744, 437, 1372, 462, 108, 109, 99, - /* 400 */ 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, - /* 410 */ 107, 107, 352, 351, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, - /* 420 */ 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 412, - /* 430 */ 397, 976, 906, 147, 246, 434, 1131, 1131, 1012, 1013, - /* 440 */ 1014, 345, 429, 1012, 429, 247, 977, 105, 105, 105, - /* 450 */ 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 154, 729, - /* 460 */ 396, 1163, 978, 211, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, - /* 470 */ 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 239, 239, 1291, 261, 481, - /* 480 */ 8, 355, 490, 787, 260, 893, 1326, 487, 1290, 214, - /* 490 */ 1012, 1013, 1014, 353, 310, 788, 1012, 181, 355, 1012, - /* 500 */ 489, 245, 879, 410, 59, 59, 108, 109, 99, 1035, - /* 510 */ 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, - /* 520 */ 107, 403, 360, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, - /* 530 */ 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 300, 811, - /* 540 */ 472, 131, 275, 1012, 1013, 1014, 1012, 1013, 1014, 471, - /* 550 */ 268, 957, 935, 1012, 419, 957, 105, 105, 105, 105, - /* 560 */ 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 4, 168, 1296, - /* 570 */ 832, 322, 490, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, - /* 580 */ 103, 103, 102, 387, 239, 239, 1296, 1298, 424, 1283, - /* 590 */ 355, 490, 261, 481, 9, 9, 487, 385, 385, 385, - /* 600 */ 1012, 1013, 1014, 384, 383, 1012, 272, 355, 274, 366, - /* 610 */ 310, 82, 173, 59, 59, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, - /* 620 */ 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, - /* 630 */ 359, 830, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, - /* 640 */ 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 466, 1042, 472, - /* 650 */ 1042, 211, 1012, 1013, 1014, 1296, 1016, 128, 451, 280, - /* 660 */ 185, 1139, 429, 1079, 326, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, - /* 670 */ 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 806, 273, 490, 418, - /* 680 */ 490, 805, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, - /* 690 */ 103, 102, 387, 239, 239, 239, 239, 239, 239, 355, - /* 700 */ 9, 9, 9, 9, 1016, 487, 1140, 487, 423, 487, - /* 710 */ 360, 1012, 420, 418, 186, 371, 355, 373, 412, 874, - /* 720 */ 90, 429, 454, 1012, 108, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, - /* 730 */ 915, 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 830, - /* 740 */ 1334, 108, 97, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, - /* 750 */ 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 239, 239, 1012, 1013, - /* 760 */ 1014, 282, 400, 270, 2, 392, 1111, 1012, 487, 429, - /* 770 */ 1012, 1013, 1014, 248, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, - /* 780 */ 103, 103, 103, 102, 387, 831, 767, 457, 418, 490, + /* 240 */ 103, 103, 102, 389, 407, 285, 105, 105, 105, 105, + /* 250 */ 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 103, 103, 103, + /* 260 */ 102, 389, 994, 357, 397, 102, 389, 299, 105, 105, + /* 270 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 876, + /* 280 */ 357, 397, 396, 490, 445, 803, 803, 147, 108, 109, + /* 290 */ 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, + /* 300 */ 107, 107, 107, 342, 995, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, + /* 310 */ 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, + /* 320 */ 310, 283, 207, 87, 297, 444, 441, 440, 312, 492, + /* 330 */ 309, 1014, 261, 483, 1095, 439, 112, 172, 105, 105, + /* 340 */ 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 356, + /* 350 */ 397, 59, 59, 163, 1094, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, + /* 360 */ 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 366, 904, 904, 915, + /* 370 */ 918, 253, 357, 253, 1058, 129, 753, 366, 1014, 1015, + /* 380 */ 1016, 207, 1135, 1135, 444, 441, 440, 474, 292, 357, + /* 390 */ 295, 1014, 267, 746, 439, 1374, 464, 108, 109, 99, + /* 400 */ 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, + /* 410 */ 107, 107, 354, 353, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, + /* 420 */ 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 414, + /* 430 */ 399, 978, 908, 147, 246, 436, 1133, 1133, 1014, 1015, + /* 440 */ 1016, 347, 431, 1014, 431, 247, 979, 105, 105, 105, + /* 450 */ 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 154, 731, + /* 460 */ 398, 1165, 980, 211, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, + /* 470 */ 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 239, 239, 1293, 261, 483, + /* 480 */ 8, 357, 492, 789, 260, 895, 1328, 489, 1292, 214, + /* 490 */ 1014, 1015, 1016, 355, 312, 790, 1014, 181, 357, 1014, + /* 500 */ 491, 245, 881, 412, 59, 59, 108, 109, 99, 1037, + /* 510 */ 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, + /* 520 */ 107, 405, 362, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, + /* 530 */ 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 302, 813, + /* 540 */ 474, 131, 276, 1014, 1015, 1016, 1014, 1015, 1016, 473, + /* 550 */ 268, 959, 937, 1014, 421, 959, 105, 105, 105, 105, + /* 560 */ 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 4, 168, 1298, + /* 570 */ 834, 324, 492, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, + /* 580 */ 103, 103, 102, 389, 239, 239, 1298, 1300, 426, 1285, + /* 590 */ 357, 492, 261, 483, 9, 9, 489, 387, 387, 387, + /* 600 */ 1014, 1015, 1016, 386, 385, 1014, 273, 357, 275, 368, + /* 610 */ 312, 82, 173, 59, 59, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, + /* 620 */ 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, + /* 630 */ 361, 832, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, + /* 640 */ 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 468, 1044, 474, + /* 650 */ 1044, 211, 1014, 1015, 1016, 1298, 1018, 128, 453, 281, + /* 660 */ 185, 1141, 431, 1081, 328, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, + /* 670 */ 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 808, 274, 492, 420, + /* 680 */ 492, 807, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, + /* 690 */ 103, 102, 389, 239, 239, 239, 239, 239, 239, 357, + /* 700 */ 9, 9, 9, 9, 1018, 489, 1142, 489, 425, 489, + /* 710 */ 362, 1014, 422, 420, 186, 373, 357, 375, 414, 876, + /* 720 */ 90, 431, 456, 1014, 108, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, + /* 730 */ 917, 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 832, + /* 740 */ 1336, 108, 97, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, + /* 750 */ 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 239, 239, 1014, 1015, + /* 760 */ 1016, 283, 402, 271, 2, 394, 1113, 1014, 489, 431, + /* 770 */ 1014, 1015, 1016, 248, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, + /* 780 */ 103, 103, 103, 102, 389, 833, 769, 459, 420, 492, /* 790 */ 249, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, - /* 800 */ 102, 387, 1012, 412, 71, 233, 233, 281, 355, 490, - /* 810 */ 1225, 9, 9, 1136, 1012, 1013, 1014, 487, 446, 390, - /* 820 */ 989, 239, 239, 342, 429, 355, 252, 463, 768, 1082, - /* 830 */ 361, 59, 59, 487, 109, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, - /* 840 */ 905, 905, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 490, 1012, - /* 850 */ 1013, 1014, 99, 1035, 1035, 912, 915, 905, 905, 106, - /* 860 */ 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 994, 1399, 467, 288, 1399, - /* 870 */ 44, 44, 375, 490, 416, 250, 490, 94, 482, 368, - /* 880 */ 3, 311, 251, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, - /* 890 */ 103, 103, 102, 387, 485, 11, 11, 1110, 9, 9, + /* 800 */ 102, 389, 1014, 414, 71, 233, 233, 282, 357, 492, + /* 810 */ 1227, 9, 9, 1138, 1014, 1015, 1016, 489, 448, 392, + /* 820 */ 991, 239, 239, 344, 431, 357, 252, 192, 770, 1084, + /* 830 */ 363, 59, 59, 489, 109, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, + /* 840 */ 907, 907, 106, 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 492, 1014, + /* 850 */ 1015, 1016, 99, 1037, 1037, 914, 917, 907, 907, 106, + /* 860 */ 106, 107, 107, 107, 107, 996, 1401, 469, 290, 1401, + /* 870 */ 44, 44, 377, 492, 465, 250, 492, 94, 484, 370, + /* 880 */ 3, 313, 251, 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, + /* 890 */ 103, 103, 102, 389, 487, 11, 11, 1112, 9, 9, /* 900 */ 105, 105, 105, 105, 104, 104, 103, 103, 103, 102, - /* 910 */ 387, 490, 475, 469, 310, 464, 8, 490, 388, 372, - /* 920 */ 1059, 1, 1, 495, 1061, 892, 490, 94, 482, 262, - /* 930 */ 3, 123, 479, 59, 59, 391, 992, 490, 1141, 59, - /* 940 */ 59, 885, 147, 126, 485, 884, 239, 239, 33, 33, - /* 950 */ 892, 236, 1331, 5, 830, 218, 92, 92, 487, 45, - /* 960 */ 45, 130, 417, 93, 192, 388, 492, 491, 388, 382, - /* 970 */ 884, 490, 239, 239, 490, 386, 884, 884, 886, 1225, - /* 980 */ 976, 739, 479, 450, 487, 171, 1109, 261, 481, 1225, - /* 990 */ 404, 1033, 754, 46, 46, 977, 47, 47, 195, 1145, - /* 1000 */ 892, 884, 884, 886, 887, 19, 92, 92, 810, 806, - /* 1010 */ 487, 978, 311, 93, 805, 388, 492, 491, 94, 482, - /* 1020 */ 884, 3, 266, 490, 960, 960, 426, 389, 845, 739, - /* 1030 */ 86, 482, 478, 3, 473, 485, 846, 186, 490, 1033, - /* 1040 */ 754, 490, 1176, 490, 1225, 59, 59, 485, 369, 452, - /* 1050 */ 379, 884, 884, 886, 887, 19, 490, 1175, 370, 388, - /* 1060 */ 39, 39, 830, 48, 48, 49, 49, 942, 239, 239, - /* 1070 */ 490, 388, 194, 479, 240, 240, 190, 490, 50, 50, - /* 1080 */ 487, 472, 888, 239, 239, 479, 487, 210, 209, 208, - /* 1090 */ 474, 892, 34, 34, 399, 487, 453, 92, 92, 35, - /* 1100 */ 35, 483, 361, 892, 93, 490, 388, 492, 491, 92, - /* 1110 */ 92, 884, 1337, 380, 490, 942, 93, 490, 388, 492, - /* 1120 */ 491, 1225, 1050, 884, 1346, 1002, 243, 36, 36, 490, - /* 1130 */ 888, 338, 338, 337, 228, 335, 38, 38, 726, 51, - /* 1140 */ 51, 490, 884, 884, 886, 887, 19, 261, 481, 747, - /* 1150 */ 241, 52, 52, 265, 884, 884, 886, 887, 19, 1002, - /* 1160 */ 243, 264, 1108, 53, 53, 338, 338, 337, 228, 335, - /* 1170 */ 490, 377, 726, 1347, 495, 1061, 301, 717, 718, 719, - /* 1180 */ 262, 892, 123, 276, 490, 238, 184, 265, 22, 1141, - /* 1190 */ 425, 490, 10, 10, 191, 264, 747, 885, 84, 490, - /* 1200 */ 258, 884, 140, 490, 13, 142, 54, 54, 490, 362, - /* 1210 */ 148, 766, 765, 114, 114, 490, 127, 1315, 28, 490, - /* 1220 */ 23, 55, 55, 239, 239, 40, 40, 954, 191, 954, - /* 1230 */ 56, 56, 884, 884, 886, 487, 140, 57, 57, 142, - /* 1240 */ 445, 41, 41, 279, 406, 356, 84, 490, 1032, 195, - /* 1250 */ 261, 481, 1012, 490, 876, 407, 374, 217, 411, 490, - /* 1260 */ 1359, 217, 225, 242, 309, 448, 304, 447, 212, 135, - /* 1270 */ 135, 490, 1314, 393, 300, 136, 136, 871, 389, 356, - /* 1280 */ 421, 64, 64, 490, 261, 481, 490, 218, 285, 758, - /* 1290 */ 384, 383, 490, 42, 42, 490, 773, 774, 1039, 1012, - /* 1300 */ 1013, 1014, 490, 1041, 490, 60, 60, 393, 115, 115, - /* 1310 */ 490, 1040, 848, 849, 61, 61, 490, 116, 116, 490, - /* 1320 */ 953, 490, 953, 1033, 117, 117, 113, 113, 490, 1172, - /* 1330 */ 430, 490, 134, 134, 490, 1042, 490, 1042, 133, 133, - /* 1340 */ 490, 121, 121, 120, 120, 490, 413, 490, 174, 217, - /* 1350 */ 118, 118, 289, 119, 119, 176, 63, 63, 65, 65, - /* 1360 */ 477, 284, 62, 62, 84, 292, 294, 32, 32, 37, - /* 1370 */ 37, 1033, 435, 296, 298, 213, 938, 84, 839, 213, - /* 1380 */ 803, 217, 737, 96, 804, 125, 1124, 96, 303, 312, - /* 1390 */ 313, 1184, 1224, 1159, 1170, 476, 1230, 1089, 231, 1081, - /* 1400 */ 178, 1070, 1069, 1071, 339, 1353, 1156, 7, 1209, 315, - /* 1410 */ 189, 317, 278, 319, 1217, 347, 182, 415, 398, 480, - /* 1420 */ 332, 271, 1356, 321, 177, 1050, 150, 1047, 67, 220, - /* 1430 */ 363, 70, 71, 440, 409, 306, 1287, 1286, 160, 1107, - /* 1440 */ 145, 82, 1214, 401, 402, 25, 1292, 433, 197, 346, - /* 1450 */ 26, 422, 201, 76, 152, 428, 1303, 232, 203, 155, - /* 1460 */ 156, 157, 169, 158, 1220, 164, 431, 1206, 287, 291, - /* 1470 */ 204, 449, 1072, 344, 408, 349, 205, 1127, 1281, 1126, - /* 1480 */ 1125, 78, 376, 758, 1118, 1097, 350, 1370, 1369, 1096, - /* 1490 */ 305, 378, 1095, 1117, 81, 1368, 1167, 465, 314, 456, - /* 1500 */ 459, 1168, 1166, 316, 219, 318, 381, 6, 1267, 1165, - /* 1510 */ 320, 256, 257, 259, 325, 88, 111, 1191, 470, 1190, - /* 1520 */ 226, 83, 468, 1078, 24, 1007, 493, 227, 230, 331, - /* 1530 */ 1149, 328, 329, 330, 137, 229, 357, 494, 1319, 358, - /* 1540 */ 1067, 1320, 1318, 1317, 66, 1062, 124, 175, 254, 138, - /* 1550 */ 179, 263, 180, 188, 244, 122, 149, 952, 950, 151, - /* 1560 */ 139, 868, 141, 153, 193, 790, 277, 196, 966, 159, - /* 1570 */ 872, 143, 365, 367, 161, 72, 144, 73, 74, 969, - /* 1580 */ 75, 198, 965, 199, 132, 14, 200, 958, 286, 165, - /* 1590 */ 427, 217, 1044, 202, 166, 27, 728, 307, 206, 432, - /* 1600 */ 436, 441, 756, 167, 77, 15, 444, 299, 16, 302, - /* 1610 */ 79, 255, 146, 891, 890, 769, 918, 997, 80, 29, - /* 1620 */ 455, 998, 30, 458, 183, 235, 237, 838, 170, 216, - /* 1630 */ 833, 96, 933, 84, 919, 17, 917, 921, 18, 975, - /* 1640 */ 974, 221, 222, 922, 20, 31, 1003, 889, 738, 95, - /* 1650 */ 21, 223, 486, 800, 333, 336, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, - /* 1660 */ 224, 1361, 1060, 1060, 1360, + /* 910 */ 389, 492, 477, 471, 312, 181, 8, 492, 390, 374, + /* 920 */ 1061, 1, 1, 497, 1063, 894, 492, 94, 484, 262, + /* 930 */ 3, 123, 481, 59, 59, 194, 994, 492, 1143, 59, + /* 940 */ 59, 887, 147, 126, 487, 886, 239, 239, 33, 33, + /* 950 */ 894, 236, 393, 5, 832, 218, 92, 92, 489, 45, + /* 960 */ 45, 130, 466, 93, 409, 390, 494, 493, 390, 384, + /* 970 */ 886, 492, 239, 239, 492, 388, 886, 886, 888, 1227, + /* 980 */ 978, 741, 481, 452, 489, 171, 873, 261, 483, 1227, + /* 990 */ 406, 1035, 756, 46, 46, 979, 47, 47, 195, 1147, + /* 1000 */ 894, 886, 886, 888, 889, 19, 92, 92, 812, 808, + /* 1010 */ 489, 980, 313, 93, 807, 390, 494, 493, 94, 484, + /* 1020 */ 886, 3, 176, 492, 962, 962, 428, 391, 847, 741, + /* 1030 */ 86, 484, 480, 3, 475, 487, 848, 186, 492, 1035, + /* 1040 */ 756, 492, 418, 492, 1227, 59, 59, 487, 371, 454, + /* 1050 */ 381, 886, 886, 888, 889, 19, 492, 1333, 372, 390, + /* 1060 */ 39, 39, 832, 48, 48, 49, 49, 944, 239, 239, + /* 1070 */ 492, 390, 13, 481, 240, 240, 190, 492, 50, 50, + /* 1080 */ 489, 474, 266, 239, 239, 481, 489, 210, 209, 208, + /* 1090 */ 476, 894, 34, 34, 241, 489, 455, 92, 92, 35, + /* 1100 */ 35, 485, 363, 894, 93, 492, 390, 494, 493, 92, + /* 1110 */ 92, 886, 408, 382, 492, 944, 93, 492, 390, 494, + /* 1120 */ 493, 1227, 1052, 886, 1348, 1004, 243, 36, 36, 492, + /* 1130 */ 419, 340, 340, 339, 228, 337, 38, 38, 728, 51, + /* 1140 */ 51, 492, 886, 886, 888, 889, 19, 261, 483, 749, + /* 1150 */ 1178, 52, 52, 265, 886, 886, 888, 889, 19, 1004, + /* 1160 */ 243, 264, 1177, 53, 53, 340, 340, 339, 228, 337, + /* 1170 */ 492, 379, 728, 1349, 497, 1063, 303, 719, 720, 721, + /* 1180 */ 262, 894, 123, 401, 492, 238, 184, 265, 22, 1143, + /* 1190 */ 427, 492, 10, 10, 191, 264, 749, 887, 84, 492, + /* 1200 */ 1339, 886, 140, 492, 1361, 142, 54, 54, 492, 364, + /* 1210 */ 148, 768, 767, 114, 114, 492, 127, 277, 28, 492, + /* 1220 */ 23, 55, 55, 239, 239, 40, 40, 956, 191, 956, + /* 1230 */ 56, 56, 886, 886, 888, 489, 140, 57, 57, 142, + /* 1240 */ 447, 41, 41, 280, 1317, 358, 84, 492, 1034, 195, + /* 1250 */ 261, 483, 1014, 492, 878, 413, 376, 217, 217, 492, + /* 1260 */ 775, 776, 225, 242, 311, 450, 306, 449, 212, 135, + /* 1270 */ 135, 492, 1316, 395, 302, 136, 136, 415, 391, 358, + /* 1280 */ 217, 64, 64, 492, 261, 483, 492, 218, 423, 760, + /* 1290 */ 386, 385, 492, 42, 42, 492, 850, 851, 1041, 1014, + /* 1300 */ 1015, 1016, 492, 1043, 492, 60, 60, 395, 115, 115, + /* 1310 */ 492, 1042, 890, 287, 61, 61, 492, 116, 116, 492, + /* 1320 */ 955, 492, 955, 1035, 117, 117, 113, 113, 492, 1174, + /* 1330 */ 1111, 492, 134, 134, 492, 1044, 492, 1044, 133, 133, + /* 1340 */ 492, 121, 121, 120, 120, 492, 286, 492, 479, 84, + /* 1350 */ 118, 118, 291, 119, 119, 176, 63, 63, 65, 65, + /* 1360 */ 890, 437, 62, 62, 213, 294, 296, 32, 32, 37, + /* 1370 */ 37, 1035, 300, 298, 940, 84, 841, 213, 805, 217, + /* 1380 */ 739, 96, 806, 125, 1126, 96, 1110, 305, 7, 314, + /* 1390 */ 315, 1186, 1226, 1161, 1172, 258, 478, 1232, 432, 1091, + /* 1400 */ 231, 1083, 1072, 1071, 1073, 1355, 174, 270, 189, 1158, + /* 1410 */ 341, 317, 279, 319, 321, 178, 1219, 417, 284, 482, + /* 1420 */ 182, 400, 334, 272, 323, 177, 1358, 1052, 1049, 220, + /* 1430 */ 71, 150, 442, 308, 67, 365, 1289, 70, 1109, 1288, + /* 1440 */ 411, 160, 82, 1216, 145, 403, 1294, 404, 25, 435, + /* 1450 */ 197, 201, 348, 26, 424, 152, 76, 430, 232, 203, + /* 1460 */ 155, 156, 157, 158, 1222, 1211, 164, 1305, 1208, 289, + /* 1470 */ 169, 293, 204, 346, 410, 433, 1074, 349, 205, 1283, + /* 1480 */ 451, 351, 1129, 1128, 1127, 378, 78, 1372, 1120, 352, + /* 1490 */ 760, 1371, 1099, 380, 81, 307, 1098, 1097, 1119, 467, + /* 1500 */ 1370, 458, 1169, 316, 461, 1170, 219, 318, 383, 1168, + /* 1510 */ 6, 320, 327, 256, 1269, 1167, 88, 257, 259, 111, + /* 1520 */ 1193, 322, 1192, 472, 83, 226, 1009, 1080, 470, 24, + /* 1530 */ 495, 227, 230, 331, 1151, 332, 330, 333, 496, 229, + /* 1540 */ 1069, 137, 1064, 1321, 1322, 1320, 124, 138, 254, 175, + /* 1550 */ 263, 1319, 188, 244, 122, 954, 179, 952, 870, 151, + /* 1560 */ 180, 139, 141, 193, 66, 153, 792, 278, 359, 196, + /* 1570 */ 968, 159, 874, 143, 367, 72, 161, 369, 73, 74, + /* 1580 */ 144, 971, 75, 198, 967, 199, 149, 132, 360, 14, + /* 1590 */ 200, 288, 1046, 960, 217, 429, 166, 202, 27, 730, + /* 1600 */ 165, 309, 434, 206, 301, 438, 167, 77, 15, 16, + /* 1610 */ 758, 443, 304, 79, 255, 146, 893, 771, 892, 446, + /* 1620 */ 920, 999, 80, 29, 457, 1000, 30, 460, 183, 235, + /* 1630 */ 237, 170, 835, 216, 96, 935, 84, 921, 840, 17, + /* 1640 */ 919, 923, 977, 924, 976, 18, 221, 222, 20, 31, + /* 1650 */ 488, 891, 740, 95, 338, 21, 1005, 335, 1062, 802, + /* 1660 */ 1062, 1062, 1062, 1062, 1062, 1062, 1062, 1062, 223, 1062, + /* 1670 */ 1062, 1062, 1062, 1062, 224, 1363, 1062, 1362, }; static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { /* 0 */ 251, 252, 253, 251, 252, 253, 196, 204, 175, 206, @@ -154002,7 +155626,7 @@ static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { /* 790 */ 247, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, /* 800 */ 100, 101, 57, 175, 138, 220, 221, 269, 16, 175, /* 810 */ 175, 197, 198, 219, 104, 105, 106, 232, 64, 273, - /* 820 */ 20, 220, 221, 23, 175, 16, 212, 16, 74, 189, + /* 820 */ 20, 220, 221, 23, 175, 16, 212, 21, 74, 189, /* 830 */ 190, 197, 198, 232, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 840 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 175, 104, /* 850 */ 105, 106, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, @@ -154011,83 +155635,83 @@ static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { /* 880 */ 19, 175, 269, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, /* 890 */ 98, 99, 100, 101, 33, 197, 198, 207, 197, 198, /* 900 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, - /* 910 */ 101, 175, 186, 212, 175, 104, 194, 175, 57, 213, + /* 910 */ 101, 175, 186, 212, 175, 23, 194, 175, 57, 213, /* 920 */ 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 89, 175, 16, 17, 177, - /* 930 */ 19, 179, 71, 197, 198, 175, 90, 175, 186, 197, + /* 930 */ 19, 179, 71, 197, 198, 129, 90, 175, 186, 197, /* 940 */ 198, 105, 81, 19, 33, 109, 220, 221, 197, 198, /* 950 */ 89, 20, 175, 19, 23, 21, 95, 96, 232, 197, - /* 960 */ 198, 222, 104, 102, 21, 104, 105, 106, 57, 233, + /* 960 */ 198, 222, 104, 102, 117, 104, 105, 106, 57, 233, /* 970 */ 109, 175, 220, 221, 175, 233, 140, 141, 142, 175, - /* 980 */ 9, 57, 71, 97, 232, 263, 207, 126, 127, 175, + /* 980 */ 9, 57, 71, 97, 232, 263, 139, 126, 127, 175, /* 990 */ 268, 57, 57, 197, 198, 24, 197, 198, 246, 221, /* 1000 */ 89, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 95, 96, 97, 123, /* 1010 */ 232, 40, 175, 102, 128, 104, 105, 106, 16, 17, - /* 1020 */ 109, 19, 175, 175, 115, 116, 117, 275, 28, 105, + /* 1020 */ 109, 19, 130, 175, 115, 116, 117, 275, 28, 105, /* 1030 */ 16, 17, 61, 19, 186, 33, 36, 106, 175, 105, - /* 1040 */ 105, 175, 175, 175, 175, 197, 198, 33, 244, 186, + /* 1040 */ 105, 175, 16, 175, 175, 197, 198, 33, 244, 186, /* 1050 */ 213, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 175, 175, 244, 57, /* 1060 */ 197, 198, 131, 197, 198, 197, 198, 57, 220, 221, - /* 1070 */ 175, 57, 129, 71, 220, 221, 12, 175, 197, 198, - /* 1080 */ 232, 233, 57, 220, 221, 71, 232, 115, 116, 117, - /* 1090 */ 242, 89, 197, 198, 175, 232, 233, 95, 96, 197, + /* 1070 */ 175, 57, 19, 71, 220, 221, 12, 175, 197, 198, + /* 1080 */ 232, 233, 175, 220, 221, 71, 232, 115, 116, 117, + /* 1090 */ 242, 89, 197, 198, 19, 232, 233, 95, 96, 197, /* 1100 */ 198, 189, 190, 89, 102, 175, 104, 105, 106, 95, - /* 1110 */ 96, 109, 175, 244, 175, 105, 102, 175, 104, 105, + /* 1110 */ 96, 109, 59, 244, 175, 105, 102, 175, 104, 105, /* 1120 */ 106, 175, 58, 109, 0, 1, 2, 197, 198, 175, - /* 1130 */ 105, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 197, 198, 14, 197, + /* 1130 */ 104, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 197, 198, 14, 197, /* 1140 */ 198, 175, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 126, 127, 57, - /* 1150 */ 19, 197, 198, 29, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 1, + /* 1150 */ 175, 197, 198, 29, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 1, /* 1160 */ 2, 37, 175, 197, 198, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, /* 1170 */ 175, 16, 14, 170, 171, 172, 21, 4, 5, 6, /* 1180 */ 177, 89, 179, 175, 175, 236, 237, 29, 19, 186, /* 1190 */ 244, 175, 197, 198, 70, 37, 104, 105, 23, 175, - /* 1200 */ 235, 109, 78, 175, 19, 81, 197, 198, 175, 276, + /* 1200 */ 175, 109, 78, 175, 129, 81, 197, 198, 175, 276, /* 1210 */ 277, 108, 109, 197, 198, 175, 19, 175, 21, 175, /* 1220 */ 51, 197, 198, 220, 221, 197, 198, 140, 70, 142, /* 1230 */ 197, 198, 140, 141, 142, 232, 78, 197, 198, 81, - /* 1240 */ 85, 197, 198, 20, 59, 121, 23, 175, 23, 246, - /* 1250 */ 126, 127, 57, 175, 20, 117, 101, 23, 20, 175, - /* 1260 */ 129, 23, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 197, - /* 1270 */ 198, 175, 175, 149, 119, 197, 198, 139, 275, 121, - /* 1280 */ 175, 197, 198, 175, 126, 127, 175, 21, 175, 114, - /* 1290 */ 95, 96, 175, 197, 198, 175, 4, 5, 103, 104, + /* 1240 */ 85, 197, 198, 20, 175, 121, 23, 175, 23, 246, + /* 1250 */ 126, 127, 57, 175, 20, 20, 101, 23, 23, 175, + /* 1260 */ 4, 5, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 197, + /* 1270 */ 198, 175, 175, 149, 119, 197, 198, 20, 275, 121, + /* 1280 */ 23, 197, 198, 175, 126, 127, 175, 21, 175, 114, + /* 1290 */ 95, 96, 175, 197, 198, 175, 83, 84, 103, 104, /* 1300 */ 105, 106, 175, 108, 175, 197, 198, 149, 197, 198, - /* 1310 */ 175, 116, 83, 84, 197, 198, 175, 197, 198, 175, + /* 1310 */ 175, 116, 57, 175, 197, 198, 175, 197, 198, 175, /* 1320 */ 140, 175, 142, 57, 197, 198, 197, 198, 175, 175, - /* 1330 */ 265, 175, 197, 198, 175, 140, 175, 142, 197, 198, - /* 1340 */ 175, 197, 198, 197, 198, 175, 20, 175, 223, 23, + /* 1330 */ 207, 175, 197, 198, 175, 140, 175, 142, 197, 198, + /* 1340 */ 175, 197, 198, 197, 198, 175, 20, 175, 217, 23, /* 1350 */ 197, 198, 175, 197, 198, 130, 197, 198, 197, 198, - /* 1360 */ 217, 20, 197, 198, 23, 175, 175, 197, 198, 197, + /* 1360 */ 105, 20, 197, 198, 23, 175, 175, 197, 198, 197, /* 1370 */ 198, 105, 20, 175, 20, 23, 20, 23, 20, 23, - /* 1380 */ 20, 23, 20, 23, 20, 23, 175, 23, 175, 175, - /* 1390 */ 175, 175, 175, 175, 175, 175, 175, 175, 264, 175, - /* 1400 */ 195, 175, 175, 175, 173, 175, 235, 224, 227, 235, - /* 1410 */ 274, 235, 270, 235, 227, 227, 210, 270, 239, 257, - /* 1420 */ 226, 239, 178, 239, 224, 58, 274, 35, 271, 129, - /* 1430 */ 182, 271, 138, 201, 103, 200, 200, 200, 19, 206, - /* 1440 */ 41, 137, 250, 15, 182, 249, 260, 15, 181, 250, - /* 1450 */ 249, 182, 181, 145, 215, 60, 267, 182, 181, 218, - /* 1460 */ 218, 218, 19, 218, 215, 215, 202, 227, 266, 182, - /* 1470 */ 181, 103, 182, 227, 227, 202, 181, 199, 227, 199, - /* 1480 */ 199, 19, 62, 114, 208, 199, 202, 205, 205, 201, - /* 1490 */ 199, 101, 199, 208, 103, 199, 241, 132, 240, 202, - /* 1500 */ 202, 241, 241, 240, 182, 240, 82, 19, 254, 241, - /* 1510 */ 240, 259, 259, 256, 182, 145, 136, 245, 133, 245, - /* 1520 */ 22, 135, 134, 185, 23, 10, 184, 176, 3, 227, - /* 1530 */ 231, 230, 229, 228, 188, 176, 280, 174, 194, 280, - /* 1540 */ 174, 194, 194, 194, 194, 174, 203, 19, 203, 188, - /* 1550 */ 195, 150, 195, 12, 88, 13, 277, 20, 20, 138, - /* 1560 */ 188, 127, 118, 130, 21, 17, 13, 132, 1, 130, - /* 1570 */ 139, 118, 59, 34, 138, 51, 118, 51, 51, 104, - /* 1580 */ 51, 31, 1, 129, 2, 19, 103, 68, 148, 68, - /* 1590 */ 38, 23, 75, 129, 103, 21, 17, 119, 113, 16, - /* 1600 */ 67, 67, 57, 19, 19, 19, 86, 20, 19, 21, - /* 1610 */ 19, 67, 34, 20, 20, 25, 20, 20, 23, 19, - /* 1620 */ 21, 20, 19, 21, 129, 20, 20, 104, 19, 31, - /* 1630 */ 131, 23, 20, 23, 20, 31, 20, 20, 31, 20, - /* 1640 */ 20, 23, 19, 8, 19, 19, 1, 20, 20, 19, - /* 1650 */ 19, 129, 23, 123, 20, 12, 281, 281, 281, 281, - /* 1660 */ 129, 129, 281, 281, 129, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, - /* 1670 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, + /* 1380 */ 20, 23, 20, 23, 175, 23, 175, 175, 224, 175, + /* 1390 */ 175, 175, 175, 175, 175, 235, 175, 175, 265, 175, + /* 1400 */ 264, 175, 175, 175, 175, 175, 223, 226, 274, 235, + /* 1410 */ 173, 235, 270, 235, 235, 195, 227, 270, 226, 257, + /* 1420 */ 210, 239, 226, 239, 239, 224, 178, 58, 35, 129, + /* 1430 */ 138, 274, 201, 200, 271, 182, 200, 271, 206, 200, + /* 1440 */ 103, 19, 137, 250, 41, 15, 260, 182, 249, 15, + /* 1450 */ 181, 181, 250, 249, 182, 215, 145, 60, 182, 181, + /* 1460 */ 218, 218, 218, 218, 215, 227, 215, 267, 227, 266, + /* 1470 */ 19, 182, 181, 227, 227, 202, 182, 227, 181, 227, + /* 1480 */ 103, 202, 199, 199, 199, 62, 19, 205, 208, 202, + /* 1490 */ 114, 205, 199, 101, 103, 199, 201, 199, 208, 132, + /* 1500 */ 199, 202, 241, 240, 202, 241, 182, 240, 82, 241, + /* 1510 */ 19, 240, 182, 259, 254, 241, 145, 259, 256, 136, + /* 1520 */ 245, 240, 245, 133, 135, 22, 10, 185, 134, 23, + /* 1530 */ 184, 176, 3, 229, 231, 228, 230, 227, 174, 176, + /* 1540 */ 174, 188, 174, 194, 194, 194, 203, 188, 203, 19, + /* 1550 */ 150, 194, 12, 88, 13, 20, 195, 20, 127, 138, + /* 1560 */ 195, 188, 118, 21, 194, 130, 17, 13, 280, 132, + /* 1570 */ 1, 130, 139, 118, 59, 51, 138, 34, 51, 51, + /* 1580 */ 118, 104, 51, 31, 1, 129, 277, 2, 280, 19, + /* 1590 */ 103, 148, 75, 68, 23, 38, 103, 129, 21, 17, + /* 1600 */ 68, 119, 16, 113, 20, 67, 19, 19, 19, 19, + /* 1610 */ 57, 67, 21, 19, 67, 34, 20, 25, 20, 86, + /* 1620 */ 20, 20, 23, 19, 21, 20, 19, 21, 129, 20, + /* 1630 */ 20, 19, 131, 31, 23, 20, 23, 20, 104, 31, + /* 1640 */ 20, 20, 20, 8, 20, 31, 23, 19, 19, 19, + /* 1650 */ 23, 20, 20, 19, 12, 19, 1, 20, 281, 123, + /* 1660 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 129, 281, + /* 1670 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 129, 129, 281, 129, 281, 281, /* 1680 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, /* 1690 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, /* 1700 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, @@ -154103,11 +155727,12 @@ static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { /* 1800 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, /* 1810 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, /* 1820 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, - /* 1830 */ 281, 281, 281, + /* 1830 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, + /* 1840 */ 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, 281, }; -#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (495) +#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (497) #define YY_SHIFT_MIN (0) -#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1645) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1655) static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = { /* 0 */ 1158, 1124, 861, 861, 43, 1002, 1002, 1002, 206, 0, /* 10 */ 0, 87, 683, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, @@ -154122,47 +155747,47 @@ static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = { /* 100 */ 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, 1002, /* 110 */ 1002, 1002, 1002, 67, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 142, /* 120 */ 116, 160, 710, 441, 419, 508, 508, 710, 466, 466, - /* 130 */ 466, 466, 128, 165, 1, 1665, 1665, 1155, 1155, 1155, + /* 130 */ 466, 466, 128, 165, 1, 1678, 1678, 1155, 1155, 1155, /* 140 */ 666, 68, 386, 68, 68, 422, 422, 496, 172, 846, /* 150 */ 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, /* 160 */ 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, - /* 170 */ 710, 73, 599, 599, 1021, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1092, 836, + /* 170 */ 710, 73, 599, 599, 1021, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1092, 836, /* 180 */ 836, 334, 215, 442, 548, 439, 654, 745, 710, 710, /* 190 */ 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 646, 710, 710, 710, 710, /* 200 */ 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 754, 754, /* 210 */ 754, 710, 710, 710, 710, 931, 710, 710, 710, 934, /* 220 */ 710, 710, 971, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, 710, /* 230 */ 710, 909, 525, 161, 1266, 1266, 1266, 1266, 608, 161, - /* 240 */ 161, 886, 317, 1173, 1064, 474, 811, 811, 858, 474, - /* 250 */ 474, 858, 1175, 6, 607, 1000, 1000, 1000, 811, 30, - /* 260 */ 1225, 553, 1197, 1367, 1392, 1392, 1300, 1294, 1331, 1419, - /* 270 */ 1399, 1304, 1428, 1428, 1428, 1428, 1300, 1432, 1304, 1304, - /* 280 */ 1331, 1419, 1399, 1399, 1304, 1300, 1432, 1308, 1395, 1300, - /* 290 */ 1432, 1443, 1300, 1432, 1300, 1432, 1443, 1368, 1368, 1368, - /* 300 */ 1420, 1462, 1462, 1443, 1368, 1369, 1368, 1420, 1368, 1368, - /* 310 */ 1443, 1390, 1390, 1443, 1365, 1391, 1365, 1391, 1365, 1391, - /* 320 */ 1365, 1391, 1300, 1424, 1424, 1488, 1300, 1370, 1380, 1385, - /* 330 */ 1386, 1388, 1304, 1498, 1501, 1515, 1515, 1525, 1525, 1525, - /* 340 */ 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, - /* 350 */ 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 1665, 323, 529, 37, 284, 311, - /* 360 */ 972, 924, 800, 1169, 943, 1138, 1223, 1185, 1234, 1238, - /* 370 */ 1326, 1341, 1352, 1354, 935, 1103, 1292, 211, 1010, 1356, - /* 380 */ 1358, 1229, 1360, 1087, 1180, 1362, 1364, 1025, 1131, 1528, - /* 390 */ 1401, 1541, 1466, 1542, 1537, 1538, 1434, 1421, 1444, 1543, - /* 400 */ 1433, 1548, 1435, 1553, 1567, 1439, 1431, 1453, 1513, 1539, - /* 410 */ 1436, 1524, 1526, 1527, 1529, 1458, 1475, 1550, 1454, 1581, - /* 420 */ 1582, 1566, 1483, 1440, 1519, 1568, 1521, 1517, 1552, 1464, - /* 430 */ 1491, 1574, 1579, 1583, 1478, 1485, 1584, 1533, 1585, 1586, - /* 440 */ 1587, 1589, 1534, 1545, 1588, 1520, 1590, 1591, 1544, 1578, - /* 450 */ 1593, 1594, 1596, 1595, 1597, 1600, 1599, 1601, 1603, 1602, - /* 460 */ 1495, 1605, 1606, 1523, 1598, 1609, 1499, 1608, 1604, 1610, - /* 470 */ 1607, 1612, 1608, 1614, 1616, 1617, 1619, 1618, 1620, 1623, - /* 480 */ 1635, 1625, 1626, 1627, 1628, 1630, 1631, 1629, 1530, 1522, - /* 490 */ 1531, 1532, 1535, 1634, 1643, 1645, + /* 240 */ 161, 886, 317, 1173, 1064, 892, 858, 858, 1026, 474, + /* 250 */ 892, 1026, 1175, 6, 607, 1000, 1000, 1000, 858, 30, + /* 260 */ 1225, 553, 1197, 1369, 1393, 1393, 1300, 1292, 1337, 1422, + /* 270 */ 1305, 1403, 1305, 1430, 1430, 1430, 1430, 1300, 1434, 1305, + /* 280 */ 1305, 1337, 1422, 1403, 1305, 1403, 1305, 1300, 1434, 1311, + /* 290 */ 1397, 1300, 1434, 1451, 1300, 1434, 1300, 1434, 1451, 1377, + /* 300 */ 1377, 1377, 1423, 1467, 1467, 1451, 1377, 1376, 1377, 1423, + /* 310 */ 1377, 1377, 1451, 1392, 1392, 1451, 1367, 1391, 1367, 1391, + /* 320 */ 1367, 1391, 1367, 1391, 1300, 1426, 1426, 1491, 1300, 1371, + /* 330 */ 1383, 1390, 1389, 1394, 1305, 1503, 1506, 1516, 1516, 1529, + /* 340 */ 1529, 1529, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, + /* 350 */ 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 1678, 323, 529, 37, + /* 360 */ 284, 311, 972, 924, 800, 1169, 806, 847, 1223, 1053, + /* 370 */ 1234, 1235, 1257, 1326, 1341, 1352, 935, 1103, 1256, 211, + /* 380 */ 1010, 1354, 1356, 1213, 1358, 1087, 1180, 1360, 1362, 1255, + /* 390 */ 1075, 1530, 1400, 1540, 1465, 1541, 1535, 1537, 1431, 1421, + /* 400 */ 1444, 1542, 1435, 1549, 1437, 1554, 1569, 1441, 1433, 1455, + /* 410 */ 1515, 1543, 1438, 1524, 1527, 1528, 1531, 1462, 1477, 1552, + /* 420 */ 1456, 1583, 1585, 1570, 1487, 1443, 1525, 1571, 1532, 1517, + /* 430 */ 1557, 1468, 1493, 1577, 1582, 1586, 1482, 1490, 1587, 1538, + /* 440 */ 1588, 1589, 1584, 1590, 1544, 1553, 1591, 1533, 1592, 1594, + /* 450 */ 1547, 1581, 1596, 1598, 1600, 1599, 1601, 1604, 1603, 1605, + /* 460 */ 1607, 1606, 1499, 1609, 1610, 1534, 1602, 1612, 1501, 1611, + /* 470 */ 1608, 1613, 1614, 1615, 1611, 1617, 1620, 1621, 1622, 1623, + /* 480 */ 1624, 1628, 1635, 1629, 1630, 1631, 1632, 1634, 1636, 1627, + /* 490 */ 1536, 1539, 1545, 1546, 1548, 1637, 1642, 1655, }; -#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (354) +#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (356) #define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-259) -#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1372) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1373) static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { /* 0 */ 752, 1003, 848, 863, -147, 154, 307, 416, 255, -176, /* 10 */ -173, -251, -169, 397, 503, 505, 614, 634, 701, -167, @@ -154182,82 +155807,82 @@ static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { /* 150 */ -164, -49, 191, 202, 435, 267, 269, 487, 594, 504, /* 160 */ 635, 538, 804, 814, 613, 946, 649, 706, 739, 837, /* 170 */ 869, 286, 640, 912, 778, 933, 949, 259, -184, 137, - /* 180 */ 157, -143, 184, 325, 396, 472, 485, 489, 565, 760, - /* 190 */ 777, 847, 867, 882, 919, 182, 937, 1008, 1042, 1097, - /* 200 */ 1105, 1113, 1154, 1177, 1190, 1191, 1198, 1211, 559, 690, - /* 210 */ 779, 987, 1213, 1214, 1215, 223, 1216, 1217, 1218, 965, - /* 220 */ 1219, 1220, 1143, 1221, 325, 1222, 1224, 1226, 1227, 1228, - /* 230 */ 1230, 1065, 1134, 1125, 1171, 1174, 1176, 1178, 223, 1125, - /* 240 */ 1125, 1183, 1205, 1231, 1136, 1181, 1179, 1182, 1142, 1187, - /* 250 */ 1188, 1147, 1232, 1206, 1233, 1235, 1236, 1237, 1184, 1162, - /* 260 */ 1194, 1200, 1244, 1152, 1157, 1160, 1248, 1186, 1192, 1196, - /* 270 */ 1239, 1240, 1241, 1242, 1243, 1245, 1262, 1267, 1246, 1247, - /* 280 */ 1199, 1201, 1249, 1250, 1251, 1269, 1271, 1189, 1202, 1275, - /* 290 */ 1277, 1264, 1287, 1289, 1290, 1295, 1273, 1278, 1280, 1281, - /* 300 */ 1276, 1282, 1283, 1284, 1286, 1288, 1291, 1285, 1293, 1296, - /* 310 */ 1297, 1252, 1253, 1298, 1255, 1258, 1260, 1263, 1261, 1265, - /* 320 */ 1268, 1270, 1322, 1272, 1274, 1254, 1332, 1257, 1299, 1301, - /* 330 */ 1303, 1305, 1302, 1338, 1342, 1351, 1359, 1363, 1366, 1371, - /* 340 */ 1256, 1259, 1279, 1346, 1344, 1347, 1348, 1349, 1361, 1343, - /* 350 */ 1345, 1355, 1357, 1350, 1372, + /* 180 */ 157, -143, 184, 325, 396, 472, 485, 489, 565, 777, + /* 190 */ 882, 907, 975, 987, 1008, 182, 1025, 1042, 1069, 1097, + /* 200 */ 1113, 1138, 1154, 1177, 1190, 1191, 1198, 1209, 559, 690, + /* 210 */ 1123, 1211, 1212, 1214, 1215, 223, 1216, 1217, 1218, 1160, + /* 220 */ 1219, 1221, 1131, 1222, 325, 1224, 1226, 1227, 1228, 1229, + /* 230 */ 1230, 1133, 1136, 1183, 1174, 1176, 1178, 1179, 223, 1183, + /* 240 */ 1183, 1164, 1220, 1237, 1134, 1181, 1182, 1184, 1142, 1189, + /* 250 */ 1192, 1147, 1231, 1210, 1232, 1233, 1236, 1239, 1185, 1162, + /* 260 */ 1196, 1201, 1248, 1157, 1163, 1166, 1253, 1186, 1193, 1199, + /* 270 */ 1238, 1240, 1241, 1242, 1243, 1244, 1245, 1265, 1269, 1246, + /* 280 */ 1247, 1202, 1204, 1249, 1250, 1251, 1252, 1272, 1270, 1200, + /* 290 */ 1203, 1276, 1278, 1273, 1289, 1291, 1294, 1297, 1279, 1283, + /* 300 */ 1284, 1285, 1280, 1282, 1286, 1287, 1293, 1295, 1296, 1290, + /* 310 */ 1298, 1301, 1299, 1254, 1258, 1302, 1261, 1263, 1264, 1267, + /* 320 */ 1268, 1271, 1274, 1281, 1324, 1275, 1277, 1260, 1330, 1262, + /* 330 */ 1303, 1306, 1304, 1307, 1310, 1342, 1346, 1355, 1363, 1364, + /* 340 */ 1366, 1368, 1288, 1308, 1309, 1353, 1349, 1350, 1351, 1357, + /* 350 */ 1359, 1343, 1345, 1361, 1365, 1370, 1373, }; static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { - /* 0 */ 1404, 1404, 1276, 1058, 1164, 1276, 1276, 1276, 1058, 1194, - /* 10 */ 1194, 1329, 1087, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1275, - /* 20 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 30 */ 1058, 1058, 1203, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1277, 1278, - /* 40 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1328, 1330, 1293, 1213, 1212, 1211, 1210, - /* 50 */ 1311, 1181, 1208, 1201, 1205, 1271, 1272, 1270, 1274, 1278, - /* 60 */ 1277, 1058, 1204, 1242, 1256, 1241, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 70 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 80 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 90 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 100 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 110 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1250, 1255, 1261, 1254, 1251, 1244, 1243, - /* 120 */ 1245, 1246, 1058, 1077, 1129, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1343, 1342, - /* 130 */ 1058, 1058, 1087, 1247, 1248, 1258, 1257, 1332, 1358, 1357, - /* 140 */ 1294, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 150 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 160 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 170 */ 1058, 1087, 1083, 1083, 1058, 1338, 1164, 1155, 1058, 1058, - /* 180 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 190 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 200 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 210 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1160, - /* 220 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 230 */ 1352, 1058, 1306, 1143, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1162, 1144, - /* 240 */ 1142, 1154, 1088, 1063, 1396, 1207, 1183, 1183, 1393, 1207, - /* 250 */ 1207, 1393, 1104, 1374, 1099, 1194, 1194, 1194, 1183, 1273, - /* 260 */ 1161, 1154, 1058, 1396, 1395, 1395, 1169, 1294, 1216, 1222, - /* 270 */ 1132, 1207, 1138, 1138, 1138, 1138, 1169, 1074, 1207, 1207, - /* 280 */ 1216, 1222, 1132, 1132, 1207, 1169, 1074, 1310, 1390, 1169, - /* 290 */ 1074, 1284, 1169, 1074, 1169, 1074, 1284, 1130, 1130, 1130, - /* 300 */ 1119, 1058, 1058, 1284, 1130, 1104, 1130, 1119, 1130, 1130, - /* 310 */ 1284, 1288, 1288, 1284, 1187, 1182, 1187, 1182, 1187, 1182, - /* 320 */ 1187, 1182, 1169, 1197, 1197, 1279, 1169, 1058, 1202, 1188, - /* 330 */ 1200, 1198, 1207, 1080, 1122, 1355, 1355, 1351, 1351, 1351, - /* 340 */ 1401, 1401, 1338, 1367, 1087, 1087, 1087, 1087, 1367, 1106, - /* 350 */ 1106, 1088, 1088, 1087, 1367, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 360 */ 1058, 1362, 1058, 1295, 1173, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 370 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 380 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1227, 1335, - /* 390 */ 1058, 1058, 1333, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1174, - /* 400 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 410 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1392, 1058, - /* 420 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1309, 1308, 1058, 1058, 1171, - /* 430 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 440 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1102, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 450 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 460 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1199, 1058, 1189, - /* 470 */ 1058, 1058, 1383, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, - /* 480 */ 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1058, 1378, 1146, 1229, - /* 490 */ 1058, 1228, 1232, 1058, 1068, 1058, + /* 0 */ 1406, 1406, 1278, 1060, 1166, 1278, 1278, 1278, 1060, 1196, + /* 10 */ 1196, 1331, 1089, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1277, + /* 20 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 30 */ 1060, 1060, 1205, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1279, 1280, + /* 40 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1330, 1332, 1295, 1215, 1214, 1213, 1212, + /* 50 */ 1313, 1183, 1210, 1203, 1207, 1273, 1274, 1272, 1276, 1280, + /* 60 */ 1279, 1060, 1206, 1244, 1258, 1243, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 70 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 80 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 90 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 100 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 110 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1252, 1257, 1263, 1256, 1253, 1246, 1245, + /* 120 */ 1247, 1248, 1060, 1079, 1131, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1345, 1344, + /* 130 */ 1060, 1060, 1089, 1249, 1250, 1260, 1259, 1334, 1360, 1359, + /* 140 */ 1296, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 150 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 160 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 170 */ 1060, 1089, 1085, 1085, 1060, 1340, 1166, 1157, 1060, 1060, + /* 180 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 190 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 200 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 210 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1162, + /* 220 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 230 */ 1354, 1060, 1308, 1145, 1162, 1162, 1162, 1162, 1164, 1146, + /* 240 */ 1144, 1156, 1090, 1065, 1398, 1163, 1185, 1185, 1395, 1209, + /* 250 */ 1163, 1395, 1106, 1376, 1101, 1196, 1196, 1196, 1185, 1275, + /* 260 */ 1163, 1156, 1060, 1398, 1397, 1397, 1171, 1296, 1218, 1224, + /* 270 */ 1209, 1134, 1209, 1140, 1140, 1140, 1140, 1171, 1076, 1209, + /* 280 */ 1209, 1218, 1224, 1134, 1209, 1134, 1209, 1171, 1076, 1312, + /* 290 */ 1392, 1171, 1076, 1286, 1171, 1076, 1171, 1076, 1286, 1132, + /* 300 */ 1132, 1132, 1121, 1060, 1060, 1286, 1132, 1106, 1132, 1121, + /* 310 */ 1132, 1132, 1286, 1290, 1290, 1286, 1189, 1184, 1189, 1184, + /* 320 */ 1189, 1184, 1189, 1184, 1171, 1199, 1199, 1281, 1171, 1060, + /* 330 */ 1204, 1190, 1202, 1200, 1209, 1082, 1124, 1357, 1357, 1353, + /* 340 */ 1353, 1353, 1403, 1403, 1340, 1369, 1089, 1089, 1089, 1089, + /* 350 */ 1369, 1108, 1108, 1090, 1090, 1089, 1369, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 360 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1364, 1060, 1297, 1175, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 370 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 380 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 390 */ 1229, 1337, 1060, 1060, 1335, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 400 */ 1060, 1176, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 410 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 420 */ 1394, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1311, 1310, 1060, + /* 430 */ 1060, 1173, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 440 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1104, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 450 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 460 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1201, + /* 470 */ 1060, 1191, 1060, 1060, 1385, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, + /* 480 */ 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1060, 1380, + /* 490 */ 1148, 1231, 1060, 1230, 1234, 1060, 1070, 1060, }; /********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ -/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. ** If a construct like the following: -** +** ** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** ** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, @@ -154492,15 +156117,16 @@ typedef struct yyParser yyParser; #ifndef NDEBUG /* #include <stdio.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG -/* +/* ** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace ** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL +** by making either argument NULL ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> @@ -154525,7 +156151,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) /* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals ** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { /* 0 */ "$", /* 1 */ "SEMI", /* 2 */ "BEGIN", @@ -154962,7 +156588,7 @@ static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { /* 145 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt", /* 146 */ "where_opt ::=", /* 147 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", - /* 148 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", + /* 148 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt", /* 149 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", /* 150 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr", /* 151 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", @@ -155070,7 +156696,7 @@ static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { /* 253 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", /* 254 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", /* 255 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 256 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt", + /* 256 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt", /* 257 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt", /* 258 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt", /* 259 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt", @@ -155191,7 +156817,7 @@ static int yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ #endif p->yystksz = newSize; } - return pNew==0; + return pNew==0; } #endif @@ -155233,7 +156859,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserInit(void *yypRawParser sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL) } #ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new parser. ** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like ** malloc. @@ -155260,7 +156886,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE) sql /* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value ** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal ** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is -** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the ** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor ** directives of the input grammar. */ @@ -155275,7 +156901,7 @@ static void yy_destructor( /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. ** ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those @@ -155391,7 +157017,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFinalize(void *p){ } #ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for ** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** @@ -155517,7 +157143,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_find_shift_action( #endif /* YYWILDCARD */ return yy_default[stateno]; }else{ - assert( i>=0 && i<sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]) ); + assert( i>=0 && i<(int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0])) ); return yy_action[i]; } }while(1); @@ -155613,7 +157239,7 @@ static void yy_shift( assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) ); } #endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){ yypParser->yytos--; yyStackOverflow(yypParser); @@ -155789,7 +157415,7 @@ static const YYCODETYPE yyRuleInfoLhs[] = { 172, /* (145) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ 227, /* (146) where_opt ::= */ 227, /* (147) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ - 172, /* (148) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ + 172, /* (148) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt */ 247, /* (149) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ 247, /* (150) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ 247, /* (151) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ @@ -155897,7 +157523,7 @@ static const YYCODETYPE yyRuleInfoLhs[] = { 269, /* (253) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ 270, /* (254) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ 270, /* (255) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ - 268, /* (256) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ + 268, /* (256) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt */ 268, /* (257) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ 268, /* (258) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ 268, /* (259) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ @@ -156138,7 +157764,7 @@ static const signed char yyRuleInfoNRhs[] = { -6, /* (145) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ 0, /* (146) where_opt ::= */ -2, /* (147) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ - -8, /* (148) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ + -9, /* (148) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt */ -5, /* (149) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ -7, /* (150) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ -3, /* (151) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ @@ -156246,7 +157872,7 @@ static const signed char yyRuleInfoNRhs[] = { -3, /* (253) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ -3, /* (254) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ -2, /* (255) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ - -8, /* (256) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ + -9, /* (256) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt */ -8, /* (257) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ -6, /* (258) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ -3, /* (259) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ @@ -156363,8 +157989,9 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( (void)yyLookahead; (void)yyLookaheadToken; yymsp = yypParser->yytos; + assert( yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ); #ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + if( yyTraceFILE ){ yysize = yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno]; if( yysize ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s]%s, pop back to state %d.\n", @@ -156390,7 +158017,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)); } #endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){ yyStackOverflow(yypParser); /* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is @@ -156576,7 +158203,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);} break; case 37: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy244);} +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy244,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);} break; case 38: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ {sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy222);} @@ -156655,7 +158282,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);} break; case 66: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy244);} +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy244,yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} break; case 67: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ { @@ -156694,7 +158321,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 80: /* cmd ::= select */ { - SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy341, &dest); sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy341); } @@ -156829,7 +158456,8 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( {yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} break; case 100: /* from ::= */ -{yymsp[1].minor.yy475 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy475));} + case 103: /* stl_prefix ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy475 = 0;} break; case 101: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ { @@ -156842,9 +158470,6 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy475 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy475->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy475->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy475->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy222; } break; - case 103: /* stl_prefix ::= */ -{yymsp[1].minor.yy475 = 0;} - break; case 104: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ { yymsp[-6].minor.yy475 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy475,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy244,yymsp[0].minor.yy14); @@ -156923,7 +158548,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( } break; case 115: /* xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ -{ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy475 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy475 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy475->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } @@ -157016,11 +158641,12 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy475,yymsp[0].minor.yy244,0,0); } break; - case 148: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ + case 148: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist from where_opt */ { - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy475, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy475,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy244,yymsp[-5].minor.yy222,0,0,0); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy475, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,"set list"); + yymsp[-5].minor.yy475 = sqlite3SrcListAppendList(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy475, yymsp[-1].minor.yy475); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-5].minor.yy475,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy244,yymsp[-6].minor.yy222,0,0,0); } break; case 149: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ @@ -157266,7 +158892,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( yymsp[-4].minor.yy244->x.pList = pList; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - } + } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy222 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy244, 0); } break; @@ -157371,7 +158997,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 220: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ { - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy328, yymsp[-10].minor.yy222, &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy244, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy222, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pParse->pNewIndex ){ @@ -157466,7 +159092,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( } break; case 252: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ +{ assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy39!=0 ); yymsp[-1].minor.yy39->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy39; } @@ -157474,7 +159100,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( case 253: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " "statements within triggers"); } @@ -157493,9 +159119,9 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( "within triggers"); } break; - case 256: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ -{yylhsminor.yy39 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy328, yymsp[-1].minor.yy244, yymsp[-6].minor.yy222, yymsp[-7].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy386);} - yymsp[-7].minor.yy39 = yylhsminor.yy39; + case 256: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist from where_opt scanpt */ +{yylhsminor.yy39 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy475, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328, yymsp[-1].minor.yy244, yymsp[-7].minor.yy222, yymsp[-8].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy386);} + yymsp[-8].minor.yy39 = yylhsminor.yy39; break; case 257: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ { @@ -157513,7 +159139,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 260: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ { - yymsp[-3].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy244 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy244 ){ yymsp[-3].minor.yy244->affExpr = OE_Ignore; } @@ -157521,7 +159147,7 @@ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( break; case 261: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ { - yymsp[-5].minor.yy244 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); + yymsp[-5].minor.yy244 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy244 ) { yymsp[-5].minor.yy244->affExpr = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy222; } @@ -157844,7 +159470,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL /* A syntax error has occurred. ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". ** ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: ** @@ -158068,7 +159694,7 @@ static const unsigned char aiClass[] = { ** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just ** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need ** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics -** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. +** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. ** ** Used by keywordhash.h */ @@ -158100,7 +159726,7 @@ const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { /* ** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if -** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is ** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. ** ** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, @@ -158227,31 +159853,31 @@ static const unsigned short int aKWOffset[125] = { }; /* aKWCode[i] is the parser symbol code for the i-th keyword */ static const unsigned char aKWCode[125] = { - TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_REFERENCES, - TK_ESCAPE, TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_ISNULL, - TK_NULLS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DESC, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, - TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, - TK_ON, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_ELSE, TK_SELECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_RAISE, - TK_EXCEPT, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, TK_WITHOUT, - TK_WITH, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, - TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, - TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_BETWEEN, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, - TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, - TK_DELETE, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INDEXED, - TK_INDEX, TK_DEFAULT, TK_MATCH, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, - TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_ALWAYS, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, - TK_LIKE_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_AFTER, TK_RENAME, TK_AND, - TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, - TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, - TK_LAST, TK_FIRST, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIMIT, - TK_GENERATED, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_REPLACE, TK_INSERT, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROWS, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_UNIQUE, - TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, + TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_REFERENCES, + TK_ESCAPE, TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_ISNULL, + TK_NULLS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DESC, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, + TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, + TK_ON, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, + TK_LIKE_KW, TK_ELSE, TK_SELECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_RAISE, + TK_EXCEPT, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, TK_WITHOUT, + TK_WITH, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, + TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, + TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_BETWEEN, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, + TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, + TK_DELETE, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INDEXED, + TK_INDEX, TK_DEFAULT, TK_MATCH, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, + TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_ALWAYS, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, + TK_LIKE_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_AFTER, TK_RENAME, TK_AND, + TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, + TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, + TK_LAST, TK_FIRST, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIMIT, + TK_GENERATED, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_REPLACE, TK_INSERT, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROWS, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_UNIQUE, + TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, }; /* Hash table decoded: ** 0: INSERT @@ -158563,14 +160189,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char *zName, int nName){ ** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. ** ** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, ** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. ** ** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same ** end result. ** ** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. ** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. ** But the feature is undocumented. */ @@ -158610,12 +160236,12 @@ static int getToken(const unsigned char **pz){ do { z += sqlite3GetToken(z, &t); }while( t==TK_SPACE ); - if( t==TK_ID - || t==TK_STRING - || t==TK_JOIN_KW - || t==TK_WINDOW - || t==TK_OVER - || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID + if( t==TK_ID + || t==TK_STRING + || t==TK_JOIN_KW + || t==TK_WINDOW + || t==TK_OVER + || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID ){ t = TK_ID; } @@ -158632,8 +160258,8 @@ static int getToken(const unsigned char **pz){ ** ** SELECT sum(x) OVER ... ** -** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the -** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to +** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the +** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to ** grammar, then SQLite would always treat "OVER" as an alias, making it ** impossible to call a window-function without a FILTER clause. ** @@ -158677,7 +160303,7 @@ static int analyzeFilterKeyword(const unsigned char *z, int lastToken){ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* -** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. ** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ @@ -158834,6 +160460,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ } /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case CC_DIGIT: { testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); @@ -158855,7 +160482,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; } if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && - ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) ) ){ @@ -158938,6 +160565,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ #endif /* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no ** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'. Fall through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case CC_ID: { i = 1; @@ -158960,7 +160588,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ /* ** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is ** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs -** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into ** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that ** error message. */ @@ -159019,7 +160647,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( tokenType>=TK_WINDOW ){ assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_OVER || tokenType==TK_FILTER - || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW + || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW ); #else if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){ @@ -159090,7 +160718,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; - sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"", + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"", *pzErrMsg, pParse->zTail); pParse->zErrMsg = 0; nErr++; @@ -159112,7 +160740,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzEr #endif if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ - /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. */ @@ -159345,7 +160973,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; ** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single ** semicolon. ** -** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of ** a statement. ** ** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a @@ -159688,7 +161316,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ - /************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif @@ -159767,13 +161394,13 @@ static int (*const sqlite3BuiltinExtensions[])(sqlite3*) = { #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant -** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. */ SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; #endif /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns -** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } @@ -159837,13 +161464,13 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; /* -** Initialize SQLite. +** Initialize SQLite. ** ** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, ** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with ** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT ** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). +** sqlite3_open(). ** ** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, ** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. @@ -159868,7 +161495,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; ** without blocking. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMainMtx; ) /* The main static mutex */ int rc; /* Result code */ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ @@ -159896,7 +161523,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. @@ -159908,13 +161535,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ if( rc ) return rc; /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. - ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that + ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MAIN mutex. Note that ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. */ - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMainMtx = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); @@ -159932,7 +161559,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx); /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate @@ -159978,7 +161605,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; @@ -159993,14 +161620,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMainMtx); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMainMtx); /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but @@ -160196,7 +161823,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ - *va_arg(ap, int*) = + *va_arg(ap, int*) = sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(); @@ -160283,7 +161910,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); break; } - + /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is ** NULL. @@ -160405,7 +162032,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ /* ** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. ** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. @@ -160420,12 +162047,12 @@ static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ sqlite3_int64 szAlloc = sz*(sqlite3_int64)cnt; int nBig; /* Number of full-size slots */ int nSm; /* Number smaller LOOKASIDE_SMALL-byte slots */ - + if( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)>0 ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before - ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for ** both at the same time. */ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ @@ -160564,7 +162191,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)==SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); rc = sqlite3PagerFlush(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ @@ -160700,7 +162327,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq *p){ } /* -** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. +** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. ** ** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent ** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents @@ -160842,7 +162469,7 @@ static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ /* ** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. */ static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ int j; @@ -160869,7 +162496,7 @@ static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE ){ - db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0); + db->trace.xV2(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0); } /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ @@ -160909,6 +162536,36 @@ static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ } /* +** Return the transaction state for a single databse, or the maximum +** transaction state over all attached databases if zSchema is null. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_txn_state(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSchema){ + int iDb, nDb; + int iTxn = -1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return -1; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zSchema ){ + nDb = iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zSchema); + if( iDb<0 ) nDb--; + }else{ + iDb = 0; + nDb = db->nDb-1; + } + for(; iDb<=nDb; iDb++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + int x = pBt!=0 ? sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt) : SQLITE_TXN_NONE; + if( x>iTxn ) iTxn = x; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return iTxn; +} + +/* ** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database ** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and ** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared @@ -161028,7 +162685,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database ** structure? */ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); @@ -161056,7 +162713,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). + /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between @@ -161068,7 +162725,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(p)==SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ){ inTrans = 1; } sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange); @@ -161341,7 +162998,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ }else{ p->nBusy++; } - return rc; + return rc; } /* @@ -161372,9 +163029,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( ** be invoked every nOps opcodes. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), + int (*xProgress)(void*), void *pArg ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -161434,7 +163091,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ ** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except ** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is ** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( sqlite3 *db, @@ -161476,7 +163133,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( assert( SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE==SQLITE_INNOCUOUS ); extraFlags ^= SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE; - + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the @@ -161505,7 +163162,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( #else enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif - + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the @@ -161514,7 +163171,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==(u32)enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ if( db->nVdbeActive ){ - sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_BUSY; @@ -161589,7 +163246,7 @@ static int createFunctionApi( pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; pArg->pUserData = p; } - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pArg ); if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ @@ -161706,7 +163363,7 @@ static void sqlite3InvalidFunction( ** ** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then ** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. ** ** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they ** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. @@ -161739,7 +163396,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. +** is returned. ** ** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL ** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each @@ -161758,7 +163415,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), vo sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pTraceArg; db->mTrace = xTrace ? SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY : 0; - db->xTrace = (int(*)(u32,void*,void*,void*))xTrace; + db->trace.xLegacy = xTrace; db->pTraceArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; @@ -161782,7 +163439,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( if( mTrace==0 ) xTrace = 0; if( xTrace==0 ) mTrace = 0; db->mTrace = mTrace; - db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->trace.xV2 = xTrace; db->pTraceArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; @@ -161790,8 +163447,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. ** ** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL ** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of @@ -161925,7 +163582,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( ** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file ** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by ** wal_autocheckpoint()). -*/ +*/ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( void *pClientData, /* Argument */ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ @@ -162059,7 +163716,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( /* ** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points -** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are ** checkpointed. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ @@ -162073,9 +163730,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ ** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is ** not currently open in WAL mode. ** -** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this -** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If -** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is ** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** ** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex @@ -162244,7 +163901,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){ return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0; -} +} /* ** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the @@ -162261,7 +163918,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ */ static int createCollation( sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, + const char *zName, u8 enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), @@ -162269,7 +163926,7 @@ static int createCollation( ){ CollSeq *pColl; int enc2; - + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this @@ -162286,14 +163943,14 @@ static int createCollation( return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. */ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ if( db->nVdbeActive ){ - sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); return SQLITE_BUSY; } @@ -162304,7 +163961,7 @@ static int createCollation( ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need ** to be called. - */ + */ if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); int j; @@ -162453,7 +164110,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ ** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) ** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain ** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in -** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains ** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to @@ -162465,7 +164122,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ ** the value returned in *pzFile to avoid a memory leak. ** ** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release ** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -162473,7 +164130,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ - sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ ){ @@ -162496,7 +164153,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ u64 nByte = nUri+8; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; @@ -162514,7 +164171,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( /* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters ** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path. ** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters - ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a + ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a ** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */ if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; } }else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){ @@ -162526,7 +164183,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( iIn = 7; while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++; if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", iIn-7, &zUri[7]); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_uri_out; @@ -162534,8 +164191,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( } #endif - /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. - ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. + /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. + ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. ** ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending ** on the parsing context. As follows: @@ -162547,9 +164204,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( eState = 0; while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){ iIn++; - if( c=='%' - && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) - && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) + if( c=='%' + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) ){ int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4); octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]); @@ -162561,7 +164218,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ - while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' && (eState!=0 || c!='?') && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) && (eState!=2 || c!='&') @@ -162598,7 +164255,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; memset(zFile+iOut, 0, 4); /* end-of-options + empty journal filenames */ - /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() ** method. */ @@ -162634,7 +164291,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, - { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, { 0, 0 } @@ -162721,7 +164378,7 @@ static const char *uriParameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ /* ** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" ** is UTF-8 encoded. */ static int openDatabase( @@ -162774,12 +164431,12 @@ static int openDatabase( flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_WAL @@ -162788,7 +164445,7 @@ static int openDatabase( /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - if( isThreadsafe + if( isThreadsafe #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex #endif @@ -162831,7 +164488,7 @@ static int openDatabase( ** ** SQLITE_DQS SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML ** ---------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -** undefined on on +** undefined on on ** 3 on on ** 2 on off ** 1 off on @@ -162911,7 +164568,7 @@ static int openDatabase( /* Parse the filename/URI argument ** - ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations @@ -162959,7 +164616,7 @@ static int openDatabase( db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); /* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp - ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. + ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. */ db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main"; db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; @@ -162998,7 +164655,7 @@ static int openDatabase( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS /* Testing use only!!! The -DSQLITE_ENABLE_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS=1 compile-time - ** option gives access to internal functions by default. + ** option gives access to internal functions by default. ** Testing use only!!! */ db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_InternalFunc; #endif @@ -163052,8 +164709,8 @@ opendb_out: ** Open a new database handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb ){ return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); @@ -163072,7 +164729,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** Open a new database handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, + const void *zFilename, sqlite3 **ppDb ){ char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ @@ -163111,9 +164768,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ @@ -163124,9 +164781,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDel)(void*) @@ -163149,9 +164806,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, + sqlite3* db, const void *zName, - int enc, + int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ @@ -163179,8 +164836,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -163200,8 +164857,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR @@ -163373,13 +165030,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ + */ if( pCol ){ zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0); zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; @@ -163429,7 +165086,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. */ rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); @@ -163489,7 +165146,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, vo } rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ + int nSave = db->busyHandler.nBusy; rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); + db->busyHandler.nBusy = nSave; } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } @@ -163600,7 +165259,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ /* ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) ** - ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures ** are benign. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { @@ -163698,7 +165357,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time - */ + */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; break; @@ -163706,7 +165365,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) ** - ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times @@ -163756,8 +165415,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS, int); ** ** Set or clear a flag that causes SQLite to verify that type, name, - ** and tbl_name fields of the sqlite_master table. This is normally + ** and tbl_name fields of the sqlite_schema table. This is normally ** on, but it is sometimes useful to turn it off for testing. + ** + ** 2020-07-22: Disabling EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS also disables the + ** verification of rootpage numbers when parsing the schema. This + ** is useful to make it easier to reach strange internal error states + ** during testing. The EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS setting is always enabled + ** in production. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.bExtraSchemaChecks = va_arg(ap, int); @@ -163776,7 +165441,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); ** - ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context + ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context ** pointer ptr. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { @@ -163866,6 +165531,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ sqlite3ResultIntReal(pCtx); break; } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT, + ** sqlite3 *db, // Database connection + ** u64 *pnSeek // Write seek count here + ** ); + ** + ** This test-control queries the seek-counter on the "main" database + ** file. The seek-counter is written into *pnSeek and is then reset. + ** The seek-count is only available if compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + u64 *pn = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_uint64*); + *pn = sqlite3BtreeSeekCount(db->aDb->pBt); + (void)db; /* Silence harmless unused variable warning */ + break; + } + + } va_end(ap); #endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */ @@ -163951,7 +165635,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char *p){ /* ** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks -** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. ** ** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() @@ -164079,11 +165763,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* -** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently +** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently ** being read by handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot ){ @@ -164101,7 +165785,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( int iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + if( SQLITE_TXN_WRITE!=sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), ppSnapshot); @@ -164119,8 +165803,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( ** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zDb, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -164137,10 +165821,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open( iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)!=SQLITE_TXN_WRITE ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); int bUnlock = 0; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt)!=SQLITE_TXN_NONE ){ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(pPager, pSnapshot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -164189,7 +165873,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + if( SQLITE_TXN_NONE==sqlite3BtreeTxnState(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); @@ -164222,7 +165906,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ int i, n; int nOpt; const char **azCompileOpt; - + #if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zOptName==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; @@ -164235,7 +165919,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); - /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is + /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is ** adequate. No need for a binary search. */ for(i=0; i<nOpt; i++){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0 @@ -164295,25 +165979,25 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){ */ #define assertMutexHeld() \ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)) ) /* ** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process ** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection -** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER +** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MAIN ** mutex is held. */ static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; #ifndef NDEBUG /* -** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following ** properties of the blocked connections list: ** -** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either ** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. ** -** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for ** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. ** ** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the @@ -164365,8 +166049,8 @@ static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 **pp; assertMutexHeld(); for( - pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; - *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked ); db->pNextBlocked = *pp; @@ -164374,20 +166058,20 @@ static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ } /* -** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +** Obtain the STATIC_MAIN mutex. */ static void enterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)); checkListProperties(0); } /* -** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +** Release the STATIC_MAIN mutex. */ static void leaveMutex(void){ assertMutexHeld(); checkListProperties(0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN)); } /* @@ -164428,9 +166112,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( db->xUnlockNotify = 0; db->pUnlockArg = 0; }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ - /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback - ** immediately. + ** immediately. */ xNotify(&pArg, 1); }else{ @@ -164456,7 +166140,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( } /* -** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement ** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED ** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available ** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. @@ -164472,7 +166156,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ /* ** This function is called when -** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held ** by database connection db have been released. ** ** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections @@ -164498,7 +166182,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ aArg = aStatic; - enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MAIN mutex */ /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ @@ -164532,7 +166216,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ }else{ /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the - ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. ** ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error @@ -164540,17 +166224,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait - ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never ** arrive. ** ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and - ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of ** context pointers the application will receive two or more ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will - ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the ** circumstances. */ @@ -164581,11 +166265,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); } sqlite3_free(aDyn); - leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MAIN mutex */ } /* -** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is ** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -164662,7 +166346,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ ** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a ** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. ** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. -** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first ** word of the document has a position of 0. ** ** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time @@ -164687,7 +166371,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ ** ** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in ** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream -** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur ** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals ** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. ** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more @@ -164711,7 +166395,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ ** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and ** a doclist consists of one or more document records. ** -** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an ** array of varint-encoded docids. ** **** Segment leaf nodes **** @@ -164907,7 +166591,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ #ifndef _FTSINT_H #define _FTSINT_H -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif @@ -164930,7 +166614,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ /* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE -/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 #endif @@ -164974,7 +166658,7 @@ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 ** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to ** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the ** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer -** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an ** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to ** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). ** @@ -165006,7 +166690,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". ** - ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by @@ -165027,7 +166711,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { /* ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid - ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). */ int (*xOpen)( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ @@ -165036,7 +166720,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ); /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). */ int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); @@ -165047,7 +166731,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. ** - ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is @@ -165059,7 +166743,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call - ** to xNext() or xClose(). + ** to xNext() or xClose(). */ /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes @@ -165077,7 +166761,7 @@ struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. */ - /* + /* ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. */ int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); @@ -165146,7 +166830,7 @@ struct Fts3Hash { } *ht; }; -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really @@ -165165,10 +166849,10 @@ struct Fts3HashElem { ** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case ** is respected in comparisons. ** -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. ** memcmp() is used to compare keys. ** -** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. */ #define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 #define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 @@ -165221,7 +166905,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi /* ** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree -** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform +** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform ** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large ** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts ** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). @@ -165239,11 +166923,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi #define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* -** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the ** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is ** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction ** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. -** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new ** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. */ #define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) @@ -165274,7 +166958,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi /* ** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms ** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored -** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** ** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the ** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index @@ -165282,8 +166966,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi ** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels ** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. ** -** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In -** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least ** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ #define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 @@ -165301,11 +166985,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const voi ** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. */ #define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ -#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ /* ** The assert_fts3_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it -** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be +** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be ** guranteed that the database is not corrupt. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) @@ -165317,7 +167001,7 @@ SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt; /* ** This section provides definitions to allow the -** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the ** amalgamation. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION @@ -165355,7 +167039,7 @@ typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ /* ** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif @@ -165373,6 +167057,8 @@ typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#define deliberate_fall_through + #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -165418,8 +167104,8 @@ struct Fts3Table { u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ int bLock; /* Used to prevent recursive content= tbls */ - /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these - ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */ @@ -165437,8 +167123,8 @@ struct Fts3Table { char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ - /* - ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index + /* + ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. @@ -165448,10 +167134,10 @@ struct Fts3Table { ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. ** - ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the + ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash - ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most + ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most ** recently inserted record. */ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ @@ -165534,10 +167220,10 @@ struct Fts3Cursor { ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); ** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; -** +** ** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", ** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, -** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" +** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" ** indicating that all columns should be searched, ** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. */ @@ -165596,8 +167282,8 @@ struct Fts3Phrase { char *pOrPoslist; i64 iOrDocid; - /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing - ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ @@ -165607,10 +167293,10 @@ struct Fts3Phrase { /* ** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. ** -** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist -** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results -** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial -** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this ** buffer. ** ** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global @@ -165622,7 +167308,7 @@ struct Fts3Phrase { ** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance ** -** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed ** when the expression node is. */ struct Fts3Expr { @@ -165646,7 +167332,7 @@ struct Fts3Expr { /* ** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first -** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For ** example, the following: ** ** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" @@ -165703,7 +167389,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Ft SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); /* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ @@ -165770,7 +167456,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut); /* fts3_tokenizer.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); @@ -165806,7 +167492,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); @@ -165839,7 +167525,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); /* #include <stdarg.h> */ /* #include "fts3.h" */ -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE /* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #endif @@ -165864,7 +167550,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b) { assert( !b ); return b; } */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt = 1; -/* +/* ** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. ** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. ** The number of bytes written is returned. @@ -165910,7 +167596,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarintU(const char *pBuf, sqlite_uint64 *v){ return (int)(p - pStart); } -/* +/* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. ** The value is stored in *v. @@ -165919,7 +167605,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *pBuf, sqlite_int64 *v){ return sqlite3Fts3GetVarintU(pBuf, (sqlite3_uint64*)v); } -/* +/* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0] and ** not extending past pEnd[-1]. ** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. @@ -165946,7 +167632,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarintBounded( } /* -** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to +** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to ** a non-negative 32-bit integer before it is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ @@ -166005,7 +167691,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ - if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; while( z[iIn] ){ if( z[iIn]==quote ){ @@ -166041,14 +167727,14 @@ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ ** varint is part of. */ static void fts3GetReverseVarint( - char **pp, - char *pStart, + char **pp, + char *pStart, sqlite3_int64 *pVal ){ sqlite3_int64 iVal; char *p; - /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is ** clear on character p[-1]. */ for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); @@ -166135,7 +167821,7 @@ static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ /* Drop the shadow tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';" @@ -166161,7 +167847,7 @@ static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() ** and xCreate() methods. ** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ @@ -166184,7 +167870,7 @@ static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid ); if( !zCols || !zSql ){ @@ -166203,7 +167889,7 @@ static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ ** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, + fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName @@ -166239,9 +167925,9 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); } if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - + /* Create the content table */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols ); @@ -166249,11 +167935,11 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ } /* Create other tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" "level INTEGER," "idx INTEGER," @@ -166266,7 +167952,7 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ p->zDb, p->zName ); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); @@ -166281,7 +167967,7 @@ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ /* ** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. ** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ @@ -166290,7 +167976,7 @@ static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ int rc; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ - + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -166316,11 +168002,11 @@ static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ ** ** <key> = <value> ** -** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> ** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not. */ static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( - const char *z, + const char *z, int *pnKey, char **pzValue ){ @@ -166397,7 +168083,7 @@ static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ } /* -** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that ** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: ** ** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ... @@ -166448,7 +168134,7 @@ static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); } } - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", p->zDb, (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") @@ -166463,7 +168149,7 @@ static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ ** ** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark ** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed -** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three ** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: ** ** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" @@ -166516,11 +168202,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadInt(const char *z, int *pnOut){ /* ** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer -** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then ** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of ** the integer value. ** -** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. ** ** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and ** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. @@ -166639,7 +168325,7 @@ static int fts3ContentColumns( char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ + char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); @@ -166781,9 +168467,9 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( char *zVal; /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */ - if( !pTokenizer + if( !pTokenizer && strlen(z)>8 - && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); @@ -166843,8 +168529,8 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( break; case 4: /* ORDER */ - if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) - && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -166895,17 +168581,17 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ - sqlite3_free(zCompress); - sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zCompress = 0; zUncompress = 0; if( nCol==0 ){ - sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); + sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); aCol = 0; rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr); /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id - ** column from the aCol[] array. */ + ** column from the aCol[] array. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ int j; for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ @@ -166992,7 +168678,7 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( /* Fill in the azColumn array */ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ - char *z; + char *z; int n = 0; z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n); if( n>0 ){ @@ -167011,7 +168697,7 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){ char *zNot = azNotindexed[i]; if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot) - && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) ){ p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; sqlite3_free(zNot); @@ -167035,7 +168721,7 @@ static int fts3InitVtab( p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. */ if( isCreate ){ @@ -167135,11 +168821,11 @@ static void fts3SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ #endif } -/* +/* ** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There ** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: ** -** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. ** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. ** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. */ @@ -167158,7 +168844,7 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ } /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, - ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient ** strategy is possible. */ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; @@ -167194,12 +168880,12 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ ** ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct - ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting - ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested ** context" error. */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; @@ -167208,7 +168894,7 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ } /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 ){ iLangidCons = i; @@ -167236,22 +168922,22 @@ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ if( iCons>=0 ){ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; - } + } if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } + } if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } + } if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } + } /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or - ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. */ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; @@ -167278,7 +168964,7 @@ static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the - ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); @@ -167370,7 +169056,7 @@ static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row ** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return -** SQLITE_OK on success. +** SQLITE_OK on success. */ static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -167406,7 +169092,7 @@ static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching -** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this ** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is ** passed in zTerm/nTerm. ** @@ -167436,9 +169122,9 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ int nBuffer = 0; /* Total term size */ - /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree - ** node into variable iChild. + ** node into variable iChild. ** ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a @@ -167454,12 +169140,12 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( if( zCsr>zEnd ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } - + while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){ int cmp; /* memcmp() result */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */ int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */ - + /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand ** the size of zBuffer if required. */ if( !isFirstTerm ){ @@ -167471,7 +169157,7 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( } isFirstTerm = 0; zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix); - + assert( nPrefix>=0 && nSuffix>=0 ); if( nPrefix>zCsr-zNode || nSuffix>zEnd-zCsr || nSuffix==0 ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -167494,8 +169180,8 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal - ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree - ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search ** iChild. ** ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then @@ -167531,20 +169217,20 @@ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( ** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term ** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. ** -** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the ** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. ** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the ** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified ** term is a prefix. ** -** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain -** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the ** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified ** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and ** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ +*/ static int fts3SelectLeaf( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ @@ -167596,7 +169282,7 @@ static int fts3SelectLeaf( } /* -** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 ** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. */ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( @@ -167604,17 +169290,17 @@ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ ){ - assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); + assert_fts3_nc( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); *piPrev = iVal; } /* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** first byte after the position-list. ** -** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for ** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this ** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in ** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. @@ -167627,12 +169313,12 @@ static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; char c = 0; - /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail ** of some other, multi-byte, value. ** - ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the ** last byte in the position-list. @@ -167654,7 +169340,7 @@ static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ } /* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. ** @@ -167705,7 +169391,7 @@ static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ ** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or ** (1)). ** -** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to ** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, ** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to ** point to the next value before returning. @@ -167735,7 +169421,7 @@ static void fts3ReadNextPos( ** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new ** column list. ** -** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before ** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes ** written (0 if iCol==0). */ @@ -167770,7 +169456,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); if( iCol1==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } @@ -167794,7 +169480,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). - ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte @@ -167803,8 +169489,11 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( */ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); + if( i1<2 || i2<2 ){ + break; + } do { - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); iPrev -= 2; if( i1==i2 ){ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1); @@ -167846,7 +169535,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistMerge( ** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the ** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists. ** -** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for +** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for ** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in ** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. ** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken @@ -167871,12 +169560,12 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); - assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + assert_fts3_nc( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ p1++; p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); } - if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ p2++; p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } @@ -167898,8 +169587,8 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( if( iPos1<0 || iPos2<0 ) break; while( 1 ){ - if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken - || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken + || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) ){ sqlite3_int64 iSave; iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; @@ -167934,8 +169623,8 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the - ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next - ** column-number in the position list. + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. */ else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); @@ -167964,14 +169653,14 @@ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( /* ** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument -** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression +** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression ** like: ** ** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2" ** -** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR -** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position -** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" +** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR +** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position +** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" ** in the example above). ** ** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those @@ -168011,7 +169700,7 @@ static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( return res; } -/* +/* ** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially ** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query. ** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details. @@ -168032,7 +169721,7 @@ struct TermSelect { ** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint. ** ** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning. -** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this +** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this ** function returns. */ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( @@ -168060,9 +169749,9 @@ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( ** end of the value written. ** ** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to -** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. ** -** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value ** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) ** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). ** @@ -168095,7 +169784,7 @@ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( /* ** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two ** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable -** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). ** Otherwise, (i2-i1). ** ** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are @@ -168106,7 +169795,7 @@ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( /* ** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all -** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the ** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist ** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be ** passed a non-zero value. @@ -168146,12 +169835,12 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in ** ascending order). ** - ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is - ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must - ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. @@ -168163,9 +169852,9 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( ** ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input - ** docids to grow. + ** docids to grow. ** - ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending ** order. */ aOut = sqlite3_malloc64((i64)n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1+FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING); @@ -168192,7 +169881,7 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } - + assert( (p-aOut)<=((p1?(p1-a1):n1)+(p2?(p2-a2):n2)+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1) ); } @@ -168215,7 +169904,7 @@ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( ** exactly nDist tokens before it. ** ** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, -** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending ** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. ** ** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. @@ -168361,7 +170050,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ int nNew; char *aNew; - int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -168405,15 +170094,15 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( ){ if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output - ** buffer using memcpy(). + ** buffer using memcpy(). ** - ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the + ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the ** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough ** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the ** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be ** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less ** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is - ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) + ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) ** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored ** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a ** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint. @@ -168443,7 +170132,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( char *aNew; int nNew; - int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -168454,7 +170143,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; - + aMerge = aNew; nMerge = nNew; if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ @@ -168471,7 +170160,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( ** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, Fts3SegReader *pNew ){ if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ @@ -168510,10 +170199,10 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ - /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling - ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these ** calls out here. */ if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex && p->iPrevLangid==iLangid ){ @@ -168547,10 +170236,10 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), - iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; @@ -168566,7 +170255,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( } /* -** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a ** single level therein. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( @@ -168582,7 +170271,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( ){ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL - || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); @@ -168608,20 +170297,20 @@ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */ ){ - return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, + return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr ); } /* ** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or, -** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which +** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which ** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write ** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually -** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() +** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. ** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs. @@ -168646,7 +170335,7 @@ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ bFound = 1; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; @@ -168656,7 +170345,7 @@ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ bFound = 1; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -168669,7 +170358,7 @@ static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( } if( bFound==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; @@ -168717,7 +170406,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelect( rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); while( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) ){ rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); } @@ -168746,7 +170435,7 @@ static int fts3TermSelect( ** ** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist ** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed -** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded ** varints. */ static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ @@ -168892,7 +170581,7 @@ static int fts3FilterMethod( assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, - p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, + p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, &p->base.zErrMsg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -168919,7 +170608,7 @@ static int fts3FilterMethod( (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); }else{ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); } @@ -168944,8 +170633,8 @@ static int fts3FilterMethod( return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); } -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -168957,7 +170646,7 @@ static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ return pCsr->isEof; } -/* +/* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 ** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The @@ -168969,7 +170658,7 @@ static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from ** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. ** @@ -169012,7 +170701,7 @@ static int fts3ColumnMethod( break; }else{ iCol = p->nColumn; - /* fall-through */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } default: @@ -169029,8 +170718,8 @@ static int fts3ColumnMethod( return rc; } -/* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by ** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be ** inserted, updated or deleted. */ @@ -169065,7 +170754,7 @@ static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead - ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input + ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input ** segments. */ const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ @@ -169075,8 +170764,8 @@ static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff ){ int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ @@ -169115,7 +170804,7 @@ static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ } /* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. +** Implementation of xBegin() method. */ static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; @@ -169171,17 +170860,17 @@ static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ /* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */ while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); - /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous + /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous ** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not ** have the 0x80 bit set. */ - while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ - c = *p--; + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; } assert( p==pStart || c==0 ); /* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit ** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then - ** over a varint. + ** over a varint. ** ** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return ** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes. @@ -169202,7 +170891,7 @@ static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ ** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. ** ** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size -** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the ** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error ** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The ** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. @@ -169247,7 +170936,7 @@ static void fts3SnippetFunc( assert( nVal>=1 ); if( nVal>6 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); return; } @@ -169255,9 +170944,13 @@ static void fts3SnippetFunc( switch( nVal ){ case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ @@ -169289,8 +170982,8 @@ static void fts3OffsetsFunc( } } -/* -** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This ** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. ** Example usage is: ** @@ -169399,10 +171092,10 @@ static int fts3RenameMethod( /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); - + /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is - ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction - ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method + ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction + ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. */ @@ -169493,7 +171186,7 @@ static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ */ static int fts3ShadowName(const char *zName){ static const char *azName[] = { - "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat", + "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat", }; unsigned int i; for(i=0; i<sizeof(azName)/sizeof(azName[0]); i++){ @@ -169541,7 +171234,7 @@ static void hashDestroy(void *p){ } /* -** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are +** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are ** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c ** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions ** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. @@ -169605,10 +171298,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) @@ -169624,11 +171317,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ } #endif - /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload ** the four scalar functions. If this is successful, register the ** module with sqlite. */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) @@ -169662,7 +171355,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ /* ** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed -** by pExpr. +** by pExpr. ** ** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of ** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple @@ -169672,7 +171365,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ ** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a ** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which ** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed -** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory ** doclist and then traversed. */ static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( @@ -169689,7 +171382,7 @@ static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( *pnToken += nToken; for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i]; - int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -169895,7 +171588,7 @@ static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; @@ -169920,7 +171613,7 @@ static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ #define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 /* -** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query +** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query ** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this ** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be ** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. @@ -169938,12 +171631,12 @@ static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be - ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of + ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ int bHaveIncr = 0; - int bIncrOk = (bOptOk - && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + int bIncrOk = (bOptOk + && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 @@ -169979,12 +171672,12 @@ static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ } /* -** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) ** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase ** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through ** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". ** -** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or ** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this ** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ @@ -170056,7 +171749,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( assert( nDoclist>0 ); assert( *pbEof==0 ); - assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert_fts3_nc( p || *piDocid==0 ); assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); if( p==0 ){ @@ -170064,7 +171757,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); }else{ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); - while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; + while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ *pbEof = 1; }else{ @@ -170088,7 +171781,7 @@ static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( ){ char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ char *pEnd; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ - + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; assert( pDL->aAll!=0 || pIter==0 ); @@ -170137,12 +171830,12 @@ struct TokenDoclist { }; /* -** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a +** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a ** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the ** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new ** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. ** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int incrPhraseTokenNext( @@ -170183,18 +171876,18 @@ static int incrPhraseTokenNext( /* ** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: ** -** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and +** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and ** ** * does not contain any deferred tokens. ** ** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate -** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. +** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to ** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is ** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. ** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( @@ -170212,7 +171905,7 @@ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( assert( p->bIncr==1 ); if( p->nToken==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList ); if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; @@ -170242,8 +171935,8 @@ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 - && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 + && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 ){ rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ @@ -170290,8 +171983,8 @@ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( } /* -** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to @@ -170310,7 +172003,7 @@ static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( if( p->bIncr ){ rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ - sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof ); pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; @@ -170370,7 +172063,7 @@ static void fts3EvalStartReaders( ** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong ** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or ** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered -** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in ** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. */ typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; @@ -170438,7 +172131,7 @@ static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( ** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** -** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating ** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount ** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in ** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus @@ -170448,10 +172141,10 @@ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost - ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. ** - ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of @@ -170483,7 +172176,7 @@ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ pCsr->nDoc = nDoc; pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); - assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } @@ -170492,11 +172185,11 @@ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ } /* -** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be ** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is ** called. ** -** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the ** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within ** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition ** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. @@ -170546,8 +172239,8 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 ); - /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order - ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: ** @@ -170558,7 +172251,7 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( ** ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist - ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. @@ -170574,8 +172267,8 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */ for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){ - if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot - && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) + if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot + && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) ){ pTC = &aTC[iTC]; } @@ -170584,7 +172277,7 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all - ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; @@ -170593,7 +172286,7 @@ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( pToken->pSegcsr = 0; }else{ /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the - ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from + ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; @@ -170706,7 +172399,7 @@ static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ ** ** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in ** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to -** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the +** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in the ** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, ** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to ** the position list associated with phrase "abc". @@ -170715,7 +172408,7 @@ static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ ** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this ** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. ** -** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit ** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in ** pPhrase. */ @@ -170729,8 +172422,8 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; int nNew; - char *p2; - char *pOut; + char *p2; + char *pOut; int res; assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); @@ -170741,10 +172434,12 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( ); if( res ){ nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; - assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); - assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); - memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); - pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + if( nNew>=0 ){ + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); + assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + } *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; } @@ -170777,19 +172472,19 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( ** ** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists ** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in -** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. ** ** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or -** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the ** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other ** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression -** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", ** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case ** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. ** -** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is ** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". -** +** ** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is ** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. */ @@ -170858,7 +172553,7 @@ static void fts3EvalNextRow( } break; } - + case FTSQUERY_OR: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; @@ -170898,9 +172593,9 @@ static void fts3EvalNextRow( fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ - while( !*pRc - && !pRight->bEof - && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } @@ -170925,14 +172620,14 @@ static void fts3EvalNextRow( ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR ** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. ** -** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR -** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists -** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. ** ** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each ** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those ** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR -** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not ** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not ** be edited if 0 is returned. */ @@ -170955,15 +172650,15 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ ** | | ** "w" "x" ** - ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. */ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK - && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ - Fts3Expr *p; + Fts3Expr *p; sqlite3_int64 nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ @@ -171010,12 +172705,12 @@ static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ /* ** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(). ** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the -** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr ** currently points to, or zero if it does not. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to -** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is ** undefined. */ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( @@ -171034,10 +172729,10 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) ); - /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), - ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize - ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. ** For example if this expression: ** ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' @@ -171049,8 +172744,8 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). */ - if( bHit==0 - && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ Fts3Expr *p; @@ -171082,7 +172777,7 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( default: { #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED - if( pCsr->pDeferred + if( pCsr->pDeferred && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; @@ -171096,7 +172791,10 @@ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( }else #endif { - bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); + bHit = ( + pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId + && pExpr->pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 + ); } break; } @@ -171138,7 +172836,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account - ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). */ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); @@ -171193,7 +172891,7 @@ static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to -** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental ** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. ** ** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is @@ -171236,11 +172934,11 @@ static void fts3EvalRestart( } /* -** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the ** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched ** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments ** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently -** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase ** expression nodes. */ static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int nCol){ @@ -171334,9 +173032,9 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; - }while( pCsr->isEof==0 - && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ @@ -171351,7 +173049,7 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( pRoot->bEof = bEof; }else{ /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending - ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the ** do loop can not be written: ** ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); @@ -171359,7 +173057,8 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); do { fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); - assert( pRoot->bEof==0 ); + assert_fts3_nc( pRoot->bEof==0 ); + if( pRoot->bEof ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); } } @@ -171367,10 +173066,10 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( } /* -** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase ** expression node for the following information: ** -** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of ** the FTS table (considering all rows), and ** ** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the @@ -171384,12 +173083,12 @@ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( ** ** Caveats: ** -** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output ** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other -** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each ** column of each row of the table. ** -** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred ** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering ** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. ** @@ -171427,14 +173126,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( /* ** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function -** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** ** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing ** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol -** of the current row. +** of the current row. ** -** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each -** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) ** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, ** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list ** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: @@ -171456,7 +173155,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( int iThis; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than + /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ *ppOut = 0; assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn ); @@ -171475,8 +173174,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ int bMatch; - /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, - ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid + /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, + ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ @@ -171524,7 +173223,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( (pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll)); while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( - bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof ); } @@ -171533,7 +173232,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ int dummy; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( - bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof ); } @@ -171609,7 +173308,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ @@ -171703,11 +173402,11 @@ static int fts3auxConnectMethod( */ if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; - zDb = argv[1]; + zDb = argv[1]; nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); if( argc==5 ){ if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ - zDb = argv[3]; + zDb = argv[3]; nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); zFts3 = argv[4]; }else{ @@ -171771,7 +173470,7 @@ static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; @@ -171784,14 +173483,14 @@ static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ - if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 - && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 ){ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } - /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ @@ -171872,11 +173571,11 @@ static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; - aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat, + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize ); if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) ); pCsr->aStat = aNew; @@ -171936,8 +173635,8 @@ static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the - ** start of a position list for column 0. - ** + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. @@ -172050,7 +173749,7 @@ static int fts3auxFilterMethod( if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pCsr->nStop = (int)strlen(pCsr->zStop); } - + if( iLangid>=0 ){ iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); @@ -172189,15 +173888,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ ****************************************************************************** ** ** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings -** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported ** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is -** hand-coded. +** hand-coded. */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* -** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been ** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between ** the new and the old syntaxes are: @@ -172206,7 +173905,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ ** ** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. ** -** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not ** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). ** ** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence @@ -172215,7 +173914,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the ** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable -** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to ** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can ** be tested using a single build of testfixture. ** @@ -172244,7 +173943,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; #else -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 # else # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 @@ -172262,7 +173961,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; /* ** isNot: ** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is -** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a ** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the ** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to ** zero. @@ -172281,7 +173980,7 @@ struct ParseContext { }; /* -** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. ** ** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it ** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed @@ -172297,7 +173996,7 @@ static int fts3isspace(char c){ /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, -** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, ** return NULL. */ static void *fts3MallocZero(sqlite3_int64 nByte){ @@ -172345,7 +174044,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); ** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this ** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is ** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated ** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation @@ -172399,8 +174098,8 @@ static int getNextToken( } while( 1 ){ - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ pParse->isNot = 1; iStart--; @@ -172420,7 +174119,7 @@ static int getNextToken( pModule->xClose(pCursor); } - + *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; } @@ -172442,7 +174141,7 @@ static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, sqlite3_int64 nNew){ ** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string ** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character ** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire -** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE ** containing the results. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the @@ -172467,7 +174166,7 @@ static int getNextString( int nToken = 0; /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, - ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. ** @@ -172476,7 +174175,7 @@ static int getNextString( ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: ** ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase - ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. ** ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. @@ -172561,7 +174260,7 @@ no_mem: } /* -** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr ** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** ** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM @@ -172597,7 +174296,7 @@ static int getNextNode( pParse->isNot = 0; /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or - ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. */ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ nInput--; @@ -172630,10 +174329,10 @@ static int getNextNode( /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close - ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. */ cNext = zInput[nKey]; - if( fts3isspace(cNext) + if( fts3isspace(cNext) || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 ){ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); @@ -172682,15 +174381,15 @@ static int getNextNode( } } - /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit - ** column specifier for the token. + ** column specifier for the token. ** ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was - ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the ** limitation. */ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; @@ -172698,8 +174397,8 @@ static int getNextNode( for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); - if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' - && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){ iCol = ii; iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); @@ -172744,7 +174443,7 @@ static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ } /* -** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query ** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently ** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary ** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence @@ -172774,7 +174473,7 @@ static void insertBinaryOperator( /* ** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function -** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched ** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the @@ -172806,8 +174505,8 @@ static int fts3ExprParse( if( p ){ int isPhrase; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot ){ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); @@ -172928,13 +174627,13 @@ exprparse_out: } /* -** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed ** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. */ static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ - if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ + if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; }else{ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); @@ -172949,12 +174648,12 @@ static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ /* ** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to ** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the -** new root expression node. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the +** new root expression node. ** ** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. ** -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and ** expression (*pp) freed. */ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ @@ -173069,7 +174768,7 @@ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ } pRoot = p; }else{ - /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array + /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ Fts3Expr *pDel; @@ -173111,7 +174810,7 @@ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ } } } - + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); pRoot = 0; @@ -173125,9 +174824,9 @@ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ ** differences: ** ** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. -** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the +** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the ** maximum allowable depth. -** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an +** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an ** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() ** in this case. */ @@ -173166,7 +174865,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - + return rc; } @@ -173185,7 +174884,7 @@ static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( ** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to ** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] ** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names -** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. ** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. ** ** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column @@ -173208,7 +174907,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr ); - + /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ @@ -173223,7 +174922,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( *ppExpr = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, - "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -173285,11 +174984,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ /* ** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use ** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, ** NULL is returned. ** -** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to ** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). */ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ @@ -173303,7 +175002,7 @@ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") ); @@ -173336,7 +175035,7 @@ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ } /* -** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the ** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** ** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...); @@ -173369,7 +175068,7 @@ static void fts3ExprTestCommon( char *zErr = 0; if( argc<3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 ); return; @@ -173447,15 +175146,15 @@ static void fts3ExprTestRebalance( } /* -** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() -** with database connection db. +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ int rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTestRebalance, 0, 0 ); } @@ -173519,8 +175218,8 @@ static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass ** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is ** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and ** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. @@ -173597,7 +175296,7 @@ static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some ** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: ** ** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a @@ -173657,7 +175356,7 @@ static void fts3HashInsertElement( /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail ** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. ** ** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. @@ -173702,7 +175401,7 @@ static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( count = pEntry->count; xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; @@ -173721,7 +175420,7 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; + elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } @@ -173749,8 +175448,8 @@ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( } SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( - const Fts3Hash *pH, - const void *pKey, + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, int nKey ){ int h; /* A hash on key */ @@ -173764,7 +175463,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); } -/* +/* ** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. @@ -173938,7 +175637,7 @@ static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int porterOpen( @@ -173991,7 +175690,7 @@ static const char cType[] = { /* ** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in ** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according -** to Porter ruls. +** to Porter ruls. ** ** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. ** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, @@ -174111,11 +175810,11 @@ static int star_oh(const char *z){ /* ** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem -** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the ** ending to zTo. ** ** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo -** is in normal order. +** is in normal order. ** ** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not ** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and @@ -174184,9 +175883,9 @@ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ ** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and ** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes ** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies. -** -** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not -** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just +** +** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not +** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just ** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII ** case folding. ** @@ -174231,11 +175930,11 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ } } - /* Step 1b */ + /* Step 1b */ z2 = z; if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( + }else if( (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) && z!=z2 ){ @@ -174274,7 +175973,7 @@ static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); break; case 'l': - if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) + if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) @@ -174562,7 +176261,7 @@ static int fts3TokenizerEnabled(sqlite3_context *context){ } /* -** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying ** hash table. This function may be called as follows: ** ** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>); @@ -174734,7 +176433,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer"); }else{ - (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; } sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } @@ -174754,7 +176453,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( /* #include <string.h> */ /* -** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers ** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This ** function must be called with two or more arguments: ** @@ -174766,9 +176465,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( ** ** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl ** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are -** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the ** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the -** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, +** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, ** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: ** ** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); @@ -174776,7 +176475,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( ** will return the string: ** ** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" -** +** */ static void testFunc( sqlite3_context *context, @@ -174871,8 +176570,8 @@ finish: static int registerTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p ){ int rc; @@ -174894,8 +176593,8 @@ int registerTokenizer( static int queryTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; @@ -174980,23 +176679,23 @@ static void intTestFunc( /* ** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of ** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must -** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy ** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** ** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** ** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above ** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is -** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header -** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both ** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. ** ** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name ** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( - sqlite3 *db, - Fts3Hash *pHash, + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *zName ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -175150,7 +176849,7 @@ static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int simpleOpen( @@ -175305,8 +177004,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( ** ** input = <string> ** -** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 -** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 +** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With ** fields set as follows: ** @@ -175375,7 +177074,7 @@ static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( /* ** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated -** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a +** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a ** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear ** to be quoted. ** @@ -175431,7 +177130,7 @@ static int fts3tokDequoteArray( ** and xCreate are identical operations. ** ** argv[0]: module name -** argv[1]: database name +** argv[1]: database name ** argv[2]: table name ** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name) */ @@ -175468,7 +177167,8 @@ static int fts3tokConnectMethod( assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1]; + const char * const *azArg = 0; + if( nDequote>1 ) azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1]; rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); } @@ -175511,16 +177211,16 @@ static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ - if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable - && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 - && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ pInfo->idxNum = 1; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; @@ -175751,7 +177451,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ ** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, ** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 ** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some -** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query ** code in fts3.c. */ @@ -175767,7 +177467,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ /* ** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they -** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end +** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end ** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer ** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. ** @@ -175784,10 +177484,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ ** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, ** if a query has a LIMIT clause). ** -** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD +** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD ** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. -** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values -** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful +** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values +** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful ** for testing purposes. ** ** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may @@ -175800,7 +177500,7 @@ int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold #else -# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) #endif @@ -175814,7 +177514,7 @@ int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; /* ** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic -** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for +** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for ** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production ** systems. */ @@ -175900,7 +177600,7 @@ struct Fts3SegReader { char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ - /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). */ char *pOffsetList; @@ -175945,11 +177645,11 @@ struct SegmentWriter { ** fts3NodeFree() ** ** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge -** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the ** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of ** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have ** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually -** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively ** little memory. */ struct SegmentNode { @@ -175970,7 +177670,7 @@ struct SegmentNode { */ #define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 #define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 @@ -176018,7 +177718,7 @@ struct SegmentNode { ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. ** ** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with -** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound +** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound ** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before ** returning. */ @@ -176042,7 +177742,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( /* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", /* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", /* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " @@ -176076,10 +177776,12 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC, 2 DESC LIMIT 1", /* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment -** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See +** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See ** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ /* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " - " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", + " FROM (SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' " + " WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC LIMIT ?" + " )", /* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY ** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ @@ -176091,7 +177793,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( /* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", /* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR -** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute +** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute ** level :1 with index value :2. */ /* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", @@ -176115,7 +177817,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( ** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ /* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", @@ -176131,7 +177833,7 @@ static int fts3SqlStmt( assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 ); - + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; if( !pStmt ){ int f = SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB; @@ -176236,7 +177938,7 @@ static void fts3SqlExec( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); @@ -176246,22 +177948,22 @@ static void fts3SqlExec( /* -** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive -** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before +** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive +** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before ** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then ** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing -** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or +** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or ** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command. ** -** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when -** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. -** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. -** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly +** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when +** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. +** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. +** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly ** instead of accessing them via FTS. */ static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( p->nPendingData==0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); @@ -176278,7 +177980,7 @@ static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ /* ** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). ** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the -** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS +** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS ** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative ** levels"). ** @@ -176288,14 +177990,14 @@ static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ ** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that ** can be used to query the %_segdir table. ** -** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 +** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 ** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index ** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index ** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. ** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. ** ** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of -** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index +** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index ** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). */ static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( @@ -176316,7 +178018,7 @@ static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( /* ** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through ** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, ** return an SQLite error code. ** ** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for @@ -176347,16 +178049,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( if( iLevel<0 ){ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); } }else{ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); } } @@ -176500,7 +178202,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( } if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ - /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. */ assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); @@ -176546,7 +178248,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with - ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and ** return early. */ if( zText==0 ){ *pnWord = 0; @@ -176577,8 +178279,8 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken ); - - /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too ** short for. */ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; @@ -176594,8 +178296,8 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } -/* -** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +/* +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to ** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the ** contents of the document with docid iDocid. */ @@ -176614,10 +178316,10 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms ** generate longer doclists. */ - if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid + if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid || (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0) || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid - || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData + || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -176629,7 +178331,7 @@ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( } /* -** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ int i; @@ -176654,9 +178356,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ ** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. */ static int fts3InsertTerms( - Fts3Table *p, - int iLangid, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ @@ -176719,7 +178421,7 @@ static int fts3InsertData( rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_int( - pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, + pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) ); } @@ -176746,8 +178448,8 @@ static int fts3InsertData( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } - /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the - ** new docid value. + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. */ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); @@ -176797,7 +178499,7 @@ static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ ** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the ** full-text index. */ -static void fts3DeleteTerms( +static void fts3DeleteTerms( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ @@ -176844,7 +178546,7 @@ static void fts3DeleteTerms( */ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. ** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting ** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned @@ -176853,17 +178555,17 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); ** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel ** ** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested -** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the ** allocated index is 0. ** ** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, /* Language id */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ - int iLevel, + int iLevel, int *piIdx ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ @@ -176911,7 +178613,7 @@ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( ** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The ** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not ** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated -** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the ** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set ** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. ** @@ -176990,14 +178692,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); p->pSegments = 0; } - + static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ int rc; /* Return code */ nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); rc = sqlite3_blob_read( - pReader->pBlob, + pReader->pBlob, &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], nRead, pReader->nPopulate @@ -177017,10 +178719,10 @@ static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !pReader->pBlob + assert( !pReader->pBlob || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) ); - while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate ){ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); @@ -177046,7 +178748,7 @@ static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ ** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegReaderNext( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, Fts3SegReader *pReader, int bIncr ){ @@ -177086,7 +178788,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); - /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf ** blocks have already been traversed. */ #ifdef CORRUPT_DB assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock || CORRUPT_DB ); @@ -177096,7 +178798,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( } rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -177112,12 +178814,12 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); - if( nSuffix<=0 + if( nSuffix<=0 || (&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - pNext)<nSuffix || nPrefix>pReader->nTerm ){ @@ -177148,7 +178850,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNext( pReader->pOffsetList = 0; /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the - ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. */ if( pReader->nDoclist > pReader->nNode-(pReader->aDoclist-pReader->aNode) @@ -177173,7 +178875,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ pReader->iDocid = 0; pReader->nOffsetList = 0; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, - pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof ); }else{ @@ -177189,8 +178891,8 @@ static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ /* ** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist ** associated with the current term. -** -** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then ** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list ** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). ** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset @@ -177233,22 +178935,22 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of ** the same offset list. */ while( 1 ){ - + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is - ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. */ while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; assert( *p==0 ); - + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p++; - + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the ** size of the previous offset-list. */ @@ -177259,7 +178961,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++; - + /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before @@ -177286,7 +178988,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, int *pnOvfl ){ @@ -177301,8 +179003,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; - if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) - && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_int64 jj; for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ @@ -177320,7 +179022,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( } /* -** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the ** second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ @@ -177479,7 +179181,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( }else{ /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in - ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. + ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. ** ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid @@ -177514,7 +179216,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( } /* -** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. +** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. ** Comparison is as follows: ** ** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. @@ -177585,7 +179287,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ /* ** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument -** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. ** ** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return ** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are @@ -177646,7 +179348,7 @@ static void fts3SegReaderSort( #endif } -/* +/* ** Insert a record into the %_segments table. */ static int fts3WriteSegment( @@ -177688,7 +179390,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. */ static int fts3WriteSegdir( @@ -177726,7 +179428,7 @@ static int fts3WriteSegdir( /* ** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and -** zNext, in bytes. For example, +** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** ** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 @@ -177750,7 +179452,7 @@ static int fts3PrefixCompress( */ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ + SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ @@ -177759,7 +179461,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( int rc; SegmentNode *pNew; - /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if + /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if ** this is possible. */ if( pTree ){ @@ -177771,7 +179473,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of + /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of ** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when ** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */ if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -177784,8 +179486,8 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when - ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, - ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. */ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); @@ -177829,7 +179531,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. ** ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for - ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree ** has no parent, one is created here. */ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); @@ -177854,7 +179556,7 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( pTree->zMalloc = 0; }else{ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } *ppTree = pNew; @@ -177865,8 +179567,8 @@ static int fts3NodeAddTerm( ** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). */ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( - SegmentNode *pTree, - int iHeight, + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild ){ int nStart; @@ -177879,15 +179581,15 @@ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( /* ** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the -** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of -** pTree and its peers to the database. +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. ** ** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, ** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is ** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no -** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3NodeWrite( @@ -177915,7 +179617,7 @@ static int fts3NodeWrite( for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; - + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); iNextFree++; iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); @@ -177961,7 +179663,7 @@ static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ */ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ @@ -178004,7 +179706,7 @@ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of + /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of ** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when ** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */ if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -178130,12 +179832,12 @@ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); } }else{ /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); } p->nLeafAdd++; @@ -178143,7 +179845,7 @@ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( } /* -** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the ** first argument. */ static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ @@ -178193,9 +179895,9 @@ static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, - int iIndex, + int iIndex, sqlite3_int64 *pnMax ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; @@ -178211,7 +179913,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ @@ -178240,7 +179942,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, (((u64)iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); @@ -178278,9 +179980,9 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegment( ** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large ** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, ** it: -** -** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with -** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third ** argument, and ** ** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir @@ -178312,7 +180014,7 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); } @@ -178334,7 +180036,7 @@ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( } /* -** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains ** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This ** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they ** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. @@ -178361,7 +180063,7 @@ static void fts3ColumnFilter( while( 1 ){ char c = 0; while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80; - + if( iCol==iCurrent ){ nList = (int)(p - pList); break; @@ -178442,7 +180144,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && j<nMerge && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid @@ -178485,7 +180187,7 @@ static int fts3SegReaderStart( int i; int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; - /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment @@ -178569,7 +180271,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() ** -** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in ** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ @@ -178591,6 +180293,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int fts3GrowSegReaderBuffer(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, int nReq){ + if( nReq>pCsr->nBuffer ){ + char *aNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = nReq*2; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ @@ -178617,9 +180332,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( do { int nMerge; int i; - + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array - ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. */ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; @@ -178641,34 +180356,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points - ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. ** ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ - if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm + if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) - || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) ){ break; } } nMerge = 1; - while( nMerge<nSegment + while( nMerge<nSegment && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode - && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) ){ nMerge++; } assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); - if( nMerge==1 - && !isIgnoreEmpty - && !isFirst + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && !isFirst && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) ){ pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; @@ -178713,7 +180428,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ - /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged ** doclist. */ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ @@ -178725,20 +180440,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( } nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); - if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ - char *aNew; - pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); - if( !aNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; - } + + rc = fts3GrowSegReaderBuffer(pCsr, nByte+nDoclist); + if( rc ) return rc; if( isFirst ){ char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; int nWrite; - + nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); if( nWrite ){ iPrev = iDocid; @@ -178758,6 +180467,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); } if( nDoclist>0 ){ + rc = fts3GrowSegReaderBuffer(pCsr, nDoclist+FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( rc ) return rc; + memset(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; rc = SQLITE_ROW; @@ -178788,18 +180500,18 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( } /* -** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT -** statement passed as the first argument. +** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT +** statement passed as the first argument. ** ** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field -** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated -** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock -** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, +** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated +** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock +** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, ** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. */ static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int iCol, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int iCol, i64 *piEndBlock, i64 *pnByte ){ @@ -178845,10 +180557,10 @@ static int fts3PromoteSegments( i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; - /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to + /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is - ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all - ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be + ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all + ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); @@ -178856,7 +180568,7 @@ static int fts3PromoteSegments( i64 nSize = 0, dummy; fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ - /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not + /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not @@ -178922,18 +180634,18 @@ static int fts3PromoteSegments( } /* -** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single +** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single ** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a -** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level +** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level ** currently present in the database. ** ** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one -** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. -** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, +** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. +** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3SegmentMerge( - Fts3Table *p, + Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ int iLevel /* Level to merge */ @@ -178977,7 +180689,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( }else{ /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to - ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); @@ -178988,8 +180700,8 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); assert_fts3_nc( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); - assert_fts3_nc( - iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) + assert_fts3_nc( + iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); @@ -179000,7 +180712,7 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break; - rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, + rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; @@ -179028,13 +180740,13 @@ static int fts3SegmentMerge( } -/* -** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. +/* +** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -179138,7 +180850,7 @@ static void fts3InsertDocsize( /* ** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, ** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus -** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the ** varints are set as follows: ** ** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. @@ -179223,7 +180935,7 @@ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( } /* -** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each +** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each ** iIndex/iLangid combination. */ static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ @@ -179264,7 +180976,7 @@ static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ ** ** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild'); ** -** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one +** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one ** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on ** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based ** on the contents of the %_content table. @@ -179344,9 +181056,9 @@ static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ /* -** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an +** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an ** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan -** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute +** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute ** level iAbsLevel. */ static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( @@ -179356,7 +181068,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ @@ -179411,7 +181123,7 @@ struct Blob { }; /* -** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree +** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree ** nodes (blocks). */ struct NodeWriter { @@ -179480,12 +181192,12 @@ static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ /* ** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to -** the next entry on the node. +** the next entry on the node. ** -** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). +** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). ** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node ** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to -** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output +** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output ** variables for the new entry. */ static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ @@ -179538,7 +181250,7 @@ static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ /* ** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. ** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to ** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code is returned. */ @@ -179587,7 +181299,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergePush( int nSpace; /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to - ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, + ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to ** be added to. */ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); @@ -179596,9 +181308,9 @@ static int fts3IncrmergePush( nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; - if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ + if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding - ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize + ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; @@ -179654,12 +181366,12 @@ static int fts3IncrmergePush( ** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint ** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. ** -** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a +** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a ** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal ** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. ** ** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first -** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the +** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the ** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a ** copy of zTerm/nTerm. ** @@ -179676,7 +181388,7 @@ static int fts3AppendToNode( const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ - int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ @@ -179751,7 +181463,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); pWriter->nWork++; - /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the + /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the ** parent must: ** ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written @@ -179816,7 +181528,7 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ - /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment + /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot ** will be 1. And so on. */ @@ -179834,17 +181546,17 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir - ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that - ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the - ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. - ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle + ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that + ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the + ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. + ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. ** - ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a + ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. ** - ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments + ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments ** table until we are sure it is needed. */ if( iRoot==0 ){ @@ -179872,7 +181584,7 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( /* Write the %_segdir record. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ @@ -179911,11 +181623,11 @@ static int fts3TermCmp( /* -** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is +** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is ** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before -** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. +** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. ** -** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite +** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite ** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. ** ** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it @@ -179933,14 +181645,14 @@ static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); } - + *pbRes = bRes; return rc; } /* ** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. -** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level +** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level ** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the ** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. ** @@ -179949,7 +181661,7 @@ static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ ** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required ** space pre-allocated), and ** -** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is +** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is ** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential ** output segment. */ @@ -180026,7 +181738,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( int i; int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; NodeWriter *pNode; - if( nHeight<1 || nHeight>FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT ){ + if( nHeight<1 || nHeight>=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT ){ sqlite3_reset(pSelect); return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } @@ -180043,7 +181755,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -180069,7 +181781,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -180095,13 +181807,13 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( /* ** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute ** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus -** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all +** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all ** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of ** *piIdx is undefined in this case. */ -static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( +static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ @@ -180120,7 +181832,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 ** with idx value iIdx. ** @@ -180134,7 +181846,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( ** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the ** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the ** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number -** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack +** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack ** variable nLeafEst. ** ** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment @@ -180143,10 +181855,10 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( ** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block ** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. ** -** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the +** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the ** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. */ -static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( +static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ @@ -180184,7 +181896,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries - ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify + ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify ** appendable segments. */ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; @@ -180201,13 +181913,13 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( } /* -** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the +** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the ** following two statements: ** ** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx ** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx ** -** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE +** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE ** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated ** idx values. */ @@ -180332,8 +182044,8 @@ static int fts3TruncateNode( pNew->n = 0; /* Populate new node buffer */ - for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); - rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) ){ if( pNew->n==0 ){ @@ -180360,7 +182072,7 @@ static int fts3TruncateNode( } /* -** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute +** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute ** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments ** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables. @@ -180484,9 +182196,9 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( } *pnRem = 0; }else{ - /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this + /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place - ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ + ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); @@ -180522,7 +182234,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ } /* -** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one +** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one ** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. ** ** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat @@ -180559,7 +182271,7 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry -** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments +** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments ** and the number of input segments. ** ** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, @@ -180580,7 +182292,7 @@ static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( /* ** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint -** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and +** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and ** *pnInput before returning. ** ** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does @@ -180610,10 +182322,10 @@ static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ /* ** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. ** -** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments -** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest -** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains -** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to +** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments +** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest +** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains +** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to ** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ @@ -180644,7 +182356,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and - ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, + ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, ** set nSeg to -1. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); @@ -180660,7 +182372,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal - ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this + ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ @@ -180672,9 +182384,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ /* Based on the scan in the block above, it is known that there ** are no levels with a relative level smaller than that of - ** iAbsLevel with more than nSeg segments, or if nSeg is -1, + ** iAbsLevel with more than nSeg segments, or if nSeg is -1, ** no levels with more than nMin segments. Use this to limit the - ** value of nHintSeg to avoid a large memory allocation in case the + ** value of nHintSeg to avoid a large memory allocation in case the ** merge-hint is corrupt*/ iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; nSeg = MIN(MAX(nMin,nSeg), nHintSeg); @@ -180698,11 +182410,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ break; } - /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg - ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using + /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg + ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is - ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop + ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop ** to start work on some other level. */ memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; @@ -180790,7 +182502,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ ** the integer. ** ** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge= -** commands. +** commands. */ static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ const char *z = *pz; @@ -180985,7 +182697,7 @@ static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex( ** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk ** to false before returning. ** -** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error +** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error ** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case. */ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ @@ -181016,7 +182728,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; char *zSql; - + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; @@ -181075,7 +182787,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ ** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the ** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. ** -** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite +** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite ** error code. ** ** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token @@ -181084,7 +182796,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ ** ** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix ** index etc.), -** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, +** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, ** + The language-id of the row it appears in, ** + The docid of the row it appears in, ** + The column it appears in, and @@ -181095,7 +182807,7 @@ static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ ** ** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: ** -** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and +** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and ** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. ** ** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have @@ -181116,7 +182828,7 @@ static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( ** ** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)" ** -** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only +** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only ** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. */ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ @@ -181174,7 +182886,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ } /* -** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to +** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to ** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ @@ -181202,14 +182914,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ - + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; - + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); - + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); @@ -181250,8 +182962,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( - Fts3DeferredToken *p, - char **ppData, + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, int *pnData ){ char *pRet; @@ -181271,7 +182983,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; *ppData = pRet; - + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); return SQLITE_OK; } @@ -181291,7 +183003,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( } memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); pDeferred->pToken = pToken; - pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; + pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; pDeferred->iCol = iCol; pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; @@ -181308,8 +183020,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( ** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. */ static int fts3DeleteByRowid( - Fts3Table *p, - sqlite3_value *pRowid, + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ u32 *aSzDel ){ @@ -181347,14 +183059,14 @@ static int fts3DeleteByRowid( ** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual ** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: ** -** CREATE TABLE <table name>( +** CREATE TABLE <table name>( ** <user columns>, -** <table name> HIDDEN, -** docid HIDDEN, +** <table name> HIDDEN, +** docid HIDDEN, ** <langid> HIDDEN ** ); ** -** +** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ @@ -181374,7 +183086,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - assert( + assert( nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ ); @@ -181383,9 +183095,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( ** ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); */ - if( nArg>1 - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); goto update_out; @@ -181424,24 +183136,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( pNewRowid = apVal[1]; } - if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) )){ /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be - ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any - ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. ** - ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. ** ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot - ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this - ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). */ @@ -181462,7 +183174,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); } - + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); @@ -181495,10 +183207,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, -** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if -** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. +** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if +** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; @@ -181554,7 +183266,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ /* -** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). +** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" @@ -181571,7 +183283,7 @@ struct LoadDoclistCtx { }; /* -** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the +** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the ** fts3BestSnippet() routine. */ typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; @@ -181604,7 +183316,7 @@ struct SnippetFragment { }; /* -** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while +** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while ** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. */ typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; @@ -181675,8 +183387,8 @@ static MatchinfoBuffer *fts3MIBufferNew(size_t nElem, const char *zMatchinfo){ static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){ MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]); - assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] - || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] + assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] + || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] ); if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){ pBuf->aRef[1] = 0; @@ -181732,7 +183444,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ } } -/* +/* ** End of MatchinfoBuffer code. *************************************************************************/ @@ -181793,7 +183505,7 @@ static int fts3ExprIterate2( ** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. ** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. ** -** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, +** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, ** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for ** all eligible phrase nodes. @@ -181828,11 +183540,11 @@ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ /* ** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor -** pCsr. +** pCsr. ** -** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable -** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or -** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If +** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable +** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or +** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If ** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all ** matchable phrases of the expression. */ @@ -181862,7 +183574,7 @@ static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ } /* -** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two +** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two ** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater ** than or equal to parameter iNext. */ @@ -181931,7 +183643,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){ } /* -** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet +** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet ** iterator pIter. */ static void fts3SnippetDetails( @@ -182011,7 +183723,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ } }else{ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( - pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 + pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 )); } @@ -182019,14 +183731,14 @@ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ } /* -** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens +** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens ** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet ** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated ** by adding: ** ** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** -** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in ** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** ** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before @@ -182087,7 +183799,7 @@ static int fts3BestSnippet( } } - /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in + /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore. */ pFragment->iCol = iCol; @@ -182159,8 +183871,8 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( ** ** ........X.....X ** -** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the -** document so that there are approximately the same number of +** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the +** document so that there are approximately the same number of ** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there ** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: ** @@ -182168,8 +183880,8 @@ static int fts3StringAppend( ** ** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting ** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there -** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document -** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. +** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document +** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. */ static int fts3SnippetShift( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ @@ -182259,7 +183971,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ - + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ @@ -182299,7 +184011,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end - ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. + ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. ** Then break out of the loop. */ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); } @@ -182316,7 +184028,7 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, - ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. + ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){ @@ -182352,8 +184064,8 @@ static int fts3SnippetText( /* -** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a -** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single +** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a +** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single ** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the ** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that ** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). @@ -182439,11 +184151,11 @@ static int fts3ExprLHitGather( /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats -** for a single query. +** for a single query. ** ** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a -** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements -** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements +** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the ** current query. ** ** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This @@ -182459,7 +184171,7 @@ static int fts3ExprLHitGather( ** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase. ** ** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and -** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the +** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the ** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required ** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is ** not available for deferred tokens. @@ -182477,7 +184189,7 @@ static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb( /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the -** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the ** array that are different for each row returned by the query. */ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( @@ -182504,7 +184216,7 @@ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( } static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( - Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3Table *pTab, char cArg, char **pzErr ){ @@ -182529,8 +184241,8 @@ static size_t fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ switch( cArg ){ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: nVal = 1; break; @@ -182596,7 +184308,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( } /* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while +** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while ** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the ** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the ** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. @@ -182609,7 +184321,7 @@ struct LcsIterator { int iPos; /* Current position */ }; -/* +/* ** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has ** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. */ @@ -182646,16 +184358,16 @@ static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ pIter->pRead = pRead; return rc; } - + /* -** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. +** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. ** ** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each -** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] +** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] ** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the -** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is +** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is ** undefined. */ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ @@ -182732,7 +184444,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ /* ** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to -** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the +** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the ** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the ** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format ** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array @@ -182743,7 +184455,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ ** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) ** have already been populated. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error ** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the ** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. */ @@ -182768,7 +184480,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; break; - + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; @@ -182777,7 +184489,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( } break; - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ @@ -182866,7 +184578,7 @@ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( /* -** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The +** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The ** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). */ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( @@ -182886,8 +184598,8 @@ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; - /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the - ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard + /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the + ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard ** the cached data. */ if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); @@ -182895,7 +184607,7 @@ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( } /* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the - ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case + ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. */ @@ -182970,7 +184682,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop - ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in + ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate @@ -183041,7 +184753,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( assert( nFToken>0 ); for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], + rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res ); } @@ -183139,7 +184851,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; - /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to + /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to ** string-buffer res for each column. */ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ @@ -183152,7 +184864,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( const char *zDoc; int nDoc; - /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is + /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. */ @@ -183160,11 +184872,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sCtx.iTerm = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx); - /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored + /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite - ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** to the caller. + ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** to the caller. */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); @@ -183211,7 +184923,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char aBuffer[64]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart ); rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); @@ -183392,7 +185104,7 @@ static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ ** ** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the ** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. -** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the +** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the ** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, ** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all ** codepoints in the aiException[] array. @@ -183418,8 +185130,8 @@ static int unicodeAddExceptions( while( z<zTerm ){ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); - if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum - && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 + if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum + && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 ){ nEntry++; } @@ -183436,7 +185148,7 @@ static int unicodeAddExceptions( z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; while( z<zTerm ){ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); - if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum + if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum((int)iCode)!=bAlnum && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)==0 ){ int i, j; @@ -183539,7 +185251,7 @@ static int unicodeCreate( /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int unicodeOpen( @@ -183603,7 +185315,7 @@ static int unicodeNext( const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. - ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of + ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of ** the input. */ while( z<zTerm ){ READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); @@ -183635,7 +185347,7 @@ static int unicodeNext( /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ if( z>=zTerm ) break; READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); - }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) + }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode) ); @@ -183650,7 +185362,7 @@ static int unicodeNext( } /* -** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module +** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module ** structure for the unicode tokenizer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ @@ -183705,11 +185417,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). ** - ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store - ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value - ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint - ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints ** using this format. */ static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { @@ -183834,46 +185546,46 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ */ static int remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){ unsigned short aDia[] = { - 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, - 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, - 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, - 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, - 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, - 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, - 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, - 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, - 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, - 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, - 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, - 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, - 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, - 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, - 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, - 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, + 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, + 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, + 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, + 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, + 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, + 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, + 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, + 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, + 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, + 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, + 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, }; #define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80) unsigned char aChar[] = { - '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', - 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', - 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', - 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', - 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', - 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', - 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', - 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', - 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', - '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', - 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, - 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, - 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', - 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', - 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', - 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, - 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, - 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', + 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', + 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', + 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', + 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', + 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, + 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, + 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', + 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', + 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', + 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, + 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, + 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', }; unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; @@ -183995,19 +185707,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, - {65313, 14, 26}, + {65313, 14, 26}, }; static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { - 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, - 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, - 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, - 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, - 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, - 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, - 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, - 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, - 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, - 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, }; int ret = c; @@ -184045,7 +185757,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ ret = remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2); } } - + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ ret = c + 40; } @@ -184101,6 +185813,10 @@ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 # define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) #endif +#ifndef deliberate_fall_through +# define deliberate_fall_through +#endif + /* ** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe ** to pass signed char values. @@ -184274,7 +185990,7 @@ static void jsonReset(JsonString *p){ } -/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition +/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition */ static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){ p->bErr = 1; @@ -184392,7 +186108,7 @@ static void jsonAppendString(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ } /* -** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under +** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under ** construction. */ static void jsonAppendValue( @@ -184437,7 +186153,7 @@ static void jsonAppendValue( */ static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){ if( p->bErr==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, + sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); jsonZero(p); @@ -184519,7 +186235,7 @@ static void jsonRenderNode( jsonAppendString(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); break; } - /* Fall through into the next case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case JSON_REAL: case JSON_INT: { @@ -184660,7 +186376,7 @@ static void jsonReturn( sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, i); int_done: break; - int_as_real: /* fall through to real */; + int_as_real: i=0; /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } case JSON_REAL: { double r; @@ -184680,7 +186396,7 @@ static void jsonReturn( if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else + }else #endif assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){ @@ -185401,7 +187117,7 @@ static void jsonWrongNumArgs( char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments", zFuncName); sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zMsg); + sqlite3_free(zMsg); } /* @@ -185488,7 +187204,7 @@ static void jsonTest1Func( /* ** Implementation of the json_QUOTE(VALUE) function. Return a JSON value -** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting +** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting ** double-quotes around strings and returning the unquoted string "null" ** when given a NULL input. */ @@ -185535,7 +187251,7 @@ static void jsonArrayFunc( ** json_array_length(JSON) ** json_array_length(JSON, PATH) ** -** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array. +** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array. ** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array. */ static void jsonArrayLengthFunc( @@ -186028,7 +187744,7 @@ static void jsonGroupInverse( if( c=='}' || c==']' ) nNest--; } } - pStr->nUsed -= i; + pStr->nUsed -= i; memmove(&z[1], &z[i+1], (size_t)pStr->nUsed-1); } #else @@ -186144,7 +187860,7 @@ static int jsonEachConnect( UNUSED_PARAM(argv); UNUSED_PARAM(argc); UNUSED_PARAM(pAux); - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path," "json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)"); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -186323,7 +188039,7 @@ static int jsonEachColumn( break; } case JEACH_ID: { - sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0)); break; } @@ -186363,6 +188079,7 @@ static int jsonEachColumn( } /* For json_each() path and root are the same so fall through ** into the root case */ + /* no break */ deliberate_fall_through } default: { const char *zRoot = p->zRoot; @@ -186642,7 +188359,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ { "json_tree", &jsonTreeModule }, }; #endif - static const int enc = + static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC | SQLITE_INNOCUOUS; @@ -186673,8 +188390,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); @@ -186705,7 +188422,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init( ** Database Format of R-Tree Tables ** -------------------------------- ** -** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three +** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three ** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character ** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree ** table. @@ -186731,7 +188448,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_json_init( ** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. ** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. ** -** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently +** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently ** stored in the node. ** ** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry @@ -186770,6 +188487,7 @@ typedef unsigned int u32; /* #include <string.h> */ /* #include <stdio.h> */ /* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ /* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. */ @@ -186794,7 +188512,7 @@ typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; #define RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN 100 /* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to -** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is +** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is ** used. */ #define HASHSIZE 97 @@ -186803,13 +188521,13 @@ typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; ** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of ** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the ** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). -** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use +** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use ** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. */ #define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 #define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 -/* +/* ** An rtree virtual-table object. */ struct Rtree { @@ -186828,7 +188546,7 @@ struct Rtree { #endif int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ - char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ + char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */ @@ -186837,7 +188555,7 @@ struct Rtree { /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - - ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree + ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). */ RtreeNode *pDeleted; @@ -186863,7 +188581,7 @@ struct Rtree { /* Statement for writing to the "aux:" fields, if there are any */ sqlite3_stmt *pWriteAux; - RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ }; /* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ @@ -186912,7 +188630,7 @@ struct RtreeSearchPoint { }; /* -** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the +** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the ** maximum. In Gutman's notation: ** ** m = M/3 @@ -186927,7 +188645,7 @@ struct RtreeSearchPoint { /* ** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest ** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). -** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since +** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since ** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of ** 40 or less. */ @@ -186941,7 +188659,7 @@ struct RtreeSearchPoint { */ #define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 -/* +/* ** An rtree cursor object. */ struct RtreeCursor { @@ -187021,7 +188739,7 @@ struct RtreeConstraint { #define RTREE_TRUE 0x3f /* ? */ #define RTREE_FALSE 0x40 /* @ */ -/* +/* ** An rtree structure node. */ struct RtreeNode { @@ -187036,7 +188754,7 @@ struct RtreeNode { /* Return the number of cells in a node */ #define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) -/* +/* ** A single cell from a node, deserialized */ struct RtreeCell { @@ -187051,11 +188769,11 @@ struct RtreeCell { ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH ** operators in order to constrain a search. ** -** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of +** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of ** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the ** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). -** +** ** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in ** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). */ @@ -187108,6 +188826,23 @@ struct RtreeMatchArg { #endif /* +** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when +** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by +** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 +# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* # include <intrin.h> */ +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64) +# else +/* # include <cmnintrin.h> */ +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, ** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. ** @@ -187156,9 +188891,9 @@ static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ pCoord->u = *(u32*)p; #else pCoord->u = ( - (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + - (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + - (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + + (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) ); #endif @@ -187178,13 +188913,13 @@ static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ return x; #else return (i64)( - (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + - (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + - (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + - (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + - (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + - (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + - (((u64)p[6]) << 8) + + (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + + (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + + (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + + (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + + (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + + (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + + (((u64)p[6]) << 8) + (((u64)p[7]) << 0) ); #endif @@ -187429,7 +189164,7 @@ static int nodeAcquire( ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. */ - if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ + if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK && iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; @@ -187438,7 +189173,7 @@ static int nodeAcquire( } /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" - ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to + ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -187637,7 +189372,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int ); -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int rtreeCreate( @@ -187650,7 +189385,7 @@ static int rtreeCreate( return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int rtreeConnect( @@ -187695,7 +189430,7 @@ static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ } } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ @@ -187703,7 +189438,7 @@ static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. */ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ @@ -187713,7 +189448,7 @@ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", - pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); @@ -187731,7 +189466,7 @@ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. */ static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ @@ -187780,7 +189515,7 @@ static void resetCursor(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. */ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -187798,7 +189533,7 @@ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. ** -** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid ** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ @@ -187854,7 +189589,7 @@ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH -** constraint pConstraint. +** constraint pConstraint. */ static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ @@ -187927,7 +189662,7 @@ static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. ** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, ** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. @@ -187945,7 +189680,7 @@ static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( */ pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_TRUE || p->op==RTREE_FALSE ); assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */ @@ -187988,7 +189723,7 @@ static void rtreeLeafConstraint( ){ RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_TRUE || p->op==RTREE_FALSE ); pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; @@ -188007,12 +189742,12 @@ static void rtreeLeafConstraint( } /* -** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit +** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit ** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. */ static int nodeRowidIndex( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid, int *piIndex ){ @@ -188154,7 +189889,7 @@ static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; if( pFirst==0 - || pFirst->rScore>rScore + || pFirst->rScore>rScore || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) ){ if( pCur->bPoint ){ @@ -188338,7 +190073,7 @@ static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. */ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ @@ -188356,7 +190091,7 @@ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ @@ -188370,7 +190105,7 @@ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ @@ -188403,7 +190138,7 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -188416,12 +190151,12 @@ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ } sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i - pRtree->nDim2 + 1)); - } + } return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with +/* +** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with ** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set ** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf @@ -188480,11 +190215,11 @@ static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int rtreeFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -188529,8 +190264,8 @@ static int rtreeFilter( pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ - /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array - ** with the configured constraints. + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ @@ -188601,7 +190336,7 @@ static int rtreeFilter( /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three -** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy @@ -188611,8 +190346,8 @@ static int rtreeFilter( ** ------------------------------------------------ ** ** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy -** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each -** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to +** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each +** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to ** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with ** (argvIndex==1) etc. ** @@ -188658,8 +190393,8 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; - if( bMatch==0 && p->usable - && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + if( bMatch==0 && p->usable + && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ int jj; @@ -188672,11 +190407,11 @@ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures - ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be - ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which + ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be + ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return ** a single row. - */ + */ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1; pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; @@ -188792,8 +190527,8 @@ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim2; ii+=2){ RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; - if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) - || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) + if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) + || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) ){ return 0; } @@ -188814,9 +190549,9 @@ static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ } static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *p, - RtreeCell *aCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *p, + RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell ){ int ii; @@ -188927,7 +190662,7 @@ static int AdjustTree( cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); } - + p = pParent; } return SQLITE_OK; @@ -188958,7 +190693,7 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); /* ** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For ** example, assuming the inputs: @@ -188974,9 +190709,9 @@ static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); ** sorting algorithm. */ static void SortByDistance( - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - RtreeDValue *aDistance, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + RtreeDValue *aDistance, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -189030,7 +190765,7 @@ static void SortByDistance( /* ** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The ** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the @@ -189041,10 +190776,10 @@ static void SortByDistance( */ static void SortByDimension( Rtree *pRtree, - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - int iDim, - RtreeCell *aCell, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + int iDim, + RtreeCell *aCell, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ @@ -189141,8 +190876,8 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( int nLeft; for( - nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); - nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); + nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); + nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); nLeft++ ){ RtreeCell left; @@ -189197,9 +190932,9 @@ static int splitNodeStartree( static int updateMapping( - Rtree *pRtree, - i64 iRowid, - RtreeNode *pNode, + Rtree *pRtree, + i64 iRowid, + RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight ){ int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64); @@ -189235,7 +190970,7 @@ static int SplitNode( RtreeCell leftbbox; RtreeCell rightbbox; - /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and + /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. */ aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); @@ -189352,14 +191087,14 @@ splitnode_out: } /* -** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is +** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is ** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate ** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. ** ** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update ** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the ** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which -** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this +** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this ** function is called to determine its ancestry. */ static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ @@ -189433,7 +191168,7 @@ static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ return rc; } - + /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. */ @@ -189448,9 +191183,9 @@ static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pParent ){ - int ii; + int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); @@ -189505,9 +191240,9 @@ static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ } static int Reinsert( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell, + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int *aOrder; @@ -189561,7 +191296,7 @@ static int Reinsert( for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO; for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ - RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); } @@ -189606,7 +191341,7 @@ static int Reinsert( } /* -** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a +** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a ** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). */ static int rtreeInsertCell( @@ -189696,8 +191431,8 @@ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry - ** about to be deleted. + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); @@ -189728,11 +191463,11 @@ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ } /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove - ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and ** reduce the tree height by one. ** ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into - ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform ** in this scenario). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ @@ -189802,8 +191537,8 @@ static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */ /* -** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table. -** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message +** A constraint has failed while inserting a row into an rtree table. +** Assuming no OOM error occurs, this function sets the error message ** (at pRtree->base.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** @@ -189816,7 +191551,7 @@ static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ */ static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - char *zSql; + char *zSql; int rc; assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 ); @@ -189853,9 +191588,9 @@ static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){ ** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. */ static int rtreeUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **aData, + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **aData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; @@ -189922,7 +191657,7 @@ static int rtreeUpdate( } } - /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(aData[2]); @@ -190028,8 +191763,8 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName ); if( zSql ){ @@ -190044,8 +191779,8 @@ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ ** The xSavepoint method. ** ** This module does not need to do anything to support savepoints. However, -** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a -** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot +** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a +** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot ** succeed if there are any open blob handles. i.e. if the blob handle were ** not closed here, the following would fail: ** @@ -190152,10 +191887,10 @@ static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { }; static int rtreeSqlInit( - Rtree *pRtree, - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zDb, - const char *zPrefix, + Rtree *pRtree, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + const char *zPrefix, int isCreate ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -190235,7 +191970,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFormat, zDb, zPrefix); if( zSql ){ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } @@ -190265,7 +192000,7 @@ static int rtreeSqlInit( if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } } @@ -190306,9 +192041,9 @@ static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){ ** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting ** the root node of the tree. ** -** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. -** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the -** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries +** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. +** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the +** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries ** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. */ static int getNodeSize( @@ -190359,7 +192094,7 @@ static int rtreeTokenLength(const char *z){ return sqlite3GetToken((const unsigned char*)z,&dummy); } -/* +/* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the r-tree virtual table. ** @@ -190424,7 +192159,7 @@ static int rtreeInit( ** the r-tree table schema. */ pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db); - sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%.*s INT", + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%.*s INT", rtreeTokenLength(argv[3]), argv[3]); for(ii=4; ii<argc; ii++){ const char *zArg = argv[ii]; @@ -190502,7 +192237,7 @@ rtreeInit_fail: ** ** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one ** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a -** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the +** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the ** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates. */ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ @@ -190558,10 +192293,10 @@ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ */ static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB + if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); }else{ u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob)); @@ -190644,7 +192379,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckAppendMsg(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zFmt, ...){ if( z==0 ){ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z", + pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z", pCheck->zReport, (pCheck->zReport ? "\n" : ""), z ); if( pCheck->zReport==0 ){ @@ -190675,7 +192410,7 @@ static u8 *rtreeCheckGetNode(RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, int *pnNode){ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->pGetNode==0 ){ pCheck->pGetNode = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, - "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?", + "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?", pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab ); } @@ -190745,7 +192480,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckMapping( }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 ii = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); if( ii!=iVal ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Found (%lld -> %lld) in %s table, expected (%lld -> %lld)", iKey, ii, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent"), iKey, iVal ); @@ -190761,13 +192496,13 @@ static void rtreeCheckMapping( ** if they are not. ** ** Additionally, if pParent is not NULL, then it is assumed to point to -** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page +** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page ** containing pCell. In this case it is also verified that the two ** sets of coordinates are mutually consistent and an error message added ** to the RtreeCheck object if they are not. */ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( - RtreeCheck *pCheck, + RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, /* Node id to use in error messages */ int iCell, /* Cell number to use in error messages */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to cell coordinates */ @@ -190783,7 +192518,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( /* printf("%e, %e\n", c1.u.f, c2.u.f); */ if( pCheck->bInt ? c1.i>c2.i : c1.f>c2.f ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt", i, iCell, iNode ); } @@ -190792,10 +192527,10 @@ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( readCoord(&pParent[4*2*i], &p1); readCoord(&pParent[4*(2*i + 1)], &p2); - if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f) + if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.i<p1.i : c1.f<p1.f) || (pCheck->bInt ? c2.i>p2.i : c2.f>p2.f) ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt relative to parent" , i, iCell, iNode ); @@ -190827,7 +192562,7 @@ static void rtreeCheckNode( aNode = rtreeCheckGetNode(pCheck, iNode, &nNode); if( aNode ){ if( nNode<4 ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld is too small (%d bytes)", iNode, nNode ); }else{ @@ -190843,8 +192578,8 @@ static void rtreeCheckNode( } nCell = readInt16(&aNode[2]); if( (4 + nCell*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4))>nNode ){ - rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)", + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)", iNode, nCell, nNode ); }else{ @@ -190987,11 +192722,11 @@ static int rtreeCheckTable( ** b) unless the cell is on the root node, that the cell is bounded ** by the parent cell on the parent node. ** -** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid -** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that +** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that ** points to the correct node. ** -** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the +** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the ** %_parent table mapping from the cell's child node to the ** node that it resides on. ** @@ -191000,17 +192735,17 @@ static int rtreeCheckTable( ** is a leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the %_rowid table. ** ** 3. That there are the same number of entries in the %_parent table -** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that -** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the +** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that +** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the ** %_parent table. */ static void rtreecheck( - sqlite3_context *ctx, - int nArg, + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(ctx, + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "wrong number of arguments to function rtreecheck()", -1 ); }else{ @@ -191401,7 +193136,7 @@ static void geopolyBlobFunc( ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); if( p ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -191509,7 +193244,7 @@ static void geopolyXformFunc( GeoX(p,ii) = x1; GeoY(p,ii) = y1; } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -191553,7 +193288,7 @@ static void geopolyAreaFunc( if( p ){ sqlite3_result_double(context, geopolyArea(p)); sqlite3_free(p); - } + } } /* @@ -191561,7 +193296,7 @@ static void geopolyAreaFunc( ** ** If the rotation of polygon X is clockwise (incorrect) instead of ** counter-clockwise (the correct winding order according to RFC7946) -** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X. +** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X. ** ** In other words, this routine returns a CCW polygon regardless of the ** winding order of its input. @@ -191587,10 +193322,10 @@ static void geopolyCcwFunc( GeoY(p,jj) = t; } } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); - } + } } #define GEOPOLY_PI 3.1415926535897932385 @@ -191723,6 +193458,8 @@ static GeoPoly *geopolyBBox( aCoord[2].f = mnY; aCoord[3].f = mxY; } + }else{ + memset(aCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeCoord)*4); } return pOut; } @@ -191737,7 +193474,7 @@ static void geopolyBBoxFunc( ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], 0, 0); if( p ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -191788,7 +193525,7 @@ static void geopolyBBoxFinal( if( pBBox==0 ) return; p = geopolyBBox(context, 0, pBBox->a, 0); if( p ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } @@ -191968,7 +193705,7 @@ static void geopolyAddOneSegment( pEvent->eType = 1; pEvent->pSeg = pSeg; } - + /* @@ -192008,7 +193745,7 @@ static GeoEvent *geopolyEventMerge(GeoEvent *pLeft, GeoEvent *pRight){ } } pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; - return head.pNext; + return head.pNext; } /* @@ -192057,7 +193794,7 @@ static GeoSegment *geopolySegmentMerge(GeoSegment *pLeft, GeoSegment *pRight){ } } pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; - return head.pNext; + return head.pNext; } /* @@ -192102,8 +193839,8 @@ static int geopolyOverlap(GeoPoly *p1, GeoPoly *p2){ GeoSegment *pSeg; unsigned char aOverlap[4]; - nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2 - + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex + nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2 + + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex + sizeof(GeoOverlap); p = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte ); if( p==0 ) return -1; @@ -192113,7 +193850,7 @@ static int geopolyOverlap(GeoPoly *p1, GeoPoly *p2){ geopolyAddSegments(p, p1, 1); geopolyAddSegments(p, p2, 2); pThisEvent = geopolySortEventsByX(p->aEvent, p->nEvent); - rX = pThisEvent->x==0.0 ? -1.0 : 0.0; + rX = pThisEvent && pThisEvent->x==0.0 ? -1.0 : 0.0; memset(aOverlap, 0, sizeof(aOverlap)); while( pThisEvent ){ if( pThisEvent->x!=rX ){ @@ -192245,7 +193982,7 @@ static void geopolyDebugFunc( #endif } -/* +/* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the geopoly virtual table. ** @@ -192335,7 +194072,7 @@ geopolyInit_fail: } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int geopolyCreate( @@ -192348,7 +194085,7 @@ static int geopolyCreate( return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int geopolyConnect( @@ -192362,7 +194099,7 @@ static int geopolyConnect( } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xFilter method. ** ** Query plans: @@ -192412,8 +194149,8 @@ static int geopolyFilter( pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ - /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array - ** with the configured constraints. + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && idxNum<=3 ){ @@ -192494,7 +194231,7 @@ geopoly_filter_end: /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three -** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy @@ -192554,7 +194291,7 @@ static int geopolyBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ } -/* +/* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ @@ -192574,7 +194311,7 @@ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -192613,9 +194350,9 @@ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ ** argv[3] = new value for first application-defined column.... */ static int geopolyUpdate( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nData, - sqlite3_value **aData, + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **aData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; @@ -192657,7 +194394,7 @@ static int geopolyUpdate( } coordChange = 1; - /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( newRowidValid && (!oldRowidValid || oldRowid!=newRowid) ){ int steprc; @@ -192837,7 +194574,7 @@ static int sqlite3_geopoly_init(sqlite3 *db){ aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0); } for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAgg)/sizeof(aAgg[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, 1, + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC|SQLITE_INNOCUOUS, 0, 0, aAgg[i].xStep, aAgg[i].xFinal); } @@ -192853,7 +194590,7 @@ static int sqlite3_geopoly_init(sqlite3 *db){ /* ** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the -** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar +** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar ** function "rtreenode". */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){ @@ -192980,7 +194717,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } @@ -193005,7 +194742,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } @@ -193041,9 +194778,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( ************************************************************************* ** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ ** -** This file implements an integration between the ICU library -** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library -** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses +** This file implements an integration between the ICU library +** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library +** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses ** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: ** ** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP @@ -193054,7 +194791,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( ** ** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. ** -** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to +** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to ** provide case-independent matching. */ @@ -193081,7 +194818,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( ** This function is called when an ICU function called from within ** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. ** -** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is +** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is ** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. */ static void icuFunctionError( @@ -193146,7 +194883,7 @@ static const unsigned char icuUtf8Trans1[] = { /* ** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is -** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and +** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and ** false (0) if they are different. */ static int icuLikeCompare( @@ -193178,7 +194915,7 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( uint8_t c; /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a - ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the + ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the ** test string. */ while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ @@ -193231,15 +194968,15 @@ static int icuLikeCompare( ** ** A LIKE B ** -** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, +** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, ** ** A LIKE B ESCAPE E ** ** is mapped to like(B, A, E). */ static void icuLikeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); @@ -193265,7 +195002,7 @@ static void icuLikeFunc( if( zE==0 ) return; U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); if( i!=nE){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, + sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } @@ -193288,7 +195025,7 @@ static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ /* ** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes ** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile -** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either +** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either ** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result ** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. ** @@ -193312,8 +195049,8 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ - /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, - ** then the result is also NULL. + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, + ** then the result is also NULL. */ if( !zString ){ return; @@ -193351,7 +195088,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ } /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL - ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than + ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid ** pointer after this function returns. */ @@ -193362,7 +195099,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ } /* -** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and +** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and ** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). ** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). ** @@ -193370,7 +195107,7 @@ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ ** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences ** between the two. ** -** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar +** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar ** functions are invoked with one argument: ** ** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' @@ -193478,7 +195215,7 @@ static int icuCollationColl( /* ** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). ** -** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation +** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation ** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called ** as follows: ** @@ -193489,8 +195226,8 @@ static int icuCollationColl( ** collation sequence to create. */ static void icuLoadCollation( - sqlite3_context *p, - int nArg, + sqlite3_context *p, + int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); @@ -193516,7 +195253,7 @@ static void icuLoadCollation( } assert(p); - rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, + rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -193554,11 +195291,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; rc = sqlite3_create_function( - db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, + db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0, p->xFunc, 0, 0 ); @@ -193572,7 +195309,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ @@ -193675,7 +195412,7 @@ static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int icuOpen( @@ -193717,7 +195454,7 @@ static int icuOpen( pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); while( c>0 ){ int isError = 0; c = u_foldCase(c, opt); @@ -193863,7 +195600,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ************************************************************************* ** ** -** OVERVIEW +** OVERVIEW ** ** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an ** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in @@ -193871,34 +195608,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is ** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to ** update, insert or delete from the target table. -** +** ** The update proceeds in three stages: -** +** ** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written ** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except ** that it is named "<database>-oal" instead of "<database>-wal". ** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named ** "<database>-oal", they go on using the original database in ** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated. -** +** ** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing ** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter" ** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses ** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each ** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all ** updates are done in sorted key order. -** +** ** 2) The "<database>-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "<database>-wal" ** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU ** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring ** that there are no other active readers. -** +** ** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers ** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At ** this point they see the new version of the database - including ** the updates made as part of the RBU update. -** -** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way +** +** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way ** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is ** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU ** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed, @@ -193907,7 +195644,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** the future. ** ** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS -** +** ** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently ** syncing the directory after renaming the file. ** @@ -193929,7 +195666,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more ** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU ** update database than is strictly necessary. -** +** */ /* #include <assert.h> */ @@ -193953,42 +195690,42 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** ************************************************************************* ** -** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. +** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. */ /* ** SUMMARY ** -** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on +** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on ** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache -** memory can be very inefficient. +** memory can be very inefficient. ** ** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least) ** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the -** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a -** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction +** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a +** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction ** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times. ** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in -** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in +** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in ** random order, which is itself quite inefficient. ** ** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index ** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO ** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree, -** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored +** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored ** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of ** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve ** the performance of large transactions on existing databases. ** -** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the -** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed -** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot -** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply -** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a -** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process +** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the +** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed +** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot +** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply +** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a +** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process ** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue -** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially -** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. +** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially +** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. ** ** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update ** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction @@ -194004,9 +195741,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** ** * INSERT statements may not use any default values. ** -** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by +** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by ** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY -** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written +** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written ** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid. ** ** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns. @@ -194023,10 +195760,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** PREPARATION ** ** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database -** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the +** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the ** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table ** named "data_<target name>" containing the same set of columns as the -** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should +** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should ** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have ** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database. ** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if @@ -194041,22 +195778,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter. ** ** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual -** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme. +** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme. ** -** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables +** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables ** may also be named data<integer>_<target>, where <integer> is any sequence ** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because -** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by +** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by ** name. By judicious selection of the <integer> portion of the names ** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they ** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external ** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables. ** ** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no -** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column -** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary -** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does -** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For +** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column +** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary +** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does +** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For ** example, if the target db contains either of the following: ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b); @@ -194079,35 +195816,35 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** -** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU +** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The -** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record -** to insert. +** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record +** to insert. ** -** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not -** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to +** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not +** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to ** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error. ** -** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU +** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The ** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the ** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the ** other columns are not used. ** -** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU +** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text. -** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be +** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be ** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should -** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the +** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the ** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as ** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely -** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For +** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For ** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to ** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the -** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables +** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables ** above, the update statement: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4; @@ -194121,30 +195858,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the ** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in ** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the -** original value currently stored in the target table column and the +** original value currently stored in the target table column and the ** value specified in the data_xxx table. ** ** For example, this row: ** ** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d'); ** -** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: +** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4; ** -** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an +** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an ** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed ** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the ** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case -** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. +** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. ** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to ** itself. ** ** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY -** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding +** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding ** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this: ** -** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) +** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) ** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x'); ** ** causes a result similar to: @@ -194154,14 +195891,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations. ** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx ** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by -** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other -** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY +** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other +** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY ** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables. ** ** USAGE ** -** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update -** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the +** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update +** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the ** application: ** ** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function. @@ -194172,24 +195909,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( ** ** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on ** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single -** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply +** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply ** a complete update. ** ** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If ** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely ** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database -** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU -** update application is saved in the RBU database for later +** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU +** update application is saved in the RBU database for later ** resumption. ** ** See comments below for more detail on APIs. ** ** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the -** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved +** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved ** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically ** resume the RBU update from where it left off. ** -** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database +** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database ** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin ** with the prefix "rbu_" ** @@ -194225,21 +195962,21 @@ typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; ** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched ** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes ** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget -** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite +** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite ** database URI, not a regular file name. ** -** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores -** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which +** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores +** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which ** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This ** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to -** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. -** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which +** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. +** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which ** the RBU extension can store the state of the update. ** ** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same ** value as when the RBU update was started. ** -** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not +** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not ** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it. ** ** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To @@ -194252,7 +195989,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; ** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ); @@ -194262,13 +195999,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( ** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except ** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update. ** -** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which -** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The +** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which +** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The ** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum ** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty -** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling +** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling ** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has -** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. +** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. ** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU ** handle specifying the same target and state databases. ** @@ -194276,26 +196013,26 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( ** name of the state database is "<database>-vacuum", where <database> ** is the name of the target database file. In this case, on UNIX, if the ** state database is not already present in the file-system, it is created -** with the same permissions as the target db is made. +** with the same permissions as the target db is made. ** -** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the -** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal +** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the +** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal ** use. ** ** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum ** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to ** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents ** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way, -** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a +** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a ** new RBU vacuum operation. ** ** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment -** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for -** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with +** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for +** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with ** zipvfs databases. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zState ); @@ -194307,7 +196044,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( ** is removed entirely. If the second parameter is negative, the limit is ** not modified (this is useful for querying the current limit). ** -** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero +** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero ** indicates unlimited). ** ** If the temp space limit is exceeded during operation, an SQLITE_FULL @@ -194316,13 +196053,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size_limit(sqlite3rbu*, sqlite3_int64); /* -** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by +** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by ** the RBU handle passed as the only argument. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); /* -** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database +** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database ** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This ** API allows the application direct access to these database handles. ** @@ -194333,10 +196070,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); ** following scenarios: ** ** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to -** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to +** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to ** register the required virtual table implementations. ** -** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual +** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual ** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on ** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table ** implementations. @@ -194355,12 +196092,12 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu); /* -** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. +** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. ** -** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or +** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or ** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply -** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is -** returned. +** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is +** returned. ** ** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than ** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops @@ -194373,7 +196110,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** ** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following ** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state -** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to +** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to ** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. @@ -194381,7 +196118,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* -** Close an RBU handle. +** Close an RBU handle. ** ** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database ** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the @@ -194395,20 +196132,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** ** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the -** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been +** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been ** completely applied. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg); /* -** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or ** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the ** current RBU update was started. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* -** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) +** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) ** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may ** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar. ** @@ -194421,16 +196158,16 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1 ** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database. ** -** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable +** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable ** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo) ** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of -** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, +** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, ** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on. ** -** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable +** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable ** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The -** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU -** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it +** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU +** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it ** exists, must contain the same columns as the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; @@ -194489,20 +196226,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* ** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system -** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, +** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, ** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system. -** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before +** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before ** returning. ** ** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this -** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. +** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. ** ** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case, ** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU ** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs -** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use +** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use ** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example, -** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and +** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and ** multiplexor (error checking omitted): ** ** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default). @@ -194524,9 +196261,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); ** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack ** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error. ** -** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for -** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the -** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality +** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for +** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the +** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality ** occasionally. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent); @@ -194579,17 +196316,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); ** RBU_STATE_STAGE: ** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows: ** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction. -** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved +** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved ** to the *-wal path. ** 4: the checkpoint is underway. ** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed. ** ** RBU_STATE_TBL: -** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table ** currently being written. ** ** RBU_STATE_IDX: -** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index ** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being ** updated. ** @@ -194609,14 +196346,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); ** be continued if this happens). ** ** RBU_STATE_COOKIE: -** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the +** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the ** target db file. ** ** RBU_STATE_OALSZ: ** Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file. ** ** RBU_STATE_DATATBL: -** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table ** currently being read. */ #define RBU_STATE_STAGE 1 @@ -194698,7 +196435,7 @@ struct RbuSpan { ** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the ** iterator visits, in order: ** -** * the table itself, +** * the table itself, ** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and ** * a special "cleanup table" state. ** @@ -194712,7 +196449,7 @@ struct RbuSpan { ** this array set set to 1. This is because in that case, the module has ** no way to tell which fields will be required to add and remove entries ** from the partial indexes. -** +** */ struct RbuObjIter { sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */ @@ -194794,7 +196531,7 @@ struct RbuFrame { ** ** nPhaseOneStep: ** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to -** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to +** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to ** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress() ** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file ** using the formula: @@ -194814,7 +196551,7 @@ struct RbuFrame { ** ** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified ** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then -** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the +** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the ** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are ** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree). ** @@ -195171,7 +196908,7 @@ static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( /* ** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db. ** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return -** SQLITE_OK. +** SQLITE_OK. ** ** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return ** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to @@ -195179,7 +196916,7 @@ static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( ** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). */ static int prepareAndCollectError( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, char **pzErrmsg, const char *zSql @@ -195211,9 +196948,9 @@ static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ /* ** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using ** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL -** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement -** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement -** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. +** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement +** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement +** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code ** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error @@ -195224,7 +196961,7 @@ static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ ** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL. */ static int prepareFreeAndCollectError( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, char **pzErrmsg, char *zSql @@ -195281,7 +197018,7 @@ static void rbuObjIterClearStatements(RbuObjIter *pIter){ } sqlite3_free(pIter->aIdxCol); sqlite3_free(pIter->zIdxSql); - + pIter->pSelect = 0; pIter->pInsert = 0; pIter->pDelete = 0; @@ -195308,16 +197045,16 @@ static void rbuObjIterFinalize(RbuObjIter *pIter){ /* ** Advance the iterator to the next position. ** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left -** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is -** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the ** error code is returned. */ static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int rc = p->rc; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ + /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, @@ -195376,7 +197113,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function ** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table - ** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1 -** for a view or 0 for a table. +** for a view or 0 for a table. ** ** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern: ** @@ -195424,19 +197161,19 @@ static void rbuTargetNameFunc( /* ** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument. ** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left -** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is -** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the ** error code is returned. */ static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int rc; memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name " - "FROM sqlite_master " + "FROM sqlite_schema " "WHERE type IN ('table', 'view') AND target IS NOT NULL " " %s " "ORDER BY name" @@ -195445,7 +197182,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql IS NULL OR substr(8, 6)=='UNIQUE' " - " FROM main.sqlite_master " + " FROM main.sqlite_schema " " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = ?" ); } @@ -195461,7 +197198,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** ** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other ** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the -** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any +** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any ** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions. */ static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){ @@ -195507,12 +197244,12 @@ static int rbuMPrintfExec(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFmt, ...){ } /* -** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte -** bytes. +** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte +** bytes. ** -** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an -** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an -** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL +** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an +** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an +** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL ** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored ** error code. */ @@ -195609,7 +197346,7 @@ static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ ** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table. ** ** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output -** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index +** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index ** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or, ** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk ** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before @@ -195617,12 +197354,12 @@ static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ ** ** ALGORITHM: ** -** if( no entry exists in sqlite_master ){ +** if( no entry exists in sqlite_schema ){ ** return RBU_PK_NOTABLE ** }else if( sql for the entry starts with "CREATE VIRTUAL" ){ ** return RBU_PK_VTAB ** }else if( "PRAGMA index_list()" for the table contains a "pk" index ){ -** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_master ){ +** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_schema ){ ** *piPK = rootpage of that index. ** return RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ** }else{ @@ -195642,9 +197379,9 @@ static void rbuTableType( int *piPk ){ /* - ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q) + ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_schema where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q) ** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ? - ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q + ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_schema where name=%Q ** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ? */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; @@ -195653,10 +197390,10 @@ static void rbuTableType( *piPk = 0; assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage" - " FROM sqlite_master" + " FROM sqlite_schema" " WHERE name=%Q", zTab )); if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_step(aStmt[0])!=SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -195669,7 +197406,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( } *piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1); - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab) ); if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end; @@ -195677,9 +197414,9 @@ static void rbuTableType( const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3); const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1); if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx + "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_schema WHERE name = %Q", zIdx )); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3_step(aStmt[2])==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -195693,7 +197430,7 @@ static void rbuTableType( } } - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -195769,7 +197506,7 @@ static void rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If -** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in +** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in ** the RBU handle. */ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ @@ -195791,7 +197528,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( p->rc ) return p->rc; if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum; - assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK + assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ); @@ -195799,7 +197536,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ /* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns ** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with ** "rbu_". */ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -195835,7 +197572,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and ** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl) ); } @@ -195878,8 +197615,8 @@ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } /* -** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated -** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the +** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated +** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the ** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist( @@ -195930,10 +197667,10 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetPkList( } /* -** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within +** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within ** stage 1 of the process (while the *-oal file is being built) while ** updating a table (not an index). The table may be a rowid table or -** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the +** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the ** largest key that has already been written to the target table and ** constructs a WHERE clause that can be used to extract the remaining ** rows from the source table. For a rowid table, the WHERE clause @@ -195957,7 +197694,7 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( sqlite3_stmt *pMax = 0; char *zRet = 0; if( bRowid ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT max(_rowid_) FROM \"%s%w\"", zWrite, pIter->zTbl ) @@ -195973,9 +197710,9 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( char *zList = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "", ", ", ""); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1", + "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1", zSelect, zWrite, pIter->zTbl, zOrder ) ); @@ -195997,12 +197734,12 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( ** This function is called as part of restating an RBU vacuum when the ** current operation is writing content to an index. If possible, it ** queries the target index b-tree for the largest key already written to -** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE -** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table. +** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE +** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table. ** It is only possible to return such an expression if: ** ** * The index contains no DESC columns, and -** * The last key written to the index before the operation was +** * The last key written to the index before the operation was ** suspended does not contain any NULL values. ** ** The expression is of the form: @@ -196012,7 +197749,7 @@ static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( ** except that the "?" placeholders are replaced with literal values. ** ** If the expression cannot be created, NULL is returned. In this case, -** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required +** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required ** rows from the sourct table, just as it does for an RBU update operation. */ char *rbuVacuumIndexStart( @@ -196105,23 +197842,23 @@ char *rbuVacuumIndexStart( } /* -** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL -** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement -** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the -** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the -** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used +** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL +** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement +** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the +** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the +** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used ** to obtain the required information. ** ** If the index is of the following form: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase); ** -** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column +** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column ** "ipk", the returned string is: ** ** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'" ** -** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are +** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are ** returned via output parameters. As follows: ** ** pzImposterCols: ... @@ -196191,11 +197928,11 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : ""); - zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", + zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder ); } - zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", + zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate ); zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf( @@ -196241,7 +197978,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( ** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zObj ){ @@ -196282,7 +198019,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( ** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2" */ static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter ){ char *zList = 0; @@ -196297,7 +198034,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( zSep = " AND "; } } - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList ); @@ -196337,7 +198074,7 @@ static void rbuBadControlError(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** ** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using -** sqlite3_free(). +** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new ** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first @@ -196361,19 +198098,19 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]]; if( c=='x' ){ - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } else if( c=='d' ){ - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } else if( c=='f' ){ - zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; @@ -196391,7 +198128,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( ** ** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using -** sqlite3_free(). +** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new ** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first @@ -196415,8 +198152,8 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetBindlist(sqlite3rbu *p, int nBind){ } /* -** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type -** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY +** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type +** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY ** declaration for the corresponding imposter table. For example, ** if the iterator points to a table created as: ** @@ -196433,7 +198170,7 @@ static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY("; sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */ sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = <pk-index> */ - + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) ); @@ -196471,7 +198208,7 @@ static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the ** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to ** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a -** no-op. +** no-op. ** ** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this ** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2" @@ -196498,8 +198235,8 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ /* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table. ** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set ** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?" + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT name FROM sqlite_schema WHERE rootpage = ?" ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pQuery, 1, tnum); @@ -196520,7 +198257,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); - zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, + zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate ); zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":""); @@ -196532,7 +198269,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, - "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", + "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", zCols, zPk ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); @@ -196540,7 +198277,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } /* -** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it +** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it ** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error ** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code ** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns @@ -196553,9 +198290,9 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise. ** ** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only -** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the -** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). -** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, +** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the +** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). +** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, ** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY ** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration. */ @@ -196581,7 +198318,7 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */ zPk = "PRIMARY KEY "; } - zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", + zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl, (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "") ); @@ -196596,8 +198333,8 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); - rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", - pIter->zTbl, zSql, + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", + pIter->zTbl, zSql, (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "") ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); @@ -196611,12 +198348,12 @@ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ ** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...); ** ** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in -** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more -** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or +** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more +** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or ** virtual table. */ static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zCollist, const char *zRbuRowid @@ -196627,14 +198364,14 @@ static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", + "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind )); } } static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nVal, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ @@ -196643,8 +198380,8 @@ static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( int i; assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 - || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL - || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE ); if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){ p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex; @@ -196672,7 +198409,7 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexWhere(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT trim(sql) FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='index' AND name=?" + "SELECT trim(sql) FROM sqlite_schema WHERE type='index' AND name=?" ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -196759,12 +198496,12 @@ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexWhere(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ } /* -** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the -** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed +** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the +** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed ** as the second argument are available. */ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( - sqlite3rbu *p, + sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */ ){ @@ -196838,9 +198575,9 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' %s %s %s ORDER BY %s%s", - zCollist, + zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, - zPart, + zPart, (zStart ? (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE") : ""), zStart, zCollist, zLimit ); @@ -196861,7 +198598,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( "%s %s typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 " "ORDER BY %s%s", zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zPart, - zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, + zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, zPart, (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE"), zCollist, zLimit @@ -196903,7 +198640,7 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", + "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings ) ); @@ -196996,10 +198733,10 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s %s %s %s", - zCollist, + zCollist, (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""), zRbuRowid, - pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""), + pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""), (zOrder ? "ORDER BY" : ""), zOrder, zLimit ) @@ -197017,16 +198754,16 @@ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( sqlite3_free(zCollist); sqlite3_free(zLimit); } - + return p->rc; } /* ** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may ** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the -** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the +** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the ** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask. -** +** ** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this ** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case. */ @@ -197053,7 +198790,7 @@ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( *pp = pUp->pNext; pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; - *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; + *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; return SQLITE_OK; } nUp++; @@ -197083,7 +198820,7 @@ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( const char *zPrefix = ""; if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_"; - zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", + zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( @@ -197099,8 +198836,8 @@ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( } static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle( - sqlite3rbu *p, - const char *zName, + sqlite3rbu *p, + const char *zName, int bUseVfs ){ sqlite3 *db = 0; @@ -197129,8 +198866,8 @@ static void rbuFreeState(RbuState *p){ } /* -** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state -** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the +** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state +** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using ** sqlite3_free(). ** @@ -197146,7 +198883,7 @@ static RbuState *rbuLoadState(sqlite3rbu *p){ pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState)); if( pRet==0 ) return 0; - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb) ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ @@ -197254,9 +198991,9 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ int bOk = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0; p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master" + "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_schema" ); - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW && 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0) ){ @@ -197269,7 +199006,7 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database"); } - + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); } @@ -197323,7 +199060,7 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0; } - zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s", + zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s", sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra) ); @@ -197338,19 +199075,19 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, "rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, "rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, "rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0 ); } @@ -197358,9 +199095,9 @@ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); } - rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master"); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_schema"); - /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If + /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If ** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use. ** This is an error. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -197408,10 +199145,10 @@ static void rbuFileSuffix3(const char *zBase, char *z){ } /* -** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database +** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database ** as a 64-bit integer. ** -** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte +** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte ** blob starting at byte offset 40. */ static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ @@ -197429,11 +199166,11 @@ static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ /* ** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an -** incremental checkpoint. +** incremental checkpoint. ** -** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of -** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the -** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely +** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of +** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the +** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely ** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system. ** ** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is @@ -197451,7 +199188,7 @@ static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ if( pState==0 ){ p->eStage = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0); + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_schema", 0, 0, 0); } } @@ -197468,19 +199205,19 @@ static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ ** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] ** array. ** - ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, + ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, ** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are ** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection ** is closed. ** - ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL + ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL ** error. ** ** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the ** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[] - ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the - ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy - ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the + ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the + ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy + ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the ** contents of aFrame[]. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -197513,9 +199250,9 @@ static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ p->nPagePerSector = 1; } - /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the - ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in - ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in + /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the + ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in + ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in ** rbuMoveOalFile(). */ p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); } @@ -197556,7 +199293,7 @@ static int rbuCaptureWalRead(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff, int iAmt){ /* ** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database -** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number +** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number ** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array. */ static int rbuCaptureDbWrite(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff){ @@ -197624,7 +199361,7 @@ static LPWSTR rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ ** The RBU handle is currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL state, with a SHARED lock ** on the database file. This proc moves the *-oal file to the *-wal path, ** then reopens the database file (this time in vanilla, non-oal, WAL mode). -** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu +** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu ** handle. */ static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){ @@ -197646,7 +199383,7 @@ static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){ }else{ /* Move the *-oal file to *-wal. At this point connection p->db is ** holding a SHARED lock on the target database file (because it is - ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db. + ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db. ** ** In order to ensure that there are no database readers, an EXCLUSIVE ** lock is obtained here before the *-oal is moved to *-wal. @@ -197804,8 +199541,8 @@ static void rbuStepOneOp(sqlite3rbu *p, int eType){ /* If this is an INSERT into a table b-tree and the table has an ** explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, check that this is not an attempt ** to write a NULL into the IPK column. That is not permitted. */ - if( eType==RBU_INSERT - && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i] + if( eType==RBU_INSERT + && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pIter->pSelect, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){ p->rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; @@ -197822,18 +199559,18 @@ static void rbuStepOneOp(sqlite3rbu *p, int eType){ if( p->rc ) return; } if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ - if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB - || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE - || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)) + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE + || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)) ){ - /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the + /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the ** SELECT statement is: ** ** SELECT <cols>, rbu_control, rbu_rowid FROM .... ** ** Hence column_value(pIter->nCol+1). */ - assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, + assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "rowid" : "rbu_rowid" ); pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1); @@ -197897,8 +199634,8 @@ static int rbuStep(sqlite3rbu *p){ p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, i+1, pVal); } } - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) ){ /* Bind the rbu_rowid value to column _rowid_ */ assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, "rbu_rowid"); @@ -197928,7 +199665,7 @@ static void rbuIncrSchemaCookie(sqlite3rbu *p){ int iCookie = 1000000; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, "PRAGMA schema_version" ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -197960,7 +199697,7 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ int rc; assert( p->zErrmsg==0 ); - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %s.rbu_state(k, v) VALUES " "(%d, %d), " @@ -197975,9 +199712,9 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ "(%d, %Q) ", p->zStateDb, RBU_STATE_STAGE, eStage, - RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl, - RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx, - RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep, + RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl, + RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx, + RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep, RBU_STATE_PROGRESS, p->nProgress, RBU_STATE_CKPT, p->iWalCksum, RBU_STATE_COOKIE, (i64)pFd->iCookie, @@ -197998,7 +199735,7 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ /* -** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA +** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA ** setting - "page_size", "auto_vacuum", "user_version" or "application_id". ** This function executes the following on sqlite3rbu.dbRbu: ** @@ -198017,7 +199754,7 @@ static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pPragma = 0; - p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg, + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.%s", zPragma) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pPragma) ){ @@ -198030,7 +199767,7 @@ static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){ } /* -** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and +** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and ** the state database is empty. If this RBU handle was opened for an ** RBU vacuum operation, create the schema in the target db. */ @@ -198041,8 +199778,8 @@ static void rbuCreateTargetSchema(sqlite3rbu *p){ assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) ); p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=1", 0,0, &p->zErrmsg); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0" + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_schema WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0" " AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " " ORDER BY type DESC" ); @@ -198056,14 +199793,14 @@ static void rbuCreateTargetSchema(sqlite3rbu *p){ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL" + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT * FROM sqlite_schema WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL" ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, - "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)" + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + "INSERT INTO sqlite_schema VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)" ); } @@ -198103,11 +199840,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl ){ if( pIter->bCleanup ){ - /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It + /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It ** cannot be dropped as there are currently active SQL statements. ** But the contents can be deleted. */ if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){ - rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "DELETE FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl ); } @@ -198157,10 +199894,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->nStep>=p->nFrame ){ sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; - + /* Sync the db file */ p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - + /* Update nBackfill */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void volatile *ptr; @@ -198169,7 +199906,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ ((u32 volatile*)ptr)[24] = p->iMaxFrame; } } - + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE; p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; @@ -198177,7 +199914,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ }else{ /* At one point the following block copied a single frame from the ** wal file to the database file. So that one call to sqlite3rbu_step() - ** checkpointed a single frame. + ** checkpointed a single frame. ** ** However, if the sector-size is larger than the page-size, and the ** application calls sqlite3rbu_savestate() or close() immediately @@ -198191,7 +199928,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ iSector = (pFrame->iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector; rbuCheckpointFrame(p, pFrame); p->nStep++; - }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame + }while( p->nStep<p->nFrame && iSector==((p->aFrame[p->nStep].iDbPage-1) / p->nPagePerSector) && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); @@ -198237,7 +199974,7 @@ static void rbuSetupOal(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zIdx, pState->zIdx) || (pState->zDataTbl==0 && rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl)) || (pState->zDataTbl && rbuStrCompare(pIter->zDataTbl, pState->zDataTbl)) @@ -198313,7 +200050,7 @@ static void rbuDeleteVfs(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** the number of auxilliary indexes on the table. */ static void rbuIndexCntFunc( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nVal, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ @@ -198324,9 +200061,9 @@ static void rbuIndexCntFunc( sqlite3 *db = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->dbRbu : p->dbMain); assert( nVal==1 ); - - rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(db, &pStmt, &zErrmsg, - sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master " + + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(db, &pStmt, &zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_schema " "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = %Q", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0])) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -198359,7 +200096,7 @@ static void rbuIndexCntFunc( ** and the cnt column the number of rows it contains. ** ** sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of (1 + nIndex) * cnt -** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of +** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of ** indexes on the corresponding target database table. */ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ @@ -198369,15 +200106,15 @@ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ p->nPhaseOneStep = -1; - p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, "rbu_index_cnt", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuIndexCntFunc, 0, 0 ); - + /* Check for the rbu_count table. If it does not exist, or if an error ** occurs, nPhaseOneStep will be left set to -1. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, - "SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name = 'rbu_count'" + "SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_schema WHERE tbl_name = 'rbu_count'" ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -198386,7 +200123,7 @@ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ } p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } - + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT sum(cnt * (1 + rbu_index_cnt(rbu_target_name(tbl))))" @@ -198404,7 +200141,7 @@ static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ){ @@ -198442,7 +200179,7 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( ** to be a wal-mode db. But, this may have happened due to an earlier ** RBU vacuum operation leaving an old wal file in the directory. ** If this is the case, it will have been checkpointed and deleted - ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the + ** when the handle was closed and a second attempt to open the ** database may succeed. */ rbuOpenDatabase(p, &bRetry); if( bRetry ){ @@ -198455,7 +200192,7 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pState->eStage==0 ){ + if( pState->eStage==0 ){ rbuDeleteOalFile(p); rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(p); p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_OAL; @@ -198479,15 +200216,15 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( } } - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && (p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) && pState->eStage!=0 ){ rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd); - if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){ + if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){ /* At this point (pTargetFd->iCookie) contains the value of the - ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a - ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on + ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a + ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on ** page 1 of the database file. */ p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database modified during rbu %s", @@ -198524,7 +200261,7 @@ static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( } /* Check if the main database is a zipvfs db. If it is, set the upper - ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from + ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from ** generating a large journal using a temp file. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int frc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, 0); @@ -198570,10 +200307,10 @@ static sqlite3rbu *rbuMisuseError(void){ } /* -** Open and return a new RBU handle. +** Open and return a new RBU handle. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ){ @@ -198586,7 +200323,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( ** Open a handle to begin or resume an RBU VACUUM operation. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( - const char *zTarget, + const char *zTarget, const char *zState ){ if( zTarget==0 ){ return rbuMisuseError(); } @@ -198660,8 +200397,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *p, char **pzErrmsg){ rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter); /* If this is an RBU vacuum handle and the vacuum has either finished - ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the - ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() + ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the + ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() ** specifying the current target and state databases to start a new ** vacuum from scratch. */ if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->dbRbu ){ @@ -198694,7 +200431,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *p, char **pzErrmsg){ } /* -** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or ** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the ** current RBU update was started. */ @@ -198792,7 +200529,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zBegin = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "BEGIN" : "BEGIN IMMEDIATE"; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, zBegin, 0, 0, 0); } @@ -198807,7 +200544,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** Beginning of RBU VFS shim methods. The VFS shim modifies the behaviour ** of a standard VFS in the following ways: ** -** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or +** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or ** written, the value of the change-counter cookie is stored in ** rbu_file.iCookie. Similarly, the value of the "write-version" ** database header field is stored in rbu_file.iWriteVer. This ensures @@ -198815,15 +200552,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** ** 2. Whenever an SQLITE_OPEN_WAL file is opened, the (rbu_file.pWalFd) ** member variable of the associated database file descriptor is set -** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main -** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at +** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main +** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at ** rbu_vfs.pMain to facilitate this. ** -** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file +** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file ** object can be marked as the target database of an RBU update. This ** turns on the following extra special behaviour: ** -** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file +** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file ** associated with an RBU target database currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL ** stage (preparing the *-oal file), the following special handling ** applies: @@ -198836,26 +200573,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ ** ** Then, when xOpen() is called to open the *-wal file associated with ** the RBU target in RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, instead of opening the *-wal -** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead. +** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead. ** ** 3b. The *-shm pages returned by xShmMap() for a target db file in ** RBU_STAGE_OAL mode are actually stored in heap memory. This is to ** avoid creating a *-shm file on disk. Additionally, xShmLock() calls ** are no-ops on target database files in RBU_STAGE_OAL mode. This is -** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if +** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if ** xShmLock() is called before xShmMap(). ** ** 3c. If an EXCLUSIVE lock is attempted on a target database file in any -** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it +** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it ** fails with an SQLITE_BUSY error. This is to stop RBU connections ** from automatically checkpointing a *-wal (or *-oal) file from within ** sqlite3_close(). ** ** 3d. In RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE mode, all xRead() calls on the wal file, and -** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO. +** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO. ** Instead the frame and page numbers that would be read and written ** are recorded. Additionally, successful attempts to obtain exclusive -** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target +** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target ** database file are recorded. xShmLock() calls to unlock the same ** locks are no-ops (so that once obtained, these locks are never ** relinquished). Finally, calls to xSync() on the target database @@ -198931,7 +200668,7 @@ static void rbuMainlistRemove(rbu_file *p){ } /* -** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to +** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to ** either the xOpen() or xAccess() VFS method, search the main-db list for ** a file-handle opened by the same database connection on the corresponding ** database file. @@ -198984,7 +200721,7 @@ static int rbuVfsClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ /* -** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer +** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer ** passed as the only argument. */ static u32 rbuGetU32(u8 *aBuf){ @@ -199014,9 +200751,9 @@ static void rbuPutU16(u8 *aBuf, u16 iVal){ ** Read data from an rbuVfs-file. */ static int rbuVfsRead( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; @@ -199027,20 +200764,20 @@ static int rbuVfsRead( assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); rc = rbuCaptureWalRead(p->pRbu, iOfst, iAmt); }else{ - if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL - && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) - && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz + if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) + && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt); }else{ rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); #if 1 - /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target - ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the + /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target + ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the ** contents of the first page if it does not yet exist. Otherwise, ** SQLite will not check for a *-wal file. */ - if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu) + if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu) && rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ && iOfst==0 && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) && pRbu->rc==SQLITE_OK @@ -199080,9 +200817,9 @@ static int rbuVfsRead( ** Write data to an rbuVfs-file. */ static int rbuVfsWrite( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - const void *zBuf, - int iAmt, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + const void *zBuf, + int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; @@ -199094,8 +200831,8 @@ static int rbuVfsWrite( rc = rbuCaptureDbWrite(p->pRbu, iOfst); }else{ if( pRbu ){ - if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL - && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) + if( pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz ){ pRbu->iOalSz = iAmt + iOfst; @@ -199155,10 +200892,10 @@ static int rbuVfsFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ /* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and this is the target database, ** pretend that it has at least one page. Otherwise, SQLite will not - ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains + ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains ** similar logic. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0 - && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu) + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0 + && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu) && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) ){ *pSize = 1024; @@ -199175,10 +200912,10 @@ static int rbuVfsLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); - if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE + if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE && (p->bNolock || (pRbu && pRbu->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_DONE)) ){ - /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this + /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this ** prevents it from checkpointing the database from sqlite3_close(). */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ @@ -199291,8 +201028,8 @@ static int rbuVfsShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){ assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); if( pRbu && (pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) ){ /* Magic number 1 is the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock. Preventing SQLite from - ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring. - ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as + ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring. + ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as ** wal_autocheckpoint ought to be turned off. */ if( ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT && n==1 ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ @@ -199316,10 +201053,10 @@ static int rbuVfsShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){ ** Obtain a pointer to a mapping of a single 32KiB page of the *-shm file. */ static int rbuVfsShmMap( - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int iRegion, - int szRegion, - int isWrite, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int iRegion, + int szRegion, + int isWrite, void volatile **pp ){ rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; @@ -199327,7 +201064,7 @@ static int rbuVfsShmMap( int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0); /* If not in RBU_STAGE_OAL, allow this call to pass through. Or, if this - ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space + ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space ** instead of a file on disk. */ assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ @@ -199453,7 +201190,7 @@ static int rbuVfsOpen( if( pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ /* This call is to open a *-wal file. Intead, open the *-oal. This ** code ensures that the string passed to xOpen() is terminated by a - ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI + ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI ** parameter from it. */ const char *zBase = zName; size_t nCopy; @@ -199482,8 +201219,8 @@ static int rbuVfsOpen( pFd->pRbu = pRbuVfs->pRbu; } - if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB - && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0) + if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB + && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0) ){ assert( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); oflags = SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | @@ -199522,9 +201259,9 @@ static int rbuVfsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ ** is available, or false otherwise. */ static int rbuVfsAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, int *pResOut ){ rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs; @@ -199540,7 +201277,7 @@ static int rbuVfsAccess( ** a) if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. This ** ensures that the RBU extension never tries to update a database ** in wal mode, even if the first page of the database file has - ** been damaged. + ** been damaged. ** ** b) if the *-wal file does not exist, claim that it does anyway, ** causing SQLite to call xOpen() to open it. This call will also @@ -199570,9 +201307,9 @@ static int rbuVfsAccess( ** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes. */ static int rbuVfsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nOut, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nOut, char *zOut ){ sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; @@ -199590,7 +201327,7 @@ static void *rbuVfsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ /* ** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable -** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated +** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated ** with dynamic libraries. */ static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ @@ -199602,8 +201339,8 @@ static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ ** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle. */ static void (*rbuVfsDlSym( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - void *pArg, + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + void *pArg, const char *zSym ))(void){ sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; @@ -199620,7 +201357,7 @@ static void rbuVfsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ /* -** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of +** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of ** random data. */ static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ @@ -199629,7 +201366,7 @@ static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ } /* -** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds +** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds ** actually slept. */ static int rbuVfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ @@ -199795,22 +201532,22 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu *pRbu){ /* ** Page paths: -** -** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the -** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the +** +** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the +** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the ** root-node path is '/'. ** ** The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of ** a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right ** so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.) ** The next to left-most child of the root page is -** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex +** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex ** value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such ** as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc. ** -** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a +** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a ** six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked -** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from +** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from ** the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified ** by the paths: ** @@ -199824,7 +201561,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu *pRbu){ ** ** '/1c2/000/' // Left-most child of 451st child of root */ -static const char zDbstatSchema[] = +static const char zDbstatSchema[] = "CREATE TABLE x(" " name TEXT," /* 0 Name of table or index */ " path TEXT," /* 1 Path to page from root (NULL for agg) */ @@ -200019,8 +201756,8 @@ static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ } pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; - /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). - ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that + /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). + ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that ** SQLite does not do an external sort. */ if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1 @@ -200126,7 +201863,7 @@ static int getLocalPayload( int nLocal; int nMinLocal; int nMaxLocal; - + if( flags==0x0D ){ /* Table leaf node */ nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23; nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35; @@ -200237,7 +201974,7 @@ static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPg==0 ); return rc; - } + } pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg)); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); } @@ -200332,7 +202069,7 @@ statNextRestart: while( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){ int nUsable, iOvfl; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); - nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - + nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); pCsr->nPage++; @@ -200452,7 +202189,7 @@ static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ ** meaning of the bits in idxNum. */ static int statFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -200492,10 +202229,10 @@ static int statFilter( pSql = sqlite3_str_new(pTab->db); sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "SELECT * FROM (" - "SELECT 'sqlite_master' AS name,1 AS rootpage,'table' AS type" + "SELECT 'sqlite_schema' AS name,1 AS rootpage,'table' AS type" " UNION ALL " "SELECT name,rootpage,type" - " FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master WHERE rootpage!=0)", + " FROM \"%w\".sqlite_schema WHERE rootpage!=0)", pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zDbSName); if( zName ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "WHERE name=%Q", zName); @@ -200518,8 +202255,8 @@ static int statFilter( } static int statColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; @@ -200637,7 +202374,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; } ** This file contains an implementation of the "sqlite_dbpage" virtual table. ** ** The sqlite_dbpage virtual table is used to read or write whole raw -** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that +** pages of the database file. The pager interface is used so that ** uncommitted changes and changes recorded in the WAL file are correctly ** retrieved. ** @@ -200698,7 +202435,7 @@ static int dbpageConnect( int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY); - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE x(pgno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB, schema HIDDEN)"); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pTab = (DbpageTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(DbpageTable)); @@ -200838,7 +202575,7 @@ static int dbpageEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ ** idxStr is not used */ static int dbpageFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -200849,7 +202586,7 @@ static int dbpageFilter( Btree *pBt; /* Default setting is no rows of result */ - pCsr->pgno = 1; + pCsr->pgno = 1; pCsr->mxPgno = 0; if( idxNum & 2 ){ @@ -200884,8 +202621,8 @@ static int dbpageFilter( } static int dbpageColumn( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, - sqlite3_context *ctx, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor; @@ -200962,7 +202699,7 @@ static int dbpageUpdate( goto update_fail; } szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[3])!=SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[3])!=szPage ){ zErr = "bad page value"; @@ -201107,7 +202844,7 @@ struct SessionBuffer { }; /* -** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for +** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for ** input data. Input data may be supplied either as a single large buffer ** (e.g. sqlite3changeset_start()) or using a stream function (e.g. ** sqlite3changeset_start_strm()). @@ -201168,11 +202905,11 @@ struct SessionTable { SessionChange **apChange; /* Hash table buckets */ }; -/* +/* ** RECORD FORMAT: ** -** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that -** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the +** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that +** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the ** change-set binary format, and so must be architecture independent. ** ** Unlike the SQLite database record format, each field is self-contained - @@ -201206,7 +202943,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** Real values: ** An 8-byte big-endian IEEE 754-2008 real value. ** -** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite +** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite ** record format. ** ** CHANGESET FORMAT: @@ -201238,7 +202975,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** The new.* record that is part of each INSERT change contains the values ** that make up the new row. Similarly, the old.* record that is part of each -** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted +** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted ** from the database. In the changeset format, the records that are part ** of INSERT or DELETE changes never contain any undefined (type byte 0x00) ** fields. @@ -201247,8 +202984,8 @@ struct SessionTable { ** associated with table columns that are not PRIMARY KEY columns and are ** not modified by the UPDATE change are set to "undefined". Other fields ** are set to the values that made up the row before the UPDATE that the -** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated -** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new +** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated +** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new ** values. Fields associated with table columns that are not modified ** are set to "undefined". ** @@ -201274,7 +203011,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part ** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned -** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE +** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE ** statement. ** ** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated @@ -201292,7 +203029,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** REBASE BLOB FORMAT: ** -** A rebase blob may be output by sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its +** A rebase blob may be output by sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its ** streaming equivalent for use with the sqlite3_rebaser APIs to rebase ** existing changesets. A rebase blob contains one entry for each conflict ** resolved using either the OMIT or REPLACE strategies within the apply_v2() @@ -201316,7 +203053,7 @@ struct SessionTable { ** ** In a rebase blob, the first field is set to SQLITE_INSERT if the change ** that caused the conflict was an INSERT or UPDATE, or to SQLITE_DELETE if -** it was a DELETE. The second field is set to 0x01 if the conflict +** it was a DELETE. The second field is set to 0x01 if the conflict ** resolution strategy was REPLACE, or 0x00 if it was OMIT. ** ** If the change that caused the conflict was a DELETE, then the single @@ -201340,7 +203077,7 @@ struct SessionChange { }; /* -** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the +** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the ** number of bytes written. */ static int sessionVarintPut(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){ @@ -201355,7 +203092,7 @@ static int sessionVarintLen(int iVal){ } /* -** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of +** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of ** bytes read. */ static int sessionVarintGet(u8 *aBuf, int *piVal){ @@ -201394,13 +203131,13 @@ static void sessionPutI64(u8 *aBuf, sqlite3_int64 i){ ** This function is used to serialize the contents of value pValue (see ** comment titled "RECORD FORMAT" above). ** -** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to +** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to ** buffer aBuf. *pnWrite is set to the number of bytes written before ** returning. Or, if aBuf is NULL, the only thing this function does is ** set *pnWrite. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an OOM error occurs -** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16)) +** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16)) ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. */ static int sessionSerializeValue( @@ -201412,16 +203149,16 @@ static int sessionSerializeValue( if( pValue ){ int eType; /* Value type (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */ - + eType = sqlite3_value_type(pValue); if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = eType; - + switch( eType ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: + case SQLITE_NULL: nByte = 1; break; - - case SQLITE_INTEGER: + + case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: if( aBuf ){ /* TODO: SQLite does something special to deal with mixed-endian @@ -201438,14 +203175,14 @@ static int sessionSerializeValue( } sessionPutI64(&aBuf[1], i); } - nByte = 9; + nByte = 9; break; - + default: { u8 *z; int n; int nVarint; - + assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); @@ -201455,12 +203192,12 @@ static int sessionSerializeValue( n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); if( z==0 && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; nVarint = sessionVarintLen(n); - + if( aBuf ){ sessionVarintPut(&aBuf[1], n); if( n ) memcpy(&aBuf[nVarint + 1], z, n); } - + nByte = 1 + nVarint + n; break; } @@ -201502,7 +203239,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionHashAppendI64(unsigned int h, i64 i){ } /* -** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to +** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to ** the hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value. */ static unsigned int sessionHashAppendBlob(unsigned int h, int n, const u8 *z){ @@ -201521,7 +203258,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionHashAppendType(unsigned int h, int eType){ /* ** This function may only be called from within a pre-update callback. -** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or +** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or ** new.* row currently available and, assuming no error occurs, writes it to ** *piHash before returning. If the primary key contains one or more NULL ** values, *pbNullPK is set to true before returning. @@ -201628,12 +203365,12 @@ static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( int isPK = pTab->abPK[i]; if( bPkOnly && isPK==0 ) continue; - /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session + /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session ** module does not record changes for rows with NULL values stored in ** primary key columns. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT - || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB - || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0 + assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB + || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0 ); assert( !isPK || (eType!=0 && eType!=SQLITE_NULL) ); @@ -201644,7 +203381,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, sessionGetI64(a)); a += 8; }else{ - int n; + int n; a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, a); a += n; @@ -201659,7 +203396,7 @@ static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( /* ** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab. ** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e. -** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false +** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false ** otherwise. */ static int sessionChangeEqual( @@ -201696,17 +203433,17 @@ static int sessionChangeEqual( ** Arguments aLeft and aRight both point to buffers containing change ** records with nCol columns. This function "merges" the two records into ** a single records which is written to the buffer at *paOut. *paOut is -** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before +** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before ** returning. ** -** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the +** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the ** aRight record contains a value for the column, copy the value from ** their. Otherwise, if aLeft contains a value, copy it. If neither ** record contains a value for a given column, then neither does the ** output record. */ static void sessionMergeRecord( - u8 **paOut, + u8 **paOut, int nCol, u8 *aLeft, u8 *aRight @@ -201736,13 +203473,13 @@ static void sessionMergeRecord( /* ** This is a helper function used by sessionMergeUpdate(). ** -** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value -** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so +** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value +** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so ** as to point to the next value in the record. ** ** If, when this function is called, *paTwo points to a valid value (i.e. ** *paTwo[0] is not 0x00 - the "no value" placeholder), a copy of the *paTwo -** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the +** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the ** serialized value. Otherwise, a copy of *paOne is returned and *pnVal ** set to the number of bytes in the value at *paOne. If *paOne points ** to the "no value" placeholder, *pnVal is set to 1. In other words: @@ -201841,8 +203578,8 @@ static int sessionMergeUpdate( aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld); aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew); - if( bPatchset==0 - && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew))) + if( bPatchset==0 + && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew))) ){ *(aOut++) = '\0'; }else{ @@ -201931,7 +203668,7 @@ static int sessionPreupdateEqual( } /* -** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab +** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab ** (part of the session pSession). If a fatal OOM error occurs, set the ** session object to failed and return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. @@ -202071,7 +203808,7 @@ static int sessionTableInfo( *pzTab = (char *)pAlloc; pAlloc += nThis+1; } - + i = 0; while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ int nName = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1); @@ -202084,7 +203821,7 @@ static int sessionTableInfo( i++; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - + } /* If successful, populate the output variables. Otherwise, zero them and @@ -202114,14 +203851,14 @@ static int sessionTableInfo( ** If an error occurs, an error code is stored in sqlite3_session.rc and ** non-zero returned. Or, if no error occurs but the table has no primary ** key, sqlite3_session.rc is left set to SQLITE_OK and non-zero returned to -** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK +** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK ** is set to NULL in this case. */ static int sessionInitTable(sqlite3_session *pSession, SessionTable *pTab){ if( pTab->nCol==0 ){ u8 *abPK; assert( pTab->azCol==0 || pTab->abPK==0 ); - pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb, + pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb, pTab->zName, &pTab->nCol, 0, &pTab->azCol, &abPK ); if( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -202182,7 +203919,7 @@ static int sessionStat1Depth(void *pCtx){ /* -** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a +** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a ** change on table pTab (attached to session pSession). The type of change ** (UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE) is specified by the first argument. ** @@ -202194,8 +203931,8 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object pTab is attached to */ SessionTable *pTab /* Table that change applies to */ ){ - int iHash; - int bNull = 0; + int iHash; + int bNull = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; SessionStat1Ctx stat1 = {{0,0,0,0,0},0}; @@ -202204,7 +203941,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( /* Load table details if required */ if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return; - /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the + /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the ** number of columns in the table. */ if( pTab->nCol!=pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){ pSession->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; @@ -202256,10 +203993,10 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( SessionChange *pChange; /* New change object */ sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ - + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); pTab->nEntry++; - + /* Figure out how large an allocation is required */ nByte = sizeof(SessionChange); for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ @@ -202277,7 +204014,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, p, &nByte); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out; } - + /* Allocate the change object */ pChange = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); if( !pChange ){ @@ -202287,7 +204024,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( memset(pChange, 0, sizeof(SessionChange)); pChange->aRecord = (u8 *)&pChange[1]; } - + /* Populate the change object. None of the preupdate_old(), ** preupdate_new() or SerializeValue() calls below may fail as all ** required values and encodings have already been cached in memory. @@ -202315,8 +204052,8 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( }else if( pC->bIndirect ){ /* If the existing change is considered "indirect", but this current ** change is "direct", mark the change object as direct. */ - if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0 - && pSession->bIndirect==0 + if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0 + && pSession->bIndirect==0 ){ pC->bIndirect = 0; } @@ -202334,7 +204071,7 @@ static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( } static int sessionFindTable( - sqlite3_session *pSession, + sqlite3_session *pSession, const char *zName, SessionTable **ppTab ){ @@ -202351,7 +204088,7 @@ static int sessionFindTable( /* If there is a table-filter configured, invoke it. If it returns 0, ** do not automatically add the new table. */ if( pSession->xTableFilter==0 - || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName) + || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName) ){ rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession, zName); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -202386,8 +204123,8 @@ static void xPreUpdate( for(pSession=(sqlite3_session *)pCtx; pSession; pSession=pSession->pNext){ SessionTable *pTab; - /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp" - ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip + /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp" + ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip ** to the next session object attached to this database. */ if( pSession->bEnable==0 ) continue; if( pSession->rc ) continue; @@ -202478,7 +204215,7 @@ static void sessionDiffHooks( static char *sessionExprComparePK( int nCol, - const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, + const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, const char *zTab, const char **azCol, u8 *abPK ){ @@ -202501,7 +204238,7 @@ static char *sessionExprComparePK( static char *sessionExprCompareOther( int nCol, - const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, + const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, const char *zTab, const char **azCol, u8 *abPK ){ @@ -202578,9 +204315,9 @@ static int sessionDiffFindNew( } static int sessionDiffFindModified( - sqlite3_session *pSession, - SessionTable *pTab, - const char *zFrom, + sqlite3_session *pSession, + SessionTable *pTab, + const char *zFrom, const char *zExpr ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -202679,7 +204416,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol, + zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol, zDb, zFrom, pTo->zName, pTo->azCol, pTo->abPK ); } @@ -202734,7 +204471,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( memcpy(pNew->zDb, zDb, nDb+1); sessionPreupdateHooks(pNew); - /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects + /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects ** attached to database handle $db. Do this under the cover of the db ** handle mutex. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); @@ -202793,7 +204530,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); sqlite3ValueFree(pSession->pZeroBlob); - /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their + /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their ** associated hash-tables. */ sessionDeleteTable(pSession->pTable); @@ -202805,7 +204542,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession){ ** Set a table filter on a Session Object. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( - sqlite3_session *pSession, + sqlite3_session *pSession, int(*xFilter)(void*, const char*), void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ ){ @@ -202849,7 +204586,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ /* Populate the new SessionTable object and link it into the list. - ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not + ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not ** simply added to the start of it in order to ensure that tables ** appear in the correct order when a changeset or patchset is ** eventually generated. */ @@ -202917,8 +204654,8 @@ static void sessionAppendValue(SessionBuffer *p, sqlite3_value *pVal, int *pRc){ } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is -** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before ** returning. @@ -202930,8 +204667,8 @@ static void sessionAppendByte(SessionBuffer *p, u8 v, int *pRc){ } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is -** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before ** returning. @@ -202943,16 +204680,16 @@ static void sessionAppendVarint(SessionBuffer *p, int v, int *pRc){ } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is -** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before ** returning. */ static void sessionAppendBlob( - SessionBuffer *p, - const u8 *aBlob, - int nBlob, + SessionBuffer *p, + const u8 *aBlob, + int nBlob, int *pRc ){ if( nBlob>0 && 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nBlob, pRc) ){ @@ -202962,7 +204699,7 @@ static void sessionAppendBlob( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is ** called. Otherwise, append a string to the buffer. All bytes in the string ** up to (but not including) the nul-terminator are written to the buffer. ** @@ -202970,8 +204707,8 @@ static void sessionAppendBlob( ** returning. */ static void sessionAppendStr( - SessionBuffer *p, - const char *zStr, + SessionBuffer *p, + const char *zStr, int *pRc ){ int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr); @@ -202982,7 +204719,7 @@ static void sessionAppendStr( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is ** called. Otherwise, append the string representation of integer iVal ** to the buffer. No nul-terminator is written. ** @@ -203000,9 +204737,9 @@ static void sessionAppendInteger( } /* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is ** called. Otherwise, append the string zStr enclosed in quotes (") and -** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No +** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No ** nul-terminator byte is written. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before @@ -203075,8 +204812,8 @@ static void sessionAppendCol( /* ** -** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments -** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change +** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments +** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change ** consists of: ** ** 1 byte: SQLITE_UPDATE (0x17) @@ -203091,10 +204828,10 @@ static void sessionAppendCol( ** If all of the old.* values are equal to their corresponding new.* value ** (i.e. nothing has changed), then no data at all is appended to the buffer. ** -** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the -** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record +** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the +** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record ** contains the new values of only those fields that have been modified. -*/ +*/ static int sessionAppendUpdate( SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append to */ int bPatchset, /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */ @@ -203145,8 +204882,8 @@ static int sessionAppendUpdate( int nHdr = 1 + sessionVarintGet(&pCsr[1], &n); assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); nAdvance = nHdr + n; - if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) - && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i) + if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) + && n==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i) && (n==0 || 0==memcmp(&pCsr[nHdr], sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), n)) ){ break; @@ -203373,7 +205110,7 @@ static int sessionSelectBind( /* ** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it -** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary +** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary ** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an ** SQLite error code before returning. */ @@ -203397,7 +205134,7 @@ static void sessionAppendTableHdr( ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the new changeset/patchset ** stored in output variables *pnChangeset and *ppChangeset. Or, if an error -** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set +** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set ** to 0. */ static int sessionGenerateChangeset( @@ -203482,10 +205219,10 @@ static int sessionGenerateChangeset( /* If the buffer is now larger than sessions_strm_chunk_size, pass ** its contents to the xOutput() callback. */ - if( xOutput - && rc==SQLITE_OK - && buf.nBuf>nNoop - && buf.nBuf>sessions_strm_chunk_size + if( xOutput + && rc==SQLITE_OK + && buf.nBuf>nNoop + && buf.nBuf>sessions_strm_chunk_size ){ rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf); nNoop = -1; @@ -203520,10 +205257,10 @@ static int sessionGenerateChangeset( } /* -** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the +** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the ** session object passed as the first argument. ** -** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer ** using sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( @@ -203557,10 +205294,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( } /* -** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the +** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the ** session object passed as the first argument. ** -** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer ** using sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( @@ -203766,7 +205503,7 @@ static void sessionSkipRecord( /* ** This function sets the value of the sqlite3_value object passed as the -** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[] +** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[] ** buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an OOM ** error occurs. */ @@ -203777,7 +205514,7 @@ static int sessionValueSetStr( u8 enc /* String encoding (0 for blobs) */ ){ /* In theory this code could just pass SQLITE_TRANSIENT as the final - ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created + ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created ** automatically. But doing so makes it difficult to detect any OOM ** error. Hence the code to create the copy externally. */ u8 *aCopy = sqlite3_malloc64((sqlite3_int64)nData+1); @@ -203878,7 +205615,7 @@ static int sessionReadRecord( ** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column), ** + table name (nul terminated). ** -** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input +** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input ** buffer (i.e. that it can be accessed without any calls to xInput()). ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. ** The input pointer is not moved. @@ -203892,11 +205629,11 @@ static int sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(SessionInput *pIn, int *pnByte){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol); /* The hard upper limit for the number of columns in an SQLite - ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So - ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536 - ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise, - ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently - ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become + ** database table is, according to sqliteLimit.h, 32676. So + ** consider any table-header that purports to have more than 65536 + ** columns to be corrupt. This is convenient because otherwise, + ** if the (nCol>65536) condition below were omitted, a sufficiently + ** large value for nCol may cause nRead to wrap around and become ** negative. Leading to a crash. */ if( nCol<0 || nCol>65536 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; @@ -203961,8 +205698,8 @@ static int sessionChangesetBufferRecord( ** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column), ** + table name (nul terminated). ** -** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol, -** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is +** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol, +** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is ** also allocated or resized according to the new value of p->nCol. The ** input pointer is left pointing to the byte following the table header. ** @@ -203999,8 +205736,13 @@ static int sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){ } p->apValue = (sqlite3_value**)p->tblhdr.aBuf; - p->abPK = (u8*)&p->apValue[p->nCol*2]; - p->zTab = (char*)&p->abPK[p->nCol]; + if( p->apValue==0 ){ + p->abPK = 0; + p->zTab = 0; + }else{ + p->abPK = (u8*)&p->apValue[p->nCol*2]; + p->zTab = p->abPK ? (char*)&p->abPK[p->nCol] : 0; + } return (p->rc = rc); } @@ -204015,9 +205757,9 @@ static int sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){ ** record is written to *paRec before returning and the number of bytes in ** the record to *pnRec. ** -** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is -** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite -** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further +** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is +** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite +** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further ** changes in the changeset. */ static int sessionChangesetNext( @@ -204081,7 +205823,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetNext( return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT); } - if( paRec ){ + if( paRec ){ int nVal; /* Number of values to buffer */ if( p->bPatchset==0 && op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ nVal = p->nCol * 2; @@ -204248,7 +205990,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( /* ** This function may only be called with a changeset iterator that has been -** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT +** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT ** conflict-handler function. Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned. ** ** If successful, *ppValue is set to point to an sqlite3_value structure @@ -204522,6 +206264,7 @@ struct SessionApplyCtx { u8 *abPK; /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */ int bStat1; /* True if table is sqlite_stat1 */ int bDeferConstraints; /* True to defer constraints */ + int bInvertConstraints; /* Invert when iterating constraints buffer */ SessionBuffer constraints; /* Deferred constraints are stored here */ SessionBuffer rebase; /* Rebase information (if any) here */ u8 bRebaseStarted; /* If table header is already in rebase */ @@ -204598,7 +206341,7 @@ static int sessionDeleteRow( } /* -** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db. +** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db. ** Assuming a table structure like this: ** ** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c)); @@ -204610,7 +206353,7 @@ static int sessionDeleteRow( ** b = CASE WHEN ?5 THEN ?6 ELSE b END, ** c = CASE WHEN ?8 THEN ?9 ELSE c END, ** d = CASE WHEN ?11 THEN ?12 ELSE d END -** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR +** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR ** (?5==0 OR b IS ?4) AND (?11==0 OR d IS ?10) AND ** ) ** @@ -204762,7 +206505,7 @@ static int sessionPrepare(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **pp, const char *zSql){ /* ** Prepare statements for applying changes to the sqlite_stat1 table. ** These are similar to those created by sessionSelectRow(), -** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for +** sessionInsertRow(), sessionUpdateRow() and sessionDeleteRow() for ** other tables. */ static int sessionStat1Sql(sqlite3 *db, SessionApplyCtx *p){ @@ -204796,7 +206539,7 @@ static int sessionStat1Sql(sqlite3 *db, SessionApplyCtx *p){ } /* -** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. +** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. ** See comments in the body of this function for details. */ static int sessionBindValue( @@ -204819,15 +206562,15 @@ static int sessionBindValue( } /* -** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function +** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function ** transfers new.* values from the current iterator entry to statement ** pStmt. The table being inserted into has nCol columns. ** -** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of +** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of ** statement pStmt. If parameter abPK is NULL, all values from 0 to (nCol-1) ** are transfered to the statement. Otherwise, if abPK is not NULL, it points -** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for -** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the +** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for +** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the ** statement. ** ** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. @@ -204843,8 +206586,8 @@ static int sessionBindRow( int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Neither sqlite3changeset_old or sqlite3changeset_new can fail if the - ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue - ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return + ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue + ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return ** in the code below. */ assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new ); @@ -204868,18 +206611,18 @@ static int sessionBindRow( ** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function. ** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset ** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table -** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row +** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row ** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error ** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an ** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned. ** -** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset() +** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset() ** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does ** not require a reset(). ** ** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the ** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or -** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record. +** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record. */ static int sessionSeekToRow( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ @@ -204893,7 +206636,7 @@ static int sessionSeekToRow( const char *zDummy; /* Unused */ sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0); - rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, op==SQLITE_INSERT ? sqlite3changeset_new : sqlite3changeset_old, nCol, abPK, pSelect ); @@ -204910,7 +206653,7 @@ static int sessionSeekToRow( ** This function is called from within sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() when ** a conflict is encountered and resolved using conflict resolution ** mode eType (either SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT or SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE).. -** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in +** It adds a conflict resolution record to the buffer in ** SessionApplyCtx.rebase, which will eventually be returned to the caller ** of apply_v2() as the "rebase" buffer. ** @@ -204938,7 +206681,7 @@ static int sessionRebaseAdd( assert( eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE||eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT ); assert( eOp==SQLITE_DELETE || eOp==SQLITE_INSERT || eOp==SQLITE_UPDATE ); - sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, + sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, (eOp==SQLITE_DELETE ? SQLITE_DELETE : SQLITE_INSERT), &rc ); sessionAppendByte(&p->rebase, (eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE), &rc); @@ -204986,7 +206729,7 @@ static int sessionRebaseAdd( ** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK. ** ** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is -** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value, +** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value, ** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT, ** this function returns SQLITE_OK. */ @@ -205076,16 +206819,16 @@ static int sessionConflictHandler( ** to true before returning. In this case the caller will invoke this function ** again, this time with pbRetry set to NULL. ** -** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is +** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is ** encountered invoke the conflict handler with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT instead. ** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, invoke it with CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If such ** an invocation returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbReplace to true ** before retrying. In this case the caller attempts to remove the conflicting -** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set +** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set ** to NULL. ** ** If any conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, this function -** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is +** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. */ static int sessionApplyOneOp( @@ -205185,7 +206928,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneOp( assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT ); if( p->bStat1 ){ /* Check if there is a conflicting row. For sqlite_stat1, this needs - ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the + ** to be done using a SELECT, as there is no PRIMARY KEY in the ** database schema to throw an exception if a duplicate is inserted. */ rc = sessionSeekToRow(p->db, pIter, p->abPK, p->pSelect); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ @@ -205218,7 +206961,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneOp( ** the conflict handler callback. ** ** The difference between this function and sessionApplyOne() is that this -** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and +** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and ** returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE - indicating that the change should be ** retried in some manner. */ @@ -205238,7 +206981,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( /* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and ** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other - ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler + ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler ** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation, ** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores ** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem. */ @@ -205256,7 +206999,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT ); rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete); sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1); } @@ -205280,7 +207023,7 @@ static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( ** Retry the changes accumulated in the pApply->constraints buffer. */ static int sessionRetryConstraints( - sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3 *db, int bPatchset, const char *zTab, SessionApplyCtx *pApply, @@ -205294,7 +207037,9 @@ static int sessionRetryConstraints( SessionBuffer cons = pApply->constraints; memset(&pApply->constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer)); - rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter2, 0, 0, cons.nBuf, cons.aBuf, 0); + rc = sessionChangesetStart( + &pIter2, 0, 0, cons.nBuf, cons.aBuf, pApply->bInvertConstraints + ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ size_t nByte = 2*pApply->nCol*sizeof(sqlite3_value*); int rc2; @@ -205328,7 +207073,7 @@ static int sessionRetryConstraints( /* ** Argument pIter is a changeset iterator that has been initialized, but -** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the +** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the ** changeset to the main database attached to handle "db". The supplied ** conflict handler callback is invoked to resolve any conflicts encountered ** while applying the change. @@ -205361,6 +207106,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( pIter->in.bNoDiscard = 1; memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply)); sApply.bRebase = (ppRebase && pnRebase); + sApply.bInvertConstraints = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT); sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); if( (flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT)==0 ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0); @@ -205372,7 +207118,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( int nCol; int op; const char *zNew; - + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, 0); if( zTab==0 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zNew, zTab, nTab+1) ){ @@ -205385,7 +207131,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */ sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete); - sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert); sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect); sApply.db = db; @@ -205401,7 +207147,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( sApply.bRebaseStarted = 0; memset(&sApply.constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer)); - /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the + /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the ** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns ** non-zero, proceed. */ schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew))); @@ -205425,18 +207171,18 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( for(i=0; i<sApply.nCol; i++){ if( sApply.abPK[i] ) nMinCol = i+1; } - + if( sApply.nCol==0 ){ schemaMismatch = 1; - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab ); } else if( sApply.nCol<nCol ){ schemaMismatch = 1; - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, " - "expected %d or more", + "expected %d or more", zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol ); } @@ -205529,7 +207275,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetApply( } /* -** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main +** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main ** database attached to handle "db". */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( @@ -205549,7 +207295,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, int flags ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ int bInverse = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT); int rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter, 0, 0, nChangeset, pChangeset,bInverse); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -205607,7 +207353,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, int flags ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ int bInverse = !!(flags & SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT); int rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter, xInput, pIn, 0, 0, bInverse); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -205736,7 +207482,7 @@ static int sessionChangeMerge( }else{ int op1 = pExist->op; - /* + /* ** op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT -> Unsupported. Discard op2. ** op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE -> INSERT. ** op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE -> (none) @@ -205748,7 +207494,7 @@ static int sessionChangeMerge( ** op1=DELETE, op2=INSERT -> UPDATE. ** op1=DELETE, op2=UPDATE -> Unsupported. Discard op2. ** op1=DELETE, op2=DELETE -> Unsupported. Discard op2. - */ + */ if( (op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_INSERT) || (op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_INSERT) || (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_UPDATE) @@ -205887,7 +207633,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( /* The new object must be linked on to the end of the list, not ** simply added to the start of it. This is to ensure that the - ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in + ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in ** the right order. */ for(ppTab=&pGrp->pList; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext); *ppTab = pTab; @@ -205905,7 +207651,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( pTab, (pIter->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE), aRec, pTab->nChange ); - /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table. + /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table. ** Code below may link it back in. */ for(pp=&pTab->apChange[iHash]; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNext){ @@ -205923,7 +207669,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( } } - rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase, + rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, bRebase, pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange ); if( rc ) break; @@ -205944,7 +207690,7 @@ static int sessionChangesetToHash( ** ** If xOutput is not NULL, then the changeset/patchset is returned to the ** user via one or more calls to xOutput, as with the other streaming -** interfaces. +** interfaces. ** ** Or, if xOutput is NULL, then (*ppOut) is populated with a pointer to a ** buffer containing the output changeset before this function returns. In @@ -205969,7 +207715,7 @@ static int sessionChangegroupOutput( assert( xOutput==0 || (ppOut==0 && pnOut==0) ); /* Create the serialized output changeset based on the contents of the - ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList. + ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList. */ for(pTab=pGrp->pList; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){ int i; @@ -206072,7 +207818,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm( */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm( sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, - int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ){ return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0); @@ -206088,7 +207834,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp){ } } -/* +/* ** Combine two changesets together. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( @@ -206155,7 +207901,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rebaser { /* ** Buffers a1 and a2 must both contain a sessions module record nCol -** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module +** fields in size. This function appends an nCol sessions module ** record to buffer pBuf that is a copy of a1, except that for ** each field that is undefined in a1[], swap in the field from a2[]. */ @@ -206190,20 +207936,20 @@ static void sessionAppendRecordMerge( } /* -** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one +** This function is called when rebasing a local UPDATE change against one ** or more remote UPDATE changes. The aRec/nRec buffer contains the current ** old.* and new.* records for the change. The rebase buffer (a single ** record) is in aChange/nChange. The rebased change is appended to buffer ** pBuf. ** -** Rebasing the UPDATE involves: +** Rebasing the UPDATE involves: ** ** * Removing any changes to fields for which the corresponding field ** in the rebase buffer is set to "replaced" (type 0xFF). If this ** means the UPDATE change updates no fields, nothing is appended ** to the output buffer. ** -** * For each field modified by the local change for which the +** * For each field modified by the local change for which the ** corresponding field in the rebase buffer is not "undefined" (0x00) ** or "replaced" (0xFF), the old.* value is replaced by the value ** in the rebase buffer. @@ -206262,15 +208008,15 @@ static void sessionAppendPartialUpdate( } /* -** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases -** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser +** pIter is configured to iterate through a changeset. This function rebases +** that changeset according to the current configuration of the rebaser ** object passed as the first argument. If no error occurs and argument xOutput ** is not NULL, then the changeset is returned to the caller by invoking ** xOutput zero or more times and SQLITE_OK returned. Or, if xOutput is NULL, ** then (*ppOut) is set to point to a buffer containing the rebased changeset ** before this function returns. In this case (*pnOut) is set to the size of ** the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually -** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free(). +** free the (*ppOut) buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. If ppOut and ** pnOut are not NULL, then the two output parameters are set to 0 before @@ -206348,7 +208094,7 @@ static int sessionRebase( sessionAppendByte(&sOut, SQLITE_INSERT, &rc); sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pIter->bIndirect, &rc); sessionAppendRecordMerge(&sOut, pIter->nCol, - pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec), + pCsr, nRec-(pCsr-aRec), pChange->aRecord, pChange->nRecord, &rc ); } @@ -206405,7 +208151,7 @@ static int sessionRebase( return rc; } -/* +/* ** Create a new rebaser object. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew){ @@ -206422,11 +208168,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** Call this one or more times to configure a rebaser. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( - sqlite3_rebaser *p, + sqlite3_rebaser *p, int nRebase, const void *pRebase ){ sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */ @@ -206439,15 +208185,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( return rc; } -/* -** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration +/* +** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser *p, - int nIn, const void *pIn, - int *pnOut, void **ppOut + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nIn, (void*)pIn); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -206458,8 +208204,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( return rc; } -/* -** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration +/* +** Rebase a changeset according to current rebaser configuration */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( sqlite3_rebaser *p, @@ -206468,7 +208214,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ){ - sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to skip through input */ int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -206479,8 +208225,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( return rc; } -/* -** Destroy a rebaser object +/* +** Destroy a rebaser object */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p){ if( p ){ @@ -206489,7 +208235,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p){ } } -/* +/* ** Global configuration */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){ @@ -206516,9 +208262,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){ /************** Begin file fts5.c ********************************************/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif #if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) @@ -206537,7 +208283,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg){ ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and @@ -206582,19 +208328,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): -** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return -** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): @@ -206608,7 +208354,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table @@ -206635,8 +208381,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: @@ -206651,7 +208397,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. @@ -206667,11 +208413,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to -** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each -** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument -** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. -** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the @@ -206686,14 +208432,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** -** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for -** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked -** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is @@ -206712,7 +208458,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** -** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared @@ -206732,7 +208478,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient -** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; @@ -206750,8 +208496,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** @@ -206775,16 +208521,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either -** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), -** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with -** "detail=column" tables. +** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. @@ -206798,7 +208544,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ @@ -206827,15 +208573,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; -/* +/* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** -** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer -** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: @@ -206846,16 +208592,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object -** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** -** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should -** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: @@ -206864,7 +208610,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: -** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). @@ -206878,8 +208624,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed -** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** ** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as @@ -206887,10 +208633,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same -** on a columnsize=0 database. +** on a columnsize=0 database. ** </ul> ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must @@ -206902,10 +208648,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should -** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** -** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then @@ -206919,7 +208665,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a -** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match @@ -206939,34 +208685,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term ** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the -** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term -** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each ** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the -** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query -** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** ** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer -** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be -** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. ** </ol> @@ -206987,11 +208733,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token -** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** -** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the @@ -207003,18 +208749,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** -** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, -** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require -** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** @@ -207028,10 +208774,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ - const char *pText, int nText, + const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ @@ -207152,7 +208898,7 @@ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; #endif -/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is +/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is ** (65536-1-1-4-9)==65521 bytes. The limiting factor is the 16-bit offset ** field that occurs at the start of each leaf page (see fts5_index.c). */ #define FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE 32768 @@ -207165,7 +208911,7 @@ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; #define FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES 31 /* -** Maximum segments permitted in a single index +** Maximum segments permitted in a single index */ #define FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT 2000 @@ -207185,7 +208931,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5Corrupt(void); /* ** The assert_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it -** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be +** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be ** guranteed that the database is not corrupt. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -207214,7 +208960,7 @@ SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt; typedef struct Fts5Global Fts5Global; typedef struct Fts5Colset Fts5Colset; -/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns, +/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns, ** then an object of the following type is used to record the set of columns. ** Each entry in the aiCol[] array is a column that may be matched. ** @@ -207242,20 +208988,20 @@ typedef struct Fts5Config Fts5Config; ** ** nAutomerge: ** The minimum number of segments that an auto-merge operation should -** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the +** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the ** compile time default. Zero disables auto-merge altogether. ** ** zContent: ** ** zContentRowid: -** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or +** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or ** the string "rowid" otherwise. This text is not quoted - if it is ** used as part of an SQL statement it needs to be quoted appropriately. ** ** zContentExprlist: ** ** pzErrmsg: -** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a +** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a ** decent error message if it encounters a file-format version it does ** not understand. ** @@ -207279,14 +209025,15 @@ struct Fts5Config { int nPrefix; /* Number of prefix indexes */ int *aPrefix; /* Sizes in bytes of nPrefix prefix indexes */ int eContent; /* An FTS5_CONTENT value */ - char *zContent; /* content table */ - char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */ + char *zContent; /* content table */ + char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */ int bColumnsize; /* "columnsize=" option value (dflt==1) */ int eDetail; /* FTS5_DETAIL_XXX value */ char *zContentExprlist; Fts5Tokenizer *pTok; fts5_tokenizer *pTokApi; int bLock; /* True when table is preparing statement */ + int ePattern; /* FTS_PATTERN_XXX constant */ /* Values loaded from the %_config table */ int iCookie; /* Incremented when %_config is modified */ @@ -207307,17 +209054,19 @@ struct Fts5Config { }; /* Current expected value of %_config table 'version' field */ -#define FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION 4 +#define FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION 4 #define FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL 0 #define FTS5_CONTENT_NONE 1 #define FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL 2 -#define FTS5_DETAIL_FULL 0 -#define FTS5_DETAIL_NONE 1 -#define FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS 2 - +#define FTS5_DETAIL_FULL 0 +#define FTS5_DETAIL_NONE 1 +#define FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS 2 +#define FTS5_PATTERN_NONE 0 +#define FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE 65 /* matches SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE */ +#define FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB 66 /* matches SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB */ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( Fts5Global*, sqlite3*, int, const char **, Fts5Config**, char** @@ -207482,27 +209231,27 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p); ** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments. */ static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( - i64 iRowid, - int iCol, - int iPos, + i64 iRowid, + int iCol, + int iPos, int iIdx, const char *pTerm, int nTerm ); /* -** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in +** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in ** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the ** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( - const char *p, - int nByte, + const char *p, + int nByte, int nChar ); /* -** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the +** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the ** specified token or token prefix. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( @@ -207538,7 +209287,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(Fts5IndexIter*); /* -** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is +** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is ** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more ** times. ** @@ -207573,7 +209322,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p); /* ** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it ** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data -** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data +** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data ** records must be invalidated. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p); @@ -207587,18 +209336,18 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8*, int); /* ** Functions called by the storage module as part of integrity-check. */ -static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum); +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum, int bUseCksum); -/* -** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF -** fts5_decode() with SQLite +/* +** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF +** fts5_decode() with SQLite */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3*); static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index*, int); /* -** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by +** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by ** this connection since it was created. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p); @@ -207615,7 +209364,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v); static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal); @@ -207640,7 +209389,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_main.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_main.c. */ /* @@ -207654,11 +209403,10 @@ struct Fts5Table { }; static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( - Fts5Global*, + Fts5Global*, const char **azArg, int nArg, - Fts5Tokenizer**, - fts5_tokenizer**, + Fts5Config*, char **pzErr ); @@ -207671,7 +209419,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5FlushToDisk(Fts5Table*); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c. */ typedef struct Fts5Hash Fts5Hash; @@ -207721,7 +209469,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(Fts5Hash *, **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains +** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains ** code to access the data stored in the %_content and %_docsize tables. */ @@ -207742,7 +209490,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(Fts5Storage *p, i64, sqlite3_value**); static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(Fts5Storage *p, sqlite3_value**, i64*); static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(Fts5Storage *p, sqlite3_value**, i64); -static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p, int iArg); static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(Fts5Storage *p, int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt**, char**); static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(Fts5Storage *p, int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -207770,7 +209518,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(Fts5Storage *p); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c. */ typedef struct Fts5Expr Fts5Expr; typedef struct Fts5ExprNode Fts5ExprNode; @@ -207786,12 +209534,20 @@ struct Fts5Token { /* Parse a MATCH expression. */ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( - Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + int bPhraseToAnd, int iCol, /* Column on LHS of MATCH operator */ const char *zExpr, - Fts5Expr **ppNew, + Fts5Expr **ppNew, char **pzErr ); +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPattern( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + int bGlob, + int iCol, + const char *zText, + Fts5Expr **pp +); /* ** for(rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pExpr, pIdx, bDesc); @@ -207850,8 +209606,8 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( ); static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( - Fts5Parse *pParse, - Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, Fts5Token *pToken, int bPrefix ); @@ -207859,14 +209615,14 @@ static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(Fts5ExprPhrase*); static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset( - Fts5Parse*, + Fts5Parse*, Fts5ExprNearset*, - Fts5ExprPhrase* + Fts5ExprPhrase* ); static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset( - Fts5Parse*, - Fts5Colset*, + Fts5Parse*, + Fts5Colset*, Fts5Token * ); @@ -207887,7 +209643,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token*); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*); @@ -207896,16 +209652,20 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*); **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*); +static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerPattern( + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char**, int, Fts5Tokenizer**), + Fts5Tokenizer *pTok +); /* ** End of interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. **************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************** -** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. +** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*); @@ -207916,7 +209676,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*); /************************************************************************** -** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c. +** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c. */ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c); static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic); @@ -207946,6 +209706,8 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(u8*, u8*); #define FTS5_PLUS 14 #define FTS5_STAR 15 +/* This file is automatically generated by Lemon from input grammar +** source file "fts5parse.y". */ /* ** 2000-05-29 ** @@ -207970,8 +209732,6 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(u8*, u8*); ** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the ** input grammar file: */ -/* #include <stdio.h> */ -/* #include <assert.h> */ /************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/ /* #include "fts5Int.h" */ @@ -208001,11 +209761,26 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(u8*, u8*); #define fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE u64 /**************** End of %include directives **********************************/ -/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols -** in a format understandable to "makeheaders". This section is blank unless -** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option. -***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/ -/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/ +/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols. +***************** Begin token definitions *************************************/ +#ifndef FTS5_OR +#define FTS5_OR 1 +#define FTS5_AND 2 +#define FTS5_NOT 3 +#define FTS5_TERM 4 +#define FTS5_COLON 5 +#define FTS5_MINUS 6 +#define FTS5_LCP 7 +#define FTS5_RCP 8 +#define FTS5_STRING 9 +#define FTS5_LP 10 +#define FTS5_RP 11 +#define FTS5_CARET 12 +#define FTS5_COMMA 13 +#define FTS5_PLUS 14 +#define FTS5_STAR 15 +#endif +/**************** End token definitions ***************************************/ /* The next sections is a series of control #defines. ** various aspects of the generated parser. @@ -208030,7 +209805,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(u8*, u8*); ** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. ** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. ** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. -** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal ** symbols. ** fts5YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. ** This is typically a union of many types, one of @@ -208119,7 +209894,7 @@ typedef union { /* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the ** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement ** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. +** action integer. ** ** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as ** follows @@ -208219,9 +209994,9 @@ static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_default[] = { }; /********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ -/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. ** If a construct like the following: -** +** ** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** ** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, @@ -208288,15 +210063,16 @@ typedef struct fts5yyParser fts5yyParser; #ifndef NDEBUG /* #include <stdio.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ static FILE *fts5yyTraceFILE = 0; static char *fts5yyTracePrompt = 0; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG -/* +/* ** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace ** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL +** by making either argument NULL ** ** Inputs: ** <ul> @@ -208321,7 +210097,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ #if defined(fts5YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) /* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals ** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = { +static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = { /* 0 */ "$", /* 1 */ "OR", /* 2 */ "AND", @@ -208417,7 +210193,7 @@ static int fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yyParser *p){ #endif p->fts5yystksz = newSize; } - return pNew==0; + return pNew==0; } #endif @@ -208459,7 +210235,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParserInit(void *fts5yypRawParser sqlite3Fts5ParserCTX_PD } #ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** This function allocates a new parser. ** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like ** malloc. @@ -208486,7 +210262,7 @@ static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE) sql /* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value ** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal ** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is -** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the ** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor ** directives of the input grammar. */ @@ -208501,7 +210277,7 @@ static void fts5yy_destructor( /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. ** ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those @@ -208511,31 +210287,31 @@ static void fts5yy_destructor( /********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/ case 16: /* input */ { - (void)pParse; + (void)pParse; } break; case 17: /* expr */ case 18: /* cnearset */ case 19: /* exprlist */ { - sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy24)); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy24)); } break; case 20: /* colset */ case 21: /* colsetlist */ { - sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11)); + sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11)); } break; case 22: /* nearset */ case 23: /* nearphrases */ { - sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy46)); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy46)); } break; case 24: /* phrase */ { - sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy53)); + sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy53)); } break; /********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/ @@ -208576,7 +210352,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFinalize(void *p){ } #ifndef sqlite3Fts5Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK -/* +/* ** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for ** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** @@ -208702,7 +210478,7 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_find_shift_action( #endif /* fts5YYWILDCARD */ return fts5yy_default[stateno]; }else{ - assert( i>=0 && i<sizeof(fts5yy_action)/sizeof(fts5yy_action[0]) ); + assert( i>=0 && i<(int)(sizeof(fts5yy_action)/sizeof(fts5yy_action[0])) ); return fts5yy_action[i]; } }while(1); @@ -208798,7 +210574,7 @@ static void fts5yy_shift( assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack) ); } #endif -#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){ fts5yypParser->fts5yytos--; fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); @@ -208916,8 +210692,9 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( (void)fts5yyLookahead; (void)fts5yyLookaheadToken; fts5yymsp = fts5yypParser->fts5yytos; + assert( fts5yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(fts5yyRuleName)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleName[0])) ); #ifndef NDEBUG - if( fts5yyTraceFILE && fts5yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(fts5yyRuleName)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleName[0])) ){ + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ fts5yysize = fts5yyRuleInfoNRhs[fts5yyruleno]; if( fts5yysize ){ fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s]%s, pop back to state %d.\n", @@ -208943,7 +210720,7 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( assert( fts5yypParser->fts5yyhwm == (int)(fts5yypParser->fts5yytos - fts5yypParser->fts5yystack)); } #endif -#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( fts5yypParser->fts5yytos>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystackEnd ){ fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); /* The call to fts5yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is @@ -208980,7 +210757,7 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( { sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24); } break; case 1: /* colset ::= MINUS LCP colsetlist RCP */ -{ +{ fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11); } break; @@ -209000,13 +210777,13 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( } break; case 5: /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */ -{ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); } fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11; break; case 6: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); } fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11; break; @@ -209050,14 +210827,14 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24; break; case 15: /* cnearset ::= nearset */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); } fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24; break; case 16: /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46); sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy11); } fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy24 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy24; @@ -209067,9 +210844,9 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46; break; case 18: /* nearset ::= CARET phrase */ -{ +{ sqlite3Fts5ParseSetCaret(fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); - fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); + fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); } break; case 19: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */ @@ -209081,8 +210858,8 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46; break; case 20: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */ -{ - fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy53); } fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy46 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy46; break; @@ -209099,13 +210876,13 @@ static fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_reduce( { fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0; } break; case 24: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */ -{ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4); } fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53; break; case 25: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */ -{ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy4); } fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy53 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy53; @@ -209296,7 +211073,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5Parser( #ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL /* A syntax error has occurred. ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". ** ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: ** @@ -209432,7 +211209,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ParserFallback(int iToken){ #include <math.h> /* amalgamator: keep */ /* -** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in +** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in ** a single column of the current row. If the phrase instances in the ** column being considered do not overlap, this object simply iterates ** through them. Or, if they do overlap (share one or more tokens in @@ -209495,7 +211272,7 @@ static int fts5CInstIterNext(CInstIter *pIter){ } /* -** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to +** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to ** iterate through coalesced phrase instances in column iCol. */ static int fts5CInstIterInit( @@ -209540,16 +211317,16 @@ struct HighlightContext { /* ** Append text to the HighlightContext output string - p->zOut. Argument -** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is +** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is ** negative, everything up until the first '\0' is appended to the output. ** -** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is -** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered, -** *pRc is set to an error code before returning. +** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is +** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered, +** *pRc is set to an error code before returning. */ static void fts5HighlightAppend( - int *pRc, - HighlightContext *p, + int *pRc, + HighlightContext *p, const char *z, int n ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && z ){ @@ -209776,7 +211553,7 @@ static int fts5SnippetScore( } /* -** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal +** Return the value in pVal interpreted as utf-8 text. Except, if pVal ** contains a NULL value, return a pointer to a static string zero ** bytes in length instead of a NULL pointer. */ @@ -209845,7 +211622,7 @@ static void fts5SnippetFunction( sFinder.nFirst = 0; rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, i, &sFinder.zDoc, &nDoc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, + rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, sFinder.zDoc, nDoc, (void*)&sFinder,fts5SentenceFinderCb ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; @@ -209880,7 +211657,7 @@ static void fts5SnippetFunction( if( sFinder.aFirst[jj]<io ){ memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase); - rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, + rc = fts5SnippetScore(pApi, pFts, nDocsize, aSeen, i, sFinder.aFirst[jj], nToken, &nScore, 0 ); @@ -209959,7 +211736,7 @@ struct Fts5Bm25Data { ** table matched by each individual phrase within the query. */ static int fts5CountCb( - const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, Fts5Context *pFts, void *pUserData /* Pointer to sqlite3_int64 variable */ ){ @@ -209970,19 +211747,19 @@ static int fts5CountCb( } /* -** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query. +** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query. ** If the object has not already been allocated, allocate and populate it ** now. */ static int fts5Bm25GetData( - const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, Fts5Context *pFts, Fts5Bm25Data **ppData /* OUT: bm25-data object for this query */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Fts5Bm25Data *p; /* Object to return */ - p = pApi->xGetAuxdata(pFts, 0); + p = (Fts5Bm25Data*)pApi->xGetAuxdata(pFts, 0); if( p==0 ){ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ sqlite3_int64 nRow = 0; /* Number of rows in table */ @@ -210023,7 +211800,7 @@ static int fts5Bm25GetData( ** is the number that contain at least one instance of the phrase ** under consideration. ** - ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is + ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is ** negative. Which is undesirable. So the mimimum allowable IDF is ** (1e-6) - roughly the same as a term that appears in just over ** half of set of 5,000,000 documents. */ @@ -210056,7 +211833,7 @@ static void fts5Bm25Function( ){ const double k1 = 1.2; /* Constant "k1" from BM25 formula */ const double b = 0.75; /* Constant "b" from BM25 formula */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + int rc; /* Error code */ double score = 0.0; /* SQL function return value */ Fts5Bm25Data *pData; /* Values allocated/calculated once only */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ @@ -210088,17 +211865,15 @@ static void fts5Bm25Function( D = (double)nTok; } - /* Determine the BM25 score for the current row. */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pData->nPhrase; i++){ - score += pData->aIDF[i] * ( - ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) / - ( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) ) - ); - } - - /* If no error has occurred, return the calculated score. Otherwise, - ** throw an SQL exception. */ + /* Determine and return the BM25 score for the current row. Or, if an + ** error has occurred, throw an exception. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + for(i=0; i<pData->nPhrase; i++){ + score += pData->aIDF[i] * ( + ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) / + ( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) ) + ); + } sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, -1.0 * score); }else{ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); @@ -210189,14 +211964,14 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5Get32(const u8 *aBuf){ } /* -** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set +** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set ** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function ** is called, it is a no-op. */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, - u32 nData, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + u32 nData, const u8 *pData ){ assert_nc( *pRc || nData>=0 ); @@ -210209,12 +211984,12 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob( /* ** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function -** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even +** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even ** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count. */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const char *zStr ){ int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); @@ -210226,13 +212001,13 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString( ** Argument zFmt is a printf() style format string. This function performs ** the printf() style processing, then appends the results to buffer pBuf. ** -** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte +** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte ** following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even though this byte is not ** included in the pBuf->n count. -*/ +*/ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, char *zFmt, ... ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -210259,12 +212034,12 @@ static char *sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...){ zRet = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); va_end(ap); if( zRet==0 ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } return zRet; } - + /* ** Free any buffer allocated by pBuf. Zero the structure before returning. @@ -210275,7 +212050,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ } /* -** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated +** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated ** memory allocation. */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ @@ -210289,8 +212064,8 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ */ static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet( int *pRc, - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, - int nData, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + int nData, const u8 *pData ){ pBuf->n = 0; @@ -210306,7 +212081,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64( if( i>=n ){ /* EOF */ *piOff = -1; - return 1; + return 1; }else{ i64 iOff = *piOff; int iVal; @@ -210361,8 +212136,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit( ** to iPos before returning. */ static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend( - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, - i64 *piPrev, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + i64 *piPrev, i64 iPos ){ static const i64 colmask = ((i64)(0x7FFFFFFF)) << 32; @@ -210376,7 +212151,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend( } static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend( - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter, i64 iPos ){ @@ -210405,7 +212180,7 @@ static void *sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(int *pRc, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ ** the length of the string is determined using strlen(). ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the returned -** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. +** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. */ static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn){ char *zRet = 0; @@ -210472,9 +212247,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(Fts5Termset **pp){ } static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd( - Fts5Termset *p, + Fts5Termset *p, int iIdx, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int *pbPresent ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -210495,9 +212270,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd( hash = hash % ArraySize(p->apHash); for(pEntry=p->apHash[hash]; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){ - if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx - && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm - && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0 + if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx + && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm + && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0 ){ *pbPresent = 1; break; @@ -210571,8 +212346,8 @@ static int fts5_isopenquote(char x){ } /* -** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated -** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in +** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated +** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in ** the string that is not a white-space character. */ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){ @@ -210584,8 +212359,8 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){ } /* -** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated -** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in +** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated +** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in ** the string that is not a "bareword" character. */ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipBareword(const char *pIn){ @@ -210616,9 +212391,9 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ p++; if( *p=='\'' ){ p++; - while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f') - || (*p>='A' && *p<='F') - || (*p>='0' && *p<='9') + while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f') + || (*p>='A' && *p<='F') + || (*p>='0' && *p<='9') ){ p++; } @@ -210649,7 +212424,7 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ if( *p=='+' || *p=='-' ) p++; while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++; - /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is + /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is ** finished. Or, if it is a floating point value, it may continue ** with either a decimal point or an 'E' character. */ if( *p=='.' && fts5_isdigit(p[1]) ){ @@ -210673,8 +212448,8 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ ** nul-terminator byte. ** ** If the close-quote is found, the value returned is the byte offset of -** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not -** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an +** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not +** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an ** undefined state. */ static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ @@ -210685,7 +212460,7 @@ static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ /* Set stack variable q to the close-quote character */ assert( q=='[' || q=='\'' || q=='"' || q=='`' ); - if( q=='[' ) q = ']'; + if( q=='[' ) q = ']'; while( z[iIn] ){ if( z[iIn]==q ){ @@ -210695,7 +212470,7 @@ static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ break; }else{ /* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip - ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character + ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character ** to the output buffer. */ iIn += 2; z[iOut++] = q; @@ -210740,8 +212515,8 @@ struct Fts5Enum { typedef struct Fts5Enum Fts5Enum; static int fts5ConfigSetEnum( - const Fts5Enum *aEnum, - const char *zEnum, + const Fts5Enum *aEnum, + const char *zEnum, int *peVal ){ int nEnum = (int)strlen(zEnum); @@ -210861,8 +212636,8 @@ static int fts5ConfigParseSpecial( *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in tokenize directive"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ - rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, - (const char**)azArg, (int)nArg, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi, + rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, + (const char**)azArg, (int)nArg, pConfig, pzErr ); } @@ -210928,15 +212703,13 @@ static int fts5ConfigParseSpecial( } /* -** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at +** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at ** Fts5Config.pTokenizer. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error ** code if an error occurs. */ static int fts5ConfigDefaultTokenizer(Fts5Global *pGlobal, Fts5Config *pConfig){ assert( pConfig->pTok==0 && pConfig->pTokApi==0 ); - return sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( - pGlobal, 0, 0, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi, 0 - ); + return sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, 0, 0, pConfig, 0); } /* @@ -210995,14 +212768,14 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigGobbleWord( } static int fts5ConfigParseColumn( - Fts5Config *p, - char *zCol, - char *zArg, + Fts5Config *p, + char *zCol, + char *zArg, char **pzErr ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME) - || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME) + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME) + || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 column name: %s", zCol); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -211045,14 +212818,14 @@ static int fts5ConfigMakeExprlist(Fts5Config *p){ /* ** Arguments nArg/azArg contain the string arguments passed to the xCreate -** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to +** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to ** allocate an instance of Fts5Config containing the results of parsing ** those arguments. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut is set to point to the -** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned, *ppOut is set to NULL and an error message may be left in -** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any +** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any ** such error message using sqlite3_free(). */ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( @@ -211139,8 +212912,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( /* If no zContent option was specified, fill in the default values. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContent==0 ){ const char *zTail = 0; - assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL - || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE + assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ); if( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ zTail = "content"; @@ -211211,7 +212984,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ const char *zSep = (i==0?"":", "); zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z%s%Q", zSql, zSep, pConfig->azCol[i]); } - zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)", + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)", zSql, pConfig->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME ); @@ -211220,7 +212993,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(pConfig->db, zSql); sqlite3_free(zSql); } - + return rc; } @@ -211238,7 +213011,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ ** int iPos // Position of token in input (first token is 0) ** ** If the callback returns a non-zero value the tokenization is abandoned -** and no further callbacks are issued. +** and no further callbacks are issued. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code ** if an error occurs. If the tokenization was abandoned early because @@ -211268,7 +213041,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5Tokenize( */ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){ const char *p = pIn; - + while( 1 ){ p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p); @@ -211285,7 +213058,7 @@ static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){ } /* -** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of +** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of ** this is: ** ** + Bareword (function name) @@ -211327,7 +213100,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank( p++; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *pArgs; + const char *pArgs; p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); pArgs = p; if( *p!=')' ){ @@ -211353,8 +213126,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank( } static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue( - Fts5Config *pConfig, - const char *zKey, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + const char *zKey, sqlite3_value *pVal, int *pbBadkey ){ @@ -211480,7 +213253,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(Fts5Config *pConfig, int iCookie){ } rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); } - + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iVersion!=FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; if( pConfig->pzErrmsg ){ @@ -211569,7 +213342,7 @@ struct Fts5ExprNode { i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ Fts5ExprNearset *pNear; /* For FTS5_STRING - cluster of phrases */ - /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For + /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For ** AND or OR nodes, it contains 2 or more entries. */ int nChild; /* Number of child nodes */ Fts5ExprNode *apChild[1]; /* Array of child nodes */ @@ -211628,6 +213401,7 @@ struct Fts5Parse { int nPhrase; /* Size of apPhrase array */ Fts5ExprPhrase **apPhrase; /* Array of all phrases */ Fts5ExprNode *pExpr; /* Result of a successful parse */ + int bPhraseToAnd; /* Convert "a+b" to "a AND b" */ }; static void sqlite3Fts5ParseError(Fts5Parse *pParse, const char *zFmt, ...){ @@ -211648,7 +213422,7 @@ static int fts5ExprIsspace(char t){ ** Read the first token from the nul-terminated string at *pz. */ static int fts5ExprGetToken( - Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5Parse *pParse, const char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into buffer */ Fts5Token *pToken ){ @@ -211716,9 +213490,10 @@ static void fts5ParseFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration */ + int bPhraseToAnd, int iCol, const char *zExpr, /* Expression text */ - Fts5Expr **ppNew, + Fts5Expr **ppNew, char **pzErr ){ Fts5Parse sParse; @@ -211731,6 +213506,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( *ppNew = 0; *pzErr = 0; memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); + sParse.bPhraseToAnd = bPhraseToAnd; pEngine = sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(fts5ParseAlloc); if( pEngine==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } sParse.pConfig = pConfig; @@ -211773,6 +213549,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( pNew->pConfig = pConfig; pNew->apExprPhrase = sParse.apPhrase; pNew->nPhrase = sParse.nPhrase; + pNew->bDesc = 0; sParse.apPhrase = 0; } }else{ @@ -211785,6 +213562,81 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( } /* +** This function is only called when using the special 'trigram' tokenizer. +** Argument zText contains the text of a LIKE or GLOB pattern matched +** against column iCol. This function creates and compiles an FTS5 MATCH +** expression that will match a superset of the rows matched by the LIKE or +** GLOB. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error +** code. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPattern( + Fts5Config *pConfig, int bGlob, int iCol, const char *zText, Fts5Expr **pp +){ + i64 nText = strlen(zText); + char *zExpr = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(nText*4 + 1); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( zExpr==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + char aSpec[3]; + int iOut = 0; + int i = 0; + int iFirst = 0; + + if( bGlob==0 ){ + aSpec[0] = '_'; + aSpec[1] = '%'; + aSpec[2] = 0; + }else{ + aSpec[0] = '*'; + aSpec[1] = '?'; + aSpec[2] = '['; + } + + while( i<=nText ){ + if( i==nText + || zText[i]==aSpec[0] || zText[i]==aSpec[1] || zText[i]==aSpec[2] + ){ + if( i-iFirst>=3 ){ + int jj; + zExpr[iOut++] = '"'; + for(jj=iFirst; jj<i; jj++){ + zExpr[iOut++] = zText[jj]; + if( zText[jj]=='"' ) zExpr[iOut++] = '"'; + } + zExpr[iOut++] = '"'; + zExpr[iOut++] = ' '; + } + if( zText[i]==aSpec[2] ){ + i += 2; + if( zText[i-1]=='^' ) i++; + while( i<nText && zText[i]!=']' ) i++; + } + iFirst = i+1; + } + i++; + } + if( iOut>0 ){ + int bAnd = 0; + if( pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + bAnd = 1; + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + iCol = pConfig->nCol; + } + } + zExpr[iOut] = '\0'; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, bAnd, iCol, zExpr, pp,pConfig->pzErrmsg); + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(zExpr); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* ** Free the expression node object passed as the only argument. */ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(Fts5ExprNode *p){ @@ -211874,7 +213726,7 @@ static i64 fts5ExprSynonymRowid(Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, int bDesc, int *pbEof){ ** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator. */ static int fts5ExprSynonymList( - Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, i64 iRowid, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Use this buffer for space if required */ u8 **pa, int *pn @@ -211947,13 +213799,13 @@ static int fts5ExprSynonymList( /* ** All individual term iterators in pPhrase are guaranteed to be valid and -** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function +** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function ** checks if the current rowid really is a match, and if so populates ** the pPhrase->poslist buffer accordingly. Output parameter *pbMatch ** is set to true if this is really a match, or false otherwise. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code -** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is +** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is ** not a match. */ static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch( @@ -211967,7 +213819,7 @@ static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch( int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int bFirst = pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst; - + fts5BufferZero(&pPhrase->poslist); /* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array @@ -212089,7 +213941,7 @@ struct Fts5NearTrimmer { ** function is called, it is a no-op. Or, if an error (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) ** occurs within this function (*pRc) is set accordingly before returning. ** The return value is undefined in both these cases. -** +** ** If no error occurs and non-zero (a match) is returned, the position-list ** of each phrase object is edited to contain only those entries that ** meet the constraint before returning. @@ -212121,7 +213973,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNearIsMatch(int *pRc, Fts5ExprNearset *pNear){ /* Initialize a lookahead iterator for each phrase. After passing the ** buffer and buffer size to the lookaside-reader init function, zero ** the phrase poslist buffer. The new poslist for the phrase (containing - ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account + ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account ** of the NEAR constraint) is written over the original even as it is ** being read. This is safe as the entries for the new poslist are a ** subset of the old, so it is not possible for data yet to be read to @@ -212278,7 +214130,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNearTest( ** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; - if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym + if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->pColset || pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst ){ int bMatch = 0; @@ -212426,7 +214278,7 @@ static void fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ */ static int fts5NodeCompare( Fts5Expr *pExpr, - Fts5ExprNode *p1, + Fts5ExprNode *p1, Fts5ExprNode *p2 ){ if( p2->bEof ) return -1; @@ -212441,7 +214293,7 @@ static int fts5NodeCompare( ** If an EOF is reached before this happens, *pbEof is set to true before ** returning. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code +** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code ** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if an iterator reaches ** EOF. */ @@ -212458,8 +214310,8 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING( const int bDesc = pExpr->bDesc; /* Check that this node should not be FTS5_TERM */ - assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 - || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 + assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 + || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst ); @@ -212519,7 +214371,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING( Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */ Fts5ExprNode *pNode, /* FTS5_STRING or FTS5_TERM node */ int bFromValid, - i64 iFrom + i64 iFrom ){ Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0]; int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -212537,8 +214389,8 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING( for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){ i64 ii = p->pIter->iRowid; - if( ii==iRowid - || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc) + if( ii==iRowid + || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc) ){ if( bFromValid ){ rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iFrom); @@ -212584,9 +214436,9 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM( Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression that pNear is a part of */ Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_TERM) */ ){ - /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists + /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists ** of a single term only, grab pointers into the poslist managed by the - ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing + ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing ** a new poslist the way we have to for more complicated phrase or NEAR ** expressions. */ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]; @@ -212609,7 +214461,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM( ** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM. */ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -212652,7 +214504,7 @@ static void fts5ExprNodeTest_OR( } static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -212664,7 +214516,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR( Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[i]; assert( p1->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iLast)>=0 ); if( p1->bEof==0 ){ - if( (p1->iRowid==iLast) + if( (p1->iRowid==iLast) || (bFromValid && fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iFrom)<0) ){ int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, bFromValid, iFrom); @@ -212736,7 +214588,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_AND( } static int fts5ExprNodeNext_AND( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -212779,7 +214631,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT( } static int fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode, int bFromValid, i64 iFrom @@ -212836,7 +214688,7 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeTest( return rc; } - + /* ** Set node pNode, which is part of expression pExpr, to point to the first ** match. If there are no matches, set the Node.bEof flag to indicate EOF. @@ -212890,8 +214742,8 @@ static int fts5ExprNodeFirst(Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ /* ** Begin iterating through the set of documents in index pIdx matched by -** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc" -** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid +** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc" +** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid ** order. Or, if it is zero, in ascending order. ** ** If iterating in ascending rowid order (bDesc==0), the first document @@ -212913,9 +214765,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr *p, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iFirst, int bD /* If not at EOF but the current rowid occurs earlier than iFirst in ** the iteration order, move to document iFirst or later. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && 0==pRoot->bEof - && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && 0==pRoot->bEof + && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0 ){ rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 1, iFirst); } @@ -212929,7 +214781,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr *p, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iFirst, int bD } /* -** Move to the next document +** Move to the next document ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It ** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents. @@ -213111,7 +214963,7 @@ static int fts5ParseTokenize( Fts5ExprPhrase *pNew; int nNew = SZALLOC + (pPhrase ? pPhrase->nTerm : 0); - pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc64(pPhrase, + pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc64(pPhrase, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) * nNew ); if( pNew==0 ){ @@ -213161,6 +215013,20 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNode *p){ pParse->pExpr = p; } +static int parseGrowPhraseArray(Fts5Parse *pParse){ + if( (pParse->nPhrase % 8)==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*) * (pParse->nPhrase + 8); + Fts5ExprPhrase **apNew; + apNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3_realloc64(pParse->apPhrase, nByte); + if( apNew==0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pParse->apPhrase = apNew; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + /* ** This function is called by the parser to process a string token. The ** string may or may not be quoted. In any case it is tokenized and a @@ -213196,16 +215062,9 @@ static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( }else{ if( pAppend==0 ){ - if( (pParse->nPhrase % 8)==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*) * (pParse->nPhrase + 8); - Fts5ExprPhrase **apNew; - apNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3_realloc64(pParse->apPhrase, nByte); - if( apNew==0 ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase); - return 0; - } - pParse->apPhrase = apNew; + if( parseGrowPhraseArray(pParse) ){ + fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase); + return 0; } pParse->nPhrase++; } @@ -213228,8 +215087,8 @@ static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( ** expression passed as the second argument. */ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, - int iPhrase, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + int iPhrase, Fts5Expr **ppNew ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ @@ -213240,15 +215099,15 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( pOrig = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; pNew = (Fts5Expr*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Expr)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprNode)); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -213258,7 +215117,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( Fts5Colset *pColset; nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pColsetOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int); pColset = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); - if( pColset ){ + if( pColset ){ memcpy(pColset, pColsetOrig, (size_t)nByte); } pNew->pRoot->pNear->pColset = pColset; @@ -213297,9 +215156,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( pNew->pRoot->pNear->nPhrase = 1; sCtx.pPhrase->pNode = pNew->pRoot; - if( pOrig->nTerm==1 - && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 - && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0 + if( pOrig->nTerm==1 + && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 + && pOrig->aTerm[0].bFirst==0 ){ pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_TERM; pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM; @@ -213332,7 +215191,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token *pTok){ } static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance( - Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNearset *pNear, Fts5Token *p ){ @@ -213361,7 +215220,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance( ** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be ** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to ** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column -** number iCol appended. +** number iCol appended. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL. ** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case. @@ -213411,7 +215270,7 @@ static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColsetInvert(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Colset *p Fts5Colset *pRet; int nCol = pParse->pConfig->nCol; - pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, + pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol ); if( pRet ){ @@ -213464,7 +215323,7 @@ static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset( /* ** If argument pOrig is NULL, or if (*pRc) is set to anything other than -** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned. +** SQLITE_OK when this function is called, NULL is returned. ** ** Otherwise, a copy of (*pOrig) is made into memory obtained from ** sqlite3Fts5MallocZero() and a pointer to it returned. If the allocation @@ -213475,7 +215334,7 @@ static Fts5Colset *fts5CloneColset(int *pRc, Fts5Colset *pOrig){ if( pOrig ){ sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + (pOrig->nCol-1) * sizeof(int); pRet = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(pRc, nByte); - if( pRet ){ + if( pRet ){ memcpy(pRet, pOrig, (size_t)nByte); } }else{ @@ -213514,13 +215373,13 @@ static void fts5MergeColset(Fts5Colset *pColset, Fts5Colset *pMerge){ ** zero, or it may create copies of pColset using fts5CloneColset(). */ static void fts5ParseSetColset( - Fts5Parse *pParse, - Fts5ExprNode *pNode, + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, Fts5Colset *pColset, Fts5Colset **ppFree ){ if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING + assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING || pNode->eType==FTS5_AND || pNode->eType==FTS5_OR || pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT || pNode->eType==FTS5_EOF ); @@ -213552,9 +215411,9 @@ static void fts5ParseSetColset( ** Apply colset pColset to expression node pExpr and all of its descendents. */ static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset( - Fts5Parse *pParse, - Fts5ExprNode *pExpr, - Fts5Colset *pColset + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNode *pExpr, + Fts5Colset *pColset ){ Fts5Colset *pFree = pColset; if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ @@ -213572,7 +215431,7 @@ static void fts5ExprAssignXNext(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ switch( pNode->eType ){ case FTS5_STRING: { Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; - if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1 + if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].bFirst==0 ){ @@ -213613,6 +215472,67 @@ static void fts5ExprAddChildren(Fts5ExprNode *p, Fts5ExprNode *pSub){ } /* +** This function is used when parsing LIKE or GLOB patterns against +** trigram indexes that specify either detail=column or detail=none. +** It converts a phrase: +** +** abc + def + ghi +** +** into an AND tree: +** +** abc AND def AND ghi +*/ +static Fts5ExprNode *fts5ParsePhraseToAnd( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear +){ + int nTerm = pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm; + int ii; + int nByte; + Fts5ExprNode *pRet; + + assert( pNear->nPhrase==1 ); + assert( pParse->bPhraseToAnd ); + + nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode) + nTerm*sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*); + pRet = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, nByte); + if( pRet ){ + pRet->eType = FTS5_AND; + pRet->nChild = nTerm; + fts5ExprAssignXNext(pRet); + pParse->nPhrase--; + for(ii=0; ii<nTerm; ii++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero( + &pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + ); + if( pPhrase ){ + if( parseGrowPhraseArray(pParse) ){ + fts5ExprPhraseFree(pPhrase); + }else{ + pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase++] = pPhrase; + pPhrase->nTerm = 1; + pPhrase->aTerm[0].zTerm = sqlite3Fts5Strndup( + &pParse->rc, pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[ii].zTerm, -1 + ); + pRet->apChild[ii] = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, + 0, 0, sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, pPhrase) + ); + } + } + } + + if( pParse->rc ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRet); + pRet = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(pNear); + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +/* ** Allocate and return a new expression object. If anything goes wrong (i.e. ** OOM error), leave an error code in pParse and return NULL. */ @@ -213628,7 +215548,7 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nChild = 0; /* Number of children of returned node */ sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate for this node */ - + assert( (eType!=FTS5_STRING && !pNear) || (eType==FTS5_STRING && !pLeft && !pRight) ); @@ -213636,51 +215556,58 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( if( eType!=FTS5_STRING && pLeft==0 ) return pRight; if( eType!=FTS5_STRING && pRight==0 ) return pLeft; - if( eType==FTS5_NOT ){ - nChild = 2; - }else if( eType==FTS5_AND || eType==FTS5_OR ){ - nChild = 2; - if( pLeft->eType==eType ) nChild += pLeft->nChild-1; - if( pRight->eType==eType ) nChild += pRight->nChild-1; - } + if( eType==FTS5_STRING + && pParse->bPhraseToAnd + && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 + ){ + pRet = fts5ParsePhraseToAnd(pParse, pNear); + }else{ + if( eType==FTS5_NOT ){ + nChild = 2; + }else if( eType==FTS5_AND || eType==FTS5_OR ){ + nChild = 2; + if( pLeft->eType==eType ) nChild += pLeft->nChild-1; + if( pRight->eType==eType ) nChild += pRight->nChild-1; + } - nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode) + sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*)*(nChild-1); - pRet = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, nByte); + nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode) + sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*)*(nChild-1); + pRet = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, nByte); - if( pRet ){ - pRet->eType = eType; - pRet->pNear = pNear; - fts5ExprAssignXNext(pRet); - if( eType==FTS5_STRING ){ - int iPhrase; - for(iPhrase=0; iPhrase<pNear->nPhrase; iPhrase++){ - pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->pNode = pRet; - if( pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->nTerm==0 ){ - pRet->xNext = 0; - pRet->eType = FTS5_EOF; + if( pRet ){ + pRet->eType = eType; + pRet->pNear = pNear; + fts5ExprAssignXNext(pRet); + if( eType==FTS5_STRING ){ + int iPhrase; + for(iPhrase=0; iPhrase<pNear->nPhrase; iPhrase++){ + pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->pNode = pRet; + if( pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->nTerm==0 ){ + pRet->xNext = 0; + pRet->eType = FTS5_EOF; + } } - } - if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ - Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0]; - if( pNear->nPhrase!=1 - || pPhrase->nTerm>1 - || (pPhrase->nTerm>0 && pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst) - ){ - assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - assert( pParse->zErr==0 ); - pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)", - pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR" - ); - sqlite3_free(pRet); - pRet = 0; + if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0]; + if( pNear->nPhrase!=1 + || pPhrase->nTerm>1 + || (pPhrase->nTerm>0 && pPhrase->aTerm[0].bFirst) + ){ + assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( pParse->zErr==0 ); + pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)", + pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR" + ); + sqlite3_free(pRet); + pRet = 0; + } } + }else{ + fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pLeft); + fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pRight); } - }else{ - fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pLeft); - fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pRight); } } } @@ -213707,14 +215634,14 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight); }else{ - assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING + assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING || pLeft->eType==FTS5_TERM || pLeft->eType==FTS5_EOF || pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ); - assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING - || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM - || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF + assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ); if( pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ){ @@ -213722,9 +215649,9 @@ static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( }else{ pPrev = pLeft; } - assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING - || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM - || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF + assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF ); if( pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ){ @@ -213806,20 +215733,20 @@ static char *fts5PrintfAppend(char *zApp, const char *zFmt, ...){ } /* -** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a -** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using +** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a +** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl( - Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Config *pConfig, const char *zNearsetCmd, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr ){ char *zRet = 0; if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear; - int i; + int i; int iTerm; zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s ", zNearsetCmd); @@ -213869,9 +215796,9 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl( switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTS5_AND: zOp = "AND"; break; case FTS5_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break; - default: + default: assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR ); - zOp = "OR"; + zOp = "OR"; break; } @@ -213897,12 +215824,21 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ }else if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear; - int i; + int i; int iTerm; if( pNear->pColset ){ - int iCol = pNear->pColset->aiCol[0]; - zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s : ", pConfig->azCol[iCol]); + int ii; + Fts5Colset *pColset = pNear->pColset; + if( pColset->nCol>1 ) zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "{"); + for(ii=0; ii<pColset->nCol; ii++){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s", + pConfig->azCol[pColset->aiCol[ii]], ii==pColset->nCol-1 ? "" : " " + ); + } + if( zRet ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s : ", pColset->nCol>1 ? "}" : ""); + } if( zRet==0 ) return 0; } @@ -213942,9 +215878,9 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTS5_AND: zOp = " AND "; break; case FTS5_NOT: zOp = " NOT "; break; - default: + default: assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR ); - zOp = " OR "; + zOp = " OR "; break; } @@ -213956,7 +215892,7 @@ static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ }else{ int e = pExpr->apChild[i]->eType; int b = (e!=FTS5_STRING && e!=FTS5_TERM && e!=FTS5_EOF); - zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s", + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s", (i==0 ? "" : zOp), (b?"(":""), z, (b?")":"") ); @@ -214025,7 +215961,7 @@ static void fts5ExprFunction( rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(pGlobal, db, nConfig, azConfig, &pConfig, &zErr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, pConfig->nCol, zExpr, &pExpr, &zErr); + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, 0, pConfig->nCol, zExpr, &pExpr, &zErr); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char *zText; @@ -214074,7 +216010,7 @@ static void fts5ExprFunctionTcl( /* ** The implementation of an SQLite user-defined-function that accepts a -** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric +** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric ** unicode code point, 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ static void fts5ExprIsAlnum( @@ -214085,7 +216021,7 @@ static void fts5ExprIsAlnum( int iCode; u8 aArr[32]; if( nArg!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_isalnum", -1 ); return; @@ -214104,7 +216040,7 @@ static void fts5ExprFold( sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ ){ if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_fold", -1 ); }else{ @@ -214198,7 +216134,7 @@ static Fts5PoslistPopulator *sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int b Fts5Buffer *pBuf = &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist; Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode; assert( pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->nTerm==1 ); - if( bLive && + if( bLive && (pBuf->n==0 || pNode->iRowid!=pExpr->pRoot->iRowid || pNode->bEof) ){ pRet[i].bMiss = 1; @@ -214265,9 +216201,9 @@ static int fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb( static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( Fts5Config *pConfig, - Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator, - int iCol, + int iCol, const char *z, int n ){ int i; @@ -214279,7 +216215,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){ Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode; Fts5Colset *pColset = pNode->pNear->pColset; - if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol)) + if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol)) || aPopulator[i].bMiss ){ aPopulator[i].bOk = 0; @@ -214288,7 +216224,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( } } - return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, z, n, (void*)&sCtx, fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb ); } @@ -214353,12 +216289,12 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, i64 iRowid){ } /* -** This function is only called for detail=columns tables. +** This function is only called for detail=columns tables. */ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist( - Fts5Expr *pExpr, - int iPhrase, - const u8 **ppCollist, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + int iPhrase, + const u8 **ppCollist, int *pnCollist ){ Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; @@ -214368,8 +216304,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist( assert( iPhrase>=0 && iPhrase<pExpr->nPhrase ); assert( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ); - if( pNode->bEof==0 - && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid + if( pNode->bEof==0 + && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid && pPhrase->poslist.n>0 ){ Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[0]; @@ -214427,9 +216363,9 @@ struct Fts5Hash { }; /* -** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the -** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and -** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The +** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the +** following type. Each object, its key (a nul-terminated string) and +** its current data are stored in a single memory allocation. The ** key immediately follows the object in memory. The position list ** data immediately follows the key data in memory. ** @@ -214451,7 +216387,7 @@ struct Fts5Hash { struct Fts5HashEntry { Fts5HashEntry *pHashNext; /* Next hash entry with same hash-key */ Fts5HashEntry *pScanNext; /* Next entry in sorted order */ - + int nAlloc; /* Total size of allocation */ int iSzPoslist; /* Offset of space for 4-byte poslist size */ int nData; /* Total bytes of data (incl. structure) */ @@ -214580,7 +216516,7 @@ static int fts5HashResize(Fts5Hash *pHash){ } static int fts5HashAddPoslistSize( - Fts5Hash *pHash, + Fts5Hash *pHash, Fts5HashEntry *p, Fts5HashEntry *p2 ){ @@ -214643,16 +216579,16 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( u8 *pPtr; int nIncr = 0; /* Amount to increment (*pHash->pnByte) by */ int bNew; /* If non-delete entry should be written */ - + bNew = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL); /* Attempt to locate an existing hash entry */ iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken); for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){ char *zKey = fts5EntryKey(p); - if( zKey[0]==bByte + if( zKey[0]==bByte && p->nKey==nToken - && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0 + && memcmp(&zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0 ){ break; } @@ -214698,11 +216634,10 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( p->iCol = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ? 0 : -1); } - nIncr += p->nData; }else{ - /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough - ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario + /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough + ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario ** is: ** ** + 9 bytes for a new rowid, @@ -214731,8 +216666,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( /* If this is a new rowid, append the 4-byte size field for the previous ** entry, and the new rowid for this entry. */ if( iRowid!=p->iRowid ){ + u64 iDiff = (u64)iRowid - (u64)p->iRowid; fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p, 0); - p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iRowid - p->iRowid); + p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iDiff); p->iRowid = iRowid; bNew = 1; p->iSzPoslist = p->nData; @@ -214830,7 +216766,7 @@ static Fts5HashEntry *fts5HashEntryMerge( ** list. */ static int fts5HashEntrySort( - Fts5Hash *pHash, + Fts5Hash *pHash, const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query prefix, if any */ Fts5HashEntry **ppSorted ){ @@ -214848,7 +216784,7 @@ static int fts5HashEntrySort( for(iSlot=0; iSlot<pHash->nSlot; iSlot++){ Fts5HashEntry *pIter; for(pIter=pHash->aSlot[iSlot]; pIter; pIter=pIter->pHashNext){ - if( pTerm==0 + if( pTerm==0 || (pIter->nKey+1>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(fts5EntryKey(pIter), pTerm, nTerm)) ){ Fts5HashEntry *pEntry = pIter; @@ -214963,7 +216899,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The +** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The ** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the ** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via ** the interface defined in fts5Int.h. @@ -214979,10 +216915,10 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes. ** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that: ** -** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records -** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is -** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through -** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a +** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records +** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is +** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through +** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a ** doclist, without loading it into memory. ** ** * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index" @@ -215015,14 +216951,14 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB); ** ** , contains the following 5 types of records. See the comments surrounding -** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are +** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are ** assigned to each fo them. ** ** 1. Structure Records: ** ** The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are ** recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists -** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of +** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of ** SQLite varints. If the FTS table features more than one index (because ** there are one or more prefix indexes), it is guaranteed that all share ** the same cookie value. @@ -215054,7 +216990,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT: ** -** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The +** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The ** general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term ** on the leaf page, is: ** @@ -215097,7 +217033,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** PAGE FORMAT ** -** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit +** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit ** unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are: ** ** * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists @@ -215132,7 +217068,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** 5. Segment doclist indexes: ** ** Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of -** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page +** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page ** is: ** ** * Flags byte. Bits are: @@ -215142,8 +217078,8 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint. ** -** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A -** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid, +** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A +** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid, ** or an 0x00 byte otherwise. ** ** Internal doclist index nodes are: @@ -215156,7 +217092,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint. ** ** * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent -** child page. +** child page. ** */ @@ -215173,7 +217109,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( ** ** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id. ** -** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and +** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and ** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered ** sequentially starting from 1. */ @@ -215270,7 +217206,7 @@ struct Fts5DoclistIter { /* ** The contents of the "structure" record for each index are represented -** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the +** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the ** other Fts5StructureXXX types as components. */ struct Fts5StructureSegment { @@ -215343,10 +217279,10 @@ struct Fts5CResult { ** Current leaf page number within segment. ** ** iLeafOffset: -** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the +** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the ** position list data (one byte passed the position-list size field). ** rowid field of the current entry. Usually this is the size field of the -** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry +** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry ** is the last thing on the leaf page. ** ** pLeaf: @@ -215360,7 +217296,7 @@ struct Fts5CResult { ** Mask of FTS5_SEGITER_XXX values. Interpreted as follows: ** ** FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM: -** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist +** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist ** has been exhausted. Do not proceed to the next term in the segment. ** ** FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE: @@ -215389,7 +217325,7 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { /* Next method */ void (*xNext)(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*); - /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset + /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset ** is the offset of the first rowid in the current doclist. */ int iTermLeafPgno; int iTermLeafOffset; @@ -215412,7 +217348,7 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { }; /* -** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a +** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a ** leaf page. */ #define ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(x) assert( \ @@ -215422,7 +217358,7 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { #define FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM 0x01 #define FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE 0x02 -/* +/* ** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a leaf ** page. This macro evaluates to true if the leaf contains no terms, or ** false if it contains at least one term. @@ -215444,13 +217380,13 @@ struct Fts5SegIter { ** on empty segments. ** ** The results of comparing segments aSeg[N] and aSeg[N+1], where N is an -** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the +** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the ** comparison in this context is the index of the iterator that currently ** points to the smaller term/rowid combination. Iterators at EOF are ** considered to be greater than all other iterators. ** ** aFirst[1] contains the index in aSeg[] of the iterator that points to -** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused. +** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused. ** ** poslist: ** Used by sqlite3Fts5IterPoslist() when the poslist needs to be buffered. @@ -215512,7 +217448,7 @@ static void fts5PutU16(u8 *aOut, u16 iVal){ static u16 fts5GetU16(const u8 *aIn){ return ((u16)aIn[0] << 8) + aIn[1]; -} +} /* ** Allocate and return a buffer at least nByte bytes in size. @@ -215578,7 +217514,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5IndexCloseReader(Fts5Index *p){ /* ** Retrieve a record from the %_data table. ** -** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the ** Fts5Index object. */ static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ @@ -215601,11 +217537,11 @@ static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } - /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek + /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek ** to the requested entry. */ if( p->pReader==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; - rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", iRowid, 0, &p->pReader ); } @@ -215613,7 +217549,7 @@ static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ /* If either of the sqlite3_blob_open() or sqlite3_blob_reopen() calls ** above returned SQLITE_ERROR, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB instead. ** All the reasons those functions might return SQLITE_ERROR - missing - ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate + ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate ** backing store corruption. */ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; @@ -215698,7 +217634,7 @@ static void fts5DataWrite(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid, const u8 *pData, int nData){ if( p->pWriter==0 ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pWriter, sqlite3_mprintf( - "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)", + "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName )); if( p->rc ) return; @@ -215722,7 +217658,7 @@ static void fts5DataDelete(Fts5Index *p, i64 iFirst, i64 iLast){ if( p->pDeleter==0 ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); if( fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDeleter, zSql) ) return; @@ -215756,7 +217692,7 @@ static void fts5DataRemoveSegment(Fts5Index *p, int iSegid){ } /* -** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier +** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier ** call to fts5StructureRead() or fts5StructureDecode(). */ static void fts5StructureRelease(Fts5Structure *pStruct){ @@ -215836,7 +217772,7 @@ static int fts5StructureDecode( i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->nMerge); i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nTotal); if( nTotal<pLvl->nMerge ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; - pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nTotal * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) ); nSegment -= nTotal; @@ -215902,10 +217838,10 @@ static void fts5StructureAddLevel(int *pRc, Fts5Structure **ppStruct){ ** segments. */ static void fts5StructureExtendLevel( - int *pRc, - Fts5Structure *pStruct, - int iLvl, - int nExtra, + int *pRc, + Fts5Structure *pStruct, + int iLvl, + int nExtra, int bInsert ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -215959,7 +217895,7 @@ static i64 fts5IndexDataVersion(Fts5Index *p){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->pDataVersion==0 ){ - p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion, + p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.data_version", p->pConfig->zDb) ); if( p->rc ) return 0; @@ -215978,7 +217914,7 @@ static i64 fts5IndexDataVersion(Fts5Index *p){ ** Read, deserialize and return the structure record. ** ** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array -** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode() +** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode() ** above. ** ** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code left in the @@ -216127,8 +218063,8 @@ static int fts5SegmentSize(Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg){ } /* -** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many -** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is +** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many +** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is ** returned. */ static void fts5StructurePromoteTo( @@ -216168,8 +218104,8 @@ static void fts5StructurePromoteTo( ** ** b) If the segment just written is larger than the newest segment on ** the next populated level, then that segment, and any other adjacent -** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are -** promoted. +** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are +** promoted. ** ** If one or more segments are promoted, the structure object is updated ** to reflect this. @@ -216203,7 +218139,7 @@ static void fts5StructurePromote( if( sz>szMax ) szMax = sz; } if( szMax>=szSeg ){ - /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level + /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level ** iLvl to level iTst. */ iPromote = iTst; szPromote = szMax; @@ -216222,7 +218158,7 @@ static void fts5StructurePromote( /* -** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the +** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the ** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero. */ static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ @@ -216237,7 +218173,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ }else{ int iOff; for(iOff=pLvl->iOff; iOff<pData->nn; iOff++){ - if( pData->p[iOff] ) break; + if( pData->p[iOff] ) break; } if( iOff<pData->nn ){ @@ -216267,7 +218203,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxIterNextR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){ if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){ fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData); memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); - pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno) ); if( pLvl->pData ) fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl); @@ -216287,7 +218223,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxIterNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ ** points to the first rowid in the doclist-index. ** ** pData: -** pointer to doclist-index record, +** pointer to doclist-index record, ** ** When this function is called pIter->iLeafPgno is the page number the ** doclist is associated with (the one featuring the term). @@ -216318,7 +218254,7 @@ static void fts5DlidxIterLast(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ Fts5DlidxLvl *pChild = &pLvl[-1]; fts5DataRelease(pChild->pData); memset(pChild, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); - pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, i-1, pLvl->iLeafPgno) ); } @@ -216341,8 +218277,8 @@ static int fts5DlidxLvlPrev(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ int ii; int nZero = 0; - /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block - ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous + /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block + ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous ** varint. Taking care not to read any memory locations that occur ** before the buffer in memory. */ iLimit = (iOff>9 ? iOff-9 : 0); @@ -216387,7 +218323,7 @@ static int fts5DlidxIterPrevR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){ if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){ fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData); memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); - pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno) ); if( pLvl->pData ){ @@ -216486,7 +218422,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterNextPage( pIter->pLeaf = pIter->pNextLeaf; pIter->pNextLeaf = 0; }else if( pIter->iLeafPgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast ){ - pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p, + pIter->pLeaf = fts5LeafRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno) ); }else{ @@ -216530,7 +218466,7 @@ static int fts5GetPoslistSize(const u8 *p, int *pnSz, int *pbDel){ ** Fts5SegIter.nPos ** Fts5SegIter.bDel ** -** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the +** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the ** position list content (if any). */ static void fts5SegIterLoadNPos(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ @@ -216581,7 +218517,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterLoadRowid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ } /* -** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the +** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the ** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value ** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is ** the first term in the segment). @@ -216592,7 +218528,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterLoadRowid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ ** Fts5SegIter.rowid ** ** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of -** the first position list. The position list belonging to document +** the first position list. The position list belonging to document ** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid). */ static void fts5SegIterLoadTerm(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter, int nKeep){ @@ -216640,10 +218576,10 @@ static void fts5SegIterSetNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ /* ** Initialize the iterator object pIter to iterate through the entries in -** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when +** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when ** this function returns. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If ** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterInit( @@ -216688,8 +218624,8 @@ static void fts5SegIterInit( ** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page. ** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not. ** -** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last -** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the +** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last +** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the ** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator ** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first ** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid. @@ -216707,7 +218643,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf); while( 1 ){ - i64 iDelta = 0; + u64 iDelta = 0; if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ /* todo */ @@ -216722,7 +218658,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ i += nPos; } if( i>=n ) break; - i += fts5GetVarint(&a[i], (u64*)&iDelta); + i += fts5GetVarint(&a[i], &iDelta); pIter->iRowid += iDelta; /* If necessary, grow the pIter->aRowidOffset[] array. */ @@ -216821,7 +218757,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterNext_Reverse( if( pIter->iRowidOffset>0 ){ u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; int iOff; - i64 iDelta; + u64 iDelta; pIter->iRowidOffset--; pIter->iLeafOffset = pIter->aRowidOffset[pIter->iRowidOffset]; @@ -216830,7 +218766,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterNext_Reverse( if( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ iOff += pIter->nPos; } - fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); + fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], &iDelta); pIter->iRowid -= iDelta; }else{ fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(p, pIter); @@ -216909,10 +218845,10 @@ static void fts5SegIterNext_None( /* -** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. +** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It -** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It +** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has ** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterNext( @@ -217023,7 +218959,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterNext( }else{ /* The following could be done by calling fts5SegIterLoadNPos(). But ** this block is particularly performance critical, so equivalent - ** code is inlined. + ** code is inlined. ** ** Later: Switched back to fts5SegIterLoadNPos() because it supports ** detail=none mode. Not ideal. @@ -217103,7 +219039,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterReverse(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ } /* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist - ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case + ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case ** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size ** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page. ** @@ -217133,8 +219069,8 @@ static void fts5SegIterReverse(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ /* ** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid of a doclist. -** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current -** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the +** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current +** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the ** doclist-index from disk and initialize an iterator at (pIter->pDlidx). */ static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ @@ -217148,8 +219084,8 @@ static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ /* Check if the current doclist ends on this page. If it does, return ** early without loading the doclist-index (as it belongs to a different ** term. */ - if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno - && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf + if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno + && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf ){ return; } @@ -217274,11 +219210,11 @@ static void fts5LeafSeek( } search_success: - pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff + nNew; - if( pIter->iLeafOffset>n || nNew<1 ){ + if( (i64)iOff+nNew>n || nNew<1 ){ p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; return; } + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff + nNew; pIter->iTermLeafOffset = pIter->iLeafOffset; pIter->iTermLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno; @@ -217314,7 +219250,7 @@ static sqlite3_stmt *fts5IdxSelectStmt(Fts5Index *p){ ** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within segment ** pSeg. If there is no such term in the index, the iterator is set to EOF. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If ** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterSeekInit( @@ -217394,10 +219330,10 @@ static void fts5SegIterSeekInit( /* ** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the -** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the +** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the ** iterator is set to EOF. ** -** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If ** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. */ static void fts5SegIterHashInit( @@ -217427,7 +219363,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterHashInit( } } }else{ - p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, sizeof(Fts5Data), + p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, sizeof(Fts5Data), (const char*)pTerm, nTerm, (void**)&pLeaf, &nList ); if( pLeaf ){ @@ -217477,7 +219413,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterClear(Fts5SegIter *pIter){ ** two iterators. */ static void fts5AssertComparisonResult( - Fts5Iter *pIter, + Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *p1, Fts5SegIter *p2, Fts5CResult *pRes @@ -217514,7 +219450,7 @@ static void fts5AssertComparisonResult( /* ** This function is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined when this module -** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert() +** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert() ** statement used to verify that the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] array ** are correct. */ @@ -217528,9 +219464,9 @@ static void fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ /* Check that pIter->iSwitchRowid is set correctly. */ for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){ Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i]; - assert( p1==pFirst - || p1->pLeaf==0 - || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term) + assert( p1==pFirst + || p1->pLeaf==0 + || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term) || p1->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid || (p1->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev ); @@ -217560,7 +219496,7 @@ static void fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ ** ** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry ** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing -** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority, +** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority, ** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array. */ static int fts5MultiIterDoCompare(Fts5Iter *pIter, int iOut){ @@ -217651,7 +219587,7 @@ static void fts5SegIterGotoPage( } /* -** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or +** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or ** past rowid iFrom. Regardless of the value of iFrom, the iterator is ** always advanced at least once. */ @@ -217747,7 +219683,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterAdvanced( ** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced() ** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except ** that it deals with more complicated cases as well. -*/ +*/ static int fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid( Fts5Iter *pIter, /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */ int iChanged, /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */ @@ -217798,14 +219734,14 @@ static void fts5MultiIterSetEof(Fts5Iter *pIter){ } /* -** Move the iterator to the next entry. +** Move the iterator to the next entry. ** -** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not -** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at +** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not +** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at ** EOF when this function is called. */ static void fts5MultiIterNext( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter, int bFrom, /* True if argument iFrom is valid */ i64 iFrom /* Advance at least as far as this */ @@ -217823,7 +219759,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNext( pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm); } - if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg) ){ fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1); @@ -217843,7 +219779,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNext( } static void fts5MultiIterNext2( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: True if *might* be new term */ ){ @@ -217857,7 +219793,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNext2( assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm); - if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg) ){ fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1); @@ -217882,7 +219818,7 @@ static Fts5Iter *fts5MultiIterAlloc( int nSlot; /* Power of two >= nSeg */ for(nSlot=2; nSlot<nSeg; nSlot=nSlot*2); - pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p, + pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Iter) + /* pNew */ sizeof(Fts5SegIter) * (nSlot-1) + /* pNew->aSeg[] */ sizeof(Fts5CResult) * nSlot /* pNew->aFirst[] */ @@ -217897,8 +219833,8 @@ static Fts5Iter *fts5MultiIterAlloc( } static void fts5PoslistCallback( - Fts5Index *pUnused, - void *pContext, + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); @@ -217935,8 +219871,8 @@ static int fts5IndexColsetTest(Fts5Colset *pColset, int iCol){ } static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback( - Fts5Index *pUnused, - void *pContext, + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ PoslistOffsetsCtx *pCtx = (PoslistOffsetsCtx*)pContext; @@ -217959,7 +219895,7 @@ static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback( static void fts5PoslistFilterCallback( Fts5Index *pUnused, - void *pContext, + void *pContext, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ PoslistCallbackCtx *pCtx = (PoslistCallbackCtx*)pContext; @@ -218104,7 +220040,7 @@ static int fts5IndexExtractCol( while( iCol>iCurrent ){ /* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is ** not part of a varint. Note that it is not possible for a negative - ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position + ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position ** list. So the last byte of each varint may be assumed to have a clear ** 0x80 bit. */ while( *p!=0x01 ){ @@ -218169,7 +220105,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ assert( pIter->pColset==0 ); if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ - /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output + /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */ pIter->base.pData = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; }else{ @@ -218205,13 +220141,13 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ } /* -** xSetOutputs callback used when: +** xSetOutputs callback used when: ** ** * detail=col, ** * there is a column filter, and -** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns. +** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns. ** -** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as +** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as ** single-byte varints. */ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ @@ -218223,7 +220159,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(pIter, pSeg); }else{ u8 *a = (u8*)&pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; - u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos]; + u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos]; int iPrev = 0; int *aiCol = pIter->pColset->aiCol; int *aiColEnd = &aiCol[pIter->pColset->nCol]; @@ -218262,7 +220198,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Full(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ assert( pColset ); if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ - /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output + /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */ const u8 *a = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; if( pColset->nCol==1 ){ @@ -218326,7 +220262,7 @@ static void fts5IterSetOutputCb(int *pRc, Fts5Iter *pIter){ ** is zero or greater, data from the first nSegment segments on level iLevel ** is merged. ** -** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the +** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the ** iterated data. */ static void fts5MultiIterNew( @@ -218395,8 +220331,8 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNew( assert( iIter==nSeg ); } - /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points - ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the + /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points + ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the ** aFirst[] array. Or, if an error has occurred, free the iterator ** object and set the output variable to NULL. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -218465,12 +220401,12 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNew2( } /* -** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred. +** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred. ** False otherwise. */ static int fts5MultiIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ - assert( p->rc - || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof + assert( p->rc + || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof ); return (p->rc || pIter->base.bEof); } @@ -218489,8 +220425,8 @@ static i64 fts5MultiIterRowid(Fts5Iter *pIter){ ** Move the iterator to the next entry at or following iMatch. */ static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5Iter *pIter, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Iter *pIter, i64 iMatch ){ while( 1 ){ @@ -218504,7 +220440,7 @@ static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom( } /* -** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the ** entry that the iterator currently points to. */ static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){ @@ -218515,11 +220451,11 @@ static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){ /* ** Allocate a new segment-id for the structure pStruct. The new segment -** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by +** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by ** any currently existing segment. If a free segment id cannot be found, ** SQLITE_FULL is returned. ** -** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is +** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is ** returned in this case. */ static int fts5AllocateSegid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){ @@ -218588,10 +220524,10 @@ static void fts5IndexDiscardData(Fts5Index *p){ } /* -** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer +** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer ** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld). ** -** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater +** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater ** than buffer (pOld/nOld). */ static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){ @@ -218603,7 +220539,7 @@ static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){ } static void fts5WriteDlidxClear( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, int bFlush /* If true, write dlidx to disk */ ){ @@ -218614,7 +220550,7 @@ static void fts5WriteDlidxClear( if( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ) break; if( bFlush ){ assert( pDlidx->pgno!=0 ); - fts5DataWrite(p, + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno), pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n ); @@ -218668,8 +220604,8 @@ static int fts5WriteFlushDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ } /* -** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the -** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed. +** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the +** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed. ** ** The doclist-index for that term is currently stored in-memory within the ** Fts5SegWriter.aDlidx[] array. If it is large enough, this function @@ -218754,8 +220690,8 @@ static i64 fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ ** doclist-index. */ static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, i64 iRowid ){ int i; @@ -218768,11 +220704,11 @@ static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend( if( pDlidx->buf.n>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ /* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push ** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next - ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree + ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree ** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node, ** also push its first rowid upwards. */ pDlidx->buf.p[0] = 0x01; /* Not the root node */ - fts5DataWrite(p, + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno), pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n ); @@ -218856,13 +220792,13 @@ static void fts5WriteFlushLeaf(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ ** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed ** as the second argument. ** -** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has ** already occurred, this function is a no-op. */ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, - int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm + int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm ){ int nPrefix; /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */ Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; @@ -218881,7 +220817,7 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( } fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm+FTS5_DATA_PADDING); } - + /* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */ pPgidx->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint( &pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n - pPage->iPrevPgidx @@ -218897,11 +220833,11 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( if( pPage->pgno!=1 ){ /* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in ** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to - ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term + ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term ** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to ** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one ** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the - ** previous term. + ** previous term. ** ** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception ** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step. @@ -218938,10 +220874,10 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( } /* -** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output. +** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output. */ static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, i64 iRowid ){ @@ -218952,7 +220888,7 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter); } - /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the + /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the ** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx ** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required. */ if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){ @@ -218974,18 +220910,18 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( } static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, - const u8 *aData, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + const u8 *aData, int nData ){ Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; const u8 *a = aData; int n = nData; - + assert( p->pConfig->pgsz>0 ); - while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ int nReq = p->pConfig->pgsz - pPage->buf.n - pPage->pgidx.n; int nCopy = 0; @@ -219008,7 +220944,7 @@ static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData( ** allocations associated with the writer. */ static void fts5WriteFinish( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ int *pnLeaf /* OUT: Number of leaf pages in b-tree */ ){ @@ -219036,8 +220972,8 @@ static void fts5WriteFinish( } static void fts5WriteInit( - Fts5Index *p, - Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, int iSegid ){ const int nBuffer = p->pConfig->pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING; @@ -219060,7 +220996,7 @@ static void fts5WriteInit( if( p->pIdxWriter==0 ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxWriter, sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)", + "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName )); } @@ -219126,13 +221062,13 @@ static void fts5TrimSegments(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ /* Set up the new page-index array */ fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, 4); - if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno + if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno && pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf && pSeg->iPgidxOff<=pData->nn ){ int nDiff = pData->szLeaf - pSeg->iEndofDoclist; fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, buf.n - 1 - nDiff - 4); - fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, pData->nn - pSeg->iPgidxOff, &pData->p[pSeg->iPgidxOff] ); } @@ -219149,8 +221085,8 @@ static void fts5TrimSegments(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ } static void fts5MergeChunkCallback( - Fts5Index *p, - void *pCtx, + Fts5Index *p, + void *pCtx, const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk ){ Fts5SegWriter *pWriter = (Fts5SegWriter*)pCtx; @@ -219365,7 +221301,7 @@ static int fts5IndexMerge( ** segment. This function updates the write-counter accordingly and, if ** necessary, performs incremental merge work. ** -** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has ** already occurred, this function is a no-op. */ static void fts5IndexAutomerge( @@ -219416,12 +221352,12 @@ static int fts5IndexReturn(Fts5Index *p){ typedef struct Fts5FlushCtx Fts5FlushCtx; struct Fts5FlushCtx { Fts5Index *pIdx; - Fts5SegWriter writer; + Fts5SegWriter writer; }; /* ** Buffer aBuf[] contains a list of varints, all small enough to fit -** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this +** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this ** list nMax bytes or less in size. */ static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){ @@ -219439,10 +221375,10 @@ static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){ } /* -** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0 +** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0 ** segment on disk. Also update the corresponding structure record. ** -** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has ** already occurred, this function is a no-op. */ static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){ @@ -219499,13 +221435,13 @@ static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){ i64 iDelta = 0; int iOff = 0; - /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following - ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current + /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following + ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current ** doclist. */ while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<nDoclist ){ iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pDoclist[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); iRowid += iDelta; - + if( writer.bFirstRowidInPage ){ fts5PutU16(&pBuf->p[0], (u16)pBuf->n); /* first rowid on page */ pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iRowid); @@ -219609,7 +221545,7 @@ static void fts5IndexFlush(Fts5Index *p){ } static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct ){ Fts5Structure *pNew = 0; @@ -219620,7 +221556,7 @@ static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct( /* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does ** not require optimization if either: ** - ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or + ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or ** + all segments are on the same level, or ** + all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation. ** @@ -219697,7 +221633,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(Fts5Index *p){ fts5StructureRelease(pNew); } - return fts5IndexReturn(p); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); } /* @@ -219781,7 +221717,7 @@ static void fts5DoclistIterNext(Fts5DoclistIter *pIter){ } static void fts5DoclistIterInit( - Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, Fts5DoclistIter *pIter ){ memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter)); @@ -219897,17 +221833,17 @@ static void fts5MergePrefixLists( Fts5Buffer out = {0, 0, 0}; Fts5Buffer tmp = {0, 0, 0}; - /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two + /* The maximum size of the output is equal to the sum of the two ** input sizes + 1 varint (9 bytes). The extra varint is because if the ** first rowid in one input is a large negative number, and the first in ** the other a non-negative number, the delta for the non-negative ** number will be larger on disk than the literal integer value - ** was. + ** was. ** ** Or, if the input position-lists are corrupt, then the output might ** include up to 2 extra 10-byte positions created by interpreting -1 ** (the value PoslistNext64() uses for EOF) as a position and appending - ** it to the output. This can happen at most once for each input + ** it to the output. This can happen at most once for each input ** position-list, hence two 10 byte paddings. */ if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n + 9+10+10) ) return; fts5DoclistIterInit(p1, &i1); @@ -219931,7 +221867,7 @@ static void fts5MergePrefixLists( assert( out.n<=((i1.aPoslist-p1->p) + (i2.aPoslist-p2->p)+9+10+10) ); } else{ - /* Merge the two position lists. */ + /* Merge the two position lists. */ i64 iPos1 = 0; i64 iPos2 = 0; int iOff1 = 0; @@ -219950,7 +221886,9 @@ static void fts5MergePrefixLists( ** at most 20 bytes of unexpected space. */ fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid); fts5BufferZero(&tmp); - sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &tmp, i1.nPoslist + i2.nPoslist + 10 + 10); + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &tmp, + i1.nPoslist + i2.nPoslist + 10 + 10 + FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING + ); if( p->rc ) break; sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1); @@ -220024,9 +221962,10 @@ static void fts5MergePrefixLists( } assert_nc( out.n<=(p1->n+p2->n+9) ); - fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, p1, out.n, out.p); + fts5BufferFree(p1); fts5BufferFree(&tmp); - fts5BufferFree(&out); + memset(&out.p[out.n], 0, FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING); + *p1 = out; } } @@ -220056,8 +221995,8 @@ static void fts5SetupPrefixIter( pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); if( aBuf && pStruct ){ - const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN - | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY + const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN + | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; int i; i64 iLastRowid = 0; @@ -220139,9 +222078,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(Fts5Index *p, int bDelete, i64 iRowid){ } /* Flush the hash table to disk if required */ - if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid + if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid || (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0) - || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) + || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) ){ fts5IndexFlush(p); } @@ -220164,7 +222103,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p){ /* ** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it ** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data -** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data +** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data ** records must be invalidated. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p){ @@ -220198,8 +222137,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(Fts5Index *p){ ** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen( - Fts5Config *pConfig, - int bCreate, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + int bCreate, Fts5Index **pp, char **pzErr ){ @@ -220216,8 +222155,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen( pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", - "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)", + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", + "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)", 1, pzErr ); } @@ -220257,13 +222196,13 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p){ } /* -** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in +** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in ** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the ** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( - const char *p, - int nByte, + const char *p, + int nByte, int nChar ){ int n = 0; @@ -220289,7 +222228,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( ** unicode characters in the string. */ static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){ - int nChar = 0; + int nChar = 0; int i = 0; while( i<nIn ){ if( (unsigned char)pIn[i++]>=0xc0 ){ @@ -220301,7 +222240,7 @@ static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){ } /* -** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is +** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is ** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more ** times. ** @@ -220332,7 +222271,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite( const int nChar = pConfig->aPrefix[i]; int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar); if( nByte ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash, + rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash, p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, (char)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX+i+1), pToken, nByte ); @@ -220343,7 +222282,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite( } /* -** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the +** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the ** specified token or token prefix. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( @@ -220370,9 +222309,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( ** satisfied by scanning multiple terms in the main index. ** ** If the QUERY_TEST_NOIDX flag was specified, then this must be a - ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists), + ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists), ** evaluate the prefix query using the main FTS index. This is used - ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug + ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug ** mode only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pConfig->bPrefixIndex==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX) ){ @@ -220392,7 +222331,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); buf.p[0] = (u8)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx); if( pStruct ){ - fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY, + fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY, pColset, buf.p, nToken+1, -1, 0, &pRet ); fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); @@ -220426,7 +222365,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( ** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument is at EOF. */ /* -** Move to the next matching rowid. +** Move to the next matching rowid. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter; @@ -220491,7 +222430,7 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5IterClose(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ } /* -** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database. +** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database. ** ** Parameter anSize must point to an array of size nCol, where nCol is ** the number of user defined columns in the FTS table. @@ -220517,7 +222456,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(Fts5Index *p, i64 *pnRow, i64 *anSize){ } /* -** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer +** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer ** supplied as the second argument. */ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8 *pData, int nData){ @@ -220535,7 +222474,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p){ } /* -** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure +** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure ** records to the value passed as the second argument. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error @@ -220550,7 +222489,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index *p, int iNew){ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3Fts5Put32(aCookie, iNew); - rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, 1, &pBlob ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -220571,7 +222510,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p){ /************************************************************************* ************************************************************************** -** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check +** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check ** functionality. */ @@ -220579,9 +222518,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p){ ** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments. */ static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( - i64 iRowid, - int iCol, - int iPos, + i64 iRowid, + int iCol, + int iPos, int iIdx, const char *pTerm, int nTerm @@ -220597,15 +222536,15 @@ static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to +** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to ** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way. ** -** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are +** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are ** visited regardless of whether the doclist-index identified by parameters ** iSegid/iLeaf is iterated in forwards or reverse order. */ static void fts5TestDlidxReverse( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, int iSegid, /* Segment id to load from */ int iLeaf /* Load doclist-index for this leaf */ ){ @@ -220712,11 +222651,11 @@ static int fts5TestUtf8(const char *z, int n){ } /* -** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to +** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to ** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way. */ static void fts5TestTerm( - Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Index *p, Fts5Buffer *pPrev, /* Previous term */ const char *z, int n, /* Possibly new term to test */ u64 expected, @@ -220745,12 +222684,12 @@ static void fts5TestTerm( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; /* If this is a prefix query, check that the results returned if the - ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order. + ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order. ** ** This check may only be performed if the hash table is empty. This ** is because the hash table only supports a single scan query at ** a time, and the multi-iter loop from which this function is called - ** is already performing such a scan. + ** is already performing such a scan. ** ** Also only do this if buffer zTerm contains nTerm bytes of valid ** utf-8. Otherwise, the last part of the buffer contents might contain @@ -220782,7 +222721,7 @@ static void fts5TestTerm( } p->rc = rc; } - + #else # define fts5TestDlidxReverse(x,y,z) # define fts5TestTerm(u,v,w,x,y,z) @@ -220895,7 +222834,7 @@ static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment( int iIdxLeaf = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 2); int bIdxDlidx = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3); - /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment, + /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment, ** ignore this b-tree entry. Otherwise, load it into memory. */ if( iIdxLeaf<pSeg->pgnoFirst ) continue; iRow = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, iIdxLeaf); @@ -221003,7 +222942,7 @@ static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment( /* -** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally +** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally ** consistent and (b) contains entries for which the XOR of the checksums ** as calculated by sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum() is cksum. ** @@ -221012,7 +222951,7 @@ static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment( ** error, or some other SQLite error code if another error (e.g. OOM) ** occurs. */ -static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum, int bUseCksum){ int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail; u64 cksum2 = 0; /* Checksum based on contents of indexes */ Fts5Buffer poslist = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold a poslist */ @@ -221025,7 +222964,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ Fts5Buffer term = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold most recent term */ #endif const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; - + /* Load the FTS index structure */ pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); @@ -221047,7 +222986,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ ** ** Two versions of the same checksum are calculated. The first (stack ** variable cksum2) based on entries extracted from the full-text index - ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn. + ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn. ** ** As each term visited by the linear scans, a separate query for the ** same term is performed. cksum3 is calculated based on the entries @@ -221073,6 +223012,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ }else{ poslist.n = 0; fts5SegiterPoslist(p, &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst], 0, &poslist); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &poslist, 4, (const u8*)"\0\0\0\0"); while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(poslist.p, poslist.n, &iOff, &iPos) ){ int iCol = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos); int iTokOff = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(iPos); @@ -221083,7 +223023,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ fts5TestTerm(p, &term, 0, 0, cksum2, &cksum3); fts5MultiIterFree(pIter); - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum!=cksum2 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bUseCksum && cksum!=cksum2 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG @@ -221149,12 +223089,12 @@ static void fts5DebugStructure( for(iLvl=0; iLvl<p->nLevel; iLvl++){ Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &p->aLevel[iLvl]; - sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {lvl=%d nMerge=%d nSeg=%d", iLvl, pLvl->nMerge, pLvl->nSeg ); for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){ Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg]; - sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}", + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}", pSeg->iSegid, pSeg->pgnoFirst, pSeg->pgnoLast ); } @@ -221167,7 +223107,7 @@ static void fts5DebugStructure( ** ** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain a serialized Fts5Structure object. This ** function appends a human-readable representation of the same object -** to the buffer passed as the second argument. +** to the buffer passed as the second argument. */ static void fts5DecodeStructure( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ @@ -221190,9 +223130,9 @@ static void fts5DecodeStructure( /* ** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid. ** -** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function -** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed -** as the second argument. +** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function +** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed +** as the second argument. */ static void fts5DecodeAverages( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ @@ -221231,7 +223171,7 @@ static int fts5DecodePoslist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){ ** The start of buffer (a/n) contains the start of a doclist. The doclist ** may or may not finish within the buffer. This function appends a text ** representation of the part of the doclist that is present to buffer -** pBuf. +** pBuf. ** ** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer. */ @@ -221261,7 +223201,7 @@ static int fts5DecodeDoclist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){ } /* -** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is +** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is ** only ever used with detail=none tables. ** ** Buffer (pData/nData) contains a doclist in the format used by detail=none @@ -221348,7 +223288,7 @@ static void fts5DecodeFunction( lvl.iLeafPgno = iPgno; for(fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl); lvl.bEof==0; fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl)){ - sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s, + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s, " %d(%lld)", lvl.iLeafPgno, lvl.iRowid ); } @@ -221459,7 +223399,7 @@ static void fts5DecodeFunction( int bFirst = (iPgidxOff==szLeaf); /* True for first term on page */ int nByte; /* Bytes of data */ int iEnd; - + iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte); iPgidxPrev += nByte; iOff = iPgidxPrev; @@ -221499,7 +223439,7 @@ static void fts5DecodeFunction( fts5BufferFree(&term); } - + decode_out: sqlite3_free(a); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ @@ -221527,7 +223467,7 @@ static void fts5RowidFunction( i64 iRowid; int segid, pgno; if( nArg!=3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "should be: fts5_rowid('segment', segid, pgno))", -1 ); }else{ @@ -221537,7 +223477,7 @@ static void fts5RowidFunction( sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iRowid); } }else{ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "first arg to fts5_rowid() must be 'segment'" , -1 ); } @@ -221559,7 +223499,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3 *db){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function( - db, "fts5_decode_none", 2, + db, "fts5_decode_none", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0 ); } @@ -221616,9 +223556,9 @@ typedef struct Fts5Sorter Fts5Sorter; typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; /* -** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS: +** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS: ** -** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are +** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are ** opened and closed by the user: ** ** xBegin(): Start of a new transaction. @@ -221627,7 +223567,7 @@ typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; ** xRollback(): Rollback the transaction. ** ** Anything that is required as part of a commit that may fail is performed -** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors +** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors ** returned by xCommit(). ** ** And as sub-transactions are opened/closed: @@ -221636,9 +223576,9 @@ typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; ** xRelease(int S): Commit and close savepoint S. ** xRollbackTo(int S): Rollback to start of savepoint S. ** -** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data +** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data ** in-memory. It is flushed to disk whenever xSync(), xRelease() or -** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo() +** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo() ** is called. ** ** Additionally, if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an instance of the following @@ -221652,13 +223592,13 @@ struct Fts5TransactionState { }; /* -** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is +** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is ** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to ** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */ struct Fts5Global { fts5_api api; /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */ i64 iNextId; /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */ Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* First in list of all aux. functions */ Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok; /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */ @@ -221714,7 +223654,7 @@ struct Fts5MatchPhrase { ** ** aIdx[]: ** There is one entry in the aIdx[] array for each phrase in the query, -** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last +** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last ** byte of the position list for the corresponding phrase. */ struct Fts5Sorter { @@ -221730,8 +223670,8 @@ struct Fts5Sorter { ** Virtual-table cursor object. ** ** iSpecial: -** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()), -** then this variable contains the result of the query. +** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()), +** then this variable contains the result of the query. ** ** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid: ** These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the @@ -221782,7 +223722,7 @@ struct Fts5Cursor { }; /* -** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by +** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by ** xBestIndex() to xFilter(). */ #define FTS5_BI_MATCH 0x0001 /* <tbl> MATCH ? */ @@ -221861,7 +223801,7 @@ static void fts5CheckTransactionState(Fts5FullTable *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ assert( iSavepoint>=p->ts.iSavepoint ); p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint; break; - + case FTS5_RELEASE: assert( p->ts.eState==1 ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); @@ -221892,7 +223832,7 @@ static int fts5IsContentless(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ } /* -** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab(). +** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab(). */ static void fts5FreeVtab(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ if( pTab ){ @@ -222047,8 +223987,25 @@ static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ #endif } +static int fts5UsePatternMatch( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p +){ + assert( FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB ); + assert( FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE ); + if( pConfig->ePattern==FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB && p->op==FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB ){ + return 1; + } + if( pConfig->ePattern==FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE + && (p->op==FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE || p->op==FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB) + ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + /* -** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the ** WHERE constraint, it searches for the following: ** ** 1. A MATCH constraint against the table column. @@ -222063,7 +224020,7 @@ static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ ** 5. ORDER BY rank [ASC|DESC] ** 6. ORDER BY rowid [ASC|DESC] ** -** Information for the xFilter call is passed via both the idxNum and +** Information for the xFilter call is passed via both the idxNum and ** idxStr variables. Specifically, idxNum is a bitmask of the following ** flags used to encode the ORDER BY clause: ** @@ -222076,7 +224033,9 @@ static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ ** ** Match against table column: "m" ** Match against rank column: "r" -** Match against other column: "<column-number>" +** Match against other column: "M<column-number>" +** LIKE against other column: "L<column-number>" +** GLOB against other column: "G<column-number>" ** Equality constraint against the rowid: "=" ** A < or <= against the rowid: "<" ** A > or >= against the rowid: ">" @@ -222137,7 +224096,7 @@ static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } - idxStr = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(pInfo->nConstraint * 6 + 1); + idxStr = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(pInfo->nConstraint * 8 + 1); if( idxStr==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pInfo->idxStr = idxStr; pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; @@ -222150,7 +224109,7 @@ static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ ){ /* A MATCH operator or equivalent */ if( p->usable==0 || iCol<0 ){ - /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an + /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an ** unusable plan. Set a prohibitively high cost. */ pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; assert( iIdxStr < pInfo->nConstraint*6 + 1 ); @@ -222161,25 +224120,29 @@ static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ if( bSeenRank ) continue; idxStr[iIdxStr++] = 'r'; bSeenRank = 1; - }else{ + }else if( iCol>=0 ){ bSeenMatch = 1; - idxStr[iIdxStr++] = 'm'; - if( iCol<nCol ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(6, &idxStr[iIdxStr], "%d", iCol); - idxStr += strlen(&idxStr[iIdxStr]); - assert( idxStr[iIdxStr]=='\0' ); - } + idxStr[iIdxStr++] = 'M'; + sqlite3_snprintf(6, &idxStr[iIdxStr], "%d", iCol); + idxStr += strlen(&idxStr[iIdxStr]); + assert( idxStr[iIdxStr]=='\0' ); } pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = ++iCons; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; } - } - else if( p->usable && bSeenEq==0 - && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && iCol<0 - ){ - idxStr[iIdxStr++] = '='; - bSeenEq = 1; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = ++iCons; + }else if( p->usable ){ + if( iCol>=0 && iCol<nCol && fts5UsePatternMatch(pConfig, p) ){ + assert( p->op==FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE || p->op==FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB ); + idxStr[iIdxStr++] = p->op==FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE ? 'L' : 'G'; + sqlite3_snprintf(6, &idxStr[iIdxStr], "%d", iCol); + idxStr += strlen(&idxStr[iIdxStr]); + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = ++iCons; + assert( idxStr[iIdxStr]=='\0' ); + }else if( bSeenEq==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && iCol<0 ){ + idxStr[iIdxStr++] = '='; + bSeenEq = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = ++iCons; + } } } @@ -222283,15 +224246,15 @@ static int fts5StmtType(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ /* ** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument -** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data +** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data ** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object. */ static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ - CsrFlagSet(pCsr, - FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT - | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE - | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST - | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, + FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST ); } @@ -222395,14 +224358,14 @@ static int fts5SorterNext(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ /* -** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors +** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors ** open on table pTab. */ static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr; for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){ if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH - && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab + && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab ){ CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK); } @@ -222411,14 +224374,14 @@ static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5FullTable *pTab){ /* ** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first -** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor +** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor ** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster -** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid. +** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid. ** ** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip ** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged. ** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an ** error code if an error occurred. */ static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){ @@ -222446,7 +224409,7 @@ static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){ /* -** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the +** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the ** search criteria. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned @@ -222458,7 +224421,7 @@ static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ int rc; assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)== - (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE) + (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE) ); assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) ); @@ -222475,12 +224438,12 @@ static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ rc = SQLITE_OK; break; } - + case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: { rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr); break; } - + default: { Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)pCursor->pVtab)->pConfig; pConfig->bLock++; @@ -222501,14 +224464,14 @@ static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ } } } - + return rc; } static int fts5PrepareStatement( sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, - Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Config *pConfig, const char *zFmt, ... ){ @@ -222520,9 +224483,9 @@ static int fts5PrepareStatement( va_start(ap, zFmt); zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, &pRet, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db)); @@ -222533,11 +224496,11 @@ static int fts5PrepareStatement( va_end(ap); *ppStmt = pRet; return rc; -} +} static int fts5CursorFirstSorted( - Fts5FullTable *pTab, - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->p.pConfig; @@ -222547,7 +224510,7 @@ static int fts5CursorFirstSorted( int rc; const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank; const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs; - + nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1); pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); @@ -222558,7 +224521,7 @@ static int fts5CursorFirstSorted( /* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement ** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that ** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects. - ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual + ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual ** table, saving it creates a circular reference. ** ** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */ @@ -222605,8 +224568,8 @@ static int fts5CursorFirst(Fts5FullTable *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){ ** parameters. */ static int fts5SpecialMatch( - Fts5FullTable *pTab, - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, const char *zQuery ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ @@ -222704,7 +224667,7 @@ static int fts5FindRankFunction(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ static int fts5CursorParseRank( Fts5Config *pConfig, - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_value *pRank ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -222753,7 +224716,7 @@ static i64 fts5GetRowidLimit(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ ** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See ** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional ** information. -** +** ** There are three possible query strategies: ** ** 1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator. @@ -222812,19 +224775,14 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( case 'r': pRank = apVal[i]; break; - case 'm': { + case 'M': { const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); if( zText==0 ) zText = ""; - - if( idxStr[iIdxStr]>='0' && idxStr[iIdxStr]<='9' ){ - iCol = 0; - do{ - iCol = iCol*10 + (idxStr[iIdxStr]-'0'); - iIdxStr++; - }while( idxStr[iIdxStr]>='0' && idxStr[iIdxStr]<='9' ); - }else{ - iCol = pConfig->nCol; - } + iCol = 0; + do{ + iCol = iCol*10 + (idxStr[iIdxStr]-'0'); + iIdxStr++; + }while( idxStr[iIdxStr]>='0' && idxStr[iIdxStr]<='9' ); if( zText[0]=='*' ){ /* The user has issued a query of the form "MATCH '*...'". This @@ -222834,7 +224792,7 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( goto filter_out; }else{ char **pzErr = &pTab->p.base.zErrMsg; - rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, iCol, zText, &pExpr, pzErr); + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, 0, iCol, zText, &pExpr, pzErr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprAnd(&pCsr->pExpr, pExpr); pExpr = 0; @@ -222844,6 +224802,25 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( break; } + case 'L': + case 'G': { + int bGlob = (idxStr[iIdxStr-1]=='G'); + const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); + iCol = 0; + do{ + iCol = iCol*10 + (idxStr[iIdxStr]-'0'); + iIdxStr++; + }while( idxStr[iIdxStr]>='0' && idxStr[iIdxStr]<='9' ); + if( zText ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPattern(pConfig, bGlob, iCol, zText, &pExpr); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprAnd(&pCsr->pExpr, pExpr); + pExpr = 0; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto filter_out; + break; + } case '=': pRowidEq = apVal[i]; break; @@ -222858,7 +224835,7 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0); pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0); - /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies + /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies ** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the ** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints ** on the rowid field. */ @@ -222874,11 +224851,11 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( } if( pTab->pSortCsr ){ - /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of + /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of ** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is ** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will - ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor - ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function + ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor + ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function ** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above. */ assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 ); assert( nVal==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 ); @@ -222934,8 +224911,8 @@ static int fts5FilterMethod( return rc; } -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -222947,9 +224924,9 @@ static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ ** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to. */ static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ - assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH - || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH - || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE + assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ); if( pCsr->pSorter ){ return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid; @@ -222958,7 +224935,7 @@ static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ } } -/* +/* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5 ** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The @@ -222967,7 +224944,7 @@ static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan; - + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 ); switch( ePlan ){ case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL: @@ -222998,7 +224975,7 @@ static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */ + /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */ if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ Fts5FullTable *pTab = (Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr); @@ -223049,7 +225026,7 @@ static void fts5SetVtabError(Fts5FullTable *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ ** INSERT INTO fts(fts) VALUES($pCmd) ** INSERT INTO fts(fts, rank) VALUES($pCmd, $pVal) ** -** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT +** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT ** statement. This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite ** error code if an error occurs. ** @@ -223068,7 +225045,7 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete-all", zCmd) ){ if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ - fts5SetVtabError(pTab, + fts5SetVtabError(pTab, "'delete-all' may only be used with a " "contentless or external content fts5 table" ); @@ -223078,7 +225055,7 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( } }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rebuild", zCmd) ){ if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){ - fts5SetVtabError(pTab, + fts5SetVtabError(pTab, "'rebuild' may not be used with a contentless fts5 table" ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -223091,7 +225068,8 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( int nMerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(pTab->pStorage, nMerge); }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("integrity-check", zCmd) ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(pTab->pStorage); + int iArg = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(pTab->pStorage, iArg); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("prefix-index", zCmd) ){ pConfig->bPrefixIndex = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); @@ -223113,7 +225091,7 @@ static int fts5SpecialInsert( } static int fts5SpecialDelete( - Fts5FullTable *pTab, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -223126,9 +225104,9 @@ static int fts5SpecialDelete( } static void fts5StorageInsert( - int *pRc, - Fts5FullTable *pTab, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + int *pRc, + Fts5FullTable *pTab, + sqlite3_value **apVal, i64 *piRowid ){ int rc = *pRc; @@ -223141,13 +225119,13 @@ static void fts5StorageInsert( *pRc = rc; } -/* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by ** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be ** inserted, updated or deleted. ** ** A delete specifies a single argument - the rowid of the row to remove. -** +** ** Update and insert operations pass: ** ** 1. The "old" rowid, or NULL. @@ -223171,8 +225149,8 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 ); assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) ); - assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER - || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER + || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); assert( pTab->p.pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 ); pTab->p.pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->p.base.zErrMsg; @@ -223181,13 +225159,13 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( fts5TripCursors(pTab); eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]); - if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL + if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ /* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */ const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]); - if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL - && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z) + if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z) ){ rc = fts5SpecialDelete(pTab, apVal); }else{ @@ -223195,7 +225173,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( } }else{ /* A regular INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement. The trick here is that - ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any + ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any ** modifications are made to the database file. There are 4 cases: ** ** 1) DELETE @@ -223217,7 +225195,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( ** This is not suported. */ if( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER && fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){ pTab->p.base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( - "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s", + "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s", (nArg>1 ? "UPDATE" : "DELETE from"), pConfig->zName ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; @@ -223237,7 +225215,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; } - else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ /* If this is a REPLACE, first remove the current entry (if any) */ if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE && eType1==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); /* Rowid to delete */ @@ -223279,7 +225257,7 @@ static int fts5UpdateMethod( } /* -** Implementation of xSync() method. +** Implementation of xSync() method. */ static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ int rc; @@ -223293,7 +225271,7 @@ static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ } /* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. +** Implementation of xBegin() method. */ static int fts5BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5FullTable*)pVtab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0); @@ -223337,8 +225315,8 @@ static int fts5ApiColumnCount(Fts5Context *pCtx){ } static int fts5ApiColumnTotalSize( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iCol, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; @@ -223353,8 +225331,8 @@ static int fts5ApiRowCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, i64 *pnRow){ } static int fts5ApiTokenize( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - const char *pText, int nText, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + const char *pText, int nText, void *pUserData, int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) ){ @@ -223376,15 +225354,15 @@ static int fts5ApiPhraseSize(Fts5Context *pCtx, int iPhrase){ } static int fts5ApiColumnText( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iCol, - const char **pz, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iCol, + const char **pz, int *pn ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; - if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab)) - || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL + if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5FullTable*)(pCsr->base.pVtab)) + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){ *pz = 0; *pn = 0; @@ -223399,8 +225377,8 @@ static int fts5ApiColumnText( } static int fts5CsrPoslist( - Fts5Cursor *pCsr, - int iPhrase, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + int iPhrase, const u8 **pa, int *pn ){ @@ -223455,7 +225433,7 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ Fts5PoslistReader *aIter; /* One iterator for each phrase */ int nIter; /* Number of iterators/phrases */ int nCol = ((Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pConfig->nCol; - + nIter = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); if( pCsr->aInstIter==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter; @@ -223470,7 +225448,7 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ /* Initialize all iterators */ for(i=0; i<nIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ const u8 *a; - int n; + int n; rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, i, &a, &n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]); @@ -223482,8 +225460,8 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ int *aInst; int iBest = -1; for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){ - if( (aIter[i].bEof==0) - && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos) + if( (aIter[i].bEof==0) + && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos) ){ iBest = i; } @@ -223525,7 +225503,7 @@ static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){ *pnInst = pCsr->nInstCount; } @@ -223533,16 +225511,16 @@ static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){ } static int fts5ApiInst( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iIdx, - int *piPhrase, - int *piCol, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iIdx, + int *piPhrase, + int *piCol, int *piOff ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 - || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 + || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){ if( iIdx<0 || iIdx>=pCsr->nInstCount ){ rc = SQLITE_RANGE; @@ -223691,8 +225669,8 @@ static void *fts5ApiGetAuxdata(Fts5Context *pCtx, int bClear){ } static void fts5ApiPhraseNext( - Fts5Context *pUnused, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pUnused, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol, int *piOff ){ UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); @@ -223713,9 +225691,9 @@ static void fts5ApiPhraseNext( } static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iPhrase, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol, int *piOff ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; @@ -223731,8 +225709,8 @@ static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst( } static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol ){ Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; @@ -223761,9 +225739,9 @@ static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn( } static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iPhrase, - Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, int *piCol ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -223804,7 +225782,7 @@ static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn( } -static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*, +static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*, int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*) ); @@ -223835,8 +225813,8 @@ static const Fts5ExtensionApi sFts5Api = { ** Implementation of API function xQueryPhrase(). */ static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase( - Fts5Context *pCtx, - int iPhrase, + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, void *pUserData, int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*) ){ @@ -223918,7 +225896,7 @@ static void fts5ApiCallback( /* -** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Table +** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Table ** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist. */ static Fts5Table *sqlite3Fts5TableFromCsrid( @@ -224001,7 +225979,7 @@ static int fts5PoslistBlob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ return rc; } -/* +/* ** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from ** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. */ @@ -224014,7 +225992,7 @@ static int fts5ColumnMethod( Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->p.pConfig; Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 ); if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){ @@ -224034,7 +226012,7 @@ static int fts5ColumnMethod( /* The value of the "rank" column. */ if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){ fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr); - }else if( + }else if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH ){ @@ -224170,7 +226148,7 @@ static int fts5CreateAux( } /* -** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the +** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the ** fts5_api.xCreateTokenizer() method. */ static int fts5CreateTokenizer( @@ -224209,7 +226187,7 @@ static int fts5CreateTokenizer( } static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer( - Fts5Global *pGlobal, + Fts5Global *pGlobal, const char *zName ){ Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod = 0; @@ -224226,7 +226204,7 @@ static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer( } /* -** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the +** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the ** fts5_api.xFindTokenizer() method. */ static int fts5FindTokenizer( @@ -224251,11 +226229,10 @@ static int fts5FindTokenizer( } static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( - Fts5Global *pGlobal, + Fts5Global *pGlobal, const char **azArg, int nArg, - Fts5Tokenizer **ppTok, - fts5_tokenizer **ppTokApi, + Fts5Config *pConfig, char **pzErr ){ Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod; @@ -224267,16 +226244,22 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( rc = SQLITE_ERROR; *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such tokenizer: %s", azArg[0]); }else{ - rc = pMod->x.xCreate(pMod->pUserData, &azArg[1], (nArg?nArg-1:0), ppTok); - *ppTokApi = &pMod->x; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErr ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in tokenizer constructor"); + rc = pMod->x.xCreate( + pMod->pUserData, &azArg[1], (nArg?nArg-1:0), &pConfig->pTok + ); + pConfig->pTokApi = &pMod->x; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pzErr ) *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in tokenizer constructor"); + }else{ + pConfig->ePattern = sqlite3Fts5TokenizerPattern( + pMod->x.xCreate, pConfig->pTok + ); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppTokApi = 0; - *ppTok = 0; + pConfig->pTokApi = 0; + pConfig->pTok = 0; } return rc; @@ -224421,7 +226404,7 @@ static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){ ** this module is being built as part of the SQLite core (SQLITE_CORE is ** defined), then sqlite3_open() will call sqlite3Fts5Init() directly. ** -** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension, +** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension, ** sqlite3Fts5Init() is omitted and the two standard entry points ** sqlite3_fts_init() and sqlite3_fts5_init() defined instead. */ @@ -224480,19 +226463,19 @@ struct Fts5Storage { Fts5Index *pIndex; int bTotalsValid; /* True if nTotalRow/aTotalSize[] are valid */ i64 nTotalRow; /* Total number of rows in FTS table */ - i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */ + i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[11]; }; -#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0 -# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch" +#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0 +# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch" #endif -#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1 -# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch" +#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1 +# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch" #endif #if FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP!=2 -# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch" +# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch" #endif #define FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT 3 @@ -224518,12 +226501,12 @@ static int fts5StorageGetStmt( ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for + /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for ** statements to operate on it. */ assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize || ( - eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE - && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE - && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE + eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE + && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE + && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE )); assert( eStmt>=0 && eStmt<ArraySize(p->aStmt) ); @@ -224549,26 +226532,26 @@ static int fts5StorageGetStmt( switch( eStmt ){ case FTS5_STMT_SCAN: - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent ); break; case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC: case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC: - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid ); break; case FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP: - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid ); break; - case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT: + case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT: case FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT: { int nCol = pC->nCol + 1; char *zBind; @@ -224642,7 +226625,7 @@ static int fts5ExecPrintf( ** code otherwise. */ static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){ - int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_data';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_idx';" "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_config';", @@ -224651,13 +226634,13 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){ pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ - rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ - rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName ); @@ -224672,7 +226655,7 @@ static void fts5StorageRenameOne( const char *zName /* New name of FTS5 table */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_%s' RENAME TO '%q_%s';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zTail, zName, zTail ); @@ -224710,7 +226693,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( char *zErr = 0; rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, &zErr, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_%q'(%s)%s", - pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn, + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn, #ifndef SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID bWithout?" WITHOUT ROWID": #endif @@ -224718,7 +226701,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( ); if( zErr ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s", + "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s", pConfig->zName, zPost, zErr ); sqlite3_free(zErr); @@ -224729,15 +226712,15 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( /* ** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create -** and initialize the underlying tables +** and initialize the underlying tables ** ** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen( - Fts5Config *pConfig, - Fts5Index *pIndex, - int bCreate, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Index *pIndex, + int bCreate, Fts5Storage **pp, char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ ){ @@ -224849,8 +226832,8 @@ static int fts5StorageInsertCallback( ** remove the %_content row at this time though. */ static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex( - Fts5Storage *p, - i64 iDel, + Fts5Storage *p, + i64 iDel, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -224884,13 +226867,20 @@ static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex( nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iCol-1]); } ctx.szCol = 0; - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, fts5StorageInsertCallback ); p->aTotalSize[iCol-1] -= (i64)ctx.szCol; + if( p->aTotalSize[iCol-1]<0 ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } } } - p->nTotalRow--; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->nTotalRow<1 ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + p->nTotalRow--; + } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSeek); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; @@ -224927,7 +226917,7 @@ static int fts5StorageInsertDocsize( } /* -** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the +** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the ** p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] variables. If successful, and if ** argument bCache is true, set the p->bTotalsValid flag to indicate ** that the contents of aTotalSize[] and nTotalRow are valid until @@ -224946,7 +226936,7 @@ static int fts5StorageLoadTotals(Fts5Storage *p, int bCache){ } /* -** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] +** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] ** variables in the "averages" record on disk. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error @@ -225023,7 +227013,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(Fts5Storage *p){ /* Delete the contents of the %_data and %_docsize tables. */ rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, - "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';" + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';" "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_idx';", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName @@ -225074,7 +227064,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(Fts5Storage *p){ if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, ctx.iCol+1); int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, ctx.iCol+1); - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, @@ -225144,8 +227134,8 @@ static int fts5StorageNewRowid(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *piRowid){ ** Insert a new row into the FTS content table. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert( - Fts5Storage *p, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + Fts5Storage *p, + sqlite3_value **apVal, i64 *piRowid ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -225179,8 +227169,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert( ** Insert new entries into the FTS index and %_docsize table. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert( - Fts5Storage *p, - sqlite3_value **apVal, + Fts5Storage *p, + sqlite3_value **apVal, i64 iRowid ){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -225200,7 +227190,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert( if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]); int nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]); - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, @@ -225226,7 +227216,7 @@ static int fts5StorageCount(Fts5Storage *p, const char *zSuffix, i64 *pnRow){ char *zSql; int rc; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'", + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'", pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zSuffix ); if( zSql==0 ){ @@ -225333,13 +227323,14 @@ static int fts5StorageIntegrityCallback( ** some other SQLite error code if an error occurs while attempting to ** determine this. */ -static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p, int iArg){ Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; - int rc; /* Return code */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int *aColSize; /* Array of size pConfig->nCol */ i64 *aTotalSize; /* Array of size pConfig->nCol */ Fts5IntegrityCtx ctx; sqlite3_stmt *pScan; + int bUseCksum; memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(Fts5IntegrityCtx)); ctx.pConfig = p->pConfig; @@ -225348,83 +227339,88 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){ aColSize = (int*)&aTotalSize[pConfig->nCol]; memset(aTotalSize, 0, sizeof(i64) * pConfig->nCol); - /* Generate the expected index checksum based on the contents of the - ** %_content table. This block stores the checksum in ctx.cksum. */ - rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_SCAN, &pScan, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pScan) ){ - int i; - ctx.iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pScan, 0); - ctx.szCol = 0; - if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(p, ctx.iRowid, aColSize); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset); - } - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ - if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i] ) continue; - ctx.iCol = i; + bUseCksum = (pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + || (pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL && iArg) + ); + if( bUseCksum ){ + /* Generate the expected index checksum based on the contents of the + ** %_content table. This block stores the checksum in ctx.cksum. */ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_SCAN, &pScan, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pScan) ){ + int i; + ctx.iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pScan, 0); ctx.szCol = 0; - if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1); - int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1); - rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, - FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, - zText, nText, - (void*)&ctx, - fts5StorageIntegrityCallback - ); + if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(p, ctx.iRowid, aColSize); } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize && ctx.szCol!=aColSize[i] ){ - rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset); } - aTotalSize[i] += ctx.szCol; - if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ - sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset); - ctx.pTermset = 0; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i] ) continue; + ctx.iCol = i; + ctx.szCol = 0; + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1); + int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1); + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + zText, nText, + (void*)&ctx, + fts5StorageIntegrityCallback + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize && ctx.szCol!=aColSize[i] ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + aTotalSize[i] += ctx.szCol; + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ + sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset); + ctx.pTermset = 0; + } } - } - sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset); - ctx.pTermset = 0; + sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset); + ctx.pTermset = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pScan); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pScan); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - /* Test that the "totals" (sometimes called "averages") record looks Ok */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ - if( p->aTotalSize[i]!=aTotalSize[i] ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + /* Test that the "totals" (sometimes called "averages") record looks Ok */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + if( p->aTotalSize[i]!=aTotalSize[i] ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } } - } - /* Check that the %_docsize and %_content tables contain the expected - ** number of rows. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ - i64 nRow = 0; - rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "content", &nRow); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ - i64 nRow = 0; - rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "docsize", &nRow); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + /* Check that the %_docsize and %_content tables contain the expected + ** number of rows. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + i64 nRow = 0; + rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "content", &nRow); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + i64 nRow = 0; + rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "docsize", &nRow); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } } /* Pass the expected checksum down to the FTS index module. It will ** verify, amongst other things, that it matches the checksum generated by ** inspecting the index itself. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(p->pIndex, ctx.cksum); + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(p->pIndex, ctx.cksum, bUseCksum); } sqlite3_free(aTotalSize); @@ -225436,13 +227432,13 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){ ** %_content table. */ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( - Fts5Storage *p, - int eStmt, - sqlite3_stmt **pp, + Fts5Storage *p, + int eStmt, + sqlite3_stmt **pp, char **pzErrMsg ){ int rc; - assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC + assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP ); @@ -225460,8 +227456,8 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( ** must match that passed to the sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt() call. */ static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease( - Fts5Storage *p, - int eStmt, + Fts5Storage *p, + int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt ){ assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC @@ -225544,7 +227540,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(Fts5Storage *p, int iCol, i64 *pnToken){ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow){ int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* nTotalRow being zero does not necessarily indicate a corrupt + /* nTotalRow being zero does not necessarily indicate a corrupt ** database - it might be that the FTS5 table really does contain zero ** rows. However this function is only called from the xRowCount() API, ** and there is no way for that API to be invoked if the table contains @@ -225578,7 +227574,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(Fts5Storage *p){ } static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue( - Fts5Storage *p, + Fts5Storage *p, const char *z, sqlite3_value *pVal, int iVal @@ -225628,7 +227624,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue( /* ** For tokenizers with no "unicode" modifier, the set of token characters -** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters. +** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters. */ static unsigned char aAsciiTokenChar[128] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x00..0x0F */ @@ -225647,8 +227643,8 @@ struct AsciiTokenizer { }; static void fts5AsciiAddExceptions( - AsciiTokenizer *p, - const char *zArg, + AsciiTokenizer *p, + const char *zArg, int bTokenChars ){ int i; @@ -225670,7 +227666,7 @@ static void fts5AsciiDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *p){ ** Create an "ascii" tokenizer. */ static int fts5AsciiCreate( - void *pUnused, + void *pUnused, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut ){ @@ -225773,7 +227769,7 @@ static int fts5AsciiTokenize( rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, pFold, nByte, is, ie); is = ie+1; } - + if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; return rc; @@ -225878,7 +227874,7 @@ static int fts5UnicodeAddExceptions( p->aTokenChar[iCode] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars; }else{ bToken = p->aCategory[sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(iCode)]; - assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) ); + assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) ); assert( (bTokenChars==0 || bTokenChars==1) ); if( bToken!=bTokenChars && sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 ){ int i; @@ -225957,12 +227953,12 @@ static int unicodeSetCategories(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, const char *zCat){ ** Create a "unicode61" tokenizer. */ static int fts5UnicodeCreate( - void *pUnused, + void *pUnused, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */ + Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */ UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); @@ -226033,7 +228029,7 @@ static int fts5UnicodeCreate( /* ** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer -** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token +** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token ** character (not a separator). */ static int fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){ @@ -226125,7 +228121,7 @@ static int fts5UnicodeTokenize( } }else if( a[*zCsr]==0 ){ /* An ascii-range separator character. End of token. */ - break; + break; }else{ ascii_tokenchar: if( *zCsr>='A' && *zCsr<='Z' ){ @@ -226139,9 +228135,9 @@ static int fts5UnicodeTokenize( } /* Invoke the token callback */ - rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie); + rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie); } - + tokenize_done: if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; return rc; @@ -226179,7 +228175,7 @@ static void fts5PorterDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *pTok){ ** Create a "porter" tokenizer. */ static int fts5PorterCreate( - void *pCtx, + void *pCtx, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut ){ @@ -226323,7 +228319,7 @@ static int fts5Porter_Ostar(char *zStem, int nStem){ /* porter rule condition: (m > 1 and (*S or *T)) */ static int fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(char *zStem, int nStem){ assert( nStem>0 ); - return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t') + return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t') && fts5Porter_MGt1(zStem, nStem); } @@ -226348,16 +228344,16 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("al", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; } } break; - - case 'c': + + case 'c': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ance", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; @@ -226368,24 +228364,24 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'e': + + case 'e': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("er", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; } } break; - - case 'i': + + case 'i': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ic", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; } } break; - - case 'l': + + case 'l': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("able", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; @@ -226396,8 +228392,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'n': + + case 'n': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ant", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -226416,8 +228412,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'o': + + case 'o': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ion", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -226428,16 +228424,16 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 's': + + case 's': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ism", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 't': + + case 't': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ate", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -226448,76 +228444,76 @@ static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'u': + + case 'u': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ous", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 'v': + + case 'v': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ive", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 'z': + + case 'z': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ize", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep1B2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("at", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ate", 3); *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; ret = 1; } break; - - case 'b': + + case 'b': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("bl", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ble", 3); *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; ret = 1; } break; - - case 'i': + + case 'i': if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("iz", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ize", 3); *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; ret = 1; } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ational", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ate", 3); @@ -226530,8 +228526,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'c': + + case 'c': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("enci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ence", 4); @@ -226544,8 +228540,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'e': + + case 'e': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("izer", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ize", 3); @@ -226553,8 +228549,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'g': + + case 'g': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("logi", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "log", 3); @@ -226562,8 +228558,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'l': + + case 'l': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("bli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ble", 3); @@ -226591,8 +228587,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'o': + + case 'o': if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ization", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ize", 3); @@ -226610,8 +228606,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 's': + + case 's': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alism", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); @@ -226634,8 +228630,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 't': + + case 't': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("aliti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); @@ -226653,18 +228649,18 @@ static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'a': + + case 'a': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ical", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ic", 2); @@ -226672,16 +228668,16 @@ static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 's': + + case 's': if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ness", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; } } break; - - case 't': + + case 't': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("icate", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2); @@ -226694,24 +228690,24 @@ static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'u': + + case 'u': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ful", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; } } break; - - case 'v': + + case 'v': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ative", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 5; } } break; - - case 'z': + + case 'z': if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alize", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); @@ -226719,18 +228715,18 @@ static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - + } return ret; } - + static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int ret = 0; int nBuf = *pnBuf; switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ - - case 'e': + + case 'e': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eed", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ee", 2); @@ -226743,8 +228739,8 @@ static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - - case 'n': + + case 'n': if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ing", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; @@ -226752,12 +228748,12 @@ static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } } break; - + } return ret; } - -/* + +/* ** GENERATED CODE ENDS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl) *************************************************************************** **************************************************************************/ @@ -226766,7 +228762,7 @@ static void fts5PorterStep1A(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ int nBuf = *pnBuf; if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='s' ){ if( aBuf[nBuf-2]=='e' ){ - if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s') + if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s') || (nBuf>3 && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='i' ) ){ *pnBuf = nBuf-2; @@ -226781,11 +228777,11 @@ static void fts5PorterStep1A(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ } static int fts5PorterCb( - void *pCtx, + void *pCtx, int tflags, - const char *pToken, - int nToken, - int iStart, + const char *pToken, + int nToken, + int iStart, int iEnd ){ PorterContext *p = (PorterContext*)pCtx; @@ -226803,8 +228799,8 @@ static int fts5PorterCb( if( fts5PorterStep1B(aBuf, &nBuf) ){ if( fts5PorterStep1B2(aBuf, &nBuf)==0 ){ char c = aBuf[nBuf-1]; - if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0 - && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2] + if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0 + && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ nBuf--; }else if( fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf) && fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf) ){ @@ -226826,7 +228822,7 @@ static int fts5PorterCb( /* Step 5a. */ assert( nBuf>0 ); if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='e' ){ - if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) || (fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf-1) && !fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf-1)) ){ nBuf--; @@ -226834,8 +228830,8 @@ static int fts5PorterCb( } /* Step 5b. */ - if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l' - && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) + if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l' + && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) ){ nBuf--; } @@ -226866,6 +228862,133 @@ static int fts5PorterTokenize( ); } +/************************************************************************** +** Start of trigram implementation. +*/ +typedef struct TrigramTokenizer TrigramTokenizer; +struct TrigramTokenizer { + int bFold; /* True to fold to lower-case */ +}; + +/* +** Free a trigram tokenizer. +*/ +static void fts5TriDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Allocate a trigram tokenizer. +*/ +static int fts5TriCreate( + void *pUnused, + const char **azArg, + int nArg, + Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + TrigramTokenizer *pNew = (TrigramTokenizer*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int i; + pNew->bFold = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i+=2){ + const char *zArg = azArg[i+1]; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "case_sensitive") ){ + if( (zArg[0]!='0' && zArg[0]!='1') || zArg[1] ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + pNew->bFold = (zArg[0]=='0'); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5TriDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + } + *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)pNew; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Trigram tokenizer tokenize routine. +*/ +static int fts5TriTokenize( + Fts5Tokenizer *pTok, + void *pCtx, + int unusedFlags, + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) +){ + TrigramTokenizer *p = (TrigramTokenizer*)pTok; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char aBuf[32]; + const unsigned char *zIn = (const unsigned char*)pText; + const unsigned char *zEof = &zIn[nText]; + u32 iCode; + + UNUSED_PARAM(unusedFlags); + while( 1 ){ + char *zOut = aBuf; + int iStart = zIn - (const unsigned char*)pText; + const unsigned char *zNext; + + READ_UTF8(zIn, zEof, iCode); + if( iCode==0 ) break; + zNext = zIn; + if( zIn<zEof ){ + if( p->bFold ) iCode = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, 0); + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iCode); + READ_UTF8(zIn, zEof, iCode); + if( iCode==0 ) break; + }else{ + break; + } + if( zIn<zEof ){ + if( p->bFold ) iCode = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, 0); + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iCode); + READ_UTF8(zIn, zEof, iCode); + if( iCode==0 ) break; + if( p->bFold ) iCode = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, 0); + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iCode); + }else{ + break; + } + rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aBuf, zOut-aBuf, iStart, iStart + zOut-aBuf); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + zIn = zNext; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Argument xCreate is a pointer to a constructor function for a tokenizer. +** pTok is a tokenizer previously created using the same method. This function +** returns one of FTS5_PATTERN_NONE, FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE or FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB +** indicating the style of pattern matching that the tokenizer can support. +** In practice, this is: +** +** "trigram" tokenizer, case_sensitive=1 - FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB +** "trigram" tokenizer, case_sensitive=0 (the default) - FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE +** all other tokenizers - FTS5_PATTERN_NONE +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerPattern( + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char**, int, Fts5Tokenizer**), + Fts5Tokenizer *pTok +){ + if( xCreate==fts5TriCreate ){ + TrigramTokenizer *p = (TrigramTokenizer*)pTok; + return p->bFold ? FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE : FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB; + } + return FTS5_PATTERN_NONE; +} + /* ** Register all built-in tokenizers with FTS5. */ @@ -226877,8 +229000,9 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api *pApi){ { "unicode61", {fts5UnicodeCreate, fts5UnicodeDelete, fts5UnicodeTokenize}}, { "ascii", {fts5AsciiCreate, fts5AsciiDelete, fts5AsciiTokenize }}, { "porter", {fts5PorterCreate, fts5PorterDelete, fts5PorterTokenize }}, + { "trigram", {fts5TriCreate, fts5TriDelete, fts5TriTokenize}}, }; - + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* To iterate through builtin functions */ @@ -226926,46 +229050,46 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api *pApi){ */ static int fts5_remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){ unsigned short aDia[] = { - 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, - 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, - 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, - 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, - 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, - 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, - 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, - 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, - 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, - 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, - 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, - 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, - 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, - 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, - 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, - 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, + 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, + 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, + 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, + 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, + 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, + 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, + 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, + 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, + 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, + 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, + 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, }; #define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80) unsigned char aChar[] = { - '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', - 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', - 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', - 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', - 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', - 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', - 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', - 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', - 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', - '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', - 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, - 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, - 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', - 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', - 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', - 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', - 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, - 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, - 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', + 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', + 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', + 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', + 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', + 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, + 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, + 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', + 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', + 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', + 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, + 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, + 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', }; unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; @@ -227087,19 +229211,19 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, - {65313, 14, 26}, + {65313, 14, 26}, }; static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { - 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, - 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, - 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, - 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, - 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, - 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, - 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, - 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, - 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, - 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, }; int ret = c; @@ -227137,7 +229261,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ ret = fts5_remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2); } } - + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ ret = c + 40; } @@ -227146,7 +229270,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ } -static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ aArray[0] = 1; switch( zCat[0] ){ case 'C': @@ -227156,7 +229280,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'n': aArray[3] = 1; break; case 's': aArray[4] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[31] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[1] = 1; aArray[2] = 1; aArray[3] = 1; @@ -227174,7 +229298,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 't': aArray[8] = 1; break; case 'u': aArray[9] = 1; break; case 'C': aArray[30] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[5] = 1; aArray[6] = 1; aArray[7] = 1; @@ -227190,7 +229314,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'c': aArray[10] = 1; break; case 'e': aArray[11] = 1; break; case 'n': aArray[12] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[10] = 1; aArray[11] = 1; aArray[12] = 1; @@ -227203,7 +229327,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'd': aArray[13] = 1; break; case 'l': aArray[14] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[15] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[13] = 1; aArray[14] = 1; aArray[15] = 1; @@ -227220,7 +229344,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'i': aArray[20] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[21] = 1; break; case 's': aArray[22] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[16] = 1; aArray[17] = 1; aArray[18] = 1; @@ -227238,7 +229362,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'k': aArray[24] = 1; break; case 'm': aArray[25] = 1; break; case 'o': aArray[26] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[23] = 1; aArray[24] = 1; aArray[25] = 1; @@ -227252,7 +229376,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ case 'l': aArray[27] = 1; break; case 'p': aArray[28] = 1; break; case 's': aArray[29] = 1; break; - case '*': + case '*': aArray[27] = 1; aArray[28] = 1; aArray[29] = 1; @@ -227265,369 +229389,369 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCatParse(const char *zCat, u8 *aArray){ } static u16 aFts5UnicodeBlock[] = { - 0, 1471, 1753, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, - 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1763, 1765, + 0, 1471, 1753, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, + 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1760, 1763, 1765, }; static u16 aFts5UnicodeMap[] = { - 0, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, - 45, 46, 48, 58, 60, 63, 65, 91, 92, 93, - 94, 95, 96, 97, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 160, - 161, 162, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, - 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185, - 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 215, 216, 223, 247, 248, - 256, 312, 313, 329, 330, 377, 383, 385, 387, 388, - 391, 394, 396, 398, 402, 403, 405, 406, 409, 412, - 414, 415, 417, 418, 423, 427, 428, 431, 434, 436, - 437, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 448, 452, 453, 454, - 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 477, 478, 496, - 497, 498, 499, 500, 503, 505, 506, 564, 570, 572, - 573, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 592, 660, 661, 688, - 706, 710, 722, 736, 741, 748, 749, 750, 751, 768, - 880, 884, 885, 886, 890, 891, 894, 900, 902, 903, - 904, 908, 910, 912, 913, 931, 940, 975, 977, 978, - 981, 984, 1008, 1012, 1014, 1015, 1018, 1020, 1021, 1072, - 1120, 1154, 1155, 1160, 1162, 1217, 1231, 1232, 1329, 1369, - 1370, 1377, 1417, 1418, 1423, 1425, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473, - 1475, 1476, 1478, 1479, 1488, 1520, 1523, 1536, 1542, 1545, - 1547, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1563, 1566, 1568, 1600, 1601, 1611, - 1632, 1642, 1646, 1648, 1649, 1748, 1749, 1750, 1757, 1758, - 1759, 1765, 1767, 1769, 1770, 1774, 1776, 1786, 1789, 1791, - 1792, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1840, 1869, 1958, 1969, 1984, - 1994, 2027, 2036, 2038, 2039, 2042, 2048, 2070, 2074, 2075, - 2084, 2085, 2088, 2089, 2096, 2112, 2137, 2142, 2208, 2210, - 2276, 2304, 2307, 2308, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2366, 2369, - 2377, 2381, 2382, 2384, 2385, 2392, 2402, 2404, 2406, 2416, - 2417, 2418, 2425, 2433, 2434, 2437, 2447, 2451, 2474, 2482, - 2486, 2492, 2493, 2494, 2497, 2503, 2507, 2509, 2510, 2519, - 2524, 2527, 2530, 2534, 2544, 2546, 2548, 2554, 2555, 2561, - 2563, 2565, 2575, 2579, 2602, 2610, 2613, 2616, 2620, 2622, - 2625, 2631, 2635, 2641, 2649, 2654, 2662, 2672, 2674, 2677, - 2689, 2691, 2693, 2703, 2707, 2730, 2738, 2741, 2748, 2749, - 2750, 2753, 2759, 2761, 2763, 2765, 2768, 2784, 2786, 2790, - 2800, 2801, 2817, 2818, 2821, 2831, 2835, 2858, 2866, 2869, - 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2880, 2881, 2887, 2891, 2893, 2902, - 2903, 2908, 2911, 2914, 2918, 2928, 2929, 2930, 2946, 2947, - 2949, 2958, 2962, 2969, 2972, 2974, 2979, 2984, 2990, 3006, - 3008, 3009, 3014, 3018, 3021, 3024, 3031, 3046, 3056, 3059, - 3065, 3066, 3073, 3077, 3086, 3090, 3114, 3125, 3133, 3134, - 3137, 3142, 3146, 3157, 3160, 3168, 3170, 3174, 3192, 3199, - 3202, 3205, 3214, 3218, 3242, 3253, 3260, 3261, 3262, 3263, - 3264, 3270, 3271, 3274, 3276, 3285, 3294, 3296, 3298, 3302, - 3313, 3330, 3333, 3342, 3346, 3389, 3390, 3393, 3398, 3402, - 3405, 3406, 3415, 3424, 3426, 3430, 3440, 3449, 3450, 3458, - 3461, 3482, 3507, 3517, 3520, 3530, 3535, 3538, 3542, 3544, - 3570, 3572, 3585, 3633, 3634, 3636, 3647, 3648, 3654, 3655, - 3663, 3664, 3674, 3713, 3716, 3719, 3722, 3725, 3732, 3737, - 3745, 3749, 3751, 3754, 3757, 3761, 3762, 3764, 3771, 3773, - 3776, 3782, 3784, 3792, 3804, 3840, 3841, 3844, 3859, 3860, - 3861, 3864, 3866, 3872, 3882, 3892, 3893, 3894, 3895, 3896, - 3897, 3898, 3899, 3900, 3901, 3902, 3904, 3913, 3953, 3967, - 3968, 3973, 3974, 3976, 3981, 3993, 4030, 4038, 4039, 4046, - 4048, 4053, 4057, 4096, 4139, 4141, 4145, 4146, 4152, 4153, - 4155, 4157, 4159, 4160, 4170, 4176, 4182, 4184, 4186, 4190, - 4193, 4194, 4197, 4199, 4206, 4209, 4213, 4226, 4227, 4229, - 4231, 4237, 4238, 4239, 4240, 4250, 4253, 4254, 4256, 4295, - 4301, 4304, 4347, 4348, 4349, 4682, 4688, 4696, 4698, 4704, - 4746, 4752, 4786, 4792, 4800, 4802, 4808, 4824, 4882, 4888, - 4957, 4960, 4969, 4992, 5008, 5024, 5120, 5121, 5741, 5743, - 5760, 5761, 5787, 5788, 5792, 5867, 5870, 5888, 5902, 5906, - 5920, 5938, 5941, 5952, 5970, 5984, 5998, 6002, 6016, 6068, - 6070, 6071, 6078, 6086, 6087, 6089, 6100, 6103, 6104, 6107, - 6108, 6109, 6112, 6128, 6144, 6150, 6151, 6155, 6158, 6160, - 6176, 6211, 6212, 6272, 6313, 6314, 6320, 6400, 6432, 6435, - 6439, 6441, 6448, 6450, 6451, 6457, 6464, 6468, 6470, 6480, - 6512, 6528, 6576, 6593, 6600, 6608, 6618, 6622, 6656, 6679, - 6681, 6686, 6688, 6741, 6742, 6743, 6744, 6752, 6753, 6754, - 6755, 6757, 6765, 6771, 6783, 6784, 6800, 6816, 6823, 6824, - 6912, 6916, 6917, 6964, 6965, 6966, 6971, 6972, 6973, 6978, - 6979, 6981, 6992, 7002, 7009, 7019, 7028, 7040, 7042, 7043, - 7073, 7074, 7078, 7080, 7082, 7083, 7084, 7086, 7088, 7098, - 7142, 7143, 7144, 7146, 7149, 7150, 7151, 7154, 7164, 7168, - 7204, 7212, 7220, 7222, 7227, 7232, 7245, 7248, 7258, 7288, - 7294, 7360, 7376, 7379, 7380, 7393, 7394, 7401, 7405, 7406, - 7410, 7412, 7413, 7424, 7468, 7531, 7544, 7545, 7579, 7616, - 7676, 7680, 7830, 7838, 7936, 7944, 7952, 7960, 7968, 7976, - 7984, 7992, 8000, 8008, 8016, 8025, 8027, 8029, 8031, 8033, - 8040, 8048, 8064, 8072, 8080, 8088, 8096, 8104, 8112, 8118, - 8120, 8124, 8125, 8126, 8127, 8130, 8134, 8136, 8140, 8141, - 8144, 8150, 8152, 8157, 8160, 8168, 8173, 8178, 8182, 8184, - 8188, 8189, 8192, 8203, 8208, 8214, 8216, 8217, 8218, 8219, - 8221, 8222, 8223, 8224, 8232, 8233, 8234, 8239, 8240, 8249, - 8250, 8251, 8255, 8257, 8260, 8261, 8262, 8263, 8274, 8275, - 8276, 8277, 8287, 8288, 8298, 8304, 8305, 8308, 8314, 8317, - 8318, 8319, 8320, 8330, 8333, 8334, 8336, 8352, 8400, 8413, - 8417, 8418, 8421, 8448, 8450, 8451, 8455, 8456, 8458, 8459, - 8462, 8464, 8467, 8468, 8469, 8470, 8472, 8473, 8478, 8484, - 8485, 8486, 8487, 8488, 8489, 8490, 8494, 8495, 8496, 8500, - 8501, 8505, 8506, 8508, 8510, 8512, 8517, 8519, 8522, 8523, - 8524, 8526, 8527, 8528, 8544, 8579, 8581, 8585, 8592, 8597, - 8602, 8604, 8608, 8609, 8611, 8612, 8614, 8615, 8622, 8623, - 8654, 8656, 8658, 8659, 8660, 8661, 8692, 8960, 8968, 8972, - 8992, 8994, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9084, 9085, 9115, 9140, 9180, - 9186, 9216, 9280, 9312, 9372, 9450, 9472, 9655, 9656, 9665, - 9666, 9720, 9728, 9839, 9840, 9985, 10088, 10089, 10090, 10091, - 10092, 10093, 10094, 10095, 10096, 10097, 10098, 10099, 10100, 10101, - 10102, 10132, 10176, 10181, 10182, 10183, 10214, 10215, 10216, 10217, - 10218, 10219, 10220, 10221, 10222, 10223, 10224, 10240, 10496, 10627, - 10628, 10629, 10630, 10631, 10632, 10633, 10634, 10635, 10636, 10637, - 10638, 10639, 10640, 10641, 10642, 10643, 10644, 10645, 10646, 10647, - 10648, 10649, 10712, 10713, 10714, 10715, 10716, 10748, 10749, 10750, - 11008, 11056, 11077, 11079, 11088, 11264, 11312, 11360, 11363, 11365, - 11367, 11374, 11377, 11378, 11380, 11381, 11383, 11388, 11390, 11393, - 11394, 11492, 11493, 11499, 11503, 11506, 11513, 11517, 11518, 11520, - 11559, 11565, 11568, 11631, 11632, 11647, 11648, 11680, 11688, 11696, - 11704, 11712, 11720, 11728, 11736, 11744, 11776, 11778, 11779, 11780, - 11781, 11782, 11785, 11786, 11787, 11788, 11789, 11790, 11799, 11800, - 11802, 11803, 11804, 11805, 11806, 11808, 11809, 11810, 11811, 11812, - 11813, 11814, 11815, 11816, 11817, 11818, 11823, 11824, 11834, 11904, - 11931, 12032, 12272, 12288, 12289, 12292, 12293, 12294, 12295, 12296, - 12297, 12298, 12299, 12300, 12301, 12302, 12303, 12304, 12305, 12306, - 12308, 12309, 12310, 12311, 12312, 12313, 12314, 12315, 12316, 12317, - 12318, 12320, 12321, 12330, 12334, 12336, 12337, 12342, 12344, 12347, - 12348, 12349, 12350, 12353, 12441, 12443, 12445, 12447, 12448, 12449, - 12539, 12540, 12543, 12549, 12593, 12688, 12690, 12694, 12704, 12736, - 12784, 12800, 12832, 12842, 12872, 12880, 12881, 12896, 12928, 12938, - 12977, 12992, 13056, 13312, 19893, 19904, 19968, 40908, 40960, 40981, - 40982, 42128, 42192, 42232, 42238, 42240, 42508, 42509, 42512, 42528, - 42538, 42560, 42606, 42607, 42608, 42611, 42612, 42622, 42623, 42624, - 42655, 42656, 42726, 42736, 42738, 42752, 42775, 42784, 42786, 42800, - 42802, 42864, 42865, 42873, 42878, 42888, 42889, 42891, 42896, 42912, - 43000, 43002, 43003, 43010, 43011, 43014, 43015, 43019, 43020, 43043, - 43045, 43047, 43048, 43056, 43062, 43064, 43065, 43072, 43124, 43136, - 43138, 43188, 43204, 43214, 43216, 43232, 43250, 43256, 43259, 43264, - 43274, 43302, 43310, 43312, 43335, 43346, 43359, 43360, 43392, 43395, - 43396, 43443, 43444, 43446, 43450, 43452, 43453, 43457, 43471, 43472, - 43486, 43520, 43561, 43567, 43569, 43571, 43573, 43584, 43587, 43588, - 43596, 43597, 43600, 43612, 43616, 43632, 43633, 43639, 43642, 43643, - 43648, 43696, 43697, 43698, 43701, 43703, 43705, 43710, 43712, 43713, - 43714, 43739, 43741, 43742, 43744, 43755, 43756, 43758, 43760, 43762, - 43763, 43765, 43766, 43777, 43785, 43793, 43808, 43816, 43968, 44003, - 44005, 44006, 44008, 44009, 44011, 44012, 44013, 44016, 44032, 55203, - 55216, 55243, 55296, 56191, 56319, 57343, 57344, 63743, 63744, 64112, - 64256, 64275, 64285, 64286, 64287, 64297, 64298, 64312, 64318, 64320, - 64323, 64326, 64434, 64467, 64830, 64831, 64848, 64914, 65008, 65020, - 65021, 65024, 65040, 65047, 65048, 65049, 65056, 65072, 65073, 65075, - 65077, 65078, 65079, 65080, 65081, 65082, 65083, 65084, 65085, 65086, - 65087, 65088, 65089, 65090, 65091, 65092, 65093, 65095, 65096, 65097, - 65101, 65104, 65108, 65112, 65113, 65114, 65115, 65116, 65117, 65118, - 65119, 65122, 65123, 65124, 65128, 65129, 65130, 65136, 65142, 65279, - 65281, 65284, 65285, 65288, 65289, 65290, 65291, 65292, 65293, 65294, - 65296, 65306, 65308, 65311, 65313, 65339, 65340, 65341, 65342, 65343, - 65344, 65345, 65371, 65372, 65373, 65374, 65375, 65376, 65377, 65378, - 65379, 65380, 65382, 65392, 65393, 65438, 65440, 65474, 65482, 65490, - 65498, 65504, 65506, 65507, 65508, 65509, 65512, 65513, 65517, 65529, - 65532, 0, 13, 40, 60, 63, 80, 128, 256, 263, - 311, 320, 373, 377, 394, 400, 464, 509, 640, 672, - 768, 800, 816, 833, 834, 842, 896, 927, 928, 968, - 976, 977, 1024, 1064, 1104, 1184, 2048, 2056, 2058, 2103, - 2108, 2111, 2135, 2136, 2304, 2326, 2335, 2336, 2367, 2432, - 2494, 2560, 2561, 2565, 2572, 2576, 2581, 2585, 2616, 2623, - 2624, 2640, 2656, 2685, 2687, 2816, 2873, 2880, 2904, 2912, - 2936, 3072, 3680, 4096, 4097, 4098, 4099, 4152, 4167, 4178, - 4198, 4224, 4226, 4227, 4272, 4275, 4279, 4281, 4283, 4285, - 4286, 4304, 4336, 4352, 4355, 4391, 4396, 4397, 4406, 4416, - 4480, 4482, 4483, 4531, 4534, 4543, 4545, 4549, 4560, 5760, - 5803, 5804, 5805, 5806, 5808, 5814, 5815, 5824, 8192, 9216, - 9328, 12288, 26624, 28416, 28496, 28497, 28559, 28563, 45056, 53248, - 53504, 53545, 53605, 53607, 53610, 53613, 53619, 53627, 53635, 53637, - 53644, 53674, 53678, 53760, 53826, 53829, 54016, 54112, 54272, 54298, - 54324, 54350, 54358, 54376, 54402, 54428, 54430, 54434, 54437, 54441, - 54446, 54454, 54459, 54461, 54469, 54480, 54506, 54532, 54535, 54541, - 54550, 54558, 54584, 54587, 54592, 54598, 54602, 54610, 54636, 54662, - 54688, 54714, 54740, 54766, 54792, 54818, 54844, 54870, 54896, 54922, - 54952, 54977, 54978, 55003, 55004, 55010, 55035, 55036, 55061, 55062, - 55068, 55093, 55094, 55119, 55120, 55126, 55151, 55152, 55177, 55178, - 55184, 55209, 55210, 55235, 55236, 55242, 55246, 60928, 60933, 60961, - 60964, 60967, 60969, 60980, 60985, 60987, 60994, 60999, 61001, 61003, - 61005, 61009, 61012, 61015, 61017, 61019, 61021, 61023, 61025, 61028, - 61031, 61036, 61044, 61049, 61054, 61056, 61067, 61089, 61093, 61099, - 61168, 61440, 61488, 61600, 61617, 61633, 61649, 61696, 61712, 61744, - 61808, 61926, 61968, 62016, 62032, 62208, 62256, 62263, 62336, 62368, - 62406, 62432, 62464, 62528, 62530, 62713, 62720, 62784, 62800, 62971, - 63045, 63104, 63232, 0, 42710, 42752, 46900, 46912, 47133, 63488, - 1, 32, 256, 0, 65533, + 0, 32, 33, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, + 45, 46, 48, 58, 60, 63, 65, 91, 92, 93, + 94, 95, 96, 97, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 160, + 161, 162, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, + 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184, 185, + 186, 187, 188, 191, 192, 215, 216, 223, 247, 248, + 256, 312, 313, 329, 330, 377, 383, 385, 387, 388, + 391, 394, 396, 398, 402, 403, 405, 406, 409, 412, + 414, 415, 417, 418, 423, 427, 428, 431, 434, 436, + 437, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 448, 452, 453, 454, + 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 477, 478, 496, + 497, 498, 499, 500, 503, 505, 506, 564, 570, 572, + 573, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 592, 660, 661, 688, + 706, 710, 722, 736, 741, 748, 749, 750, 751, 768, + 880, 884, 885, 886, 890, 891, 894, 900, 902, 903, + 904, 908, 910, 912, 913, 931, 940, 975, 977, 978, + 981, 984, 1008, 1012, 1014, 1015, 1018, 1020, 1021, 1072, + 1120, 1154, 1155, 1160, 1162, 1217, 1231, 1232, 1329, 1369, + 1370, 1377, 1417, 1418, 1423, 1425, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473, + 1475, 1476, 1478, 1479, 1488, 1520, 1523, 1536, 1542, 1545, + 1547, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1563, 1566, 1568, 1600, 1601, 1611, + 1632, 1642, 1646, 1648, 1649, 1748, 1749, 1750, 1757, 1758, + 1759, 1765, 1767, 1769, 1770, 1774, 1776, 1786, 1789, 1791, + 1792, 1807, 1808, 1809, 1810, 1840, 1869, 1958, 1969, 1984, + 1994, 2027, 2036, 2038, 2039, 2042, 2048, 2070, 2074, 2075, + 2084, 2085, 2088, 2089, 2096, 2112, 2137, 2142, 2208, 2210, + 2276, 2304, 2307, 2308, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2366, 2369, + 2377, 2381, 2382, 2384, 2385, 2392, 2402, 2404, 2406, 2416, + 2417, 2418, 2425, 2433, 2434, 2437, 2447, 2451, 2474, 2482, + 2486, 2492, 2493, 2494, 2497, 2503, 2507, 2509, 2510, 2519, + 2524, 2527, 2530, 2534, 2544, 2546, 2548, 2554, 2555, 2561, + 2563, 2565, 2575, 2579, 2602, 2610, 2613, 2616, 2620, 2622, + 2625, 2631, 2635, 2641, 2649, 2654, 2662, 2672, 2674, 2677, + 2689, 2691, 2693, 2703, 2707, 2730, 2738, 2741, 2748, 2749, + 2750, 2753, 2759, 2761, 2763, 2765, 2768, 2784, 2786, 2790, + 2800, 2801, 2817, 2818, 2821, 2831, 2835, 2858, 2866, 2869, + 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2880, 2881, 2887, 2891, 2893, 2902, + 2903, 2908, 2911, 2914, 2918, 2928, 2929, 2930, 2946, 2947, + 2949, 2958, 2962, 2969, 2972, 2974, 2979, 2984, 2990, 3006, + 3008, 3009, 3014, 3018, 3021, 3024, 3031, 3046, 3056, 3059, + 3065, 3066, 3073, 3077, 3086, 3090, 3114, 3125, 3133, 3134, + 3137, 3142, 3146, 3157, 3160, 3168, 3170, 3174, 3192, 3199, + 3202, 3205, 3214, 3218, 3242, 3253, 3260, 3261, 3262, 3263, + 3264, 3270, 3271, 3274, 3276, 3285, 3294, 3296, 3298, 3302, + 3313, 3330, 3333, 3342, 3346, 3389, 3390, 3393, 3398, 3402, + 3405, 3406, 3415, 3424, 3426, 3430, 3440, 3449, 3450, 3458, + 3461, 3482, 3507, 3517, 3520, 3530, 3535, 3538, 3542, 3544, + 3570, 3572, 3585, 3633, 3634, 3636, 3647, 3648, 3654, 3655, + 3663, 3664, 3674, 3713, 3716, 3719, 3722, 3725, 3732, 3737, + 3745, 3749, 3751, 3754, 3757, 3761, 3762, 3764, 3771, 3773, + 3776, 3782, 3784, 3792, 3804, 3840, 3841, 3844, 3859, 3860, + 3861, 3864, 3866, 3872, 3882, 3892, 3893, 3894, 3895, 3896, + 3897, 3898, 3899, 3900, 3901, 3902, 3904, 3913, 3953, 3967, + 3968, 3973, 3974, 3976, 3981, 3993, 4030, 4038, 4039, 4046, + 4048, 4053, 4057, 4096, 4139, 4141, 4145, 4146, 4152, 4153, + 4155, 4157, 4159, 4160, 4170, 4176, 4182, 4184, 4186, 4190, + 4193, 4194, 4197, 4199, 4206, 4209, 4213, 4226, 4227, 4229, + 4231, 4237, 4238, 4239, 4240, 4250, 4253, 4254, 4256, 4295, + 4301, 4304, 4347, 4348, 4349, 4682, 4688, 4696, 4698, 4704, + 4746, 4752, 4786, 4792, 4800, 4802, 4808, 4824, 4882, 4888, + 4957, 4960, 4969, 4992, 5008, 5024, 5120, 5121, 5741, 5743, + 5760, 5761, 5787, 5788, 5792, 5867, 5870, 5888, 5902, 5906, + 5920, 5938, 5941, 5952, 5970, 5984, 5998, 6002, 6016, 6068, + 6070, 6071, 6078, 6086, 6087, 6089, 6100, 6103, 6104, 6107, + 6108, 6109, 6112, 6128, 6144, 6150, 6151, 6155, 6158, 6160, + 6176, 6211, 6212, 6272, 6313, 6314, 6320, 6400, 6432, 6435, + 6439, 6441, 6448, 6450, 6451, 6457, 6464, 6468, 6470, 6480, + 6512, 6528, 6576, 6593, 6600, 6608, 6618, 6622, 6656, 6679, + 6681, 6686, 6688, 6741, 6742, 6743, 6744, 6752, 6753, 6754, + 6755, 6757, 6765, 6771, 6783, 6784, 6800, 6816, 6823, 6824, + 6912, 6916, 6917, 6964, 6965, 6966, 6971, 6972, 6973, 6978, + 6979, 6981, 6992, 7002, 7009, 7019, 7028, 7040, 7042, 7043, + 7073, 7074, 7078, 7080, 7082, 7083, 7084, 7086, 7088, 7098, + 7142, 7143, 7144, 7146, 7149, 7150, 7151, 7154, 7164, 7168, + 7204, 7212, 7220, 7222, 7227, 7232, 7245, 7248, 7258, 7288, + 7294, 7360, 7376, 7379, 7380, 7393, 7394, 7401, 7405, 7406, + 7410, 7412, 7413, 7424, 7468, 7531, 7544, 7545, 7579, 7616, + 7676, 7680, 7830, 7838, 7936, 7944, 7952, 7960, 7968, 7976, + 7984, 7992, 8000, 8008, 8016, 8025, 8027, 8029, 8031, 8033, + 8040, 8048, 8064, 8072, 8080, 8088, 8096, 8104, 8112, 8118, + 8120, 8124, 8125, 8126, 8127, 8130, 8134, 8136, 8140, 8141, + 8144, 8150, 8152, 8157, 8160, 8168, 8173, 8178, 8182, 8184, + 8188, 8189, 8192, 8203, 8208, 8214, 8216, 8217, 8218, 8219, + 8221, 8222, 8223, 8224, 8232, 8233, 8234, 8239, 8240, 8249, + 8250, 8251, 8255, 8257, 8260, 8261, 8262, 8263, 8274, 8275, + 8276, 8277, 8287, 8288, 8298, 8304, 8305, 8308, 8314, 8317, + 8318, 8319, 8320, 8330, 8333, 8334, 8336, 8352, 8400, 8413, + 8417, 8418, 8421, 8448, 8450, 8451, 8455, 8456, 8458, 8459, + 8462, 8464, 8467, 8468, 8469, 8470, 8472, 8473, 8478, 8484, + 8485, 8486, 8487, 8488, 8489, 8490, 8494, 8495, 8496, 8500, + 8501, 8505, 8506, 8508, 8510, 8512, 8517, 8519, 8522, 8523, + 8524, 8526, 8527, 8528, 8544, 8579, 8581, 8585, 8592, 8597, + 8602, 8604, 8608, 8609, 8611, 8612, 8614, 8615, 8622, 8623, + 8654, 8656, 8658, 8659, 8660, 8661, 8692, 8960, 8968, 8972, + 8992, 8994, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9084, 9085, 9115, 9140, 9180, + 9186, 9216, 9280, 9312, 9372, 9450, 9472, 9655, 9656, 9665, + 9666, 9720, 9728, 9839, 9840, 9985, 10088, 10089, 10090, 10091, + 10092, 10093, 10094, 10095, 10096, 10097, 10098, 10099, 10100, 10101, + 10102, 10132, 10176, 10181, 10182, 10183, 10214, 10215, 10216, 10217, + 10218, 10219, 10220, 10221, 10222, 10223, 10224, 10240, 10496, 10627, + 10628, 10629, 10630, 10631, 10632, 10633, 10634, 10635, 10636, 10637, + 10638, 10639, 10640, 10641, 10642, 10643, 10644, 10645, 10646, 10647, + 10648, 10649, 10712, 10713, 10714, 10715, 10716, 10748, 10749, 10750, + 11008, 11056, 11077, 11079, 11088, 11264, 11312, 11360, 11363, 11365, + 11367, 11374, 11377, 11378, 11380, 11381, 11383, 11388, 11390, 11393, + 11394, 11492, 11493, 11499, 11503, 11506, 11513, 11517, 11518, 11520, + 11559, 11565, 11568, 11631, 11632, 11647, 11648, 11680, 11688, 11696, + 11704, 11712, 11720, 11728, 11736, 11744, 11776, 11778, 11779, 11780, + 11781, 11782, 11785, 11786, 11787, 11788, 11789, 11790, 11799, 11800, + 11802, 11803, 11804, 11805, 11806, 11808, 11809, 11810, 11811, 11812, + 11813, 11814, 11815, 11816, 11817, 11818, 11823, 11824, 11834, 11904, + 11931, 12032, 12272, 12288, 12289, 12292, 12293, 12294, 12295, 12296, + 12297, 12298, 12299, 12300, 12301, 12302, 12303, 12304, 12305, 12306, + 12308, 12309, 12310, 12311, 12312, 12313, 12314, 12315, 12316, 12317, + 12318, 12320, 12321, 12330, 12334, 12336, 12337, 12342, 12344, 12347, + 12348, 12349, 12350, 12353, 12441, 12443, 12445, 12447, 12448, 12449, + 12539, 12540, 12543, 12549, 12593, 12688, 12690, 12694, 12704, 12736, + 12784, 12800, 12832, 12842, 12872, 12880, 12881, 12896, 12928, 12938, + 12977, 12992, 13056, 13312, 19893, 19904, 19968, 40908, 40960, 40981, + 40982, 42128, 42192, 42232, 42238, 42240, 42508, 42509, 42512, 42528, + 42538, 42560, 42606, 42607, 42608, 42611, 42612, 42622, 42623, 42624, + 42655, 42656, 42726, 42736, 42738, 42752, 42775, 42784, 42786, 42800, + 42802, 42864, 42865, 42873, 42878, 42888, 42889, 42891, 42896, 42912, + 43000, 43002, 43003, 43010, 43011, 43014, 43015, 43019, 43020, 43043, + 43045, 43047, 43048, 43056, 43062, 43064, 43065, 43072, 43124, 43136, + 43138, 43188, 43204, 43214, 43216, 43232, 43250, 43256, 43259, 43264, + 43274, 43302, 43310, 43312, 43335, 43346, 43359, 43360, 43392, 43395, + 43396, 43443, 43444, 43446, 43450, 43452, 43453, 43457, 43471, 43472, + 43486, 43520, 43561, 43567, 43569, 43571, 43573, 43584, 43587, 43588, + 43596, 43597, 43600, 43612, 43616, 43632, 43633, 43639, 43642, 43643, + 43648, 43696, 43697, 43698, 43701, 43703, 43705, 43710, 43712, 43713, + 43714, 43739, 43741, 43742, 43744, 43755, 43756, 43758, 43760, 43762, + 43763, 43765, 43766, 43777, 43785, 43793, 43808, 43816, 43968, 44003, + 44005, 44006, 44008, 44009, 44011, 44012, 44013, 44016, 44032, 55203, + 55216, 55243, 55296, 56191, 56319, 57343, 57344, 63743, 63744, 64112, + 64256, 64275, 64285, 64286, 64287, 64297, 64298, 64312, 64318, 64320, + 64323, 64326, 64434, 64467, 64830, 64831, 64848, 64914, 65008, 65020, + 65021, 65024, 65040, 65047, 65048, 65049, 65056, 65072, 65073, 65075, + 65077, 65078, 65079, 65080, 65081, 65082, 65083, 65084, 65085, 65086, + 65087, 65088, 65089, 65090, 65091, 65092, 65093, 65095, 65096, 65097, + 65101, 65104, 65108, 65112, 65113, 65114, 65115, 65116, 65117, 65118, + 65119, 65122, 65123, 65124, 65128, 65129, 65130, 65136, 65142, 65279, + 65281, 65284, 65285, 65288, 65289, 65290, 65291, 65292, 65293, 65294, + 65296, 65306, 65308, 65311, 65313, 65339, 65340, 65341, 65342, 65343, + 65344, 65345, 65371, 65372, 65373, 65374, 65375, 65376, 65377, 65378, + 65379, 65380, 65382, 65392, 65393, 65438, 65440, 65474, 65482, 65490, + 65498, 65504, 65506, 65507, 65508, 65509, 65512, 65513, 65517, 65529, + 65532, 0, 13, 40, 60, 63, 80, 128, 256, 263, + 311, 320, 373, 377, 394, 400, 464, 509, 640, 672, + 768, 800, 816, 833, 834, 842, 896, 927, 928, 968, + 976, 977, 1024, 1064, 1104, 1184, 2048, 2056, 2058, 2103, + 2108, 2111, 2135, 2136, 2304, 2326, 2335, 2336, 2367, 2432, + 2494, 2560, 2561, 2565, 2572, 2576, 2581, 2585, 2616, 2623, + 2624, 2640, 2656, 2685, 2687, 2816, 2873, 2880, 2904, 2912, + 2936, 3072, 3680, 4096, 4097, 4098, 4099, 4152, 4167, 4178, + 4198, 4224, 4226, 4227, 4272, 4275, 4279, 4281, 4283, 4285, + 4286, 4304, 4336, 4352, 4355, 4391, 4396, 4397, 4406, 4416, + 4480, 4482, 4483, 4531, 4534, 4543, 4545, 4549, 4560, 5760, + 5803, 5804, 5805, 5806, 5808, 5814, 5815, 5824, 8192, 9216, + 9328, 12288, 26624, 28416, 28496, 28497, 28559, 28563, 45056, 53248, + 53504, 53545, 53605, 53607, 53610, 53613, 53619, 53627, 53635, 53637, + 53644, 53674, 53678, 53760, 53826, 53829, 54016, 54112, 54272, 54298, + 54324, 54350, 54358, 54376, 54402, 54428, 54430, 54434, 54437, 54441, + 54446, 54454, 54459, 54461, 54469, 54480, 54506, 54532, 54535, 54541, + 54550, 54558, 54584, 54587, 54592, 54598, 54602, 54610, 54636, 54662, + 54688, 54714, 54740, 54766, 54792, 54818, 54844, 54870, 54896, 54922, + 54952, 54977, 54978, 55003, 55004, 55010, 55035, 55036, 55061, 55062, + 55068, 55093, 55094, 55119, 55120, 55126, 55151, 55152, 55177, 55178, + 55184, 55209, 55210, 55235, 55236, 55242, 55246, 60928, 60933, 60961, + 60964, 60967, 60969, 60980, 60985, 60987, 60994, 60999, 61001, 61003, + 61005, 61009, 61012, 61015, 61017, 61019, 61021, 61023, 61025, 61028, + 61031, 61036, 61044, 61049, 61054, 61056, 61067, 61089, 61093, 61099, + 61168, 61440, 61488, 61600, 61617, 61633, 61649, 61696, 61712, 61744, + 61808, 61926, 61968, 62016, 62032, 62208, 62256, 62263, 62336, 62368, + 62406, 62432, 62464, 62528, 62530, 62713, 62720, 62784, 62800, 62971, + 63045, 63104, 63232, 0, 42710, 42752, 46900, 46912, 47133, 63488, + 1, 32, 256, 0, 65533, }; static u16 aFts5UnicodeData[] = { - 1025, 61, 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, - 49, 85, 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, - 56, 48, 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 1057, 61, - 53, 151, 58, 53, 56, 58, 39, 52, 57, 34, - 58, 56, 58, 57, 79, 56, 37, 85, 56, 47, - 39, 51, 111, 53, 745, 57, 233, 773, 57, 261, - 1822, 37, 542, 37, 1534, 222, 69, 73, 37, 126, - 126, 73, 69, 137, 37, 73, 37, 105, 101, 73, - 37, 73, 37, 190, 158, 37, 126, 126, 73, 37, - 126, 94, 37, 39, 94, 69, 135, 41, 40, 37, - 41, 40, 37, 41, 40, 37, 542, 37, 606, 37, - 41, 40, 37, 126, 73, 37, 1886, 197, 73, 37, - 73, 69, 126, 105, 37, 286, 2181, 39, 869, 582, - 152, 390, 472, 166, 248, 38, 56, 38, 568, 3596, - 158, 38, 56, 94, 38, 101, 53, 88, 41, 53, - 105, 41, 73, 37, 553, 297, 1125, 94, 37, 105, - 101, 798, 133, 94, 57, 126, 94, 37, 1641, 1541, - 1118, 58, 172, 75, 1790, 478, 37, 2846, 1225, 38, - 213, 1253, 53, 49, 55, 1452, 49, 44, 53, 76, - 53, 76, 53, 44, 871, 103, 85, 162, 121, 85, - 55, 85, 90, 364, 53, 85, 1031, 38, 327, 684, - 333, 149, 71, 44, 3175, 53, 39, 236, 34, 58, - 204, 70, 76, 58, 140, 71, 333, 103, 90, 39, - 469, 34, 39, 44, 967, 876, 2855, 364, 39, 333, - 1063, 300, 70, 58, 117, 38, 711, 140, 38, 300, - 38, 108, 38, 172, 501, 807, 108, 53, 39, 359, - 876, 108, 42, 1735, 44, 42, 44, 39, 106, 268, - 138, 44, 74, 39, 236, 327, 76, 85, 333, 53, - 38, 199, 231, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 39, - 135, 44, 39, 106, 140, 74, 74, 44, 39, 42, - 71, 103, 76, 333, 71, 87, 207, 58, 55, 76, - 42, 199, 71, 711, 231, 71, 71, 71, 44, 106, - 76, 76, 108, 44, 135, 39, 333, 76, 103, 44, - 76, 42, 295, 103, 711, 231, 71, 167, 44, 39, - 106, 172, 76, 42, 74, 44, 39, 71, 76, 333, - 53, 55, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 71, 167, - 44, 39, 42, 44, 42, 140, 74, 74, 44, 44, - 42, 71, 103, 76, 333, 58, 39, 207, 44, 39, - 199, 103, 135, 71, 39, 71, 71, 103, 391, 74, - 44, 74, 106, 106, 44, 39, 42, 333, 111, 218, - 55, 58, 106, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 39, 108, - 138, 108, 140, 76, 71, 71, 76, 333, 239, 58, - 74, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 44, 39, 42, 44, - 170, 44, 74, 74, 76, 74, 39, 71, 76, 333, - 71, 74, 263, 103, 1319, 39, 106, 140, 106, 106, - 44, 39, 42, 71, 76, 333, 207, 58, 199, 74, - 583, 775, 295, 39, 231, 44, 106, 108, 44, 266, - 74, 53, 1543, 44, 71, 236, 55, 199, 38, 268, - 53, 333, 85, 71, 39, 71, 39, 39, 135, 231, - 103, 39, 39, 71, 135, 44, 71, 204, 76, 39, - 167, 38, 204, 333, 135, 39, 122, 501, 58, 53, - 122, 76, 218, 333, 335, 58, 44, 58, 44, 58, - 44, 54, 50, 54, 50, 74, 263, 1159, 460, 42, - 172, 53, 76, 167, 364, 1164, 282, 44, 218, 90, - 181, 154, 85, 1383, 74, 140, 42, 204, 42, 76, - 74, 76, 39, 333, 213, 199, 74, 76, 135, 108, - 39, 106, 71, 234, 103, 140, 423, 44, 74, 76, - 202, 44, 39, 42, 333, 106, 44, 90, 1225, 41, - 41, 1383, 53, 38, 10631, 135, 231, 39, 135, 1319, - 135, 1063, 135, 231, 39, 135, 487, 1831, 135, 2151, - 108, 309, 655, 519, 346, 2727, 49, 19847, 85, 551, - 61, 839, 54, 50, 2407, 117, 110, 423, 135, 108, - 583, 108, 85, 583, 76, 423, 103, 76, 1671, 76, - 42, 236, 266, 44, 74, 364, 117, 38, 117, 55, - 39, 44, 333, 335, 213, 49, 149, 108, 61, 333, - 1127, 38, 1671, 1319, 44, 39, 2247, 935, 108, 138, - 76, 106, 74, 44, 202, 108, 58, 85, 333, 967, - 167, 1415, 554, 231, 74, 333, 47, 1114, 743, 76, - 106, 85, 1703, 42, 44, 42, 236, 44, 42, 44, - 74, 268, 202, 332, 44, 333, 333, 245, 38, 213, - 140, 42, 1511, 44, 42, 172, 42, 44, 170, 44, - 74, 231, 333, 245, 346, 300, 314, 76, 42, 967, - 42, 140, 74, 76, 42, 44, 74, 71, 333, 1415, - 44, 42, 76, 106, 44, 42, 108, 74, 149, 1159, - 266, 268, 74, 76, 181, 333, 103, 333, 967, 198, - 85, 277, 108, 53, 428, 42, 236, 135, 44, 135, - 74, 44, 71, 1413, 2022, 421, 38, 1093, 1190, 1260, - 140, 4830, 261, 3166, 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 265, - 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 41, 41, 41, 94, 229, - 265, 453, 261, 264, 261, 264, 261, 264, 165, 69, - 137, 40, 56, 37, 120, 101, 69, 137, 40, 120, - 133, 69, 137, 120, 261, 169, 120, 101, 69, 137, - 40, 88, 381, 162, 209, 85, 52, 51, 54, 84, - 51, 54, 52, 277, 59, 60, 162, 61, 309, 52, - 51, 149, 80, 117, 57, 54, 50, 373, 57, 53, - 48, 341, 61, 162, 194, 47, 38, 207, 121, 54, - 50, 38, 335, 121, 54, 50, 422, 855, 428, 139, - 44, 107, 396, 90, 41, 154, 41, 90, 37, 105, - 69, 105, 37, 58, 41, 90, 57, 169, 218, 41, - 58, 41, 58, 41, 58, 137, 58, 37, 137, 37, - 135, 37, 90, 69, 73, 185, 94, 101, 58, 57, - 90, 37, 58, 527, 1134, 94, 142, 47, 185, 186, - 89, 154, 57, 90, 57, 90, 57, 250, 57, 1018, - 89, 90, 57, 58, 57, 1018, 8601, 282, 153, 666, - 89, 250, 54, 50, 2618, 57, 986, 825, 1306, 217, - 602, 1274, 378, 1935, 2522, 719, 5882, 57, 314, 57, - 1754, 281, 3578, 57, 4634, 3322, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 975, 1434, 185, 54, 50, 1017, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 537, 8218, 4217, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, - 50, 2041, 54, 50, 54, 50, 1049, 54, 50, 8281, - 1562, 697, 90, 217, 346, 1513, 1509, 126, 73, 69, - 254, 105, 37, 94, 37, 94, 165, 70, 105, 37, - 3166, 37, 218, 158, 108, 94, 149, 47, 85, 1221, - 37, 37, 1799, 38, 53, 44, 743, 231, 231, 231, - 231, 231, 231, 231, 231, 1036, 85, 52, 51, 52, - 51, 117, 52, 51, 53, 52, 51, 309, 49, 85, - 49, 53, 52, 51, 85, 52, 51, 54, 50, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 181, 38, 341, 81, 858, - 2874, 6874, 410, 61, 117, 58, 38, 39, 46, 54, - 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 90, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 49, 54, - 82, 58, 302, 140, 74, 49, 166, 90, 110, 38, - 39, 53, 90, 2759, 76, 88, 70, 39, 49, 2887, - 53, 102, 39, 1319, 3015, 90, 143, 346, 871, 1178, - 519, 1018, 335, 986, 271, 58, 495, 1050, 335, 1274, - 495, 2042, 8218, 39, 39, 2074, 39, 39, 679, 38, - 36583, 1786, 1287, 198, 85, 8583, 38, 117, 519, 333, - 71, 1502, 39, 44, 107, 53, 332, 53, 38, 798, - 44, 2247, 334, 76, 213, 760, 294, 88, 478, 69, - 2014, 38, 261, 190, 350, 38, 88, 158, 158, 382, - 70, 37, 231, 44, 103, 44, 135, 44, 743, 74, - 76, 42, 154, 207, 90, 55, 58, 1671, 149, 74, - 1607, 522, 44, 85, 333, 588, 199, 117, 39, 333, - 903, 268, 85, 743, 364, 74, 53, 935, 108, 42, - 1511, 44, 74, 140, 74, 44, 138, 437, 38, 333, - 85, 1319, 204, 74, 76, 74, 76, 103, 44, 263, - 44, 42, 333, 149, 519, 38, 199, 122, 39, 42, - 1543, 44, 39, 108, 71, 76, 167, 76, 39, 44, - 39, 71, 38, 85, 359, 42, 76, 74, 85, 39, - 70, 42, 44, 199, 199, 199, 231, 231, 1127, 74, - 44, 74, 44, 74, 53, 42, 44, 333, 39, 39, - 743, 1575, 36, 68, 68, 36, 63, 63, 11719, 3399, - 229, 165, 39, 44, 327, 57, 423, 167, 39, 71, - 71, 3463, 536, 11623, 54, 50, 2055, 1735, 391, 55, - 58, 524, 245, 54, 50, 53, 236, 53, 81, 80, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 85, 54, 50, 149, - 112, 117, 149, 49, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, - 117, 57, 49, 121, 53, 55, 85, 167, 4327, 34, - 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, 49, 85, - 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, 56, 48, - 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 54, 50, 53, 54, - 50, 85, 327, 38, 1447, 70, 999, 199, 199, 199, - 103, 87, 57, 56, 58, 87, 58, 153, 90, 98, - 90, 391, 839, 615, 71, 487, 455, 3943, 117, 1455, - 314, 1710, 143, 570, 47, 410, 1466, 44, 935, 1575, - 999, 143, 551, 46, 263, 46, 967, 53, 1159, 263, - 53, 174, 1289, 1285, 2503, 333, 199, 39, 1415, 71, - 39, 743, 53, 271, 711, 207, 53, 839, 53, 1799, - 71, 39, 108, 76, 140, 135, 103, 871, 108, 44, - 271, 309, 935, 79, 53, 1735, 245, 711, 271, 615, - 271, 2343, 1007, 42, 44, 42, 1703, 492, 245, 655, - 333, 76, 42, 1447, 106, 140, 74, 76, 85, 34, - 149, 807, 333, 108, 1159, 172, 42, 268, 333, 149, - 76, 42, 1543, 106, 300, 74, 135, 149, 333, 1383, - 44, 42, 44, 74, 204, 42, 44, 333, 28135, 3182, - 149, 34279, 18215, 2215, 39, 1482, 140, 422, 71, 7898, - 1274, 1946, 74, 108, 122, 202, 258, 268, 90, 236, - 986, 140, 1562, 2138, 108, 58, 2810, 591, 841, 837, - 841, 229, 581, 841, 837, 41, 73, 41, 73, 137, - 265, 133, 37, 229, 357, 841, 837, 73, 137, 265, - 233, 837, 73, 137, 169, 41, 233, 837, 841, 837, - 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 901, - 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, - 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, - 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 94, 1613, 135, 871, 71, - 39, 39, 327, 135, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, - 103, 71, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 71, 39, - 135, 231, 135, 135, 39, 327, 551, 103, 167, 551, - 89, 1434, 3226, 506, 474, 506, 506, 367, 1018, 1946, - 1402, 954, 1402, 314, 90, 1082, 218, 2266, 666, 1210, - 186, 570, 2042, 58, 5850, 154, 2010, 154, 794, 2266, - 378, 2266, 3738, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 17351, - 34, 3074, 7692, 63, 63, + 1025, 61, 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, + 49, 85, 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, + 56, 48, 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 1057, 61, + 53, 151, 58, 53, 56, 58, 39, 52, 57, 34, + 58, 56, 58, 57, 79, 56, 37, 85, 56, 47, + 39, 51, 111, 53, 745, 57, 233, 773, 57, 261, + 1822, 37, 542, 37, 1534, 222, 69, 73, 37, 126, + 126, 73, 69, 137, 37, 73, 37, 105, 101, 73, + 37, 73, 37, 190, 158, 37, 126, 126, 73, 37, + 126, 94, 37, 39, 94, 69, 135, 41, 40, 37, + 41, 40, 37, 41, 40, 37, 542, 37, 606, 37, + 41, 40, 37, 126, 73, 37, 1886, 197, 73, 37, + 73, 69, 126, 105, 37, 286, 2181, 39, 869, 582, + 152, 390, 472, 166, 248, 38, 56, 38, 568, 3596, + 158, 38, 56, 94, 38, 101, 53, 88, 41, 53, + 105, 41, 73, 37, 553, 297, 1125, 94, 37, 105, + 101, 798, 133, 94, 57, 126, 94, 37, 1641, 1541, + 1118, 58, 172, 75, 1790, 478, 37, 2846, 1225, 38, + 213, 1253, 53, 49, 55, 1452, 49, 44, 53, 76, + 53, 76, 53, 44, 871, 103, 85, 162, 121, 85, + 55, 85, 90, 364, 53, 85, 1031, 38, 327, 684, + 333, 149, 71, 44, 3175, 53, 39, 236, 34, 58, + 204, 70, 76, 58, 140, 71, 333, 103, 90, 39, + 469, 34, 39, 44, 967, 876, 2855, 364, 39, 333, + 1063, 300, 70, 58, 117, 38, 711, 140, 38, 300, + 38, 108, 38, 172, 501, 807, 108, 53, 39, 359, + 876, 108, 42, 1735, 44, 42, 44, 39, 106, 268, + 138, 44, 74, 39, 236, 327, 76, 85, 333, 53, + 38, 199, 231, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 39, + 135, 44, 39, 106, 140, 74, 74, 44, 39, 42, + 71, 103, 76, 333, 71, 87, 207, 58, 55, 76, + 42, 199, 71, 711, 231, 71, 71, 71, 44, 106, + 76, 76, 108, 44, 135, 39, 333, 76, 103, 44, + 76, 42, 295, 103, 711, 231, 71, 167, 44, 39, + 106, 172, 76, 42, 74, 44, 39, 71, 76, 333, + 53, 55, 44, 74, 263, 71, 711, 231, 71, 167, + 44, 39, 42, 44, 42, 140, 74, 74, 44, 44, + 42, 71, 103, 76, 333, 58, 39, 207, 44, 39, + 199, 103, 135, 71, 39, 71, 71, 103, 391, 74, + 44, 74, 106, 106, 44, 39, 42, 333, 111, 218, + 55, 58, 106, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 39, 108, + 138, 108, 140, 76, 71, 71, 76, 333, 239, 58, + 74, 263, 103, 743, 327, 167, 44, 39, 42, 44, + 170, 44, 74, 74, 76, 74, 39, 71, 76, 333, + 71, 74, 263, 103, 1319, 39, 106, 140, 106, 106, + 44, 39, 42, 71, 76, 333, 207, 58, 199, 74, + 583, 775, 295, 39, 231, 44, 106, 108, 44, 266, + 74, 53, 1543, 44, 71, 236, 55, 199, 38, 268, + 53, 333, 85, 71, 39, 71, 39, 39, 135, 231, + 103, 39, 39, 71, 135, 44, 71, 204, 76, 39, + 167, 38, 204, 333, 135, 39, 122, 501, 58, 53, + 122, 76, 218, 333, 335, 58, 44, 58, 44, 58, + 44, 54, 50, 54, 50, 74, 263, 1159, 460, 42, + 172, 53, 76, 167, 364, 1164, 282, 44, 218, 90, + 181, 154, 85, 1383, 74, 140, 42, 204, 42, 76, + 74, 76, 39, 333, 213, 199, 74, 76, 135, 108, + 39, 106, 71, 234, 103, 140, 423, 44, 74, 76, + 202, 44, 39, 42, 333, 106, 44, 90, 1225, 41, + 41, 1383, 53, 38, 10631, 135, 231, 39, 135, 1319, + 135, 1063, 135, 231, 39, 135, 487, 1831, 135, 2151, + 108, 309, 655, 519, 346, 2727, 49, 19847, 85, 551, + 61, 839, 54, 50, 2407, 117, 110, 423, 135, 108, + 583, 108, 85, 583, 76, 423, 103, 76, 1671, 76, + 42, 236, 266, 44, 74, 364, 117, 38, 117, 55, + 39, 44, 333, 335, 213, 49, 149, 108, 61, 333, + 1127, 38, 1671, 1319, 44, 39, 2247, 935, 108, 138, + 76, 106, 74, 44, 202, 108, 58, 85, 333, 967, + 167, 1415, 554, 231, 74, 333, 47, 1114, 743, 76, + 106, 85, 1703, 42, 44, 42, 236, 44, 42, 44, + 74, 268, 202, 332, 44, 333, 333, 245, 38, 213, + 140, 42, 1511, 44, 42, 172, 42, 44, 170, 44, + 74, 231, 333, 245, 346, 300, 314, 76, 42, 967, + 42, 140, 74, 76, 42, 44, 74, 71, 333, 1415, + 44, 42, 76, 106, 44, 42, 108, 74, 149, 1159, + 266, 268, 74, 76, 181, 333, 103, 333, 967, 198, + 85, 277, 108, 53, 428, 42, 236, 135, 44, 135, + 74, 44, 71, 1413, 2022, 421, 38, 1093, 1190, 1260, + 140, 4830, 261, 3166, 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 265, + 261, 265, 197, 201, 261, 41, 41, 41, 94, 229, + 265, 453, 261, 264, 261, 264, 261, 264, 165, 69, + 137, 40, 56, 37, 120, 101, 69, 137, 40, 120, + 133, 69, 137, 120, 261, 169, 120, 101, 69, 137, + 40, 88, 381, 162, 209, 85, 52, 51, 54, 84, + 51, 54, 52, 277, 59, 60, 162, 61, 309, 52, + 51, 149, 80, 117, 57, 54, 50, 373, 57, 53, + 48, 341, 61, 162, 194, 47, 38, 207, 121, 54, + 50, 38, 335, 121, 54, 50, 422, 855, 428, 139, + 44, 107, 396, 90, 41, 154, 41, 90, 37, 105, + 69, 105, 37, 58, 41, 90, 57, 169, 218, 41, + 58, 41, 58, 41, 58, 137, 58, 37, 137, 37, + 135, 37, 90, 69, 73, 185, 94, 101, 58, 57, + 90, 37, 58, 527, 1134, 94, 142, 47, 185, 186, + 89, 154, 57, 90, 57, 90, 57, 250, 57, 1018, + 89, 90, 57, 58, 57, 1018, 8601, 282, 153, 666, + 89, 250, 54, 50, 2618, 57, 986, 825, 1306, 217, + 602, 1274, 378, 1935, 2522, 719, 5882, 57, 314, 57, + 1754, 281, 3578, 57, 4634, 3322, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 975, 1434, 185, 54, 50, 1017, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 537, 8218, 4217, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, + 50, 2041, 54, 50, 54, 50, 1049, 54, 50, 8281, + 1562, 697, 90, 217, 346, 1513, 1509, 126, 73, 69, + 254, 105, 37, 94, 37, 94, 165, 70, 105, 37, + 3166, 37, 218, 158, 108, 94, 149, 47, 85, 1221, + 37, 37, 1799, 38, 53, 44, 743, 231, 231, 231, + 231, 231, 231, 231, 231, 1036, 85, 52, 51, 52, + 51, 117, 52, 51, 53, 52, 51, 309, 49, 85, + 49, 53, 52, 51, 85, 52, 51, 54, 50, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 181, 38, 341, 81, 858, + 2874, 6874, 410, 61, 117, 58, 38, 39, 46, 54, + 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 90, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 49, 54, + 82, 58, 302, 140, 74, 49, 166, 90, 110, 38, + 39, 53, 90, 2759, 76, 88, 70, 39, 49, 2887, + 53, 102, 39, 1319, 3015, 90, 143, 346, 871, 1178, + 519, 1018, 335, 986, 271, 58, 495, 1050, 335, 1274, + 495, 2042, 8218, 39, 39, 2074, 39, 39, 679, 38, + 36583, 1786, 1287, 198, 85, 8583, 38, 117, 519, 333, + 71, 1502, 39, 44, 107, 53, 332, 53, 38, 798, + 44, 2247, 334, 76, 213, 760, 294, 88, 478, 69, + 2014, 38, 261, 190, 350, 38, 88, 158, 158, 382, + 70, 37, 231, 44, 103, 44, 135, 44, 743, 74, + 76, 42, 154, 207, 90, 55, 58, 1671, 149, 74, + 1607, 522, 44, 85, 333, 588, 199, 117, 39, 333, + 903, 268, 85, 743, 364, 74, 53, 935, 108, 42, + 1511, 44, 74, 140, 74, 44, 138, 437, 38, 333, + 85, 1319, 204, 74, 76, 74, 76, 103, 44, 263, + 44, 42, 333, 149, 519, 38, 199, 122, 39, 42, + 1543, 44, 39, 108, 71, 76, 167, 76, 39, 44, + 39, 71, 38, 85, 359, 42, 76, 74, 85, 39, + 70, 42, 44, 199, 199, 199, 231, 231, 1127, 74, + 44, 74, 44, 74, 53, 42, 44, 333, 39, 39, + 743, 1575, 36, 68, 68, 36, 63, 63, 11719, 3399, + 229, 165, 39, 44, 327, 57, 423, 167, 39, 71, + 71, 3463, 536, 11623, 54, 50, 2055, 1735, 391, 55, + 58, 524, 245, 54, 50, 53, 236, 53, 81, 80, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, 85, 54, 50, 149, + 112, 117, 149, 49, 54, 50, 54, 50, 54, 50, + 117, 57, 49, 121, 53, 55, 85, 167, 4327, 34, + 117, 55, 117, 54, 50, 53, 57, 53, 49, 85, + 333, 85, 121, 85, 841, 54, 53, 50, 56, 48, + 56, 837, 54, 57, 50, 57, 54, 50, 53, 54, + 50, 85, 327, 38, 1447, 70, 999, 199, 199, 199, + 103, 87, 57, 56, 58, 87, 58, 153, 90, 98, + 90, 391, 839, 615, 71, 487, 455, 3943, 117, 1455, + 314, 1710, 143, 570, 47, 410, 1466, 44, 935, 1575, + 999, 143, 551, 46, 263, 46, 967, 53, 1159, 263, + 53, 174, 1289, 1285, 2503, 333, 199, 39, 1415, 71, + 39, 743, 53, 271, 711, 207, 53, 839, 53, 1799, + 71, 39, 108, 76, 140, 135, 103, 871, 108, 44, + 271, 309, 935, 79, 53, 1735, 245, 711, 271, 615, + 271, 2343, 1007, 42, 44, 42, 1703, 492, 245, 655, + 333, 76, 42, 1447, 106, 140, 74, 76, 85, 34, + 149, 807, 333, 108, 1159, 172, 42, 268, 333, 149, + 76, 42, 1543, 106, 300, 74, 135, 149, 333, 1383, + 44, 42, 44, 74, 204, 42, 44, 333, 28135, 3182, + 149, 34279, 18215, 2215, 39, 1482, 140, 422, 71, 7898, + 1274, 1946, 74, 108, 122, 202, 258, 268, 90, 236, + 986, 140, 1562, 2138, 108, 58, 2810, 591, 841, 837, + 841, 229, 581, 841, 837, 41, 73, 41, 73, 137, + 265, 133, 37, 229, 357, 841, 837, 73, 137, 265, + 233, 837, 73, 137, 169, 41, 233, 837, 841, 837, + 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 837, 841, 901, + 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, + 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, + 809, 57, 805, 57, 197, 94, 1613, 135, 871, 71, + 39, 39, 327, 135, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, + 103, 71, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 71, 39, + 135, 231, 135, 135, 39, 327, 551, 103, 167, 551, + 89, 1434, 3226, 506, 474, 506, 506, 367, 1018, 1946, + 1402, 954, 1402, 314, 90, 1082, 218, 2266, 666, 1210, + 186, 570, 2042, 58, 5850, 154, 2010, 154, 794, 2266, + 378, 2266, 3738, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 39, 17351, + 34, 3074, 7692, 63, 63, }; -static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(u32 iCode) { +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(u32 iCode) { int iRes = -1; int iHi; int iLo; @@ -227669,8 +229793,10 @@ static void sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(u8 *aArray, u8 *aAscii){ } iTbl++; } + aAscii[0] = 0; /* 0x00 is never a token character */ } + /* ** 2015 May 30 ** @@ -227977,7 +230103,7 @@ static int FTS5_NOINLINE fts5PutVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ v >>= 7; } return 9; - } + } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); @@ -228029,7 +230155,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal){ ****************************************************************************** ** ** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an -** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of +** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of ** tables: ** ** col: @@ -228037,21 +230163,21 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal){ ** ** One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to ** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term -** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of -** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table). +** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of +** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table). ** ** row: ** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term)); ** ** One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to ** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term -** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term +** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term ** $term in the database. ** ** instance: ** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, col, offset, PRIMARY KEY(<all-fields>)); ** -** One row for each term instance in the database. +** One row for each term instance in the database. */ @@ -228113,7 +230239,7 @@ struct Fts5VocabCursor { /* -** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an +** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an ** FTS5_VOCAB_XXX constant. If successful, set *peType to the output ** value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, set *pzErr to an error message ** and return SQLITE_ERROR. @@ -228191,8 +230317,8 @@ static int fts5VocabInitVtab( sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ ){ - const char *azSchema[] = { - "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")", + const char *azSchema[] = { + "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")", "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA ")", "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_INST_SCHEMA ")" }; @@ -228211,10 +230337,10 @@ static int fts5VocabInitVtab( const char *zDb = bDb ? argv[3] : argv[1]; const char *zTab = bDb ? argv[4] : argv[3]; const char *zType = bDb ? argv[5] : argv[4]; - int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1; + int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1; int nTab = (int)strlen(zTab)+1; int eType = 0; - + rc = fts5VocabTableType(zType, pzErr, &eType); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( eType>=0 && eType<ArraySize(azSchema) ); @@ -228266,7 +230392,7 @@ static int fts5VocabCreateMethod( return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } -/* +/* ** Implementation of the xBestIndex method. ** ** Only constraints of the form: @@ -228275,7 +230401,7 @@ static int fts5VocabCreateMethod( ** term == ? ** term >= ? ** -** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated +** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated ** identically, as are greater-than and greater-than-or-equal. */ static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( @@ -228326,8 +230452,8 @@ static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( ** specifically - "ORDER BY term" or "ORDER BY term ASC" - set the ** sqlite3_index_info.orderByConsumed flag to tell the core the results ** are already in sorted order. */ - if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 - && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 ){ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; @@ -228341,7 +230467,7 @@ static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( ** Implementation of xOpen method. */ static int fts5VocabOpenMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr ){ Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab; @@ -228433,7 +230559,7 @@ static int fts5VocabCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ static int fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; - + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ){ pCsr->bEof = 1; }else{ @@ -228459,11 +230585,11 @@ static int fts5VocabInstanceNext(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){ Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pCsr->pIter; i64 *pp = &pCsr->iInstPos; int *po = &pCsr->iInstOff; - + assert( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 ); assert( pCsr->bEof==0 ); while( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE - || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp) + || sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, po, pp) ){ pCsr->iInstPos = 0; pCsr->iInstOff = 0; @@ -228588,8 +230714,8 @@ static int fts5VocabNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm); - if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n - || (nTerm>0 && memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm)) + if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n + || (nTerm>0 && memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm)) ){ break; } @@ -228668,8 +230794,8 @@ static int fts5VocabFilterMethod( if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE ){ rc = fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(pCsr); } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCsr->bEof - && (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCsr->bEof + && (eType!=FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE || pCsr->pFts5->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE) ){ rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor); @@ -228678,8 +230804,8 @@ static int fts5VocabFilterMethod( return rc; } -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ @@ -228754,13 +230880,13 @@ static int fts5VocabColumnMethod( return SQLITE_OK; } -/* +/* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The ** rowid should be written to *pRowid. */ static int fts5VocabRowidMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; @@ -228801,7 +230927,7 @@ static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){ } - + #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */ /************** End of fts5.c ************************************************/ @@ -228978,7 +231104,7 @@ static int stmtColumn( } default: { assert( i==STMT_COLUMN_MEM ); - i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED + + i = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED + STMT_COLUMN_NSCAN - SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; /* Fall thru */ } @@ -229018,11 +231144,11 @@ static int stmtEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ /* ** This method is called to "rewind" the stmt_cursor object back ** to the first row of output. This method is always called at least -** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or +** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or ** stmtEof(). */ static int stmtFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ @@ -229048,7 +231174,7 @@ static int stmtBestIndex( } /* -** This following structure defines all the methods for the +** This following structure defines all the methods for the ** stmt virtual table. */ static sqlite3_module stmtModule = { @@ -229093,8 +231219,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StmtVtabInit(sqlite3 *db){ __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; @@ -229108,9 +231234,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_init( #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB) */ /************** End of stmt.c ************************************************/ -#if __LINE__!=229109 +#if __LINE__!=231237 #undef SQLITE_SOURCE_ID -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-12-01 16:14:00 b7738010bc8ef02ba84820368e557306390a33c38adaa5c7703154bae3edalt1" +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-12-01 16:14:00 b7738010bc8ef02ba84820368e557306390a33c38adaa5c7703154bae3edalt2" #endif /* Return the source-id for this library */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h index ec8caeacf3f..44be7872663 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ extern "C" { ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** -** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), ** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management ** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to @@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ extern "C" { ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.32.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3032001 +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.34.0" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3034000 #define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2020-12-01 16:14:00 b7738010bc8ef02ba84820368e557306390a33c38adaa5c7703154bae3edalt1" /* @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ extern "C" { ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built ** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters ** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ @@ -167,20 +167,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** @@ -261,14 +261,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; # ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -# else +# else typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; # endif #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; ** resources are deallocated. ** ** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all -** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated ** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. +** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** @@ -504,6 +504,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS (SQLITE_IOERR | (33<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) @@ -564,7 +565,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ @@ -573,6 +574,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ /* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ + /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics @@ -669,7 +673,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields @@ -691,7 +695,7 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] @@ -841,7 +845,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and @@ -864,24 +868,24 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and ** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place ** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with ** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced ** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite ** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately ** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal ** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic @@ -929,13 +933,13 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with @@ -954,7 +958,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** upper-most shim only. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of @@ -965,7 +969,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal ** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op @@ -1005,7 +1009,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The ** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. ** @@ -1049,7 +1053,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by ** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for -** this opcode. +** this opcode. ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then @@ -1066,7 +1070,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. ** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were ** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. @@ -1078,7 +1082,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write -** operations since the previous successful call to +** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. ** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode ** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. @@ -1087,8 +1091,8 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** ** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS -** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to -** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. ** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains ** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed ** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. @@ -1246,14 +1250,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** @@ -1267,7 +1271,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL] ** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] ** </ul>)^ ** @@ -1295,10 +1299,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite @@ -1322,7 +1326,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of ** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK ** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate -** whether or not the file is accessible. +** whether or not the file is accessible. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer @@ -1342,16 +1346,16 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden @@ -1398,7 +1402,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. + ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; @@ -1442,7 +1446,7 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { ** </ul> ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given on the corresponding lock. +** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED @@ -1587,7 +1591,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** @@ -1605,7 +1609,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative @@ -1635,7 +1639,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, @@ -1645,7 +1649,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** -** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite @@ -1693,7 +1697,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.</dd> ** @@ -1728,7 +1732,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. ** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of @@ -1779,7 +1783,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> ** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool ** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page -** cache implementation. +** cache implementation. ** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page ** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to @@ -1807,7 +1811,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** additional cache line. </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> -** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer ** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs ** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled @@ -1862,7 +1866,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> -** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies ** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> @@ -1876,7 +1880,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite ** global [error log]. ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. @@ -1985,7 +1989,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] ** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL ** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which -** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. ** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) ** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. ** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held @@ -2007,7 +2011,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference ** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded ** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default -** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a ** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. ** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. @@ -2035,7 +2039,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ @@ -2070,7 +2074,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dl> ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> -** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. @@ -2088,7 +2092,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] @@ -2165,11 +2169,11 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** until after the database connection closes. ** </dd> ** -** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt> -** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a -** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no -** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint ** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to ** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation ** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the @@ -2188,7 +2192,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With ** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as ** was used during testing in the lab. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled @@ -2196,15 +2200,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt> -** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not ** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This ** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this ** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - ** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, ** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. -** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written -** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if -** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt> @@ -2218,7 +2222,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any ** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep ** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before -** the reset. +** the reset. ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); ** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); ** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); @@ -2230,7 +2234,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt> ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the ** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive -** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to ** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled ** features include but are not limited to the following: ** <ul> @@ -2245,7 +2249,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the ** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent ** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. -** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to ** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an ** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema @@ -2283,14 +2287,13 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]] ** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td> ** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to -** assume that database schemas (the contents of the [sqlite_master] tables) -** are untainted by malicious content. +** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content. ** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite ** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm ** including: ** <ul> ** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, -** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, ** partial indexes, or generated columns ** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. ** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views @@ -2311,7 +2314,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mem_methods { ** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, ** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions ** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there -** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible +** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible ** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little ** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the ** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version @@ -2369,8 +2372,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of ** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] ** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not -** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred -** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns ** zero. ** ** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database @@ -2380,15 +2383,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); ** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as ** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory ** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid -** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to ** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid -** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original -** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning ** control to the user. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will -** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is -** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a @@ -2421,7 +2424,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to -** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R ** without inserting a row into the database. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); @@ -2437,37 +2440,37 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); ** returned by this function. ** ** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are -** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], ** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. -** -** Changes to a view that are intercepted by -** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value -** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or -** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real ** tables are counted. ** ** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is ** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the ** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback ** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: -** +** ** <ul> ** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by -** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program ** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ -** -** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE -** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() -** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include -** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() ** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ ** </ul> -** +** ** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used -** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it ** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. -** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger -** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the ** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection @@ -2493,10 +2496,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as ** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement ** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). -** +** ** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the ** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are -** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers ** are not counted. ** ** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number @@ -2505,7 +2508,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); ** To detect changes against a database file from other database ** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. -** +** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. @@ -2547,7 +2550,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are @@ -2579,7 +2582,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero @@ -2624,7 +2627,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** to the application instead of invoking the +** to the application instead of invoking the ** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and @@ -2649,7 +2652,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, ** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ @@ -2767,7 +2770,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from -** the standard library printf() +** the standard library printf() ** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). ** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. ** @@ -2963,7 +2966,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter @@ -3016,7 +3019,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** @@ -3164,7 +3167,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each ** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the ** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which -** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment ** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute ** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] ** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking @@ -3180,7 +3183,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt> ** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared -** statement generates a single row of result. +** statement generates a single row of result. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the ** X argument is unused. ** @@ -3207,10 +3210,10 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, ** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of ** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. ** -** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides ** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). ** -** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by ** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently ** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback ** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. @@ -3242,8 +3245,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress ** handler is disabled. @@ -3270,7 +3273,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually @@ -3389,17 +3392,17 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] @@ -3419,13 +3422,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", ** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is -** an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is ** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads ** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for @@ -3435,7 +3438,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting @@ -3461,7 +3464,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** property on a database file that does in fact change can result ** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. ** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. -** +** ** </ul> ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an @@ -3473,36 +3476,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); ** ** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> ** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results -** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> -** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> -** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> ** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. ** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" ** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. -** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. ** </table> ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. @@ -3538,7 +3541,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations], -** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** ** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to @@ -3556,7 +3559,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph) ** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P -** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. @@ -3565,7 +3568,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any -** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or ** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query @@ -3583,7 +3586,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( ** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain ** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and ** so forth. -** +** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed @@ -3640,14 +3643,14 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*); ** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal ** ** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is -** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then +** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then ** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file] ** object that represents the main database file. ** ** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations ** only. It is not a general-purpose interface. ** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that -** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the +** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the ** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits ** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use ** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable @@ -3670,7 +3673,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()], ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()], ** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()], -** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()], ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or ** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()]. @@ -3694,7 +3697,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); ** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other ** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from ** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap -** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be +** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should be ** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means ** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y, ** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be @@ -3713,12 +3716,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*); ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with ** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface ** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that ** API call. ** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** @@ -3775,7 +3778,7 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); ** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. ** ** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The -** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object ** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a ** prepared statement before it can be run. ** @@ -3805,7 +3808,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. @@ -3813,7 +3816,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. @@ -3918,7 +3921,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner ** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and ** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] -** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will ** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using ** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts ** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to @@ -4025,12 +4028,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); ** </li> ** ** <li> -** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. @@ -4139,8 +4142,8 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** @@ -4154,10 +4157,10 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since ** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and @@ -4183,18 +4186,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned ** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); @@ -4213,7 +4216,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The -** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new ** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not @@ -4221,7 +4224,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, @@ -4310,7 +4313,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM ** the byte order is the native byte order of the host ** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in -** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ ** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode ** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters ** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. @@ -4327,7 +4330,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then ** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. @@ -4489,7 +4492,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the ** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not ** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement @@ -4671,7 +4674,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], ** sqlite3_step() began @@ -4762,7 +4765,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result -** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an ** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. ** <tr><td> <td> <td> ** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB @@ -4810,7 +4813,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which ** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. ** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no -** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. ** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() ** is undefined, though harmless. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() @@ -4838,7 +4841,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of @@ -4857,7 +4860,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. ** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface -** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** is normally only useful within the implementation of ** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within ** top-level application code. ** @@ -5032,8 +5035,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding -** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being ** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() ** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions @@ -5047,7 +5050,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** @@ -5062,7 +5065,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes ** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the ** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or ** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] @@ -5089,7 +5092,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for ** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be ** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of -** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL ** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. ** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of ** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters @@ -5110,21 +5113,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** -** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue ** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to ** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal ** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in -** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be ** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate ** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation -** of aggregate window functions are +** of aggregate window functions are ** [user-defined window functions|available here]. ** ** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or ** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for -** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function -** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection -** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is ** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application ** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). @@ -5137,7 +5140,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. @@ -5209,7 +5212,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Flags ** -** These constants may be ORed together with the +** These constants may be ORed together with the ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument ** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. @@ -5225,10 +5228,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them ** out of inner loops. ** </dd> -** +** ** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd> ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked -** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in ** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], ** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. ** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended @@ -5281,7 +5284,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid ** these functions, we will not explain what they do. @@ -5349,11 +5352,11 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int6 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** -** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized ** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] ** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), ** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, -** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the @@ -5476,7 +5479,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates ** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to @@ -5489,7 +5492,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory ** allocate error occurs. ** @@ -5498,10 +5501,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); ** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no ** pointless memory allocations occur. ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the @@ -5551,7 +5554,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** metadata associated with the pattern string. ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function. @@ -5577,10 +5580,10 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); ** SQL statement)^, or ** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same ** parameter)^, or -** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory ** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul> ** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the @@ -5753,7 +5756,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an ** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it -** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that ** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an ** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. ** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor @@ -5795,8 +5798,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of -** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with -** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits ** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; ** higher order bits are discarded. ** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase @@ -5843,7 +5846,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating ** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating @@ -5874,36 +5877,36 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** -** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); @@ -5936,19 +5939,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, + sqlite3*, + void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( @@ -6004,7 +6007,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -6061,7 +6064,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be @@ -6185,6 +6188,57 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* +** CAPI3REF: Determine the transaction state of a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) interface returns the current +** [transaction state] of schema S in database connection D. ^If S is NULL, +** then the highest transaction state of any schema on database connection D +** is returned. Transaction states are (in order of lowest to highest): +** <ol> +** <li value="0"> SQLITE_TXN_NONE +** <li value="1"> SQLITE_TXN_READ +** <li value="2"> SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +** </ol> +** ^If the S argument to sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) is not the name of +** a valid schema, then -1 is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_txn_state(sqlite3*,const char *zSchema); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Allowed return values from [sqlite3_txn_state()] +** KEYWORDS: {transaction state} +** +** These constants define the current transaction state of a database file. +** ^The [sqlite3_txn_state(D,S)] interface returns one of these +** constants in order to describe the transaction state of schema S +** in [database connection] D. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_TXN_NONE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_NONE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_NONE state means that no transaction is currently +** pending.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_READ]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_READ</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_READ state means that the database is currently +** in a read transaction. Content has been read from the database file +** but nothing in the database file has changed. The transaction state +** will advanced to SQLITE_TXN_WRITE if any changes occur and there are +** no other conflicting concurrent write transactions. The transaction +** state will revert to SQLITE_TXN_NONE following a [ROLLBACK] or +** [COMMIT].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_WRITE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_WRITE state means that the database is currently +** in a write transaction. Content has been written to the database file +** but has not yet committed. The transaction state will change to +** to SQLITE_TXN_NONE at the next [ROLLBACK] or [COMMIT].</dd> +*/ +#define SQLITE_TXN_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_TXN_READ 1 +#define SQLITE_TXN_WRITE 2 + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** @@ -6274,7 +6328,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^ ** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook @@ -6300,7 +6354,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); ** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); @@ -6314,7 +6368,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). ** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** @@ -6335,8 +6389,8 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. ** ** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 -** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, -** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. ** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a @@ -6389,7 +6443,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of @@ -6505,7 +6559,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table ** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no @@ -6571,7 +6625,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( ** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** -** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this ** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface ** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] @@ -6658,7 +6712,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] -** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization ** routines. */ @@ -6693,8 +6747,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent @@ -6733,7 +6787,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); @@ -6783,7 +6837,7 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column ** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also ** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression -** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to ** non-zero. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information @@ -6810,17 +6864,17 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular ** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar -** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) ** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a ** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. ** ** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that ** will be returned by the strategy. ** -** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a ** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - ** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite -** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. ** ** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then ** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as @@ -6833,14 +6887,14 @@ struct sqlite3_module { ** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. ** ** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). ** If a virtual table extension is -** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting -** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely ** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should ** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a ** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field -** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). ** It may therefore only be used if ** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to ** 3009000. @@ -6880,7 +6934,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags ** -** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the ** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of ** these bits. */ @@ -6920,7 +6974,7 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through @@ -7035,7 +7089,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -7086,7 +7140,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** </pre>)^ ** -** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but ** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is ** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. ** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP @@ -7099,28 +7153,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored ** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error ** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided -** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] ** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. ** ** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: ** <ul> -** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, -** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, ** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, ** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, ** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not ** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, -** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE ** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, -** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, ** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is ** being opened for read/write access)^. ** </ul> ** -** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the ** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using @@ -7146,7 +7200,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a ** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually @@ -7196,7 +7250,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed -** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the ** handle is still closed.)^ ** ** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if @@ -7206,10 +7260,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); ** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** ** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an -** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine -** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to ** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function -** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the ** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); @@ -7218,7 +7272,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. @@ -7269,9 +7323,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the -** [database connection] error code and message accessible via -** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), @@ -7280,9 +7334,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); ** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the -** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined -** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less ** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an @@ -7376,7 +7430,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** <ul> ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN ** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG @@ -7434,7 +7488,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable ** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was @@ -7578,7 +7632,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ @@ -7593,11 +7647,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 + + /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this @@ -7624,7 +7682,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly -** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the ** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into @@ -7706,12 +7764,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL 27 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED 28 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS 29 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 29 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT 30 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 30 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking ** -** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords ** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine ** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, ** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. @@ -7783,14 +7842,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes ** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by -** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a ** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory ** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will -** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from -** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for ** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value ** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter @@ -7826,9 +7885,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained ** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. ** -** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and ** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] -** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of ** [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S @@ -7845,7 +7904,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); ** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction -** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. ** ** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact ** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a @@ -7947,7 +8006,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> @@ -7956,11 +8015,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ ** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] @@ -7973,7 +8032,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> ** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> @@ -7986,7 +8045,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** <dd>No longer used.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> -** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. ** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ ** </dl> @@ -8008,12 +8067,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** @@ -8048,7 +8107,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** checked out.</dd>)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> -** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** @@ -8073,7 +8132,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] ** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a ** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap @@ -8088,7 +8147,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. @@ -8103,13 +8162,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> ** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. ** </dd> ** @@ -8167,7 +8226,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int r ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement @@ -8194,7 +8253,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.</dd> ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> @@ -8212,14 +8271,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt> ** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been -** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to ** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt> @@ -8279,15 +8338,15 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a +** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an @@ -8300,19 +8359,19 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** @@ -8331,7 +8390,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying @@ -8344,7 +8403,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** @@ -8359,12 +8418,12 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** +** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. @@ -8403,8 +8462,8 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_page { ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] @@ -8444,7 +8503,7 @@ struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); @@ -8489,7 +8548,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** @@ -8500,36 +8559,36 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: ** <ol> ** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the -** backup, -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. ** </ol>)^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** -** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if -** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the ** destination database. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is @@ -8541,14 +8600,14 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> ** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages @@ -8570,8 +8629,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] @@ -8579,15 +8638,15 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. @@ -8596,18 +8655,18 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> ** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid @@ -8647,8 +8706,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] @@ -8659,11 +8718,11 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the @@ -8688,8 +8747,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. @@ -8697,14 +8756,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] @@ -8718,15 +8777,15 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** @@ -8739,7 +8798,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -8752,12 +8811,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -8780,7 +8839,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** ** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> ** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements @@ -8793,7 +8852,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( @@ -8884,8 +8943,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked @@ -8904,7 +8963,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the @@ -8912,7 +8971,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); ** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, + sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); @@ -8925,7 +8984,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** @@ -8955,7 +9014,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the ** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be ** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to ** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition @@ -8981,10 +9040,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> -** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames ** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] -** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. ** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished ** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** @@ -8998,9 +9057,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> ** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition -** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the ** [busy-handler callback]) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures ** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. ** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new ** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. @@ -9022,31 +9081,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); ** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** ** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the ** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be ** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and ** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock ** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to ** [database connection] db. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL @@ -9106,7 +9165,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} ** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} ** ** These macros define the various options to the @@ -9129,20 +9188,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. ** </dd> ** @@ -9186,10 +9245,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); ** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE ** ** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] -** method of a [virtual table], then it returns true if and only if the +** method of a [virtual table], then it might return true if the ** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the -** column value will not change. Applications might use this to substitute -** a return value that is less expensive to compute and that the corresponding +** column value will not change. The virtual table implementation can use +** this hint as permission to substitute a return value that is less +** expensive to compute and that the corresponding ** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. ** ** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that @@ -9198,6 +9258,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); ** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. ** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the ** same column in the [xUpdate] method. +** +** The sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine is an optimization. Virtual table +** implementations should continue to give a correct answer even if the +** sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface were to always return false. In the +** current implementation, the sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface does always +** returns false for the enhanced [UPDATE FROM] statement. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); @@ -9205,12 +9271,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] -** method of a [virtual table]. +** method of a [virtual table]. ** ** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the ** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be ** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer ** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding ** constraint. */ @@ -9324,7 +9390,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ void *pOut /* Result written here */ -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters @@ -9339,18 +9405,19 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the ** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty -** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out ** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an ** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database ** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] ** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and ** any [attached] databases. ** -** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages -** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained ** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked ** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then ** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages @@ -9371,6 +9438,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. @@ -9388,7 +9456,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the ** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to -** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1. +** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1. ** ** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to ** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. @@ -9397,21 +9465,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** kind of update operation that is about to occur. ** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** database within the database connection that is being modified. This -** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or ** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached ** databases.)^ ** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** table that is being modified. ** ** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth -** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the ** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, -** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth ** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the ** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted ** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback ** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for -** INSERT operations on rowid tables. +** DELETE operations on rowid tables. ** ** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], ** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces @@ -9445,7 +9513,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate ** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete -** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level ** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level ** triggers; and so forth. ** @@ -9473,13 +9541,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error ** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. ** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be ** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such -** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); @@ -9517,12 +9586,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly ** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. ** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when -** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. ** ** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of ** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is ** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined -** in this case. +** in this case. ** ** <ul> ** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. @@ -9534,13 +9603,13 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { ** ** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal ** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means -** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal ** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction ** must be written to it first. ** </ul> ** ** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the -** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, ** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to @@ -9560,38 +9629,38 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( ** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** -** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read -** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of -** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to -** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the -** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK ** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. ** -** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in ** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there ** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle ** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed -** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or ** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. ** ** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified -** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case ** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. ** -** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is ** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same ** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT ** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an ** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the -** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the ** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. ** ** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the ** database connection D does not know that the database file for ** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know ** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior -** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] ** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ ** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened ** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) @@ -9623,17 +9692,17 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages -** of two valid snapshot handles. +** of two valid snapshot handles. ** -** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database -** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. ** ** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the ** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the ** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the ** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database -** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the -** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function ** is undefined. ** ** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older @@ -9698,7 +9767,7 @@ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const c ** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has ** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same ** values of D and S. -** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy ** of the database exists. ** @@ -9735,7 +9804,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( /* ** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database ** -** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the ** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then ** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained ** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of @@ -9754,7 +9823,7 @@ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( ** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup ** operation. ** -** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the ** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then ** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. ** @@ -9869,7 +9938,7 @@ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { }; /* -** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be ** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) @@ -9884,7 +9953,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( /* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the ** argument to scored geometry callback registered using ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** @@ -9979,7 +10048,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; ** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a ** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is ** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for -** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting ** either of these things are undefined. ** ** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in @@ -9997,13 +10066,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** -** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** Delete a session object previously allocated using ** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the ** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module ** function are undefined. ** ** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they -** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); @@ -10021,10 +10090,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** the eventual changesets. ** ** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value -** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a ** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if ** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); @@ -10039,7 +10108,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** <ul> ** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is ** made, or -** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action ** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. ** </ul> ** @@ -10051,10 +10120,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); ** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the ** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag ** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value -** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the ** indirect flag for the specified session object. ** -** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if ** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); @@ -10064,20 +10133,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach -** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes -** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See ** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. ** ** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables -** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by -** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for ** the new tables are also recorded. ** ** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly -** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the ** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY ** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. -** +** ** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor ** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, ** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. @@ -10085,29 +10154,29 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect) ** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored ** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. ** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error ** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** ** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3> ** -** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to ** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: ** <pre> -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) ** </pre> ** -** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are -** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes ** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such ** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or ** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be ** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** concat() and similar. ** -** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the ** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 ** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), -** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset ** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a ** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application ** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. @@ -10126,10 +10195,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( ** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows ** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called -** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. -** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is ** attached, xFilter will not be called again. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( @@ -10145,9 +10214,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the -** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, -** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset ** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning ** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to ** zero and return an SQLite error code. @@ -10162,7 +10231,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it ** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. ** -** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or ** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, ** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this ** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in @@ -10215,14 +10284,14 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** <ul> ** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried ** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT -** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change ** is added to the changeset. ** -** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is ** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is ** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been -** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to -** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE ** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching ** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original ** values, no change is added to the changeset. @@ -10230,7 +10299,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** ** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later ** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete -** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a ** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is ** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of ** a DELETE and an INSERT. @@ -10239,10 +10308,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( ** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. ** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row ** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row -** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while ** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the ** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. -** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and ** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the ** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. */ @@ -10263,7 +10332,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** an error). ** ** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) -** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains ** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. ** A table is considered compatible if it: ** @@ -10279,25 +10348,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. ** ** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be -** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") -** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session ** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: ** ** <ul> -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. ** -** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features ** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the -** session. +** session. ** </ul> ** ** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed -** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to -** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be ** identical. ** ** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the @@ -10305,7 +10374,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( ** ** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ @@ -10324,19 +10393,19 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( ** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: ** ** <ul> -** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The ** original values of other fields are omitted. -** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from ** UPDATE records. ** </ul> ** -** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all -** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, ** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the -** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** -** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset ** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work ** in the same way as for changesets. @@ -10355,22 +10424,22 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( /* ** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. ** -** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by -** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or ** more changes have been recorded, return zero. ** ** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling ** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a -** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in -** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values ** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is -** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a ** changeset containing zero changes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* -** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. @@ -10378,7 +10447,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an ** SQLite error code is returned. ** -** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset ** iterator created by this function: ** ** <ul> @@ -10395,12 +10464,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); ** ** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the ** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or -** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset -** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when -** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by -** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited -** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change -** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit ** another change for table X. ** ** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent @@ -10451,12 +10520,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( ** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances ** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If ** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call -** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. ** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. ** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error -** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); @@ -10474,14 +10543,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a ** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table ** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either -** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the -** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is ** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If ** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change ** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect -** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of -** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the ** type of change that the iterator currently points to. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an @@ -10535,7 +10604,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -10545,9 +10614,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and -** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this ** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -10566,7 +10635,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent -** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. @@ -10576,12 +10645,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and ** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include -** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and -** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that -** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete ** triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code @@ -10608,7 +10677,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected -** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the ** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback ** and returns SQLITE_OK. ** @@ -10652,7 +10721,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** call has no effect. ** ** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() -** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding ** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): @@ -10664,7 +10733,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( ** } ** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); ** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ -** // An error has occurred +** // An error has occurred ** } ** </pre> */ @@ -10692,7 +10761,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); ** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() -** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful ** call to this function. ** ** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid @@ -10706,11 +10775,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( /* ** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects ** -** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a ** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying -** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** changeset A followed by changeset B. ** -** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** This function combines the two input changesets using an ** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the ** following code fragment: ** @@ -10742,7 +10811,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( /* ** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle ** -** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more ** [changesets] or [patchsets] */ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; @@ -10758,7 +10827,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** ** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with ** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller -** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to ** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code ** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** @@ -10770,7 +10839,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object ** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). ** -** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained ** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). ** ** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). @@ -10779,7 +10848,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; ** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to ** new() and delete(), and in any order. ** -** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and ** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming ** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). */ @@ -10790,7 +10859,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size -** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. ** ** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function ** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if @@ -10817,7 +10886,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> -** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the ** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the ** existing change and then updated according to the new change. ** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> @@ -10828,17 +10897,17 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> -** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended -** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once ** by the existing change and then again by the new change. ** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> ** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the ** changegroup. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> ** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the -** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing ** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the -** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same ** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. ** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new @@ -10883,7 +10952,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pDa ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output ** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK -** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a ** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a ** call to sqlite3_free(). @@ -10905,7 +10974,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** ** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to ** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in -** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. ** ** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter ** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one @@ -10916,16 +10985,16 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to ** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. ** -** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function -** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is ** considered compatible if all of the following are true: ** ** <ul> -** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the ** changeset, and -** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as ** recorded in the changeset. ** </ul> ** @@ -10934,11 +11003,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most ** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. ** -** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made -** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE -** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler -** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be -** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for ** each type of change is below. ** ** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results @@ -10946,23 +11015,23 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** argument are undefined. ** ** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one -** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned ** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler ** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and -** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different ** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value ** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to -** the documentation for the three +** the documentation for the three ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. ** ** <dl> ** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> -** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values -** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in ** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. ** ** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of @@ -10991,22 +11060,22 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default ** values. ** -** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already ** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler -** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** function is invoked with the second argument set to ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. ** ** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint -** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is ** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. -** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because -** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** ** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> -** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database -** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the -** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values ** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values ** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. ** @@ -11022,12 +11091,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] ** passed as the second argument. ** -** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. -** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after ** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned -** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** </dl> ** ** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the @@ -11038,12 +11107,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); ** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. ** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to ** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is -** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an ** SQLite error code returned. ** ** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and ** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() -** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the ** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer @@ -11104,7 +11173,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully ** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag ** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the -** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, ** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> @@ -11115,7 +11184,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler ** ** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. @@ -11124,32 +11193,32 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument ** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required -** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other -** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the ** expected "before" values. -** +** ** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching ** primary key. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second ** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the ** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> ** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict -** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result ** in duplicate primary key values. -** +** ** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching ** primary key. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> ** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the -** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict ** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument ** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler ** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the @@ -11159,12 +11228,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function ** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle ** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). -** +** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> -** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. -** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is ** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. -** +** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. ** @@ -11176,7 +11245,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler ** ** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. @@ -11184,13 +11253,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** <dl> ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> ** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The -** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module ** continues to the next change in the changeset. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> ** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict ** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this -** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the ** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. ** ** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict @@ -11203,7 +11272,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. ** ** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> -** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back ** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. ** </dl> */ @@ -11211,20 +11280,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 -/* +/* ** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that ** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a ** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based -** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and -** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state ** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict ** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". -** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict ** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts -** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. ** ** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an ** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": @@ -11243,7 +11312,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** ** <dl> ** <dt>Local INSERT<dd> -** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict ** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased ** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add ** nothing to the rebased changeset. @@ -11267,12 +11336,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote ** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied ** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by -** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would ** be updated, the change is omitted. ** </dl> ** -** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes -** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote ** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset ** is rebased: ** @@ -11285,10 +11354,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** of the OMIT resolutions. ** </ul> ** -** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are -** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the -** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single -** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for ** OMIT. ** ** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first @@ -11296,7 +11365,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( ** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: ** ** <ol> -** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling ** sqlite3rebaser_create(). ** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). @@ -11317,8 +11386,8 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; ** ** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to ** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error -** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) -** to NULL. +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); @@ -11332,9 +11401,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( - sqlite3_rebaser*, + sqlite3_rebaser*, int nRebase, const void *pRebase -); +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset @@ -11344,7 +11413,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( ** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy ** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the ** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) -** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and ** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) @@ -11352,8 +11421,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser*, - int nIn, const void *pIn, - int *pnOut, void **ppOut + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut ); /* @@ -11364,30 +11433,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( ** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation ** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. ** -** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the ** corresponding non-streaming API functions: ** ** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> ** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] -** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] -** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] ** </table> ** ** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input -** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. -** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning -** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). -** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a ** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the ** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. ** @@ -11409,12 +11478,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** </pre> ** ** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first -** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second -** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no -** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data -** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied -** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) -** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite ** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns ** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function ** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. @@ -11422,7 +11491,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be ** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the ** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters -** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions ** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. ** ** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) @@ -11452,7 +11521,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); ** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy ** of the xOutput error code to the application. ** -** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third ** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, ** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. */ @@ -11523,12 +11592,12 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, - int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( @@ -11543,16 +11612,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( ** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs ** of the application. ** ** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked ** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the ** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions -** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. ** ** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one -** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The ** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and ** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first ** parameter. @@ -11602,7 +11671,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); ** ****************************************************************************** ** -** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and @@ -11646,19 +11715,19 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): -** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return -** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): @@ -11672,7 +11741,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. -** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table @@ -11699,8 +11768,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: @@ -11715,7 +11784,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. @@ -11731,11 +11800,11 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to -** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each -** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument -** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. -** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the @@ -11750,14 +11819,14 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** -** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for -** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked -** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is @@ -11776,7 +11845,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** -** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared @@ -11796,7 +11865,7 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient -** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; @@ -11814,8 +11883,8 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created -** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** @@ -11839,16 +11908,16 @@ struct Fts5PhraseIter { ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the -** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either -** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), -** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with -** "detail=column" tables. +** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. @@ -11862,7 +11931,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ @@ -11891,15 +11960,15 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; -/* +/* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** -** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer -** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: @@ -11910,16 +11979,16 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object -** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** -** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should -** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: @@ -11928,7 +11997,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: -** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). @@ -11942,8 +12011,8 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed -** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** ** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as @@ -11951,10 +12020,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** -** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same -** on a columnsize=0 database. +** on a columnsize=0 database. ** </ul> ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must @@ -11966,10 +12035,10 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should -** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** -** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then @@ -11983,7 +12052,7 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a -** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match @@ -12003,34 +12072,34 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term ** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the -** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term -** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each ** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the -** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** <codeblock> ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query -** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** ** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer -** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be -** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. ** </ol> @@ -12051,11 +12120,11 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token -** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** -** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the @@ -12067,18 +12136,18 @@ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** -** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, -** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require -** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** @@ -12092,10 +12161,10 @@ typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); - int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ - const char *pText, int nText, + const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite3.h index d0cc9d74049..dbea23a6f13 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite3.h +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite3.h @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ // other SQLite libraries loaded by the system libraries. This only matters when // using the component build, where our SQLite's symbols are visible to the // dynamic library loader. -#include "third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/rename_exports.h" +#include "third_party/sqlite/src/amalgamation/rename_exports.h" #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE) // When SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE is defined, sqlite3.h does not emit a declaration @@ -56,6 +56,6 @@ #endif // !defined(sqlite3_compileoption_used) #endif // defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) -#include "third_party/sqlite/amalgamation/sqlite3.h" +#include "third_party/sqlite/src/amalgamation/sqlite3.h" #endif // THIRD_PARTY_SQLITE_SQLITE3_H_ diff --git a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite_shell_icu_helper.cc b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite_shell_icu_helper.cc index b96c0d21e83..ff7e9bc90a4 100644 --- a/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite_shell_icu_helper.cc +++ b/chromium/third_party/sqlite/sqlite_shell_icu_helper.cc @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ #include "third_party/sqlite/sqlite_shell_icu_helper.h" +#include "base/check.h" #include "base/i18n/icu_util.h" -#include "base/logging.h" void InitializeICUForSqliteShell() { CHECK(base::i18n::InitializeICU()); |